30.-ATA 27 Flight Control PDF

CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
FLIGHT CONTROLS - GENERAL
_________________________ 27-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
Description of Primary Flight 1 ALL
Controls
Glossary 1 ALL
General Principles 1 ALL
Ailerons 5 ALL
Rudder 5 ALL
Elevators (Ref. 27-30 and 27-90) 6 ALL
Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer 7 ALL
(Ref. 27-40 and 27-90)
Spoilers 7 ALL
Electrical Flight Control System 7 ALL
Flight Controls Power Supply 14 ALL
Electrical Power Supply 14 ALL
Hydraulic Power Supply 14 ALL
Cockpit Flight Control And 17 ALL
Indicating
__________________________
FLIGHT CONTROLS - GENERAL 27-00-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Installation of the Pitch-Trim 201 ALL
Control Locking Tool
(98D27403500000)
Removal of the Pitch-Trim Control 204 ALL
Locking Tool (98D27403500000)
Installation of the Flap/Slat 205 ALL
Control-Lever Locking Tool
(98D27803000000)
Removal of the Flap/Slat 207 ALL
Control-Lever Locking Tool
(98D27803000000)
_______
AILERON 27-10-00
General 1 ALL
System Description 1 ALL
Interface with the Autopilot 1 ALL
System (Ref. 22-60)
AILERON AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-14-00

General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Hydraulic Supply (Ref. ATA 29) 1 ALL
27-CONTENTS Page 1
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Component Description 1 ALL
Aileron Servocontrol 1 ALL
Operation 1 ALL
Normal operation with the 1 ALL
servocontrol pressurized
Operation after an electrical 4 ALL
failure
Operation after a hydraulic 4 ALL
failure
Special Case 4 ALL
Maintenance and rigging 4 ALL
facilities

DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of the Aileron Servo 401 ALL
Control
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 401 ALL
27-14-0X-A)
Reactivation of the Aileron Servo 407 ALL
Control
27-14-0X-A)

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Aileron 501 ALL
and Hydraulic Actuation
Adjustment of the Aileron 505 ALL
Electrical Test of the Aileron 516 ALL
Servo Controls

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Check Aileron Servo Controls and 601 ALL
Hinge Bearings for Excessive Play
and Condition
Check of the Aileron Servo 609 ALL
Controls Fluid Reserve Piston
Position with the Hydraulic
Reservoirs Depressurized
Check of the Aileron Servo Control 613 ALL
Oscillations
27-CONTENTS Page 2
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
AILERON 27-14-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Aileron 401 ALL
Installation of the Aileron 410 ALL
AILERON 27-14-41
Inspection/Check of the Aileron 601 ALL
CHECK VALVE 27-14-42
Removal of the Check Valve 401 ALL
1626GM(1627GM)
Installation of the Check Valve 407 ALL
1626GM(1627GM)
SERVO CONTROL - AILERON 27-14-51
Removal of the Aileron Servo 401 ALL
Control
Installation of the Aileron Servo 409 ALL
Control
Removal of the Hydraulic Filter 421 ALL
for the Aileron Servo-Control
Installation of the Hydraulic 426 ALL
Filter for the Aileron
Servo-Control
Servo-Control Servovalve
Servo-Control Servovalve
Servo-Control Solenoid Valve
Servo-Control Solenoid Valve
Removal of the Linear 454 ALL
Variable-Differential Transformer
(LVDT) of the Aileron- Servo
Control
Installation of the Linear 459 ALL
Variable-Differential Transformer
(LVDT) of the Aileron
Servo-Control
Removal of the Actuator Eye-End of 465 ALL
the Aileron Servo-Control
Installation of the Actuator 469 ALL
Eye-End of the Aileron
Servo-Control
SERVO CONTROL - AILERON 27-14-51
27-CONTENTS Page 3
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Check of the Aileron Servo Control 601 ALL
______
RUDDER 27-20-00
General 1 ALL
Interface with the Autoflight 1 ALL
System
Interface with the Braking 1 ALL
System
Interface with the Nosewheel 1 ALL
Steering System
RUDDER MECHANICAL CONTROL 27-21-00

General 1 ALL
Component Location. 1 ALL
Cable Tension Regulator 8 ALL
Servocontrol Actuating Spring 8 ALL
Rod
Centering Spring Rod of the 8 ALL
Upper and Middle Servocontrols
Rods, Cables 8 001-001, 051-099
Rods, Cables 11 002-049, 101-299
301-399,
Stops and Rigging Facilities 11 001-049, 051-099
151-200, 301-399
Stops and Rigging Facilities 12 101-150, 201-299

Removal/Installation of the 201 ALL
control rod on the rudder
mechanical control

Operational Test of the Centering 501 ALL
Spring Rod
Adjustment of the Rudder 507 ALL
Mechanical Control
Functional Test of the Rudder 531 ALL
Mechanical Control
27-CONTENTS Page 4
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Functional Test of the Rudder 546 ALL
Mechanical Control after
Replacement of the Rudder
Hinge-Arm Fittings
Adjustment of the Rudder 555 ALL
Control-Cables Length
Shortening of the Rudder Control 576 ALL
Cable
Cutting of the Rear Control Cable 583 ALL
of the Rudder

Visual Inspection of the Universal 601 ALL
Joint
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 605 ALL
Rudder Mechanical Control Cables
Check of the Tension of the Rudder 622 ALL
Mechanical-Control Cables with a
Tensiometer
Check of the Rudder Cable 628 ALL
Tension-Regulator (Pointer in the
Limits)
Rudder Mechanical Control-Linkage
in the Vertical Stabilizer
Detailed Inspection of the Rudder 638 ALL
Servocontrol Actuating Spring-Rod
and Rudder Servocontrol
Feedback-Rod Attachments
RUDDER 27-21-41
Removal of the Rudder 401 ALL
Installation of the Rudder 419 ALL
RUDDER 27-21-41
Inspection/Check of the Rudder 601 ALL
PEDALS 27-21-42
Removal of the CAPT Pedals 401 ALL
Installation of the CAPT Pedals 406 ALL
Removal of the F/O Pedals 410 ALL
Installation of the F/O Pedals 416 ALL
ADJUSTER ASSY - PEDAL POSITION 27-21-43
SERVICING 301 ALL
27-CONTENTS Page 5
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Lubrication of the Rack/Slider 301 ALL
Linkage of the Pedal Position
Adjuster
Removal of the Pedal Position 401 ALL
Adjuster Assembly
Installation of the Pedal Position 411 ALL
Adjuster Assembly
BELLCRANK - YAW/BRAKE 27-21-44
Removal of the CAPT Yaw/Brake 401 ALL
Bellcrank
Installation of the CAPT Yaw/Brake 410 ALL
Bellcrank
Removal of the F/O Yaw/Brake 420 ALL
Bellcrank
Installation of the F/O Yaw/Brake 426 ALL
Bellcrank
REGULATOR - CABLE TENSION 27-21-45
Removal of the Cable Tension 401 ALL
Regulator Assy
Installation of the Cable Tension 413 ALL
Regulator Assy
Regulator (103CM)
Regulator (103CM)
QUADRANT - CABLE 27-21-46
Removal of the Cable Quadrant 401 ALL
Installation of the Cable Quadrant 409 ALL
FRAME - RUDDER CONTROL 27-21-47
Removal of the Rudder Control 401 ALL
Frame
Installation of the Rudder Control 410 ALL
Frame
CENTERING ROD - RUDDER CONTROL 27-21-48
Removal of the Centering Rod of 401 ALL
the Rudder Control
Installation of the Centering Rod 407 ALL
of the Rudder Control
SPRING ROD 27-21-49
27-CONTENTS Page 6
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the Spring Rod 401 ALL
Installation of the Spring Rod 406 ALL
SPRING ROD 27-21-49
Check of the Actuating Spring Rod 601 ALL
LINKAGE - RUDDER CONTROL 27-21-52
Removal of the Rudder Control Rods 401 ALL
Rods
CABLES - RUDDER CONTROL 27-21-61
Removal of the Rudder Control 401 ALL
Cables
Cables
RUDDER TRIM ACTUATION 27-22-00

General 1 ALL
Rudder Trim Actuator 6 ALL
Maintenance 6 ALL
Control and Indicating 7 ALL
Control Panel 7 ALL

Deactivation of the Channel 1 of 401 ALL
the Rudder Trim Actuator
22-60-01-A)
Reactivation of the Channel 1 of 404 ALL
the Rudder Trim Actuator
22-60-01-A)

Adjustment of the Rudder Trim 501 ALL
Actuation
Operational Test of the Reset 510 ALL
Function
27-CONTENTS Page 7
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Operational Test of the Rudder 517 ALL
Trim Actuation
System Test of the Rudder Trim 523 ALL
ACTUATOR - RUDDER TRIM 27-22-51
Removal of the Rudder Trim 401 ALL
Actuator (10CC)
Installation of the Rudder Trim 415 ALL
Actuator (10CC)
Removal of the Electronic Assembly 428 ALL
of the Rudder Trim Actuator (10CC)
Installation of the Electronic 434 ALL
Assembly of the Rudder Trim
Actuator (10CC)
ARTIFICIAL FEEL AND RUDDER TRAVEL 27-23-00

LIMITING - ACTUATION
General 1 ALL
Rudder Artificial Feel 1 ALL
Rudder Travel Limiting 1 ALL
Rudder Artificial Feel 2 ALL
Rudder Travel Limiting 7 ALL
Maintenance and Rigging 9 ALL
Facilities.
Rudder-Travel Limitation Unit 9 ALL
(TLU)
Normal control circuit 9 ALL
Emergency control circuit 11 ALL
Test 11 ALL

Deactivation of the Channel 1 of 401 ALL
the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit
22-60-01-A)
Reactivation of the Channel 1 of 404 ALL
the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit
22-60-01-A)
27-CONTENTS Page 8
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY

Artificial-Feel Loads with Tool
(355M03200001)
Artificial-Feel Loads without Tool
Operational Test of the 517 ALL
Rudder-Travel Limitation Unit
SOLENOID - ARTIFICIAL FEEL UNLOCKING 27-23-17
Removal of the Artificial Feel 401 ALL
Unlocking Solenoid 16CA
Installation of the Artificial 409 ALL
Feel Unlocking Solenoid 16CA
ARTIFICIAL FEEL AND TRIM UNIT 27-23-41
Removal of the Artificial Feel and 401 ALL
Trim Unit
Installation of the Artificial 409 ALL
Feel and Trim Unit
LIMITATION UNIT - RUDDER TRAVEL 27-23-51
Removal of the Rudder Travel 401 ALL
Limitation Unit 4CC
Travel-Limitation Unit 4CC
Removal of the Electronic Module 415 ALL
of the Rudder Travel Limitation
Unit
Module of the Rudder Travel
Limitation Unit
RUDDER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-24-00

General 1 ALL
Hydraulic Supply (Ref. 27-00) 3 ALL
Rudder Servocontrol 3 ALL
Operation 3 ALL
27-CONTENTS Page 9
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Operation on the ground with the 3 ALL
servocontrol depressurized
Maintenance, rigging facilities, 5 ALL
periodic tests
Test 5 ALL
A single operational periodic 5 ALL
test is performed on the three
hydraulic systems (through the
use of leakage measurement
valves).

Hydraulic Actuation
Servocontrols with Individual
Hydraulic System
Adjustment of the Rudder Neutral 509 ALL
Position

Check of the Rudder Servo Controls 601 ALL
and Hinge Bearings for too much
Play and Condition
Check of the Rudder Trailing Edge 606 ALL
Play
Visual Inspection of the Rudder 618 ALL
Servo Controls for Hydraulic
Leakage
SERVO CONTROL - RUDDER 27-24-51
Removal of the Rudder Servo 401 ALL
Control 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM
Installation of the Rudder Servo 411 ALL
Control 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM
Removal of the Filter from the 424 ALL
Rudder Servo Control
1025GM/2025GM/3035GM
Installation of the Filter in the 426 ALL
Rudder Servo Control
1025GM/2025GM/3035GM
Removal of the Rudder Servo 432 ALL
27-CONTENTS Page 10
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Control Eye End
Installation of the Rudder Servo 436 ALL
Control Eye End
Replacement of the Rudder 441 ALL
Servo-Control Bearings
SERVO CONTROL - RUDDER 27-24-51
Check of the Rudder Servo Control 601 ALL
Attachments
RUDDER POSITION INDICATING 27-25-00

General 1 ALL
RUDDER POSITION INDICATING 27-25-00

Adjustment of the Rudder Position 501 ALL
Indicating
TRANSDUCER UNIT - RUDDER POSITION 27-25-17
Removal of the Rudder Position 401 ALL
Transducer Unit 42WV
Position Transducer Unit 42WV
YAW DAMPER ACTUATION 27-26-00

General 1 ALL
Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator 1 ALL
Operation 2 ALL
actuator pressurized
Operation in case of a simple 2 ALL
electrical failure
failure
facilities

Deactivation of the Yaw Damper 401 ALL
27-CONTENTS Page 11
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Servo-Actuator 3CC1 (3CC2)
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 22-63-01 401 ALL
Reactivation of the Yaw Damper 407 ALL
Servo-Actuator 3CC1 (3CC2)

Operational Test of the Yaw Damper 501 ALL
Actuation
Adjustment of the Yaw Damper 502 ALL
Actuation
TRANSDUCER UNIT - YAW DAMPER POSITION 27-26-17
Removal of the Yaw Damper Position 401 ALL
Transducer Unit 2CC
Installation of the Yaw Damper 406 ALL
Position Transducer Unit 2CC
CENTERING SPRING ROD - YAW DAMPER 27-26-41
SERVO ACTUATOR
Removal of the Centering Spring 401 ALL
Rod for the Actuator of the Yaw
Damper Servo
Installation of the Centering 406 ALL
Spring Rod for the Actuator of the
Yaw Damper Servo
CENTERING SPRING ROD - YAW DAMPER 27-26-41
SERVO ACTUATOR
Removal of the Centering Spring 601 ALL
Rod of the Yaw Damper for Workshop
Test
SERVO ACTUATOR - YAW DAMPER 27-26-51
Removal of the Yaw Damper Servo 401 ALL
Actuator (3CC1) and (3CC2)
Installation of the Yaw Damper 407 ALL
Servo Actuator (3CC1) and (3CC2)
Removal of the Servovalve 415 ALL
Installation of the Servovalve 419 ALL
Removal of the Solenoid Valve 425 ALL
Installation of the Solenoid Valve 428 ALL
Removal of the Pressure Switch 434 ALL
Installation of the Pressure 438 ALL
27-CONTENTS Page 12
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Switch
SERVO ACTUATOR - YAW DAMPER 27-26-51
Visual Inspection of the Yaw 601 ALL
Damper Servo-Actuators
________
ELEVATOR 27-30-00
General 1 ALL
Interface with the Autopilot 1 ALL
System (Ref. 22-70)
ELEVATOR AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-34-00

General 1 ALL
Elevator Servocontrol 3 ALL
Operation 3 ALL
General 3 ALL
servocontrol pressurized.
Operation after a simple 7 ALL
electrical failure.
Operation after a total 7 ALL
electrical failure.
failure.
Special case 7 ALL
facilities.
Particular points. 7 ALL

Elevator Servocontrol 401 ALL
Position-Transducer - Connection
of the Spare Transducer
27-34-02-A)
Reactivation of Elevator 406 ALL
Servocontrol Position-Transducer
27-34-02-A)
27-CONTENTS Page 13
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY

Operational Test of the Elevator 501 ALL
and Hydraulic Actuation
Operational Test of the Centering 507 ALL
Function
Adjustment of the Elevator and 515 ALL
Hydraulic Actuation (with the
reference triangle on the tail
cone)
Hydraulic Actuation after
Removal/Installation of one
Servocontrol
Hydraulic Actuation to 0.5 Degrees
Nose-Up with the Gauge-Elevator
Neutral Setting (98D27309006000)
Adjustment of the Elevator and 558 001-049, 051-099
Hydraulic Actuation to 0.5 Degrees 101-200, 251-299
Nose-Up with the Gauge-Elevator 301-399,
Neutral Setting (98D27309002000)
Electrical Test of the Elevator 580 ALL
Servo Controls

Check of the Elevator Servo 601 ALL
Controls and Hinge Bearings for
too much Play and Condition
Check of the Position of the 614 ALL
Fluid-Reserve Piston of the
Elevator Servo Control with the
Hydraulic Reservoirs Depressurized
Check of the Differential-Pressure 619 ALL
Indicator and of the Position of
the Fluid- Reserve Piston of the
Elevator Servo Controls
Check of the Elevator Servo 626 ALL
Control Oscillations.
Check of the Position of the 631 ALL
Reference Triangle on the Tail
Cone
Removal of the Elevator Servo 635 ALL
27-CONTENTS Page 14
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Controls for Functional check of
the return relief valve in
workshop
Check of Elevator Neutral Position 636 ALL
and Servo Control Installation
ELEVATOR 27-34-41
Removal of the Elevator 401 ALL
Installation of the Elevator 410 ALL
ELEVATOR 27-34-41
In Service Wear Limits of the 601 ALL
Elevator Hinge Fittings
FILTER - HYDRAULIC 27-34-42
SERVICING 301 ALL
Servicing of the Elevator Servo 301 ALL
Control Actuator Filter
SERVO CONTROL - ELEVATOR 27-34-51
Control
Installation of the Elevator Servo 411 ALL
Control
Control Actuator Servo Valve
Control Actuator Servo Valve
Control Actuator Solenoid Valve
Control Actuator Solenoid Valve
Control Actuator Mode Selector
Valve Transducer MSVT
Control Actuator Mode Selector
Valve Transducer MSVT
Removal of the Servo Control 457 ALL
Actuator Eye-End
Installation of the Servo Control 462 ALL
Actuator Eye-End
SERVO CONTROL - ELEVATOR 27-34-51
In Service Wear Limits of the 601 ALL
Elevator Servo-Control
Attach-Fittings
27-CONTENTS Page 15
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
_____________________________________
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) 27-40-00
General 1 ALL
______________________________________
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) 27-40-00
Check of the synchronization 401 ALL
between pitch trim handwheel and
stabilizer
THS MECHANICAL CONTROL 27-41-00

General 1 ALL
Cable Tension Compensator 1 ALL
Stop and Rigging Facilities 1 ALL
Leading Particulars 1 ALL

Adjustment of the THS Zero 501 ALL
Position
Functional Test of the 511 ALL
THS-Actuator Overtravel Related to
the Mechanical Indicator
System Test of the THS Actuator 516 ALL
Electrical Control
Adjustment of the THS 525 ALL
Control-Cables Length
Shortening of the THS Control 533 ALL
Cable
Cutting of the Rear Control Cable 540 ALL
of the THS

THS Mechanical Control
Visual Inspection of the 611 ALL
Pitch-Trim Control Wheel
27-CONTENTS Page 16
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Indicators
Check of the Cable Tension 614 ALL
Regulator of the THS Trim Control
(Pointer in the Limits)
Check of the Correct Tension of 621 ALL
the THS Mechanical Control Cables
Check of the Zero Adjustment of 627 ALL
the THS
Visual Inspection and Lubrication 633 ALL
of the Rear THS control cable
(between FR71 and the THS
actuator)
CONTROL MECHANISM - PITCH TRIM 27-41-41
Removal of the Control 401 ALL
Mechanism-Pitch Trim
Installation of the Control 408 ALL
Mechanism-Pitch Trim
REGULATOR - CABLE TENSION 27-41-42
Regulator
Regulator
Removal of the Springs of the 414 ALL
Cable Tension Regulator
Installation of the Springs of the 418 ALL
STOP AND GEARSET UNIT - PITCH TRIM 27-41-43
CONTROL
Removal of the Pitch Trim Control 401 ALL
Stop and Gearset Unit
Installation of the Pitch Trim 406 ALL
Control Stop and Gearset Unit
CABLES - THS CONTROL 27-41-44
Removal of the THS Control Cables 401 ALL
Installation of the THS Control 425 ALL
Cables
DRIVE SHAFT - MECHANICAL INPUT 27-41-45
Removal of the Mechanical Input 401 ALL
Drive Shaft Assy
Installation of the Mechanical 409 ALL
Input Drive Shaft Assy
27-CONTENTS Page 17
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
THS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-44-00

General 1 ALL
Power Supply 6 ALL
Hydraulic Motors 6 ALL
Fail-Safe Ball Screw-Jack 6 ALL
Control Valve Blocks 7 ALL
Gearbox 7 ALL
Pressure-Off Brakes 8 ALL
Pitch Trim Actuator 8 ALL
Position Transducer 8 ALL
Structural Components 8 ALL
Line Replaceable Units (LRU) 9 ALL
Technical Data 9 ALL
Operation 10 ALL
Normal Operation 10 ALL
Mechanical Control Operation 14 ALL
Ground Operation from the 14 ALL
Electric Pumps
Operation in Failure Conditions 14 ALL
Test 15 ALL
Ground Test 15 ALL
THS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-44-00

Operational Test of the Jamming 501 ALL
Protection Device of the Trimmable
Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator
Operational Test of the Trimmable 522 ALL
with the Individual Hydraulic
Systems
Operational Test of the Trimmable 526 ALL
with both (Green and Yellow) and
Individual Hydraulic Systems
ACTUATOR - THS 27-44-51
Removal of the Trimmable 401 ALL
Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)
Actuator (9CE)
27-CONTENTS Page 18
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Trimmable 419 ALL
Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)
Actuator (9CE)
Removal of the Oil Filler Plug 442 ALL
and/or the Oil Drain Plug from the
THS Actuator (9CE)
Installation of the Oil Filler 446 ALL
Plug and/or the Oil Drain Plug in
the THS Actuator (9CE)
Removal of the Lower Claw Stop 452 ALL
Installation of the Lower Claw 457 ALL
Stop
Replacement of the Filter Assy in 462 ALL
Valve Block of the THS Actuator
Operational Test of the No-Back 501 ALL
Device (No-Back Pawls)
Visual Inspection of the 601 ALL
THS-Actuator
the Ball-Screw Nut Body, the Screw
and the Claw Stops of the
THS-Actuator
Visual Check of the Threaded 610 ALL
(Fail-Safe) Nut
Check the Indicator of the No-Back 612 ALL
Wear Detection-Device of the
THS-Actuator
Check the Integrity of the Ball 616 ALL
Screw Shaft (Primary and Secondary
Load Paths) of the THS-Actuator
Upper and the Lower Attachments
(Primary and Secondary) of the
THS-Actuator
Check the Oil Level of the Gearbox 625 ALL
of the THS-Actuator
Check the Backlash between the 634 ALL
Ball Screw Nut and Screw of the
THS-Actuator
Inspection of the Magnetic Chip 640 ALL
Detector and Boroscope Inspection
of the Power Gear of the
27-CONTENTS Page 19
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
THS-Actuator
Drain and Refill the Trimable 646 ALL
Gearbox
Detailed Inspection of THSA Lower 651 ALL
Attachments for Secondary Load
Path Loading
Detailed Inspection of THSA Upper 658 ALL
Attachments for Secondary Load
Path Loading
MOTOR - THS ACTUATOR 27-44-53
Removal of the THS Actuator Motor 401 ALL
Installation of the THS Actuator 406 ALL
Motor
BRAKE - PRESSURE OFF, THS ACTUATOR 27-44-54
Functional Test of the 501 ALL
Pressure-Off Brakes
TRANSDUCER - THS ACTUATOR POSITION 27-44-56
Removal of the Position Transducer 401 ALL
from the THS Actuator 9CE
Installation of the Position 405 ALL
Transducer to the THS Actuator 9CE
ACTUATOR - PITCH TRIM, THS 27-44-57
Removal of the Pitch Trim Actuator 401 ALL
from the THS Actuator 9CE
Installation of the Pitch Trim 405 ALL
Actuator to the THS Actuator 9CE
Removal of the Electronic Modules 410 ALL
of the Pitch Trim Actuator
Modules of the Pitch Trim Actuator
THS POSITION INDICATING 27-45-00

General 1 ALL
_____
FLAPS 27-50-00
General 1 ALL
System Configuration 1 ALL
27-CONTENTS Page 20
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Electrical Control and 1 ALL
Monitoring System (Ref.
27-51-00)
Hydraulic Actuation and Power 4 ALL
Transmission (Ref. 27-54-00)
Power Supply 4 ALL
Interface 4 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 4 ALL
Extension and Retraction of the 4 ALL
Flaps
Transmission
Asymmetry and Power Transmission 7 ALL
Monitoring
Position Indicating 7 ALL
BITE Test 8 ALL
______
FLAPS 27-50-00
Extension of the Flaps on the 201 ALL
Ground
Extension of the Flaps/Slats on 205 ALL
the Ground
Manual Extension of the Flaps 210 ALL
Retraction of the Flaps on the 215 ALL
Ground
Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on 221 ALL
the Ground
Manual Retraction of the Flaps 226 ALL
Reset of the Torque Limiters of 234 ALL
the Flap System on the Ground
Installation of the Inboard and 242 ALL
Outboard Flap Hoisting-Sling
Removal of the Inboard and 247 ALL
Outboard Flap Hoisting-Sling
Installation of the Lock-Torque 250 ALL
Shaft - Flaps and Slats
(98D27504030001)
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - 254 ALL
Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)
Reset of the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) 256 ALL
of the Flap System on the Ground
FLAPS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND MONITORING 27-51-00
27-CONTENTS Page 21
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
General 1 ALL
Mechanical Input 2 ALL
Electrical Control 7 ALL
Wing Tip Brake (WTB) Control 7 ALL
Monitoring 10 ALL
Power Supply 13 ALL
Interfaces 14 ALL
Slat/Flap Control Lever 14 ALL
Command Sensor Unit 22 ALL
Slat and Flap Control Computer 25 ALL
Valve Block 29 ALL
Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit 29 ALL
(FPPU)
Asymmetry Position Pick-Off Unit 32 ALL
(APPU)
Wing Tip Brake 32 ALL
Flap Interconnecting Strut 32 ALL
Operation of the Wing Tip Brake 40 ALL
Monitoring for Failure 42 ALL
Conditions
Failure Table 50 ALL
Computer Behavior upon Power 52 ALL
Rise and Cutoff
Automatic Integrity Test (AIT) 52 ALL
Initialization and Cockpit
Repercussions
Parameter List 53 ALL
Description of the Parameter 53 ALL
List
SFCC Parameter List: 1B 56 ALL
FLAPS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND 27-51-00

MONITORING
Deactivation of the Slat and Flap 401 ALL
Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Flap
Channel
27-51-01-A)
27-CONTENTS Page 22
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Reactivation of the Slat and Flap 408 ALL
Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Flap
Channel
27-51-01-A)
Deactivation of the Slat and Flap 411 ALL
Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Slat
Channel
27-51-02-A)
Reactivation of the Slat and Flap 418 ALL
Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Slat
Channel
27-51-02-A)
Deactivation of the SFCC 2 Flap 421 ALL
WTB Solenoids
27-51-03-A)
Reactivation of the SFCC 2 Flap 426 ALL
WTB Solenoids
27-51-03-A)
FLAPS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND 27-51-00

MONITORING
Read-out of Class 3 Faults in the 501 ALL
Flap System
Bite Test of the Slat and Flap 503 ALL
Control Computers (Flap System)
Operational Test of the Wing Tip 509 ALL
Brake and the Pressure Off Brake
with the Ground Power Cart
with the Engine Driven Pumps
Manual Adjustment of the Position 531 ALL
Pick-Off Units
Operational Test of the Flap 536 ALL
Interconnecting Strut and the
Flap-Attachment Failure-Detection
Sensors
27-CONTENTS Page 23
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Automatic Integrity Test of the 547 ALL
Slat and Flap Control Computers
To do a Check of the Flap Rigged 551 ALL
Position (with the Sharks Fin)
Adjustment of the Forward 575 ALL
Eccentrics to the Datum Position
Adjustment of the Flap Rigged 586 ALL
Position with the Sharks Fin Tool
(A318/319/320)
SENSOR FLAP ATTACHMENT FAILURE 27-51-15
DETECTION
Removal of the Proximity-Sensors 401 ALL
of the Interconnecting Strut
Installation of the 403 ALL
Proximity-Sensors of the
Interconnecting Strut
COMMAND SENSOR UNIT (CSU) 27-51-17
Removal of the Command Sensor Unit 401 ALL
Installation of the Command Sensor 406 ALL
Unit
COMMAND SENSOR UNIT (CSU) 27-51-17
Removal and Workshop Check of the 601 ALL
Friction Brake of the Flap/Slat
Command Sensor Unit (CSU)
POSITION PICK OFF UNIT - ASYMMETRY 27-51-18
(APPU)
Removal of the Asymmetry-Position 401 ALL
Pick-Off Unit 29CV (30CV)
Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit
29CV (30CV)
POSITION PICK - OFF UNIT - FEED BACK 27-51-19
(FPPU)
Removal of the Feed Back Position 401 ALL
Pick-Off Unit
Installation of the Feed Back 405 ALL
Position Pick-Off Unit
COMPUTER - SLAT AND FLAP CONTROL 27-51-34
(SFCC)
Removal of the SFCC (21CV, 22CV) 401 ALL
27-CONTENTS Page 24
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the SFCC (21CV, 404 ALL
22CV)
LEVER - FLAP AND SLAT CONTROL 27-51-43
Removal of the Flap and Slat 401 ALL
Control Lever
Installation of the Flap and Slat 406 ALL
Control Lever
Removal of the Lighted Plate 410 ALL
Installation of the Lighted Plate 413 ALL
STRUT - INTERCONNECTING 27-51-44
Removal of the Interconnecting 401 ALL
Strut
Removal of the Proximity-Sensor of 414 ALL
the Interconnecting Strut
Proximity-Sensor of the
Adjustment of the Interconnecting 501 ALL
Strut
Detailed Inspection of 601 ALL
Interconnecting Strut and
Attachments
Replacement of the Flap 614 ALL
Interconnecting Strut Rod-End and
Locking Device
BRAKE - WING TIP (WTB) 27-51-51
Removal of the Flap Wing-Tip Brake 401 ALL
Installation of the Flap Wing-Tip 407 ALL
Brake
Removal of the Solenoid Valves of 418 ALL
the Flap Wing-Tip Brake (WTB)
Installation of the Solenoid 423 ALL
Valves of the Flap Wing-Tip Brake
(WTB)
FLAPS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER 27-54-00

TRANSMISSION
27-CONTENTS Page 25
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
General 1 ALL
Hydraulic Actuation 5 ALL
Power Transmission 5 ALL
Power Supply 11 ALL
Interface 11 ALL
Power Control Unit 11 ALL
Right Angle Gearbox 24 ALL
6203CM(6253CM)
Line Gearbox 6209CM(6259CM) 24 ALL
Bevel Gearbox 6217CM(6267CM) 24 ALL
Torque Shafts and Steady 28 ALL
Bearings
Actuator Track 1 6205CM(6255CM) 32 ALL
Flap Carriages 64 ALL
Flap and Track Fairing Operating 67 ALL
Mechanism
BITE 69 ALL

TRANSMISSION
Operational Test of the Flap 501 ALL
System
Operational Test of the Flap and 506 ALL
Slat Systems
Adjustment of the Flap Drive 512 ALL
System

TRANSMISSION
Transmission Assembly (Including
Part of the Transmission in Zone
27-CONTENTS Page 26
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
140)
Check of the Integrity of the Flap 615 ALL
Transmission System and Inspection
of the Seal Witness Drains of the
Wing Tip Brakes
Detailed Dimensional Check - Free 622 ALL
Movement at the Trailing Edge of
the Flaps
Visual Inspection of Inner Flap 675 001-018, 101-120
Drive Trunnion Clamp-Type Steel 201-250, 301-399
Rubbing Pads for Wear
Check of the Flap Drive System 684 ALL
Quantity Check of the Semi-Fluid 694 ALL
remaining in a Flap Rotary
Actuator (After Leakage)
GEARBOX - RIGHT ANGLE 27-54-41
Removal of the Right Angle Gearbox 401 ALL
6203CM, (6253CM)
Installation of the Right Angle 407 ALL
Gearbox 6203CM, (6253CM)
STEADY BEARING ASSY 27-54-44
Removal of the Steady Bearings FIN 401 ALL
6207CM(6257CM)/6213CM(6263CM)
Installation of the Steady 406 ALL
Bearings FIN
6207CM(6257CM)/6213CM(6263CM)
6215CM(6265CM)/6219CM(6269CM)/6223
(6273CM)/6225CM(6275CM)/6229CM(627
Bearings FIN
6215CM(6265CM)/6219CM(6269CM)/6223
(6273CM)/6225CM(6275CM)/6229CM(627
TORQUE SHAFT ASSY - TRANSMISSION 27-54-45
Removal of the Torque Shaft 401 ALL
6202CM(6252CM)
Installation of the Torque Shaft 409 ALL
6202CM(6252CM)
6204CM(6254CM)
6204CM(6254CM)
27-CONTENTS Page 27
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
6206CM(6256CM)
6206CM(6256CM)
6208CM(6258CM)
6208CM(6258CM)
6210CM(6260CM)
6210CM(6260CM)
6212CM(6262CM)
6212CM(6262CM)
Removal of the Torque Shafts 482 ALL
6214CM(6264CM)/6220CM(6270CM)
Installation of the Torque Shafts 487 ALL
6214CM(6264CM)/6220CM(6270CM)
6216CM(6266CM)/6226CM(6276CM)
Installation of the Torque Shafts A400 ALL
6216CM(6266CM)/6226CM(6276CM)
Removal of Torque Shaft A409 ALL
6218CM(6268CM)
Installation of the Torque Shaft A415 ALL
6218CM(6268CM)
Removal of the Torque Shaft A422 ALL
6222CM(6272CM)
6222CM(6272CM)
Removal of the Torque Shafts A434 ALL
6224CM(6274CM)/6230CM(6280CM)
Installation of the Torque Shafts A439 ALL
6224CM(6274CM)/6230CM(6280CM)
6228CM(6278CM)
6228CM(6278CM)
6232CM(6282CM)
6232CM(6282CM)
CARRIAGE 27-54-46
Removal of the No.1 Flap Carriage 401 ALL
27-CONTENTS Page 28
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the No.1 Flap 408 ALL
Carriage
Removal of the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 415 ALL
Flap Carriages
Installation of the Nos 2, 3 and 4 419 ALL
Flap Carriages
Removal of the Pendulum of the No. 427 ALL
1 Flap Track Carriage
Installation of the Pendulum of 437 ALL
the No. 1 Flap Track Carriage
CARRIAGE 27-54-46
Flap Tracks and Rollers (as far as
is possible)
Detailed Inspection of the Flap 610 ALL
Carriage Rollers for In-Service
Wear
LINE GEARBOX 27-54-47
Removal of the Line Gearbox 401 ALL
6209CM(6259CM)
Installation of the Line Gearbox 406 ALL
6209CM(6259CM)
BEVEL GEAR BOX 27-54-48
Removal of the Bevel Gear Box 401 ALL
6217CM(6267CM)
Installation of the Bevel Gear Box 406 ALL
6217CM(6267CM)
ACTUATOR ASSY 27-54-49
Removal of the Flap Track 1 to 4 401 ALL
Actuators
6205CM(6255CM)/6211CM(6261CM)/
6221CM(6271CM)/6233CM(6283CM)
Installation of the Flap Track 1 408 ALL
to 4 Actuators
6205CM(6255CM)/6211CM(6261CM)/
6221CM(6271CM)/6233CM(6283CM)
Removal of the Flap Track 1 417 ALL
Actuator 6205CM(6255CM)
27-CONTENTS Page 29
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Flap Track 4 A408 ALL
CONTROL UNIT - POWER (PCU) (FLAPS) 27-54-51
Removal of the Power Control Unit 401 ALL
6201CM of the Flap System
Installation of the Power Control 410 ALL
Unit 6201CM of the Flap System
BRAKE - PRESSURE OFF, FLAPS PCU 27-54-52
Removal of the Pressure-Off Brake 401 ALL
of the Flap Power Control Unit
Installation of the Pressure-Off 408 ALL
Brake of the Flap Power Control
Unit
VALVE BLOCK - FLAP PCU 27-54-53
Removal of the Valve Blocks 23CV, 401 ALL
24CV of the Power Control Unit
(Flap)
Installation of the Valve Blocks 407 ALL
23CV, 24CV of the Power Control
Unit (Flap)
the Power Control Unit (Flap)
Valves of the Power Control Unit
(Flap)
Removal of the Filters of the 424 ALL
Valve Blocks
Installation of the Filters of the 428 ALL
Valve Blocks
MOTOR - HYDRAULIC, FLAPS PCU 27-54-54
Removal of the Hydraulic Motor of 401 ALL
the Flap Power Control-Unit
(6201CM) with the Pressure-Off
Brake and the Valve Block Assembly
27-CONTENTS Page 30
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Motor of the Flap Power
Control-Unit (6201CM) with the
Pressure-Off Brake and the Valve
Block Assembly
the Flap Power Control-Unit
(6201CM) without the Pressure-Off
Motor of the Flap Power
Control-Unit (6201CM) without the
Block Assembly
LEVER ASSY - FLAP ACTUATOR 27-54-55
Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever 401 ALL
Assembly - Tracks 1 and 2
Installation of the Flap-Actuator 422 ALL
Lever Assembly - Tracks 1 and 2
Assembly - Track 3
Lever Assembly - Track 3
Assembly - Track 4
Lever Assembly - Track 4
INBOARD FLAP 27-54-61
Removal of the Inboard Flap 401 ALL
Installation of the Inboard Flap 426 ALL
Removal of the Flap Kink-Seals and 450 ALL
Cushion-Seals
Installation of the Flap 455 ALL
Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals
Removal of the Inboard Flap Seals 462 ALL
Installation of the Inboard Flap 466 ALL
Seals
INBOARD FLAP 27-54-61
Dimensional Check of the Joints 601 ALL
that Connect the Flap Actuator
Levers to the Flap Drive Struts
(Tracks 1 and 2)
OUTBOARD FLAP 27-54-62
27-CONTENTS Page 31
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the Outboard Flap 401 ALL
Installation of the Outboard Flap 413 ALL
Removal of the Leading Edge Panels 433 ALL
2 and 5 on the Outboard Flap
Installation of the Leading Edge 437 ALL
Panels 2 and 5 on the Outboard
Flap
OUTBOARD FLAP 27-54-62
Dimensional Check of the Joints 601 ALL
that connect the Flap Actuator
Levers to the Flap Drive Struts
(Tracks 3 and 4)
ROLLER ASSY - FLAP GUIDE 27-54-63
Removal of the Flap Guide-Roller 401 ALL
Assembly
Installation of the Flap 406 ALL
Guide-Roller Assembly
FLAPS POSITION INDICATING 27-55-00

General 1 ALL
Power Supply 7 ALL
Interface 7 ALL
Instrumentation Position 7 ALL
Pickoff-Unit (IPPU)
Flap Protection 8 001-014, 051-099
101-105,
No Data at the Data Management 9 001-014, 051-099
Computer (DMC) Input 101-105,
Flap Protection 10 015-049, 106-299
301-399,
Bite 11 ALL
POSITION PICK-OFF UNIT - 27-55-11
INSTRUMENTATION (IPPU)
Removal of the Instrumentation 401 ALL
27-CONTENTS Page 32
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Instrumentation Position Pick-Off
Unit
_______
SPOILER 27-60-00
General 1 ALL
Roll Function 1 ALL
Speedbrake Function 2 ALL
Ground Spoilers 2 ALL
________
SPOILER 27-60-00
Extension-Retraction of the 201 ALL
Spoilers for Maintenance
SPOILER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-64-00

General 1 ALL
Hydraulic Supply (Ref. 27-00) 4 ALL
Servocontrols of Spoilers 1 thru 4 ALL
5
Operation 4 ALL
Operation after an electrical 4 ALL
failure
failure
Operation in case of high 6 ALL
pressure decrease
Operation on the ground with the 6 ALL
servocontrol depressurized
facilities

Deactivation of the Spoiler Servo 401 ALL
Control
27-CONTENTS Page 33
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
27-64-0X-A)
Reactivation of the Spoiler Servo 408 ALL
Control
27-64-0X-A)

Operational Test of the Spoiler 501 ALL
Hydraulic Actuation
Adjustment of the Spoilers 508 001-049, 051-099
151-200, 301-399
Adjustment of the Spoilers 522 101-150, 201-299
Electrical Test of the spoiler 533 ALL
Servo Controls

Check of the Spoilers Servo 601 ALL
Controls and Hinge Bearings for
Excessive Play and Condition
SPOILER 1 27-64-41
Removal of the Spoiler 1 401 ALL
Installation of the Spoiler 1 410 ALL
SPOILER 1 27-64-41
Inspection/Check of the Spoiler 1 601 ALL
SPOILER 2 27-64-42
Removal of the Link-Spoiler 2 419 ALL
Installation of the Link-Spoiler 2 424 ALL
SPOILER 2 27-64-42
SPOILER 3 27-64-43
SPOILER 3 27-64-43
Inspection/check of the Spoiler 3 601 ALL
27-CONTENTS Page 34
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
SPOILER 4 27-64-44
SPOILER 4 27-64-44
SPOILER 5 27-64-45
SPOILER 5 27-64-45
CHECK VALVE 27-64-48
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-049, 051-099
151-200, 301-399
Removal of the Check Valve 401 001-049, 051-099
3626GM(3627GM) 151-200, 301-399
Installation of the Check Valve 406 001-049, 051-099
3626GM(3627GM) 151-200, 301-399
SERVO CONTROL - SPOILER 27-64-51
Removal of the Spoiler 401 ALL
Servo-Control 31CE1 thru 31CE10
Installation of the Spoiler 413 ALL
Servo-Control 31CE1 thru 31CE10
Removal of the Servo-Valve from 428 ALL
the Spoiler Servo-Control
Installation of the Servo-Valve on 433 ALL
the Spoiler Servo-Control
Removal of the Filter 441 ALL
Installation of the Filter 446 ALL
_______________
LIFT AUGMENTING 27-80-00
General 1 ALL
System Configuration 1 ALL
Electrical Control and 1 ALL
Monitoring (Ref. 27-81-00)
Transmission (Ref. 27-84-00)
Power Supply 4 ALL
Interface 4 ALL
27-CONTENTS Page 35
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Extension and Retraction of the 6 ALL
Slats
Transmission
Asymmetry and Power Transmission 7 ALL
Monitoring
Position Indicating 7 ALL
BITE Test 7 ALL
________________
LIFT AUGMENTING 27-80-00
Extending the Slats on the Ground 201 ALL
Manual Extension of the Slats 206 ALL
Retracting the Slats on the Ground 214 ALL
Manual Retraction of the Slats 218 ALL
Reset of the Torque Limiters of 224 ALL
the Slat System on the Ground
Installation of the Hoisting Sling 233 ALL
Removal of the Hoisting Sling 237 ALL
Reset of the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) 241 ALL
of the Slat System on the Ground
SLATS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND MONITORING 27-81-00

General 1 ALL
Mechanical Input 2 ALL
Electrical Control 6 ALL
Wing Tip Brake (WTB) Control 8 ALL
Monitoring 8 ALL
Power Supply 12 ALL
Interfaces 15 ALL
Refer to (Ref. 27-51-00) for 15 ALL
data on:
Valve Block 15 ALL
Feedback Position Pick-off Unit 15 ALL
(FPPU)
Asymmetry Position Pick-off Unit 15 ALL
(APPU)
Adapter Plate 15 ALL
Wing Tip Brake 23 ALL
27-CONTENTS Page 36
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ EFFECTIVITY
PAGE ___________
Electrical Control 26 001-049, 051-099
101-150, 301-399
Electrical Control 26 151-299,
Table 27 001-049, 051-099
101-150, 201-299
301-399,
Table 27 151-200,
SFCC Memory 28 ALL
Slat Alpha Lock/Speed Baulk 28 001-014, 051-099
101-105,
Slat Alpha Lock/Speed Baulk 29 015-049, 106-299
301-399,
Operation of the Wing Tip Brake 29 ALL
Monitoring for Failure 31 ALL
Conditions
Failure Table 37 ALL
Parameter List 38 ALL
BITE 38 ALL
SLATS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND 27-81-00

MONITORING
Deactivation of the SFCC 2 Slat 401 ALL
WTB Solenoids
27-81-01-A)
Reactivation of the SFCC 2 Slat 404 ALL
WTB Solenoids
27-81-01-A)
SLATS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND 27-81-00

MONITORING
Read-out for Class 3 Faults in the 501 ALL
Slat System
Bite Test of the Slat and Flap 503 ALL
Control Computers (Slat System)
Operational Test of the Wing-Tip 509 ALL
Brake and the Pressure-Off Brake
27-CONTENTS Page 37
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
with the Ground Power Cart
with the Engine Driven Pumps
Manual Adjustment of the Position 541 ALL
Pick-Off Units
POSITION PICK OFF UNIT - ASYMMETRY 27-81-18
(APPU)
Removal of the Asymmetry-Position 401 ALL
Pick-Off Unit 31CV (32CV)
Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit
31CV (32CV)
POSITION PICK - OFF UNIT - FEED BACK 27-81-19
(FPPU)
Removal of the Feed Back Position 401 ALL
Pick-Off Unit
Installation of the Feed Back 404 ALL
ADAPTOR PLATE - PPU 27-81-42
Removal of the PPU Adaptor Plate 401 ALL
6048CM(6098CM)
Installation of the PPU Adaptor 407 ALL
Plate 6048CM(6098CM)
BRAKE - WING TIP (WTB) 27-81-51
Removal of the Slat Wing-Tip Brake 401 ALL
Installation of the Slat Wing-Tip 407 ALL
Brake
Removal of the Solenoid Valve from 416 ALL
the Slat Wing-Tip Brake (WTB)
Installation of the Solenoid Valve 420 ALL
to the Slat Wing-Tip Brake (WTB)
SLATS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER 27-84-00

TRANSMISSION
General 1 ALL
Power Supply 13 ALL
27-CONTENTS Page 38
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Interface 13 ALL
Power Control Unit (6001CM) 13 ALL
Bevel Gearbox, 19 degree 25 ALL
(6003CM)
Tee Gearbox (6005CM) 25 ALL
Bevel Gearbox, 63.5 degree 28 ALL
(6009CM/6059CM, 6011CM/6061CM)
Torque Shafts and Steady 28 ALL
Bearings
Actuator 28 ALL
Tracks 43 ALL
Bite 45 ALL

TRANSMISSION
Operational Test of the Slat 501 ALL
System

TRANSMISSION
Slat Transmission System
Slat Track Rollers, the Pinions
and the Curved Rack Gears (As Far
As Visible)
Check of Slat Transmission Shaft 620 ALL
Integrity Including Inspection of
Seal Witness Drains
Operational Test of Wingtip 629 ALL
Brakes/Pressure-Off Brakes,
Followed by Check of Transmission
Shafting Integrity and Inspection
of Seal Witness Drains
GEARBOX - BEVEL 19 DEG 27-84-41
Removal of the Bevel Gearbox 401 ALL
6003CM
27-CONTENTS Page 39
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Bevel Gearbox 406 ALL
6003CM
GEARBOX - TEE 27-84-42
Removal of the Tee Gearbox 6005CM 401 ALL
Installation of the Tee Gearbox 407 ALL
6005CM
GEARBOX - BEVEL 63.5 DEG 27-84-43
Removal of the Bevel Gearbox 63.5 401 ALL
6009CM, 6011CM (6059CM, 6061CM)
Installation of the Bevel Gearbox 406 ALL
63.5 6009CM, 6011CM (6059CM,
6061CM)
STEADY BEARING ASSY - TRANSMISSION 27-84-44
Removal of the Steady Bearing FIN 401 ALL
6007CM(6057CM)
Installation of the Steady Bearing 405 ALL
FIN 6007CM(6057CM)
6017CM(6067CM)/6019CM(6069CM)
Bearings FIN
6017CM(6067CM)/6019CM(6069CM)
6021CM(6071CM)
FIN 6021CM(6071CM)
6023CM(6073CM)
FIN 6023CM(6073CM)
6025CM(6075CM)
FIN 6025CM(6075CM)
6031CM(6081CM)
FIN 6031CM(6081CM)
TORQUE SHAFT ASSY - TRANSMISSION 27-84-45
6002CM(6004CM)
27-CONTENTS Page 40
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
6002CM(6004CM)
6006CM(6056CM)
6006CM(6056CM)
6008CM(6058CM)
6008CM(6058CM)
6010CM(6060CM)
6010CM(6060CM)
6012CM(6062CM)
6012CM(6062CM)
6014CM(6064CM)/6028CM(6078CM)/6036
6038CM(6088CM)/6040CM(6090CM)/6042
6014CM(6064CM)/6028CM(6078CM)/6036
(6086CM)/6038CM(6088CM)/6040CM(609
M(6094CM)
6016CM(6066CM)/6020CM(6070CM)/6026
6030CM(6080CM)
6016CM(6066CM)/6020CM(6070CM)/6026
(6076CM)/6030CM(6080CM)
6018CM(6068CM)
6018CM(6068CM)
6022CM(6072CM)
6022CM(6072CM)
6024CM(6074CM)
6024CM(6074CM)
6032CM(6082CM)
6032CM(6082CM)
27-CONTENTS Page 41
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
6034CM(6084CM)
6034CM(6084CM)
6046CM(6096CM)
6046CM(6096CM)
ACTUATOR ASSY - TYPE A 27-84-48
Removal of the Type A Actuators 401 ALL
6013CM(6063CM)/6015CM(6065CM)
Installation of the Type A 409 ALL
Actuators
6013CM(6063CM)/6015CM(6065CM)
ACTUATOR ASSY - TYPE B 27-84-49
Removal of the Type B Actuators 401 ALL
6027CM(6077CM)/6029CM(6079CM)/6035
(6085CM)/6039CM(6089CM)/6045CM(609
Installation of the Type B 410 ALL
Actuators
6027CM(6077CM)/6029CM(6079CM)/6035
(6085CM)/6039CM(6089CM)/6045CM(609
Removal of the Type B Actuators 421 ALL
6033CM(6083CM)/6037CM(6087CM)/6041
(6091CM)
Installation of the Type B 427 ALL
Actuators
6033CM(6083CM)/6037CM(6087CM)/
6041CM(6091CM)
CONTROL UNIT - POWER (PCU) (SLATS) 27-84-51
Removal of the Power Control Unit 401 ALL
6001CM of the Slat System
Installation of the Power Control 409 ALL
Unit 6001CM of the Slat System
BRAKE - PRESSURE OFF, SLATS PCU 27-84-52
Removal of the Pressure-Off Brake 401 ALL
of the Slat Power Control Unit
Installation of the Pressure-Off 407 ALL
Brake of the Slat Power Control
Unit
VALVE BLOCK - SLAT PCU 27-84-53
27-CONTENTS Page 42
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the Valve Blocks 25CV, 401 ALL
26CV of the Power Control Unit
(Slat)
Installation of the Valve Blocks 407 ALL
25CV, 26CV of the Power Control
Unit (Slat)
the Power Control Unit (Slat)
Valves of the Power Control Unit
(Slat)
Removal of the Filters of the 425 ALL
Valve Blocks
Installation of the Filters of the 429 ALL
Valve Blocks
MOTOR - HYDRAULIC, SLAT PCU 27-84-54
the Slat Power Control Unit
(6001CM) with the Pressure-Off
Motor of the Slat Power Control
Unit (6001CM) with the
Block Assembly
the Slat Power Control Unit
(6001CM) without the Pressure-Off
Motor of the Slat Power Control
Unit (6001CM) without the
Block Assembly
TRACK - SLAT 1 27-84-61
Removal of the Slat Tracks 1 thru 401 ALL
4
Installation of the Slat Tracks 1 405 ALL
thru 4
Removal of the Side-Rollers - Slat 424 ALL
Tracks 1 thru 4
Installation of the Side-Rollers - 427 ALL
Slat Tracks 1 thru 4
TRACK - SLAT 1 27-84-61
27-CONTENTS Page 43
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Dimensional Check of the 601 ALL
Slat-to-Track Attachment Fittings,
Tracks 1 Thru 4
Check of Slat 1 Trailing Edge 624 ALL
Backlash
TRACK - SLAT 2, 3, 4, 5 27-84-62
Removal of the Slat Tracks 5 thru 401 ALL
12
Installation of the Slat Tracks 5 405 ALL
thru 12
Removal of the Side Rollers - Slat 427 ALL
Tracks 5 thru 12
Installation of the Side Rollers - 430 ALL
Slat Tracks 5 thru 12
TRACK - SLAT 2, 3, 4, 5 27-84-62
Dimensional Check of the 601 ALL
Slat-To-Track Attachment Fittings,
Tracks 5 Thru 12
Check of Slat 2, 3, 4 and 5 674 ALL
Trailing Edge Backlash
SLAT 1 27-84-63
Removal of the No. 1 Slat 401 ALL
Installation of the No. 1 Slat 414 ALL
SLAT 2 27-84-64
SLAT 3 27-84-65
SLAT 4 27-84-66
SLAT 5 27-84-67
PINION ASSEMBLY - SLAT TRACKS 27-84-68
Removal of the Slat-Track Pinion 401 ALL
27-CONTENTS Page 44
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Assembly
Installation of the Slat-Track 409 ALL
Pinion Assembly
PINION ASSEMBLY - SLAT TRACKS 27-84-68
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Repair of Damaged Flanks of the 801 ALL
Teeth of the Slat Track Pinions
and Gear Racks
CLOSING PLATES - SLAT TRACKS 27-84-69
Removal of the Closing Plates for 401 ALL
the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12
Installation of the Closing Plates 412 ALL
for the Slat Tracks 1 thru 12
SLATS POSITION INDICATING 27-85-00

General 1 ALL
Power Supply 6 ALL
Interface 6 ALL
Instrumentation Position 6 ALL
Pickoff-Unit (IPPU)
Slat Protection 8 001-014, 051-099
101-105,
Slat Protection 10 015-049, 106-299
301-399,
Bite 11 ALL
POSITION PICK-OFF UNIT - 27-85-11
INSTRUMENTATION (IPPU)
Removal of the Instrumentation 401 ALL
Instrumentation Position Pick-Off
Unit
_______________________________________
ELECTRICAL FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM (EFCS) 27-90-00
27-CONTENTS Page 45
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
General 1 ALL
Flight Control Surfaces 7 ALL
Power Supply 9 ALL
Hydraulic Power Supply 9 ALL
Electrical Power Supply 9 ALL
Functions Performed in Normal 26 ALL
Configuration
Pitch Control 26 ALL
Lateral Control 36 ALL
Speedbrake Function 41 001-049, 051-099
151-200, 301-399
Speedbrake Function 43 101-150, 251-299
Speedbrake Function 47 201-250,
Ground Spoiler Function 48 001-021, 051-099
301-399,
Ground Spoiler Function 50 022-049, 121-200
251-299,
Ground Spoiler Function 52 101-120,
Ground Spoiler Function 53 201-250,
Normal Configuration 55 ALL
Functional Reconfiguration 56 ALL
Law Reconfiguration 56 ALL
Law Distribution in the 57 ALL
Computers
Functional Statuses 58 ALL
Logic of Transition between 58 ALL
Different Statuses
System Reconfiguration Logic 59 ALL
Switching Logics 59 ALL
Conditions Related to the 59 ALL
Computer Status
Conditions Related to Servoloops 59 ALL
Conditions Related to Hydraulic 60 ALL
Systems
Conditions Related to Sensor 60 ALL
Status
Miscellaneous Logics 61 ALL
Priority between Side-Sticks 61 051-099,
logic
Priority between Side-Sticks 61 ALL
logic
Elevator-Servocontrol 62 ALL
Simultaneous-Pressurization
Logic
27-CONTENTS Page 46
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Elevator Oscillation Detection 62 ALL
Detection of a Manual Action on 63 ALL
the Pitch-Trim Control Wheel
THS Ground-Setting Logic 63 ALL
Flight/Ground Logic computed in 63 ALL
the ELACs
CONTROL INPUTS INTERFACE AND POWER 27-92-00

SUPPLY
General 1 ALL
Operation 14 ALL
Side Stick Controller 14 ALL
Speedbrake Control Transducer 20 ALL
Unit
Transducer Unit 23 ALL
Accelerometer 24 ALL
FTU (74CE) 24 012-049, 101-299
301-399,
Hydraulic Pressure Switches 24 ALL
(10CE1, 10CE2, 10CE3)
Throttle Control Unit 32 ALL
CONTROL INPUTS INTERFACE AND POWER 27-92-00

SUPPLY
Operational Test of the Thrust 401 ALL
Reverser System
TRANSDUCER UNIT - ELEVATOR POSITION 27-92-13
Removal of the Elevator Position 401 ALL
Transducer-Unit 49CE1, 49CE2
Installation of the Elevator 406 ALL
Position Transducer-Unit 49CE1,
49CE2
LEVER - SPEED BRAKE CONTROL ASSEMBLY 27-92-14
Removal of the Speedbrake Control 401 ALL
Transducer Unit (7CE)
Installation of the Speedbrake 405 ALL
Control Transducer Unit (7CE)
Removal of the Lighted Plate 409 ALL
Installation of the Lighted Plate 413 ALL
27-CONTENTS Page 47
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
TRANSDUCER UNIT - PEDAL POSITION 27-92-15
Removal of the Pedal Position 401 ALL
Transducer Unit (25CE1, 25CE2)
Installation of the Pedal Position 405 ALL
Transducer Unit (25CE1, 25CE2)
ACCELEROMETER - FLIGHT CONTROL 27-92-16
Removal of the Flight Control 401 ALL
Accelerometer (12CE1, 12CE2,
12CE3, 12CE4)
Installation of the Flight Control 408 ALL
Accelerometer (12CE1, 12CE2,
12CE3, 12CE4)
PRESSURE SWITCH - HYDRAULIC, FLIGHT 27-92-17
CONTROL
Pressure Switch (10CE2)
FTU (FORCE TRANSDUCER UNIT) - RUDDER 27-92-27
PEDAL
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 012-049, 101-299
301-399,
Removal of the Rudder Pedal Force 401 012-049, 101-299
Transducer (74CE) 301-399,
Installation of the Rudder Pedal 405 012-049, 101-299
Force Transducer (74CE) 301-399,
SIDE STICK ASSEMBLY 27-92-41
Removal of the Side Stick Assembly 401 ALL
19VU (18VU)
Installation of the Side Stick 408 ALL
Assembly 19VU (18VU)
Removal of the Transducer Units 416 ALL
(4CE1, 4CE2, 4CE3, 4CE4)
Installation of the Transducer 419 ALL
27-CONTENTS Page 48
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Units (4CE1, 4CE2, 4CE3, 4CE4)
Removal of the Dampers 425 ALL
Installation of the Dampers 428 ALL
Removal of the Solenoid (12CA1, 431 ALL
12CA2)
(12CA1, 12CA2)
Removal of the Control Handle 440 ALL
Installation of the Control Handle 444 ALL
Removal of the Radio PTT Switch 449 ALL
(11RN, 12RN)
Installation of the Radio PTT 454 ALL
Switch (11RN, 12RN)
Removal of the Pushbutton 457 ALL
Switch-Takeover and Priority
(8CE1, 8CE2)
Installation of the Pushbutton 460 ALL
Switch-Takeover and Priority
(8CE1, 8CE2)
Removal of the Side Stick Bellows 463 ALL
Bellows
Removal of the Side Stick Spring 474 ALL
Rods
Spring Rods
SIDE STICK ASSEMBLY 27-92-41
Operational Test of the Side Stick 501 ALL
Assembly
ELEVATOR AILERON COMPUTER SYSTEM (ELAC) 27-93-00

General 1 ALL
Power Supply 3 ALL
General 3 ALL
Description of Boards 16 ALL
Operation 34 ALL
Monitoring of Peripherals (IMP 34 ALL
VAL)
Computation of Laws 55 ALL
Control Surface Slaving 55 ALL
Self-Monitoring of the Computer 63 ALL
Behavior upon Power Rise and 64 ALL
27-CONTENTS Page 49
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Cutoff
Behavior upon Action on the 64 ALL
OFF/R Pushbutton Switch
ELEVATOR AILERON COMPUTER SYSTEM 27-93-00

(ELAC)
SERVICING 301 019-049, 121-200
251-299,
Uploading of the ELAC Software 301 019-049, 121-200
251-299,
Check of the reference of the 308 019-049, 121-200
software loaded in the ELAC 251-299,

(ELAC)
Deactivation of the Elevator 401 ALL
Aileron Computer
27-93-01-A)
Reactivation of the Elevator 409 ALL
Aileron Computer
27-93-01-A)
Deactivation of the Stabilizer 411 ALL
Actuator Electrical Motor n⁰2
Reactivation of the Stabilizer 419 ALL
Actuator Electrical Motor n⁰2

(ELAC)
Operational Test of the Elevator 501 ALL
and Aileron Computers (ELACs)
Operational Test of the ELAC 2 507 ALL
STBY PWR SPLY Availability in case
of loss of Blue Hydraulic Pressure
(To be done before revenue flight
landing gear down)
COMPUTER - ELEVATOR AILERON (ELAC) 27-93-34
27-CONTENTS Page 50
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the ELAC (2CE1, 2CE2) 401 ALL
Installation of the ELAC (2CE1, 405 ALL
2CE2)
SPOILER AND ELEVATOR COMPUTER (SEC) 27-94-00

General 1 ALL
Power Supply 1 ALL
Interface 7 ALL
Analog Interface 7 ALL
Discrete Interface 14 001-049, 051-099
101-200, 251-299
301-399,
Discrete Interface 14 201-250,
ARINC Interface 24 ALL
General 25 ALL
Description of the Boards 34 ALL
Operation 35 ALL
General 35 ALL
Functions 37 ALL

Deactivation of the Spoiler 401 ALL
Elevator Computer (SEC)
27-94-0X-A)
Reactivation of the Spoiler 408 ALL
Elevator Computer (SEC)
27-94-0X-A)

Elevator Computer 1 (SEC 1)
COMPUTER - SPOILER ELEVATOR (SEC) 27-94-34
27-CONTENTS Page 51
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the SEC (1CE1, 1CE2, 401 ALL
1CE3)
Installation of the SEC (1CE1, 405 ALL
1CE2, 1CE3)
FLIGHT CONTROL DATA CONCENTRATOR (FCDC) 27-95-00

General 1 ALL
Power Supply 3 ALL
Electrical Power 3 ALL
Interface 7 ALL
General 7 ALL
Processor Board 12 ALL
Program Memory Module 15 ALL
I/O Interfaces 15 ALL
Input/Output Protections 25 ALL
Operation 25 ALL
Data Concentration 25 ALL
Maintenance Functions 25 ALL
Particular Points 25 ALL
Test 26 ALL
General 26 ALL
Self Test 27 ALL
System Test 29 ALL
In-Flight Monitoring 29 ALL
Maintenance Mode 29 ALL
Digital Output Interface 29 ALL
Digital Outputs: FCDCs Bus 1&2. 30 ALL
Discrete Outputs 41 ALL
CONCENTRATOR - FLIGHT CONTROL DATA 27-95-34
(FCDC)
Removal of the FCDC (3CE1, 3CE2) 401 ALL
Installation of the FCDC (3CE1, 404 ALL
3CE2)
MAINTENANCE AND SAFETY TESTS/BITE 27-96-00

General 1 ALL
Maintenance 1 ALL
Periodic Tests 1 ALL
Automatic Tests 1 ALL
Interface 1 ALL
Operation 1 ALL
27-CONTENTS Page 52
May 01/11
R
LAN
CHAPTER 27
__________
FLIGHT CONTROLS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________
SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Maintenance 1 ALL
Test 16 ALL
Elevator servocontrol damping 16 ALL
test
Aileron servocontrol damping 16 ALL
test
Conditions Required to 20 ALL
Initialize the Tests
Automatic Tests 22 ALL
MAINTENANCE AND SAFETY TESTS/BITE 27-96-00

Operational Test of the FCDC 501 ALL
Operational Test of the Computers 504 ALL
Engagement/Disengagement
Priority
Operational Test of the THS 521 ALL
Actuator with Electrical Motor N⁰3
Operational Test of the Damping 525 ALL
Measurement (Aileron)
Operational Test of the Damping 531 ALL
Measurement (Elevator)
Operational Test after 537 ALL
Removal/Installation of the
Pressure Switches (10CE1, 10CE2,
10CE3)
Operational Test of Logics 541 ALL
Activating ELAC 1&2, & SEC 1 STBY
PWR SPLY & Ability of SEC 1&2 to
Achieve Pitch CTL & Ability of
Sidestick Priority Function
Assembly (Activation for the BITE
Test)
Operational Test of the THS 594 ALL
Actuator Electrical Control
(Activation for BITE Test)
Integrity Test of the Flight A500 ALL
Control System
BITE Test of the EFCS (Ground A518 ALL
Scanning)
Operational Test of the Ground A522 ALL
Spoiler Extension
27-CONTENTS Page 53
May 01/11
R
LAN
FLIGHT CONTROLS - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________
1. ______________________________________
Description of Primary Flight Controls
A. Glossary
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
| GLOSSARY |
|---------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ABBREVIATION | SIGNIFICATION |
|---------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| ADC | Air Data Computer |
| ADIRS | Air Data/Inertial Reference System |
| CFDIU | Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit |
| DMU | Data Management Unit |
| ECAM | Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring |
| EFCC | Electronic Flight Control Computer |
| EFCS | Electrical Flight Control System |
| ELAC | Elevator Aileron Computer |
| FAC | Flight Agmentation Computer |
| FCDC | Flight Control Data Concentrator |
| FMGC | Flight Management and Guidance Computer |
| IRS | Inertial Reference System |
| LVDT | Linear Variable Differential Transducer |
| RVDT | Rotary Variable Differential Transducer |
| SEC | Spoiler Elevator Computer |
| SFCC | Slat Flap Control Computer |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. General Principles
The control is achieved through conventional surfaces.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 1
May 01/11

LAN
Flight Control Surfaces (A320)
Figure 001

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399, 27-00-00

Page 2
May 01/11

LAN
Figure 001A

R

EFF :

101-150, 251-299, 27-00-00

Page 3
May 01/11

LAN
Figure 001B

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-00-00

Page 4
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
The roll and pitch controls of the aircraft are electrical. They are
based on two different types of digital computers (ELAC and SEC), each of
them being able to control the aircraft in both axes. Monitoring and
redundancy within the flight control system, aircraft sensors, power and
hydraulic generation ensure a high degree of availability of the
electrical control. The basic yaw control is hydromechanical as well as
the alternate horizontal stabilizer control, thus providing the ability
to keep the aircraft in flight during a temporary complete loss of
electrical power. However, in normal conditions, some rudder control
functions (trim, travel limitation) are achieved by the FAC.
The normal pitch control law is basically the closed loop control of the
load factor, and includes flight envelope protections. The normal lateral
control law combines the roll rate control, turn coordination and Dutch
roll damping functions.
C. Ailerons
The roll control of the aircraft is achieved by one wing tip aileron
augmented by four spoilers on each wing. The ailerons are manually
controlled from the side stick controllers or automatically in autopilot
function.
Each aileron can be powered by two servocontrols signalled by two
Elevator and Aileron Computers (ELAC) and supplied from different
hydraulic systems. In normal operation, the roll function of the ailerons
is achieved through the ELAC 1 and the associated servocontrols in active
mode, the ELAC 2 being in standby and its associated servocontrols in
damping mode. In the event of a failure, the ailerons become
automatically controlled by the ELAC 2 (roll) and the associated
servocontrols switched to the active mode, the others being now damped.
If a multiple failure condition causes the loss of the control of the two
servocontrols of an aileron, the servocontrols automatically switch to
the damping mode. This operating mode is also automatically engaged in
the event of loss of pressure.
Two independent side stick controllers are installed in the cockpit. They
include the roll and pitch position transducers and feel mechanisms, and
a solenoid-operated detent that locks the control lever in neutral
position when the autopilot is engaged.
D. Rudder
The rudder mainly permits to achieve the yaw control.
The rudder is actuated by three servo controls.
The servo controls can be driven:
- in manual mode:
either mechanically from the pedals ,
or electrically from the side stick and/or the rudder pedals

R

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 5
May 01/11

LAN
- in autopilot control mode:
from the FMGECs.
The rudder is powered by three servo controls mechanically signalled from
the pedals through a single load path linkage fitted with a centering
spring device that holds the servocontrol input in the neutral position
if a disconnection occurs.
Each set of pedals is fitted with a position transducer.
Feel is provided by a spring rod, the zero force position of which is
controlled by an electrical trim actuator.
A solenoid-operated mechanism increases the feel force threshold when the
autopilot is engaged.
Two yaw-damper electrohydraulic servoactuators connected to a common
output lever drive the linkage through a differential lever arrangement.
One servoactuator is normally operating, the other being by-passed. A
spring rod is provided to center the actuators when both of them are
depressurized.
The maximum control stroke is restricted by the Travel Limitation Unit as
a function of the airspeed.
The trim actuator, the yaw damper servoactuators and the travel
limitation unit are normally controlled by the Flight Augmentation
Computer (FAC) 1, the FAC 2 being in standby.
In addition to their basic function, the trim actuator and the yaw damper
servoactuators are used to introduce the autopilot signals.
Rudder immobilization or runaway in the event of a servocontrol valve
jamming is prevented by a spring rod and pressure relief valve
arrangement.
E. Elevators (Ref. 27-30 and 27-90)

The pitch control of the aircraft is achieved by two mechanically
independent elevators controlled manually from the side stick controllers
or automatically in autopilot function.
Each elevator can be driven by two electrohydraulic servocontrols
signalled by the ELACs or SEC 1 or 2, and supplied from different
hydraulic systems.
In normal operation the elevators are controlled by the ELAC 2 and the
associated servocontrols in active mode, the other computers being in
standby and the servocontrols in damping mode. In the event of a high
load-factor demand that would cause one servocontrol to stall, the second
servocontrol is operated. In the event of failure, the elevators are
controled by ELAC1, then by SEC2 or SEC1. In the event of the loss of
control of the two servocontrols of the elevator, the servocontrols are
automatically switched to a centering mode and hold the surface in the
neutral position (Electrical control loss). In the event of the loss of
the two hydraulic systems supplying the servocontrols of one elevator,
the damping mode becomes automatically engaged.
The side stick controller operation for the pitch control is similar to
the roll control as described in para. 1.B.

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 6
May 01/11
R
LAN
F. Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (Ref. 27-40 and 27-90)
The pitch trim function is achieved by the Trimmable Horizontal
Stabilizer (THS) either automatically in normal in-flight manual mode or
autopilot function or manually from the handwheels in normal ground
operation or in-flight failure condition.
The THS is moved and held by a THS actuator that includes a double
load-path ball screw powered by two differentially coupled hydraulic
motors mechanically servocontrolled. The ball screw is fitted with a
no-back brake, the motors are fitted with pressure-off brakes. The
control loops include a device that applies both pressure-off brakes in
the event of either control valve jamming.
The input shaft of the THS actuator is normally driven by an electrical
motor servocontrolled by the ELAC 2, two other motors controlled
respectively by ELAC 1 or SEC 1 and SEC 2.
The input shaft of the THS actuator can also be manually driven by the
pilots through a mechanical linkage normally moved by the handwheels.
An overriding mechanism gives the priority to the mechanical control over
the electrical control.
G. Spoilers
Five spoiler surfaces are provided on each wing to achieve the functions
below :
- roll spoiler (surfaces 2 to 5)
- speedbrake (surfaces 2 to 4)
- ground spoilers (all surfaces).
These surfaces are manually controlled from the side stick controllers
(roll spoilers), speedbrake control lever (speedbrake) or automatically
in autopilot and ground spoiler function.
Each surface is controlled by one servocontrol supplied from the Green,
Yellow or Blue system and signalled from the SEC 1, 2 or 3.
The combination of the different functions is achieved in the computers.
In the event of an electrical failure, the associated surface is
hydraulically held down. In the event of a hydraulic failure, the
servocontrol is hydraulically locked in one direction to prevent the
surface from raising. In both cases the control of the symmetrical
surface is automatically inhibited.
H. Electrical Flight Control System
(1) General
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The Electrical Flight Control System includes the ELACs, the SECs,
the Flight Control Data Concentrators (FCDCs) and vertical
accelerometers.
The EFCS is built according to the principles below :

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 7
May 01/11
R
LAN
Electrical Flight Control System Architecture
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 8
May 01/11
R
LAN
(a) Redundancy and dissimilarity
The EFCS includes two ELACs, three SECs, two FCDCs and four
accelerometers. The ELACs and SECs are both able to achieve the
roll and pitch control of the aircraft. These two types of
computer differ by their internal architecture, hardware, type of
microprocessor, software. For each computer type, the control and
monitoring software are different.
(b) Monitoring
The monitoring of each computer (ELAC, SEC) is achieved as
follows:
- Monitoring channel: Each computer consists of two physically
and electrically-separated channels, one being dedicated to the
control functions, the other to the monitoring of these. These
two channels perform the actuator command signal computation
using different digital processes. The monitoring channel
permanently compares the results of these computations and
inhibits the signal to the actuator, should a discrepancy
occur.
- Self-monitoring capacity : Each channel is able to detect the
failure of the critical signals it receives or emits and to
detect internal failures by test of the processor and
monitoring of its internal power supply.
- Cross-talk : Each control and associated monitoring channel
permanently exchanges information via digital buses, therefore
consolidating and validating information received from
different sensors.
- Automatic power-on and pressure-on safety tests performed
without movement of the surfaces.
(c) Installation
The installation takes into account the principles below :
- Wiring installation : specific connectors are used for the
EFCS.
Electrical routes 1 are used for items powered from the
emergency electrical supply, routes 2 are used for items
powered from the normal electrical supply.
Control signals are routed in routes S, monitoring signals are
routed in routes M. In the sections exposed to the engine burst
the EFCS cables are shared between the normal and deviated
routes.
- Protection against lightning strikes : in the exposed areas the
wires are installed in metal shields - for each signal the
wires are twisted. The grounding of signals is not achieved in
the exposed areas. Aileron-related wires are routed in the
leading edge whereas spoiler-related wires are in the trailing
edge. The inputs of the computers include low-pass filters and

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 9
May 01/11
R
LAN
overvoltage protections if the associated wires are routed in
exposed areas.
(2) Control laws

The different control laws and associated protections, as listed
below may be used, depending on the integrity of the flight control
and flight augmentation systems and their peripherals. They are
implemented in the computer.
(Ref. Fig. 003)
(3) Roll and yaw controls :
(a) Roll normal law

This is the combined control of the ailerons, spoiler surfaces 2
to 5 and rudder from the side stick controllers coupled according
to the priority logic. In flight, it achieves the control and the
limitation of the roll rate, providing a neutral spiral stability
up to 33 degrees of bank angle, the turn coordination and the
dutch roll damping. It requires gains depending on the
ground/flight condition, airspeed and configuration. On the
ground it provides a fixed relationship between the side stick
controller angle and the aileron and spoiler deflections. The
rudder can also be directly controlled either mechanically from
the pedals or from the trim switches. The rudder deflection is
limited as a function of the airspeed.
(b) Roll direct law

This is the control of the aileron and spoiler surfaces 2 to 5
from the side stick controllers coupled according to the priority
logic.
It achieves the control of the above surface angles using gains
depending on the configuration.
(c) Alternate yaw control

This is the direct control of the rudder from the pedals or the
trim switches complemented by a limited-authority dutch-roll
damping function using gains depending on the configuration. The
rudder deflection is limited as a function of the airspeed.

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 10
May 01/11
R
LAN
R Control Law Implementation
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 11
May 01/09

LAN
(4) Pitch control
(a) Pitch normal law

This is the combined control of the elevators and THS from the
side stick controllers coupled according to the priority logic to
achieve the load factor control. It requires load factor and
pitch attitude rate feedbacks, variable gains depending on
ground/flight condition, radio altimeters, airspeed and
configuration. It includes a high angle-of-attack protection and
a load factor limitation that cannot be overriden by the crew,
and an overspeed protection.
On the ground, it provides a fixed relationship between the side
stick controller angle and the elevator deflections.
(b) Pitch alternate law

This is the control of the elevators and the THS, if operative,
from the side stick controllers coupled according to the priority
logic to achieve the load factor control.
It uses limited authority load factor and pitch rate feedbacks
and gains depending on the configuration. It includes a load
factor limitation that cannot be overriden by the crew and
alternate protections.
(c) Pitch direct law

This is the control of the elevator angle from the side stick
controllers coupled according to the priority logic with a gain
depending on the configuration. Pitch trim can be achieved via
the mechanical control of the THS.
(5) Speedbrake control

This is the control of the position of the spoiler surfaces 2 to 4
from the speedbrake control lever.
(6) Ground spoiler control

This is the automatic full deployment of all the spoiler surfaces at
touch down.
(7) Description of Flap and Slat Control
(a) Flap Control

Achieved on each wing by one inboard flap and one outboard flap.
(Ref. Fig. 004)
(b) Slat Control Lift Augmenting

Achieved on each wing by five slats.
(Ref. Fig. 004)

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 12
May 01/11
R
LAN
Slats and Flaps Architecture
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 13
May 01/11
R
LAN
2. ____________________________
Flight Controls Power Supply
A. Electrical Power Supply

(Ref. Fig. 005)
The ELAC 1 and SEC 1 are each supplied from a DC essential busbar (4PP
for the ELAC 1 and SEC 1), the battery 1 taking over instantaneously
through a dedicated diode device (Power Supply Uncoupling Unit) when the
voltage level drops below the battery output voltage. A relay ensures the
battery supply line breaking on the ground 30s after the second engine
shut down.
The ELAC 2, and the THS motor 1 are normally supplied from the DC normal
busbar 2PP.
In case of loss of this busbar (particularly after the loss of both main
generation channels, or after a double main TRU failure), these supplies
are automatically switched over to the battery 2 by means of two relays,
for a fixed period of 30s.
The SEC 2, the SEC 3, the THS electrical motor 3 , and FCDC 2 are
supplied from the DC normal busbar 2PP.
The THS electrical motor 2 is supplied from the DC essential busbar 4PP.
The FCDC 1 is supplied from the DC essential busbar 8PP.
B. Hydraulic Power Supply

(Ref. Fig. 006)
The flight controls are powered by the three independent hydraulic
systems ; redundancy is such that with two hydraulic systems failed, the
remaining system can operate the aircraft within an acceptable range of
the flight envelope.
Hydraulic characteristics of flight control components are given in the
component description paragraphs.
(1) Priority Valves

Priority valves are installed upstream of the components below :
- Blue system : slat power control unit (PCU) motor
- Green system : flap and slat PCU motors
- Yellow system : flap PCU motor
in order to avoid supply pressure of the main flight control
components dropping below approximately 130 bars (1885 psi) when
various hydraulic user systems are operated simultaneously.
(2) Leakage Measurement Valves

Ground maintenance isolation valve blocks are installed in the flight
controls hydraulic supply lines to allow measurement of internal
leakage of the components installed downstream of these valves and
valve jamming detection tests.

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 14
May 01/11
R
LAN
R Flight Control Electrical Power Supply
Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 15
Aug 01/06

LAN
Flight Control Hydraulic Power Supply
Figure 006

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 16
Aug 01/06
R
LAN
(3) Safety Valve
To preserve the Green system in case of engine burst, a safety valve
is installed.
3. Cockpit
_____________________________________
Flight Control And Indicating
These figures represent all the controls and indicators for the flight
controls located in the cockpit.
(Ref. Fig. 007)

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 17
May 01/11
R
LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

27-00-00

Page 18
Aug 01/06
R
LAN
Cockpit Control and Indicating
Figure 007

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 19/20
Aug 01/06

LAN
FLIGHT CONTROLS - GENERAL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________________
TASK 27-00-00-480-001
Installation of the Pitch-Trim Control Locking Tool (98D27403500000)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98D27403500000 1 PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING
B. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-00-00-991-001 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-00-00-869-053
A. On the center pedestal, make sure that the trim control wheels are in the
0 position.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 27-00-00-991-001)
Subtask 27-00-00-480-050
A. Installation of the Pitch-Trim Control Locking Tool
(1) Lift the cover (1).
(2) Fully loosen the two nuts (3).

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 201
May 01/00

LAN
Locking Tool - Pitch-Trim Control
Figure 201/TASK 27-00-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 202
May 01/00

LAN
(3) Install the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) (7) on the
center pedestal.
NOTE : The wheel (5) must be between the grooves of the two side
____
plates (4).
(4) Tighten the two nuts (3) until the two side plates (4) lock the wheel
(5).
(5) With the two screws (2), put the two stops (6) against the center
pedestal so that the assembly cannot move.
(6) Lower the cover (1).

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 203
May 01/00

LAN
TASK 27-00-00-080-001
Removal of the Pitch-Trim Control Locking Tool (98D27403500000)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-00-00-991-001 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 27-00-00-991-001)
Subtask 27-00-00-860-050
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-00-00-080-050
A. Removal of the Pitch-Trim Control Locking Tool
(1) Lift the cover (1).
(2) Loosen the two screws (2).
(3) Fully loosen the two nuts (3).
(4) Remove the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) (7).

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 204
May 01/00

LAN
TASK 27-00-00-480-002
Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98D27803000000 1 LOCKING TOOL - FLAP/SLAT CONTROL LEVER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-00-00-991-002 Fig. 202
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 27-00-00-991-002)
Subtask 27-00-00-860-052
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-00-00-480-051
A. Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool
(1) Install the LOCKING TOOL - FLAP/SLAT CONTROL LEVER (98D27803000000)

(2) on the flap/slat control lever (1).
(2) Lock the locking tool with the pin (3).

(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 27-00-00-991-002)

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 205
May 01/00

LAN
Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool
Figure 202/TASK 27-00-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 206
May 01/00

LAN
TASK 27-00-00-080-002
Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool (98D27803000000)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98D27803000000 1 LOCKING TOOL - FLAP/SLAT CONTROL LEVER
R B. Referenced Information
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 27-00-00-991-002 Fig. 202
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-00-00-860-051
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-00-00-080-051
A. Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool

R (Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 27-00-00-991-002)
(1) Remove the pin (3) from the LOCKING TOOL - FLAP/SLAT CONTROL LEVER
(98D27803000000) (2).
(2) Remove the locking tool (2) from the flap/slat control lever (1).

EFF :

ALL 27-00-00

Page 207
May 01/05

LAN
AILERON - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
One aileron (operational at all speeds) and four spoilers ensure roll
control on each wing.
The Elevator and Aileron Computers (ELAC Ref. 27-93) electrically control
the ailerons.
The Spoilers and Elevator Computers (SEC Ref. 27-94) electrically control
the spoilers.
The two side stick controllers deliver electrical signals which are used for
the computation of the control orders.
The operation of the artificial feel system (Ref. 27-92) is independent of
the flight conditions. There is no roll trim control.
Two electrohydraulic servocontrols (Ref. 27-14) hydraulically actuate each
aileron.
One electrohydraulic servocontrol (Ref. 27-64) hydraulically actuates each
spoiler.
The position of the surfaces is indicated on the lower ECAM display unit
through the Flight Control Data Concentrator (FCDC) (Ref. 27-95).
On ground, with hydraulic systems not pressurized, the ailerons may or may
not droop down to the servocontrol stop depending on the scatter of bearing
and seal friction.
2. __________________
System Description
A. Interface with the Autopilot System (Ref. 22-60)

In AP mode, the FMGC orders are received by the ELACs which transfer to
the SECs the order which correspond to roll spoiler control.
The position of the side stick control is not slaved to the AP control
orders.
The pilots can cancel the automatic mode, through the override of a
disengaging system (which includes a spring device and a solenoid)
installed in each side stick unit.

EFF :

ALL 27-10-00

Page 1
May 01/00

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

27-10-00

Page 2
May 01/00

LAN
Aileron Block Diagram
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 27-10-00

Page 3/4
May 01/00

LAN
AILERON AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
The hydraulic actuation is achieved by two electrohydraulic servocontrols
for each aileron.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN | FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION | PANEL|ZONE|ACCESS | ATA
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
33CE1 SERVO CTL-L AILERON, INBD G 575 575AT 27-14-51
33CE2 SERVO CTL-R AILERON, INBD G 675 675AT 27-14-51
33CE3 SERVO CTL-L AILERON, OUTBD B 575 575KB 27-14-51
33CE4 SERVO CTL-R AILERON, OUTBD B 675 675KB 27-14-51
3. ______________________________
Hydraulic Supply (Ref. ATA 29)
4. _____________________
Component Description
A. Aileron Servocontrol
(1) General
The four fixed-body servocontrols (two per aileron) are
interchangeable.
5. _________
Operation
(Ref. Fig. 002)
A. Normal operation with the servocontrol pressurized

The pressurization of the servocontrol involves the opening of the
pressure-line closing valve (2) and of the return-line closing valve (3).
Thus, the servovalve (4) is supplied from the HP system and the return
system of the servocontrol is connected to the LP system.
(1) Servocontrol in the active mode.

In this case, the solenoid valve (1) is energized and lets in the HP
flow which puts the mode selector valve (5) in the active mode.
The two chambers of the actuator are thus connected to the servovalve
control lines. The servocontrol is then in the active mode. The
Linear Variable-Differential Transducer (LVDT) (11) supplies an
electrical signal which identifies this change of state.
The feedback transducer (LVDT) (10) gives the servoloop feedback.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 1
May 01/00

LAN
Location of Aileron Servocontrols
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 2
May 01/00

LAN
Aileron Servocontrol
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 3
May 01/00

LAN
(2) Servocontrol in the damping mode.
In this configuration, the solenoid valve is de-energized and the
mode selector-valve moves under the action of its spring. This causes
the two chambers of the actuator to be interconnected through the
damping orifice (6).
The linear variable-differential transformer identifies this change
of state.
The check valve (7) and the fluid reserve (9) hold the volume of
fluid in the actuator chambers :
- if the temperature of the hydraulic fluid changes
- if there is a leakage.
The reserve of fluid is permanently connected to the return line of
the servovalve. The return relief valve (8) increases the pressure in
the return line and permits to fill the reserve of fluid.
B. Operation after an electrical failure

In this case the solenoid valve is de-energized and the operation is
identical to the one of paragraph A. (2).
C. Operation after a hydraulic failure

The closing valves (2) and (3) close and isolate the servocontrol from
the hydraulic system of the aircraft.
If there is a rupture of the aircraft return line, the return relief
valve holds the volume of fluid in the fluid reserve.
The mode selector valve moves under the action of its spring. Then the
servocontrol operates in the damping mode.
D. Special Case
After hydraulic depressurization, a difference in droop speed and travel
between the two ailerons is possible.
This is because of the variations of friction in the attachments and the
servo control.
This difference is correct.
E. Maintenance and rigging facilities

The maintenance is on condition.
The items given below are Line Replaceable Units :
- filter
- servovalve
- solenoid valve
- linear variable-differential transducer.
After replacement of the servocontrol, it is necessary to adjust the
feedback transducer (10) . It is necessary to get an equal voltage in the
secondary windings (electrical zero) when the aileron is in the neutral
position. This is done through an action on the feedback transducer
adjustment device located on the actuator.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 4
May 01/00

LAN
AILERON AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
___________________________________________________________
TASK 27-14-00-040-001
Deactivation of the Aileron Servo Control
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : DO NOT DO THIS DEACTIVATION PROCEDURE IF THERE IS EXTERNAL LEAKAGE ON

_______
THE UNSERVICEABLE SERVOCONTROL.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 27-14-0X-A)

Aileron Servo-Control
R (Old MMEL ref: 27-14-01-A))
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific tie-wrap
No specific warning notice
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 401
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
27-14-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Aileron and Hydraulic
Actuation
27-96-00-740-001 BITE Test of the EFCS (Ground Scanning)
29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System
29-10-00-864-003 Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
27-14-00-991-002 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-00-860-057
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

002).
(2) Do a ground scanning (Ref. TASK 27-96-00-740-001).
NOTE : If there is only the maintenance messages on:

____
- PEDALS XDCR UNIT 25CE1 (25CE2) and/or
- ELAC 1(2) AIL ORDER DISAGREE.
the deactivation of the aileron servocontrol is not necessary.
You can dispatch the aircraft without further maintenance
action.
(3) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-
10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
Subtask 27-14-00-010-052
B. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position:
(a) at the zone 575 for the left aileron,
(b) at the zone 675 for the right aileron.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 402
Feb 01/11

LAN
(2) Open the access door:
(a) 575KB for the left aileron,
(b) 675KB for the right aileron.
R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the

access door 822.
(4) Open the access door 822.
(5) On the battery power center 105VU:

- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover.
Subtask 27-14-00-865-057
C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY 15CE1 B11
105VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY 16CE2 A02
105VU FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY 16CE1 A01
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY 15CE2 R20
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-14-00-991-002)
Subtask 27-14-00-040-050
A. Deactivation of the Aileron Servo Control
(1) Make sure that there are no external leaks from the servo control you
deactivate.
(2) Make sure that the pressure and return lines are correctly connected
to the parts of the servo control.
(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the receptacle (2).
(4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected connector (1) and receptacle
(2).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 403
Feb 01/11

LAN
R Deactivation/Reactivation of the Aileron Servocontrol
Figure 401/TASK 27-14-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 404
Aug 01/02

LAN
(5) Attach the connector (1) to a pipe with a tie-wrap.
Subtask 27-14-00-865-058
B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15CE1, 15CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2
Subtask 27-14-00-710-053
C. Do the operational test of the ailerons (Ref. TASK 27-14-00-710-001).

Make sure that the servocontrol you deactivated does not operate.
NOTE : Make sure that the related servocontrol symbol (box) is amber.
____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-14-00-860-058
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell the crew that the left or
right aileron servo control is deactivated.
(2) Make an entry in the log-book.
(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).
Subtask 27-14-00-410-052
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access door:
(a) 575KB for the left aileron.
(2) Install the protective cover on the battery power center 105VU.
(3) Tighten the two screws.
(4) Close the access door 822.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 405
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(5) Remove the access platform(s).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 406
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-14-00-440-001
Reactivation of the Aileron Servo Control
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 27-14-0X-A)

2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Actuation
TSM 27 (for corrective action)
27-14-00-991-002 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 407
May 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-00-860-059

002).
10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(3) Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
the flight controls.
Subtask 27-14-00-010-053
B. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position:
(a) at the zone 575 for the left aileron,
(b) at the zone 675 for the right aileron.

access door 822.


EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 408
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-14-00-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-14-00-991-002)
Subtask 27-14-00-440-050
A. Reactivation of the Aileron Servo-Control
(1) Remove the tie-wraps.
(2) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector (1) and the
receptacle (2).
(3) Connect the connector (1) to the receptacle (2).
Subtask 27-14-00-865-060
breaker(s):
15CE1, 15CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2
Subtask 27-14-00-710-054
C. Do the operational test of the ailerons (Ref. TASK 27-14-00-710-001).
Subtask 27-14-00-810-050
D. Do the trouble shooting for the servocontrol you deactivated:

- If there is a message, do the trouble shooting procedure related to the
maintenance message (Ref. TSM 27).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 409
Nov 01/10

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-14-00-860-060
items.
(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

002).
Subtask 27-14-00-410-053
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access door:

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 410
Nov 01/10

LAN
AILERON AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________________
TASK 27-14-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Aileron and Hydraulic Actuation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
29-10-00-863-003 Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground
Power Supply
29-23-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow
Hydraulic System through the PTU with the Electric
Pump
29-23-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems
after Operation of the PTU
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-00-861-051
R A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 501
May 01/05

LAN
Subtask 27-14-00-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-14-00-860-062
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) On the center pedestal, make sure that the flap and slat control
lever is in the O position.
(2) On the center pedestal, make sure that the speedbrake control lever
is in the RET position.
(3) Make sure that the two side sticks are in the neutral position and
that there is no priority on the side stick used.
(4) Do the EIS start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(5) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001).
(6) On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that:

- the FLT CTL/ELAC1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this pushbutton
switch, the FAULT anf OFF legends are off).

- the FLT CTL/ELAC2 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this pushbutton
switch, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

- the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B and G pushbutton switches are
pushed (on these pushbutton switches the OFF legends are OFF).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 502
Nov 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-14-00-710-050
A. Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the center pedestal, on the On the center instrument panel, on the

ECAM control panel: lower ECAM DU:
- push the F/CTL key. - the F/CTL page comes into view
- the L/AIL and R/AIL position
indicator indexes are opposite the
middle mark on the scale.
2. Move one of the two side sticks to On the L/AIL position indicator:
the left until it touches the - the index moves to the upper mark on
stop. the scale.
On the R/AIL position indicator:

- the index moves to the lower mark on
the scale.
3. Move the side stick to the right On the L/AIL position indicator:
until it touches the stop. - the index moves to the lower mark on
the scale.

- the index moves to the upper mark on
the scale.
4. Put the side stick in the neutral On the L/AIL and R/AIL position
position. indicators:
- the indexes move to the middle mark
on the scale.
5. Depressurize the Green hydraulic

system (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-
001).
6. Pressurize the Blue hydraulic

system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-
003).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 503
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Move one of the two side sticks to On the L/AIL position indicator:
the left until it touches the - the index moves to the upper mark on
stop. the scale.

- the index moves to the lower mark on
the scale.
8. Move the side stick to the right On the L/AIL position indicator:
until it touches the stop. - the index moves to the lower mark on
the scale.

- the index moves to the upper mark on
the scale.
9. Put the side stick in the neutral On the L/AIL and R/AIL position
position. indicators:
- the indexes move to the middle mark
on the scale.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-14-00-860-061
(1) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 504
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-14-00-820-001
Adjustment of the Aileron
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire
No specific warning notices
No specific 1 RULER - GRADUATED
No specific 1 RULE
98D27903500000 2 PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-14-00-200-001 Check of the Aileron Servo Control Oscillations
29-10-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System
Power Supply
Pump
27-14-00-991-001 Fig. 501

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 505
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-14-00-991-005 Fig. 502
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-00-861-053
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 27-14-00-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC1/SPLY 20CE1 B10
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY 21CE1 B08
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC 5CC1 B04
49VU AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC 14CC1 B03
121VU PTR/SPLY 6TW J21
121VU CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY 2TW J18
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FCDC2/SPLY 20CE2 Q20
R **ON A/C 010-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 301-399,
121VU CFDS/CFDIU/BACK/UP 8TW J17
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-14-00-860-064
(1) On the panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC1 pushbutton switch
is pushed (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF and FAULT legends are
off).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 506
May 01/11

LAN
(2) On the panel 24VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC2 pushbutton switch
off).
(3) Make sure that all the hydraulic systems are depressurized.
(5) On the center pedestal, make sure that the speed brake control lever
(6) Pressurize the Green and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(7) Operate the aileron ten times with the side stick to bleed the
system.
(8) On the panel 23 VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC1 pushbutton switch (on
this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend comes on).
(9) Operate the aileron ten times with the side stick to bleed the
system.
(10) Put the side stick in the neutral position.
(11) Install the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) on the side

sticks.
(12) Put the warning notices on the CAPT and F/O side sticks to tell
persons not to operate the side sticks.
(13) On the panel 23 VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC1 pushbutton switch (on this
pushbutton switch, the OFF legend goes off).
(14) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001)
Subtask 27-14-00-010-051
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at the access door
822.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 507
May 01/11
R
LAN
(3) Open the battery power center 105VU:
(4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone:
(a) 575 for the left aileron,
(b) 675 for the right aileron.
NOTE : For an easier access for adjustment of the aileron

____
servocontrol, remove the rubbing strip seal, if necessary.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-14-00-991-001, 502/TASK 27-14-00-991-005)
Subtask 27-14-00-820-052
A. Adjustment of the Aileron when the Blue Outboard Servocontrol is

Pressurized.
NOTE : If you see oscillations when the servocontrol is in the active

____
mode, do a check of these oscillations (Ref. TASK 27-14-00-200-
001).
NOTE : To adjust an aileron, you must adjust the surface with one
____
servocontrol active and then the other.
NOTE : At this time, the Blue servocontrol (33CE3, 33CE4) is in the

____
active mode.
(1) Put a RULE in position on the trailing edge of the wing (inboard end
of the wing) (see detail E).
(2) Use a RULER - GRADUATED to measure the position of the aileron in

relation to the RULE .
NOTE : To optimize the theoretical loft line, the ailerons position

____
must be as close as possible to the nominal values.
If the position of the aileron is not satisfactory, adjust the
Blue servocontrol as follows:

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 508
May 01/11
R
LAN
Position of the Aileron Servocontrol
Figure 501/TASK 27-14-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 509
May 01/00

LAN
R Aileron Adjustment
Figure 502/TASK 27-14-00-991-005

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 510
May 01/02

LAN
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the bolts (3).
(b) Remove the bolts (3) and the lock plate (1).
(c) Set the control surface to zero with the adjusting nut (2).
NOTE : Always turn the adjusting nut (2) in the same direction to
____
adjust the clearances and the hysteresis.
(d) Install the lock plate (1) and the bolts (3).
(e) Safety the bolts (3) with the lockwire.
Subtask 27-14-00-820-053
B. Adjustment of the Aileron when the Green Inboard Servocontrol is

Pressurized.
NOTE : If you see oscillations when the servocontrol is in the active

____
001).
NOTE : To adjust an aileron, you must adjust the surface with one
____
servocontrol active and then the other.
NOTE : At this time, the Green servocontrol (33CE1, 33CE2) is in the

____
active mode.
(1) Use a RULER - GRADUATED to measure the position of the aileron in

relation to the RULE .
NOTE : To optimize the theoretical loft line, the ailerons position

____
must be as close as possible to the nominal values.
If the position of the aileron is not satisfactory, adjust the
Green servocontrol as follows:
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the bolts (3).
(b) Remove the bolts (3) and the lock plate (1).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 511
May 01/11
R
LAN
(c) Set the control surface to zero with the adjusting nut (2).
NOTE : Always turn the adjusting nut (2) in the same direction to
____
adjust the clearances and the hysteresis.
(d) Install the lock plate (1) and the bolts (3).
(e) Safety the bolts (3) with the lockwire.
(2) Remove the RULE from the trailing edge of the wing.
(3) Make sure that the legends of the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch
are off.
Subtask 27-14-00-860-063
(1) Remove the rigging pins and the warning notices from the side sticks.
(3) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL key
(on the lower ECAM D.U, the F/CTL page comes into into view).
(4) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(5) On the panel 23 VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC1 pushbutton switch (on
Subtask 27-14-00-710-052
D. Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the CAPT or F/O seat: The left aileron moves up smoothly.

- move the side stick until it The right aileron moves down smoothly.
touches the left stop and hold On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM DU:
it in this position. - the index of the L/AIL indicator
moves smoothly to the upper stop.
- the index of the R/AIL indicator
moves smoothly to the lower stop.
2. In the CAPT or F/O seat: The left aileron moves down smoothly.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 512
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- move the side stick from the The right aileron moves up smoothly.
left stop until it touches the On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM DU:
right stop and hold it in this - the index of the L/AIL indicator
position. moves smoothly from the upper stop
until it touches the lower stop.
moves smoothly from the lower stop
until it touches the upper stop.
3. In the CAPT or F/O seat: The left aileron moves smoothly to the
- put the side stick in the neutral position.
neutral position. The right aileron moves smoothly to the
neutral position.
On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM DU:
- the index of the L/AIL indicator
moves smoothly to the neutral mark.
Make sure that no fault indication come

into view.
4. On the panel 23VU: On the panel 23VU:

- push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 - the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 1
pushbutton switch. pusbutton switch goes off.

- release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 - the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 2
pushbutton switch. pushbutton switch comes on.
6. In the CAPT or F/O seat: The left aileron moves up smoothly.

- move the side stick until it The right aileron moves down smoothly.
touches the left stop and hold On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM DU:
it in this position. - the index of the L/AIL indicator
moves smoothly to the upper stop.
moves smoothly to the lower stop.
7. In the CAPT or F/O seat: The left aileron moves down smoothly.
- move the side stick from the The right aileron moves up smoothly.
left stop until it touches the On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM DU:
right stop and hold it in this - the index of the L/AIL indicator
position. moves smoothly from the upper stop
until it touches the lower stop.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 513
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
moves smoothly from the lower stop
until it touches the upper stop.
8. In the CAPT or F/O seat: The left aileron moves smoothly to the
- put the side stick in the neutral position.
neutral position. The right aileron moves smoothly to the
neutral position.
On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM DU:
- the index of the L/AIL indicator
Make sure that no fault indication

comes into view.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-14-00-860-065
(2) On the panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC2 pushbutton switch (on this
(3) Depressurize the Green and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-
00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

002).
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 514
May 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-14-00-410-051
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access door :
(a) 575KB for the left aileron.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 515
May 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-14-00-760-001
Electrical Test of the Aileron Servo Controls
_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR.
_______
MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE.
WARNING : WEAR AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS WHEN YOU WORK ON HIGH SECTIONS. A
_______
FALL CAN INJURE OR KILL YOU.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To confirm the cause of an aileron servocontrol fault (flight control

computer, aircraft wiring or servocontrol).
In this procedure, you will interchange the wiring between two servocontrols
(the one that you think is unserviceable and one that you know is
serviceable).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 2 WARNING NOTICE(S)
99D27103500000 1 SWITCH SERVO CTL AIL

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 516
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-96-00-710-020 Operational Test of the Side Stick Assembly

(Activation for the BITE Test)
29-10-00-864-002 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
57-51-37-000-007 Removal of the Access Panel 575AT(675AT)
57-51-37-400-007 Installation of the Access Panel 575AT(675AT)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-00-860-066
(1) Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-003).
Subtask 27-14-00-865-061
B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
105VU FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY 22CE B01
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY 21CE3 Q19

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 517
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-14-00-941-058
C. Safety Precautions
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to use these
controls:
- The CAPT and F/O side sticks.
(2) Put WARNING NOTICES in position to tell persons not to operate the
hydraulic systems.
Subtask 27-14-00-010-056
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
applicable zone:
- For the fault on the servocontrol 33CE1 or 33CE3, at zone 575.
- For the fault on the servocontrol 33CE2 or 33CE4, at zone 675.
(2) Open the applicable trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-
000-007):
(a) FOR 33CE1, 33CE3

- The access panel 575AT.
(b) FOR 33CE2, 33CE4

- The access panel 675AT.
Subtask 27-14-00-480-052
E. Installation of the Tool
(1) If the fault is on the servocontrol:
(a) For 33CE1 or 33CE3:

- Disconnect the electrical connectors 33CE1-A and 33CE3-A.
(b) For 33CE2 or 33CE4:

- Disconnect the electrical connectors 33CE2-A and 33CE4-A.
(2) Connect the SWITCH SERVO CTL AIL (99D27103500000) to the disconnected
electrical connectors.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 518
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-14-00-865-062
F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-14-00-760-050
A. Electrical Test of the Aileron Servo Controls
(1) Do the operational test of the side stick assembly (Activation for
the BITE test) (Ref. TASK 27-96-00-710-020).
(2) Do a BITE Test of the EFCS (Ground Scanning) (Ref. TASK 27-96-00-740-
001):
(a) If the fault is the same, do a check of the aircraft wiring and
of the flight control computer (Ref. TSM).
(b) If the fault is on the other side, replace the defective

servocontrol.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 519
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-14-00-865-063
A. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-14-00-080-052
B. Removal of the Tool
(1) Disconnect the SWITCH SERVO CTL AIL (99D27103500000).
(2) Connect the electrical connectors:
(a) For the servocontrol 33CE1 or 33CE3:

- 33CE1-A and 33CE3-A.
(b) For the servocontrol 33CE2 or 33CE4:

- 33CE2-A and 33CE4-A.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 520
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-14-00-865-064
C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-14-00-410-056
D. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the trailing edge access-panels 575AT or 675AT (Ref. TASK 57-
51-37-400-007).
Subtask 27-14-00-942-063
E. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 521
Feb 01/11

LAN
AILERON AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________________
TASK 27-14-00-220-001
Check Aileron Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for Excessive Play and
Condition
_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MPD TASK: 271400-02
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
97A27003000007 1 GAGE,ASSY-PUSH-PULL
98D27303000001 1 LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER
98D27303003001 1 CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER
98D27303022000 1 CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) - AILERON, ELEVATOR, RUDDER

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 601
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-14-00-200-001 Check of the Aileron Servo Control Oscillations
27-14-41-200-001 Inspection/Check of the Aileron
27-14-51-000-001 Removal of the Aileron Servo Control
27-14-51-200-001 Check of the Aileron Servo Control
27-14-51-400-001 Installation of the Aileron Servo Control
Power Supply
Pump
27-14-00-991-004 Fig. 601
27-14-00-991-006 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-00-865-050
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-14-00-860-050
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 602
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(4) On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 1
pushbutton switch is pushed (on this pushbutton switch, the FAULT and
OFF legends are off).
Subtask 27-14-00-010-055
C. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-14-00-991-004)
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone
575 for the left aileron.
(2) Open the access doors 575KB, 575MB, 590AB, 590BB.
675 for the right aileron.
(4) Open the access doors 675KB, 675MB, 690AB, 690BB.
Subtask 27-14-00-480-050
D. Installation of the tools.
(1) Lock the 2 side stick controllers with the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING
(98D27903500000).
persons not to touch the side sticks.
(3) Install the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER

(98D27303000001) as follow:
- at the trailing edge of the aileron
- between the two servo controls.
(4) Install the CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER

(98D27303003001) or CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) - AILERON, ELEVATOR, RUDDER
(98D27303022000) on the trailing edge of the aileron.
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-14-00-991-004)
Adjust the spindle of the dial indicator to its mid travel.
NOTE : With the CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) - AILERON, ELEVATOR, RUDDER

____
(98D27303022000), you can use the auto-record function. For
more information about the auto-record function, refer to the
manufacturers instruction manual.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 603
Feb 01/11

LAN
R Location of the Tools
Figure 601/TASK 27-14-00-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 604
May 01/04

LAN
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 27-14-00-991-006)
Subtask 27-14-00-863-062
E. Pressurize the Green and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-
001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-14-00-210-052
A. Check for General Condition
(1) Do a visual check of the servo control bearings.
(2) Do a visual check of the aileron hinge bearings.
(3) Make sure that the that the liners are not damaged.
NOTE : The liner is a coat of teflon between the bearing case and the
____
ball. It lets the ball turn with a minimum of friction (self
lubricating).
If you can see the liner, replace the related servo control
(Ref. TASK 27-14-51-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 27-14-51-400-001).
Subtask 27-14-00-220-050
B. Check of the Aileron Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for too much Play
and Condition
(1) On the panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (the
OFF legend comes on).
NOTE : The check is only given for one surface. Do the same
____
operations for the other surface.
R (2) On the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER

R (98D27303000001), connect a GAGE ASSY - PUSH-PULL TOOL GAGE,ASSY-
R PUSH-PULL (97A27003000007) (or equivalent).
(3) Apply 30 daN (67.4426 lbf) in the up direction on the trailing edge.
NOTE : If you see oscillations when the servo control is in active

____
mode, do a check of these oscillations (Ref. TASK 27-14-00-
200-001)

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 605
Aug 01/08

LAN
CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) 98D27303022000 (Auto-recording Function)
Figure 602/TASK 27-14-00-991-006

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 606
Aug 01/08
R
LAN
(4) Continue to apply this force and set the dial indicator to zero.
(5) Release the force.
(6) At the same position, apply 30 daN (67.4426 lbf) in the down
direction on the trailing edge.
(7) Continue to apply this force and read the value on the dial
indicator.
(8) Release the force on the trailing edge.
R (9) For each measurement, if the distance is more than 10 mm (0.3937 in.)
R between the two positions:
R - repair the structure/aileron, structure/servo control or servo
R control/aileron bearings (Ref. TASK 27-14-41-200-001), (Ref. TASK
R 27-14-51-200-001).
R NOTE : This 10 mm (0.3937 in.) value includes 4 mm (0.1574 in.) of

____
R surface bending as the result of 30 daN (67.4426 lbf) applied
R force.
R (10) Change the aileron control from ELAC 2 to ELAC 1:
(a) On the panel 24VU, push the FLT CLT/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (the
OFF legend goes off).
(b) On the panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch
(the OFF legend comes on).
R (11) At the same position, apply 30 daN (67.4426 lbf) in the up direction
on the trailing edge.
R (12) Continue to apply this force and set the dial indicator to zero.
R (13) Release the force.
R (14) At the same position, apply 30 daN (67.4426 lbf) in the down
direction on the trailing edge.
R (15) Continue to apply this force and read the value on the dial
indicator.
R (16) Release the force on the trailing edge.
R (17) For each measurement, if the distance is more than 10 mm (0.3937 in.)
between the two positions:
- repair the structure/aileron, structure/servo control or servo
control/aileron bearings (Ref. TASK 27-14-41-200-001), (Ref. TASK
27-14-51-200-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 607
Aug 01/08

LAN
NOTE : This 10 mm (0.3937 in.) value includes 4 mm (0.1574 in.) of
____
surface bending as the result of 30 daN (67.4426 lbf) applied
force.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-14-00-080-050
A. Removal of the Tools.

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-14-00-991-004)
R (1) Remove the CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER

R (98D27303003001) or CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) - AILERON, ELEVATOR, RUDDER
R (98D27303022000) , the GAGE ASSY - PUSH-PULL TOOL GAGE,ASSY-PUSH-PULL
R (97A27003000007) and the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON,
R RUDDER (98D27303000001).
(2) Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) from the two side
stick controllers.
items.
Subtask 27-14-00-410-055
B. Close Access
R (1) Close the access doors 575KB, 575MB, 590AB and 590BB for the left
R aileron.
R (2) Close the access doors 675KB, 675MB, 690AB and 690BB for the right
R aileron.
Subtask 27-14-00-860-051
C. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(1) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001).
(3) On the panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch (the OFF
legend goes off).

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 608
Aug 01/08

LAN
TASK 27-14-00-220-002
Check of the Aileron Servo Controls Fluid Reserve Piston Position with the
Hydraulic Reservoirs Depressurized
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific rule
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
29-14-00-614-001 Depressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs
29-14-00-614-002 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs through
the Ground Connector

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 609
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pump
29-24-00-863-001 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump
27-14-00-991-003 Fig. 603
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-00-010-054
A. Get access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position.
(2) Open the access doors 575KB, 675KB.
Subtask 27-14-00-860-052

002).
(3) Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(4) On each servo control (1), make sure that the indicator of the
fluid-reserve (2) piston is in the maximum extended position.
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 27-14-00-991-003)
(5) Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(6) Depressurize the hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 610
Feb 01/11

LAN
Aileron Servo Control
R Figure 603/TASK 27-14-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 611
Nov 01/06

LAN
(7) Put warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize the
hydraulic systems:
- on the ground service panels,
- in the cockpit, on the HYD section of the overhead panel 40VU.
(8) Put a warning notice on the access door 195BB to tell persons not to
pressurize the hydraulic reservoirs.
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 27-14-00-991-003)
Subtask 27-14-00-220-053
A. Check of the Position of the Fluid Reserve Piston of the Aileron Servo
Controls
(1) After three hours, on the fluid reserve (2), with a rule make sure
that the indicator does not retract more than 32 mm (1,2598 in.).
- If the indicator retracts more than 32 mm (1.2598 in.), the
pressure and return line closing valves are not sealed. You must
remove the servo control (1) for repair.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-14-00-410-054
A. Close access
(1) Close the access doors 575KB, 675KB.
Subtask 27-14-00-860-053
B. Put the Aircraft Back to its Initial Configuration
items.
(3) Pressurize the hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 612
Nov 01/06

LAN
TASK 27-14-00-200-001
Check of the Aileron Servo Control Oscillations
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-14-51-000-003 Removal of the Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve
27-14-51-400-003 Installation of the Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve
Power Supply

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 613
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pump
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-00-860-054
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Put the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) on the CAPT and F/O
side sticks.
(4) Make sure that the flap and slat control lever is in the fully
retracted position.
(5) On the overhead panel 23VU:

- release the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton
switch the OFF legend comes on).

switch the OFF legend comes on)
switch the OFF legend comes on).
(7) On the panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton
switch is pushed (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF and FAULT
legends are off).
switch is pushed (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF and FAULT
legends are off).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 614
Nov 01/06
R
LAN
Subtask 27-14-00-480-051
B. Installation of the Tools
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE at zone 590 (690).

(98D27303022000) on the wing structure, near the aileron.
(3) Put the pointer of the CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER

(98D27303022000) at the trailing edge of the aileron.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-14-00-220-054
A. Check of the Oscillation of the Servo Control of Each Aileron
(2) On the dial indicator, measure the amplitude of the oscillations.

If the amplitude is more than 1 mm (0.0393 in.), replace the
servovalve of the servo control (33CE3, 33CE4).

servovalve of the servo control (33CE1, 33CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-14-51-
000-003) (Ref. TASK 27-14-51-400-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-14-00-080-051
A. Removal of the Tools
(1) Remove the CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER

(98D27303022000).
(2) Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 615
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-14-00-860-055
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
(2) On the panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switch (on this
(3) On the panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3
pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches the OFF legend goes
off).

002).
Subtask 27-14-00-942-062
C. Remove the maintenance equipement.
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-00

Page 616
Nov 01/06

LAN
AILERON - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________
TASK 27-14-41-000-001
Removal of the Aileron
_______
_______
GEAR.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING EDGE:
_______
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE RACEWAYS.
- DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ELECTRICAL CABLE INSTALLATIONS.
- MAKE SURE THAT THE ELECTRICAL CABLES ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY.
INCORRECT INSTALLATION CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific crane
No specific safety barriers
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)
No specific 1 TRESTLE - PADDED
R No specific AR WARNING NOTICE(S)
98D27104001000 1 FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON
98D27104002001 1 SUPPORT-AILERON ACTUATOR

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 401
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23-61-41-000-001 Removal of the Static Discharger

27-50-00-866-009 Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
57-51-37-000-005 Removal of the Access Panels 575KB(675KB),
575LB(675LB), 575MB(675MB)
27-14-41-991-001 Fig. 401
27-14-41-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-14-41-991-001)
Subtask 27-14-41-941-052
A. Safety Precautions
(1) Put the safety barriers in position.
R (2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons

not to operate the flight controls.
Subtask 27-14-41-860-050
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).
(2) Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION is on
the flap/slat control lever.
(3) Depressurize the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 402
Nov 01/10

LAN
R Aileron - Location and Detail
Figure 401/TASK 27-14-41-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 403
Aug 01/04

LAN
(4) Depressurize the applicable hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-
614-001).
Subtask 27-14-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-14-41-010-050-A
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position below the applicable
zone 575 or 675.
(2) Remove the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-007),

(Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-005):
- for the left wing, remove 575AT, 575MB, 575KB, 575LB, 590AB, 590BB
- for the right wing, remove 675AT, 675MB, 675KB, 675LB, 690AB,
690BB.
(3) Remove the static dischargers so that you do not cause damage to them
(Ref. TASK 23-61-41-000-001).
(4) Loosen the screws (1), (3) and (5) to let the upper and lower aileron
seals (2), (4) and (6) move.
(5) Manually move the aileron to get access to the actuators and the
hinges.
NOTE : The internal flutter dampening system of the actuators will

____
keep the aileron in position.
(6) To prevent damage to the hydraulic pipes install the SUPPORT-AILERON

ACTUATOR (98D27104002001) and attach it with the screw fasteners.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 404
Nov 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-14-41-991-001, 402/TASK 27-14-41-991-002)
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE TASKS ON THE WING TRAILING

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-14-41-020-053
A. Removal of the Aileron
(1) Remove the nuts (61), the washers (60), the bolts (69) and the
locking plates (68).
(2) Remove and discard the cotter pins (65) from the locking caps (64).
(3) Remove the locking caps (64), the nuts (63) and the washers (62).
(4) Hold the aileron and remove the pins (67).
(5) Manually retract the actuators No. 1 and No. 2 and remove the flanged
bush (66) from each actuator attachment bracket.
(6) Manually move the aileron to the highest position.
R (7) Install the FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON (98D27104001000):
R (a) Make sure that the side plates on the FRAME-LIFTING

R ASSEMBLY,AILERON are correctly installed.
R (b) Make sure that the adjuster assemblies on the FRAME-LIFTING

R ASSEMBLY,AILERON are as far apart as possible.
R (8) Lift the FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON with the crane. Put the
R FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON around the aileron, at the same
distance from each end.
NOTE : The weight of the aileron and the brackets is 50 kg (110.2311

____
lb).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 405
Aug 01/09

LAN
R Aileron Attachment - Hinges and Actuators
Figure 402/TASK 27-14-41-991-002- 12 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 406
Aug 01/04

LAN
R Aileron Attachment - Hinges and Actuators

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 407
Aug 01/04

LAN
(9) To lock the lifting frame assembly:
CAUTION : DO NOT TIGHTEN THE ADJUSTER ASSEMBLIES ON THE LIFTING FRAME

_______
TOO MUCH OR YOU WILL DAMAGE THE AILERON.
R (a) Tighten the adjuster assemblies to lock the FRAME-LIFTING

R ASSEMBLY,AILERON in position.
(10) For hinge No.s 1, 2 and 3:
(a) Remove the nut (75), the bolt (84), the washers (76) and (83),
and the bonding strap (77).
(b) Remove the nut (74), the bolt (73) and the locking plate (72).
(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (82) from the locking cap (81).
(d) Remove the locking cap (81), the nut (80) and the washer (79).
(11) For hinge No. 5, remove the nut (106), the bolt (97), the washers
(98) and (105), and the bonding strap (99).
(12) For hinge No.s 4 and 5, do the steps that follow:
(a) Remove the nut (107), the bolt (95), the washers (96) and (108),
and the bonding strap (90).
(b) Remove the bolt (94) and the locking plate (93).
(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (104) from the locking cap
(103).
(d) Remove the locking cap (103), the nut (102) and the washer (101).
(13) Make sure that the aileron is supported by the crane and remove the
hinge pins (61) and (92). Move the aileron aft and away from the wing
and put it on the TRESTLE - PADDED.
(14) If the aileron is to be replaced, loosen the adjuster assemblies and

R remove the FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON from the aileron.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 408
Aug 01/09

LAN
Subtask 27-14-41-020-052
B. Removal of the Bushes from the Hinges
(1) For the hinge No. 1, remove the bush (78).
(2) For the hinge No.s 2 and 3, remove the bushes (70) and (78).
(3) For the hinge No.s 4 and 5, remove the bushes (91) and (100).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 409
May 01/05
R
LAN
TASK 27-14-41-400-001
Installation of the Aileron
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING
_______
NOTICES ARE IN POSITION.
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific crane
No specific AR SAFETY BARRIER(S)
No specific AR WARNING NOTICE(S)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.67 to 13.50 m.daN
R (4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)
98D27104000001 1 GUIDE CONE - AILERON
98D27104001000 1 FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 410
Feb 01/11

LAN
B. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-022 USA MIL-PRF-81322

SYNTHE.HYDROCARBON GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-PRF-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-026 GB DEF-STAN 68-148/1
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-007 AIB TN 10138 TYPE II GRADE 1
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
65 cotter pins 27-14-05 20 -080

82 cotter pin 27-14-05 31A-110
104 cotter pin 27-14-05 31A-110
D. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-912-004 Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive

Bolts and Screws and Bonding Straps in the Fuselage
and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
23-61-41-400-001 Installation of the Static Discharger
Actuation
Power Supply

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 411
Feb 01/08

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

575LB(675LB), 575MB(675MB)
57-51-37-400-005 Installation of the Access Panels 575KB(675KB),
575LB(675LB), 575MB(675MB)
27-14-41-991-001 Fig. 401
27-14-41-991-002 Fig. 402
27-14-41-991-004 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-14-41-991-001)
Subtask 27-14-41-941-053
(1) Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S)S are in position.
R (2) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to operate
the flight controls is in position.
Subtask 27-14-41-860-051
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Make sure that the flaps are retracted fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-
009).
(3) Make sure that the Green and the Blue Hydraulic systems are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-
003).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 412
Nov 01/10

LAN
(4) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoir is depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(5) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) is in position below
the applicable zone 575(675).
(6) Make sure that the applicable access panels are removed (Ref. TASK
57-51-37-000-007), (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-005):
- for the left wing, panels 575AT, 575MB, 575KB, 575LB, 590AB, 590BB
- for the right wing, panels 675AT, 675MB, 675KB, 675LB, 690AB,
690BB.
Subtask 27-14-41-865-051
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-14-41-991-001, 402/TASK 27-14-41-991-002)

_______
EDGE:

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 413
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-14-41-420-053
A. Preparation for Installation

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-14-41-991-002)
(1) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean:
- the heads of the bolts (84), (95) and (97)
- the nuts (75), (106) and (107)
- the ends of the bonding straps (77), (90) and (99).
(2) Clean the component interfaces and/or the adjacent areas with a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-026).
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(4) Lubricate these parts with SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002):
- for hinge No.s 2 and 3, the bushes (70)
- the bushes (78), (91) and (100)
- the hinge pins (71) and (92)
- the flanged bushes (66)
- the pins (67)
- the installed bushes in the attachment brackets.
Subtask 27-14-41-420-051
B. Install the Bushes in the Hinges
(1) For the hinge No. 1, install the bush (78).
(2) For the hinge No.s 2 and 3, install the bushes (70) and (78).
(3) For the hinge No.s 4 and 5, install the bushes (91) and (100).
Subtask 27-14-41-560-050
C. Preparation of a Replacement Component
(1) If the aileron is to be replaced, install the FRAME-LIFTING

ASSEMBLY,AILERON (98D27104001000):
(a) Make sure that the side plates on the FRAME-LIFTING

ASSEMBLY,AILERON are correctly installed.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 414
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(b) Make sure that the adjuster assemblies on the FRAME-LIFTING
ASSEMBLY,AILERON are as far apart as possible.
(2) Lift the FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON with the crane and put the
FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON around the aileron, at the same
distance from each end.
NOTE : The weight of the aileron and the brackets is 50 kg (110.2311

____
lb).
(3) To lock the lifting frame assembly:
CAUTION : DO NOT TIGHTEN THE ADJUSTER ASSEMBLIES ON THE LIFTING FRAME

_______
TOO MUCH OR YOU WILL DAMAGE THE AILERON.
(a) Tighten the adjuster assemblies on the FRAME-LIFTING

ASSEMBLY,AILERON to lock the aileron in position.
Subtask 27-14-41-420-052-A
D. Installation of the Aileron
(1) Use the crane to put the aileron in position.
(2) For hinge No.s 1, 2 and 3, do the steps that follow:
(a) Install the GUIDE CONE - AILERON (98D27104000001) on the hinge

pin (71). Install the hinge pin (71) with the head outboard.
Remove the GUIDE CONE - AILERON.
(b) Make sure that the hinge pin (71) is correctly aligned, so that
the locking plate (72) can be installed.
(c) Install the washer (79) and the nut (80) on the hinge pin (71).
(d) TORQUE the nut (80) to between 4.7 and 5.2 m.daN (34.66 and 38.34
lbf.ft).
(e) Install the locking cap (81) on the nut (80).
(f) Safety the locking cap (81) with the new cotter pin (82).
(g) Install the locking plate (72), the bolt (73) and the nut (74).
(h) Install the bonding strap (77), the washers (76) and (83), the
bolt (84) and the nut (75) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(3) For hinge No.s 4 and 5, do the steps that follow:
(a) Install the GUIDE CONE - AILERON (98D27104000001) on the hinge

pin (92). Install the hinge pin (92) with the head outboard.
Remove the GUIDE CONE - AILERON.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 415
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(b) Make sure that the head of the hinge pin (92) is correctly
aligned, so that the locking plate (93) can be installed.
(c) Install the washer (101) and the nut (102) on the hinge pin (92).
(d) TORQUE the nut (102) to between 4.7 and 5.2 m.daN (34.66 and
38.34 lbf.ft).
(e) Install the locking cap (103) on the nut (102).
(f) Safety the locking cap (103) with the new cotter pin (104).
(g) Install the locking plate (93) and the bolt (94).
(h) Install the bonding strap (90), the washers (96) and (108), the
bolt (95) and the nut (107) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(4) For hinge No. 5, install the bonding strap (99), the washers (98) and
(105), the bolt (97) and the nut (106) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(5) Hold the aileron, loosen the adjuster assemblies and remove the
FRAME-LIFTING ASSEMBLY,AILERON from the aileron.
(6) Install the flanged bush (66) in each actuator attachment bracket.
(7) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the threads of the pins
(67).
NOTE : In the step that follows, make sure that you do not get
____
Material No. 15-007 on the servocontrol spherical bearings.
(8) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-007) to the eye-ends of

the piston rods on the rounded side only.
(9) Align the eye-ends of the actuators No. 1 and No. 2 with the holes in
the actuator attachment brackets. Install the pins (67) with the
heads outboard.
(10) Make sure that the heads of the pins (67) are correctly aligned, so
that the locking plates (68) can be installed.
(11) Install the washers (62) and the nuts (63) on the pins (67).
(12) TORQUE the nuts (63) to between to between 7.5 and 8.0 m.daN (55.30
and 58.99 lbf.ft).
(13) Install the locking caps (64) on the nuts (63).
(14) Safety the locking caps (64) with the new cotter pins (65).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 416
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(15) Install the locking plates (68), the washers (60), the bolts (69) and
the nuts (61).
NOTE : In the steps that follow, make sure that you do not get
____
Material No. 15-007 on the servocontrol spherical bearings.
(16) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-007) to:

- the bolts (69)
- the washers (60) and (62)
- the nuts (61) and (63)
- the locking caps (64)
- the cotter pins (65)
- the pins (67).
(17) For hinge No.s 1, 2 and 3, apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION

(Material No. 15-007) to:
- the hinge pin (71)
- the bolt (73)
- the washer (79)
- the locking cap (81)
- the cotter pin (82).
(18) For hinge No.s 4 and 5, apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION

(Material No. 15-007) to:
- the hinge pin (92)
- the bolt (94)
- the washer (101)
- the nut (102)
- the locking cap (103)
(19) Remove the SUPPORT-AILERON ACTUATOR.
(20) Move the aileron through its travel range and examine for:
- free movement
- the correct installation of the applicable bonding straps (77),
(90) and (99).
(21) For hinge No.s 1, 2 and 3, seal the bonded items that follow
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004):
- the bolt (84)
- the nut (75)
- the bonding strap (77).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 417
May 01/10
R
LAN
(22) For hinge No.s 4 and 5, seal the bonded items that follow (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004):
- the bolt (95)
- the nut (107)
(23) For hinge No. 5, seal the bonded items that follow (Ref. TASK 20-28-
00-912-004):
- the bolt (97)
- the nut (106)
(24) Install the static dischargers (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-400-001).
Subtask 27-14-41-410-050
E. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-007),

(Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-005):
- for the left wing, install 575AT, 575MB, 575KB, 575LB, 590AB, 590BB
- for the right wing, install 675AT, 675MB, 675KB, 675LB, 690AB,
690BB.
Subtask 27-14-41-820-051
F. Adjustment of the Aileron Upper and Lower Seals

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-14-41-991-001, 403/TASK 27-14-41-991-004)
(1) Manually align the aileron with the trailing edge structure (to its
neutral position).
(2) Make sure that the dimensions W and Z are between 0.0 mm (0.0000 in.)
and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.). If necessary, adjust the seals (2), (4) and
(6) then tighten the screws (1) and (5).
(3) Loosen the screws (3) on the applicable panels 575AT(675AT),

575KB(675KB), 575LB(675LB) or 575MB(675MB) to let you move the seals
(4).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 418
May 01/10
R
LAN
R Aileron - Upper and Lower Seals
Figure 403/TASK 27-14-41-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 419
Aug 01/04

LAN
(4) Position the seals (4) so that the dimension Y is 18 mm (0.7086 in.)
+ 0 mm (0.0000 in.) - 2 mm (0.0787 in.). Make sure that the dimension
X is between 0.0 mm (0.0000 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.). If
necessary, adjust the seals (4) to get the two dimensions, then
TORQUE tighten the screws (3) to between 0.11 and 0.13 m.daN (9.73
and 11.50 lbf.in).
NOTE : Make sure that the seals are not above a level between the
____
upper surface of the access panels and the aileron.
(5) Manually push the aileron up as far as possible. Make sure that the
lower panel seals do not go below the leading edge of the aileron
hinge/actuator points.
(6) Slowly move the aileron to its neutral position and monitor the
seals. Make sure that they do not catch the leading edge of the
aileron hinge/actuator points.
(7) Manually push the aileron down as far as possible. Make sure that the
upper panel seal 575AT(675AT) and the fixed panel seal do not catch
the aileron upper surface.
(8) Move the aileron to its neutral position and monitor the upper seals.
Make sure that they do not catch the aileron hinge/actuator points.
(9) If the seals catch the aileron, loosen the applicable screws (3).
Adjust the seal(s) at the point where they catch and TORQUE tighten
the screws (3) to between 0.11 and 0.13 m.daN (9.73 and 11.50
lbf.in).
(10) Do the steps (3) thru (8) again.
Subtask 27-14-41-863-050
G. Pressurize the Hydraulic Systems
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE
_______
ITEMS THEY OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(1) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001).
(2) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 420
May 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-14-41-865-052
H. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15CE1, 15CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2.
Subtask 27-14-41-710-050
J. Operational Test
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Do an operational test on the ailerons (Ref. TASK 27-14-00-710-001).

During the operational test, make sure that the ailerons move
correctly.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-14-41-942-050
A. Removal of Equipment
R (1) Remove the SAFETY BARRIER(S)S.
(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 421
Aug 01/10

LAN
AILERON - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________
TASK 27-14-41-200-001
Inspection/Check of the Aileron
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Because the free movement is more than the limits.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R B. Expendable Parts
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 2 bush 27-14-05 31A-170A

R 4 flanged bush 27-14-05 21 -150
R 6 flanged bush 27-14-05 21 -150
R 8 flanged bush 27-14-05 21 -150
R 11 bush 27-14-05 31A-170A

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 601
Nov 01/00

LAN
R C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-14-41-000-001 Removal of the Aileron

27-14-41-400-001 Installation of the Aileron
27-14-41-991-003 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-41-941-054
(2) Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
flight controls.
Subtask 27-14-41-010-051
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the applicable aileron (Ref. TASK 27-14-41-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-14-41-991-003)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-14-41-220-051
A. Dimensions of the Aileron

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 602
Nov 01/00

LAN
Aileron Fits and Clearances
Figure 601/TASK 27-14-41-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 603
May 01/00

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FIG. | ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS | IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS |
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| AND | DIMENSION | ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE| DIMENSION LIMITS | MAX. |
| ITEM | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | ALLOW. |
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
| | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. |MM (IN.)|
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| View B | 15.841 | 15.859 | | | 15.807 | | |
| OD 5 |(0.6236) |(0.6243) | | |(0.6223) | | |
| | | | 0.016 | 0.052 | | | 0.120 |
| | | | (0.0006)| (0.0020)| | |(0.0047)|
| View B | 15.875 | 15.893 | | | | 15.927 | |
| ID 2 |(0.6250) |(0.6257) | | | |(0.6270) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-14-41-220-052
B. Dimensions of the Aileron
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| View B | 19.030 | 19.043 | | | 19.006 | | |
| OD 2 |(0.7492) |(0.7497) | | |(0.7482) | | |
| | | | 0.007 | 0.041 | | | 0.089 |
| | | | (0.0002)| (0.0016)| | |(0.0035)|
| View B | 19.050 | 19.071 | | | | 19.095 | |
| ID 3 |(0.7500) |(0.7508) | | | |(0.7517) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-14-41-220-053
C. Dimensions of the Aileron

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 604
May 01/00

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| View B | 15.841 | 15.859 | | | 15.806 | | |
| OD 5 |(0.6236) |(0.6243) | | |(0.6222) | | |
| | | | 0.016 | 0.054 | | | 0.124 |
| | | | (0.0006)| (0.0021)| | |(0.0048)|
| View B | 15.875 | 15.895 | | | | 15.930 | |
| ID 4 |(0.6250) |(0.6257) | | | |(0.6271) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-14-41-220-054
D. Dimensions of the Aileron
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| View B | 15.841 | 15.859 | | | 15.822 | | |
| OD 5 |(0.6236) |(0.6243) | | |(0.6229) | | |
| | | | 0.003 | 0.034 | | | 0.072 |
| | | | (0.0001)| (0.0013)| | |(0.0028)|
| View B | 15.862 | 15.875 | | | | 15.894 | |
| ID 1 |(0.6244) |(0.6250) | | | |(0.6257) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-14-41-220-055
E. Dimensions of the Aileron

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 605
May 01/00

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| View C | 22.184 | 22.205 | | | 22.143 | | |
| OD 7 |(0.8733) |(0.8742) | | |(0.8717) | | |
| | | | 0.020 | 0.062 | | | 0.144 |
| | | | (0.0007)| (0.0024)| | |(0.0056)|
| View C | 22.225 | 22.246 | | | | 22.287 | |
| ID 8 |(0.8750) |(0.8758) | | | |(0.8774) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-14-41-220-056
F. Dimensions of the Aileron
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| View C | 22.184 | 22.205 | | | 22.160 | | |
| OD 7 |(0.8733) |(0.8742) | | |(0.8724) | | |
| | | | 0.007 | 0.041 | | | 0.089 |
| | | | (0.0002)| (0.0016)| | |(0.0035)|
| View C | 22.212 | 22.225 | | | | 22.249 | |
| ID 9 |(0.8744) |(0.8750) | | | |(0.8759) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-14-41-220-057
G. Dimensions of the Aileron

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 606
May 01/00

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| View C | 22.184 | 22.205 | | | 22.143 | | |
| OD 7 |(0.8733) |(0.8742) | | |(0.8717) | | |
| | | | 0.020 | 0.062 | | | 0.144 |
| | | | (0.0007)| (0.0024)| | |(0.0056)|
| View C | 22.225 | 22.246 | | | | 22.287 | |
| ID 6 |(0.8750) |(0.8758) | | | |(0.8774) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-14-41-220-058
H. Dimensions of the Aileron
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| View C | 26.968 | 26.981 | | | 26.944 | | |
| OD 6 |(1.0617) |(1.0622) | | |(1.0607) | | |
| | | | 0.007 | 0.040 | | | 0.088 |
| | | | (0.0002)| (0.0015)| | |(0.0034)|
| View C | 26.988 | 27.008 | | | | 27.032 | |
| ID 10 |(1.0625) |(1.0633) | | | |(1.0642) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-14-41-220-059
J. Dimensions of the Aileron

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 607
May 01/00

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| View D | 15.841 | 15.859 | | | 15.807 | | |
| OD 14 |(0.6236) |(0.6243) | | |(0.6223) | | |
| | | | 0.016 | 0.052 | | | 0.120 |
| | | | (0.0006)| (0.0020)| | |(0.0047)|
| View D | 15.875 | 15.893 | | | | 15.927 | |
| ID 11 |(0.6250) |(0.6257) | | | |(0.6270) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-14-41-220-060
K. Dimensions of the Aileron
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| View D | 19.030 | 19.043 | | | 19.006 | | |
| OD 11 |(0.7492) |(0.7497) | | |(0.7482) | | |
| | | | 0.007 | 0.041 | | | 0.089 |
| | | | (0.0002)| (0.0016)| | |(0.0035)|
| View D | 19.050 | 19.071 | | | | 19.095 | |
| ID 13 |(0.7500) |(0.7508) | | | |(0.7517) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-14-41-220-061
L. Dimensions of the Aileron

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 608
May 01/00

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| View D | 15.841 | 15.859 | | | 15.822 | | |
| OD 14 |(0.6236) |(0.6243) | | |(0.6229) | | |
| | | | 0.003 | 0.034 | | | 0.072 |
| | | | (0.0001)| (0.0013)| | |(0.0028)|
| View D | 15.862 | 15.875 | | | | 15.894 | |
| ID 12 |(0.6244) |(0.6250) | | | |(0.6257) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-14-41-020-056
M. Replacement of Unserviceable Items
(1) If you find unserviceable items, replace the applicable item(s) as

follows:
(a) For View B:

- install a new bush (2)
- install a new flanged bush (4).
(b) For View C:

- install a new flanged bush (6)
(c) For View D:

- install a new bush (11).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-14-41-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the applicable aileron (Ref. TASK 27-14-41-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 609
May 01/00

LAN
Subtask 27-14-41-942-051
B. Removal of Equipment
(1) Remove the safety barriers.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-41

Page 610
May 01/00

LAN
CHECK VALVE (1626GM,1627GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________
TASK 27-14-42-000-001
Removal of the Check Valve 1626GM(1627GM)
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL)
98D27604000000 1 COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER
98D27803000000 1 LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

EFF :

ALL 27-14-42

Page 401
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-50-00-866-008 Extension of the Flaps on the Ground

27-60-00-866-002 Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance
29-23-00-860-001 Disconnection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power
Transfer Unit (PTU)
57-51-37-000-004 Removal of the Access Panels
575AB/575BB/575CB/575DB/575EB/575FB/575GB/575HB
(675AB/675BB/675CB/675DB/675EB/675FB/675GB/675HB)
27-14-42-991-001 Fig. 401
27-14-42-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-14-42-991-001, 402/TASK 27-14-42-991-002)
Subtask 27-14-42-941-054
R (1) Put the safety barriers in position.

R
R (2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the ground service connection of the Green
R hydraulic system to tell persons not to pressurize it.
R (3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
R the flight control system.
Subtask 27-14-42-860-051
(1) Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008).
R (2) Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION on the

flap/slat control lever.
(3) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-42

Page 402
Nov 01/10

LAN
R Check Valve 1626GM
Figure 401/TASK 27-14-42-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-14-42

Page 403
Nov 01/10

LAN
Check Valve 1627GM
Figure 402/TASK 27-14-42-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-14-42

Page 404
May 01/00

LAN
(4) Depressurize the applicable hydraulic system.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL
_______
SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(a) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-

001).
(b) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-001).
Subtask 27-14-42-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
49VU HYD/FIRE VALVE/G/ENG1 1703GK C13
R **ON A/C 201-250,
49VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL ESS 1701GK H12
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 301-399,
121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/CTL 1701GK R35
**ON A/C ALL
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21

121VU HYDRAULIC/G HYD/PUMP ENG1/MONG 1702GK R34
Subtask 27-14-42-010-050
D. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position:
(a) FOR 1626GM

below zone 580

EFF :

ALL 27-14-42

Page 405
May 01/11

LAN
(b) FOR 1627GM
below zone 680.
(2) If necessary, remove the access panel(s) (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-

004):
(a) FOR 1626GM

remove 575FB
(b) FOR 1627GM

remove 675BB.
(3) Extend the applicable spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).
(4) Put the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER on the piston rod of the

servo-control.
NOTE : When you install the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER, make sure that
____
the two pins are positioned aft of the actuator, away from the
spoiler structure.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-14-42-991-001, 402/TASK 27-14-42-991-002)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-14-42-020-050
A. Removal of the Check Valve
WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.

_______
(1) Put a CONTAINER 1 L (1/4 USGAL) for hydraulic fluid below the check
valve (3).
(2) Disconnect the coupling nuts (1) and (3) and remove the check valve
(2). If necessary, remove the clamp block adjacent to the check valve
(2).
(3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected line ends.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-42

Page 406
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-14-42-400-001
Installation of the Check Valve 1626GM(1627GM)
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 02-003 F NSA 307110 TYPE 4

NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-14-42

Page 407
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-14-42

Page 408
Feb 01/11

LAN
C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-12-29-611-001 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hand Pump

12-12-29-611-002 Fill the Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir with a Hydraulic
Service Cart
27-64-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Spoiler Hydraulic Actuation
Transfer Unit (PTU)
29-23-00-860-002 Connection of the Isolation Coupling of the Power
Transfer Unit (PTU)
57-51-37-400-004 Installation of the Access Panels
575AB/575BB/575CB/575DB/575EB/575FB/575GB/ 575HB
27-14-42-991-001 Fig. 401
27-14-42-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-14-42-991-001)
Subtask 27-14-42-941-055
R (1) Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.
R (2) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons
not to pressurize the Green hydraulic system.
not to operate the flight control system.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-42

Page 409
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-14-42-860-053
(1) Make sure that the flaps are fully extended (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-
008).
R (2) Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION is on
(3) Make sure that the isolation coupling of the Power Transfer Unit
(PTU) is disconnected (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
(4) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001).
(5) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system reservoir is depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(6) Make sure that the access platform is in position:
(a) FOR 1626GM

below zone 580
(b) FOR 1627GM

below zone 680.
(7) Make sure that the access panel(s) are removed (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-
000-004):
R - for the left wing, panel 575FB
R - for the right wing, panel 675FB.
(8) Make sure that the applicable spoilers are extended (Ref. TASK 27-60-
00-866-002).
(9) Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER is on the piston rod of the
servo-control.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-42

Page 410
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-14-42-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 201-250,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 301-399,
**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-14-42-991-001, 402/TASK 27-14-42-991-002)

_______
EDGE:

EFF :

ALL 27-14-42

Page 411
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-14-42-420-051
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with a
(3) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
Subtask 27-14-42-420-050
B. Installation of the Check Valve
(1) Remove the blanking caps from the line ends.
(2) Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) to the threads on the
check valve (2) and the coupling nuts (1) and (3).
(3) Install the check valve (2) and tighten the coupling nuts (1) and
(3). If removed, install the clamp block adjacent to the check valve
(2).
(4) Remove the container for the hydraulic fluid from below the check
valve (2).
Subtask 27-14-42-860-052
C. Aircraft Configuration
(1) Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER on the piston rod of the

servo-control.
(2) Retract the spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-42

Page 412
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(3) On the servo-control, make sure that the pointer on the hex-head is
opposite the letter O (Operation) on the housing.
Subtask 27-14-42-865-052
D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 201-250,
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 301-399,
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-14-42-611-050
E. Fill the Hydraulic Reservoir
(1) Fill the Green hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001) or

(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002).
Subtask 27-14-42-860-054
F. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(1) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-
614-002).
(2) Connect the isolation coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-42

Page 413
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-14-42-865-053
G. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-14-42-710-050
H. Test
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Extend and retract the spoilers five times (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-
001) to bleed the Green hydraulic system.
(2) Do an operational test of the spoilers (Ref. TASK 27-64-00-710-001).
(3) Make sure that there are no leaks from the check valve (2) or the
coupling nuts (1) and (3).
Subtask 27-14-42-865-054
J. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-14-42

Page 414
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-14-42-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) If removed, install the access panel(s) (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004):
(a) FOR 1626GM

install 575FB
(b) FOR 1627GM

install 675BB.
Subtask 27-14-42-865-055
breaker(s):
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY 21CE1 B08
R 49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 6CV B07
R 105VU FLT CTL/SEC1/STBY SPLY 22CE B01
R 121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND/MONG/SYS2 8CV Q21
R 121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC3/SPLY 21CE3 Q19
Subtask 27-14-42-860-055
(1) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION from the

EFF :

ALL 27-14-42

Page 415
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-14-42-942-054
D. Removal of Equipment

EFF :

ALL 27-14-42

Page 416
Nov 01/10

LAN
SERVO CONTROL - AILERON (33CE1,33CE2,33CE3,33CE4) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________________________
TASK 27-14-51-000-001
Removal of the Aileron Servo Control
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific AR CAP - BLANKING
No specific AR PLUG - BLANKING

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 401
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29-00-00-910-002 Safety Procedures of the Hydraulic System

Transfer Unit (PTU)
575LB(675LB), 575MB(675MB)
27-14-51-991-001 Fig. 401
27-14-51-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-14-51-991-001, 402/TASK 27-14-51-991-002)
Subtask 27-14-51-941-050
R (2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to

pressurize the Green and Blue hydraulic systems.
R (3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate

(4) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002)
Subtask 27-14-51-860-054

_______
(1) Disconnect the isolation coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 402
Nov 01/10

LAN
Aileron Servocontrols 33CE1(33CE2) - Green Hydraulic System
Figure 401/TASK 27-14-51-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 403
May 01/00

LAN
Aileron Servocontrols 33CE3(33CE4) - Blue Hydraulic System
Figure 402/TASK 27-14-51-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 404
May 01/00

LAN
(2) Make sure that the Blue and the Green Hydraulic systems are
001).
(3) Depressurize the applicable reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 27-14-51-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-14-51-010-050
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position below the applicable
zone 575(675).
(2) Remove the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-007)

(Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-005):

remove 575AT, 575KB, 590AB

remove 675AT, 675KB, 690AB.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-14-51-991-001, 402/TASK 27-14-51-991-002)

_______
EDGE:

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 405
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-14-51-020-062
A. Removal of the Aileron Servo Control (ASC)
(1) Manually put and hold the aileron in the fully-up position.
(2) Disconnect the electrical connector (13).
R (3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).
(4) Remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (12).
(5) Remove the bolts (12), the washers (11) and the clamp blocks (9).
(6) For 33CE1(33CE2), do the steps that follow:
(a) At the pipe brackets near to the inboard and outboard sides of
the ASC:
1
_ Remove the nuts (32), the bolts (28) and the washers (29).
2
_ Disassemble and remove the tubes (30) and the clamp blocks
(31).
(b) Disconnect and remove the return pipe (14) and the pressure pipe
(24).
(c) Put a PLUG - BLANKING or a CAP - BLANKING on the ASC hydraulic

connections and the disconnected line ends.
(d) At the aileron jack-bracket:
1
_ Remove the nut (3), the washer (2) and the bolt (1).
2
_ Remove the locking plate (26).
(e) At the rear-spar jack-bracket:
1
2

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 406
Aug 01/10

LAN
(a) At the pipe brackets near to the inboard and outboard sides of
the ASC:
1
2
_ Disassemble and remove the clamp blocks (29).
(b) Disconnect and remove the return pipe (14) and the pressure pipe
(23).
R (c) Put a PLUG - BLANKING or a CAP - BLANKING on the ASC hydraulic

R connections and the disconnected line ends.
(d) At the aileron jack-bracket:
1
2
1
_ Remove the nut (20).
2
_ Remove the locking plate (21) from the stud (19).
(8) Remove and discard the cotter pins (4) and (15) from the locking caps
(5) and (16).
(9) Remove the locking caps (5) and (16), the nuts (6) and (17) and the
washers (7) and (18).
Subtask 27-14-51-020-050
R B. Complete the Removal of the Aileron Servo-Control (ASC)
(1) To decrease the length of the piston rod:
(a) For 33CE1(33CE2), manually move the aileron to the down position.
(b) Hold the ASC (25) (7.4 kg (16.3142 lb)) and remove the pin (27).
(c) Manually move the aileron to the fully up position.
(d) Safety the aileron in this position if the other ASC is not
installed, and remove the pin (23).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 407
Aug 01/07

LAN
(e) Remove the ASC (25) from the aircraft.
(f) For 33CE3(33CE4), manually move the aileron to the down position.
(g) Hold the ASC (24) (7.4 kg (16.3142 lb)) and remove the pin (26).
(h) Manually move the aileron to the fully up position.
(i) Safety the aileron in this position if the other ASC is not
installed, and remove the pin (22).
(j) Remove the ASC (24) from the aircraft.
R (2) Remove the flanged bush (8) from each aileron jack-bracket.
R (3) Remove the flanged bush (10) from each rear-spar jack-bracket.
R
R (4) Install these parts on the removed ASC:

- the clamp blocks (9)
- the washers (11)
- the bolts (12).
NOTE : The clamp blocks (9), the washers (11) and the bolts (12) must
____
stay with the removed ASC.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 408
Aug 01/07

LAN
TASK 27-14-51-400-001
Installation of the Aileron Servo Control
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R (4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 409
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R NO LONGER AVAILABLE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 cotter pin 27-14-05 20 -080

4 cotter pin 27-14-05 21 -090
15 cotter pin 27-14-05 20 -080
15 cotter pin 27-14-05 21 -090

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 410
Nov 01/08

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Actuation
27-14-00-820-001 Adjustment of the Aileron
Power Supply
Transfer Unit (PTU)
575LB(675LB), 575MB(675MB)
57-51-37-400-005 Installation of the Access Panels 575KB(675KB),
575LB(675LB), 575MB(675MB)
27-14-51-991-001 Fig. 401
27-14-51-991-002 Fig. 402
FOR FIN 33CE2, 33CE4
Transfer Unit (PTU)
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-14-51-991-001, 402/TASK 27-14-51-991-002)
Subtask 27-14-51-941-067
R (2) Make sure that there is a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell
persons not to pressurize the Green and Blue Hydraulic systems.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 411
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-14-51-860-050
(1) Make sure that the isolation coupling of the Power Transfer Unit
(2) Make sure that the Blue and the Green Hydraulic systems are
001).
(3) Make sure that the applicable reservoirs are depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-14-00-614-001).
(4) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) is in position below
the applicable zone 575(675).
57-51-37-000-007) (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-005):

panels 575AT, 575KB, 590AB

panels 675AT, 675KB, 690AB.
Subtask 27-14-51-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 412
Nov 01/10

LAN
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-14-51-991-001, 402/TASK 27-14-51-991-002)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-14-51-420-059
(Material No. 11-026):
- for 33CE1(33CE2), the pins (23) and (27)
- the flanged bushes (8) and (10)
- the interfaces of the aileron and rear-spar jack-brackets.
(4) Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are serviceable.
(5) Lubricate these parts with SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002):
- the flanged bushes (8) and (10)
- the installed bushes in the outboard-flanges of the aileron and
rear-spar jack-brackets.
Subtask 27-14-51-420-050
B. Installation of the Aileron Servo Control (ASC)
(1) Install the flanged bush (8) into the inboard-flange of each aileron
jack-bracket.
(2) Install the flanged bush (10) into the inboard-flange of each
rear-spar jack-bracket.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 413
Aug 01/10

LAN
(3) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-007) to the
eye-ends of the piston rods on the rounded sides only.
NOTE : Do not get Material 15-007 on the Servocontrol Spherical

____
Bearings.
(4) For 33CE1(33CE2), install the ASC (25):
(a) Hold the ASC (7.4 kg (16.3142 lb)) in a horizontal position.
(b) Align the body eye-end with the bushes in the flanges of the
(c) Install the pin (23).
(d) Manually move the aileron to the down position. Do this until the
piston-rod eye-end and the bushes of the aileron jack-bracket are
aligned.
(e) Install the pin (27).
(5) For 33CE3(33CE4), install the ASC (24):
(a) Hold the ASC (7.4 kg (16.3142 lb)) in a horizontal position.
(b) Align the body eye-end with the bushes in the flanges of the
(c) Install the pin (22).
(d) Manually move the aileron to the down position. Do this until the
piston-rod eye-end and the bushes of the aileron jack-bracket are
aligned.
(e) Install the pin (26).
(6) For easier access to the installed ASC manually, put and hold the
aileron in the fully-up position.
(7) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the threads of the pins:
- for 33CE3(33CE4), the pins (22) and (26).
Subtask 27-14-51-420-058
C. Complete the Installation of the Aileron Servo Control (ASC)

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-14-51-991-001)
(a) Install the washers (7) and (18) and the nuts (6) and (17).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 414
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(b) TORQUE the nuts (6) and (17) to between 7.5 and 8.0 m.daN (55.30
and 58.99 lbf.ft).
(c) Install the locking caps (5) and (16) on the pins (27) and (23).
(d) Safety the items that follow:

- the locking cap (5) with the new cotter pin (4)
1
_ Put the locking plate (22) on the pin (23).
2
_ Align the bolt hole in the locking plate (22) with the holes
in the flanges of the rear-spar jack-bracket.
3
_ Install the bolt (21), the washer (20) and the nut (19).
(f) At the aileron jack-bracket:
1
2
_ Align the bolt hole in the locking plate (26) with the hole in
the flange of the aileron jack-bracket.
3
R (g) Remove the PLUG - BLANKING from the disconnected hydraulic

R connections.
(h) Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) to the joints of the
pipes (14) and (24), then install the pressure pipe (24) and the
return pipe (14).
(i) At the pipe brackets near to the inboard and outboard sides of
the ASC (25):
1
_ Assemble the clamp blocks (31) and the tubes (30).
2
_ Install the washers (29), the bolts (28) and the nuts (32).
(j) Attach the clamp blocks (9) to the ASC (25) with the bolts (12)
and the washers (11).
(k) TORQUE the bolts (12) to between 0.16 and 0.20 m.daN (14.15 and
17.69 lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 415
Aug 01/07

LAN
(l) Safety the bolts (12) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
R (m) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connections and
R connect the electrical connector (13) to the ASC (25).
(n) Clean the electrical connector (13) with a MISCELLANEOUS

(Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-026).
(o) Apply a continuous layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No.

15-008) to the electrical connector (13).
____
Material No. 15-007 on the servocontrol spherical
bearings.
(p) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-007) to:

- the bolt (1), the washer (2) and the nut (3)
- the cotter pin (4), the locking cap (5), the nut (6) and the
washer (7)
- the washers (11) and the bolts (12)
washer (18)
- the nut (19), the washer (20) and the bolt (21)
- the head of the pins (23) and (27)
- the bolts (28), the washers (29) and the nuts (32).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-14-51-991-002)
(a) Install the washers (7) and (18) and the nuts (6) and (17).
(b) TORQUE the nuts (6) and (17) to to between 7.5 and 8.0 m.daN
(55.30 and 58.99 lbf.ft).
(c) Install the locking caps (5) and (16) on the pins (26) and (22).
(d) Safety the items that follow:

- the locking cap (16) with the new cotter pin (15).
1
2
_ Align and attach the locking plate (21) to the stud (19).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 416
Aug 01/07

LAN
3
_ Install the nut (20).
(f) At the aileron jack-bracket:
1
2
_ Align the bolt hole in the locking plate (25) with the hole in
the flange of the aileron jack-bracket.
3

_______
R (g) Remove the PLUG - BLANKING from the disconnected hydraulic

R connections.
(h) Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) to the joints of the
pipes (14) and (23), then install the pressure pipe (23) and the
return pipe (14).
(i) At the pipe brackets near to the inboard and outboard sides of
the ASC (24):
1
_ Assemble the clamp blocks (29).
2
_ Install the washers (28), the bolts (27) and the nuts (30).
(j) Attach the clamp blocks (9) to the ASC (24) with the bolts (12)
and the washers (11).
(k) TORQUE the bolts (12) to between 0.16 and 0.20 m.daN (14.15 and
17.69 lbf.in).
(l) Safety the bolts (12) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
R (m) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the electrical connections and
R connect the electrical connector (13) to the ASC (24).
(n) Clean the electrical connector (13) with a MISCELLANEOUS

(Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-026).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 417
Aug 01/07

LAN
(o) Apply a continuous layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No.
15-008) to the electrical connector (13).
____
Material No. 15-007 on the servocontrol spherical
bearings.
(p) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-007) to:

- the bolt (1), the washer (2) and the nut (3)
washer (7)
- the washers (11) and the bolts (12)
washer (18)
- the stud (19) and the nut (20)
- the heads of the pins (22) and (26)
- the bolts (27), the washers (28) and the nuts (30).
Subtask 27-14-51-860-059
D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.
_______
ITEMS THEY OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(1) Remove the warning notice that prevents the pressurization of the
Green and Blue Hydraulic systems.
(2) For 33CE1(33CE2):

- pressurize the Green Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001).
(3) For 33CE3(33CE4):

- pressurize the Blue Hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(4) On the center pedestal, make sure that:

- the slat and flap control-lever is in the 0-degree position
- the speed-brake control-lever is in the RET position.
Subtask 27-14-51-865-052
E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15CE1, 15CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 418
Aug 01/07
R
LAN
Subtask 27-14-51-710-050
F. Test

002).
(2) Operate the ailerons.
_______
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO
PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
(a) Operate the ailerons over the full travel range ten times to
bleed the ASC(s).
(b) Make sure that the ailerons are correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 27-
14-00-820-001).
(c) Do the operational test of the aileron and hydraulic actuation

(Ref. TASK 27-14-00-710-001).
(3) Examine and make sure that there are no hydraulic leaks from:
(a) For 33CE1(33CE2):

- the ASC (25)
- the pressure pipe (24)
- the return pipe (14).
(b) For 33CE3(33CE4):

- the ASC (24)
- the pressure pipe (23)
- the return pipe (14).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 419
Aug 01/07
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-14-51-410-050
A. Close Access
(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
(2) Install the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-007)

(Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-005):

install 575AT, 575KB, 590AB

install 675AT, 675KB, 690AB.
(3) Connect the isolation coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002).
Subtask 27-14-51-942-051
R (1) Remove the SAFETY BARRIER(S)S.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 420
Aug 01/10

LAN
TASK 27-14-51-000-002
Removal of the Hydraulic Filter for the Aileron Servo-Control
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific blanking plug

No specific container 1 l (0.2641 USgal)
No specific access platform 4 m (13 ft. 1 in.)

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 421
Aug 01/07
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Transfer Unit (PTU)
27-14-51-991-004 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-14-51-991-004)
Subtask 27-14-51-941-052
(2) Put the warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to
pressurize the Green or the Blue hydraulic systems.
(3) Obey the hydraulic system safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-
002).
Subtask 27-14-51-860-055

_______
(1) Disconnect the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
(2) Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems are
003).
(3) Depressurize the Green and the Blue system hydraulic reservoirs
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 422
Aug 01/07
R
LAN
Aileron Servo-Control - Hydraulic Filter
Figure 403/TASK 27-14-51-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 423
Aug 01/07
R
LAN
Subtask 27-14-51-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-14-51-010-051
D. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position below the applicable zone
575(675).
(2) Remove the applicable access panel:

- for the left wing, panel 575KB
- for the right wing, panel 675KB.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-14-51-991-004)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-14-51-020-051
A. Removal of the Hydraulic Filter
(1) Put a container under the applicable filter (2).
(2) Remove and discard the lockwire from the filter (2).
(3) Remove the filter (2).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 424
Nov 01/10

LAN
(4) Remove and discard the packing (1) from the filter (2).
(5) Install the blanking plug in the opening in the aileron

servo-control.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 425
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-14-51-400-002
Installation of the Hydraulic Filter for the Aileron Servo-Control
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 426
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion resistant steel 0,6mm (0.027in)

dia
Material No. 04-015 USA BAC 5001 DACO-5073
GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 packing 27-14-51 01 -020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Actuation
Transfer Unit (PTU)
Transfer Unit (PTU)
27-14-51-991-004 Fig. 403

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 427
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-14-51-991-004)
Subtask 27-14-51-941-068
(1) Make sure that the safety barriers are in position.
(2) Make sure that there is a warning notice in the cockpit to tell
persons not to pressurize the Green or the Blue hydraulic systems.
(3) Obey the hydraulic system safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-
002).
Subtask 27-14-51-860-060

_______
(1) Make sure that the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit
003).
(3) Make sure that the Green and the Blue system hydraulic reservoirs are
depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(4) Make sure that there is a container under the applicable filter (2).
(5) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the
applicable zone 575(675).
(6) Make sure that the applicable access panel is removed:


EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 428
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-14-51-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-14-51-991-004)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-14-51-420-060

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Clean the component interface and or the adjacent area with a
(2) Remove the blanking plug from the opening in the aileron
servo-control.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 429
Nov 01/10

LAN
(4) Lubricate the new packing (1) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
015).
Subtask 27-14-51-420-051
B. Installation of the Hydraulic Filter
(1) Install the new packing (1) on the filter (2).
(2) Install the filter (2) complete with the packing (1) in the aileron
servocontrol.
(3) TORQUE the filter (2) to between 2.1 and 2.3 m.daN (15.48 and 16.96
lbf.ft).
(4) Safety the filter (2) with lockwire, corrosion resistant steel 0,6mm
(0.027in) dia.
Subtask 27-14-51-860-061
(1) Connect the Isolation Coupling of the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002).
(2) Remove the container from below the filter (2).
items.
Subtask 27-14-51-865-055
breaker(s):
15CE1, 15CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2.
Subtask 27-14-51-710-051
E. Test
(1) Do an operational test of the aileron (Ref. TASK 27-14-00-710-001).
(2) Examine the filter (2) for leaks.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 430
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-14-51-991-004)
Subtask 27-14-51-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the applicable access panel:

Subtask 27-14-51-942-054

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 431
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-14-51-000-003
Removal of the Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific protective cover

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 432
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Transfer Unit (PTU)
27-14-51-991-005 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-14-51-991-005)
Subtask 27-14-51-941-055
(2) Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to pressurize
the Green or the Blue hydraulic systems.
(3) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-002).
Subtask 27-14-51-860-056

_______
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
003).
(3) Depressurize the Green and the Blue hydraulic system reservoirs
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 433
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve
Figure 404/TASK 27-14-51-991-005

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 434
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-14-51-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-14-51-010-052
D. Get Access
575(675).

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-14-51-991-005)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-14-51-020-052
A. Removal of the Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve
(1) Put a container under the applicable servovalve (3).
(2) Remove and discard the lockwire from the screws (1).
(3) Remove the screws (1) and the washers (2).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 435
Nov 01/10

LAN
(4) Carefully disengage and remove the servovalve (3) from the electrical
connector (6) and the aileron servo control.
(5) Remove and discard the packings (4) and (5).
(6) Put the protective cover on the aileron servo-control servovalve

interface.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 436
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-14-51-400-003
Installation of the Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 437
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 packing 27-14-51 01 -170

4 packing 27-14-51 01 -170A
5 packing 27-14-51 01 -120
5 packing 27-14-51 01 -120A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Actuation
Transfer Unit (PTU)
Transfer Unit (PTU)
27-14-51-991-005 Fig. 404

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 438
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-14-51-991-005)
Subtask 27-14-51-941-069
(2) Make sure that the warning notice is in the cockpit to tell persons
not to pressurize the Green or the Blue hydraulic systems.
Subtask 27-14-51-860-062
003).
(3) Make sure that the Green and the Blue hydraulic system reservoirs are


EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 439
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-14-51-865-057
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-14-51-991-005)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-14-51-420-061

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Remove the protective cover from the aileron servo-control servovalve
interface.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 440
Nov 01/10

LAN
(2) Clean the component interface and or the adjacent area with a
(4) Lubricate the new packing (4) and the new packing (5) with COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-015).
Subtask 27-14-51-420-052
B. Installation of the Aileron Servo-Control Servovalve
(1) Install the new packing (5) on the electrical connector (6) of the
aileron servocontrol.
(2) Install the new packings (4) on the aileron servo-control interface.
(3) Put the servovalve (3) in position on the aileron servo-control and
install the washers (2) and the bolts (1).
(4) TORQUE the bolts (1) to between 0.33 and 0.41 m.daN (29.20 and 36.28
lbf.in).
(5) Safety the bolts (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
Subtask 27-14-51-860-063
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002).
(2) Remove the container from under the servovalve (3).
items.
Subtask 27-14-51-865-058
breaker(s):
15CE1, 15CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 441
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-14-51-710-052
E. Test
(2) Examine the servovalve (3) for leaks.
5. Close-up
________
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-14-51-991-005)
Subtask 27-14-51-410-052
A. Close Access
items.

Subtask 27-14-51-942-056

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 442
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-14-51-000-004
Removal of the Aileron Servo-Control Solenoid Valve
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 443
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Transfer Unit (PTU)
27-14-51-991-006 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-14-51-991-006)
Subtask 27-14-51-941-058
the Green or the Blue hydraulic systems.
Subtask 27-14-51-860-057

_______
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
003).
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 444
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Aileron Servo-Control Solenoid Valve
Figure 405/TASK 27-14-51-991-006

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 445
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-14-51-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-14-51-010-053
D. Get Access
575(675).

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-14-51-991-006)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-14-51-020-053
A. Removal of the Aileron Servo-Control Solenoid Valve
(1) Put a container under the applicable solenoid valve (6).
(3) Remove the bolts (5).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 446
Nov 01/10

LAN
(4) Carefully disengage the electrical connector (4) from the aileron
servo-control and remove the solenoid valve (6).
(5) Discard the packings (1), (2) and (3).
(6) Put the protective cover on the aileron servo-control solenoid valve
interface

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 447
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-14-51-400-004
Installation of the Aileron Servo-Control Solenoid Valve
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 448
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 packings 27-14-51 01 -060

2 packing 27-14-51 01 -070
3 packing 27-14-51 01 -120
3 packing 27-14-51 01 -120A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Actuation
Transfer Unit (PTU)
Transfer Unit (PTU)
27-14-51-991-006 Fig. 405

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 449
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-14-51-991-006)
Subtask 27-14-51-941-070
Subtask 27-14-51-860-064

_______
003).
(4) Make sure that there is a container below the applicable aileron
servo-control.


EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 450
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-14-51-865-060
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-14-51-991-006)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-14-51-420-062

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Remove the protective cover from the aileron servo-control interface.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 451
Nov 01/10

LAN
(4) Lubricate the new packings (1), the new packing (2) and the new
packing (3) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-015).
Subtask 27-14-51-420-053
B. Installation of the Aileron Servo-Control Solenoid Valve
(1) Install the new packing (3) on the electrical connector (4).
(2) Install the new packings (1) and the new packing (2) in the
applicable openings in the solenoid valve (6).
(3) Put the solenoid valve (6), complete with the packings (1) and (2),
in position on the aileron servo-control and install the bolts (5).
lbf.in).
Subtask 27-14-51-860-065
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002).
(2) Remove the container from under the solenoid valve (6).
items.
Subtask 27-14-51-865-061
breaker(s):
15CE1, 15CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2.
Subtask 27-14-51-710-053
E. Test
(2) Examine the solenoid valve (6) for leaks.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 452
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-14-51-410-053
A. Close Access
items.

Subtask 27-14-51-942-057

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 453
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-14-51-000-005
Removal of the Linear Variable-Differential Transformer (LVDT) of the Aileron-

Servo Control
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 454
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Transfer Unit (PTU)
27-14-51-991-007 Fig. 406
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-14-51-991-007)
Subtask 27-14-51-941-062
(2) Put the warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to
pressurize the Green or the Blue hydraulic systems.
Subtask 27-14-51-860-058

_______
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-001).
003).
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 455
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Aileron Servo-Control LVDT
Figure 406/TASK 27-14-51-991-007

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 456
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-14-51-865-062
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-14-51-010-054
D. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position under the applicable zone
575(675).

- for the left wing, panel 575AT
- for the right wing, panel 675AT.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-14-51-991-007)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-14-51-020-054
A. Removal of the LVDT of the Aileron Servo Control
(1) Put a container under the applicable LVDT (6).
(3) Remove the bolts (3), the washers (2), the lockwasher (4) and the
bonding leads (5).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 457
Nov 01/10

LAN
(4) Carefully disengage the LVDT (6) from the electrical connector (1)
and remove the LVDT (6).
NOTE : A spring in the aileron servo-control will push the LVDT (6)
____
away from the aileron servo control.
(5) Discard the packings (8) and (9).
(6) Put the protective cover on the aileron servo-control LVDT interface.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 458
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-14-51-400-005
Installation of the Linear Variable-Differential Transformer (LVDT) of the

_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 459
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 packing 27-14-51 01 -130

9 packing 27-14-51 01 -120
9 packing 27-14-51 01 -120A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Actuation
27-14-00-820-001 Adjustment of the Aileron
Transfer Unit (PTU)
Transfer Unit (PTU)
27-14-51-991-007 Fig. 406

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 460
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-14-51-991-007)
Subtask 27-14-51-941-071
Subtask 27-14-51-860-066

_______
003).
(4) Make sure that there is a container below the applicable aileron
servo-control.


EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 461
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-14-51-865-063
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-14-51-991-007)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-14-51-420-063

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(2) Remove the protective cover from the aileron servo-control interface.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 462
Nov 01/10

LAN
(4) Lubricate the new packing (8) and the new packing (9) with COMMON
Subtask 27-14-51-420-054
B. Installation of the LVDT of the Aileron Servo-Control
(1) Install the new packing (8) on the LVDT (6).
(2) Install the new packing (9) on the electrical connector (7).
(3) Put the LVDT (6) in position on the aileron servo-control.
NOTE : You must compress the spring in the aileron servo-control to

____
do this.
(4) Install the bonding leads (5), the lockwasher (4), the washers (2)
and the bolts (3).
lbf.in).
(6) Do a bonding check on the LVDT (6) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
Subtask 27-14-51-860-067
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002).
(2) Remove the container from under the LVDT (6).
items.
Subtask 27-14-51-865-064
breaker(s):
15CE1, 15CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 463
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-14-51-710-054
E. Test
(1) Do a check of the aileron adjustment (Ref. TASK 27-14-00-820-001).
(2) Do a operational test of the aileron (Ref. TASK 27-14-00-710-001).
(3) Examine the LVDT (6) for leaks.
5. Close-up
________
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-14-51-991-007)
Subtask 27-14-51-410-054
A. Close Access
items.

Subtask 27-14-51-942-060

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 464
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-14-51-000-006
Removal of the Actuator Eye-End of the Aileron Servo-Control
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0U144765 1 WRENCH - AILERON SERVOCONTROL ADJUSTMENT
0U144768 1 HOLDING WRENCH - AILERON SERVOCONTROL ADJUSTMENT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-14-51-991-008 Fig. 407

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 465
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-51-941-073
flight controls.
Subtask 27-14-51-020-055
B. Removal of the Aileron Servo-Control Block
(1) Remove the aileron servo-control block (Ref. TASK 27-14-51-000-001).
(2) Take the servo-control block to a workshop bench and clamp it so that
you can do work on the eye-end.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 27-14-51-991-008)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-14-51-020-056
A. Removal of the Actuator Eye-End of the Aileron Servo-Control
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the two screws (1).
(2) Remove the screws (1), the washers (2) and the lockplate (8).
(3) Use the WRENCH - AILERON SERVOCONTROL ADJUSTMENT (0U144765) and

HOLDING WRENCH - AILERON SERVOCONTROL ADJUSTMENT (0U144768) to
release the eye-end (13) from the actuator body.
NOTE : A torque force of between 6 m.daN (44.2 lbf.ft) and 7 m.daN

____
(51.6 lbf.ft) will be necessary to release the eye-end.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 466
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Actuator Eye End - Location and Details
Figure 407/TASK 27-14-51-991-008

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 467
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
NOTE : There is a Linear
____ Variable Displacement Transducer (LVDT) in
the servo-control block. The core of the LVDT is attached to
the eye-end. When you remove the eye-end, the LVDT core is
also removed. The coil of the LVDT stays in the actuator body.
(4) Remove the eye-end (13):
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE LVDT CORE WHEN YOU REMOVE THE
_______
ACTUATOR EYE-END. THE CORE AND THE COIL ARE A PAIR. IT WILL
BE NECESSARY TO USE THEM AGAIN.
(a) Remove the eye-end (13) from the actuator body, together with the
LVDT core (7).
(b) Remove the lockwasher (9) from the end of the actuator body.
Subtask 27-14-51-220-054
B. Dimensional Checks
(1) Measure and write down dimension X (the length from the end of the
LVDT core to the rear face of the eye-end flange).
Subtask 27-14-51-020-057
C. Remove the LVDT core (7).
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the two screws (16).
(2) Remove the screws (16), the washers (15) and the lockplate (14).
(3) Compress the spring (6) and remove the slotted-cup (10). Remove the
spring (6) and the blocking-cup (11).
(4) Remove the pin (12).
(5) Remove the LVDT core (7) from the adjusting nut (4) to release:
- the LVDT core (7)
- the adjusting nut (4)
- the washers (3) and (5).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 468
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-14-51-400-006
Installation of the Actuator Eye-End of the Aileron Servo-Control
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific soft brush
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R (4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)
0U144765 1 WRENCH - AILERON SERVOCONTROL ADJUSTMENT
0U144768 1 HOLDING WRENCH - AILERON SERVOCONTROL ADJUSTMENT

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 469
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-010 USA MIL-G-25013

GREASE SYNTHETIC, BALL+ROLLER BEARING (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-021 USA MIL-P-8116
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-14-51-991-008 Fig. 407
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-51-941-074
(2) Make sure that the warning notice is in position to tell persons not
operate the flight controls.
Subtask 27-14-51-860-052
(1) Make sure that the aileron servo-control block is removed (Ref. TASK
27-14-51-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 470
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-14-51-865-066
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 27-14-51-991-008)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-14-51-210-056
(1) Make sure that the servo-control block is clamped securely to the
workshop bench and that you have access to the actuator.
(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are in
the correct condition.
Subtask 27-14-51-110-051
B. Clean these Parts
(1) Clean the eye-end with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made
moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
(2) Clean all the parts kept from the removed component with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) and a soft brush.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 471
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-14-51-420-055
C. Installation of the Actuator Eye-End
(1) Lubricate the washers (3) and (5) and the blocking-cup (11) with
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-010).
(2) Lubricate the lockwasher (9) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
021).
(3) Install the washer (3) on the adjusting nut (4).
(4) Install the washer (3), the adjusting nut (4) and the washer (5) on
the eye-end (13).
(5) Install the LVDT core (7):
CAUTION : DO NOT MIX THE CORES/COILS FROM DIFFERENT LDVT UNITS.

_______
THEY ARE IN PAIRS.
(a) Install the LVDT core (7) into the adjusting nut (4).
(b) Set the flat on the LVDT core (7) so that you can install the pin
(12).
(c) Assemble the blocking-cup (11), the spring (6) and the
slotted-cup (10) to the LVDT core (7).
Subtask 27-14-51-820-052
D. Adjustment
(1) Use the adjusting nut (4) to set the core length (dimension X) to
the value that you wrote down.
(2) When the dimension X is correct, install the lockplate (14) on the
eye-end flange, located against the adjusting nut.
(3) Install the lockplate (14) with the two screws (16) and the washers
(15).
(4) Safety the screws (16) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 472
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-14-51-420-056
E. Complete the Installation of the Actuator Eye-End
(1) Align the four dogs on the lockwasher (9) with the slots on the end
of the actuator body and install the lockwasher (9).
(2) Lubricate the thread of the eye-end with COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-021).
(3) TORQUE the eye-end into the actuator with the WRENCH - AILERON
SERVOCONTROL ADJUSTMENT (0U144765) and HOLDING WRENCH - AILERON
SERVOCONTROL ADJUSTMENT (0U144768) to between 6.0 and 6.5 m.daN
(44.24 and 47.93 lbf.ft).
(4) Align the lockplate (8) with the lockwasher (9) and with the screw
holes in the eye-end flange.
(5) Install the lockplate (8) on the flange with two screws (1) and
washers (2).
NOTE : If the screw holes in the flange and the lockplate (8) are not
____
aligned, increase the torque by small increments. Continue to
tighten the eye-end until the screw holes are aligned. Do not
exceed 7 m.daN (51.6 lbf.ft).
(6) TORQUE the screws (1) to between 0.21 and 0.26 m.daN (18.58 and 23.00
lbf.in).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-14-51-420-057
A. Installation of the Aileron Servo-Control Block
(1) Install the Aileron Servo-Control Block (Ref. TASK 27-14-51-400-001).
Subtask 27-14-51-942-065
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 473
Nov 01/10
R
LAN

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 474
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
SERVO CONTROL - AILERON - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________
TASK 27-14-51-200-001
Check of the Aileron Servo Control
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R B. Expendable Parts
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 3 bush 27-14-05 21 -150

R 4 flanged bush 27-14-05 21 -150

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 601
Nov 01/00

LAN
R C. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-14-51-991-003 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-14-51-941-072
flight controls.
Subtask 27-14-51-010-055
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the aileron servo control (Ref. TASK 27-14-51-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-14-51-991-003)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-14-51-220-050
A. Fits and Clearances
(1) Complete an inspection of these dimensions.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 602
Nov 01/00

LAN
Aileron Servo Control
Figure 601/TASK 27-14-51-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 603
May 01/00

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| View B | 22.184 | 22.205 | | | 22.143 | | |
| OD 4 |(0.8733) |(0.8742) | | |(0.8717) | | |
| | | | 0.020 | 0.062 | | | 0.144 |
| | | | (0.0007)| (0.0024)| | |(0.0056)|
| View B | 22.225 | 22.246 | | | | 22.287 | |
| ID 5 |(0.8750) |(0.8758) | | | |(0.8774) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-14-51-220-051
B. Fits and Clearances
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| View B | 22.184 | 22.205 | | | 22.160 | | |
| OD 4 |(0.8733) |(0.8742) | | |(0.8724) | | |
| | | | 0.007 | 0.041 | | | 0.089 |
| | | | (0.0002)| (0.0016)| | |(0.0035)|
| View B | 22.212 | 22.225 | | | | 22.249 | |
| ID 2 |(0.8744) |(0.8750) | | | |(0.8759) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-14-51-220-052
C. Fits and Clearances

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 604
May 01/00

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| View B | 22.184 | 22.205 | | | 22.143 | | |
| OD 4 |(0.8733) |(0.8742) | | |(0.8717) | | |
| | | | 0.020 | 0.062 | | | 0.144 |
| | | | (0.0007)| (0.0024)| | |(0.0056)|
| View B | 22.225 | 22.246 | | | | 22.287 | |
| ID 3 |(0.8750) |(0.8758) | | | |(0.8774) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-14-51-220-053
D. Fits and Clearances
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| View B | 26.968 | 26.981 | | | 26.946 | | |
| OD 5 |(1.0617) |(1.0622) | | |(1.0608) | | |
| | | | 0.006 | 0.041 | | | 0.087 |
| | | | (0.0002)| (0.0016)| | |(0.0034)|
| View B | 26.987 | 27.009 | | | | 27.033 | |
| ID 1 |(1.0624) |(1.0633) | | | |(1.0642) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 605
May 01/00

LAN
Subtask 27-14-51-020-063
E. Replacement of Unserviceable Items
(1) If you find unserviceable items, replace the applicable item(s) as

follows:
(a) For View B:

- install a new bush (3)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-14-51-410-055
A. Close Access
(1) Install the aileron servo control (Ref. TASK 27-14-51-400-001).
Subtask 27-14-51-942-064
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-14-51

Page 606
May 01/00

LAN
RUDDER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
One rudder surface provides the yaw control.
The main control is mechanical (Ref. 27-21).
The trim control is electrically signalled (Ref. 27-22).
The artificial feel (Ref. 27-23) is ensured by:
- a spring rod, the stiffness of which is independent from the flight
conditions,
- a centering spring (Ref. 27-21).
At high speeds, a travel limitation unit limits the rudder travel in
relation to the airspeed (Ref. 27-23 and 22-61 for computation).
This is to prevent the transmission of excessive loads to the structure by
the rudder.
Three fixed-body servocontrols with mechanical input provide the hydraulic
actuation (Ref. 27-24).
The position of the rudder is shown on the lower display unit of the ECAM
system (Ref. 27-25).
A. Interface with the Autoflight System

Interface with the Autoflight System (Ref. 22-60-00).
An electric trim actuator is connected to the artificial feel and trim
unit upstream of the travel limitation unit.
In all the modes, it drives the complete control via a spring device that
the pilots can override.
Two yaw damper servo-actuators are installed between the artificial feel
and trim unit and the travel limitation unit.
They drive the aft control via a differential linkage.
The signals of the yaw damper servo-actuators are added to those of the
pilots up to the maximum travel allowed by the travel limitation unit.
Two transducer units near the pedals send data to the FACs via the ELACs.
B. Interface with the Braking System

Interface with the Braking System (Ref. 32-42).
Levers attached to each pedal provide braking inputs when the pedals turn
about their axis.
C. Interface with the Nosewheel Steering System

Interface with the Nosewheel Steering System (Ref. 32-51).
The pedal transducer units send data to the BSCU via the ELACs for the
nosewheel steering system.

EFF :

ALL 27-20-00

Page 1
May 01/00

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

27-20-00

Page 2
May 01/00

LAN
Rudder Block Diagram
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 27-20-00

Page 3/4
May 01/00

LAN
RUDDER MECHANICAL CONTROL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 001)
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)
**ON A/C ALL
Three mechanically-controlled fixed-body servocontrols operate the rudder.

Two interconnected pairs of pedals drive a mechanical linkage. This linkage
is single up to the artificial feel and trim unit and up to the actuating
lever of the middle servocontrol.
An adjuster which consists of a lever-controlled rack assembly is used to
adjust the position of the pedal assembly.
Downstream of the actuating lever of the middle servocontrol, the linkage is
duplicated up to the travel limitation unit (which is fail safe).
Thus, any single disconnection does not involve a loss of travel limitation
without a loss of rudder control. This is to avoid a hidden failure of the
travel limitation due to single failure.
The yaw damper signals are introduced through a differential mechanism,
located downstream of the aft cable run.
2. Component
___________________
Location.
(Ref. Fig. 002)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
103CM TENSION REG-RUDDER CONTROL CABLE 125 312AR 27-21-45

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 1
May 01/11

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

27-21-00

Page 2
May 01/00

LAN
Rudder Mechanical Control
Figure 001

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399, 27-21-00

Page 3/4
May 01/11

LAN
Figure 001A

R

EFF :

101-150, 251-299, 27-21-00

Page 5
May 01/11

LAN
Figure 001B

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-21-00

Page 6
May 01/11

LAN
Location of Rudder Mechanical Control
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 7
Aug 01/06
R
LAN
3. _____________________
A. Cable Tension Regulator

(Ref. Fig. 003)
One cable tension regulator maintains a constant tension on the cable (22
daN plus or minus 3 daN (49.5 lbf plus or minus 7 lbf)).
It has a provision for the installation of a special tool used to install
the regulator on the aircraft.
B. Servocontrol Actuating Spring Rod

The actuating spring rod of the rudder servocontrol prevents the runaway
of the control system if an input lever jams on its servocontrol body.
It permits the control of the other two servocontrols if a spool valve
jams.
C. Centering Spring Rod of the Upper and Middle Servocontrols

This centering spring-rod is used in the event of a rupture or
disconnection of the linkage between the artificial feel and the
middle-servocontrol actuating lever.
It avoids a rudder deflection greater than 2 deg. with vertical
acceleration Mz = 1g and greater than 15 deg. with vertical acceleration
Mz = 2.5g .
**ON A/C 001-001, 051-099,
D. Rods, Cables
(Ref. Fig. 004)
(1) Rods
The push-pull rods are adjustable or non-adjustable length rods. They
have replaceable ends.
(2) Cables
The flexible cables (3.2 mm/0.126 in. dia.) are made of zinc-coated
carbon steel.
The cable end-fittings are foolproofed and turnbuckles are
clip-locked.
The fairleads are of the static type.
Their supports permit the passage of the cable end-fittings.
At bulkheads, the cables are fed through pressure seals.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 8
Aug 01/06
R
LAN
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 9
Aug 01/06
R
LAN
Connecting Rods and Cable Pressure Seals
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 10
Aug 01/06
R
LAN
R **ON A/C 002-049, 101-299, 301-399,
D. Rods, Cables
(Ref. Fig. 004)
(1) Rods
The push-pull rods are adjustable or non-adjustable length rods. They
have replaceable ends. In order to eliminate the influence of extreme
temperature differences between outside and inside the rudder, the
control rods on the rudder mechanical linkages are made of carbon
fiber.
(2) Cables
The flexible cables (3.2 mm/0.126 in. dia.) are made of zinc-coated
carbon steel.
The cable end-fittings are foolproofed and turnbuckles are
clip-locked.
The fairleads are of the static type.
Their supports permit the passage of the cable end-fittings.
At bulkheads, the cables are fed through pressure seals.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
E. Stops and Rigging Facilities
(1) Pedal stops.

Pedal maximum travel is limited in both directions by non adjustable
stops.
(2) Rudder operational stops.

Maximum input to the servocontrols is limited by the travel
limitation unit.
(3) Rudder travel stops.

These are the stroke end stops (non adjustable) of the servocontrols,
never reached in normal operation.
(4) Rudder structural stops when the servocontrols are not installed.
There are no specially designed stops between the rudder and the
structure of the vertical stabilizer.
(5) Adjustable lever.

The length of one of the levers between the pedals and the tension
regulator is adjustable in order to maintain maximum travel of the
rudder within the design limits.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 11
May 01/11

LAN
(6) Rigging pins.
Rigging pin holes are provided.
R **ON A/C 101-150, 201-299,
E. Stops and Rigging Facilities
(1) Pedal stops.

Pedal maximum travel is limited in both directions by non adjustable
stops.
(2) Rudder operational stops.

Maximum input to the servocontrols is limited by the travel
limitation unit.
(3) Rudder travel stops.

These are the stroke end stops (non adjustable) of the servocontrols,
never reached in normal operation.
(4) Rudder structural stops when the servocontrols are not installed.
There are no specially designed stops between the rudder and the
structure of the vertical stabilizer.
(5) Rigging pins.

Rigging pin holes are provided.
(6) Not Applicable
**ON A/C ALL
(7) Pedals position adjustment.

The rudder pedals adjustment range is approximately 0 to 12
graduations.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 12
Feb 01/11

LAN
RUDDER MECHANICAL CONTROL - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_________________________________________________
TASK 27-21-00-840-001
Removal/Installation of the control rod on the rudder mechanical control
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This task permits to do some work on the rudder mechanical control during
gusts or to avoid injury to persons.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE

R 98D27207516000 1 TBD
R 98D27207547000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03

in.)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 201
Feb 01/11

LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 cotter pins 27-21-04 21 -120
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
R
27-24-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation
27-21-00-991-016 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-00-010-063
A. Get Access
access door 312AR.
(2) Open the access door 312AR.
(3) Put access platform in position at zone 325.
(4) Open the access panels 325AL and 325BL at the trailing edge of the
vertical stabilizer.
Subtask 27-21-00-860-065

002)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 202
Feb 01/11

LAN
(3) On the overhead panel 23VU, 24VU, make sure that the ELAC1, ELAC2
pushbutton switches are pushed (the OFF and FAULT legends of these
pushbutton switches are off).
(4) On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD
TRIM indicator shows 0.
(5) Put the warning notices on CAPT and F/O pedals to tell persons not to
use the rudder.
(6) Put the warning notice on panel 110VU to tell persons not to use the
rudder trim.
R (7) Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) or TBD (98D27207516000) (1)

R on the mixer (2) of the artificial feel unit
R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 27-21-00-991-016)
R .
R Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) or TBD (98D27207516000) (3)
on the cable quadrant (4).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-21-00-840-050
A. Removal/Installation of the Control Rod on the Rudder Mechanical Control

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 27-21-00-991-016)
(1) Removal of the control rod (5).
(a) Cut and discard the cotter pins (6).
(b) Remove the nuts (7) and the washers (8).
(c) Remove bolts (10) and the control rod (5).
(d) Temporarily safety the sliding bushes (9) in the flanged bushes
of the control rod (5) with lockwire corrosion resistant steel
dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
R (e) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) or TBD (98D27207516000)

R (1) from the mixer (2) and the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) or
R TBD (98D27207516000) (3) from the cable quadrant (4).
(f) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-

001)
(g) Refer to the initial procedure.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 203
Feb 01/11

LAN
Rudder Mechanical Control - Control Rod
Figure 201/TASK 27-21-00-991-016

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 204
May 01/00

LAN
(2) Installation of the control rod (5).
(a) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001)
R (b) Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) or TBD (98D27207516000)

R (1) on the mixer (2) and the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) or TBD
R (98D27207516000) (3) on the cable quadrant (4).
(c) Cut and remove the lockwire which temporarily safeties the
sliding bushes (9) in the flanged bushes of the control rod (5).
(d) Connect the control rod (5) to the mixer (2) of the artificial
feel unit with the bolt (10).
(e) Connect the control rod (5) to the cable quadrant (4) with the
bolt (10).
(f) Install the washers (8), the nuts (7) and tighten them.
(g) Install new cotter pins (6).
R (h) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) or TBD (98D27207516000)

R (1) and the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (3) or TBD
R (98D27207516000).
(i) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-

001).
Subtask 27-21-00-710-055
B. Do the operational test of the rudder hydraulic actuation (Ref. TASK 27-
24-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-00-410-060
A. Close Access
(1) Close the access panels 325AL, 325BL.
(2) Close the access door 312AR.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 205
Feb 01/11

LAN
RUDDER MECHANICAL CONTROL - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
___________________________________________
TASK 27-21-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Centering Spring Rod
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 cotter pin 27-21-04 22 -100

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 501
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22-61-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Rudder Travel Limiting

Function
External Power
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump
27-21-00-991-001 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-00-710-056
A. Do the operational test of the rudder travel limiting function (Ref. TASK
22-61-00-710-001).
Subtask 27-21-00-010-050
B. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.
(2) Open the access doors 325BL, 325BR.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 502
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-21-00-860-061
(1) Disconnect the input rod (1) from the differential output bellcrank
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-21-00-991-001)
(Ref. Detail D).
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (6).
(b) Remove the nut (5) and the washer (4).
(c) Remove the screw (2) and disconnect the rod (1).

002).
(3) On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC1

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(on the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).
(9) On the upper ECAM display unit, make sure that there is no warning
related to the AUTO FLT RUD TRV LIM systems.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 503
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Disconnection of the Rod at the Differential Output Bellcrank
Figure 501/TASK 27-21-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 504
Nov 01/02
R
LAN
Subtask 27-21-00-865-050
D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC 5CC2 M19
121VU AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC 14CC2 M18
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-21-00-710-050
A. Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Pull hard on the input rod down The rudder moves to the right.
until you come to the mechanical On the lower ECAM DU, on the F/CTL
stop. Hold it in this position (so page:
that it cannot suddenly move back - The RUD pointer moves to the right
to its initial position). mark.
2. Slowly release the rod to allow The rudder slowly returns to zero.
for the force set up in the
centering rod.
On the lower ECAM DU, on the F/CTL

page:
- The RUD pointer slowly returns to
zero.
3. Push on the input rod up until you The rudder moves to the left.
come to the mechanical stop. Hold
it in this position (so that it
cannot suddenly move back to its
initial position).

page:
- The RUD pointer moves to the left
mark.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 505
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Slowly release the rod to allow The rudder slowly returns to zero.
for the force set up in the
centering rod.

page:
- The RUD pointer slowly returns to
zero.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-00-860-062

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

002).
(4) Connect the input rod (1) to the differential output bellcrank
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-21-00-991-001)
(Ref. Detail D).
(a) Connect the rod (1) at the bellcrank (3) and install the screw
(2).
(b) Install the washer (4), the nut (5) and the new cotter pin (6).
items.
Subtask 27-21-00-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access doors 325BR, 325BL.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 506
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-21-00-820-003
Adjustment of the Rudder Mechanical Control
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98A27103500000 1 PROTECTION TOOL-FTU
98A27103500001 1 PROTECTION TOOL-FTU
98A27901002000 2 PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL
98D27207516000 1 TBD
98D27207545000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207546000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207547000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207548000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 507
Feb 01/11

LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
38 cotter pins 27-21-04 22 -470

38 cotter pins 27-21-04 22 -470A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-21-00-820-002 Adjustment of the Rudder Control-Cables Length
27-21-00-840-001 Removal/Installation of the control rod on the rudder
mechanical control
27-22-00-820-001 Adjustment of the Rudder Trim Actuation
27-24-00-820-001 Adjustment of the Rudder Neutral Position
27-26-00-820-001 Adjustment of the Yaw Damper Actuation
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump
53-12-11-000-001 Removal of the Cockpit Floor Panels from FR1 Thru
FR12
53-12-11-400-001 Installation of the Cockpit Floor Panels from FR1
thru FR12
27-21-61-000-001 Removal of the Rudder Control Cables (for corrective
action)
27-21-61-400-001 Installation of the Rudder Control Cables (for
corrective action)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 508
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
27-21-00-991-004 Fig. 502
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-21-00-991-004-A Fig. 502A
**ON A/C ALL
27-21-00-991-005 Fig. 503

27-21-00-991-012 Fig. 504
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 301-399,
27-21-00-991-003 Fig. 505
R **ON A/C 201-250,
27-21-00-991-003-A Fig. 505A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-00-860-052

002).

- the FLT CTL/FAC1 and FLT CTL/ELAC1 pushbutton switches are pushed
(on these pushbutton switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 509
May 01/11

LAN
- the FLT CTL/FAC2 and FLT CTL/ELAC2 pushbutton switches are pushed

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
TRIM indicator is at 0.

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(7) Put warning notices on the CAPT and F/O pedals to tell persons not to
use the rudder.
(8) Put a warning notice on the panel 110VU to tell persons not to use
the rudder trim.
Subtask 27-21-00-010-062
B. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position in zone

121.
R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position in zone
R 312.
R (5) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position in zone
R 325.
(6) Open the access doors 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR, 325DL, 325DR,
325EL, 325ER.
R (7) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE at the access door
822.


EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 510
Feb 01/11

LAN
(10) In the cockpit, remove the access panel 211GF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-
000-001).
Subtask 27-21-00-865-054
C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU AUTO FLT/RUDDER/TRIM/IND 15CC M20
Subtask 27-21-00-860-066
D. Remove the control rod (25) between the mixer (41) and the cable quadrant
(24) (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-840-001).
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
Subtask 27-21-00-820-056
A. Adjustment of the Forward Mechanical Control

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-21-00-991-004)
(1) Install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (1) on the

connection relay of the CAPT rudder pedals (10).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 511
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-21-00

Page 512
Feb 01/11

LAN
Figure 502/TASK 27-21-00-991-004

EFF :

001-011, 051-099, 27-21-00

Page 513
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(2) Push the pin of the transducer unit (8).
NOTE : The pin is part of the transducer unit (8).

____
You must push the pin freely. If this is not the case, adjust the
length of the rod (9) as follows :
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts.
(b) Loosen the nuts.
(c) Release the lockwashers.
(d) Adjust the length of the rod (9) until you can push the pin
freely.
(e) Engage the lockwashers.
(f) Tighten the nuts.
(g) Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened
the nuts.
(h) Safety the nuts with lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8
mm (0.03 in.).

connection relay of the F/O pedals (2). You must install and remove
the rigging pin easily.
If not, do these operations :
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts of the rod (5).
(d) Adjust the length of the rod (5) until you can install and remove
the rigging pin (1) freely.
(f) TORQUE the nuts to 1.374 m.daN (10.13 lbf.ft).
the nuts.

EFF :

001-011, 051-099, 27-21-00

Page 514
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
mm (0.03in.).

____
freely.
the nuts.
mm (0.03 in.).
(5) Remove the rigging pin (1) from the connection relay of the F/O
rudder pedals.
(6) Install the rigging pin (1) on the input lever of the tension
regulator (7).
You must install and remove the rigging pin easily.
(d) Adjust the length of the rod (6) until you can install and remove
the rigging pin (1) freely.

R

EFF :

001-011, 051-099, 27-21-00

Page 515
Nov 01/10

LAN
the nuts.
mm (0.03 in.).
(i) Remove the rigging pin (1) from the connection relay of the CAPT
rudder pedals (10).
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-21-00-820-056-A
A. Adjustment of the Forward Mechanical Control

(Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 27-21-00-991-004-A)

connection relay of the CAPT rudder pedals (60).

____
freely.
the nuts.
mm (0.03 in.).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 516
May 01/11

LAN
Figure 502A/TASK 27-21-00-991-004-A

R

EFF :

012-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-21-00

Page 517
May 01/11

LAN
connection relay of the F/O pedals (52). You must install and remove
the rigging pin easily.
(d) Adjust the length of the rod (55) until you can install and
remove the rigging pin (51) freely.
the nuts.
mm (0.03in.).

____
freely.
the nuts.

R

EFF :

012-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-21-00

Page 518
May 01/11

LAN
mm (0.03 in.).
(5) Remove the rigging pin (51) from the connection relay of the F/O
rudder pedals.
(6) Adjustment of the Force Transducer Unit (FTU) (56).
(a) Install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (51) on

the input lever of the cable tension regulator (57).
If you cannot engage the rigging pin (51) freely, adjust the
lenght of the FTU (56), as follows:
(b) Install the PROTECTION TOOL-FTU (98A27103500000):
1
_ Engage the upper and lower web (64) between the FTU (56) and
the tension regulator (57).
2
_ Install the bolt (63) and tighten.
(c) Install the PROTECTION TOOL-FTU (98A27103500001):
1
_ Engage the upper and lower web (62) between the FTU (56) and
the bellcranck (61).
2
_ Install the bolt (63) and tighten.
(d) Adjust the FTU (56):
1
_ Cut and discard the lockwires.
2
_ Loosen the nuts (72) and (75) and disengage the lockwashers
(71) and (74).
3
_ Turn the rod body (73) until you can engage the rigging pin.
4
_ Engage the lockwashers (71) and (74) and TORQUE the nut (72)
to 1.2 m.daN (106.19 lbf.in) and the nut (75) to 0.5 m.daN
(44.24 lbf.in). Do not safety at this time.
(e) Remove the PROTECTION TOOL-FTU (98A27103500000).
(f) Remove the PROTECTION TOOL-FTU (98A27103500001).
(g) Safety the nuts with lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8
mm (0.03 in.).

R

EFF :

012-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-21-00

Page 519
May 01/11

LAN
(h) Remove the rigging pin (51) from the input lever of the cable
tension regulator (57).
(i) Remove the rigging pin (51) from the connection relay of the F/O
rudder pedals.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-00-820-057
B. Adjustment of the Cable Tension
(1) Adjust the tension of the cables (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-820-002).
NOTE : After the adjustment, remove the rigging pins.

____
NOTE : If you cannot adjust the control cables, do a visual

____
inspection on the pulleys and the tension regulator. If they
are in good condition, replace the control cables (Ref. TASK
27-21-61-000-001) (Ref. TASK 27-21-61-400-001).
Subtask 27-21-00-820-058
C. Adjustment of the Rear Mechanical Control

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-21-00-991-005, 504/TASK 27-21-00-991-012)


on the mixer (41) of the artificial feel unit.
(3) Install the control rod (25) (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-840-001).

You must be able to install the bolts of the rod (25) easily.
(d) Adjust the length of the rod (25) until you can push the bolts in
freely.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 520
Nov 01/10

LAN
Figure 503/TASK 27-21-00-991-005

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 521
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Figure 504/TASK 27-21-00-991-012

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 522
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
the nuts.
(h) Safety the nuts with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(4) Adjust the rudder trim (Ref. TASK 27-22-00-820-001).
(5) Adjust the yaw damper (Ref. TASK 27-26-00-820-001).

on the output bellcrank of the lower servocontrol (21).
You must install and remove the rigging pin (39) easily.
the nuts.

on the left input lever of the travel limitation unit (27).
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (38).
(b) Loosen the nuts (37).
(c) Remove the retainers (36).
(d) Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts of the rod (26).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 523
Nov 01/10

LAN
(e) Loosen the nuts.
(f) Release the lockwashers.
(g) Adjust the length of the rod (26) until you can install and
(h) Engage the lockwashers.
(i) Tighten the nuts.
(j) Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened
the nuts.
(k) Safety the nuts with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(l) Put the rod retainers (36) in position. Tighten the nuts (37).
Install the new cotter pins (38).

on the output bellcrank of the centering spring rod (15).
(c) Remove the retainers (36).
(d) Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts of the rod (28).
(e) Loosen the nuts.
(f) Release the lockwashers.
(g) Adjust the length of the rod (28) until you can install and
(h) Engage the lockwashers.
(i) Tighten the nuts.
(j) Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened
the nuts.
(k) Safety the nuts with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 524
Nov 01/10

LAN
(l) Put the rod retainers (36) in position. Tighten the nuts (37).
Install the new cotter pins (38).

on the right input lever of the travel limitation unit (27).
the nuts.
(10) Disconnect the centering spring rod (15) as follows:
(a) Remove the cotter pin (30) and discard it.
(c) Remove the bolt (33) and disconnect the centering spring rod
(15).
Subtask 27-21-00-820-059
D. Adjustment of the Rudder Neutral Position
(1) Adjust the rudder neutral position (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-820-001).

R

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 525
Nov 01/10

LAN
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
Subtask 27-21-00-710-054
E. Test
(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 27-21-00-991-003)
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-21-00-991-004)
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-21-00-991-005)
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 27-21-00-991-012)
(1) Preparation for the Test.
(a) Remove the rigging pins (1):
1
_ From the connection relay of the CAPT rudder pedals (10).
2
_ From the connection relay of the F/O rudder pedals (2).
3
_ From the tension regulator (7).
(b) Remove the rigging pin (42) from the cable quadrant (24).
(c) Remove the rigging pin (39) from the output bellcrank of the
servocontrol (21).
(d) Remove the rigging pins (34) and (35) from the input levers of
the travel limitation unit (27).
(e) Remove the rigging pin (40) from the mixer (41) of the artificial
feel unit.
(f) Remove the rigging pin (29) from the output bellcrank of the
centering spring-rod (15).
(2) Do the operational test of the rudder mechanical control (Ref. TASK
27-24-00-710-001).

R

EFF :

001-011, 051-099, 27-21-00

Page 526
Nov 01/10

LAN
Figure 505/TASK 27-21-00-991-003

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-21-00

Page 527
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-21-00-710-054-A
E. Test
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-200, 251-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 27-21-00-991-003)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 505A/TASK 27-21-00-991-003-A)
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 27-21-00-991-004-A)
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-21-00-991-005)
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 27-21-00-991-012)
(1) Preparation for the Test.
(a) Remove the rigging pins (51):
1
_ From the connection relay of the CAPT rudder pedals (60).
2
_ From the connection relay of the F/O rudder pedals (52).
3
_ From the tension regulator (57).
(b) Remove the rigging pin (42) from the cable quadrant (24).
(c) Remove the rigging pin (39) from the output bellcrank of the
servocontrol (21).
(d) Remove the rigging pins (34) and (35) from the input levers of
(e) Remove the rigging pin (40) from the mixer (41) of the artificial
feel unit.

R

EFF :

012-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-21-00

Page 528
May 01/11

LAN
Figure 505A/TASK 27-21-00-991-003-A

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-21-00

Page 529
May 01/11

LAN
(f) Remove the rigging pin (29) from the output bellcrank of the
centering spring-rod (15).
27-24-00-710-001).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-00-942-068
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 27-21-00-410-059
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access doors 811, 312AR, 325BL, 325BR, 325CR, 325CL, 325DL,
325DR, 325ER, 325EL.
(2) Install the access panel 211GF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-400-001).
Subtask 27-21-00-860-053
C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 530
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-21-00-720-002
Functional Test of the Rudder Mechanical Control
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TR31-101 1 PROTRACTOR - CONTROL SURFACE
TR60-1 1 RIGMASTER SYSTEM-FLIGHT CONTROLS
98A27308005000 1 PROTRACTOR-CONTROL SURFACE DEFLECTION

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 531
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump
31-32-00-860-001 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
Menu Page
34-10-00-860-004 IR Alignment Procedure
34-10-00-860-005 ADIRS Stop Procedure
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 301-399,
27-21-00-991-006 Fig. 506
R **ON A/C 201-250,
27-21-00-991-006-A Fig. 506A
**ON A/C ALL
27-21-00-991-027 Fig. 507

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 532
May 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-00-010-053
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the
zone 325.
(2) Open the access doors 325ER, 325EL, 325DR, 325DL.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 27-21-00-991-006)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 506A/TASK 27-21-00-991-006-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-00-480-051
B. Installation of the tool.
(1) Install the PROTRACTOR-CONTROL SURFACE DEFLECTION (98A27308005000),

or RIGMASTER SYSTEM-FLIGHT CONTROLS (TR60-1), or PROTRACTOR - CONTROL
SURFACE (TR31-101) on the rudder and on the vertical surface opposite
the center servocontrol.
NOTE : If these tools are not available, you can measure the distance
____
X to find the rudder travel.
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 27-21-00-991-027)
Subtask 27-21-00-860-063

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 533
May 01/11

LAN
Position of the Servocontrol
Figure 506/TASK 27-21-00-991-006

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-21-00

Page 534
May 01/11

LAN
Position of the Servocontrol
Figure 506A/TASK 27-21-00-991-006-A

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-21-00

Page 535
May 01/11

LAN
Measurement of the Rudder Travel (Distance X)
Figure 507/TASK 27-21-00-991-027

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 536
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(3) Do the IR alignment procedure for the ADIRU 3 only (Ref. TASK 34-10-
00-860-004).
NOTE : ADIRU 1 and 2 must be OFF. If ADIRU 1 and 2 are ON, the test
____
will not be successfull.

- the FLT CTL/FAC1, FLT CTL ELAC1, and FLT CTL/SEC1 pushbutton
switches are pushed (on these pushbutton switches, the FAULT and
OFF legends are off.

- the FLT CTL/FAC2, FLT CTL ELAC2, FLT CTL/SEC2 and FLT CTL/SEC3
pushbutton switches are pushed (on these pushbutton switches, the
FAULT and OFF legends are off.

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
TRIM indicator shows O.
Subtask 27-21-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-21-00-865-055
E. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
105VU ELEC/CSM/G /EV AUTO/SPLY 7XE C01

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 537
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 27-21-00-991-006)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 506A/TASK 27-21-00-991-006-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 27-21-00-991-027)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
Subtask 27-21-00-720-050
A. Functional Test of the Rudder Mechanical Control
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. In the CAPT or F/O seat: The rudder moves smoothly to the right.
- push the right pedal until it On the lower ECAM display unit, on the
touches the mechanical stop (the F/CTL page:
adjustable stop). - the RUD/G, B, Y symbols are green,
- the pointer of the RUD indicator
moves smoothly to the right mark,
- the protractor that measures the
rudder travel shows 25⁰ plus or minus
1⁰ (or X is included between 643.5 mm
(25.3346 in.) and 696 mm (27.4015
in.)).
2. Slowly release the right pedal. The rudder moves to the neutral
position.
On the lower ECAM display unit, on the
F/CTL page:
- the RUD/G, B, Y symbols are green,
moves to the neutral position,

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 538
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
rudder travel shows 0⁰. The maximum
no-return value is 0.25⁰ (X = 6.75 mm
(0.2657 in.)).
NOTE : The no-return value is the sum

____
of the two no-return values of
the travel of the rudder for a
right turn and a left turn.
3. Push the left pedal until it The rudder moves smoothly to the left.
touches the mechanical stop. On the lower ECAM display unit, on the
F/CTL page:
moves smoothly to the left mark.
(25.3346 in.) and 696 mm (27.4015
in.)).
4. Slowly release the left pedal. The rudder moves to the neutral
position.
F/CTL page:
(0.2657 in.)).
5. On the center pedestal, on the On the MCDU:

MCDU:
- Get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page - The SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page comes
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-001). into view.
- Push the line key adjacent to - The SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV page comes
the NAV indication. into view.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399, 27-21-00

Page 539
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR3 page comes into view.
the ADR3 indication.
- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR3 OUTPUT TEST page comes into
the OUTPUT TEST indication. view.
- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR3 INTERFACE TEST 1/2 page
the INTERFACE TEST indication. comes into view.
- Follow the initial condition
(set AIR DATA selector switch to
CAPT 3).
- Push the NEXT PAGE KEY. - The ADR3 INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page
comes into view.
- Push the line key adjacent to - On the Captains PFD, the speed scale
the START TEST indication. moves up and stops at 367.7 KTS.
NOTE : Ignore the RETARD warning.

____
To stop it, push the FADEC
pushbutton switch on the
MAINTENANCE panel 50VU.
- Wait 25 sec. approximately

before you move the pedals.
6. In the CAPT or F/O seat:
- push the right pedal until it The rudder moves smoothly to the right.
touches the mechanical stop The protractor that measures the rudder
(adjustable stop). travel shows 3.5⁰ plus or minus 0.3⁰
(or X is included between 86.4 mm
(3.4015 in.) and 102.6 mm (4.0393
in.)).
position.
The protractor that measures the rudder
travel shows 0⁰.
The maximum no-return value is 0.25⁰ (X
= 6.75 mm (0.2657 in.)).

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399, 27-21-00

Page 540
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
touches the mechanical stop. The protractor that measures the rudder
travel shows 3.5⁰ plus or minus 0.3⁰
(3.4015 in.) and 102.6 mm (4.0393
in.)).
position.
travel shows 0⁰.
= 6.75 mm (0.2657 in.)).
10. On the center pedestal, on the

MCDU:
- Push the line key adjacent to

the RETURN indication.
- Push the MCDU MENU mode key. On the MCDU:
- The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
R **ON A/C 101-150, 201-299,
Subtask 27-21-00-720-050-A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 541
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(30.5078 in.) and 827 mm (32.5590
in.)).
position.
F/CTL page:
(0.2657 in.)).

____
F/CTL page:
(30.5078 in.) and 827 mm (32.5590
in.)).
position.
F/CTL page:
(0.2657 in.)).

R

EFF :

101-150, 201-299, 27-21-00

Page 542
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. On the center pedestal, on the On the MCDU:
MCDU:
- Get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page - The SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page comes
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-001). into view.
- Push the line key adjacent to - The SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV page comes
the NAV indication. into view.
- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR3 page comes into view.
the ADR3 indication.
- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR3 OUTPUT TEST page comes into
the OUTPUT TEST indication. view.
- Push the line key adjacent to - The ADR3 INTERFACE TEST 1/2 page
the INTERFACE TEST indication. comes into view.
- Follow the initial condition
(set AIR DATA selector switch to
CAPT 3).
- Push the NEXT PAGE KEY. - The ADR3 INTERFACE TEST 2/2 page
comes into view.
- Push the line key adjacent to - On the Captains PFD, the speed scale
the START TEST indication. moves up and stops at 367.7 KTS.
NOTE : Ignore the RETARD warning.

____
To stop it, push the FADEC
pushbutton switch on the
MAINTENANCE panel 50VU.
- Wait 30 sec. approximately

before you move the pedals.
6. In the CAPT or F/O seat:
- push the right pedal until it The rudder moves smoothly to the right.
touches the mechanical stop The protractor that measures the rudder
(adjustable stop). travel shows 3.5⁰ plus or minus 0.3⁰
(3.4015 in.) and 102.6 mm (4.0393
in.)).

R

EFF :

101-150, 201-299, 27-21-00

Page 543
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
position.
travel shows 0⁰.
= 6.75 mm (0.2657 in.)).
touches the mechanical stop. The protractor that measures the rudder
travel shows 3.5⁰ plus or minus 0.3⁰
(or X is included bettween 86.4 mm
(3.4015 in.) and 102.6 mm (4.0393
in.)).
position.
travel shows 0⁰.
= 6.75 mm (0.2657 in.)).

MCDU:
- Push the line key adjacent to

the RETURN indication.
- Push the MCDU MENU mode key. On the MCDU:
- The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-00-080-051
A. Remove the PROTRACTOR-CONTROL SURFACE DEFLECTION (98A27308005000), or

RIGMASTER SYSTEM-FLIGHT CONTROLS (TR60-1), or PROTRACTOR - CONTROL
SURFACE (TR31-101).

R

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 544
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-21-00-942-056
B. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 27-21-00-865-056
breaker(s):
7XE
Subtask 27-21-00-410-053
D. Close Access
(1) Close the access doors 325ER, 325DR, 325EL, 325DL.
Subtask 27-21-00-860-064

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 545
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-21-00-720-003
Functional Test of the Rudder Mechanical Control after Replacement of the

Rudder Hinge-Arm Fittings
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
This test is only applicable after replacement of the rudder hinge-arm

fittings
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 546
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump
55-33-13-000-001 Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels 325EL,
325ER, 325DL, 325DR, 325CL, 325CR, 325BL and 325BR
55-33-13-400-001 Installation of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels
325EL, 325ER, 325DL, 325DR, 325CL, 325CR, 325BL and
325BR
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 301-399,
27-21-00-991-006 Fig. 506
R **ON A/C 201-250,
27-21-00-991-006-A Fig. 506A
**ON A/C ALL
27-21-00-991-027 Fig. 507

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 547
May 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-00-010-067
A. Get Access
zone 325.
(2) Open the trailing edge access-panels 325ER, 325EL, 325DR, 325DL
(Ref. TASK 55-33-13-000-001).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 27-21-00-991-006)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 506A/TASK 27-21-00-991-006-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-00-480-053
B. Installation of the Tool

SURFACE (TR31-101) on the rudder and on the vertical surface opposite
the center servocontrol.
NOTE : If these tools are not available, you can measure the distance
____
X to find the rudder travel.
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 27-21-00-991-027)
Subtask 27-21-00-860-072

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 548
May 01/11

LAN
(3) Do the IR alignment procedure for the ADIRU 3 only (Ref. TASK 34-10-
00-860-004).
NOTE : The ADIRUs 1 and 2 must be OFF. If the ADIRU 1 and 2 are ON,
____
the test will not give satisfactory results.

- the FAC1, ELAC1 and SEC1 pushbutton switches are pushed (the FAULT
and OFF legends are off).

- the FAC2, ELAC2, SEC2 and SEC3 pushbutton switches are pushed (the
FAULT and OFF legends are off).
(6) Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

29-10-00-863-003).
Subtask 27-21-00-865-057
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-21-00-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 549
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
Subtask 27-21-00-720-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
touches the mechanical F/CTL page:
(adjustable) stop. - the RUD/G, B, Y symbols are green,
rudder travel shows 25 deg. plus or
minus 1 deg. (or X is between 643.5
mm (25.3346 in.) and 696 mm (27.4015
in.)).
position.
F/CTL page:
rudder travel shows 0 deg.. The
maximum no-return value is 0.25 deg.
(X = 6.75 mm (0.2657 in.)).

____
F/CTL page:

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 550
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
mm (25.3346 in.) and 696 mm (27.4015
in.)).
position.
F/CTL page:
(X = 6.75 mm (0.2657 in.)).
R **ON A/C 101-150, 201-299,
Subtask 27-21-00-720-051-A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
mm (30.5078 in.) and 827 mm (32.5590
in.)).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 551
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
position.
F/CTL page:
(X = 6.75 mm (0.2657 in.)).

____
F/CTL page:
mm (30.5078 in.) and 827 mm (32.5590
in.)).
position.
F/CTL page:
(X = 6.75 mm (0.2657 in.)).

R

EFF :

101-150, 201-299, 27-21-00

Page 552
Feb 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-00-080-053
A. Remove the PROTRACTOR-CONTROL SURFACE DEFLECTION (98A27308005000), or

SURFACE (TR31-101).
Subtask 27-21-00-942-070
B. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.
Subtask 27-21-00-865-059
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-21-00-410-062
D. Close Access
(1) Close the trailing edge access-panels 325ER, 325DR, 325EL, 325DL
(Ref. TASK 55-33-13-400-001).
Subtask 27-21-00-860-073

29-10-00-864-003).
(2) Do the ADIRS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-005).
(4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 553
May 01/11
R
LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-21-00

Page 554
May 01/11

LAN
TASK 27-21-00-820-002
Adjustment of the Rudder Control-Cables Length
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE AIRCRAFT IS IN THE TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS (STABLE
_______
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE) SPECIFIED IN THE AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE
CONFIGURATION PARAGRAPH.
CHANGES IN THE TEMPERATURE CAN CAUSE INCORRECT MEASUREMENTS.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific mirror
No specific tensiometer
No specific thermometer
98D27203500000 1 BRACKET,TENSION REGULATOR-RUDDER CONTROL
98D27207516000 1 TBD
98D27207547000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 555
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.6 mm (0.02

in.)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 locking clips 27-21-01 11B-010

8 locking clips 27-21-01 11D-010
8 locking clips 27-21-01 11E-010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-33-21-618-001 Pre-conditioning through the LP Ground Connection

External Power
27-21-00-820-004 Shortening of the Rudder Control Cable
27-21-00-840-001 Removal/Installation of the control rod on the rudder
mechanical control
Power Supply
52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access
FR12
thru FR12
53-32-12-000-002 Removal of the Cabin Floor Panels
53-32-12-400-002 Installation of the Cabin Floor Panels
27-21-45-000-001 Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator Assy (for
corrective action)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 556
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-21-45-400-001 Installation of the Cable Tension Regulator Assy (for

corrective action)
27-21-61-000-001 Removal of the Rudder Control Cables (for corrective
action)
27-21-61-400-001 Installation of the Rudder Control Cables (for
corrective action)
**ON A/C 001-014, 051-099,
27-21-00-991-008 Fig. 508
R **ON A/C 015-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-21-00-991-008-A Fig. 508A
**ON A/C ALL
27-21-00-991-009 Fig. 509
3. __________
Job Set-up
CAUTION : DO THIS PROCEDURE IN A HANGAR IF THERE ARE WIND GUSTS. WIND GUSTS
_______
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE LINKAGE WHEN THE RIGGING PINS ARE IN
POSITION ON THE RUDDER CONTROL.
Subtask 27-21-00-010-055-A
A. Get Access
(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the

access door 312AR.
(3) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 811.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 557
May 01/11

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-21-00

Page 558
Feb 01/11

LAN
(9) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the cargo compartment

door 825.
(10) Open the cargo compartment door 825.

door 826.
(13) Remove the floor panels 211GF, 211KF, 241BF, 241FF (Ref. TASK 53-12-
11-000-001) (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002).
**ON A/C 001-014, 051-099,
Subtask 27-21-00-860-050
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(2) Make sure that the air conditionning does not operate (Ref. TASK 12-
33-21-618-001).
(3) Make sure that there is no neon light on, near the cable, in the
cable routing area.
(4) Let the temperature in the aircraft become stable for a period of
three hours before you start the adjustment.
NOTE : You can do other maintenance actions during the three hour
____
period if they do not change the ambient temperature (No
source of heat or cold, aircraft not energized, no air
conditioning, no neon light sources in the cable routing
area).

002).

R

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 559
Nov 01/10

LAN
pushbutton switch is pushed (the OFF legend is off).
(10) Operate the rudder pedals fully more than ten times and put them in
the zero position.
(11) Put warning notices in position on the rudder pedals (CAPT and F/0)
to tell persons not to operate them.

(14) De-energize the aircraft electrical cicuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).
(15) Remove the control rod (7) between the mixer and the cable quadrant
(5) (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-840-001).
(16) Do a check of the dimension 25 +2 -2 mm (0.9842 +0.0787 -0.0787 in.)

If the dimension is not correct, adjust it as follows:
(a) Remove the lockwire from the nuts (3) and discard it.
(c) Turn the bolts (4) until you get the correct dimension.
(d) Tighten the nuts (3). Do not safety the nuts (3) at this time.

R

EFF :

001-014, 051-099, 27-21-00

Page 560
Nov 01/10

LAN
R **ON A/C 015-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-21-00-860-050-A
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
33-21-618-001).
cable routing area.
____
area).

002).
the zero position.
(11) Put warning notices in position on the rudder pedals (CAPT and F/0)
to tell persons not to operate them.
(12) Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) or TBD (98D27207516000) (6)


R

EFF :

015-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-21-00

Page 561
May 01/11

LAN
(14) De-energize the aircraft electrical cicuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).
(15) Remove the control rod (7) between the mixer and the cable quadrant
(5) (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-840-001).
(16) Do a check of the dimension 22.9 +2 -2 mm (0.9015 +0.0787 -0.0787

in.) on the cable quadrant (5).
If the dimension is not correct, adjust it as follows:
(a) Remove the lockwire from the nuts (3) and discard it.
(c) Turn the bolts (4) until you get the correct dimension.
(d) Tighten the nuts (3). Do not safety the nuts (3) at this time.
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-014, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 27-21-00-991-008)
R **ON A/C 015-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 508A/TASK 27-21-00-991-008-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 27-21-00-991-009)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 562
May 01/11

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-21-00

Page 563
Nov 01/10

LAN
Component Location

R

EFF :

001-014, 051-099, 27-21-00

Page 564
Nov 01/10

LAN
Component Location

R

EFF :

001-014, 051-099, 27-21-00

Page 565
Nov 01/10

LAN
Component Location
Figure 508A/TASK 27-21-00-991-008-A12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

015-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-21-00

Page 566
May 01/11

LAN
Component Location

R

EFF :

015-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-21-00

Page 567
May 01/11

LAN
Adjustment Graph
Figure 509/TASK 27-21-00-991-009

R

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 568
Nov 01/10

LAN
**ON A/C 001-014, 051-099,
Subtask 27-21-00-820-053
A. Adjustment of the Cable Linkage Assy
(1) Measure the ambient temperature with a thermometer.
(2) Use the adjustment graph to find the position of the index of the
cable tension regulator (1), in relation to the ambient temperature.
(3) Install the BRACKET,TENSION REGULATOR-RUDDER CONTROL (98D27203500000)

(10) on the mark of the flange of the cable tension regulator (1)
(access door 811).
NOTE : This tool is used to align the mark on the cable tension
____
regulator with the related graduation on the fixed scale.
(4) Bend the two cables to the same value and release them quickly. When
you release the cables, make sure that the two quadrants of the
tension regulator move easily (it must not be caught).
(5) Remove the locking clips (8) from the turnbuckles (9).
(6) Turn the 2 turnbuckles (9) by the same value to adjust the length of
the cable loop so that:
(a) Read the value on the fixed scale with a mirror and check that
the position of the index of the tension regulator (1) agrees
with the values found on the graph.
(b) You can install the locking clips (8) on the turnbuckles (9).
(c) You can easily install and remove the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL
(98A27901002000) (2) on the input lever of the cable tension
regulator (1).
(7) If you cannot install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000)

easily, adjust the bolt (4):
(a) If necessary, remove the lockwire from the nuts (3) and discard
it.
(b) Loosen the nuts (3) from the cable quadrant (5).

R

EFF :

001-014, 051-099, 27-21-00

Page 569
Nov 01/10

LAN
(c) Turn the bolts (4) on the cable quadrant (5) so that:
- The position of the index of the tension regulator (1) agrees
- You can easily install and remove the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER
CONTROL (98A27901002000) (2) on the input lever of the cable
(d) Do a check of the dimensions 25 +2 -2 mm (0.9842 +0.0787 -0.0787

in.).
(e) Tighten the nuts (3) on the cable quadrant (5). Do not safety the
nuts (3) at this time.
(8) If you cannot adjust the control cables, do a visual inspection of

the pulleys and the tension regulator.
(a) If they are in good condition:
1
_ Make a mark on each front cable.
2
_ Pull the cables to the rear until the position of the index
agrees with the value found on the graph.
3
_ Keep the cables pulled and make a new mark on each front cable
then release the cables.
4
_ Measure the length between two marks of each cable
- if the length is more than 45 mm (1.7716 in.), shorten the
control cables (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-820-004).
- if the length is less than 45 mm (1.7716 in.), replace the
rear control cables (Ref. TASK 27-21-61-000-001) (Ref. TASK
27-21-61-400-001).
(9) Install the locking clips (8) on the turnbuckles (9).

Connect the control rod (7) between the cable quadrant and the mixer
(Ref. TASK 27-21-00-840-001). Make sure that bolts can be installed
easily.
If not, do these operations:
(d) Adjust the length of the rod until you can push the bolts freely.

R

EFF :

001-014, 051-099, 27-21-00

Page 570
Nov 01/10

LAN
(g) Make sure that the adjustment is correct.
mm (0.03 in.)
(10) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) or TBD (98D27207516000) (6)

from the cable quadrant (5).
(11) Remove the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (2) from the

(12) With a tensiometer, measure the tension of each cable, in each cargo
compartment, between two static fairleads.
NOTE : The tension value of the two cables must be 22 +4 -4 daN

____
(49.4579 +8.9923 -8.9923 lbf). If the tension value is not
correct, replace the cable tension regulator (1) (Ref. TASK
27-21-45-000-001), (Ref. TASK 27-21-45-400-001).
R **ON A/C 015-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-21-00-820-053-A
A. Adjustment of the Cable Linkage Assy
cable tension regulator (1), in relation to the ambient temperature.

(10) on the mark of the flange of the cable tension regulator (1)
(access door 811).
NOTE : This tool is used to align the mark on the cable tension
____
regulator with the related graduation on the fixed scale.
tension regulator move easily (it must not be caught).
(5) Remove the locking clips (8) from the turnbuckles (9).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 571
May 01/11

LAN
(6) Turn the 2 turnbuckles (9) by the same value to adjust the length of
the cable loop so that:
(a) Read the value on the fixed scale with a mirror and check that
the position of the index of the tension regulator (1) agrees
(b) You can install the locking clips (8) on the turnbuckles (9).
(c) You can easily install and remove the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL
(98A27901002000) (2) on the input lever of the cable tension
regulator (1).
(7) If you cannot install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000)

easily, adjust the bolt (4):
(a) If necessary, remove the lockwire from the nuts (3) and discard
it.
(b) Loosen the nuts (3) from the cable quadrant (5).
(c) Turn the bolts (4) on the cable quadrant (5) so that:
- The position of the index of the tension regulator (1) agrees
- You can easily install and remove the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER
CONTROL (98A27901002000) (2) on the input lever of the cable
(d) Do a check of the dimensions 22.9 +2 -2 mm (0.9015 +0.0787 -

0.0787 in.).
(e) Tighten the nuts (3) on the cable quadrant (5). Do not safety the
nuts (3) at this time.

the pulleys and the tension regulator.
1
_ Make a mark on each front cable.
2
_ Pull the cables to the rear until the position of the index
3
_ Keep the cables pulled and make a new mark on each front cable
then release the cables.

R

EFF :

015-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-21-00

Page 572
May 01/11

LAN
4
27-21-61-400-001).
(9) Install the locking clips (8) on the turnbuckles (9).

Connect the control rod (7) between the cable quadrant and the mixer
(Ref. TASK 27-21-00-840-001). Make sure that bolts can be installed
easily.
(d) Adjust the length of the rod until you can push the bolts freely.
(g) Make sure that the adjustment is correct.
mm (0.03 in.)
(10) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) or TBD (98D27207516000) (6)

from the cable quadrant (5).

NOTE : The tension value of the two cables must be 22 +4 -4 daN

____
(49.4579 +8.9923 -8.9923 lbf). If the tension value is not
correct, replace the cable tension regulator (1) (Ref. TASK
27-21-45-000-001), (Ref. TASK 27-21-45-400-001).

R

EFF :

015-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-21-00

Page 573
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-00-710-053
B. Test

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
the zero position.
(4) Do an operational test of the rudder hydraulic actuation (Ref. TASK

27-24-00-710-001).
(5) Install the rigging pin (2) on the input lever of the tension
regulator (1).
(6) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(8) Make sure that:

- The calibration value you found on the scale during the adjustment
is still aligned with the index of the tension regulator (1) with a
tolerance of + or - 1/2 graduation.
(9) Make sure that you can easily install the rigging pin (6) on the
cable quadrant (5).
(10) With a tensiometer, measure the tension of the two cables, in each
cargo compartment between two static fairleads.
Repeat this operation twice to valid the measurement.
(11) Make sure that the tension value is 22 +4 -4 daN (49.4579 +8.9923 -
8.9923 lbf).
(12) Safety the nuts (3) with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.6
mm (0.02 in.).
(13) Remove the rigging pins (6) and (2).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 574
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(14) Remove the BRACKET,TENSION REGULATOR-RUDDER CONTROL (98D27203500000)
(10) from the flange of the cable tension regulator (1).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-00-942-060
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items.
Subtask 27-21-00-410-055-A
B. Close Access
(1) Install the floor panels 211GF, 211KF, 241BF, 241FF (Ref. TASK 53-12-
11-400-001), (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-002).
(2) Close the access doors 312AR, 811, 812, 824, 825, 826 (Ref. TASK 52-
41-00-410-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 575
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-21-00-820-004
Shortening of the Rudder Control Cable
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Do this procedure when it is no longer possible to adjust the length of the

rudder control cables (turnbuckles on the stops).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific access platforms 2.3 m (7 ft. 7 in.)
98D27207547000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 576
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-014, 051-099,
27-21-00-991-008 Fig. 508
R **ON A/C 015-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-21-00-991-008-A Fig. 508A
**ON A/C ALL
27-21-00-991-009 Fig. 509

27-21-00-991-019 Fig. 510
27-21-00-991-020 Fig. 511
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-00-010-064
A. Get Access
(1) Make sure that the access platforms are in position at the cargo
compartment doors 825 and 826.
(2) Make sure that the cargo compartment doors 825 and 826 are open.
(3) In the zone 241, make sure that the floor panels 241FF and 241BF are
removed.
(4) In the zone 131, make sure that the partition panel 131PW is removed.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 577
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-21-00-860-067
(1) Make sure that the air conditioning system does not operate
(Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).
cable routing zone.
____
area).
(4) Make sure that the rudder trim and the rudder pedals are in the 0
position.
(5) Put a warning notice in position in the cockpit to tell persons not
to operate the rudder pedals and the rudder trim.
(6) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (6) is in position on

the cable quadrant (5).
(7) Make sure that the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (2) is

in position on the tension regulator (1).
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-014, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 27-21-00-991-008)
R **ON A/C 015-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 508A/TASK 27-21-00-991-008-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 578
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 27-21-00-991-009, 510/TASK 27-21-00-991-019, 511/TASK

27-21-00-991-020)
Subtask 27-21-00-220-052
A. Measurement
(1) Measure the cable zone temperature and the external temperature with
a thermometer. Make sure that the temperature is the same at plus or
minus 2 DEG.C (plus or minus 3.60 DEG.F).
Subtask 27-21-00-820-061
B. Shortening of the Rudder Control Cables
(1) Adjust the two turnbuckles to the dimension C = 30 mm (1.18 in.).
(2) Find the correct value to cut the cables.
NOTE : Cut the two rear cables by the same value.

____
(a) Use the adjustment graph to find the position of the index of the
tension regulator (1) in relation to the ambient temperature.
(b) Put marks on the two cables where the cable routing is straight
and near the structure.
(c) In the fuselage between two static fairleads, pull the two cables
at the same time until the index of the tension regulator is at
the position found on the graph.
NOTE : Pull the cables down to get the necessary force, and
____
measure the cable travel Y along the aircraft axis.
(d) Measure with the marks (on the cables and on the structure) the
cable travel Y on each cable to get the necessary cable length.
(e) For each cable side, subtract 45 mm (1.7716 in.) from the value
measured before.
NOTE : 45 mm (1.7716 in.) is the cable penetration into the

____
terminal stud of one turnbuckle.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 579
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Rudder Cable Turnbuckles
Figure 510/TASK 27-21-00-991-019

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 580
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Cable Travel Y
Figure 511/TASK 27-21-00-991-020

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 581
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(f) The value X (to cut the cable) = Y (cable travel) - 45 mm
(1.7716 in.).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Example: |
| Measured cable travel Y for each cable = 110 mm (4.33 in.) |
| Cable penetration into the terminal stud = 45 mm (1.77 in.) |
| Value X to cut the cable = 110 mm - 45 mm = 65 mm |
| (4.33 in. - 1.77 in. = 2.55 in.) |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Cut the two rear cables by 65 mm (2.55 in.) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) Use the measured clearance between the turnbuckles and the static
fairleads to cut the rear cable junction by the calculated value.

____
(4) Install the new turnbuckles on the cable (Ref. CFM Cable Fabrication
Man).
(5) Do the adjustment of the rudder control-cables length (Ref. TASK 27-
21-00-820-002).
(6) Make sure that the clearances A between the two turnbuckles and the
fairleads is minimum 25.4 mm (1.00 in.) along the full travel range
of the rudder control.
(7) Make sure that the distance B between the ends of the turnbuckles
in each rudder control cable is minimum 90 mm (3.54 in.) in all the
positions.
(8) Make sure that the turnbuckles are in the adjustment range of 38.2 mm
(1.50 in.).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-00-860-068
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Remove the special and standard tools and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 582
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-21-00-820-005
Cutting of the Rear Control Cable of the Rudder
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Do this procedure when you install a new rear control cable on the rudder.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98D27207547000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27408650000 1 DEVICE-PRE RIGGING,CONTROL CABLE

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 583
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-014, 051-099,
27-21-00-991-008 Fig. 508
R **ON A/C 015-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-21-00-991-008-A Fig. 508A
**ON A/C ALL
27-21-00-991-018 Fig. 512
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-00-010-065
A. Get Access
removed.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 584
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-21-00-860-069
(Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).
cable routing zone.
____
area).
(4) Make sure that the rudder trim and the rudder pedals are in the 0
position.
to operate the rudder pedals and the rudder trim.
(6) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (6) is in position on

the cable quadrant (5).

in position on the tension regulator (1).
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-014, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 27-21-00-991-008)
R **ON A/C 015-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 508A/TASK 27-21-00-991-008-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 512/TASK 27-21-00-991-018)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 585
May 01/11

LAN
Rear Rudder Control Cables Length Adjustment
Figure 512/TASK 27-21-00-991-018

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 586
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-21-00-820-062
A. Tension of the Cables
(1) Install the DEVICE-PRE RIGGING,CONTROL CABLE (98D27408650000).
(2) Apply a tension of 32 daN (71.9388 lbf) to the cable linkage.
Subtask 27-21-00-220-053
B. Measurement
Subtask 27-21-00-820-063
C. Cutting of the Rear Control Cable of the Rudder
(1) Measure the distance between FR35 and the rear control cable of the
rudder.
Make a mark on each cable:
- for the right cable: at 933.7 mm (36.7598 in.) plus or minus 2 mm
(0.0787 in.)
- for the left cable: at 383.7 mm (15.1063 in.) plus or minus 2 mm
(0.0787 in.)
(2) Release the tension on the cables.
(3) Remove the DEVICE-PRE RIGGING,CONTROL CABLE (98D27408650000).
(4) Use an applicable tool (Ref. CFM Cable Fabrication Man) to cut the
cables at the marks you did before.
(5) Install the turnbuckles on the cable ends (Ref. CFM Cable Fabrication
Man).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 587
Nov 01/10

LAN
RUDDER MECHANICAL CONTROL - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________________
TASK 27-21-00-210-001
Visual Inspection of the Universal Joint
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the universal joint connected to the rudder trim actuator
is in the correct condition.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-21-00-991-002 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-00-010-060
A. Get Access
Not applicable.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 601
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-21-00-860-054

002).
(2) On the maintenance panel 50VU:
(a) Release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch. The

OFF legend comes on.
(b) Release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch. The

(c) Release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch. The

(3) Put a warning notice on the HYD section of the panel 50VU to tell
persons not to operate the LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES pushbutton
switches.
Subtask 27-21-00-010-051
C. Get Access
(1) Open the access door 325BL.
R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at zone 325.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-21-00-991-002)
Subtask 27-21-00-210-050
A. Visual Inspection of the Universal Joint
(1) Do the visual check of the universal joint (1) to make sure that
there is no corrosion or cracks on the yokes.
(2) Move the universal joint (1) by hand to make sure that there is no
play on the cross piece and on the yoke bushes.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 602
Feb 01/11

LAN
Component Location
Figure 601/TASK 27-21-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 603
May 01/00

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-00-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Close the access door 325BL.
Subtask 27-21-00-860-055
(a) Push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch. The OFF
legend goes off.
(b) Push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch. The OFF
legend goes off.
(c) Push the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch. The OFF
legend goes off.
(2) At zone 147, remove the connector from the leak-measurement solenoid
valve (1150GP).
(3) Connect the connector to the dummy connector attached to the aircraft
structure.
(4) Install the blanking cap to the leak-measurement solenoid valve

(1150GP).

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 604
May 01/00

LAN
TASK 27-21-00-210-002
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Rudder Mechanical Control Cables
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-24-12-200-001 Check of the Control Cables

24-42-00-861-001 Energize the Ground Service Network from the External
Power
24-42-00-862-001 De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from
the External Power
R 25-54-12-000-001 Removal of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition
R FR34
R 25-54-12-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward
R Cargo-Compartment
R 25-54-12-400-001 Installation of the Forward Cargo-Compartment
R Partition FR34
R 25-54-12-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward
R Cargo-Compartment
25-55-11-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the AFT Cargo
Compartment - FR47/FR59

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 605
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25-55-11-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the AFT Cargo

Compartment -FR47/FR59
25-55-12-000-001 Removal of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition FR65
25-55-12-000-002 Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo
25-55-12-400-001 Installation of the Aft Cargo-Compartment Partition
FR65
25-55-12-400-002 Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Aft Cargo
FR12
thru FR12
53-12-12-000-001 Removal of the Cabin Floor Panels from FR12 thru FR24
53-12-12-400-001 Installation of the Cabin Floor Panels from FR12 thru
FR24
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
27-21-00-991-007-D Fig. 602
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
27-21-00-991-007-E Fig. 602A
R **ON A/C 201-250,
27-21-00-991-007-F Fig. 602B
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 301-399,
27-21-00-991-015 Fig. 603

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 606
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 201-250,
27-21-00-991-015-A Fig. 603A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 27-21-00-991-007-D)
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 602A/TASK 27-21-00-991-007-E)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 602B/TASK 27-21-00-991-007-F)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-00-860-056
(1) Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that hydraulic systems are depressurized

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002),
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(3) Put a warning notice on the CAPT and F/O rudder pedals to tell
persons not to operate them.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 607
May 01/11

LAN
Access Location
Figure 602/TASK 27-21-00-991-007-D

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399, 27-21-00

Page 608
May 01/11

LAN
Access Location
Figure 602A/TASK 27-21-00-991-007-E

R

EFF :

101-150, 251-299, 27-21-00

Page 609
May 01/11

LAN
Access Location
Figure 602B/TASK 27-21-00-991-007-F

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-21-00

Page 610
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
Subtask 27-21-00-010-054-C
B. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 27-21-00-991-007-D)
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position in the

zone 132.

zone 154.
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position in the
zone 312.
(4) Open the access doors 312AR, 825, 826.
(5) In the zones 211 and 221, remove the floor panels 211GF, 211KF, 221EF
221LF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-000-001), (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-000-001).
(6) In the zones 231 and 241, remove the floor panels 231CF, 231WF,
241BF, 241FF, 241KF (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-000-001) (Ref. TASK 53-22-12-
000-001) (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002).
(7) In the zone 131, remove the ceiling panels 131AC, 131BC, 131CC
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002).
(8) In the zone 131, remove the partition panel 131PW (Ref. TASK 25-54-
12-000-001).
(9) In the zone 151 and 161, remove the ceiling panels 151AC, 151BC,
151CC, 151DC, 161AC, 161BC (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-002) (Ref. TASK
25-55-12-000-002).
(10) In the zone 161, remove the partition panels 161DW, 162DW (Ref. TASK
25-55-12-000-001).

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399, 27-21-00

Page 611
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
Subtask 27-21-00-010-054-D
B. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 602A/TASK 27-21-00-991-007-E)

zone 132.

zone 154.
zone 312.
221LF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-000-001), (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-000-001).
(6) In the zones 231 and 241, remove the floor panels 231CF, 231XG,
000-001) (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002).
(7) In the zone 131, remove the ceiling panels 131KC, 131MC, 131NC
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002).
12-000-001).
(9) In the zone 151 and 161, remove the ceiling panels 151EC, 151FC,
151GC, 161AC, 161BC (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-002) (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-
000-002).
25-55-12-000-001).

R

EFF :

101-150, 251-299, 27-21-00

Page 612
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 201-250,
Subtask 27-21-00-010-054-E
B. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 602B/TASK 27-21-00-991-007-F)

zone 132.

zone 154.
zone 312.
(5) In the zones 211, 221 and 231, remove the floor panels 211GF, 211KF,
221EF, 231BF 221LF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-000-001), (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-
000-001).
(6) In the zone 241, remove the floor panels 241BF, 241FF, 241KF
(Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002).
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002).
12-000-001).
(9) In the zones 151 and 161, remove the ceiling panels 151EY, 151BY,
151DY, 161CC, 161DC (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-002) (Ref. TASK 25-55-12-
000-002).
25-55-12-000-001).

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-21-00

Page 613
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-21-00-210-051
A. Visual Inspection
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 27-21-00-991-015)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 603A/TASK 27-21-00-991-015-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Make sure that the fairleads are in the correct condition.
(2) At the FR70, make sure that the pressure seals (3) are correctly
installed and in the correct condition.
(3) Make sure that the turnbuckles (1) are safetied with the lock clips
(2).
(4) Make sure that the cables are not damaged with no corrosion
(Ref. TASK 20-24-12-200-001).
(5) Make sure that the linkage can move freely and does not touch or rub
against:
- the tubing,
- the structures,
- the electrical routing,
- the adjacent controls.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-00-942-058
A. Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 614
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
Subtask 27-21-00-410-054-C
B. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 27-21-00-991-007-D)
(1) In the zones 211 and 221, install the floor panels 211GF, 211KF,
221EF 221LF 231CF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-400-001), (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-
400-001).
(2) In the zones 231 and 241, install the floor panels 231WF, 241BF,
241FF, 241KF (Ref. TASK 53-22-12-400-001) (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-
002).
(3) In the zone 131, install the ceiling panels 131AC, 131BC, 131CC
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).
(4) In the zone 131, install the partition panel 131PW (Ref. TASK 25-54-
12-400-001).
(5) In the zone 151 and 161, install the ceiling panels 151AC, 151BC,
25-55-12-000-002).
(6) In the zone 161, install the partition panels 161DW, 162DW (Ref. TASK
25-55-12-400-001).
(7) Close the access doors 312AR, 825, 826.
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
Subtask 27-21-00-410-054-D
B. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 602A/TASK 27-21-00-991-007-E)
221EF 221LF 231CF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-400-001), (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-
400-001).

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-21-00

Page 615
May 01/11

LAN

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-21-00

Page 616
May 01/11

LAN

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-21-00

Page 617
May 01/11

LAN

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-21-00

Page 618
May 01/11

LAN

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-21-00

Page 619
May 01/11

LAN
(2) In the zones 231 and 241, install the floor panels 231XG, 241BF,
002).
(3) In the zone 131, install the ceiling panels 131KC, 131MC, 131NC
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).
12-400-001).
(5) In the zone 151 and 161, install the ceiling panels 151EC, 151FC,
000-002).
25-55-12-400-001).
R **ON A/C 201-250,
Subtask 27-21-00-410-054-E
B. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 602B/TASK 27-21-00-991-007-F)
(1) In the zones 211, 221 and 231, install the floor panels 211GF, 211KF,
400-001).
(2) In the zone 241, install the floor panels 241BF, 241FF, 241KF
(Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-002).
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).
12-400-001).
(5) In the zones 151 and 161, install the ceiling panels 151EY, 151BY,
400-002).

EFF :

101-150, 201-299, 27-21-00

Page 620
May 01/11

LAN
25-55-12-400-001).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-00-860-057
(2) De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 621
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-21-00-220-001
Check of the Tension of the Rudder Mechanical-Control Cables with a Tensiometer
_______
GEAR.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROLS AGREE WITH THE POSITION OF THE ITEMS THEY
_______
OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 622
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
R Cargo-Compartment
R Cargo-Compartment
27-21-45-000-001 Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator Assy
27-21-45-400-001 Installation of the Cable Tension Regulator Assy
Power Supply
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-00-860-058

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

with the electric pump (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(4) On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton
switch. The OFF legend comes on.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 623
May 01/11

LAN
(6) Put warning notices in position on the rudder pedals, on the

pitch-trim control wheels and on the sidestick controllers (CAPT and
F/O) to tell persons not to operate them.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
Subtask 27-21-00-010-056
B. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
001).
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position.
(3) Remove the ceiling panel 131BC in the FWD cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002).
(4) Remove the ceiling panel 151BC in the AFT cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-002).
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
Subtask 27-21-00-010-056-A
B. Get Access
001).
(3) Remove the ceiling panel 131MC in the FWD cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002).
(4) Remove the ceiling panel 151FC in the AFT cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 624
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 201-250,
Subtask 27-21-00-010-056-B
B. Get Access
001).
(3) Remove the ceiling panel 131MC in the FWD cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002).
(4) Remove the ceiling panel 151DY in the AFT cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-55-11-000-002).
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-21-00-220-050
A. Check of the Correct Tension of the Rudder Mechanical-Control Cables
(1) Operate the rudder mechanical control five times and put it in the
zero position.
(2) In the cargo compartment, you can see four cables:

- the two cables at right are the THS control cables
- the two cables at left are the rudder control cables.
(3) Make sure that the tension regulator device is not seized and not on
a stop.
- Bend the two cables at left by the same value and release them
quickly. When you release the cables, make sure that the tension
regulator quadrants move easily (no seizing).
NOTE : The tension value of each cable is 49.45 +9 -9 lbf (22 +4 -4

____
daN).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 625
May 01/11

LAN
(5) If the result of the check is not correct, adjust the cables
(Ref. TASK 27-21-00-820-002), then replace the tension regulator
(Ref. TASK 27-21-45-000-001), (Ref. TASK 27-21-45-400-001) if
necessary.
(6) Check the tension of the cables.
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
Subtask 27-21-00-410-056
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the ceiling panel 131BC in the FWD cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).
(3) Install the ceiling panel 151BC in the AFT cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-002).
(5) Close cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-002).
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
Subtask 27-21-00-410-056-A
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the ceiling panel 131MC in the FWD cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).
(3) Install the ceiling panel 151FC in the AFT cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 626
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 201-250,
Subtask 27-21-00-410-056-B
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the ceiling panel 131MC in the FWD cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).
(3) Install the ceiling panel 151DY in the AFT cargo compartment
(Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-002).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-00-860-059
(2) On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch.
The OFF legend goes off.

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 627
May 01/11

LAN
TASK 27-21-00-220-002
Check of the Rudder Cable Tension-Regulator (Pointer in the Limits)
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific mirror
98D27203500000 1 BRACKET,TENSION REGULATOR-RUDDER CONTROL

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 628
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
27-21-00-820-002 Adjustment of the Rudder Control-Cables Length (for
corrective action)
27-21-00-991-010 Fig. 604
27-21-00-991-011 Fig. 605
3. __________
Job Set-up
CAUTION : DO THIS PROCEDURE IN A HANGAR IF THERE ARE WIND GUSTS. WIND GUSTS
_______
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE LINKAGE WHEN THE RIGGING PINS ARE IN
POSITION ON THE RUDDER CONTROL.
Subtask 27-21-00-010-057
A. Get Access
access door 312AR.
(2) Open the access doors 312AR.
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 811.
(4) Open the access door 811 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(5) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)in position at the access door 812.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 629
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-21-00-862-057
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(2) Make sure that the air conditionning is de-energized (Ref. TASK 12-
33-21-618-001).
(3) The cable routing area must not be lighten by neon located close the
cable itself.
____
area).
(5) The ambiant temperature must be within the range of 0 deg.C (32.00
deg.F), 40 deg.C (104.00 deg.F).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 27-21-00-991-010, 605/TASK 27-21-00-991-011)
Subtask 27-21-00-220-051
A. Check of the Rudder Cable Tension-Regulator (Pointer in the Limits)

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

with the electric pump (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 630
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Tension Regulator
Figure 604/TASK 27-21-00-991-010

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 631
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Adjustment Graph
Figure 605/TASK 27-21-00-991-011

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 632
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(4) Operate the pedals more than ten times
(5) Put warning notice in position on the rudder pedals (CAPT and F/O) to
tell persons not to operate them.

input lever of the tension regulator (1).

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(9) Bend the two cables by the same value and release them quickly. When
tension regulator (1) move easily (it must not be caught).
(11) Use the adjustment graph to find the position of the index in
relation to the measured ambient temperature.
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 27-21-00-991-011)

(4) on the mark of the flange of the cable tension regulator (1),
through the access door 811.
(13) With a mirror, make sure that the value found in the graph agrees
with the position of the index with a tolerance of + or - 1/2
graduation.
(14) If the result of the check is not correct, adjust the cable length
(Ref. TASK 27-21-00-820-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 633
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-00-860-060
(1) Remove the BRACKET,TENSION REGULATOR-RUDDER CONTROL (98D27203500000)

(4).

input lever of the tension regulator (1).
items.
Subtask 27-21-00-410-057
B. Close Access
41-00-410-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 634
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-21-00-210-003
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Rudder Mechanical Control-Linkage in the

Vertical Stabilizer
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-21-00-991-013 Fig. 606
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-00-941-059
A. Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize the
hydraulic systems.
Subtask 27-21-00-010-058
B. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at zone
325.
(2) Open the access doors 325BL, 325CL, 325DL, 325EL.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 635
Feb 01/11

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 27-21-00-991-013)
Subtask 27-21-00-210-054
A. Visual inspection
(1) Make sure that the rods below are not bent or disconnected:
- the rod (6) which connects the upper bellcrank (3) to the centering
spring rod (1),
- the rod (2) which connects the centering spring rod (1) to the
travel limitation unit (5),
- the rod (4) which connects the upper bellcrank (3) to the travel
limitation unit (5),
- the centering spring rod (1).
(2) Make sure that their attachment bolts have locknuts and that the
safety pins are correctly installed.
(3) Make sure that there is no corrosion on the control linkage

components.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-00-410-058
A. Close Access
(1) Close the access doors 325BL, 325CL, 325DL, 325EL.
Subtask 27-21-00-942-066
B. Remove the warning notice(s).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 636
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Component Location
Figure 606/TASK 27-21-00-991-013

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 637
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-21-00-220-004
Detailed Inspection of the Rudder Servocontrol Actuating Spring-Rod and Rudder

Servocontrol Feedback-Rod Attachments
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 11.0 m (36 ft. 1 in.)
98D27207547000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 638
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29-00-00-864-001 Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized

Configuration before Maintenance Action
55-33-13-010-002 Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels
325BR
55-33-13-410-002 Closing/Installation of the Trailing Edge
Access-Panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DL, 325DR, 325CL,
325CR, 325BL and 325BR
27-21-00-991-028 Fig. 607
27-21-00-991-029 Fig. 608
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-00-860-074
(1) Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position.
(2) Make sure that the rudder trim control is set to zero .
(3) Put warning notices in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to
Subtask 27-21-00-865-060
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 639
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-21-00-860-075
(1) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them
in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(2) Put warning notices in position in the cockpit to tell persons not to
pressurize the hydraulic systems.
Subtask 27-21-00-010-068
D. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position at zone 310.
Subtask 27-21-00-480-054
E. Installation of the Rigging Pin
(1) Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (1) in the rudder cable

quadrant.
(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 27-21-00-991-028)
R Subtask 27-21-00-010-069-A
R F. Get Access
R (1) Open the access panels 325DR, 325CR at the trailing edge of the
R vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 608/TASK 27-21-00-991-029)
Subtask 27-21-00-220-060
A. Inspection of the Rudder Servocontrol Actuating Spring-Rod and Rudder

Servocontrol Feedback-Rod Attachments
NOTE : It is not necessary to remove the protective material during the

____
detailed inspection.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 640
May 01/11

LAN
Location of the Rigging Pin
Figure 607/TASK 27-21-00-991-028

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 641
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Spring rod - Servocontrol feedback rod
Figure 608/TASK 27-21-00-991-029

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 642
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(1) Make sure that the spring rods, related bellcrank (1) and input lever
attachments (2) are in the correct condition (no cracks, no damage
that you can see (also on the bearings)).
(2) Make sure that the related bolts and nuts (3) and (4) are correctly
tightened and safetied.
(3) Make sure that the feedback rod attachments (5) and (6) of the
servocontrol are in the correct condition (no cracks, no damage that
you can see (also on the bearings)).
(4) Make sure that the related bolts and nuts (7) and (8) are correctly
tightened and safetied.
5. Close-up
________
R Subtask 27-21-00-860-076-A
R A. Close Access
R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
R items.
R (2) Close the access panels 325DR, 325CR at the trailing edge of the
Subtask 27-21-00-480-055
B. Removal of the Rigging Pin
(1) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (1) from the rudder cable
quadrant.
(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 27-21-00-991-028)
Subtask 27-21-00-865-061
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 643
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-21-00-410-063
D. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.
items.
(4) Remove the warning notices.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-00

Page 644
Feb 01/11

LAN
RUDDER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________
TASK 27-21-41-000-001
Removal of the Rudder
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific rubber mat
No specific rudder support
No specific 1 CRANE 100KG (220 LB)
No specific 1 MAT - RUBBER
No specific 1 TIE WRAP
SL90-314-3750 1 TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454
SL90-314-5625 1 TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454
SL90-315-3750 1 WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454
SL90-350-7500 1 TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA 5454
98A55308440000 1 SLING-UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE
98A55308741001 1 SLING,R I RUDDER
98D27207545000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207547000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207548000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 20-22-00-000-001 Removal of STA-LOK Nuts and Lockwashers

External Power
Power Supply
53-55-12-000-001 Removal of the Rudder Fairings 325AL and 325AR
325BR
55-42-13-000-001 Removal of the Access Panel 326CT at the Rudder
Attach Fitting No. 7
27-21-41-991-001 Fig. 401
27-21-41-991-002 Fig. 402
27-21-41-991-003 Fig. 403
27-21-41-991-004 Fig. 404
27-21-41-991-005 Fig. 405
27-21-41-991-006 Fig. 406
27-21-41-991-010 Fig. 407
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-41-991-001, 402/TASK 27-21-41-991-002)
Subtask 27-21-41-860-050
(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

002)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 402
Aug 01/07

LAN
Panel and Rigging Pin Locations
Figure 401/TASK 27-21-41-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 403
May 01/00

LAN
Sling Attachment
Figure 402/TASK 27-21-41-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 404
May 01/00

LAN
Subtask 27-21-41-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-21-41-860-052
_______
SYSTEM.
(1) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the electric pump.
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003)
TRIM indicator shows zero.
switch and the OFF legend comes on.
(6) Put the warning notices in the flight compartment to tell persons not
to operate the flight controls.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 405
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-21-41-865-050
D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-21-41-860-051
E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
hydraulic systems.
(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-

862-002)
**ON A/C 001-010, 051-099,
Subtask 27-21-41-010-050-A
F. Get Access
(2) Open the access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR, 325DL and remove
the access panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DR at the trailing edge of the
vertical stabilizer (1) (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 406
Feb 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 011-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-21-41-010-050-B
F. Get Access
(2) Open the access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR, 325DL and remove
the access panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DR at the trailing edge of the
(3) Remove the access panel 326CT at the rudder attach fitting No. 7
(Ref. TASK 55-42-13-000-001).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-41-480-050
G. Installation of the Rigging Pins and the Lift Sling
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU ATTACH THE RUDDER SLING TO THE HOISTING POINTS,
_______
VISUALLY EXAMINE IT FOR DAMAGE. IF THE RUDDER SLING IS DAMAGED,
DO NOT USE IT. IF YOU LIFT THE RUDDER WITH A DAMAGED RUDDER
SLING, DAMAGE TO THE RUDDER CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE HOISTING SLING MOVES SMOOTHLY. IF THE SLING
_______
MOVES SUDDENLY IN THE LONGITUDINAL DIRECTION, TENSION AT THE
ATTACHMENT BOLTS AND LUG CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RUDDER.
(1) Install the rigging pins as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-41-991-001)
(a) Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (7) in the differential

lever (4) at RIB4.
(b) Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (6) in the travel

limitation unit (3) at RIB7.
(c) Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (8) in the rudder cable

quadrant (5).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 407
May 01/11

LAN
(2) Connect the lift sling as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-21-41-991-002)
(a) Remove and discard the self-adhesive discs from the rudder lift
points.
(b) Remove the lift lugs from the rudder (2).
(c) Turn the lift lugs and install them in the opposite direction in
the rudder (2).
R (d) Put the CRANE 100KG (220 LB) in position at the rudder (2).
(e) Attach the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or the SLING-

R UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE (98A55308440000) to the CRANE 100KG (220
R LB).
(f) Attach the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or the SLING-

UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE (98A55308440000) to the rudder (2).
(g) Apply sufficient tension to the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001)

or the SLING-UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE (98A55308440000) to tighten its
cables with no vertical movement of the rudder (2).
Subtask 27-21-41-010-051
H. Get Access
(1) Remove the rudder fairings (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-000-001).
(2) Install a rubber mat between the rudder (2) and the fuselage.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 408
Nov 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________

27-21-41-991-005, 406/TASK 27-21-41-991-006, 407/TASK 27-21-41-991-010)
Subtask 27-21-41-020-050
A. Removal of the Rudder
(1) Make sure you identify all the components you remove during the
subsequent procedure with their correct position and location.
(2) Disconnect the push-rod (10) of the transducer 42WV from the bracket
(11) of the rudder (2):
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-21-41-991-003)
(b) Remove the nut (21), the washer (20) and the bolt (16).
(c) Disconnect the eye-end of the push-rod (10) from the attachment
bracket (14).
(d) Safety the push-rod (10) and the transducer 42WV (13):
1
_ Use the TIE WRAP to temporarily attach the push-rod (10) to
the hinge arm (12). Do this at a position where the push-rod
(10) and the transducer 42WV (13) are not damaged during the
subsequent procedures.
(e) Remove the sliding bush (17) and the flanged bushes (18) and (19)
from the attachment bracket (14).
(3) Disconnect the hinge No. 1 at RIB2 from the bracket (11) of the
rudder (2):
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-21-41-991-003)
(a) Remove the bolt (30) and disconnect the bonding lead (31) from
the attachment bracket (32).
(b) Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-314-
5625) and remove the tab washer (28) and the spring ring (29)
from the slotted nut (27) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 409
May 01/10
R
LAN
Transducer 42WV Push-Rod and Hinge No. 1 Connections
Figure 403/TASK 27-21-41-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 410
May 01/10
R
LAN
Servo Actuator Connections
Figure 404/TASK 27-21-41-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 411
May 01/10
R
LAN
Hinges No. 6 and No. 7 - Connections
Figure 405/TASK 27-21-41-991-005

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 412
May 01/10
R
LAN
Hinges Nos. 2,3,4 and 5 - Connections
Figure 406/TASK 27-21-41-991-006

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 413
May 01/10
R
LAN
Servo Actuator Connection at the Rudder with Bolt PN D55370020800
Figure 407/TASK 27-21-41-991-010

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 414
May 01/10
R
LAN
(c) Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-322-
5625) and remove the slotted nut (27) from the bolt (23)
(Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001). Do not remove the bolt (23) at this
time.
(4) Disconnect the servo actuators 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM (35) from the

brackets (36) of the rudder (2):
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-21-41-991-004)
(a) Disconnect the servo actuator 1025GM (35) at RIB3 as follows:
1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (113).
2
_ Remove the locking cap (112), the nut (111) and the washer
(110).
3
_ Remove the bolt (38).
4
_ Remove the locking plate (39) and the washer (120) from the
bracket (36).
(b) Do the steps in Para 4.A.(4)(a) again and disconnect the servo
actuator 3025GM (35) at RIB4 and 2025GM (35) at RIB5.
(c) Move the piston arms of the servo actuators 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM

(35) away from the brackets (36).
(d) Remove the sealing rings (49) from the piston arm bearings of the
servo actuators 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM (35).
(5) Disconnect the hinge No. 7 at RIB11 from the brackets (51) of the
rudder (2) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-21-41-991-005)
(a) Remove the bolts (59) and disconnect the bonding leads (60) from
the attachment brackets (61).

(Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001). Do not remove the bolt (52) at this
time.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 415
May 01/10
R
LAN
(6) Disconnect the hinge No. 6 at RIB9 from the bracket (64) of the
rudder (2) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-21-41-991-005)
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (65) from the bolt (66).

(Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001).
(d) Remove the washer (115) from the bolt (66).
(e) Remove the bolt (66) from the connection of the support strut
(69) and the bolt (70).
(f) Disconnect the support strut (69) from the bolt (70).
(g) Remove the bolt (78) and disconnect the bonding lead (79) from
the attachment bracket (80).
(h) Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA 5454 (SL90-
350-7500) and remove the tab washer (76) and the spring ring (77)
(i) Remove the slotted nut (75) from the bolt (70).
(j) Remove the bolt (70) and the washer (110) from the connection of
the hinge arm (63) and the bracket (64).
(k) Remove the locking plate (72) from the hinge arm (63).
(7) Disconnect the hinges Nos. 2 thru 5 from the brackets (91) of the
rudder (2):
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-21-41-991-006)
(a) Disconnect the hinge No. 2 at RIB4 of the vertical stabilizer (1)
as follows:
1
_ Remove the bolt (100) and disconnect the bonding lead (99)
from the attachment bracket (101).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 416
May 01/10
R
LAN
2
_ Use the TOOL - EXTRACTION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-
314-5625) and remove the tab washer (97) and the spring ring
(98) from the slotted nut (96) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001).
3
_ Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-
322-5625) and remove the slotted nut (96) from the bolt (92)
(Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-001).
4
_ Remove the bolt (92) and the washer (15) from the connection
of the brackets (91) and the hinge arm (90).
5
_ Remove the locking plate (93) from the bracket (91).
(b) Do the steps in Para 4.A.(7)(a) again and disconnect these hinges
at their related rib positions of the vertical stabilizer (1):
- The hinge No. 3 at RIB5
- The hinge No. 5 at RIB7.
R (8) Apply a tension to the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or the

R SLING-UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE (98A55308440000) and remove the load from
the hinges of the rudder (2):
(9) Remove the bolt (52) from the hinge No. 7 at RIB11:
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-21-41-991-005)
(a) Remove the bolt (52), the washer (15) and the locking plate (53)
from the connection of the bracket (51) and the hinge arm (50).
(10) Remove the bolt (23) from the hinge No. 1 at RIB2:
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-21-41-991-003)
(a) Remove the bolt (23), the washer (15) and the locking plate (24)
from the connection of the bracket (11) and the hinge arm (12).
(11) Remove the rudder (2) from the vertical stabilizer (1):
(a) Move the rudder (2) aft and down in the 90 degree direction from
the rudder axis until it touches the MAT - RUBBER.
(b) Move the rudder (2) to the left of the aircraft center line.
(c) Move the rudder (2) aft, away from the vertical stabilizer (1)
and lower it onto a rudder support.
R (12) Disconnect the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or the SLING-

R UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE (98A55308440000) from the rudder (2).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 417
May 01/10

LAN
(13) Remove the bushes from the hinge locations:
(a) Remove the bushes (25) and (26) from the bracket (11) of the
rudder (2) at the location of the hinge No. 1.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-21-41-991-003)
(b) Remove the bushes (94) and (95) from the brackets (91) of the
rudder (2) at the locations of the hinges 2 thru 5.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-21-41-991-006)
(c) Remove the bushes (54) and (55) from the brackets (51) of the
rudder (2) at the location of the hinge No. 7.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-21-41-991-005)
(d) Remove the bushes (73) and (74) from the hinge arm (63). Do this
at the location of the hinge No. 6 at rib 9 of the vertical
stabilizer (1).
NOTE : The longer bush (74) is installed in the bottom of the

____
hinge arm (63).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-21-41-991-005)
(14) Remove the bushes (47) and (48) from the attachment brackets (36) on
the rudder (2).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-21-41-991-004)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 418
May 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-21-41-400-001
Installation of the Rudder
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific rubber mat
No specific 3 CRANE 100KG (220 LB)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
R (4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)
R
SL90-313-3750 1 TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454
SL90-313-5625 1 TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454
SL90-349-7500 1 TOOL-INSTALLATION,TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454
98A55308440000 1 SLING-UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE
98A55308741001 1 SLING,R I RUDDER
98D27207545000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207547000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207548000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 419
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-018

GENERAL PURPOSE ASSEMBLY PASTE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-005 USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE II
CORROSION PREVENTIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-052 F ASNA 2879
SELF-ADHES.PVC DISKS FOR HOISTING POINT BLANKING
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22 cotter pin 27-25-04 01 -090

65 cotter pin 27-21-04 15A-240
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-22-55-640-001 Lubrication of Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6 with Grease

Mat. No. 04-004
20-22-00-400-001 Installation of STA-LOK Nuts and Lockwashers
External Power
27-21-00-720-002 Functional Test of the Rudder Mechanical Control
27-25-00-820-001 Adjustment of the Rudder Position Indicating

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 420
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

51-75-13-916-002 Repair to a layer of Corrosion Preventive Compound
53-55-12-400-001 Installation of the Rudder Fairings 325AL and 325AR
325BR
55-36-48-400-001 Installation of the Rudder Support Strut
55-42-13-400-001 Installation of the Access Panel 326CT at the Rudder
Attach Fitting No. 7
27-21-41-991-001 Fig. 401
27-21-41-991-002 Fig. 402
27-21-41-991-003 Fig. 403
27-21-41-991-004 Fig. 404
27-21-41-991-005 Fig. 405
27-21-41-991-006 Fig. 406
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-41-861-051

002)
Subtask 27-21-41-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 421
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-21-41-860-053
(1) Make sure that the rudder pedals are in the neutral position.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(3) Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the panel 110VU of the
center pedestal shows zero.
(4) Make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch on the overhead
panel 23VU is released and the OFF legend is on.
(6) Make sure that the warning notices are in position.
(7) Make sure that the access platform is in position.
(8) Make sure the access door 312AR is open.
Subtask 27-21-41-862-051

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
Subtask 27-21-41-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 422
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-21-41-860-056-A
(1) Make sure that the access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR, 325DL at
the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (1) are opened
(Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
(2) Make sure that the access panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DR at the trailing
edge of the vertical stabilizer (1) are removed (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-
010-002).
(3) Make sure that the rudder fairings are removed (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-
000-001)
(4) Make sure that the rubber mat is in position on the fuselage, below
the rudder location.
(5) Make sure that the rigging pins are installed at their correct
locations:
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-41-991-001)
- the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (7) in the differential lever (4)
at RIB4
- the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (6) in the travel limitation unit
(3) at RIB7
- the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (8) in the rudder cable quadrant
(5).
4. Procedure
_________

27-21-41-991-004, 405/TASK 27-21-41-991-005, 406/TASK 27-21-41-991-006)
Subtask 27-21-41-560-050
A. Preparation of a Replacement Component

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-21-41-991-002)
(1) Replacement of the static dischargers
(a) Remove the static dischargers from the removed rudder (2)
(Ref. TASK 23-61-41-000-001).
(b) Make sure the static dischargers are clean and in the correct
condition.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 423
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(c) Install the static dischargers on the replacement rudder (2)
(Ref. TASK 23-61-41-400-001).
(2) Preparation of the hoisting lugs
(a) Remove the hoisting lugs from the replacement rudder (2).
(b) Turn the hoisting lugs and install them in the opposite direction
in the rudder (2).
Subtask 27-21-41-480-051
B. Installation of the lift Sling
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU ATTACH THE RUDDER SLING TO THE HOISTING POINTS,
_______
VISUALLY EXAMINE IT FOR DAMAGE. IF THE RUDDER SLING IS DAMAGED,
DO NOT USE IT. IF YOU LIFT THE RUDDER WITH A DAMAGED RUDDER
SLING, DAMAGE TO THE RUDDER CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE HOISTING SLING MOVES SMOOTHLY. IF THE SLING
_______
MOVES SUDDENLY IN THE LONGITUDINAL DIRECTION, TENSION AT THE
ATTACHMENT BOLTS AND LUG CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RUDDER.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-21-41-991-002)
(1) Put the CRANE 100KG (220 LB) in position at the rudder (2).
(2) Attach the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or the SLING-

UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE (98A55308440000) to the CRANE 100KG (220 LB).
(3) Attach the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or the SLING-

UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE (98A55308440000) to the rudder (2).
(4) Apply sufficient tension to the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or

the SLING-UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE (98A55308440000) to tighten the cables
with no movement of the rudder (2).
Subtask 27-21-41-910-050
C. Preparation for Installation
(1) Clean the items that follow with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-026), and let them dry:
- The attachment hinges
- The bolts
- The sleeves
- The bushes.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 424
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(2) Make sure that the items that follow are clean and in the correct
condition:
- The structure
- The paintwork
- The rudder control surface
- The hinge arms
- The bonding straps
- The servo actuators 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM
- The transducer 42WV.
(3) Make sure that the items that follow are in the correct condition:
- The bolts
- The nuts
- The washers
- The sleeves
- The bushes
- The bearings
- The locking components.
(4) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-018) to the bolts, the
sleeves and the bushes. Do not apply the material to the bolt (30).
Subtask 27-21-41-420-051
D. Installation of the Rudder
(1) Make sure that during the subsequent procedure, the correctly
identified components are installed at each connection.
(2) Install the bushes (73) and (74) in the hinge arm (63) at the
location of the hinge No. 6 (RIB9 of the vertical stabilizer (1)).
NOTE : The longer bush (74) is installed in the bottom of the hinge
____
arm (63).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-21-41-991-005)
(3) Use the CRANE 100KG (220 LB) to lift the rudder (2) into position aft
of the vertical stabilizer (1).
NOTE : There must be a mechanic at each of the hinges to align:

____
- The axis of the hinge arms
- The servo actuators 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM, with the hinge
fittings on the rudder (2).
(4) Move the rudder (2) to the left of the aircraft center line and then
forward.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 425
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(5) Prevent damage to the component interface and the adjacent area.
(a) Make sure that there is sufficient clearance between:

- The push-rod (10) of the transducer 42W
- The piston arms of the servo actuators 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM
(35)
- The vertical stabilizer (1)
- The rudder (2).
(b) Make sure that the edges of the support brackets are not damaged
during the installation of the hinge arms.
(6) Put the hinge arms (12), (50), (63) and (90) in position at the
brackets (11), (51), (64) and (91) of the rudder (2).
(7) Align the bolt holes in the hinge arms (12), (50), (63) and (90) with
their related bolt holes in the brackets (11), (51),(64) and (91).
(8) Connect the hinge No. 1 at RIB2 to the bracket (11) of the rudder
(2):
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-21-41-991-003)
(a) Install the bush (25) in the bracket (11).
(b) Install the locking plate (24) at the bracket (11).
(c) Put the washer (15) on the bolt (23).
(d) Install the bolt (23) through the connection of the bracket (11)
and the hinge arm (12).
(e) Install the bush (26) on the bolt (23) until the bush (26) goes
into the bracket (11).
(f) Install the slotted nut (27) on the bolt (23). Do not tighten the
slotted nut (27) at this time.
(g) Put the bonding lead (31) in position and install the bolt (30)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(9) Connect the hinge No. 7 at RIB11 to the bracket (51) of the rudder
(2):
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-21-41-991-005)
(a) Install the bush (54) in the bracket (51).
(b) Install the locking plate (53) at the bracket (51).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 426
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(d) Install the bolt (52) through the connection of the bracket (51)
and the hinge arm (50).
(e) Install the bush (55) on the bolt (52) until the bush (55) goes
into the bracket (51).
(g) Put the bonding leads (60) in position and install the bolts (59)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(10) Connect the hinge No. 6 at RIB9, to the bracket (64) of the rudder
(2):
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-21-41-991-005)
(a) Install the locking plate (72) at the hinge arm (63).
(b) Make sure that the grease nipple (71) is clean and correctly
installed in the end of the bolt (70).
(d) Install the bolt (70) through the connection of the hinge arm
(63) and the bracket (64).
(e) Make sure that the attachment lug of the bolt (70) (for the
connection of the support strut (69)), aligns with the axis of
the hinge arm (63).
(g) Measure the dimension between the top surface of the hinge
bearing (82) and the inner surface of the hinge arm (63). The
dimension between the hinge bearing (82) and the hinge arm (63)
must be 2.75 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.1082 +0.0196 -0.0196 in.).
(h) If the dimension is not in the limits:
1
_ Adjust the Rudder Support Strut (69) to lift or lower the
rudder (2) (Ref. TASK 55-36-48-400-001). Do this until the
dimension is in the limits.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 427
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(i) Put the support strut (69) in position on the attachment lug of
the bolt (70).
(j) Install the bolt (66) through the connection of the support strut
(69) and the bolt (70).
(k) Install the washer (115) and the slotted nut (68) on the bolt
(66). Do not tighten the slotted nut (68) at this time.
(l) Put the bonding lead (79) in position and install the bolt (78)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(11) Connect the hinges Nos. 2 thru 5 at the brackets (91) of the rudder
(2):
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-21-41-991-006)
(a) Connect the hinge No. 5 at RIB7 of the vertical stabilizer (1):
1
_ Install the bush (94) in the bracket (91).
2
_ Install the locking plate (93) at the bracket (91).
3
_ Put the washer (15) on the bolt (92).
4
_ Install the bolt (92) through the connection of the bracket
(91) and the hinge arm (90).
5
_ Install the bush (95) on the bolt (92) until the bush (95)
goes into the bracket (91).
6
_ Install the slotted nut (96) on the bolt (92). Do not tighten
the slotted nut (96) at this time.
7
_ Put the bonding lead (99) in position and install the bolt
(100) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(b) Do the steps in Para 4.D.(11)(a) again for these hinges at their
related rib positions of the vertical stabilizer (1):
- The hinge No. 2 at RIB4.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 428
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(12) TORQUE and safety the slotted nut (56) at the hinge No. 7 (Ref. TASK
20-22-00-400-001) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-21-41-991-005)
(a) Use the WRENCH - NOTCHED, TIGHTENING OF NUTS NSA5454 (SL90-322-

5625) and TORQUE the slotted nut (56) to 3.0 m.daN (22.12
lbf.ft).
(b) Use the TOOL - INSTALLATION, TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-
313-5625) and install the tab washer (57) and the spring ring
(58) at the slotted nut (56).
20-22-00-400-001) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-21-41-991-003)

5625) and TORQUE the slotted nut (27) to 3.0 m.daN (22.12
lbf.ft).
(29) at the slotted nut (27).
(14) TORQUE and safety the slotted nuts (96) at the hinges, Nos. 2 thru 5
(Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-001) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-21-41-991-006)

5625) and TORQUE the slotted nuts (96) to 3.0 m.daN (22.12
lbf.ft).
313-5625) and install the tab washers (97) and the spring rings
(98) at the slotted nuts (96).
20-22-00-400-001) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-21-41-991-005)
(a) TORQUE the slotted nut (75) to 12.0 m.daN (88.49 lbf.ft).
(b) Use the TOOL-INSTALLATION,TAB WASHERS STA-LOK NSA5454 (SL90-349-

7500) and install the tab washer (76) and the spring ring (77) at
the slotted nut (75).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 429
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(16) Tighten and safety the slotted nut (68) at the hinge No. 6 (Ref. TASK
20-22-00-400-001) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-21-41-991-005)

3750) and tighten the slotted nut (68) until it touches the
washer (115) on the bolt (66).
(111).
(c) Install a new cotter pin (65) through the bolt (66) and safety
it.
(17) Connect the servo actuators 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM (35) to the brackets

(36) of the rudder (2) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-21-41-991-004)
(a) Apply the corrosion preventive material SPECIAL MATERIALS

(Material No. 05-005) to the bolt (38).
(b) Connect the servo actuator 2025GM (35) at RIB5.
1
_ Install the bushes (47) and (48) in the bracket (36).
2
_ Put the sealing rings (49) in position on the piston arm
bearing of the servo actuator (35).
3
_ Put the piston arm of the servo actuator (35) in position in
the bracket (36).
4
_ Align the piston arm bearing of the servo actuator (35) with
the bolt hole in the bracket (36).
5
_ Install the locking plate (39) and the washer (120) at the
bracket (36).
6
_ Install the bolt (38) through the connection of the bracket
(36) and the piston arm of the servo actuator (35).
7
_ Install the washer (110) and the nut (111).
8
_ TORQUE the nut (111) to 8.15 m.daN (60.10 lbf.ft).
9
_ Install the locking cap (112) and the cotter pin (113).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 430
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(c) Do the steps in Para 4.D.(17)(b) again and connect the servo
actuators 3025GM (35) at RIB4 and 1025GM (35) at RIB3.
(18) Apply a thin layer of the corrosion preventive material SPECIAL

MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005) (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002) to all
the cadmium-plated steel parts of the rudder hinges which you can
see.
(19) Connect the push-rod (10) from the transducer 42WV (13) to the
bracket (11) of the rudder (2):
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-21-41-991-003)
(a) Install the flanged bushes (18) and (19) in the attachment
bracket (14).
(b) Cut and remove the temporary TIE WRAP, and release the push-rod
(10) from the hinge arm (12).
(c) Put the eye-end of the push-rod (10) in position at the

attachment bracket (14).
(d) Install the sliding bush (17) in the attachment bracket (14).
(e) Install the bolt (16), the washer (20) and the nut (21) at the
connection of the attachment bracket (14) and the push-rod (10).
(f) Safety the nut (21) with a new cotter pin (22).
Subtask 27-21-41-080-050
E. Removal of the Lift Sling and the Rigging Pins

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Remove the lift sling from the rudder as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-21-41-991-002)
(a) Release the tension from the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or

the SLING-UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE (98A55308440000).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 431
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(b) Disconnect the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or the SLING-
UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE (98A55308440000) from the rudder (2).
(c) Disconnect the SLING,R I RUDDER (98A55308741001) or the SLING-

UNIVERSAL,TAIL PLANE (98A55308440000) from the CRANE 100KG (220
LB).
(d) Move the CRANE 100KG (220 LB) away from the rudder (2).
(e) Remove the lift lugs from the rudder (2).
(f) Apply the zinc chromate putty SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
002) to the lift lugs.
(g) Turn the lift lugs and install them in the opposite direction in
the rudder (2).
(h) Make sure that the lift lugs are flush with the skin of the
rudder (2).
(i) Install the self-adhesive PVC disks SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material

No. 05-052) on the lift lugs.
(2) Remove the rigging pins as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-41-991-001)
(a) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (8) from the rudder cable
quadrant (5).
(b) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (6) from the travel

limitation unit (3) at RIB7.
(c) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (7) from the differential

lever (4) at RIB4.
Subtask 27-21-41-865-051
breaker(s):
15CC, 5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 432
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-21-41-860-054
G. Preparation for the Test
(1) Remove the rubber mat from between the fuselage and the rudder (2).
(2) Lubricate the hinge bearing (82) of the hinge No. 6

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-21-41-991-005)
(Ref. TASK 12-22-55-640-001).
(3) Install the rudder fairings (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-400-001).
(4) Make sure that the travel ranges of:

- the rudder (2)
- the push-rod (10) of the transducer 42WV
- the servo-actuators 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM (35)
are clear of tools and other items.

002)
Subtask 27-21-41-820-050
H. Do an adjustment of the rudder position indicating system (Ref. TASK 27-

25-00-820-001).
Subtask 27-21-41-710-050
J. Do the functional test of the rudder mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-21-
00-720-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 433
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
**ON A/C 001-010, 051-099,
Subtask 27-21-41-410-051-A
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR, 325DL and install
the access panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DR on the trailing edge of the
vertical stabilizer, (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002).

002).
R **ON A/C 011-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-21-41-410-051-B
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR, 325DL and install
the access panels 325EL, 325ER, 325DR on the trailing edge of the
(3) Install the access panel 326CT at the rudder attach fitting No. 7
(Ref. TASK 55-42-13-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 434
May 01/11

LAN
002).

R

EFF :

011-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-21-41

Page 435
May 01/11

LAN
RUDDER - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________
TASK 27-21-41-200-001
Inspection/Check of the Rudder
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Because the free movement is more than the limits.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-21-41-000-001 Removal of the Rudder

27-21-41-400-001 Installation of the Rudder
55-36-41-000-001 Removal of the Hinge Arm Fittings No. 1 thru No. 7
55-36-41-400-001 Installation of the Hinge Arm Fittings No. 1 thru No.
7
55-46-11-000-001 Removal of Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6
55-46-11-400-001 Installation of Rudder Hinge Bearing No.6
CMM 55-41-13 (for corrective action)
27-21-41-991-007 Fig. 601
27-21-41-991-009 Fig. 602

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 601
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-21-41-991-008 Fig. 603
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-41-941-055
A. Put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the

flight controls.
Subtask 27-21-41-010-053
B. Remove the rudder (Ref. TASK 27-21-41-000-001).
Subtask 27-21-41-860-055
C. Replacement Information
(1) Do a check of the rudder attachment parts for wear, damage and
corrosion.
(a) If it is necessary to replace the bushes of the rudder hinge

fittings, the actuator attach fittings, or the fork assy:
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-21-41-991-007)
and
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 27-21-41-991-009)
- Refer to the Component Maintenance Manual (Ref. CMM 55-41-13)
for the correct procedure.
(b) If it is necessary to replace the rudder hinge bearing No. 6:

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-21-41-991-007)
- (Ref. TASK 55-46-11-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 55-46-11-400-001).
(c) If it is necessary to replace rudder hinge arm attach fittings:

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 27-21-41-991-008)
- (Ref. TASK 55-36-41-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 55-36-41-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 602
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
R Fits and Clearances of the Rudder Hinge Fittings
Figure 601/TASK 27-21-41-991-007

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 603
Nov 01/03

LAN
R Fits and Clearances of the Actuator Attach Fittings and the Fork Assy
R Figure 602/TASK 27-21-41-991-009

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 604
Feb 01/02

LAN
Fits and Clearances of the Bearings of the Rudder Hinge Arm Attach Fittings
Figure 603/TASK 27-21-41-991-008

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 605
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-21-41-991-007)
Subtask 27-21-41-220-050
A. Measurement of the Fits and Clearances of the Rudder Hinge Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-21-41-991-007)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| B | 17.987 | 18.000 | | | 17.977 | | |
| OD 1 |(0.7081) |(0.7086) | | |(0.7077) | | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.031 | | | 0.066 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0012)| | |(0.0025)|
| B | 18.000 | 18.018 | | | | 18.043 | |
| ID 2 |(0.7086) |(0.7093) | | | |(0.7103) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-21-41-220-051
B. Measurement of the Fits and Clearances of the Rudder Hinge Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-21-41-991-007)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| B | 14.262 | 14.275 | | | 14.200 | | |
| OD 3 |(0.5614) |(0.5620) | | |(0.5590) | | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.031 | | | 0.158 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0012)| | |(0.0062)|
| B | 14.275 | 14.293 | | | | 14.358 | |
| ID 1 |(0.5620) |(0.5627) | | | |(0.5652) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 606
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-21-41-220-054
C. Measurement of the Fits and Clearances of the Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-21-41-991-007)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
R | C | 19.024 | 19.037 | | | 19.024 | | |
R | OD 4 |(0.7489) |(0.7494) | | |(0.7489) | | |
R | | | | 0.001 | 0.026 | | | 0.026 |
R | | | | (0.0000*| (0.0010*| | |(0.0010*|
R | C | 19.038 | 19.050 | | | | 19.050 | |
R | ID 5 |(0.7495) |(0.7500) | | | |(0.7500) | |
R ********** DIFFERENCE IN IN. MARKED BY A STAR IS TRUNCATED **********
R NOTE : No in-service wear limit is permitted between the bolt (4) and the
____
R bearing (5).
Subtask 27-21-41-220-052
D. Measurement of the Fits and Clearances of the Actuator Attach Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 27-21-41-991-009)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
R | B | 22.984 | 23.000 | | | 22.984 | | |
| OD 1 |(0.9048) |(0.9055) | | |(0.9048) | | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.037 | | | 0.037 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0014)|
R | B | 23.000 | 23.021 | | | | 23.021 | |
| ID 2 |(0.9055) |(0.9063) | | | |(0.9063) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R NOTE : No in-service wear limit is permitted between the bush (1) and the
____
R bush (2).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 607
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-21-41-220-053
E. Measurement of the Fits and Clearances of the Actuator Attach Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 27-21-41-991-009)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
R | B | 19.024 | 19.037 | | | 19.024 | | |
| OD 3 |(0.7489) |(0.7494) | | |(0.7489) | | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.034 | | | 0.034 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0013)| | |(0.0013)|
R | B | 19.037 | 19.058 | | | | 19.058 | |
| ID 1 |(0.7494) |(0.7503) | | | |(0.7503) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R NOTE : No in-service wear limit is permitted between the bolt (3) and the
____
R bush (1).
Subtask 27-21-41-220-055
F. Measurement of the Fits and Clearances of the Fork Assy

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 27-21-41-991-009)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
R | C | 7.986 | 7.995 | | | 7.980 | | |
| OD 8 |(0.3144) |(0.3147) | | |(0.3141) | | |
| | | | 0.005 | 0.029 | | | 0.040 |
| | | | (0.0001)| (0.0011)| | |(0.0015)|
R | C | 8.000 | 8.015 | | | | 8.020 | |
| ID 9 |(0.3149) |(0.3155) | | | |(0.3157) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 608
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-21-41-220-056
G. Measurement of the Fits and Clearances of the Fork Assy

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 27-21-41-991-009)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
R | C | 6.325 | 6.337 | | | 6.320 | | |
| OD 7 |(0.2490) |(0.2494) | | |(0.2488) | | |
| | | | 0.013 | 0.061 | | | 0.070 |
| | | | (0.0005)| (0.0024)| | |(0.0027)|
R | C | 6.350 | 6.386 | | | | 6.390 | |
| ID 8 |(0.2500) |(0.2514) | | | |(0.2515) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-21-41-220-057
H. Measurement of the Fits and Clearances of the Fork Assy

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 27-21-41-991-009)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
R | C | 6.325 | 6.337 | | | 6.320 | | |
| OD 7 |(0.2490) |(0.2494) | | |(0.2488) | | |
| | | | 0.013 | 0.061 | | | 0.070 |
| | | | (0.0005)| (0.0024)| | |(0.0027)|
R | C | 6.350 | 6.386 | | | | 6.390 | |
| ID 6 |(0.2500) |(0.2514) | | | |(0.2515) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 609
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-21-41-220-062
J. Measurement of the Inner Dimensions of the Bearings and Bushes of the

Rudder Hinge-Arm Attach-Fittings
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 27-21-41-991-008)
(1) Make sure that the inner dimension of the bearings (15), (16) and
(19) is between 14.2748 mm (0.5620 in.) and 14.2875 mm (0.5625 in.).
(2) If the dimension is not correct, replace the rudder hinge-arm

attach-fitting(s) (Ref. TASK 55-36-41-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 55-36-
41-400-001).
(3) Make sure that the inner dimension of the bushes (17) is between
19.037 mm (0.7494 in.) and 19.058 mm (0.7503 in.). If the dimension
is not correct, replace the bushes (17).
NOTE : No wear is permitted.

____
(4) Make sure that the inner dimension of the bushes (18) is between
29.000 mm (1.1417 in.) and 29.033 mm (1.1430 in.).
(5) If the dimension is not correct, replace the rudder hinge-arm

attach-fitting(s) (Ref. TASK 55-36-41-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 55-36-
41-400-001).
(6) Make sure that there is no play between the bushes (17) and the
bushes (18) in the hinge-arm.
NOTE : No play is permitted.

____
Subtask 27-21-41-220-063
K. Measurement of the Dimensions of the Attachment Bolts and Bushes

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-21-41-991-007)
(1) Measurement of the actuator attachment bolts
(a) Measure the axial play between each of the bushes (1) and their
related bolts (3), at each of the actuator attach fittings.
(b) Make sure that the axial play is a maximum of 0.034 mm (0.0013
in.).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 610
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(c) Make sure that the bolts (3) have a minimum dimension of 19.024
mm (0.7489 in.).
NOTE : If the axial play is less than the given limit, the bolts
____
(3) can be less than the minimum dimension of 19.024 mm
(0.7489 in.).
(2) Measurement of the rudder hinge fittings
(a) Measure the axial play between the bushes (1) and their related
bolt (3) at each of the rudder fittings.
(b) Make sure that the axial play is a maximum of 0.158 mm (0.0062
in.).
(c) Make sure that the bolt (3) has a minimum diameter of 14.20 mm
(0.5590 in.).
NOTE : If the axial play is less than the given limit, the bolt
____
(3) can have a minimum diameter of less than 14.20 mm
(0.5590 in.).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-41-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the rudder (Ref. TASK 27-21-41-400-001).
Subtask 27-21-41-942-055
B. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-41

Page 611
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
PEDALS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________
TASK 27-21-42-000-001
Removal of the CAPT Pedals
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-21-43-000-002 Removal of the Pedal Position Adjuster Assembly

27-21-42-991-001 Fig. 401
27-21-42-991-002 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 27-21-42

Page 401
May 01/00

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-42-860-050
(1) Remove the pedal position adjuster assembly (Ref. TASK 27-21-43-000-
002).
(2) Put the warning notices on the pedals (CAPT and F/O) to tell persons
not to operate them.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-42-991-001, 402/TASK 27-21-42-991-002)
Subtask 27-21-42-020-052
A. Removal of the Pedal Assembly
(1) Remove the cotter pin (2) and discard it. Remove the nut (5), the
bonding strip (4), the washer (3) and the bolt (1) (ref. Detail B).
washer (27) and the bolt (40). Disengage the rod (28) from the
bellcrank (41) (Ref. Detail E).
NOTE : Apply a force on the left or right pedal (29) to simulate a

____
brake application. This gives a free passage to the bolts (39)
and (40) (Movement of the bellcranks (35) and (41)).
bellcrank (35) (Ref. Detail E).
bellcrank (13) (Ref. Detail D).
bellcrank (10) (Ref. Detail C).
(6) Remove the nuts (33) and discard them. Remove the bolts (31) (Ref.
Detail F).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-42

Page 402
May 01/00

LAN
CAPT Pedals
Figure 401/TASK 27-21-42-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-21-42

Page 403
May 01/00

LAN
CAPT Pedals
Figure 402/TASK 27-21-42-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-21-42

Page 404
May 01/00

LAN
(7) Remove the bushes (30) and remove the pedal assembly (29) from the
structure (32).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-42

Page 405
May 01/00

LAN
TASK 27-21-42-400-001
Installation of the CAPT Pedals
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-42

Page 406
Feb 01/05
R
LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 cotter pin 27-21-01 03A-161

R 2 cotter pin 27-21-01 03B-161
6 cotter pin 27-21-01 01 -010
6 cotter pin 27-21-01 01A-010
16 cotter pin 27-21-01 01 -010
16 cotter pin 27-21-01 01A-010
25 cotter pin 32-42-01 04 -010
33 nuts 27-21-01 05 -010
33 nuts 27-21-01 05A-010
38 cotter pin 32-42-01 04 -010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-21-43-400-002 Installation of the Pedal Position Adjuster Assembly
27-21-42-991-001 Fig. 401
27-21-42-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-42-860-052
(1) Make sure that the pedal position adjuster assembly is removed
(Ref. TASK 27-21-43-000-002).
(2) On the pedals (CAPT and F/O) make sure that the warning notices are
in position to tell persons not to operate them.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-42

Page 407
Feb 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-42-991-001, 402/TASK 27-21-42-991-002)
Subtask 27-21-42-420-052
A. Installation of the CAPT pedals
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the attachment hardware.
(2) Install the pedal assembly (29) between the structure (32) through
the cockpit.
NOTE : Make sure that the rods (9), (12), (28) and (34) are correctly
____
installed in their bellcranks (10), (13), (41) and (35).
(3) Install the bushes (30), the bolts (31) and the new nuts (33) (Ref.
Detail F).
(4) Install the bolt (40), the washer (27), the nut (26) and tighten it.
Secure with the new cotter pin (25) (Ref. Detail E).
Secure with the new cotter pin (38) (Ref. Detail E).
Secure with the new cotter pin (16) (Ref. Detail D).
Secure with the new cotter pin (6) (Ref. Detail C).
(8) Install the bolt (1), the washer (3), the bonding strip (4), the nut
R (5) and tighten it. Secure with the new cotter pin (2) (Ref. Detail
B).
(9) Install the pedal position adjuster assembly (Ref. TASK 27-21-43-400-
002).
Subtask 27-21-42-710-050
B. Test
(1) Do the operational test of the CAPT pedals (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-
001).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-42

Page 408
Feb 01/05

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-42-860-053
items.
Subtask 27-21-42-410-051
B. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 27-21-42

Page 409
Feb 01/05
R
LAN
TASK 27-21-42-000-002
Removal of the F/O Pedals
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

32-42-47-000-001 Removal of the Transmitter Unit - Brake Pedal (9GG)
32-43-12-000-001 Removal of the Brake Control Master Cylinder
(2625GM,2626GM)
27-21-42-991-003 Fig. 403
27-21-42-991-004 Fig. 404
27-21-42-991-005 Fig. 405

EFF :

ALL 27-21-42

Page 410
Feb 01/05
R
LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-42-860-051
(1) Remove the pedal position adjuster assembly (Ref. TASK 27-21-43-000-
002).
(2) Remove the brake control master cylinders (2625GM, 2626GM) (Ref. TASK
32-43-12-000-001).
(3) Remove the brake pedal transmitter unit (9GG) (Ref. TASK 32-42-47-
000-001).
(4) Put the warning notices on the pedals (CAPT and F/O) to tell persons
4. Procedure
_________

27-21-42-991-005)
Subtask 27-21-42-020-053
A. Removal of the F/O pedals
washer (75) (Ref. Detail F).
(2) Remove the bolt (79) and disconnect the rod (78).
(3) Remove the cotter pin (82) and discard it. Remove the nut (83) and
the washer (84) (Ref. Detail G).
(5) Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts (100) and (109) (Ref.
Detail J).
(6) Remove the nut (100) and the washer (101).
(7) Remove the pedal (74), the bush (103) and the bolt (104).
(9) Remove the pedal (85), the bush (112) and the bolt (113).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-42

Page 411
Feb 01/05
R
LAN
F/O Pedals
Figure 403/TASK 27-21-42-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-21-42

Page 412
Feb 01/05
R
LAN
F/O Pedals
Figure 404/TASK 27-21-42-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-21-42

Page 413
Feb 01/05
R
LAN
F/O Pedals
Figure 405/TASK 27-21-42-991-005

EFF :

ALL 27-21-42

Page 414
Feb 01/05
R
LAN
bonding strip (53), the washer (54) and the bolt (55) (Ref. Detail
B).
washer (63) and the bolt (64) (Ref. Detail D).
NOTE : Apply a force on the bellcrank (60) or (88). This gives a free
____
passage to the bolts (64) and (65).
washer (87) and the bolt (65) (Ref. Detail D).
washer (92) and the bolt (95). (Ref. Detail C).
washer (70) and the bolt (73) (Ref. Detail E).
(15) Remove the nuts (108) and discard them. Remove the bolts (106).
(16) Remove the bushes (105) and the pedal assembly by gravity.
NOTE : Before you remove the pedal assembly, you must move it forward
____
to keep the rods (66), (67), (71) and (90) free.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-42

Page 415
Feb 01/05
R
LAN
TASK 27-21-42-400-002
Installation of the F/O Pedals
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-42

Page 416
Feb 01/05
R
LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
51 cotter pin 27-21-01 03A-161

R 51 cotter pin 27-21-01 03B-161
61 cotter pin 32-42-01 04 -010
68 cotter pin 27-21-01 01 -010
68 cotter pin 27-21-01 01A-010
77 cotter pin 32-42-01 04 -010
82 cotter pin 32-42-01 04 -010
89 cotter pin 32-42-01 04 -010
94 cotter pin 27-21-01 01 -010
94 cotter pin 27-21-01 01A-010
108 nuts 27-21-01 06 -010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-21-43-400-002 Installation of the Pedal Position Adjuster Assembly
32-42-47-000-001 Removal of the Transmitter Unit - Brake Pedal (9GG)
32-42-47-400-001 Installation of the Transmitter Unit - Brake Pedal
(9GG)
32-43-12-000-001 Removal of the Brake Control Master Cylinder
(2625GM,2626GM)
32-43-12-400-001 Installation of the Brake Control Master Cylinder
(2625GM,2626GM)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-42-860-054
(1) Make sure that the pedal position adjuster assembly is removed
(Ref. TASK 27-21-43-000-001).
(2) Make sure that the brake control master cylinders (2625GM, 2626GM)
are removed (Ref. TASK 32-43-12-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-42

Page 417
Feb 01/10

LAN
(3) Make sure that the brake pedal transmitter unit (9GG) is removed
(Ref. TASK 32-42-47-000-001).
(4) On the pedals (CAPT and F/O) make sure that the warning notices are
in position to tell persons not to operate them.
4. Procedure
_________
R Subtask 27-21-42-420-051-A
R A. Installation of the F/O pedals
R (1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the attachment hardware.
R (2) Install the pedal assembly between the structure (107) through the
R avionics compartment.
R NOTE : Make sure that the rods (66), (67), (71) and (90) are
____
R correctly installed in their bellcranks (60), (88), (72) and
R (91).
R (3) Install the bushes (105), the bolts (106) and the new nuts (108).
R (4) Install the bolt (95), the washer (92), the nut (93) and the new
R cotter pin (94) (Ref. Detail C).
R cotter pin (61) (Ref. Detail D).
R cotter pin (89) (Ref. Detail D).
R cotter pin (68) (Ref. Detail E).
R (8) Install the bolt (55), the washer (54), the bonding strip (53), the
R nut (52) and the new cotter pin (51) (Ref. Detail B).
R (9) Install the bolt (104) on the post (72) with the bush (103) and the
R pedal (74).
R (10) Install the washer (101) and the nut (100).
R (11) Install the bolt (113) on the post (91) with the bush (112) and the
R pedal (85).
R (12) Install the washer (110) and the nut (109).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-42

Page 418
Feb 01/05

LAN
R (13) Safety the nuts (100) and (109) with Lockwire corrosion resistant
R steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
R (14) Connect the rod (78) to the pedal (74) with the bolt (79) (Ref.
R Detail G).
R (15) Install the washer (75), the nut (76) and the new cotter pin (77).
R (16) Connect the rod (80) to the pedal (85) with the bolt (81) (Ref.
R Detail H).
R (17) Install the washer (84), the nut (83) and the new cotter pin (82).
Subtask 27-21-42-710-052
B. Test
(1) Preparation for the Test
(a) Install the pedal position adjuster assembly (Ref. TASK 27-21-43-
400-002).
(b) Install the brake pedal transmitter unit (9GG) (Ref. TASK 32-42-
47-400-001).
(c) Install the brake control master cylinders (2625GM and 2626GM)
(Ref. TASK 32-43-12-400-001).
(2) Do the operational test of the F/O pedals (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-
001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-42-860-055
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-42

Page 419
Feb 01/05

LAN
ADJUSTER ASSY - PEDAL POSITION - SERVICING
__________________________________________
TASK 27-21-43-600-001
Lubrication of the Rack/Slider Linkage of the Pedal Position Adjuster
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific warning notice(s)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-026D F ASN 42202
GENERAL CLEANING AGENT - MULTI PURPOSE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-21-43-991-006 Fig. 301

EFF :

ALL 27-21-43

Page 301
Feb 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-43-860-057

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(2) Put the warning notice(s) on the CAPT and F/O pedals to tell persons
not to use the rudder.
Subtask 27-21-43-010-054
B. Get Access

access door 811.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 27-21-43-991-006)
Subtask 27-21-43-640-052
A. Lubrication
NOTE : Do these steps on the CAPT and F/O pedals.

____
(1) Apply CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026D) to the junction (3) of
the rack (2) and slider (1).
(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the junction (3) of the
rack (2) and slider (1).
(3) In the cockpit, operate the pedal position adjuster fully many times
so that the grease goes into the mechanism.
(4) Apply a second coat of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the
junction (3) of the rack (2) and slider (1).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-43

Page 302
Feb 01/11

LAN
Rack/Slider Linkage of the Pedal Position Adjuster
Figure 301/TASK 27-21-43-991-006

EFF :

ALL 27-21-43

Page 303
May 01/00

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-43-860-056
items.
Subtask 27-21-43-410-054
B. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 27-21-43

Page 304
May 01/00

LAN
ADJUSTER ASSY - PEDAL POSITION - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 27-21-43-000-002
Removal of the Pedal Position Adjuster Assembly
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
Power Supply
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-099,
27-21-43-991-003 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 27-21-43

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 003-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-21-43-991-003-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-099,
27-21-43-991-004 Fig. 402
R **ON A/C 003-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-21-43-991-004-A Fig. 402A
**ON A/C ALL
27-21-43-991-005 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-43-861-051
A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)
Subtask 27-21-43-010-052
B. Get Access
Subtask 27-21-43-860-053

EFF :

ALL 27-21-43

Page 402
May 01/11

LAN
yaw/brake bellcrank (2) (see detail B).
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-43-991-003)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-21-43-991-003-A)
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-43-991-003)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-21-43-991-003-A)
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-21-43-991-004)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 27-21-43-991-004-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-21-43-991-005)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-43

Page 403
May 01/11

LAN
Rigging Pin Location
Figure 401/TASK 27-21-43-991-003

R

EFF :

001-002, 051-099, 27-21-43

Page 404
May 01/06

LAN
Rigging Pin Location
Figure 401A/TASK 27-21-43-991-003-A

R

EFF :

003-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-21-43

Page 405
May 01/11

LAN
Component Location
Figure 402/TASK 27-21-43-991-004

R

EFF :

001-002, 051-099, 27-21-43

Page 406
May 01/06

LAN
Component Location
Figure 402A/TASK 27-21-43-991-004-A

R

EFF :

003-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-21-43

Page 407
May 01/11

LAN
Rack Assembly
Figure 403/TASK 27-21-43-991-005

EFF :

ALL 27-21-43

Page 408
May 01/00

LAN
Subtask 27-21-43-020-055
A. Removal of the Pedal Position Adjuster Assembly
(1) Remove the cotter pin (30) and discard it.
(2) Remove the nut (31), the washer (32) and the bolt (38).
(3) In the cockpit, remove the screws (10) and the washers (11).
(5) Cut and remove the lockwire from the nut (43).
(6) Fully loosen the nut (43).
(7) Fully tighten the screw (44).
(8) Remove the clip (45).
(9) Lightly pull the handle (15) so that you can remove the pin (16).
NOTE : The pin (16) has a slot so that you can disengage it from the
____
cable (17) when you remove it.
(11) Pull the cable (17) lightly down and remove the cover (5) with the
rod (39).
(12) Remove the locking-pin (46).
NOTE : The pin (40) has a slot so that you can disengage it from the
____
cable (17) when you remove it.
(14) Remove the cable (17).
(15) Remove the screw (44) and the nut (43).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-43

Page 409
May 01/00

LAN
(19) Remove the nut (24), the bolt (27) and the washers (25).
(20) Lift the lower part of the rack assembly (26) to compress the springs
(41) and (42). Remove the spacer (28).
(21) Remove the rack assembly (26) and the springs (41) and (42).
(22) Remove the cotter pins (33) and discard them.
(23) Remove the washers (34) and the pins (36).
(24) Remove the actuator (37).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-43

Page 410
May 01/00

LAN
TASK 27-21-43-400-002
Installation of the Pedal Position Adjuster Assembly
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-43

Page 411
Feb 01/11

LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22 cotter pin 27-21-01 02B-040

23 cotter pin 27-21-01 02B-040
30 cotter pin 27-21-01 02B-040
33 cotter pins 27-21-01 02B-095
45 clip 27-21-01 02B-010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
Power Supply
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-099,
27-21-43-991-003 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 003-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-21-43-991-003-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-099,
27-21-43-991-004 Fig. 402
R **ON A/C 003-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-21-43-991-004-A Fig. 402A

EFF :

ALL 27-21-43

Page 412
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
27-21-43-991-005 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-43-860-054
(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-001).
(2) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in

position.
(3) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.
(4) Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system is depressurized (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-003).

installed on the yaw/brake bellcrank (see detail B)
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-43-991-003)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-21-43-991-003-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-43

Page 413
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-21-43-991-004)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 27-21-43-991-004-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-21-43-991-005)
Subtask 27-21-43-420-055
A. Installation of the Pedal Position Adjuster Assembly
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the attachment hardware.
(2) Install the springs (41) and (42) on the rack assembly (26).
(3) Lift the lower part of the rack assembly (26) to compress the springs
(41) and (42).
(4) Install the rack assembly (26) on the yoke (29) with the spacer (28)
and on the structure (19) with the bolt (18).
(5) Install the washer (20), the nut (21) and the new cotter pin (22).
(6) Install the washers (25), the bolt (27), the nut (24) and the new
cotter pin (23).
(7) Install the nut (43) and the screw (44).
NOTE : Engage all the threads of the screw (44) but do not fully
____
tighten it.
(8) Install the actuator (37) with the pins (36) on the structure (35)
and the yoke (29).
(9) Install the washers (34) and the new cotter pins (33).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-43

Page 414
May 01/11

LAN
(10) Install the cable (17) through the screw (44) and to the lower part
of the rack assembly (26) with the pin (40).
NOTE : The pin (40) has a slot and a recess for the head of the cable
____
(17).
(11) Install the locking pin (46).
(12) Install the cover (5) on the structure (8) and (9).
(13) Put the cable (17) through the cover (5) and install the pin (16) on
the handle (15).
NOTE : The pin (16) has a slot and a recess for the head of the cable
____
(17).
(14) Install the new clip (45).
(15) Install the washers (11) and the screws (10).
(17) Connect the rod (39) to the yoke (29) with the screw (38).
Subtask 27-21-43-820-050
B. Adjustment
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-21-43-991-005)
NOTE : During the adjustment of the cable length, make sure that the
____
terminal heads of the cables (17) are in position in their
housings.
(1) Adjust the length of each rack unlocking control-cable so that the
adjustment position limits, the non-control (measured at the handle)
is between 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.) and 2 mm (0.0787 in.).
(a) Slowly loosen the screw (44) until you get a non-control
clearance at the handle (15) (Ref. Section CC).
- position 0: non-control more than or equal to 0.8 mm (0.0314
in.)
- position 12: non-control less than or equal to 2 mm (0.0787
in.).
(2) Tighten the nut (43).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-43

Page 415
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(3) Safety the nut (43) with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8
mm (0.03 in.).
Subtask 27-21-43-710-051
C. Operational Test
(1) Remove the pin (1) (Ref. Detail B).
**ON A/C 001-002, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-43-991-003)
R **ON A/C 003-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-21-43-991-003-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(2) Do two or three operations from one stop to the other stop.
To do this:
(a) Pull the handle (15).
(b) Move the pedals to the stop.
(c) Release the handle (15).
(3) When the pedal is against the stop, make sure that the non-control
clearance is correct. This shows that the rack assembly (26) is
locked.
Do the adjustment again if it is not correct.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-43-860-055
A. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration
items.
(2) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-43

Page 416
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-21-43-410-053
B. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 27-21-43

Page 417
May 01/00

LAN
BELLCRANK - YAW/BRAKE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________
TASK 27-21-44-000-001
Removal of the CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
27-21-44-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-21-44-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
27-21-44-991-002 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 401
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-21-44-991-002-A Fig. 402A
**ON A/C ALL
27-21-44-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-44-941-050
A. Put the Warning Notice
(1) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to pressurize the Green and
the Yellow hydraulic systems.
(2) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to operate the pedals.
Subtask 27-21-44-010-050
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-44-991-001)
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-21-44-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 402
May 01/11

LAN
Location of the Rigging Points
Figure 401/TASK 27-21-44-991-001

R

EFF :

001-011, 051-099, 27-21-44

Page 403
Aug 01/07

LAN
Location of the Rigging Points
Figure 401A/TASK 27-21-44-991-001-A

R

EFF :

012-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-21-44

Page 404
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-21-44-991-002)
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 27-21-44-991-002-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-21-44-991-003)
Subtask 27-21-44-480-050
A. Install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (36) on the

tension regulator.
Subtask 27-21-44-020-050
B. Removal of the CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank
the washer (22).
the washer (10).
the washer(18).
the washer (30).
(8) Remove the bolt (34) and disconnect the rods (29) and (33).
the washer (65).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 405
May 01/11

LAN
CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank
Figure 402/TASK 27-21-44-991-002

R

EFF :

001-011, 051-099, 27-21-44

Page 406
Aug 01/07

LAN
Figure 402A/TASK 27-21-44-991-002-A

R

EFF :

012-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-21-44

Page 407
May 01/11

LAN
Figure 403/TASK 27-21-44-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 408
Aug 01/03
R
LAN
the washer (56).
the washer (61).
the washer (53).
the washer (46).
(19) Remove the nuts (41) and discard them. Remove the bolts (49) and the
bolts (50).
(20) Turn the yaw bellcrank (2) 90 deg. to make the removal of the
yaw/brake bellcrank possible.
(21) Remove the sleeves (45) and (73) and the yaw/brake bellcrank.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 409
Aug 01/03
R
LAN
TASK 27-21-44-400-001
Installation of the CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

in.)
in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 410
Feb 01/11

LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 cotter pin 27-21-01 01 -010

11 cotter pin 27-21-01 01A-010
19 cotter pin 27-21-01 01 -010
19 cotter pin 27-21-01 01A-010
24 cotter pin 27-21-01 01 -010
24 cotter pin 27-21-01 01A-010
32 cotter pin 27-21-01 01 -010
32 cotter pin 27-21-01 01A-010
48 cotter pin 27-21-01 07 -010A
55 cotter pin 32-42-01 04 -010
58 cotter pin 32-42-01 04 -010
60 cotter pin 32-42-01 04 -010
63 cotter pin 32-42-01 04 -010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

32-42-00-710-001 Operational Check of the Normal Braking System
32-43-00-710-001 Operational Check of Alternate Braking System
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
27-21-44-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-21-44-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
27-21-44-991-002 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 411
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-21-44-991-002-A Fig. 402A
**ON A/C ALL
27-21-44-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-44-010-052
A. Get Access

position.
(3) Make sure that the warning notice to tell persons not to operate the
Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems is in position.
pedals is in position.
(5) Make sure that the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (36)

is in position on the tension regulator.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-44-991-001)
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-21-44-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 412
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-21-44-991-002)
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 27-21-44-991-002-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-21-44-991-003)
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
Subtask 27-21-44-420-050
A. Installation of the CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank
(2) Turn the yaw bellcrank (2) 90 deg. and install the yaw/brake
bellcrank on the beam (40).
(3) Install the sleeves (45) and (73).
(4) Install the bolts (50), (49); install and tighten the new nuts (41).
(5) Install the rod (42) on the sleeve (45) and install the bolt (43).
(6) Install the washer (46) and install and tighten the nut (47). Safety
it with the new cotter pin (48).
(7) Install the rod (62) and install the bolt (51).
(8) Install the washer (53), install and tighten the nut (54). Safety it
with the new cotter pin (55).
(9) Install the rod (66), install the bolt (70).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 413
May 01/11

LAN

yaw/brake bellcranks of the CAPT and F/O.
(16) Push and hold the pin on the transducer unit 25CE1 to lock the input
lever in the zero position.
NOTE : The pin is a part of the transducer unit 25CE1.

____
(17) Install the rods (33) and (29) and install the bolt (34). If
necessary, adjust the length of the rod (29) as follows:
(a) Cut and discard the lockwire.
(b) Loosen the nuts (25) and (28) and disengage the lockwashers (26)
and (27).
(c) Adjust the length of the rod (29) until you can install the bolt
(34).
(d) Engage the lockwashers (26) and (27) and tighten the nuts (25)
and (28). Safety them with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia
0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(18) Disengage the pin to release the input lever of the transducer unit
25CE1.
(20) Install the rod (9) and the bolt (1).
(22) Install the rod (4) and install the bolt (3). If necessary, adjust
the length of the rod (4) as follows:

EFF :

001-011, 051-099, 27-21-44

Page 414
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(b) Loosen the nuts (5) and (8) and disengage the lockwashers (6) and
(7).
(3).
(d) Engage the lockwashers (6) and (7) and TORQUE the nuts (5) and
(8) to 1.374 m.daN (10.13 lbf.ft). Safety them with Lockwire
corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(24) Install the rod (17) and the bolt (21). If necessary, adjust the
length of the rod (17) as follows:
and (15).
(21).

R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-21-44-420-050-A
A. Installation of the CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank
(2) Turn the yaw bellcrank (2) 90 deg. and install the yaw/brake
bellcrank on the beam (40).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 415
May 01/11

LAN
(4) Install the bolts (50), (49); install and tighten the new nuts (41).
(7) Install the rod (62) and install the bolt (51).


____
and (27).
(34).

R

EFF :

012-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-21-44

Page 416
May 01/11

LAN
0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
25CE1.
(22) Install the rod (4) and install the bolt (3). If necessary, adjust
the length of the rod (4) as follows:
(a) Cut and discard the lockwire from the nuts of the rod (4).
(b) Loosen the nuts (5) and (7) and disengage the lockwashers (6) and
(8).
(c) Turn the rod body (37) until you can install and remove the
rigging pins (35) and (36) freely.
(d) Engage the lockwashers (6) and (8).
(e) Torque the nut (7) to 1.2 m.daN (106.19 lbf.in) and the nut (5)
to 0.5 m.daN (44.24 lbf.in).
(f) Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened
the nuts.
(g) Safety the nuts with lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8
mm (0.03 in.)
and (15).

R

EFF :

012-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-21-44

Page 417
May 01/11

LAN
(21).

**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-44-080-050
B. Remove the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (36) from the

tension regulator.
Subtask 27-21-44-710-050
C. Test of the CAPT Yaw/Brake Bellcrank
27-24-00-710-001).
(2) Do the operational test of the normal braking system (operational

check of the pedals) (Ref. TASK 32-42-00-710-001).
(3) Do the operational test of the alternate braking system (operational

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-44-942-050
A. Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 418
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-21-44-410-050
B. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 419
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-21-44-000-002
Removal of the F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
27-21-44-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-21-44-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
27-21-44-991-004 Fig. 404

27-21-44-991-005 Fig. 405

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 420
May 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-44-941-053
A. Put the warning notice
(1) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to pressurize the Green and
the Yellow hydraulic systems.
(2) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to operate the pedals.
Subtask 27-21-44-010-051
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-44-991-001)
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-21-44-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-21-44-991-004, 405/TASK 27-21-44-991-005)
Subtask 27-21-44-480-051
A. Install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (36) on the

tension regulator.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 421
May 01/11

LAN
F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank
Figure 404/TASK 27-21-44-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 422
Aug 01/03
R
LAN
F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank
Figure 405/TASK 27-21-44-991-005

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 423
Aug 01/03

LAN
Subtask 27-21-44-020-051
B. Removal of the F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank
the washer (86).
the washer (101).
(4) Remove the bolt (103) and disconnect the rods (98) and (102).
the washer (82).
the washer (123).
the washer (131).
the washer (120).
the washer (128).
the washer (141).
(17) Remove the nuts (111) and discard them. Remove the bolts (114) and
the bolts (115).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 424
Aug 01/03

LAN
(18) Remove the sleeves (138) and (113) and the yaw/brake bellcrank.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 425
Aug 01/03

LAN
TASK 27-21-44-400-002
Installation of the F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 426
Feb 01/11

LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
83 cotter pin 27-21-01 01 -010

83 cotter pin 27-21-01 01A-010
88 cotter pin 27-21-01 01 -010
88 cotter pin 27-21-01 01A-010
99 cotter pin 27-21-01 01 -010
99 cotter pin 27-21-01 01A-010
121 cotter pin 32-42-01 04 -010
125 cotter pin 32-42-01 04 -010
127 cotter pin 32-42-01 04 -010
129 cotter pin 32-42-01 04 -010
139 cotter pin 27-21-01 08 -010A
139 cotter pin 27-21-01 08 -010B
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

32-42-00-710-001 Operational Check of the Normal Braking System
32-43-00-710-001 Operational Check of Alternate Braking System
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
27-21-44-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-21-44-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
27-21-44-991-004 Fig. 404

27-21-44-991-005 Fig. 405

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 427
May 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-44-010-053
A. Get Access

position.
Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems is in position.
pedals is in position.
(5) Make sure that the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (36)

is in position on the tension regulator.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-44-991-001)
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-21-44-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-21-44-991-004, 405/TASK 27-21-44-991-005)
Subtask 27-21-44-420-051
A. Installation of the F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank
(2) Install the yaw/brake bellcrank on the beam (110).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 428
May 01/11

LAN
(4) Install the bolts (114), the bolts (115), install and tighten the new
nuts (111).
(6) Install the washer (141), install and tighten the nut (140). Safety
(7) Put the rod (133) in position and install the bolt (135).
(11) Put the rod (119) in position and install the bolt (134).
(14) Install the washer (123) and install and tighten the nut (124).
Safety it with the new cotter pin (125).
R (17) Install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (35) on the


____

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 429
Aug 01/07

LAN
and (96).
(103).
0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
25CE2.
(21) Install the washer (101) and install and tighten the nut (100).
Safety it with the new cotter pin (99).
and (92).
(85).
R (24) Remove PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (35) from the

Subtask 27-21-44-080-051
R B. Remove the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (36) from the

tension regulator.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 430
Aug 01/07

LAN
Subtask 27-21-44-710-051
C. Test of the F/O Yaw/Brake Bellcrank
27-24-00-710-001).
(2) Do the operational test of the normal braking system (operational

R (3) Do the operational test of the alternate braking system (operational

R check of the pedals) (Ref. TASK 32-43-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-44-942-053
items.
Subtask 27-21-44-410-051
B. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 27-21-44

Page 431
Aug 01/03

LAN
REGULATOR - CABLE TENSION (103CM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________
TASK 27-21-45-000-001
Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator Assy
_______
CAUTION : DO THIS PROCEDURE IN A HANGAR IF THERE ARE WIND GUSTS. WIND GUSTS CAN
_______
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE LINKAGE WHEN THE RIGGING PINS ARE IN POSITION ON
THE RUDDER CONTROL.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FE171901 1 TOOL - LOCKING
98D27207516000 1 TBD
98D27207547000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-21-45

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
27-21-45-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-21-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
27-21-45-991-002 Fig. 402
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-21-45-991-002-A Fig. 402A
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
27-21-45-991-003 Fig. 403
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-21-45-991-003-A Fig. 403A

EFF :

ALL 27-21-45

Page 402
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-45-010-052
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the panel 211GF at zone 211.
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-45-991-001)
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-21-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at zone

121.
(3) Open the access doors 811.
(4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone
312.
(5) Open the access doors 312AR.
Subtask 27-21-45-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
pushbutton switch is pushed.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-45

Page 403
May 01/11

LAN
Component Location
Figure 401/TASK 27-21-45-991-001

R

EFF :

001-011, 051-099, 27-21-45

Page 404
Aug 01/07

LAN
Component Location
Figure 401A/TASK 27-21-45-991-001-A

R

EFF :

012-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-21-45

Page 405
May 01/11

LAN
pushbutton switch is pushed (on these pushbuttons switches, the OFF
and FAULT legends are off).
(6) In zone 121, install the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000)

(6) on the CAPT yaw/brake bellcrank (5) (Ref. Detail C).
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-45-991-001)
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-21-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(7) In zone 311, install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (8) or TBD

(98D27207516000) pin (98D27207516160) on the cable quadrant (1) (Ref.
Details B and D).
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-45-991-001)
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-21-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(9) Make sure that the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems are
depressurized. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-
002)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-45

Page 406
May 01/11

LAN
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-45-991-001)
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-21-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-21-45-991-002)
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 27-21-45-991-002-A)
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-21-45-991-003)
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 27-21-45-991-003-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-45-020-052
A. Removal of the Cable Tension-Regulator Assy
(1) Remove the cotter pins (35) from the cable housings of the regulator
(15) (Ref. Details F and G).
(2) Remove the cotter pins (50), the nuts (49), the washers (48), the
screws (46) and the spacers (47) (Ref. Detail K).
(3) Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts (3) of the cable quadrant
(1) turnbuckles (Ref. Details B and D).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-45

Page 407
May 01/11

LAN
Cable Tension Regulator Assy
Figure 402/TASK 27-21-45-991-002

R

EFF :

001-011, 051-099, 27-21-45

Page 408
Aug 01/07

LAN
Cable Tension Regulator Assy
Figure 402A/TASK 27-21-45-991-002-A

R

EFF :

012-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-21-45

Page 409
May 01/11

LAN
Cable Tension regulator Assy
Figure 403/TASK 27-21-45-991-003

R

EFF :

001-011, 051-099, 27-21-45

Page 410
Aug 01/07

LAN
Cable Tension regulator Assy
Figure 403A/TASK 27-21-45-991-003-A

R

EFF :

012-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-21-45

Page 411
May 01/11

LAN
(4) Loosen the nuts (3) and the screws (2) until it is possible to
install the TOOL - LOCKING (FE171901) (45) on the regulator (15)
(Ref. Details D and L).
(5) Install the locking equipment (45) on the regulator (15) with the
rigging pins (44) (Ref. Detail L).
(6) Fully loosen the nuts (3) and the screws (2).
(7) Remove the cables (7) and (9) from the regulator (15) (Ref. Details F
and G) and hang them on the structure.
(8) Remove the cotter pin (40), the nut (41) and the washer (43) (Ref.
Detail J).
(9) Remove the screw (42) and disconnect the rod (4) from the regulator
(15).
(10) Remove the cotter pin (38), the nut (37) and the washer (36) (Ref.
Detail H).
(11) Remove the screw (39) and disconnect the rod (23) from the regulator
(15).
(12) Remove the cotter pin (17), the nut (18) and the washer (19).
(13) Remove the cotter pin (29), the nut (28) and the washer (27).
(14) Remove the screws (22) (24), the spacers (21), (25) and remove the
regulator (15).

R

EFF :

ALL 27-21-45

Page 412
Aug 01/10

LAN
TASK 27-21-45-400-001
Installation of the Cable Tension Regulator Assy
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98D27207516000 1 TBD
98D27207547000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

in.)
in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-45

Page 413
Feb 01/11

LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17 cotter pin 27-21-01 12B-070

29 cotter pin 27-21-01 12B-070
35 cotter pins 27-21-01 12B-010
38 cotter pin 27-21-01 12B-010
40 cotter pin 27-21-01 01 -010
40 cotter pin 27-21-01 01A-010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
27-21-45-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-21-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
27-21-45-991-002 Fig. 402
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-21-45-991-002-A Fig. 402A

EFF :

ALL 27-21-45

Page 414
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
27-21-45-991-003 Fig. 403
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-21-45-991-003-A Fig. 403A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-45-860-051
(1) Make sure that the panel 211GF at zone 211 is removed.
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-45-991-001)
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-21-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL

position at zone 121.
(4) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in
(5) Make sure that the access door 312AR is open.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-45

Page 415
May 01/11

LAN
(6) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
pushbutton switch is pushed.
pushbutton switch is pushed (on these pushbuttons switches, the OFF
and FAULT legends are off).
(10) In zone 121, on the CAPT yaw/brake bellcrank (5) make sure that the
PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (6) (Ref. Detail C) is
installed.
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-45-991-001)
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-21-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(11) In zone 311, on the cable quadrant (1) (Ref. Details B and D), make
sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (8) or TBD
(98D27207516000) pin (98D27207516160) is installed.
(12) Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003)
is depressurized.
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-45-991-001)
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-21-45-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-45

Page 416
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
(13) Make sure that the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems are
depressurized. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-
002)
(14) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized.
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-45-991-001)
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-21-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-21-45-991-002)
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 27-21-45-991-002-A)
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-21-45-991-003)
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 27-21-45-991-003-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-45

Page 417
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C 001-011, 051-099,
Subtask 27-21-45-420-052
A. Installation of the Cable Tension-Regulator Assy
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on all attaching parts.
(2) Install the regulator (15) on the support (26) with the spacer (25)
and the screw (24).
and the screw (22).
NOTE : Align the shackle (16) of the regulator (15) in the center.
____
Make sure that the shackle does not touch the support (20).
(6) Connect the rod (23) to the regulator (15) with the screw (39) (Ref.
Detail H). If an adjustment is necessary, do as follows:
(b) Loosen the nuts of the rod (23).
(c) Disengage the washers from the nuts of the rod (23).
(d) Adjust the rod (23) to the necessary length and without tension.
(e) TORQUE the nuts of the rod (23) to 0.59 m.daN (52.21 lbf.in). Do
not safety at this time.
(7) Install the washer (36) and the nut (37). Do not safety the nut (37)
at this time.

input lever of the regulator (15) (Ref. Detail J).
(9) Connect the rod (4) to the regulator (15) with the screws (42) (Ref.
Detail J). If an adjustment is necessary, do as follows:

R

EFF :

001-011, 051-099, 27-21-45

Page 418
Aug 01/10

LAN
(d) Adjust the rod (4) to the necessary length.
(e) TORQUE the nuts of the rod (4) to 1.374 m.daN (10.13 lbf.ft). Do
at this time.
(11) Install the cables (7) and (9) on the regulator (15) (Ref. Details F
and G).
(12) Install the new cotter pins (35) on the cable end housings of the
regulator (15).
(13) Install the spacers (47), the screws (46), the washers (48), the nuts
(49) and the new cotter pins (50) (Ref. Detail K).
(14) Tighten the screws (2) of the cable quadrant (1) turnbuckles until it
is possible to remove the locking equipment (45) from the regulator
(15).
(15) Remove this TOOL - LOCKING (FE171901) (45) with the rigging pins
(44).

CAPT yaw/brake bellcrank (5) (Ref. Detail C).
R **ON A/C 012-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-21-45-420-052-A
A. Installation of the Cable Tension-Regulator Assy
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on all attaching parts.
and the screw (24).
and the screw (22).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-45

Page 419
May 01/11

LAN
NOTE : Align the shackle (16) of the regulator (15) in the center.
____
Make sure that the shackle does not touch the support (20).
(6) Connect the rod (23) to the regulator (15) with the screw (39) (Ref.
Detail H). If an adjustment is necessary, do as follows:
(d) Adjust the rod (23) to the necessary length and without tension.
(e) TORQUE the nuts of the rod (23) to 0.59 m.daN (52.21 lbf.in). Do
at this time.

(9) Connect the rod (4) to the regulator (15) with the screws (42) (Ref.
Detail J). If an adjustment is necessary, do as follows:
(b) Loosen the nuts (65) and (62), and disengage the lockwashers (64)
and (61).
(c) Turn the rod body (63) until you can install and remove the
rigging pins (6) freely.
(d) Engage the lockwashers (64) and (61).
(e) TORQUE the nut (62) to 1.2 m.daN (106.19 lbf.in) and the nut (65)
to 0.5 m.daN (44.24 lbf.in) . Do not safety at this time.
(f) Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have tightened
the nuts.
at this time.

R

EFF :

012-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-21-45

Page 420
May 01/11

LAN
(11) Install the cables (7) and (9) on the regulator (15) (Ref. Details F
and G).
(12) Install the new cotter pins (35) on the cable end housings of the
regulator (15).
(13) Install the spacers (47), the screws (46), the washers (48), the nuts
(49) and the new cotter pins (50) (Ref. Detail K).
(14) Tighten the screws (2) of the cable quadrant (1) turnbuckles until it
is possible to remove the locking equipment (45) from the regulator
(15).
(15) Remove this TOOL - LOCKING (FE171901) (45) with the rigging pins
(44).

CAPT yaw/brake bellcrank (5) (Ref. Detail C).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-45-820-050
B. Adjust the tension of the cables (7 and 9) (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-820-002).
NOTE : If you cannot adjust the control cables, do a visual inspection on

____
the pulleys and the tension regulator. If they are in good
condition, replace the control cables.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-45-420-051
A. Safety the nuts and install the new cotter pin
(1) Safety the nuts (3) with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.6
mm (0.02 in.).
(2) Safety the nuts of the rod (4) with Lockwire corrosion resistant
steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(3) Install the new cotter pin (40) on the nut (41).
(4) Safety the nuts of the rod (23) with Lockwire corrosion resistant
steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

R

EFF :

ALL 27-21-45

Page 421
Aug 01/10

LAN
(5) Install the new cotter pin (38) on the nut (37).
Subtask 27-21-45-080-050
B. Removal of the tools

R (2) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (8) or TBD (98D27207516000)

pin (98D27207516160) from the cable quadrant (1) (Ref. Details B and
D).
Subtask 27-21-45-410-050
C. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the panel 211GF at zone 211.
(3) Close the access doors 811, 312AR.

R

EFF :

ALL 27-21-45

Page 422
Nov 01/10

LAN
TASK 27-21-45-000-003
Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator (103CM)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-21-45-000-001 Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator Assy

27-21-45-991-005 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-45-020-053
A. Remove the cable tension regulator assy (Ref. TASK 27-21-45-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-21-45-991-005)
Subtask 27-21-45-020-054
A. Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator
(1) Remove the six screws (21).
(2) Remove the plate (22).
(3) Cut and discard the cotter pin (17) from the nut (18).
(5) Cut and discard the cotter pin (15) and unlock the nut (14).
(6) Remove the pin (8), the bellcrank assy (19) and the sleeve (13).
(7) Remove the six nuts (10) and the six bolts (12).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-45

Page 423
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-21-45

Page 424
Nov 01/10

LAN
Cable Tension Regulator (103CM)
Figure 404/TASK 27-21-45-991-005

EFF :

ALL 27-21-45

Page 425
May 01/05
R
LAN
(8) Cut and discard the cotter pin (2) from the nut (1).
(10) Remove the bolt (7) with the washer (6).
(11) Remove the side fittings (9) and (23) from the cable tension
regulator (11).
(12) Remove the cable tension regulator (11).
NOTE : Do not remove the spacer (20), the link (4) and the spacer (5)
____
from the side fitting (9).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-45

Page 426
May 01/05
R
LAN
TASK 27-21-45-400-003
Installation of the Cable Tension Regulator (103CM)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
A. Consumable Materials
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-003 USA ASTM-D-5363 GP02 CL6 GRD1

THREADLOCKER/SEALANT ANAEROBIC (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-007 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE II
THREADLOCKER/SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-21-45-000-003 Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator (103CM)

27-21-45-400-001 Installation of the Cable Tension Regulator Assy
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-45-860-052
A. Make sure that the cable tension regulator is removed (Ref. TASK 27-21-
45-000-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-45

Page 427
May 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-21-45-910-050
(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.
Subtask 27-21-45-420-053
B. Installation of the Cable Tension Regulator
(1) Make sure that the spacer (4), the link (5) and the spacer (20) are
still installed on the side fitting (9).
(2) Install the side fittings (9) and (23) on the cable tension regulator
(11).
(3) Install the bolt (7), the washers (6) and (3), the nut (1) and
tighten.
(4) Install a new cotter pin (2).
(5) Install the six bolts (12), the six nuts (10) and tighten.
(6) Install the pin (8), the sleeve (13) and the belcrank assy (19).
(7) Lock the nut (14).
(9) Install the washer (16), the nut (18) and tighten.
(11) Install the plate (22).
(12) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-003) or BONDING
AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-007) on the six screws (21).
(13) Install the six screws (21) and tighten them.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-45

Page 428
May 01/05
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-45-420-054
A. Install the cable tension regulator assy (Ref. TASK 27-21-45-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-45

Page 429
May 01/05

LAN
QUADRANT - CABLE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________
TASK 27-21-46-000-001
Removal of the Cable Quadrant
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT)
98D27207547000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207548000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire 0.6 mm (0.024 in.)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-46

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
52-41-00-010-002 Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access
27-21-46-991-001 Fig. 401
27-21-46-991-002 Fig. 402
27-21-46-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up

27-21-46-991-003)
Subtask 27-21-46-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-21-46-010-050
B. Get Access
325.
(2) Open the access panels 325AL, 325BL at the trailing edge of the
vertical stabilizer.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-46

Page 402
Feb 01/11

LAN
Cable Quadrant
Figure 401/TASK 27-21-46-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-21-46

Page 403
May 01/00

LAN
Location of the Rudder Control Rigging Pin
Figure 402/TASK 27-21-46-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-21-46

Page 404
May 01/00

LAN
Location of the Rigging Pins
Figure 403/TASK 27-21-46-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-21-46

Page 405
May 01/00

LAN
R (4) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) under the access door 811.
(6) Remove the floor panels 241BF, 241FF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002).
Subtask 27-21-46-860-050
_______
SYSTEM.

002)
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003)
(5) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system and put it in the maintenance
configu ration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(6) Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are
depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(9) Put the warning notices in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate

862-002)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-46

Page 406
Feb 01/11

LAN
(11) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize
the Green, the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems.
(12) Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (20) in the bellcrank of the

rudder control unit.
(13) Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (21) in the cable quadrant (1).
(14) Put the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (22) in the

interconnecting lever for the rudder pedals and keep the tension
regulator blocked in the neutral position.
Subtask 27-21-46-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-46-991-001)
Subtask 27-21-46-020-050
A. Removal of the Cable Quadrant
(1) Disconnect the cables (10) from the cable quadrant (1).
WARNING : WEAR GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH THE CABLES.

_______
(a) Open the locking clips (30) and turn the turnbuckles (31) until
you can remove the ends of the cables (10) from the levers (3).
(b) Remove the cables (10) from the cable quadrant (1).
(c) Keep the cables (10) clear of the cable quadrant (1).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-46

Page 407
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(2) Disconnect the control rod (2) from the cable quadrant (1).
(b) Remove the nut (16) and the washer (17) from the screw (19).
(c) Remove the screw (19).
(d) Move the control rod (2) clear of the lever arm (4).
(e) Safety the bush (18) in the lever arm (4) with lockwire 0.6 mm
(0.024 in.)
(3) Disconnect the cable quadrant (1) from the aircraft structure.
(b) Remove the nuts (6) and the washers (7) from the screws (8),(9).
(c) Hold the cable quadrant (1) in position.
(d) Remove the screws (8) from the top connection positions.
(e) Remove the screws (9) from the bottom connection positions.
(f) Remove the cable quadrant (1).
NOTE : Identify the screws (8) and the screws (9) for
____
installation in the same positions.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-46

Page 408
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-21-46-400-001
Installation of the Cable Quadrant
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
98D27207547000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207548000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-21-46

Page 409
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHITE SPIRIT)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 cotter pins 27-21-04 07 -060

15 cotter pin 27-21-04 21 -120
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-21-46-991-001 Fig. 401
27-21-46-991-003 Fig. 403

EFF :

ALL 27-21-46

Page 410
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-46-991-001, 403/TASK 27-21-46-991-003)
Subtask 27-21-46-860-051
R (1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in
(2) Make sure that the access panels 325AL and 325BL at the trailing edge
of the vertical stabilizer are open.
R (4) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position under the
access door 811.
(5) Make sure that the access door 811 is open (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-
002).
(6) Make sure that the floor panels 241BF and 241FF are removed.
(8) Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the center pedestal, on the
panel 110VU shows 0.
(9) Make sure that the warning notices are in position in the cockpit to
tell persons not to operate the flight controls.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(12) Make sure that the warning notices are in position to tell persons
not to pressurize the Green, the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic
systems:
- in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel,
- on the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue
hydraulic systems.
(13) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (98D27207548000) (20) is in position
in the bellcrank of the rudder control unit.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-46

Page 411
Feb 01/11

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-21-46

Page 412
Feb 01/11

LAN
in the cable quadrant (1)
(15) Make sure that PIN - RIGGING, RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (22) is
in position in the interconnecting lever for the rudder pedals.
Subtask 27-21-46-865-051
B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-46-991-001)
Subtask 27-21-46-210-050
(1) Clean the interface of the aircraft structure at the cable quadrant
position with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) and let it dry.
(2) Examine the work area.
(a) Make sure that:

- the structure,
- the paint work,
- the control rod (2),
- the cables (10),
are clean and show no damage.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-46

Page 413
Nov 01/10

LAN
(3) Examine the attachment components.
(a) Make sure that:

- the screws (8),(9),(19),
- the nuts (6),(16),
- the bush (18),
- the eye-end bearing of the control rod (2)
(4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the threads of the
screws (8),(9),(19).
(5) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bush (18).
(6) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005)

(Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002) to the interface of the structure at the
cable quadrant position.

(Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002) to the interface of the replacement
cable quadrant (1).
(8) Make sure that the rigging pin (21) is installed in the replacement
cable quadrant (1).
Subtask 27-21-46-420-050
B. Installation of the Cable Quadrant
(1) Connect the cable quadrant (1) to the aircraft structure.
(a) Put the cable quadrant (1) in position at the aircraft structure.
(b) Hold the cable quadrant (1) in position.
(c) Install the screws (8) at the top connection positions.
(d) Install the screws (9) at the bottom connection positions.
(e) Install the washers (7) and the nuts (6) on the screws (8),(9).
(f) Tighten the nuts (6).
(g) Safety the nuts (6) with the cotter pins (5).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-46

Page 414
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(2) Connect the control rod (2) to the cable quadrant (1).
(a) Install the bush (18) in the lever arm (4).
(b) Put the control rod (2) in position in the lever arm (4).
(c) Align the hole in the eye-end bearing of the control rod (2) with
the hole in the lever arm (4).
(d) Install the screw (19).
(e) Install the washer (17) and the nut (16) to the screw (19).
(f) TORQUE the nut (16) to 0.7 m.daN (61.94 lbf.in) and then loosen
it, if necessary, to the next cotter pin hole.
(g) Safety the nut (16) with the cotter pin (15).
(3) Connect the cables (10) to the cable quadrant (1).
(a) Release the cables (10).
(b) Put the cables (10) in position on the cable quadrant (1).
(c) Put the ends of the cables (10) in position in the levers (3).
(d) Make sure that the adjustment of the screws (11) is correct
(Ref. TASK 27-21-00-820-002).
(e) Turn the turnbuckles (31) to apply some tension to the cables
(10).
Subtask 27-21-46-865-052
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 15CC
Subtask 27-21-46-080-050
D. Preparation for the Test
R (1) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (21) from the cable quadrant.
R (2) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (20) from the bellcrank of

the rudder control unit.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-46

Page 415
Aug 01/10

LAN
R (3) Remove the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (22) from the
interconnecting lever for the rudder pedals.
(6) Do the adjustment of the rudder cable tension (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-
820-002).
NOTE : Make sure that the locking clips (30) are correctly installed
____
in the turnbuckles (31) after the adjustment of the cable
tension.
Subtask 27-21-46-710-050
E. Do an operational test of the rudder mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-24-

00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-46-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panels 325AL, 325BL.
(4) Close the access door 811 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).
(5) Install the floor panels 241BF, 241FF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-46

Page 416
Aug 01/10

LAN
FRAME - RUDDER CONTROL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________
TASK 27-21-47-000-001
Removal of the Rudder Control Frame
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27207546000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207547000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel dia 0.8 mm

(0.032 in.)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-47

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-22-51-000-001 Removal of the Rudder Trim Actuator (10CC)
27-23-41-000-001 Removal of the Artificial Feel and Trim Unit
27-26-41-000-001 Removal of the Centering Spring Rod for the Actuator
of the Yaw Damper Servo
27-26-51-000-001 Removal of the Yaw Damper Servo Actuator (3CC1) and
(3CC2)
Power Supply
325BR
27-21-47-991-001 Fig. 401
27-21-47-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-47-991-001)
Subtask 27-21-47-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(3) Open the access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-
002).
(4) Remove the rudder fairing 325AL (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-47

Page 402
Feb 01/11

LAN
Location of the Rigging Pins and the Attached Components
Figure 401/TASK 27-21-47-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-21-47

Page 403
May 01/00

LAN
Subtask 27-21-47-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-21-47-860-050
_______
SYSTEM.

002)
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003)
configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-47

Page 404
Nov 01/10

LAN

862-002)
(11) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not to operate
the hydraulic systems:
hydraulic systems.

servo actuator 1025GM.

quadrant.
Subtask 27-21-47-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-21-47-991-002)
Subtask 27-21-47-020-050
A. Removal of the Rudder Control Frame
(1) Remove the centering spring rod (6) for the yaw-damper servo
actuators 3CC1, 3CC2 (4) (Ref. TASK 27-26-41-000-001).
(2) Remove the yaw-damper servo actuators 3CC1 and 3CC2 (4) (Ref. TASK
27-26-51-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-47

Page 405
Nov 01/10

LAN
Rudder Control Frame
Figure 402/TASK 27-21-47-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-21-47

Page 406
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(3) Disconnect the electrical connections to:
- the artificial feel and trim unit (8) (Ref. TASK 27-23-41-000-001),
- the rudder trim actuator 10CC (5) (Ref. TASK 27-22-51-000-001).
(4) Disconnect the support beams (52),(53) for the hydraulic pipelines
from the rudder control frame (1).
(a) Remove the nuts (56), the washers (55) and the bolts (54)
connecting the support beam (52) at each side of the rudder
control frame (1).
NOTE : Identify nuts (56), the washers (55) and the bolts (54)
____
removed from the bonding points for installation in the
same positions.
(b) Move the support beam (52) away from the top connection to the
rudder control frame (1).
(c) Remove the nuts (57), the washers (58) and the bolts (59)
connecting the support beam (53) at each side of the rudder
control frame (1).
(d) Move the support beam (53) away from the bottom connection to the
(e) Safety the support beams (52),(53) clear of the rudder control
frame (1).
NOTE : Do not disconnect the hydraulic pipelines from the support

____
beams (52),(53) unless a repair or a new installation is
necessary.
(5) Disconnect all the brackets and the P-clips which connect:
- the hydraulic pipelines,
- the electrical cables,
to the rudder control frame (1).
(6) Safety the hydraulic pipelines and the electrical cables clear of the
(7) Disconnect the control rod (2) from the rudder control frame (1).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-47

Page 407
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(c) Move the eye-end of the control rod (2) clear of the bellcrank
(28) of the rudder control frame (1).
(d) Temporarily safety the sliding bush (27) in the bellcrank (28)
with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).
(8) Disconnect the control rod (3) from the rudder control frame (1).
(c) Move the eye-end of the control rod (3) clear of the lever arm
(37) of the rudder control frame (1).
(d) Temporarily safety the sliding bush (36) in the lever arm (37)
with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).
NOTE : Do not disconnect the control rods (50),(51) from the

____
rudder control frame (1) unless a repair or a new
installation is necessary.
(9) Remove the rudder control frame (1).
(a) Disconnect the rudder control frame (1) from the top connection
positions to the structure.
1
_ Remove the screws (32) and the washers (33) from the
connection of the bonding straps (34) to the rudder control
frame (1).
2
_ Move the bonding straps (34) clear of the rudder control frame
(1).
NOTE : Do not disconnect the bonding straps (34) from the

____
structure unless a repair or a new installation is
necessary.
3
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (20).
4
_ Remove the nuts (21), the washers (22) and the bolts (24).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-47

Page 408
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(b) Disconnect the rudder control frame (1) from the bottom
connection positions to the structure.
1
_ Remove the screws (41) and the washers (42) from the
connection of the bonding straps (43) to the rudder control
frame (1).
2
_ Move the bonding straps (43) clear of the rudder control frame
(1).
NOTE : Do not disconnect the bonding straps (43) from the

____
necessary.
3
4
_ Hold the rudder control frame (1) in position.
5
_ Remove the nuts (45), the washers (46) and the bolts (49).
(c) Move the rudder control frame (1) away from the support brackets
(25) at the top connection positions.
(d) Move the rudder control frame (1) away from the links (47) at the
bottom connection positions.
(e) Remove the rudder control frame (1).
NOTE : Make sure that the control rods (2),(3) and the support
____
beams (52),(53) are clear of the rudder control frame (1).
(f) Temporarily safety the sliding bushes (23) in the rudder control
frame (1) at the top connection positions with lockwire,
corrosion-resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).
(g) Temporarily safety the sliding bushes (48) in the links with
lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).
NOTE : Do not disconnect the links (47) from the support brackets
____
unless a repair or a new installation is necessary.
(10) Remove the artificial feel and trim unit (8) complete with the
solenoid 16CA (7) from the rudder control frame (1) (Ref. TASK 27-23-
41-000-001).
(11) Remove the rudder trim actuator 10CC (5) from the rudder control
frame (1) (Ref. TASK 27-22-51-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-47

Page 409
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-21-47-400-001
Installation of the Rudder Control Frame

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
_______
WARNING : PRESSURIZE ONLY THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) THAT IS (ARE) NECESSARY FOR
_______
THE TASK. ISOLATE THE OTHER HYDRAULIC SYSTEM(S) BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
HYDRAULIC POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory

EFF :

ALL 27-21-47

Page 410
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98D27207546000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207547000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-029 USA ASTM D 5363 GROUP 4 CLASS 2 GRADE 1
RETAINING ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-47

Page 411
Feb 01/11

LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 cotter pins 27-21-04 12 -100

20 cotter pins 27-21-04 12A-100
31 cotter pin 27-21-04 22 -100
40 cotter pin 27-21-04 21 -120
44 cotter pins 27-21-04 12 -100
44 cotter pins 27-21-04 12A-100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-22-51-400-001 Installation of the Rudder Trim Actuator (10CC)
27-23-41-400-001 Installation of the Artificial Feel and Trim Unit
27-26-41-400-001 Installation of the Centering Spring Rod for the
Actuator of the Yaw Damper Servo
27-26-51-400-001 Installation of the Yaw Damper Servo Actuator (3CC1)
and (3CC2)
325BR
27-21-47-991-001 Fig. 401
27-21-47-991-002 Fig. 402

R

EFF :

ALL 27-21-47

Page 412
Feb 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-47-991-001, 402/TASK 27-21-47-991-002)
Subtask 27-21-47-860-053-A
(2) Make sure that the access panels 325BL, 325BR and 325CL are open
(Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
(3) Make sure that the rudder fairing 325AL is removed (Ref. TASK 53-55-
12-000-001).
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
systems:
hydraulic systems.
in the bellcrank of the servo actuator 1025GM.
in the rudder cable quadrant.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-47

Page 413
Feb 01/11

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-21-47

Page 414
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-21-47-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-21-47-210-050
C. Examination of the Work Area, the Attachment Components and the

Replacement Rudder Control Frame
(1) Clean the interface of the support brackets (25) and the links (47)
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) and let them dry.
(a) Make sure that:

- the structure,
- the paintwork,
- the control rods (2),(3),
- the bonding straps (34),(43),
- the links (47),
- the support beams (52),(53)
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire which temorarily safetied the sliding
bushes (48) in the links (47).
(b) Remove the sliding bushes (48).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-47

Page 415
Nov 01/10

LAN
(c) Make sure that:
- the nuts (21),(39),(45),(56),(57),
- the bolts (24),(35),(49),(54),(59),
- the screws (32),(41),
- the bushes (48),
(d) Make sure that the flanged bushes are tight in the links (47).
NOTE : Safety the flanged bushes in the links (47), if necessary,

____
with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-029).
(4) Examine the replacement rudder control frame (1).
(a) Make sure that the rudder control frame (1) is serviceable.
(b) Cut and remove the lockwire which temporarily safetied the
sliding bushes (23) at the top connection positions.
NOTE : The left connection position has one sliding bush (23),
____
the right connection position has two sliding bushes (23).
(c) Cut and remove the lockwire which temporarily safetied the
sliding bush (27) in the bellcrank (28).
(d) Cut and remove the lockwire which temporarily safetied the
sliding bush (36) in the lever arm (37).
(e) Remove the bushes (23),(27),(36).
(f) Make sure that the bushes (23),(27),(36) are clean and show no
damage.
(g) Make sure that the flanged bushes are tight in the attachment
positions, the bellcrank (28) and the lever arm (37).
NOTE : Safety the flanged bushes, if necessary, with BONDING AND

____
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-029).
(h) Make sure that the control rods (50),(51) are correctly connected
(i) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bearings of the
rudder control frame (1), if necessary.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-47

Page 416
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-21-47-991-002)
Subtask 27-21-47-640-050

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the threads of the bolts
(24),(35),(49),(54),(59) and the screws (32),(41).
(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes

(23),(27),(36),(48).
(3) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the shafts of the
bolts (24),(35),(49),(54),(59).
(4) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the interfaces of

the lever arms (25), the links (47) and the support beams (52),(53).
Subtask 27-21-47-420-050
B. Installation of the Rudder Control Frame
(1) Install the rudder trim actuator 10CC (5) in the rudder control frame
(1) (Ref. TASK 27-22-51-400-001).
(2) Install the artificial feel and trim unit (8) complete with the
solenoid 16CA (7) in the rudder control frame (1) (Ref. TASK 27-23-
41-400-001).
(3) Make sure that:

- the control rods (2),(3),
- the bonding straps (34),(43),
- the support beams (52),(53),

EFF :

ALL 27-21-47

Page 417
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
are clear of the installation position for the rudder control frame
(1).
(4) Put the bushes (23) in the top connection positions.
NOTE : Put one bush (23) in the left connection position and two
____
bushes (23) in the right connection position.
(5) Put the sliding bushes (48) in the links (47).
(6) Put the rudder control frame (1) in positon.
(7) Hold the rudder control frame (1) in position with the top connection
positions on the support brackets (25).
(8) Install the bolts (24) at the connections of the rudder control frame
(1) and the support brackets (25).
(9) Put the bottom connection positions in the links (47).
(10) Install the bolts (49) at the connections of the links (47) and the
(11) Connect the rudder control frame (1) at the top connection positions
to the structure.
(a) Install the washers (22) and the nuts (21) on the bolts (24).
(b) TORQUE the bolts (24) to 1.5 m.daN (11.06 lbf.ft) and then loosen
the nuts (21), if necessary, to the next cotter pin hole.
(c) Safety the nuts (21) with the cotter pins (20).
(d) Put the bonding straps (34) in position at the rudder control
frame (1).
(e) Install the washers (33) and the screws (32) at the connection of
the bonding straps (34) and the rudder control frame (1)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(12) Connect the rudder control frame (1) at the bottom connection
positions to the structure.
(a) Install the washers (46) and the nuts (45) on the bolts (49).
(b) TORQUE the bolts (49) to 1.5 m.daN (11.06 lbf.ft) and then loosen

EFF :

ALL 27-21-47

Page 418
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(c) Safety the nuts (45) with the cotter pins (44).
(d) Put the bonding straps (43) in position at the rudder control
frame (1).
(e) Install the washers (42) and the screws (41) at the connection of
the bonding straps (43) and the rudder control frame (1)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(13) Connect the control rod (3) to the rudder control frame (1).
(a) Put the eye-end of the control rod (3) in position at the lever
arm (37).
(b) Put the bush (36) in the lever arm (37).
(c) Install the bolt (35) at the connection of the lever arm (37) and
the control rod (3).
(d) Install the washer (38) and the nut (39) on the bolt (35).
(e) TORQUE the nut (39) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in) and then loosen
(14) Connect the control rod (2) to the rudder control frame (1).
(a) Put the eye-end of the control rod (2) in position at the
bellcrank (28).
(b) Put the bush (27) in the bellcrank (28).
(c) Install the bolt (26) at the connection of the bellcrank (28) and
the control rod (2).
(d) Install the washer (29) and the nut (30) on the bolt (26).
(e) TORQUE the nut (30) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in) and then loosen
(15) Install the yaw-damper servo actuators 3CC1 and 3CC2 (4) (Ref. TASK
27-26-51-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-47

Page 419
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(16) Install the centering spring rod (6) for the yaw-damper servo
actuator (Ref. TASK 27-26-41-400-001).
(17) Remove the material which safeties the hydraulic pipelines and the
electrical cables clear of the rudder control frame (1).
(18) Connect the support beams (52),(53) for the hydraulic pipelines to
the rudder control frame (1).
NOTE : Make sure that the hydraulic pipelines are correctly installed
____
at the support beams (52),(53).
(a) Remove the material which safeties the support beams (52),(53)
clear of the rudder control frame (1).
(b) Put the brackets of the support beam (53) at the bottom
connection positions at each side of the rudder control frame
(1).
(c) Install the bolts (59), the washers (58) and the nuts (57) at the
connections of the support beam (53) and the rudder control frame
(1).
(d) Put the brackets of the support beam (52) at the top connection
positions at each side of the rudder control frame (1).
(e) Install the bolts (54), the washers (55) and the nuts (56) at the
connections of the support beam (52) and the rudder control frame
(1).
NOTE : Make sure that the bolts (54), the washers (55) and the
____
nuts (56) which were identified, are installed at the
bonding points.
NOTE : Make sure that:

____
- the hydraulic pipelines are not twisted,
- the hydraulic pipelines do not touch any of the
components which move.
(19) Connect the electrical connections to:

- the rudder trim actuator 10CC (5) (Ref. TASK 27-22-51-400-001),
- the artificial feel and trim unit (8) (Ref. TASK 27-23-41-400-001).
(20) Connect the P-clips and the brackets of:


EFF :

ALL 27-21-47

Page 420
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-21-47-865-052
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 15CC
Subtask 27-21-47-860-051
D. Preparation for Test
R (1) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (70) from the rudder cable
quadrant.

the servo actuator 1025GM.
Subtask 27-21-47-710-050

00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-47-860-052
(1) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the

adjacent structure .
(2) Make sure that the drain holes in the adjacent structure are not
blocked.
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-47

Page 421
Aug 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-21-47-410-051-A
B. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-
002).
(4) Install the rudder fairing 325AL (Ref. TASK 53-55-12-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-47

Page 422
Aug 01/10

LAN
CENTERING ROD - RUDDER CONTROL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 27-21-48-000-001
Removal of the Centering Rod of the Rudder Control
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27207545000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032

in.)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-48

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
325BR
27-21-48-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-48-991-001)
Subtask 27-21-48-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(2) Open the access panel 325DL and remove the access panel 325DR
(Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
Subtask 27-21-48-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-21-48

Page 402
Feb 01/11

LAN
Centering Rod - Rudder Control
Figure 401/TASK 27-21-48-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-21-48

Page 403
May 01/00

LAN
R
Subtask 27-21-48-860-050
_______
SYSTEM.

002)
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003)
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).

862-002)
hydraulic systems.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-48

Page 404
Nov 01/10

LAN
(12) Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (20) in the bellcrank assembly
(2) of the travel limitation unit (3).
Subtask 27-21-48-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-48-991-001)
Subtask 27-21-48-020-050
A. Removal of the Centering Rod
(1) Disconnect the centering rod (1) from the attachment bracket.
(2) Disconnect the centering rod (1) from the bellcrank assembly (2).
(b) Hold the centering rod (1) in position.
(c) Remove the nut (12), the washer (13) and the bolt (17).
(3) Remove the centering rod (1).
(a) Move the fork-end of the centering rod (1) clear of the
attachment bracket.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-48

Page 405
Nov 01/10

LAN
(b) Move the eye-end of the centering rod (1) clear of the lever arm
at the bellcrank assembly (2).
(4) Temporarily safety the sliding bush (7) in the flanged bush (8) at
the fork-end of the centering rod (1) with lockwire corrosion-
resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).
(5) Temporarily safety the sliding bush (14) in the flanged bush (15) at
the lever arm of the bellcrank assembly (2) with lockwire corrosion-
NOTE : The flanged bushes (8),(9),(15),(16) are safetied in the lever

____
arm and the fork-end with loctite.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-48

Page 406
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-21-48-400-001
Installation of the Centering Rod of the Rudder Control
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
98D27207545000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-21-48

Page 407
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R RETAINING ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 cotter pin 27-21-04 11 -050

11 cotter pin 27-21-04 11 -050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
27-21-48-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 27-21-48

Page 408
Nov 01/10

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-48-991-001)
Subtask 27-21-48-860-052-A
(2) Make sure that the access panel 325DL is open and the access panel
325DR is removed (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
systems:
hydraulic systems.
in the bellcrank assembly (2) of the travel limitation unit (3).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-48

Page 409
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-21-48-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-21-48-210-050
C. Examination of the Work Area, the Attachment Components and the

Replacement Centering Rod
(a) Make sure that:

- the structure,
- the paintwork,
- the bellcrank assembly (2),
- the travel limitation unit (3)
(b) Make sure that the control rods are correctly installed at the
bellcrank assembly (2) and the travel limitation unit (3).
(c) Make sure that the bellcrank assembly (2) and the travel
limitation unit (3) are correctly installed on the support
bracket.
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire which temporarily safeties the
sliding bushes (7),(14) in the flanged bushes (8),(15).
(b) Remove the sliding bushes (7),(14).
(c) Make sure that:

- the nuts (5),(12),
- the bushes (7),(8),(9),(14),(15),(16),
- the bolts (10),(17)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-48

Page 410
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(d) Make sure that the bushes (15),(16) are tight in the lever arm of
the bellcrank assembly (2).
NOTE : Safety the bushes (15),(16) in the lever arm of the

____
bellcrank assembly (2) if necessary, with BONDING AND
ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-029).
(3) Examine the replacement centering rod (1).
(a) Make sure that:

- the centering rod (1) is serviceable,
- the bushes (8),(9) are correctly installed in the fork-end,
- the bushes (8),(9) and the eye-end bearing are clean and show
no damage,
- the drain and vent holes are clean,
- the lock-nut (19) is not safetied to the safety washer (18).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-48-991-001)
Subtask 27-21-48-640-050

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(10),(17).
(2) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the sliding bushes
(7),(14).
bolts (10),(17).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-48

Page 411
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-21-48-420-050
B. Installation of the Centering Rod
(1) Put the sliding bush (7) in the flanged bush (8) at the fork-end of
the centering rod (1).
(2) Put the fork-end of the centering rod (1) in position on the
attachment bracket.
(3) Install the bolt (10).
(4) Put the sliding bush (14) in the flanged bush (15) at the lever arm
of the bellcrank assembly (2).
(5) Put the eye-end of the centering rod (1) in position in the lever arm
(6) Align the hole in the eye-end bearing with the hole in the lever arm
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the lock-nut (19) and the safety
washer (18).
(b) Release the lock-nut (19).
(c) Turn the eye-end and adjust the length of the centering rod (1)
as necessary.
NOTE : Make sure that the centering rod (1) is in safety (the
____
threads can be seen at the inspection hole).
(d) Put the eye-end of the centering rod (1) in position in the lever
arm.
(e) Make sure that you can install the bolt (17) smoothly.
(f) Do the steps (c),(d) and (e) again if necessary.
(g) Tighten the lock-nut (19).
(h) Install the bolt (17).
(i) Safety the lock-nut (19) to the safety washer (18) with lockwire
corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-48

Page 412
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(7) Connect the centering rod (1) to the attachment bracket.
(a) Install the washer (6) and the nut (5) on the bolt (10).
(b) TORQUE the nut (5) to 0.7 m.daN (61.94 lbf.in) and then loosen
(c) Safety the nut (5) with a new cotter pin (4).
(8) Connect the centering rod (1) to the bellcrank assembly (2).
(b) TORQUE the nut (12) to 0.7 m.daN (61.94 lbf.in) and then loosen
Subtask 27-21-48-860-051
C. Preparation for Test
(1) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (20) from the bellcrank

assembly.
Subtask 27-21-48-865-052
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 15CC
Subtask 27-21-48-710-050

00-710-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-48

Page 413
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-48-410-050-A
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panel 325DL and install the access panel 325DR
(Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-48

Page 414
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
SPRING ROD - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________
TASK 27-21-49-000-001
Removal of the Spring Rod
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27207545000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207546000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
27-21-49-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-49-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-21-49-860-052
_______
SYSTEM.

002)
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 402
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(7) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003)
Subtask 27-21-49-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-21-49-860-051
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).

862-002)
- the flight controls.
- the Green, the Yellow or the Blue hydraulic systems.
Subtask 27-21-49-010-050-A
E. Get Access
right side of the vertical stabilizer.
(2) Open the access panel 325CR and remove the access panel 325DR
(Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 403
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-21-49-480-050
F. Installation of the Rigging Pins

of the servo control 1025GM (1).

of the travel limitation unit 4CC.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-49-991-001)
Subtask 27-21-49-020-050
A. Removal of the Spring Rod
NOTE : Identify the position of the spring rod (3) so that it will be
____
installed in the same direction.
(1) Remove the spring rod (3) from the input lever (2) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (10), the washer (9), the bush (6) and the bolt
(5).
(c) Move the end of the spring rod (3) clear of the input lever (2).
(2) Disconnect the spring rod (3) from the lever shaft (4) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (17) and the washer (16) from the bolt (12).
(c) Hold the spring rod (3) and remove the bolt (12) with the bush
(13) from the lever shaft (4).
(d) Move the spring rod (3) clear of the lever shaft (4).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 404
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Spring Rod
Figure 401/TASK 27-21-49-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 405
May 01/00

LAN
TASK 27-21-49-400-001
Installation of the Spring Rod
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
98D27207545000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207546000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 406
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 cotter pin 27-21-04 08 -050

18 cotter pin 27-21-04 08 -050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-24-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Rudder Servocontrols with

Individual Hydraulic System
27-24-51-400-001 Installation of the Rudder Servo Control
1025GM/2025GM/3025GM
325BR
27-21-49-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 407
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-21-49

Page 408
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-21-49-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-49-860-053-A
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(7) Make sure that the access platform in position.
(8) Make sure that the access panel 325CR is open (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-
010-002).
(9) Make sure that the access panel 325DR is removed (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-
010-002).
R (10) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) (22) is in the

bellcrank assembly of the servo control 1025GM (1).
R (11) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (21) is in the

bellcrank assembly of the travel limitation unit 4CC.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 409
Aug 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-21-49-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-49-991-001)
Subtask 27-21-49-910-050
A. Preparation for the Installation

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Make sure that the structure, the paintwork, the servo controls (1)
and the lever shafts (4) are clean and show no damage.
(2) Make sure that the bolts (5),(12), the bushes (6),(13) and the nuts
(10),(17) are clean and show no damage.
(3) Make sure that the bushes (7),(8),(14),(15) are not damaged and are
tight in the input lever (2) and in the lever shaft (4).
NOTE : Safety the bushes (7),(8),(14),(15) in the input lever (2) and
____
the lever shaft (4) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-029), if necessary.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 410
Nov 01/10

LAN
(4) Do a check of the replacement spring rod (3) to make sure that the
specified length of 232.0 mm (9.1338 in.) and the break-out load of
15.0 +2.0 -2.0 daN (33.7213 +4.4961 -4.4961 lbf) is correct.
(5) Examine the replacement spring rod (3) to make sure that the drainage
holes and the thread inspection holes are clean.
(5),(12) and to the bushes (6),(13).
bolts (5),(12).
Subtask 27-21-49-420-050
B. Installation of the Spring Rod
(1) Attach the spring rod (3) on the lever shaft (4) as follows:
(a) Move the bush (13) in the bush (14) of the lever shaft (4).
(b) Put the rod end of the spring rod (3) in the arm of the lever
shaft (4).
NOTE : Make sure that the spring rod (3) is installed in the
____
direction identified during the removal.
(c) Attach the spring rod (3) to the lever shaft (4) with the bolt
(12) the washer (16) and the nut (17).
(2) Install the spring rod (3) to the input lever (2) as follows:
(a) Move the bush (6) in the bush (7) of the input lever (2).
(b) Put the rod end of the spring rod (3) in the input lever (2) and
install the bolt (5).
(3) If you can not install the bolt (5) adjust the length of the spring
rod (3) as follows:
(a) Release the locknut (19) of the spring rod (3).
(b) Turn the body of the spring rod (3) until you can install the
bolt (5).
(c) Make sure that the inspection holes are blocked by the threads of
the rod end.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 411
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(d) Tighten the locknuts (19) and safety them to the safety washers
(20) with lockwire corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).
(4) Install the washer (9) and the nut (10) on the bolt (5).
(5) TORQUE the nuts (10) and (17) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in) and then
loosen them, if necessary, to the next cotter pin hole.
(6) Safety the nut (10) with a new cotter pin (11).
Subtask 27-21-49-080-050
C. Removal of the Rigging Pins

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-21-49-991-002)

assembly of the travel limitation unit 4CC.

assembly of the servo control 1025GM.
Subtask 27-21-49-865-052
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 15CC
Subtask 27-21-49-860-054
E. Preparation for the Test
(1) Push the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 23VU
and the OFF legend goes off.
(2) Push the FLT CTL/FAC 2 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 24VU
Subtask 27-21-49-710-050
F. Do an operational test of the rudder servo controls (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-

710-002).
Subtask 27-21-49-820-050
G. Adjust the spring rod (3) if necessary: (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 412
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Rigging Pin Locations
Figure 402/TASK 27-21-49-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 413
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-49-860-055
items.

adjacent structure.
blocked.
Subtask 27-21-49-410-050-A
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panel 325CR and install the access panel 325DR
(Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 414
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
SPRING ROD - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________
TASK 27-21-49-200-001
Check of the Actuating Spring Rod
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
R No specific 1 CALIPER
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 cotter pin 27-21-04 08 -050

13 cotter pin 27-21-04 22 -100

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 601
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-21-49-000-001 Removal of the Spring Rod
27-21-49-400-001 Installation of the Spring Rod
Power Supply
325BR
27-21-49-991-003 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-49-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 602
May 01/11
R
LAN
R
Subtask 27-21-49-860-056
_______
SYSTEM.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
switch. Make sure that the OFF legend comes on.
switch. Make sure that the OFF legend comes on.

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
Subtask 27-21-49-865-055
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 603
Nov 01/10

LAN
R
Subtask 27-21-49-860-057
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
R (2) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate:
- The flight controls
- The Green, the Yellow or the Blue hydraulic systems.
Subtask 27-21-49-010-051
E. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) in position at the right side of
the vertical stabilizer.
(2) Open the access panel 325CR and remove the access panel 325BR
(Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-21-49-280-050
A. Measurement of the Control Rods

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-21-49-991-003)
(1) Disconnect the control rod (4):
(b) Remove the nut (14), the washer (15), the bolt (11) and the bush
(12).
(2) Check of the spring rod (3):
CAUTION : WHEN YOU DISCONNECT THE SPRING RODS, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
BEND ANGLE OF THE BEARING OF THE EYE-ENDS IS NOT MORE THAN
8 DEG.
IF THE BEND ANGLE IS MORE THAN 8 DEG., DAMAGE CAN OCCUR TO
THE PROTECTION FLANGE OF THE BEARING OR TO THE BEARING
ITSELF.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 604
Nov 01/10

LAN
NOTE : The spring rod which is checked must remain connected. The
____
other two spring rods must be disconnected during the check.
(a) Disconnect the spring rods (1) and (2):
1
2
_ Remove the nuts (8), the washers (7), the bolts (5) and the
distance bushes (6).
3
_ Temporarily attach the spring rods (1) and (2) to the adjacent
structure with a TIE WRAP.
(b) Do a check of the spring rod (3):
R NOTE : It is recommended that you use a CALIPER to measure the

____
dimension X.
1
_ Measure the dimension X of the spring rod (3). Record this
value as the value X1.
2
_ Push the control rod (4) until the spring rod (3) moves to its
inner stop.
3
_ Release the control rod (4).
4
_ Measure the dimension X of the spring rod (3) again. Record
this value as the value X2.
5
_ Pull the control rod (4) until the spring rod (3) moves to its
inner stop.
6
7
8
_ Add the values X1, X2 and X3 and divide by 3. Record the
result as value X4.
9
_ If one or more of the measured values X1, X2 or X3 is
outside the calculated value of X4, plus a tolerance of 0 -
0.2 +0.2 MM (0.0000 -0.0078 +0.0078 IN.):
- Replace the spring rod (3) (Ref. TASK 27-21-49-000-001) and
(Ref. TASK 27-21-49-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 605
May 01/11

LAN
R Spring Rod

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 606
Aug 01/06

LAN
R Spring Rod

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 607
Aug 01/06

LAN
(c) Connect the spring rods (1) and (2):
1
_ Remove the TIE WRAP from the structure and the spring rods (1)
and (2).
2
_ Put the rod ends of the spring rods (1) and (2) into the lever
of the drive shaft (10).
3
_ Install the distance bushes (6), the bolts (5), the washers
(7) and the nuts (8).
4
_ TORQUE the nuts (8) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and
70.79 lbf.in).
5
_ Safety the nuts (8) with the new cotter pin (9).
_______
8 DEG.
ITSELF.
____
1
2
3

____
dimension X.
1

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 608
May 01/11

LAN
2
inner stop.
3
4
5
inner stop.
6
7
8
result as value X4.
9
0.2 +0.2 MM (0.0000 -0.0078 +0.0078 IN.):
(Ref. TASK 27-21-49-400-001).
1
and (3).
2
3
4
70.79 lbf.in).
5

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 609
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
_______
8 DEG.
ITSELF.
____
1
2
3

____
dimension X.
1
2
inner stop.
3
4
5
inner stop.
6
7

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 610
May 01/11

LAN
8
result as value X4.
9
0.2 +0.2 MM (0.0000 -0.0078 +0.0078 IN.):
(Ref. TASK 27-21-49-400-001).
1
and (3).
2
3
4
70.79 lbf.in).
5
(5) Installation of the control rod (4):
(a) Put the rod (4) into the differential lever (16) of the rudder
control unit.
(b) Install the distance bush (12), the bolt (11), the washer (15),
and the nut (14).
(c) TORQUE the nut (14) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79
lbf.in).
(d) Safety the nut (14) with the new cotter pin (13).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-49-865-056
A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 15CC

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 611
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-21-49-710-051
B. Do the operational test of the rudder servo controls (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-
710-002).
Subtask 27-21-49-410-051
C. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panel 325CR and install the access panel 325BR
(Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-49

Page 612
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
LINKAGE - RUDDER CONTROL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________
TASK 27-21-52-000-001
Removal of the Rudder Control Rods
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adhesive tape

R No specific 1 WARNING NOTICE(S)
98D27207545000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207547000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207548000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 401
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
55-33-13-010-001 Opening of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels 325EL,
27-21-52-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-52-010-050
A. Get Access
(4) Open the access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325DL (Ref. TASK 55-33-
13-010-001).
Subtask 27-21-52-860-050
_______
SYSTEM.

002).
(2) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the electric pump
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 402
Feb 01/07

LAN
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
R (7) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate
- in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel
hydraulic systems.
R (10) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to

862-002)

of the travel limitation unit (12).

rudder control unit (2).

rudder cable quadrant (4).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 403
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-21-52-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-52-991-001)
Subtask 27-21-52-020-050
A. Removal of the Rudder Control Rod (5)
(1) Removal of the half-clamps (32):
(a) Remove and discard the cotter-pin (35).
(b) Hold the half-clamps (32) and the spacer-tube (33).
(c) Remove the nut (34), the bolt (30) and the washers (31).
(d) Remove the spacer-tube (33) and the half-clamps (32).
(2) Disconnect the rudder control rod (7):
(c) Hold the rudder control rod (7) and remove the bolt (29).
(d) Disconnect the rudder control rod (7) from the rudder control rod
(5) and safety the rod (7) with the adhesive tape.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 404
Nov 01/10

LAN
(3) Removal of the rudder control rod (5):
(c) Remove the bolt (24).
(d) Remove and discard the cotter-pin (13).
(e) Remove the nut (14) and the washer (15).
(f) Hold the rudder control rod (5) and remove the bolt (17).
(g) Remove the rudder control rod (5) from the bellcranks (23) and
(16).
Subtask 27-21-52-020-051
B. Removal of the Rudder Control Rod (6)
(c) Hold the rudder control rod (8) and remove the bolt (49).
(6) and safety the rudder control rod (8) with the adhesive tape.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 405
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Rudder Control Rods

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 406
Feb 01/07

LAN
Rudder Control Rods

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 407
Feb 01/07

LAN
Rudder Control Rods

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 408
Feb 01/07

LAN
Rudder Control Rods

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 409
Feb 01/07

LAN
Rudder Control Rods

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 410
Feb 01/07

LAN
Rudder Control Rods

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 411
Feb 01/07

LAN
Rudder Control Rods

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 412
Feb 01/07

LAN
(51).
Subtask 27-21-52-020-052
C. Removal of the Rudder Control Rod (7)
(a) Remove and discard the cotte- pin (35).
(g) Remove the rudder control rod (7) from the bellcrank (59) and the
rudder control rod (5).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 413
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-21-52-020-053
D. Removal of the Rudder Control Rod (8)
(c) Hold the control rod (9) and remove the bolt (81).
(8) and safety the rudder control rod (9) with the adhesive tape.
(3) Removal of the control rod (8):

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 414
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-21-52-020-054
E. Removal of the Rudder Control Rod (9)
(1) Remove the rudder control rod (9) as follows:
Subtask 27-21-52-020-055
F. Removal of the Rudder Control Rod (10)
(1) Remove the rudder control rod (10) as follows:
(117).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 415
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-21-52-400-001
Installation of the Rudder Control Rods
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
98D27207545000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207547000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207548000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 416
Nov 01/10

LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 cotter-pin 27-21-04 22 -100

19 cotter-pin 27-21-04 22 -100
25 cotter-pin 27-21-04 22 -100
35 cotter-pin 27-21-04 22 -280
35 cotter-pin 27-21-04 22 -280A
36 cotter-pin 27-21-04 22 -100
41 cotter-pin 27-21-04 22 -100
45 cotter-pin 27-21-04 22 -100
53 cotter-pin 27-21-04 22 -100
62 cotter-pin 27-21-04 22 -100
70 cotter-pin 27-21-04 22 -100
74 cotter-pin 27-21-04 22 -100
78 cotter-pin 27-21-04 22 -280
78 cotter-pin 27-21-04 22 -280A
90 cotter-pin 27-21-04 22 -100
99 cotter-pin 27-21-04 22 -100
110 cotter-pin 27-21-04 22 -100
120 cotter-pin 27-21-04 22 -100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

the External Power
55-33-13-410-001 Closing of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels 325EL,
27-21-52-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 417
Feb 01/07

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-21-52-860-051
12-000-001)
(3) Make sure that the access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL and 325DL are
open (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-001).
panel 110VU, shows 0.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
R (10) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position to tell persons
system:
- in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel
hydraulic systems.
in the bellcrank assembly of the travel limitation unit (12).
in the bellcrank assembly of the rudder control unit (2).
in the bellcrank assembly of the rudder cable quadrant (4).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 418
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-21-52-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-52-991-001)
Subtask 27-21-52-420-050
A. Installation of the Rudder Control Rod (5)
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(1) If, during the installation of the rudder control rod (5), you cannot
install the bolts (17) and (24) easily, do the steps that follow:
(a) Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (18) and (22)
and from the rudder control rod (5).
(b) Loosen the nuts (18) and (22) from the rudder control rod ends.
(c) Hold the disconnected eye-ends and turn only the rudder control
rod (5) until you can install the bolts (17) and (24).
(d) TORQUE the nuts (18) and (22) to between 0.7 and 1.0 m.daN (61.94
and 88.49 lbf.in).
(e) Safety the nuts (18) and (22) with the lockwire MISCELLANEOUS

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 419
Nov 01/10

LAN
(2) Installation of the rudder control rod (5):
(a) Put the rudder control rod (5) in the installation position.
(b) Install the bolt (17), the washer (15) and the nut (14).
(c) TORQUE the nut (14) to 0.7 m.daN (61.94 lbf.in).
(d) Safety the nut (14) with the new cotter-pin (13).
(e) Install the bolt (24) with the washer (21) and the nut (20).
(f) TORQUE the nut (20) to 0.7 m.daN (61.94 lbf.in).
(g) Safety the nut (20) with the new cotter-pin (19).
(3) Connect the rudder control rod (7):
(a) Remove the adhesive tape from the rudder control rod (7).
(b) Put the rudder control rod (7) in the installation position.
(c) Install the bolt (29), the washer (27) and the nut (26).
(d) TORQUE the nut (26) to 0.7 m.daN (61.94 lbf.in).
(e) Safety the nut (26) with the new cotter-pin (25).
(4) Installation of the half-clamps (32):
(a) Put the half-clamps (32) and the spacer-tube (33) in position.
(b) Install the bolt (30), the washers (31) and the nut (34).
Subtask 27-21-52-420-051
B. Installation of the Rudder Control Rod (6)
_______

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 420
Feb 01/07

LAN
and 88.49 lbf.in).
(a) Put the rudder control rod (6) in the installation position on
the bellcranks (39) and (51).
(e) Install the bolt (50), the washer (43) and the nut (42).
(3) Connect the control rod (8):
(a) Remove the adhesive tape from the rudder control rod (8).
(b) Put the control rod (8) in the installation position on the

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 421
Feb 01/07

LAN
Subtask 27-21-52-420-052
C. Installation of the Rudder Control Rod (7)
_______
and 88.49 lbf.in).
(a) Put the control rod (7) in the installation position on the
rudder control rod (5) and the bellcrank (59).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 422
Feb 01/07

LAN
Subtask 27-21-52-420-053
D. Installation of the Rudder Control Rod (8)
_______
(c) Hold the disconnected eye-ends and turn only the rod (8) until
you can install the bolts (82) and (84).
and 88.49 lbf.in).
the rudder control rod (6) and the bellcrank (39).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 423
Feb 01/07

LAN
(3) Connect the rudder control rod (9):
(a) Remove the adhesive tape from the control rod (9).
(b) Put the rudder control rod (9) in the installation position on
the rudder control rod (8).
Subtask 27-21-52-420-054
E. Installation of the Rudder Control Rod (9)
_______
and 88.49 lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 424
Feb 01/07

LAN
the rudder control rod (8) and the bellcrank (96).
Subtask 27-21-52-420-055
F. Installation of the Rudder Control Rod (10)
_______
(1) If, during the installation of the rudder control rod (10), you
cannot install the bolts (116) and (121) easily, do the steps that
follow:
(a) Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (114) and
(115) and from the rudder control rod (10).
(d) TORQUE the nuts (114) and (115) to between 0.7 and 1.0 m.daN
(61.94 and 88.49 lbf.in).
the bellcranks (113) and (117).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 425
Feb 01/07

LAN
Subtask 27-21-52-080-050
G. Preparation for the Test
R (1) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (3) from the cable quadrant
(4).
R (2) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (1) from the bellcrank of the
rudder control unit (2).
R (3) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (11) from the bellcrank

assembly of the rudder travel limitation unit (12).
Subtask 27-21-52-865-052
H. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 15CC
Subtask 27-21-52-710-050
J. Do an operational test of the rudder mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-24-

00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-21-52-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 426
Aug 01/10

LAN
(3) Close the access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325DL (Ref. TASK 55-33-
13-410-001).
Subtask 27-21-52-862-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-52

Page 427
Feb 01/07

LAN
CABLES - RUDDER CONTROL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________
TASK 27-21-61-000-001
Removal of the Rudder Control Cables
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27207516000 1 TBD
98D27207547000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
R FR34
R Cargo-Compartment

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 401
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power Supply
FR12
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
27-21-61-991-001-A Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
27-21-61-991-001-B Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 201-250,
27-21-61-991-001-C Fig. 401B
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
27-21-61-991-002 Fig. 402
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
27-21-61-991-002-A Fig. 402A
R **ON A/C 201-250,
27-21-61-991-002-B Fig. 402B

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 402
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
27-21-61-991-003 Fig. 403

27-21-61-991-006 Fig. 404
27-21-61-991-004 Fig. 405
27-21-61-991-005 Fig. 406
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-61-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-21-61-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 27-21-61-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-21-61-991-002)
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 27-21-61-991-002-A)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 402B/TASK 27-21-61-991-002-B)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 403
May 01/11

LAN
Access - Location
Figure 401/TASK 27-21-61-991-001-A

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399, 27-21-61

Page 404
May 01/11

LAN
Access - Location
Figure 401A/TASK 27-21-61-991-001-B

R

EFF :

101-150, 251-299, 27-21-61

Page 405
May 01/11

LAN
Access - Location
Figure 401B/TASK 27-21-61-991-001-C

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-21-61

Page 406
May 01/11

LAN
Cable Mechanism
Figure 402/TASK 27-21-61-991-002

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399, 27-21-61

Page 407
May 01/11

LAN
Cable Mechanism
Figure 402A/TASK 27-21-61-991-002-A

R

EFF :

101-150, 251-299, 27-21-61

Page 408
May 01/11

LAN
Cable Mechanism
Figure 402B/TASK 27-21-61-991-002-B

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-21-61

Page 409
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-21-61-991-003, 404/TASK 27-21-61-991-006)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
Subtask 27-21-61-010-050-C
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at zone 132.
(5) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE at zone 312.
(7) In the zones 211 and 221, remove the floor panels 211GF, 211KF,
221EF, 231CF 221LF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-000-001), (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-
000-001).
(8) In the zone 241, remove the floor panels 231WF, 241BF, 241FF, 241KF
(Ref. TASK 53-22-12-000-001), (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002).
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002).
12-000-001).
(11) In the zones 151 and 161, remove the ceiling panels 151AC, 151BC,
25-55-12-000-002).
25-55-12-000-001).

R

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 410
May 01/11

LAN
Tension Regulator
Figure 403/TASK 27-21-61-991-003

R

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 411
Aug 01/06

LAN
Cable Quadrant
Figure 404/TASK 27-21-61-991-006

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 412
Aug 01/06
R
LAN
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
Subtask 27-21-61-010-050-D
A. Get Access
(5) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE at zone 312.
221EF, 231CF 221LF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-000-001), (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-
000-001).
(8) In the zones 231 and 241, remove the floor panels 231WF, 241BF,
241FF, 241KF (Ref. TASK 53-22-12-000-001), (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-
002).
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002).
12-000-001).
(11) In the zones 151 and 161, remove the ceiling panels 151EC, 151FC,
000-002).
25-55-12-000-001).

R

EFF :

101-150, 251-299, 27-21-61

Page 413
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 201-250,
Subtask 27-21-61-010-050-E
A. Get Access

zone 132.

zone 154.
zone 312.
000-001).
(Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002).
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002).
12-000-001).
000-002).
25-55-12-000-001).

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-21-61

Page 414
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-61-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) On the panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC1 pushbutton switch
off).
(3) On the panel 24VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC2 pushbutton switch
off).
(6) On the panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC1 pushbutton switch (on
(7) On the panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC2 pushbutton switch (on
R (8) Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (48) or TBD (98D27207516000)

pin (98D27207516160) on the cable quadrant (45). (Refer to Detail Q).
(9) Put the PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (2) on the input

lever of the tension regulator (1).
(Refer to Details G and A).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(12) Put warning notices on the CAPT and F/O rudder pedals.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 415
Nov 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-61-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-21-61-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 27-21-61-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-21-61-991-002)
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 27-21-61-991-002-A)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 402B/TASK 27-21-61-991-002-B)
**ON A/C ALL

27-21-61-991-004, 406/TASK 27-21-61-991-005)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 416
May 01/11

LAN
Frame Feed-Through Fittings
Figure 405/TASK 27-21-61-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 417
Aug 01/06
R
LAN
Pulley
Figure 406/TASK 27-21-61-991-005

R

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 418
Aug 01/06

LAN
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-21-61-020-053
A. Removal of the Rudder Control Cables (Forward Part)
(1) Removal of the turnbuckles.
(a) Remove the locking clips (33) from the turnbuckles (34) (Refer to
Detail L).
(b) Turn the turnbuckles (34) until you can install the TOOL -
LOCKING (FE171901) (18) on the tension regulator (1).
(c) Install the TOOL - LOCKING (FE171901) (18) on the tension

regulator (1) with the pins (17).
(d) Remove and discard the cotter-pins (6) from the cable-end holders
of the tension regulator (1) (Refer to Details C and D).
(e) Remove the turnbuckles (34).
(2) Removal of the cable guides on frames 35, 33, 28, 23 and 14 (refer to
detail K).
(a) Cut and discard the cable ties (32).
(b) Remove the locking devices (31).
(c) Remove the half shells (30).
(3) Removal of the cables from the tension regulator.
(a) Remove and discard the cotter-pin (11), remove the nut (10) and
the washer (9) (Refer to Detail E).
(b) Remove the bolt (7) and the spacer (8) from the pulley casing
(3).
(c) Remove and discard the cotter-pins (16), remove the nuts (15) and
the washers (14) (Refer to Detail F).
(d) Remove the bolts (12) and the spacers (13).
CAUTION : MONITOR THE END OF THE CABLE WHEN YOU PULL IT.
_______

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-21-61

Page 419
May 01/11

LAN
(e) Remove the cables (4) and (5) from the tension regulator (1) and
pull them. (Refer to Details C and D).
R **ON A/C 201-250,
Subtask 27-21-61-020-053-A
A. Removal of the Rudder Control Cables (Forward Part)
(1) Removal of the turnbuckles.
(a) Remove the locking clips (33) from the turnbuckles (34) (Refer to
Detail L).
(b) Turn the turnbuckles (34) until you can install the TOOL -
LOCKING (FE171901) (18) on the tension regulator (1).
(c) Install the TOOL - LOCKING (FE171901) (18) on the tension

regulator (1) with the pins (17).
(d) Remove and discard the cotter-pins (6) from the cable-end holders
of the tension regulator (1) (Refer to Details C and D).
(e) Remove the turnbuckles (34).
(2) Removal of the cable guides on frames 35, 28, and 23 (refer to detail
K).
(3) Removal of the cables from the tension regulator.
(a) Remove and discard the cotter-pin (11), remove the nut (10) and
the washer (9) (Refer to Detail E).
(b) Remove the bolt (7) and the spacer (8) from the pulley casing
(3).
(c) Remove and discard the cotter-pins (16), remove the nuts (15) and
the washers (14) (Refer to Detail F).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 420
May 01/11

LAN
_______
(e) Remove the cables (4) and (5) from the tension regulator (1) and
pull them. (Refer to Details C and D).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
Subtask 27-21-61-020-054
B. Removal of the Rudder Control Cables (Rear Part)
(1) Removal of the cable guides on frames 42, 48, 53, 58, 63 and 67 and
on the pulley (42) (Refer to Details K and N).
(2) Removal of the cable guides on frame 70 (Refer to Detail H, section

JJ).
(a) Remove the clamp (26) and release the sleeve (27) from the cable
guide.
(b) Cut and remove the lockwire from the bolts (28).
(c) Remove the bolts (28) and the washers (29). Release the flange
(24) and remove the half shells (25).
(3) Removal of the pulley cover (Refer to Detail M).
(a) Remove the bolts (35), the washers (36) and the plate (37).
(b) Remove the bolts (38) and the washers (39).
(c) Remove the cover (42).

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 151-250, 301-399, 27-21-61

Page 421
May 01/11

LAN
(4) Removal of the cables from the cable quadrant.
(a) Remove the two pins (40).
(b) Remove the four pins (49) from the pulleys (50) and (51) (Refer
to Detail R).
_______
(c) Release the cables (21) and (22) from the cable quadrant (45).
Pull them until they touch the frame 70.
(d) On the frame 70, remove the sleeve (27) and the flanges (23) and
(24) (Refer to Section JJ).
(e) In zone 310, pull and remove the cables (21) and (22).
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
Subtask 27-21-61-020-054-A
(1) Removal of the cable guides on frames 42, 48, 53, 58, 63 and 67 and
on the pulley (42) (Refer to Details K and N).

JJ).
guide.

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-21-61

Page 422
May 01/11

LAN
(c) Remove the nuts (55), the washers (39) and the bolts (56).
(d) Remove the cover (42).
to Detail R).
_______
R **ON A/C 201-250,
Subtask 27-21-61-020-054-B
(1) Removal of the cable guides on frames 42, 46, 58, 63, 67 and on the
pulley (42) (Refer to Details K and N).

EFF :

101-150, 201-299, 27-21-61

Page 423
May 01/11

LAN
JJ).
guide.
(c) Remove the nuts (55), the washers (39) and the bolts (56).
(d) Remove the cover (42).
to Detail R).
_______

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-21-61

Page 424
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-21-61-400-001
Installation of the Rudder Control Cables
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98D27207516000 1 TBD
98D27207547000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98F27003500000 1 LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 425
Feb 01/11

LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 cotter-pins 27-21-01 12B-010

11 cotter-pin 27-21-01 13A-045
32 cable ties 27-21-04 04 -070
32 cable ties 27-21-04 04A-070
32 cable ties 27-21-04 04B-070
32 cable ties 27-21-04 05A-070
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Partition FR34
R Cargo-Compartment
FR65
27-21-00-820-005 Cutting of the Rear Control Cable of the Rudder
Power Supply
thru FR12
FR24
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
27-21-61-991-001-A Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 426
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
27-21-61-991-001-B Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 201-250,
27-21-61-991-001-C Fig. 401B
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
27-21-61-991-002 Fig. 402
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
27-21-61-991-002-A Fig. 402A
R **ON A/C 201-250,
27-21-61-991-002-B Fig. 402B
**ON A/C ALL
27-21-61-991-003 Fig. 403

27-21-61-991-006 Fig. 404
27-21-61-991-004 Fig. 405
27-21-61-991-005 Fig. 406

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 427
May 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
Subtask 27-21-61-010-055-C
A. Get Access


(7) In the zones 211 and 221, make sure that the floor panels 211GF,
211KF, 221EF, 231CF 221LF are removed.
(8) In the zone 241, make sure that the floor panels 231WF, 241BF, 241FF,
241KF are removed.
(9) In the zone 131, make sure that the ceiling panels 131AC, 131BC,
131CC are removed.
(11) In the zones 151 and 161, make sure that the ceiling panels 151AC,
151BC, 151CC, 151DC, 161AC, 161BC are removed.
(12) In the zone 161, make sure that the partition panels 161DW, 162DW are
removed.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 428
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
Subtask 27-21-61-010-055-D
A. Get Access


(7) In the zones 211, 221 and 231, make sure that the floor panels 211GF,
(8) In the zones 231 and 241, make sure that the floor panels 231WF,
241BF, 241FF, 241KF are removed.
(9) In the zone 131, make sure that the ceiling panels 131KC, 131MC,
131NC are removed.
(11) In the zones 151 and 161, make sure that the ceiling panels 151EC,
151FC, 151GC, 161AC, 161BC are removed.
removed.

R

EFF :

101-150, 251-299, 27-21-61

Page 429
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 201-250,
Subtask 27-21-61-010-055-E
A. Get Access


211KF, 221EF, 231BF 221LF are removed.
(8) In the zone 241, make sure that the floor panels 241BF, 241FF, 241KF
are removed.
131NC are removed.
(11) In the zones 151 and 161, make sure that the ceiling panels 151EY,
151BY, 151DY, 161CC, 161DC are removed.
removed.

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-21-61

Page 430
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-61-860-052
(1) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (48) or TBD

(98D27207516000) pin (98D27207516160) is installed on the cable
quadrant (45). (Refer to Detail Q).

installed on the input lever of the tension regulator (1).
(Refer to Details G and A).
(3) Make sure that the TOOL - LOCKING (FE171901) (18) with th pins (17)
is installed on the tension regulator (1).
(4) Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003)
is depressurized.
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
(6) On the CAPT and F/O rudder pedals, make sure that the warning notices
are in position.
Subtask 27-21-61-640-050
C. Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all the nuts and bolts.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-61-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-21-61-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 27-21-61-991-001-C)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 431
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-21-61-991-002)
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 27-21-61-991-002-A)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 402B/TASK 27-21-61-991-002-B)
**ON A/C ALL

27-21-61-991-004, 406/TASK 27-21-61-991-005)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-21-61-420-050
A. Installation of the Rudder Control Cables (Forward Part)
(1) Install the cables through the frames and on the tension regulator.
(a) Put the cables (4) and (5) through the frames 35, 33, 28, 23 and
14 as follows:
- put the cable (4), with the cylindrical fool-proof device (Ref.
Detail D), on the right (inboard side)
- put the cable (5), with the spherical fool-proof device (Ref.
Detail C), on the left (outboard side).
NOTE : The fool-proof device is to avoid error when you install

____
the cables.
(b) Put the cable (4) through the pulley (20) (Refer to Detail B).
(c) Put the cable (5) through the pulley (19).
(d) Install the cables (4) and (5) on the tension regulator (1)
(Refer to Details G, D, C).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 432
May 01/11

LAN
(e) Install the new cotter-pins (6) on the cable-end holders of the
tension regulator (1) (Refer to Details C and D).
(f) Install the spacers (13), the bolts (12), the washers (14) and
the nuts (15). Install the new cotter-pins (16) (Refer to Detail
F).
(g) Install the spacer (8), the bolt (7), the washer (9) and the nut
(10). Install the new cotter-pin (11) (Refer to Detail E).
(2) Install the cable guides on the frames 14, 23, 28, 33 and 35 (Refer
to Detail K).
(a) Install the half shells (30).
(b) Install the locking devices (31).
(c) Install new cable ties (32).
Subtask 27-21-61-420-051
B. Installation of the Cables (Rear Part)
(1) Install the cables on the cable quadrant and through the frames.
(a) Install the cables (21) and (22) on the cable quadrant (45)
(Refer to Detail Q).
NOTE : The cable (22) is longer than the cable (21). Install it
____
on the top part of the cable quadrant (45) and put it on
the left side.
(b) Put the cable (21) on the pulley (50) (Refer to Detail P).
(c) Put the cable (22) on the pulley (51).
(d) Put the cable (21) on the pulley (43) (Refer to Detail M).
(e) Put the cable (22) on the pulley (41).
(f) Put the cables (21) and (22) through the frame 70 (Refer to
Detail H).
(g) Install the flanges (23), (24) and the sleeve (27) on the cables
(21) and (22).

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-21-61

Page 433
May 01/11

LAN
(h) Put the cables (21) and (22) through the frames 67, 63, 58, 53,
48 and 42.
NOTE : If you install a new rear control cable, do the procedure

____
of cutting of the rear control cable of the rudder
(Ref. TASK 27-21-00-820-005).
(2) Install the turnbuckles and the cable guides.
(a) Install the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE (98F27003500000) to connect the

cable (21) and the cable (4) with the turnbuckle (34). Lightly
tighten the turnbuckle (34) (Refer to Detail L).
(b) Remove the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE (98F27003500000).
(c) Install the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE (98F27003500000) to connect the

(d) Remove the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE (98F27003500000).
(e) Install the cable guides on the frames 42, 48, 53, 58, 63 and 67
(Refer to Detail K).
For this, do these steps:
1
_ Install the half shells (30).
2
_ Install the locking devices (31).
3
_ Install new cable ties (32).
(f) Install the half shells (25) on the cables (21) and (22) between
the edges of the flanges (23) and (24) (Refer to Section JJ).
(g) Install the flanges (23) and (24) on the frame 70 with the
washers (29) and the bolts (28). Do not tighten the bolts at this
time.
(h) Install the sleeve (27) and the clamp (26).
(3) Install the pulley cover and its cable guides.
(a) Install the two pins (49) on the pulley (50) (Refer to Detail R).
(b) Install the two pins (49) on the pulley (51) (Refer to Detail R).

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-21-61

Page 434
May 01/11

LAN
(c) Install the two pins (40) on the support of the pulleys (41) and
(43) (Refer to Detail M).
(d) Install the cover (42).
(e) Install the washers (39) and the bolts (38).
(f) Install the plate (37), the washers (36) and the bolts (35). Do
not tighten the bolts at this time.
(g) Install the cable guides on the plate (37) (Refer to Detail N).
1
2
3
R **ON A/C 201-250,
Subtask 27-21-61-420-050-A
A. Installation of the Rudder Control Cables (Forward Part)
(1) Install the cables through the frames and on the tension regulator.
(a) Put the cables (4) and (5) through the frames 35, 28, and 23 as
follows:
- put the cable (4), with the cylindrical fool-proof device (Ref.
Detail D), on the right (inboard side)
- put the cable (5), with the spherical fool-proof device (Ref.
Detail C), on the left (outboard side).
NOTE : The fool-proof device is to avoid error when you install

____
the cables.
(b) Put the cable (4) through the pulley (20) (Refer to Detail B).
(c) Put the cable (5) through the pulley (19).
(d) Install the cables (4) and (5) on the tension regulator (1)
(Refer to Details G, D, C).
(e) Install the new cotter-pins (6) on the cable-end holders of the
tension regulator (1) (Refer to Details C and D).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 435
May 01/11

LAN
(f) Install the spacers (13), the bolts (12), the washers (14) and
the nuts (15). Install the new cotter-pins (16) (Refer to Detail
F).
(g) Install the spacer (8), the bolt (7), the washer (9) and the nut
(10). Install the new cotter-pin (11) (Refer to Detail E).
(2) Install the cable guides on the frames 23, 28, and 35 (Refer to
Detail K).
(a) Install the half shells (30).
(b) Install the locking devices (31).
Subtask 27-21-61-420-051-A
B. Installation of the Cables (Rear Part)
(1) Install the cables on the cable quadrant and through the frames.
(a) Install the cables (21) and (22) on the cable quadrant (45)
(Refer to Detail Q).
NOTE : The cable (22) is longer than the cable (21). Install it
____
on the top part of the cable quadrant (45) and put it on
the left side.
(b) Put the cable (21) on the pulley (50) (Refer to Detail P).
(c) Put the cable (22) on the pulley (51).
(d) Put the cable (21) on the pulley (43) (Refer to Detail M).
(e) Put the cable (22) on the pulley (41).
(f) Put the cables (21) and (22) through the frame 70 (Refer to
Detail H).
(g) Install the flanges (23), (24) and the sleeve (27) on the cables
(21) and (22).

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-21-61

Page 436
May 01/11

LAN
(h) Put the cables (21) and (22) through the frames 67, 63, 58, 46
and 42.
NOTE : If you install a new rear control cable, do the procedure

____
of cutting of the rear control cable of the rudder
(Ref. TASK 27-21-00-820-005).
(2) Install the turnbuckles and the cable guides.
(a) Install the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE (98F27003500000) to connect the

(b) Remove the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE (98F27003500000).
(c) Install the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE (98F27003500000) to connect the

(d) Remove the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE (98F27003500000).
(e) Install the cable guides on the frames 42, 46, 58, 63 and 67
(Refer to Detail K).
1
2
3
(f) Install the half shells (25) on the cables (21) and (22) between
the edges of the flanges (23) and (24) (Refer to Section JJ).
(g) Install the flanges (23) and (24) on the frame 70 with the
washers (29) and the bolts (28). Do not tighten the bolts at this
time.
(h) Install the sleeve (27) and the clamp (26).
(3) Install the pulley cover and its cable guides.
(a) Install the two pins (49) on the pulley (50) (Refer to Detail R).
(b) Install the two pins (49) on the pulley (51) (Refer to Detail R).

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-21-61

Page 437
May 01/11

LAN
(c) Install the two pins (40) on the support of the pulleys (41) and
(43) (Refer to Detail M).
(d) Install the cover (42).
(e) Install the washers (39) and the bolts (38).
(f) Install the plate (37), the washers (36) and the bolts (35). Do
not tighten the bolts at this time.
(g) Install the cable guides on the plate (37) (Refer to Detail N).
1
2
3
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-21-61-820-051
C. Preparation for the Adjustment
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-21-61-991-002)
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 27-21-61-991-002-A)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 402B/TASK 27-21-61-991-002-B)
**ON A/C ALL

27-21-61-991-004, 406/TASK 27-21-61-991-005)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 438
May 01/11

LAN
(1) If you install a new cable, you must apply a pre-tension to the cable
before you adjust it.
- In theory, the pre-tension time is 48 hours without movement of the
aircraft. After this pre-tension time the adjustment of the cable
will stay correct.
- A minimum pre-tension time of 4 hours without movement of the
aircraft is permitted. The adjustment of the cable will not stay
correct for a long time. You must do the full pre-tension procedure
when the aicraft stops for maintenance for a sufficiently long
time.
- For a pre-tension time of between 4 and 48 hours, the stability of
the adjustment is in proportion to the pre-tension time.
(a) Turn the turnbuckles (33) to put a tension of 45 +5 +0 daN

(101.1640 +11.2404 +0.0000 lbf) on the cable mechanism. Measure
this value with a tensiometer.
(b) Make sure that you can easily remove and install the pin (2) on
the tension regulator (1). If not, adjust the tension again.
(Refer to Detail A).
(c) Install the pin (2) on the input lever of the tension regulator
(1).
(d) You must keep the mechanism in this configuration for 48 hours.
Subtask 27-21-61-820-052
D. Adjustment
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-21-61-991-002)
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 27-21-61-991-002-A)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 402B/TASK 27-21-61-991-002-B)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 439
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL

27-21-61-991-004)

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(2) Turn the turnbuckles (34) to release the tension on the mechanism. Do
this until you can remove the locking tool (18) from the tension
regulator (1) (Refer to Details L and G).
(3) Remove the TOOL - LOCKING (FE171901) (18) with the pins (17).
(4) Make sure that the flanges (23) and (24) are in the correct position
related to the cables (21) and (22). Tighten the bolts (28) (Refer to
Section JJ).
NOTE : Make sure that you can turn the half shells (25) easily.
____
(5) Safety the bolts (28) with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8
mm (0.03 in.).
(6) Turn the turnbuckles until you cannot see the threads of the aft and
rear wire rope terminal control cables of the rudder.
(7) Safety the turnbuckles with the locking clips.
(8) Make sure that the cables (21) and (22) are aligned correctly on the
output of the pulley (42). Tighten the bolts (35) (Refer to Detail
M).
(9) Adjust the control cables length (Ref. TASK 27-21-00-820-002).
NOTE : During the test make sure that:

____
- the deflections of all control components are free,
- there is no interference or friction with adjacent ducts,
structures, electrical routing or controls.
NOTE : If you can not adjust the control cables, do a visual

____
are in good condition, replace the control cables.
(10) Make sure that the distance between the turnbuckles and the fairleads
is minimum 25.4 mm (1.0000 in.) over the full travel range of the
rudder control.

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 440
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(11) Make sure that the distance between the ends of the turnbuckles in
each rudder control cable is minimum 90 mm (3.5433 in.) in all the
positions.
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-21-61-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-21-61-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 27-21-61-991-001-C)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-21-61-991-002)
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 27-21-61-991-002-A)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 402B/TASK 27-21-61-991-002-B)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-21-61-991-003, 404/TASK 27-21-61-991-006)

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 441
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-21-61-860-051
(2) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (48) or TBD (98D27207516000)

pin (98D27207516160) from the cable quadrant (45) (Refer to Detail
Q).
(3) Remove the pin PIN,RIGGING-RUDDER CONTROL (98A27901002000) (2) from

the tension regulator (1) (Refer to Detail A).
items.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
Subtask 27-21-61-410-054-C
B. Close Access
221EF, 231CF 221LF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-400-001) (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-
400-001).
(2) In the zone 241, install the floor panels 231WF, 241BF, 241FF, 241KF
(Ref. TASK 53-22-12-400-001) (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-002).
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).
12-400-001).
(5) In the zones 151 and 161, install the ceiling panels 151AC, 151BC,
25-55-12-400-002).
25-55-12-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 442
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
Subtask 27-21-61-410-054-D
B. Close Access
400-001).
002).
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).
12-400-001).
(5) In the zones 151 and 161, install the ceiling panels 151EC, 151FC,
400-002).
25-55-12-400-001).
R **ON A/C 201-250,
Subtask 27-21-61-410-054-E
B. Close Access
221EF, 231BF 221LF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-400-001) (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-
400-001).
(Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-21-61

Page 443
May 01/11

LAN
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).
12-400-001).
400-002).
25-55-12-400-001).

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-21-61

Page 444
May 01/11

LAN
RUDDER TRIM ACTUATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The rudder trim control is electrically signalled. An electric actuator
installed in the tail area drives a trim screwjack via a rotary shaft and
universal joints.
The actuator is manually controlled via the FACs (Ref. ATA 22) from the
control panel located on the center pedestal, at a constant speed.
A reset function initiated when you press a RESET pushbutton switch on the
control panel permits to null the rudder trim position through the FACs.
The rudder trim position is shown on the control panel.
The FACs also control the trim actuator in AP mode.
NOTE : The maximum admissible rudder trim limits indicated on the control
____
panel when the aircraft is stabilized in heading with the AP engaged
are RH 1 DEG and LH 2.3 DEG.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 002)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10CC ACTUATOR-RUDDER TRIM 325 325AL 27-22-51
9CC CTL SW-RUDDER TRIM 110VU 211 831 22-62-11

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 1
May 01/00

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

27-22-00

Page 2
May 01/00

LAN
Trim (Rudder)
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 3/4
May 01/00

LAN
Location of Rudder Trim Actuation
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 5
May 01/00

LAN
3. _____________________
A. Rudder Trim Actuator

(Ref. Fig. 001)
(1) The actuator has two 3-phase asynchronous motors installed on the
same shaft (but they are electrically independent and controlled by
independent plug-in electronic assemblies).
The motors are permanently coupled to a reduction gear which drives
the output shafts via a torque limiter.
(2) Non-locking rotary stops limit the actuator stroke.
(3) The main output shaft is internally duplicated by a second shaft

which permits a duplicate recopy (this duplication prevents the loss
of the four transducers if there is a single rupture).
(4) The output shaft drives four inductive transducer units :

- the main output shaft drives the feedback transducer unit of one
channel and the monitoring transducer unit of the other channel
through a reduction gear
- the internal output shaft drives the other two transducer units in
the same manner.
(5) An externally-visible index on the last actuating gear of one of the

transducer units shows the zero position of the output shaft.
(6) A tapered rigging pin is used to set the output shaft at mid angular
travel (zero trim position and zero reference for setting of
transducers).
There is no damage if a motor is energized with the pin in position.
(7) The actuator is sealed and has a desiccant patch, the color of which
is externally visible.
(8) Electronic assembly :

- a monitoring output makes the test of the electronic circuitry
possible
- a monitoring power supply permits the automatic test of the
electronic assembly at each FAC.
B. Maintenance
The component below is a line-replaceable unit (LRU) :
- electronic assembly

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 6
May 01/00

LAN
4. ______________________
Control and Indicating
A. Control Panel
The RUD TRIM control panel includes :
- a RUD TRIM control switch
- a RESET pushbutton switch
- a RUD TRIM indicator
(1) RUD TRIM control switch

This is a 3-position rotary switch spring-loaded to the neutral
(center) position.
The direction of rudder trim travel depends on the direction of the
switch rotation.
(2) RESET pushbutton switch

This pushbutton switch permits to automatically reset the rudder trim
to zero.
After a RESET selection through push action on the pushbutton switch,
this switch returns to its initial position.
(3) RUD TRIM indicator

A digital indicator (1/10 resolution) shows the rudder trim travel
together with the direction (L or R).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 7
May 01/00

LAN
RUDDER TRIM ACTUATION - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
_________________________________________________
TASK 27-22-00-040-001
Deactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Trim Actuator
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Refer to the MMEL TASK: 22-60-01-A)

R FAC 1
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
27-22-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Rudder Trim Actuation
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-22-00-860-059
(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 401
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-22-00-010-052
B. Get access to the Avionics Compartment
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the
access door 824.
Subtask 27-22-00-865-055
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-22-00-040-050
A. Deactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Trim Actuator
(1) On the panel 187VU, remove the relay 7CC1.
(2) Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these)
circuit breaker(s):
5CC1.
Subtask 27-22-00-710-053
B. Do the operational test of the rudder trim actuation (Ref. TASK 27-22-00-
710-002) .
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-22-00-941-053
(1) Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell the crew that the channel
1 of the rudder trim actuator is deactivated.
(2) Make an entry in the logbook.

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 402
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-22-00-410-053
B. Close Access
R (1) Close the access door 824.
Subtask 27-22-00-862-054
C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 403
Nov 01/02

LAN
TASK 27-22-00-440-001
Reactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Trim Actuator
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R FAC 1
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-22-00-860-060

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 404
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-22-00-010-053
access door 824.
Subtask 27-22-00-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-22-00-440-050
A. Reactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Trim Actuator
(1) On the panel 187VU, install the relay 7CC1
circuit breaker(s):
5CC1.
Subtask 27-22-00-810-050
B. Do the trouble shooting of the rudder trim actuator you deactivated (Ref.
TSM 22).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-22-00-410-054
A. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 405
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-22-00-862-055

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 406
Aug 01/10

LAN
RUDDER TRIM ACTUATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_______________________________________
TASK 27-22-00-820-001
Adjustment of the Rudder Trim Actuation
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
THE RUDDER CONTROL.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6137-013 1 PIN-LOCKING
6137-060 1 PIN - LOCKING
98D27207516000 1 TBD
98D27207548000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207549000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 501
Feb 01/11

LAN
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 cotter pin 27-23-04 02 -080

8 cotter pin 27-23-04 02A-080
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-22-51-000-001 Removal of the Rudder Trim Actuator (10CC)
27-22-51-400-001 Installation of the Rudder Trim Actuator (10CC)
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump
**ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 27-1141 For A/C 001-004,008-010,051-099,
27-22-00-991-001 Fig. 501

27-22-00-991-002 Fig. 502

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 502
May 01/06

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-22-00-010-050
A. Get Access
zone 325.
Subtask 27-22-00-861-053
B. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 27-22-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-004, 008-010, 051-099,
Subtask 27-22-00-860-058

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 503
Feb 01/11

LAN
29-10-00-863-003).
(4) Put a warning notice in position on the CAPT and F/O pedals to tell
persons not to use the rudder mechanical control.

pin (98D27207516330) on the output bellcrank (6) of the yaw damper.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-22-00-991-001)
(7) Make sure that the trim actuator (2) is set to zero (look through the
window and make sure that the mark on the rear face is in the correct
position).
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-22-00-991-001)
(8) Remove the blanking plug (12) from the trim actuator (2) and install
it in the storage hole.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-22-00-991-002)
(9) Install the PIN-LOCKING (6137-013) (7) on the trim actuator (2).
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-22-00-991-002)

29-10-00-864-003).
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 27-1141 For A/C 001-004,008-010,051-099,
Subtask 27-22-00-860-058-A

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 504
Nov 01/10

LAN
Position of the Rigging Pins
Figure 501/TASK 27-22-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 505
May 01/06
R
LAN
Rudder Trim Actuator
Figure 502/TASK 27-22-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 506
May 01/00

LAN
29-10-00-863-003).
(4) Put a warning notice in position on the CAPT and F/O pedals to tell
persons not to use the rudder mechanical control.

pin (98D27207516330) on the output bellcrank (6) of the yaw damper.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-22-00-991-001)
(7) Make sure that the trim actuator (2) is set to zero (look through the
window and make sure that the mark on the rear face is in the correct
position).
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-22-00-991-001)
(8) Remove the blanking plug (12) from the trim actuator (2) and install
it in the storage hole.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-22-00-991-002)
(9) Install the PIN - LOCKING (6137-060) (7) on the trim actuator (2).
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-22-00-991-002)

29-10-00-864-003).
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-22-00-991-001, 502/TASK 27-22-00-991-002)
Subtask 27-22-00-820-051
A. Adjustment of the Rudder Trim Activation
R (1) Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (4) or TBD pin

(98D27207516330) on the mixer (3) of the artificial feel unit. You
must be able to install and remove the rigging pin easily.

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 507
Nov 01/10

LAN
(2) For all the rigging results, disconnect the artificial feel spring
rod (1) at the top to make sure that it is in the zero position. To
do this:
(3) Connect the artificial feel spring rod (1) to the mixer (3). To do
this:
(a) Install the bolt (11).

If you cannot install the bolt (11) easily or if you cannot
install the rigging pin (4) during the operation before, do these
steps:
1
_ Remove the trim actuator (2) (Ref. TASK 27-22-51-000-001).
2
_ Turn the gimbal joint of the artificial-feel spring rod (1)
until you can install and remove the rigging pin (4) and the
bolt (11) easily.
3
_ Install the trim actuator (2) (Ref. TASK 27-22-51-400-001).
(b) Install the washer (10), the nut (9) and the new cotter pin (8).
(4) Remove the rigging pins (4), (5) and (7).

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-22-00-991-001, 502/TASK 27-22-00-991-002)
(5) Install the blanking plug (12) on the rigging hole of the trim
actuator (2).
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-22-00-991-002)
Subtask 27-22-00-720-051
B. Do the operational test of the rudder trim (Ref. TASK 27-22-00-710-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 508
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-22-00-860-057

29-10-00-864-003).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
items.
Subtask 27-22-00-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access doors 325BL, 325BR.

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 509
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-22-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Reset Function
R WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU
_______
R START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
R - THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
R - THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
R - COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
R CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 510
May 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-22-00-860-053

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) On the overhead panel 23VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 1
(3) On the overhead panel 24VU, make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 2
(4) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the rudder trim is in the zero
position.

29-10-00-863-003).
Subtask 27-22-00-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 511
May 01/11
R
LAN
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
Subtask 27-22-00-710-050
A. Operational Test of the Reset Function
R NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the system 2, use the
____
R indications between the parentheses.
R You must do this test for the system 1 and the system 2.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. On the FLT CTL panel 24VU (23VU):
R - release the FAC2 (FAC1) On the FAC2 (FAC1) pushbutton switch:

R pushbutton switch. - the OFF legend comes on and the FAULT
R legend stays off.
R 2. On the center pedestal, on the

panel 110VU:
- turn the RUD TRIM selector The rudder moves to the left.
switch to the NOSE/L position
and hold it in this position. On the panel 110VU, on the RUD TRIM
position indicator:
- the numbers change until the value L
20 deg plus or minus 1 comes into
view.
On the lower ECAM display unit:
- the pointer of the RUD indicator and
the index that show the trim value
move to the left.
NOTE : In some cases, the pointer of

____
the RUD indicator is not in line
with the trim index.
R 3. Release the RUD TRIM selector There is no change.

switch.
R 4. Push and release the RUD The rudder moves to the zero position.
TRIM/RESET pushbutton switch.

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 512
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R On the panel 110VU, on the RUD TRIM
R indicator:
R - the numbers change until the value L
R 0 deg plus or minus 0.3 comes into
R view.
R
move to the center mark.
R 5. Turn the RUD TRIM selector switch The rudder moves to the right.
in the NOSE/R position and hold it
in this position. On the panel 110VU, on the RUD TRIM
indicator:
- the numbers change until the value R
view.
move to the right.

____
R 6. Push the RUD TRIM/RESET pushbutton The rudder moves to the zero position
switch and hold the RUD TRIM and stays in this position.
selector switch in the NOSE/R
position. On the panel 110VU, on the RUD TRIM
position indicator:
0 deg plus or minus 0.3 comes into
view.

switch and the RUD TRIM/RESET
pushbutton switch.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399, 27-22-00

Page 513
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - Push the FAC2 (FAC1) pushbutton On this pushbutton switch:

R switch. - the OFF legend goes off and the FAULT
R legend stays off.
**ON A/C 101-150, 201-299,
Subtask 27-22-00-710-050-A
A. Operational Test of the Reset Function
R NOTE : This test is for the system 1. For the system 2, use the
____
R indications between the parentheses.
R You must do this test for the system 1 and the system 2.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - release the FAC2 (FAC1) On the FAC2 (FAC1) pushbutton switch:

R pushbutton switch. - the OFF legend comes on and the FAULT
R legend stays off.
R 2. On the center pedestal, on the

panel 110VU:
- turn the RUD TRIM selector The rudder moves to the left.
switch to the NOSE/L position
position indicator:
view.
move to the left.

R

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 514
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
____

switch.
R 4. Push and release the RUD The rudder moves to the zero position.
R On the panel 110VU, on the RUD TRIM
R indicator:
R - the numbers change until the value L
R 0 deg plus or minus 0.3 comes into
R view.
R
R 5. Turn the RUD TRIM selector switch The rudder moves to the right.
in the NOSE/R position and hold it
indicator:
view.
move to the right.

____
R 6. Push the RUD TRIM/RESET pushbutton The rudder moves to the zero position
switch and hold the RUD TRIM and stays in this position.
selector switch in the NOSE/R
position. On the panel 110VU, on the RUD TRIM
position indicator:
view.

R

EFF :

101-150, 201-299, 27-22-00

Page 515
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

switch and the RUD TRIM/RESET
pushbutton switch.
R - Push the FAC2 (FAC1) pushbutton On this pushbutton switch:

R switch. - the OFF legend goes off and the FAULT
R legend stays off.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-22-00-860-054

29-10-00-864-003).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 516
May 01/11

LAN
TASK 27-22-00-710-002
Operational Test of the Rudder Trim Actuation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-22-00-860-051

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 517
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(4) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

29-10-00-863-003).
Subtask 27-22-00-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
Subtask 27-22-00-710-051
A. Operational Test of the Rudder Trim Actuation
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

panel 110VU:
- turn the RUD TRIM selector The rudder moves to the right.
switch in the NOSE/R position
position indicator:

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 518
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
view.
On the center instrument panel, on the
lower ECAM display unit:
move to the right.

____
2. Release the RUD TRIM selector There is no change.

switch.
3. Push and release the RUD The rudder moves to the zero position.
On the panel 110VU, on the RUD TRIM
indicator:
view.
4. Turn the RUD TRIM selector switch The rudder moves to the left.
in the NOSE/L position and hold it
position indicator:
view.
move to the left.

____

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399, 27-22-00

Page 519
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
switch.
indicator:
view.
R **ON A/C 101-150, 201-299,
Subtask 27-22-00-710-051-A
A. Operational Test of the Rudder Trim Actuation
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

panel 110VU:
position indicator:
view.
move to the right.

R

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 520
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
____

switch.
indicator:
view.
position indicator:
view.
move to the left.

____

switch.
indicator:

R

EFF :

101-150, 201-299, 27-22-00

Page 521
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
view.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-22-00-860-052

29-10-00-864-003).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 522
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-22-00-730-001
System Test of the Rudder Trim
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 523
Feb 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-22-00-860-056

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(4) On the panel 110VU, make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.

29-10-00-863-003).
(7) On the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL key (on the lower ECAM
display unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).
zone 325.

SURFACE (TR31-101) on the rudder surface.
Subtask 27-22-00-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 524
Feb 01/11

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
Subtask 27-22-00-730-050
A. System Test of the Rudder Trim
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

panel 110VU:
and hold it in this position. The protractor shows a value higher
than 20 deg.

position indicator:
20 deg. plus or minus 1 comes into
view.
move to the right.

____

switch.
in this position. The protractor shows a value higher
than 20 deg.

position indicator:

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 525
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
view.
move to the left.

____
4. Turn the RUD TRIM selector switch The rudder moves to the zero position.
to the NOSE/R position until the
rudder moves to the zero position. The protractor shows the value 0 plus
or minus 0.3 deg.

position indicator:
or R 0 deg. plus or minus 0.3 comes
into view.

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399, 27-22-00

Page 526
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 101-150, 201-299,
Subtask 27-22-00-730-050-A
A. System Test of the Rudder Trim
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

panel 110VU:
and hold it in this position. The protractor shows a value higher
than 25 deg.

position indicator:
view.
move to the right.

____

switch.
in this position. The protractor shows a value higher
than 25 deg.

position indicator:
view.

R

EFF :

101-150, 201-299, 27-22-00

Page 527
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
move to the left.

____
4. Turn the RUD TRIM selector switch The rudder moves to the zero position.
to the NOSE/R position until the
rudder moves to the zero position. The protractor shows the value 0 plus
or minus 0.3 deg.

position indicator:
or R 0 deg. plus or minus 0.3 comes
into view.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-22-00-860-055
(1) Remove the PROTRACTOR-CONTROL SURFACE DEFLECTION (98A27308005000), or

SURFACE (TR31-101).
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 528
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
29-10-00-864-003).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-00

Page 529
May 01/09

LAN
ACTUATOR - RUDDER TRIM (10CC) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 27-22-51-000-001
Removal of the Rudder Trim Actuator (10CC)
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27207548000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
325BR
27-22-51-991-001 Fig. 401
27-22-51-991-004 Fig. 402
27-22-51-991-005 Fig. 403
27-22-51-991-003 Fig. 404
27-22-51-991-007 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up

27-22-51-991-005)
Subtask 27-22-51-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(2) At the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (1):
(a) Open the access panel 325BL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
(b) Remove the access panel 325BR (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 402
Feb 01/11

LAN
R Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC - Part Number 6137-3
Figure 401/TASK 27-22-51-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 403
May 01/08

LAN
R Rigging Pin Locations for the Replacement of a Rudder Trim Actuator - Part
R Number 6137-3 and 6137-4/6137-5
Figure 402/TASK 27-22-51-991-004

EFF :

ALL

27-22-51 Page 404
May 01/08

LAN
R Rudder Trim Actuator - PN 6137-4/6137-5
Figure 403/TASK 27-22-51-991-005

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 405
May 01/08

LAN
Subtask 27-22-51-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-22-51-860-051

002)
_______
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(a) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the electric pump.
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003)
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 406
Nov 01/10

LAN
the Green, the Blue and the Yellow hydraulic systems:
- In the flight compartment on the hydraulic section 40VU of the
overhead panel
- On the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue
hydraulic systems.
R (10) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not

002).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-22-51-991-004)

Subtask 27-22-51-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 407
Nov 01/10

LAN
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-22-51-991-001, 403/TASK 27-22-51-991-005)
Subtask 27-22-51-020-050
A. Removal of the Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC (for part number 6137-3)
_______
(1) Disconnect the hydraulic bracket (45) from the rudder control frame
(32):
(a) Remove the nuts (44) and the washers (43).
(b) Remove the bolts (42).
NOTE : Do not disconnect the hydraulic-line end-fittings from the

____
hydraulic bracket (45).
(2) Remove the bonding straps (41) from the rudder control frame (32):
(a) Remove the bolts (39) and the washers (40).
(b) Move the bonding straps (41) away from the rudder control frame
(32).
(c) Do not disconnect the bonding straps (41) from the structure
(3) Disconnect the rudder control frame (32) from the links (36):
(b) Remove the nuts (34), the washers (35) and the bolts (37).
(c) Disengage the rudder control frame (32) from the links (36).
(d) Temporarily safety the bushes (38) in the links (36) with the
lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 408
Nov 01/10

LAN
(e) Do not disconnect the links (36) from the support brackets of the
structure unless a repair or a new installation is necessary.
(4) Remove the rudder trim actuator (3):
(a) Before you disconnect the electrical connectors, put

identification on them. This is important for the subsequent
installation procedure.
(b) Disconnect the electrical connectors (14) from the plugs (13) on
the rudder trim actuator (3).
(c) Put blanking caps on the plugs (13) of the rudder trim actuator
(3) and the electrical connectors (14).
(d) Do not disconnect the bonding strap (15) from the electrical
connector (14) unless a repair or a new installation is
necessary.
(e) If you must install a rudder trim actuator with the part number
6137-4 or 6137-5:
1
_ Remove the bonding strap (15) from the electrical connector A
(14) and the structure.
2
_ Install the new bonding strap (15) for the rudder trim
actuator (3) (part number 6137-4 or 6137-5) at the electrical
connector A (14) and the structure.
(f) Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (11) and
(12).
(g) Remove the bolt (11), the washer (10) and the bonding strap (9)
from the rudder trim actuator (3).
(h) Do not disconnect the bonding strap (9) from the bracket (4)
(i) Remove the bolts (12) and the washers (10) from the rudder trim
actuator (3).
(j) Move the rudder trim actuator (3) down and disengage the splined
shaft (7) from the universal joint (6).
(k) Carefully move the lower part of the rudder control frame (32)
rearward.

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 409
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(l) Remove the rudder trim actuator (3) to the right side.
(5) If you install the same rudder trim actuator (3) again, do these
steps:
(a) Make sure that the mobile red index is in the zero position on
the position indicator of the rudder trim actuator.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-22-51-991-003)
(b) Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the blanking plug (16).
(c) Remove the blanking plug (16) from the rigging hole of the rudder
trim actuator (3).
(d) Install the PIN-LOCKING (6137-013) (19) in the rigging hole of

(e) Install the blanking plug (16) in the storage hole of the rudder
trim actuator (3).
Subtask 27-22-51-020-052
B. Removal of the Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC (for part numbers 6137-4 or
6137-5)
_______
(1) Disconnect the hydraulic bracket (45) from the rudder control frame
(32):
(a) Remove the nuts (44) and the washers (43).
(b) Remove the bolts (42).
NOTE : Do not disconnect the hydraulic-line end-fittings from the

____
hydraulic bracket (45).
(2) Remove the bonding straps (41) from the rudder control frame (32):
(b) Move the bonding straps (41) away from the rudder control frame
(32).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 410
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Position Indicator of the Rudder Trim Actuator - Part Number 6137-3
Figure 404/TASK 27-22-51-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 411
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(c) Do not disconnect the bonding straps (41) from the structure
(3) Disconnect the rudder control frame (32) from the links (36):
(c) Disengage the rudder control frame (32) from the links (36).
(d) Temporarily safety the bushes (38) in the links (36) with the
lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(e) Do not disconnect the links (36) from the support brackets of the
structure unless a repair or a new installation is necessary.
(4) Remove the rudder trim actuator (3):
(a) Before you disconnect the electrical connectors, put

identification on them. This is important for the subsequent
installation procedure.
(b) Disconnect the electrical connectors (14) from the plugs on the
rudder trim actuator (3).
(c) Put blanking caps on the plugs (13) of the rudder trim actuator
(3) and the electrical connectors (14).
(d) Do not disconnect the bonding strap (15) from the electrical
necessary.
(e) Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the bolts (11) and
(12).
(f) Remove the bolt (11), the washer (10) and the bonding strap (9)
from the rudder trim actuator (3).
(g) Do not disconnect the bonding strap (9) from the bracket (4)
(h) Remove the bolts (12) and the washers (10) from the rudder trim
actuator (3).
(i) Move the rudder trim actuator (3) down and disengage the splined
shaft (7) from the universal joint (6).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 412
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(j) Carefully move the lower part of the rudder control frame (32)
rearward.
(k) Remove the rudder trim actuator (3) to the right side.
(5) If you will install the same rudder trim actuator (3), do the
subsequent steps:
(a) Make sure that the mobile red index is in the zero position on
the position indicator of the rudder trim actuator.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-22-51-991-007)
(b) Cut, remove and discard the lockwire from the plug in the rigging
hole of the rudder trim actuator (3).
(c) Remove the plug from the rigging hole of the rudder trim actuator
(3).
(d) Install the PIN - LOCKING (6137-060) (19) in the rigging hole of

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 413
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Position Indicator of the Rudder Trim Actuator - PN 6137-4/6137-5
Figure 405/TASK 27-22-51-991-007

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 414
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-22-51-400-001
Installation of the Rudder Trim Actuator (10CC)
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98D27207548000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 415
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

22-96-00-710-001 Operational Test of the AFS
22-97-00-710-001 Operational Test of the LAND CAT III Capability
325BR
325BR
27-22-51-991-001 Fig. 401
27-22-51-991-004 Fig. 402
27-22-51-991-005 Fig. 403
27-22-51-991-007 Fig. 405

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 416
May 01/10
R
LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up

27-22-51-991-005)
Subtask 27-22-51-860-055-A
A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration (for part number 6137-3)
(2) Make sure that the access panel 325BL is open (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-
010-002).
(3) Make sure that the access panel 325BR is removed (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-
000-001).
R (5) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position in the cockpit to
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
systems:
- In the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead panel
hydraulic systems.
(9) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (18) is in position

in the bellcrank of the rudder control unit.
(10) Make sure that the PIN-LOCKING (6137-013) (19) is installed in the
rigging hole of the replacement rudder trim actuator (3).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 417
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-22-51-860-056
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration (for part numbers 6137-4 or 6137-5)
position at the zone 325.
010-002).
000-001).
R (5) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position in the cockpit to
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
systems:
hydraulic systems.
(9) Make sure that the rigging pins are in their correct positions:
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-22-51-991-004)
(a) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (18) is in

position in the bellcrank of the rudder control unit.
(10) Make sure that the PIN - LOCKING (6137-060) (19) is installed in the
rigging hole of the replacement rudder trim actuator (3).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-22-51-991-007)

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 418
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-22-51-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________

27-22-51-991-005)
Subtask 27-22-51-210-050

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Do a visual inspection of the work area.
(a) Make sure that:

- the structure of the vertical stabilizer (1)
- the structure of the rudder (2)
- the paintwork
- the bracket (4)
- the rudder trim screwjack (5)
- the universal joint (6)
- the bonding straps (9),(15)
- the electrical connectors (14)

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 419
Nov 01/10

LAN
are clean, show no corrosion and are not damaged.
(2) Do a visual inspection of the bolts (11), (12) and make sure that
they are clean and show no damage.
(3) Do a visual check of the replacement rudder trim actuator (10CC) (3).
(a) Make sure that the rudder trim actuator (10CC) (3) is
serviceable.
(b) Make sure that the locking pin (19) is installed:

- For part number 6137-3: PIN-LOCKING (6137-013) .
- For part number 6137-4 or 6137-5: PIN - LOCKING (6137-060) .
(c) Make sure that the interface of the flange (8) is clean.
(4) Make sure that the mobile red index is in the zero position on the
position indicator of the new rudder trim actuator.
(a) If the mobile red index is not in the zero position:
1
_ Remove the locking pin (19) from the rudder trim actuator.
2
_ Turn the shaft of the rudder trim actuator in one direction
until it touches its internal mechanical stop.
3
_ Turn the shaft back 6 full turns.
4
_ Make sure that the mobile red index moves to the zero
position.
5
_ Install the locking pin (19) in the rudder trim actuator:
- For part number 6137-03 use PIN-LOCKING (6137-013).
- For part number 6137-04 or 6137-05 use PIN - LOCKING (6137-
060).
(5) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the threads of the
bolts (11),(12).
(6) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the splined shaft
(7).
(7) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the shaft of the
bolts (11),(12).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 420
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(8) Apply a thin layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to
the:
- interface of the flange (8)
- interface of the bracket (4).
(9) Make sure that the bonding area on the interface of the flange (8)
and the interface of the bracket (4) are clean.
Subtask 27-22-51-420-050
R B. Installation of the Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC (for part number 6137-3)
_______
(1) Install the rudder trim actuator (3):
(a) Carefully move the lower part of the rudder control frame (32)
rearward.
(b) Install the rudder trim actuator (3) from the right side.
(c) Put the rudder trim actuator (3) in position at the bracket (4).
R (d) Make sure that the mobile red index moves to the zero position.
R NOTE : This workstep is important for the correct rigging of the

____
R rudder (Refer to Para.4.A.(4)).
R (e) Engage the splined shaft (7) with the universal joint (6).
R (f) Attach the bonding strap (9) to the flange (8):
1
_ Put the bonding strap (9) in its correct installation
position.
2
_ Install the bolt (11) and the washer (10) through the bonding
strap (9), the flange (8) into the bracket (4) (Ref. TASK 20-
28-00-912-004).
R (g) Install the bolts (12) and the washers (10) through the flange
(8) into the bracket (4).
R (h) Tighten the bolts (11) and (12).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 421
May 01/10

LAN
R (i) Safety the bolts (11) and (12) with the lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
R (j) Remove the blanking caps from the plugs (13) and the electrical
connectors (14).
R (k) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
R correct condition.
R (l) Before you connect the electrical connectors, refer to the

R identification marks.
R (m) Connect the electrical connectors (14) to the plugs (13) on the
R (n) Make sure that the bonding strap (15) is installed at the
R electrical connector A (14) and the structure.
(2) Install the rudder control frame (32) at the links (36):
(a) Cut, remove and discard the lockwire which temporarily safetied
the sliding bushes (38) in the links (36).
(b) Put the links (36), the sliding bushes (38) and the rudder
control frame (32) in the installation position.
(c) Install the bolts (37) with the washers (35) and the nuts (34).
(d) TORQUE the nuts (34) to 1.5 m.daN (11.06 lbf.ft) and then loosen
the nuts (34), if necessary, to the subsequent cotter pin hole.
(e) Safety the nuts (34) with the new cotter pins (33).
(3) Install the bonding straps (41):
(a) Put the bonding straps (41) in position at the rudder control
frame (32).
(b) Install the bolts (39) with the washers (40) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-004).
(4) Connect the hydraulic bracket (45) to the rudder control frame (32):
(a) Put the hydraulic bracket (45) in the installation position.
(b) Install the bolts (42) with the washers (43) and the nuts (44).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 422
May 01/10

LAN
(c) TORQUE the nuts (44) to between 0.37 and 0.48 m.daN (32.74 and
42.47 lbf.in).
R
Subtask 27-22-51-420-054
R C. Installation of the Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC (for part number 6137-4 or
R 6137-5)
_______
(1) Preparation for installation:
(a) Make sure that the new bonding strap (15) (for the rudder trim
actuator part number 6137-4 or 6137-5) is installed at the
electrical connector A (14) and the structure.
(2) Install the rudder trim actuator (3):
(a) Carefully move the lower part of the rudder control frame (32)
rearward.
(b) Install the rudder trim actuator (3) from the right side.
(c) Put the rudder trim actuator (3) in position at the bracket (4).
(d) Make sure that the mobile red index moves to the zero position.
NOTE : This workstep is important for the correct rigging of the

____
rudder (Refer to Para.4.A.(4)).
(e) Engage the splined shaft (7) with the universal joint (6).
(f) Attach the bonding strap (9) to the flange (8):
1
_ Put the bonding strap (9) in its correct installation
position.
2
_ Install the bolt (11) and the washer (10) through the bonding
strap (9), the flange (8) into the bracket (4) (Ref. TASK 20-
28-00-912-004).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 423
May 01/10

LAN
(g) Install the bolts (12) and the washers (10) through the flange
(8) into the bracket (4).
(h) Tighten the bolts (11) and (12).
(i) Safety the bolts (11) and (12) with the lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
(j) Remove the blanking caps from the plugs of the rudder trim
actuator (3) and the electrical connectors (14).
R (k) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
R correct condition.
R (l) Before you connect the electrical connectors, refer to the

R identification marks.
R (m) Connect the electrical connectors (14) to the plugs on the rudder
trim actuator (3).
R
R (n) Make sure that the bonding strap (15) is installed at the
R electrical connector A (14) and the structure.
(3) Install the rudder frame (32) at the links (36):
(a) Cut, remove and discard the lockwire which temporarily safetied
the sliding bushes (38) in the links (36).
(b) Put the links (36), the sliding bushes (38) and the rudder
control frame (32) in the installation position.
(c) Install the bolts (37) with the washers (35) and the nuts (34).
(d) TORQUE the nuts (34) to 1.5 m.daN (11.06 lbf.ft) and then loosen
the nuts (34), if necessary, until you see a cotter pin hole.
(e) Safety the nuts (34) with the new cotter pins (33).
(4) Install the bonding straps (41):
(a) Put the bonding straps (41) in position at the rudder control
frame (32).
(b) Install the bolts (39) with the washers (40) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-004).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 424
May 01/10

LAN
(5) Install the hydraulic bracket (45) to the rudder control frame (32):
(a) Put the hydraulic bracket (45) in the installation position.
(b) Install the bolts (42) with the washers (43) and the nuts (44).
(c) TORQUE the nuts (44) to between 0.37 and 0.48 m.daN (32.74 and
42.47 lbf.in).
Subtask 27-22-51-865-051
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-22-51-860-053
E. Preparation for the Test (for part number 6137-03)
_______
(1) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (18) from the bellcrank of

(2) Remove the PIN-LOCKING (6137-013) (19) from the rudder trim actuator
(3).
(3) Remove the blanking plug (16) from the storage hole of the rudder
trim actuator (3).
(4) Make sure that the O-ring on the blanking plug (16) is installed and
in good condition.

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 425
Nov 01/10

LAN
(5) Install the blanking plug (16) in the rigging hole of the rudder trim
actuator (3).
(6) TORQUE the blanking plug (16) to 0.10 m.daN (8.84 lbf.in).
(7) Safety the blanking plug (16) with the lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
Subtask 27-22-51-860-057
F. Preparation for the Test (for part number 6137-4 or 6137-5)
_______
(1) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (18) from the bellcrank of

(2) Remove the PIN - LOCKING (6137-060) (19) from the rudder trim
actuator (3).
(3) Make sure that the O-ring on the plug is installed and in good
condition.
(4) Install the plug in the rigging hole of the rudder trim actuator (3).
(5) Safety the plug (16) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 426
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-22-51-720-052
G. Test
(1) Do the operational test of the rudder trim actuation (Ref. TASK 27-
22-00-710-002).
(2) Make sure that the pin locking (19) is removed before you do the
operational test of the rudder trim actuation.
(3) If you operate the aircraft in actual CAT 3 conditions, do these

tests:
- AFS-Test (Ref. TASK 22-96-00-710-001) and Land Test (Ref. TASK 22-
97-00-710-001).
(4) Do the operational test of the rudder hydraulic actuation (Ref. TASK
27-24-00-710-001).
(5) Make sure that there are no hydraulic leaks in the area of the rudder
control frame (32).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-22-51-410-050-A
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the access panel 325BR at the trailing edge of the vertical
stabilizer (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-400-001).
(3) Close the access panel 325BL at the trailing edge of the vertical

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 427
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-22-51-000-002
Removal of the Electronic Assembly of the Rudder Trim Actuator (10CC)
_______
NOTE : This procedure is only applicable to rudder trim actuator partnumber

____
6137-3. For other partnumbers refer to the rudder trim actuator
removal/installation.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 428
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
27-22-51-991-002 Fig. 406
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-22-51-991-002)
Subtask 27-22-51-010-051-A
A. Get Access
(3) Open the access panel 325BL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002) at the
trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer.
(4) Remove the access panel 325BR (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-000-001).
Subtask 27-22-51-865-057
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 429
Feb 01/11

LAN
Electronic Assembly of the Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC - Part Number 6137-3
Figure 406/TASK 27-22-51-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 430
May 01/10
R
LAN
R
Subtask 27-22-51-860-052
NOTE : The worksteps that follow are necessary if you remove the
____
electronic assembly of a rudder trim actuator with the part number
6137-3.

002)
_______
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(a) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the electric pump
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
R (9) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons

862-002)

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 431
Nov 01/10

LAN
the Green, the Blue and the Yellow hydraulic systems:
hydraulic systems.

quadrant.

(14) Remove and discard the lockwire from the blanking plug (4).
(15) Remove the blanking plug (4) from the rigging hole of the rudder trim
actuator (10).
(16) Install the PIN-LOCKING (6137-013) (3) in the rigging hole of the
(17) Install the blanking plug (4) in the storage hole of the rudder trim
actuator (10).
Subtask 27-22-51-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 432
Nov 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-22-51-991-002)
Subtask 27-22-51-020-051
A. Removal of the Electronic Assembly
NOTE : The worksteps that follow are necessary if you remove the
____
6137-3.
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors (7) from the plugs (8) on the
rudder trim actuator 10CC (10).
(2) Put blanking caps on the plugs (8) and the electrical connectors (7).
(3) Cut and remove the lockwire from the screws (9).
(4) Hold the electronic assembly (6) and remove the screws (9).
(5) Remove the electronic assembly (6) from the rudder trim actuator
(10).
(6) Remove and discard the packing (5).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 433
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-22-51-400-002
Installation of the Electronic Assembly of the Rudder Trim Actuator (10CC)
_______
_______
_______
NOTE : This procedure is only applicable to rudder trim actuator partnumber

____
6137-3. For other partnumbers refer to the rudder trim actuator
removal/installation.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 434
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
325BR
27-22-51-991-004 Fig. 402
27-22-51-991-002 Fig. 406
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-22-51-991-004, 406/TASK 27-22-51-991-002)
Subtask 27-22-51-860-050-A
NOTE : The worksteps that follow are necessary if you install the
____
6137-3.

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 435
May 01/10
R
LAN
010-002).
000-001).
R (6) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in the flight compartment to
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
not to pressurize the hydraulic systems:
hydraulic systems.
(9) Make sure that the red painted marks on the tail cone and the
trailing edge of the rudder are aligned.
(10) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (1) is put in the
rudder cable quadrant.
(11) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (2) is put in the
bellcrank of the rudder control unit.
(12) Make sure that the PIN-LOCKING (6137-013) (7) is put in the rudder
trim actuator 10CC (8).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 436
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-22-51-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-22-51-420-051
A. Installation of the Electronic Assembly of the Rudder Trim Actuator 10CC
NOTE : The worksteps that follow are necessary if you install the
____
6137-3.
(3) Make sure that the electrical connections of the electronic assembly
(6) and of the rudder trim actuator (10) are clean, show no corrosion
and are not damaged.
(4) Put the new packing (5) in position on the electronic assembly (6).
(5) Put the electronic assembly (6) in position on the rudder trim
actuator 10CC (10) and install the screws (9).
(6) Make sure that the packing (5) is in the correct position.
(7) Safety the screws (9) with the lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).
(8) Remove the blanking caps from the plugs (8) and the electrical
connectors (7).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 437
Nov 01/10

LAN
(9) Connect the electrical connectors (7) to the plugs (8) on the rudder
trim actuator 10CC (10).
Subtask 27-22-51-865-055
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 15CC
Subtask 27-22-51-860-054
C. Preparation for the Test
NOTE : The worksteps that follow are necessary if the installed

____
electronic assembly is related to a rudder trim actuator with the
part number 6137-3.
(1) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (2) from the bellcrank of the
(2) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (1) from the rudder cable
quadrant.
(3) Remove the PIN-LOCKING (3) from the rudder trim actuator (10).
(4) Remove the blanking plug (4) from the storage hole of the rudder trim
actuator (10).
in good condition.
actuator (10).
(7) TORQUE the blanking plug (4) to to 0.10 m.daN (8.84 lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 438
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-22-51-720-051
D. Do the operational test of the rudder trim actuation (Ref. TASK 27-22-00-
710-002).
NOTE : If you operate the aircraft in actual CAT 3 conditions, do these

____
tests:
- AFS-Test (Ref. TASK 22-96-00-710-001) and Land Test (Ref. TASK
22-97-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-22-51-410-051-A
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Install the access panel 325BR (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-22-51

Page 439
May 01/10
R
LAN
______________________________________________________
ARTIFICIAL FEEL AND RUDDER TRAVEL LIMITING - ACTUATION
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________
1. General
_______
A. Rudder Artificial Feel

(Ref. Fig. 001)
An artificial feel and trim unit is installed downstream of the cable
quadrant.
It consists of a trim screwjack (Ref. 27-22) and a constant-resisting
load spring-rod that the trim screwjack holds in the neutral position.
The artificial feel and trim unit also comprises a system which overrides
the autopilot.
This system is engaged when the AP mode is selected.
The function of the spring rod is:
- to provide an artificial feel load proportional to the rudder
deflection,
- to provide an accurate centering of the surface to neutral in the
absence of a control input,
- to hold the upstream control at neutral when the yaw damper
servoactuator supplies signals to the servocontrol.
NOTE : The centering spring force is added to the artificial feel force
____
that the artificial feel and trim unit supplies (Ref. 27-21).
B. Rudder Travel Limiting

(Ref. Fig. 002)
The rudder-travel limiting system limits the control inputs to the
servocontrols to change the rudder travel in relation to the airspeed
(Vc).
The limitation is such that the maximum deflection of the rudder remains
lower than the deflection which would induce limit loads on the
structure, throughout the flight envelope.
The system is made of a travel limitation unit which is under the control
of the Flight Augmentation Computers (FACs) (Ref. ch. 22).
A simplified emergency control system (open loop) brings back
automatically the stops to the low-speed position when the two FACs are
failed and slats are extended.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 1
May 01/00

LAN
2. __________________
Component Location
A. Rudder Artificial Feel

(Ref. Fig. 003)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ARTIFICIAL FEEL AND TRIM UNIT 325 27-23-41
16CA SOLENOID-RUDDER ARTF FEEL 325 22-31-00

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 2
May 01/00

LAN
Artificial Feel and Trim Unit
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 3/4
May 01/00

LAN
Rudder-Travel Limiting System
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 5
May 01/00

LAN
Location of the Artificial Feel and Trim Unit
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 6
May 01/00

LAN
B. Rudder Travel Limiting
(Ref. Fig. 004)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4CC LIMITATION UNIT-RUDDER TRAVEL 325 325DL 27-23-51

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 7
May 01/00

LAN
Travel Limitation Unit - Location
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 8
May 01/00

LAN
C. Maintenance and Rigging Facilities.
The item given below is a Line Replaceable Unit (LRU):
- Electronic assembly
The levers and the casing have rigging holes which materialize the
neutral position of the levers, for adjustment of the rods connected to
them.
3. _____________________
A. Rudder-Travel Limitation Unit (TLU)

(Ref. Fig. 004)
(1) General
The mechanical design of the TLU is such that a single mechanical
failure (rupture or disconnection) cannot cause the loss of the
travel limitation function.
The TLU has two brushless electric motors separately controlled by an
electronic assembly.
Each motor drives two screws via a reduction gear and permits the
symmetrical linear displacement of two nuts used as adjustable stops.
(The two nuts have opposite pitches).
A non-locking rotary stop limits the stroke of one of the screw/nut
assemblies which are irreversible.
There are two levers on each connection shaft; one is connected to
the input rod and the other is used as a punctual stop.
The movement of each screw is transmitted to a transducer unit (RVDT)
via a reduction gear which permits to indicate the position of the
variable stop.
Two rigging pins are used to set the two levers to the zero position
(mid stroke).
To prevent icing, there is a heating system which includes two coils
and their regulating thermostats.
B. Normal control circuit

(Ref. Fig. 005)
The motor itself is a 3-phase asynchronous motor with no brushes:
- the associated electronic set supplies the motor windings with variable
voltage and variable frequency which are function of the input signal
(representative of the position error),
- the system permits to get torque/speed characteristics for the motor
equivalent to those obtained with a DC motor,
- a relay isolates the motor windings from the electronic set output when
its coil is not energized by the enable signal.
Moreover, in this situation, the output signals are sent back to the
monitoring circuits for comparison with fixed thresholds

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 9
May 01/00

LAN
Electronic Assembly
Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 10
May 01/00

LAN
- the command signal that the computer dedicated to each electronic set
sends is a DC current which varies between plus or minus 8 mA into a
500-ohm resistor (for the computer, the motor is equivalent to a
standard servovalve),
- another relay upstream of the actuator and controlled by the computer
supplies the 28VDC power.
C. Emergency control circuit

(Ref. Fig. 005)
When the two FACs can no longer achieve normal control (for example if
the two electronic power sets of the TLU are failed), an emergency
control brings back the stops to the low speed configuration (maximum
possible deflection of the rudder) when slats are extended.
For this, the motor is used as a 2-phase asynchronous motor energized by
26 V 400 Hz power.
This control mode is achieved when the coil of a specific relay is
energized for a period of 30 s approx (this time is greatly sufficient to
bring back the stops to the low speed configuration).
The motor is then able to sustain the energization of the windings during
a long period, without any rotation, because the stops are reached.
4. ____
Test
(Ref. Fig. 005)
At FAC energization a test is initiated to do the check of at lest 95% of
the electronic circuitry without the need of motor rotation.
For this, the test circuitry which receives the output signals when the
isolation relay is de-energized compares these signals to two thresholds.
It also energizes a specific relay when the signals correspond to a
particular value of the input signal.
One pole of this relay sends a logic information (fault signal) to the
upstream computer.
- first phase:
the enable signal is equal to zero,
the command signal is equal to zero.
The computer must verify a logic zero on the fault output (open line).
This test proves that the logic output is not permanently set to 1 and that
the isolation relay is not closed.
- second phase:
the enable signal is equal to zero,
the command signal is equal to the value which corresponds to the
threshold setting.
Then, the computer must verify a logic 1 (ground).
This proves that:
the isolation relay is really open,
the electronic circuitry operates as designed.
- third phase:
the isolation relay is energized,

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 11
May 01/00

LAN
the input signal is equal to zero.
The computer must then verify a logic 1 (the test logic takes into account
the position of a pole of the isolation relay).
The purpose of this third phase is to prove that the isolation relay is able
to close when energized.
NOTE : When the motor is in service there is a monitoring of the current in

____
the windings. If an overcurrent is detected it is indicated by the
fault signal (open circuit whereas in normal conditions it should be
a ground).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 12
May 01/00

LAN
______________________________________________________
ARTIFICIAL FEEL AND RUDDER TRAVEL LIMITING - ACTUATION
_________________________
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
TASK 27-23-00-040-001
Deactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R FAC 1
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
27-23-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Rudder-Travel Limitation Unit
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-00-860-055

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 401
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-23-00-010-052
access door 824.
Subtask 27-23-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-23-00-040-050
A. Deactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit
(1) On the panel 187VU, remove the relay 13CC1.
circuit breaker(s):
5CC1.
Subtask 27-23-00-710-055
B. Do the operational test of the rudder travel limitation unit (Ref. TASK
27-23-00-710-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-23-00-941-050
(1) Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell the crew that the channel
1 of the rudder travel limitation unit is deactivated.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 402
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-23-00-410-052
B. Close Access
R (1) Close the access door 824.
Subtask 27-23-00-862-052
C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 403
Nov 01/02

LAN
TASK 27-23-00-440-001
Reactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R FAC 1
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-00-860-056

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 404
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-23-00-010-053
access door 824.
Subtask 27-23-00-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-23-00-440-050
A. Reactivation of the Channel 1 of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit
(1) On the panel 187VU, install the relay 13CC1.
circuit breaker(s):
5CC1.
Subtask 27-23-00-810-050
B. Do the trouble shooting of the rudder travel limitation unit you

deactivated (Ref. TSM 22)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-23-00-410-053
A. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 405
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-23-00-862-053

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 406
Aug 01/10

LAN
ARTIFICIAL FEEL AND RUDDER TRAVEL LIMITING - ACTUATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________________________________________
TASK 27-23-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Rudder Artificial-Feel Loads with Tool (355M03200001)
_______
GEAR.
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the operation of the artificial feel unit of the rudder is
correct in manual mode and when the autopilot operates.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

355M03200001 1 TOOL-28 VDC POWER SUPPLY

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 501
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22-10-00-710-002 Operational Test of Autopilot Disengagement and

Locking Devices of the Side Stick Controller and
Rudder Pedals
External Power
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump
R TSM 272000810805 (for corrective action)
27-23-00-991-001-A Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-00-010-051-A
A. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at the zone 325.
(2) Open the access panel 325BL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-001).
R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE at the zone 312.
(4) Open the access door 312AR to get access to the +28VDC supply

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 502
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-23-00-480-051-A
B. Installation of the Test Tool

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-23-00-991-001-A)
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the rudder

artificial_feel solenoid 16CA.
R (3) Connect the TOOL-28 VDC POWER SUPPLY (355M03200001) to the solenoid
16CA.
R (4) Connect the connector of the TOOL-28 VDC POWER SUPPLY (355M03200001)
to the +28VDC connector of the aircraft.
(5) Make sure that the solenoid 16CA is not energized.
(6) Make sure that the travel ranges of the flight control surfaces are
clear.
Subtask 27-23-00-860-050

002).

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
pushbutton switch is pushed (the FAULT and OFF legends are off).
pushbutton switch is pushed (the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 503
Aug 01/10

LAN
R Artificial Feel and Trim Unit
R Figure 501/TASK 27-23-00-991-001-A

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 504
May 01/07

LAN
Subtask 27-23-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-23-00-710-050-A
A. Do this test :
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. At the CAPT or F/O seat: The rudder moves smoothly to the right.
- push the right pedal until it The force you must apply increases
touches the mechanical stop slowly and continuously until the pedal
(variable stop). touches the mechanical stop.

F/CTL page :
moves smoothly to the right.
2. Slowly release the right pedal and The rudder moves smoothly to the left.
push the left pedal until it The force you must apply to the right
touches the mechanical stop pedal decreases slowly and
(variable stop). continuously, then becomes zero.
The force you must apply to the left
pedal increases slowly and continuously
until the pedal touches the mechanical
stop.

F/CTL page :
moves smoothly from the right to the
left.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 505
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
position.
pedal decreases slowly and
continuously, then becomes zero.

F/CTL page :
- the pointer of the RUD indicator goes
back to neutral.
4. Energize the solenoid 16CA with NOTE : The solenoid of the artificial
____
the TOOL-28 VDC POWER SUPPLY feel unit is energized.
(355M03200001). The second spring of the
artificial feel unit is engaged.
5. At the CAPT or F/O seat : The rudder moves smoothly to the right.
- push the right pedal until it The force you must apply to the pedals
touches the mechanical stop is much larger :
(variable stop). - it is multiplied by three at the
threshold.
- it is multiplied by two at the limit
of the travel.

F/CTL page :
touches the mechanical stop pedal decreases slowly and continuously
(variable stop). then becomes zero.
pedal is much larger:
- it is multiplied by three at the
threshold.
- it is multiplied by two at the limit
of the travel.

F/CTL page:

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 506
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
left.
position. The force you must apply to
the left pedal decreases slowly and

F/CTL page:
back to neutral.
8. De-energize the solenoid 16CA with ____

NOTE : The solenoid of the artificial
the TOOL-28 VDC POWER SUPPLY feel unit is de-energized.
(355M03200001). The second spring of the
artificial feel unit is
disengaged.
9. At the CAPT or F/O seat: The rudder moves smoothly to the right.
- push the right pedal until it The force you must apply increases

F/CTL page :
10. Slowly release the right pedal The rudder moves smoothly to the left.
and push the left pedal until it The force you must apply to the right
stop.

F/CTL page:
left.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 507
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
position.

F/CTL page:
back to neutral.
NOTE : If the feel loads are not satisfactory:

____
R (Ref. TSM 272000810805).
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-23-00-860-051

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

002).
Subtask 27-23-00-080-051-A
B. Removal of the Test Tool

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-23-00-991-001-A)
(1) Remove the TOOL-28 VDC POWER SUPPLY (355M03200001).
(2) Make sure that the electrical connector is serviceable.
(3) Connect the electrical connector (1) to the solenoid 16CA.
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 508
Feb 01/11

LAN
R Subtask 27-23-00-410-051-A
R C. Close Access
R (1) Close the access panel 325BL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-001)
R (2) Close the access door 312AR.
R (3) Remove the access platform(s).
R Subtask 27-23-00-710-053-A
R D. Test of the Autopilot Disengagement
R (1) Do the test of the autopilot disengagement (Ref. TASK 22-10-00-710-

R 002)
R NOTE : Do the test of the autopilot disengagement only for the

____
R pedals.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 509
May 01/07

LAN
TASK 27-23-00-710-001- 01
Operational Test of the Rudder Artificial-Feel Loads without Tool
_______
GEAR.
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the operation of the artificial feel unit of the rudder is
correct in manual mode and when the autopilot operates.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 510
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump
R TSM 272000810805 (for corrective action)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-00-860-057

002).

- Make sure that the ELAC 1, SEC 1 and FAC 1 pushbutton switches are
pushed (the FAULT and OFF legends are off).

- Make sure that the ELAC 2, SEC 2, SEC 3 and FAC 2 pushbutton
switches are pushed (the FAULT and OFF legends are off).
(4) On the overhead panel 20VU, on the ADIRS CDU:

- Set the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to NAV (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-
860-004).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 511
Feb 01/11

LAN
001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(6) On the center pedestal, on the panel 110VU:

- Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator shows 0.
(8) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel:

- Push the F/CTL key (on the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page
comes into view).
(9) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to use these
controls:
- The CAPT and F/O side sticks
- The RUD TRIM control switch on the panel 110VU.
Subtask 27-23-00-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU AUTO FLT/FCU/1 9CA1 B05
49VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/1 11CA1 B01
49VU L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM 1GA C09
121VU AUTO FLT/FCU/2 9CA2 M21
121VU AUTO FLT/MCDU/2 11CA2 N20
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY 52GA Q34

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 512
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-23-00-710-056
A. Do this test :
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Push the right pedal until it The force you must apply increases

F/CTL page:
stop.

F/CTL page:
left.
position.

F/CTL page:
back to neutral.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 513
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Engage the autopilot, on the FCU: The green lines of this pushbutton
- Push the AP1 (AP 2) pushbutton switch come on.
switch.
NOTE : The solenoid of the artificial

____
feel unit is energized.
The second spring of the
artificial feel unit is engaged.
5. At the CAPT or F/O seat: - the force you must apply to the
- Push the right pedal. pedals is multiplied by three at the
threshold.
- at mid travel of the rudder, the AP
disengage.
- the force you must apply decreases
suddenly and the pedal goes to the
mechanical stop.

F/CTL page:
moves to the right.
- Release the right pedal. On the lower ECAM display unit, on the
F/CTL page:
back to neutral.
6. Engage the autopilot, on the FCU: The green lines of this pushbutton
- Push the AP1 (AP 2) pushbutton switch come on.
switch.
7. At the same seat: - the force you must apply to the

- Push the left pedal. pedals is multiplied by three at the
threshold.
- at mid travel of the rudder, the AP
disengage.
- the force you must apply decreases
suddenly and the pedal goes to the
mechanical stop.

F/CTL page:

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 514
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
moves to the left.
- Release the right pedal. On the lower ECAM display unit, on the
F/CTL page:
back to neutral.
- Push the right pedal until it The force you must apply increases

F/CTL page:
stop.

F/CTL page:
left.
position.

F/CTL page :
back to neutral.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 515
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
NOTE : If the feel loads are not satisfactory:
____
R (Ref. TSM 272000810805).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-23-00-860-058

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

- Set the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-
860-005).
(5) Remove all the fixtures, tools, test and support equipment used
during this procedure.

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 516
Feb 01/11

LAN
TASK 27-23-00-710-002
Operational Test of the Rudder-Travel Limitation Unit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Function
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-00-860-054
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-23-00-710-051
A. Do the operational test of the variable stop of the rudder travel

limitation unit (Ref. TASK 22-61-00-710-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-00

Page 517
May 01/07

LAN
SOLENOID - ARTIFICIAL FEEL UNLOCKING (16CA) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 27-23-17-000-001
Removal of the Artificial Feel Unlocking Solenoid 16CA
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27207547000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207548000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply

EFF :

ALL 27-23-17

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
27-23-17-991-002 Fig. 401
27-23-17-991-001 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-17-861-050
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 27-23-17-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-23-17-860-051
_______
SYSTEM.
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003)

EFF :

ALL 27-23-17

Page 402
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(6) Put warning notices in the flight compartment to tell persons not to
(7) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003) .
Subtask 27-23-17-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-23-17-860-050
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)

862-002)
(3) Put warning notices in position to tell persons not to operate the
Green, the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems.
Subtask 27-23-17-010-050-A
F. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 27-23-17

Page 403
Feb 01/11

LAN
(3) Open the access panel 325BL at the trailing edge of the vertical
stabilizer (1) (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
Subtask 27-23-17-480-050
G. Installation of the Rigging Pins

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-23-17-991-002)

quadrant.

4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-23-17-991-001)
Subtask 27-23-17-020-050
A. Removal of the Artificial-Feel Unlocking-Solenoid 16CA
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (26) from the receptacle (25) of
the solenoid 16CA (3).
NOTE : Do not disconnect the bonding strap (27) from the electrical
____
necessary.
(2) Put the blanking caps on the electrical connector (26) and the
receptacle (25).
(3) Disconnect the lever arm (11) from the artificial feel unit (4).
(b) Remove the nut (13), the washers (12), (33), the bush (32) and
the bolt (9).
(c) Move the shaft (31) of the artificial feel unit (4) away from the
lever arm (11).
NOTE : Let the artificial feel unit (4) move at the universal
____
joint (5) until:
- The cover (6) is away from the lever arm (11).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-17

Page 404
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Location of Rigging Pins
Figure 401/TASK 27-23-17-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-23-17

Page 405
May 01/00

LAN
R Artificial Feel Unlocking Solenoid 16CA
Figure 402/TASK 27-23-17-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-23-17

Page 406
Aug 01/10

LAN
(d) Support the artificial feel unit (4).
(e) Remove the bush (10) from the lever arm (11).
(4) Disconnect the forked lever (17) of the artificial feel unit (4) from
the solenoid 16CA (3).
(a) Remove the screws (7) and the washers (8) from the cover (6).
(b) Remove the cover (6) from the artificial feel unit (4).
(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (30).
(d) Remove the nut (29), the washer (28) and the bolt (15).
(5) Remove the solenoid 16CA (3) from the artificial feel unit (4).
(a) Support the solenoid (3).
(b) Remove the screws (22) and the washers (23).
(c) Move the eye-end (18) of the solenoid (3) away from the forked
lever (17) of the artificial feel unit (4).
(d) Remove the bush (16) from the forked lever (17).
(e) Remove the solenoid (3).
(6) Remove the eye-end (18) of the solenoid (3) from the screw spindle
(21).
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE THE PARTS THAT FOLLOW:

_______
- THE EYE END
- THE SHIM WASHER
- THE SECURING PLATE
- THE SCREW SPINDLE.
IF YOU TURN THE SHAFT DURING THE REMOVAL OF THESE PARTS,
DAMAGE TO THE SOLENOID CAN OCCUR.
(a) Straighten the tab of the securing plate (20) to release the
eye-end (18).
(b) Hold the screw spindle (21) and turn the eye-end (18) in the
counter-clockwise direction to release it.
(c) Remove and retain the eye-end (18).
(d) Remove and discard the shim washer (19) and the securing plate
(20).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-17

Page 407
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-23-17

Page 408
Feb 01/11

LAN
TASK 27-23-17-400-001
Installation of the Artificial Feel Unlocking Solenoid 16CA
_______

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustable access platform 6.0 m (19 ft. 8 in.)
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-23-17

Page 409
Aug 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 cotter pin 27-23-04 02 -080

14 cotter pin 27-23-04 02A-080
19 shim washer 27-23-41 01 -160
19 shim washer 27-23-41 01A-160
20 securing plate 27-23-41 01 -150
20 securing plate 27-23-41 01A-150
30 cotter pin 27-23-41 01 -080
30 cotter pin 27-23-41 01A-080

EFF :

ALL 27-23-17

Page 410
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-23-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Rudder Artificial-Feel Loads

with Tool (355M03200001)
325BR
27-23-17-991-002 Fig. 401
27-23-17-991-001 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-17-860-052-A
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(7) Make sure that the adjustable access platform is in position.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-17

Page 411
Nov 01/08
R
LAN
(9) Make sure that the access panel 325BL at the trailing edge of the
vertical stabilizer (1) is open (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
12-000-001).
(11) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (51) is in the rudder
cable quadrant and the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) (50) in the
bellcrank of the rudder control unit.
Subtask 27-23-17-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-23-17-991-001)
Subtask 27-23-17-910-050
(1) Clean the interface of the artificial feel unit (4) and the cover (6)
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and let it dry.
(2) Make sure that the structure of the vertical stabilizer (1), the
structure of the rudder (2) and the paintwork are clean and not
damaged.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-17

Page 412
Nov 01/10

LAN
(3) Make sure that the artificial feel unit (4), the universal joint (5)
and the lever arm (11) are clean and in a good condition.
(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.
R (5) Make sure that the screws (7),(22), the bolts (9),(15), the bushes
R (10),(16),(32) and the nuts (13),(29) are clean and in a good
R condition.
(6) Clean the cover (6) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and
let it dry.
(7) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the thread of the screws
(7),(22) and the bolts (9),(15).
(8) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (10),(16).
(9) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the shaft of the
bolts (9),(15).
(10) Apply a thin layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the
interface of the Artificial Feel Unit (4).
interface of the bracket (24) on the replacement solenoid 16CA (3).
Subtask 27-23-17-280-050
B. Do a test of the forked lever (17) of the artificial feel unit (4) for
free movement
(1) Put the artificial feel unit (4) in its installation position.
R (2) Temporarily install the bolt (9), the bushes (10),(32), the washers
R (12),(33) and the nut (13).
(3) Push down the forked lever (17) with your hand and hold it in its
lowest position.
(4) Release the forked lever (17):

- the forked lever (17) must come fully up with free movement.
NOTE : If the forked lever (17) does not come fully up with free
____
movement, then you must do the applicable Airbus Service
Bulletin (Ref. SB No. A320-27-1130).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-17

Page 413
Aug 01/10

LAN
R (5) Remove the nut (13), the washers (12),(33), the bushes (10),(32) and
R the bolt (9).
Subtask 27-23-17-420-050
C. Installation of the Artificial-Feel Unlocking-Solenoid 16CA
(1) Install the eye-end (18) on the screw spindle (21) of the solenoid
16CA (3) as follows:
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSTALL THE PARTS THAT FOLLOW:

_______
- THE EYE END
- THE SHIM WASHER
- THE SECURING PLATE
- THE SCREW SPINDLE.
IF YOU TURN THE SHAFT DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THESE
PARTS, DAMAGE TO THE SOLENOID CAN OCCUR.
(a) Put a new securing plate (20) on the screw spindle (21).
(b) Put a new shim washer (19) on the screw spindle (21).
(c) Install the eye-end (18) on the screw spindle (21). Do not
tighten the eye-end (18).
(d) Turn the eye-end (18) in the clockwise direction until it touches
the shim washer (19).
(2) Install the solenoid 16CA (3) on the artificial feel unit (4).
(a) Put the interface of the bracket (24) in position at the

artificial feel unit (4).
(b) Support the solenoid (3) and install the screws (22) and the
washers (23).
(c) Do not fully tighten the screws (22) at this time.
(d) Align the bolt hole in the eye-end (18) with the bolt hole in the
forked lever (17).
(e) If the bolt holes do not align, you must decrease the shim washer
(19) or replace it as necessary.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-17

Page 414
Aug 01/10

LAN
(f) Adjust the eye-end (18) on the screw spindle (21) as necessary.
NOTE : Do not let the screw spindle (21) turn during the
____
installation of the solenoid (3).
(g) Do a check and make sure that the eye-end (18) is parallel to the
forked lever (17) and not twisted.
(h) Install the bush (16) in the forked lever (17) of the artificial
feel unit (4).
(i) Put the bolt (15) through the connection of the forked lever (17)
and the eye-end (18). Do not install the washer (28) and the nut
(29) at this time.
(j) Safety the eye-end (18) with the securing plate (20).
(k) Fully tighten the screws (22).
(l) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-007) at the heads
of the screws (22).
(3) Connect the forked lever (17) of the artificial feel unit (4) to the
solenoid 16CA (3) as follows:
(b) Safety the nut (29) with a new cotter pin (30).
(c) Apply a thin layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002)
to the interface of the artificial feel unit (4) at the shaft
(31).
(4) Install the cover (6) on the artificial feel unit (4) as follows:
(a) Put the cover (6) over the shaft (31) in its correct position it
on the artificial feel unit (4).
(b) Install the screws (7) and the washers (8) in the cover (6).
(c) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-007) to the heads
of the screws (7).
(5) Connect the lever arm (11) to the artificial feel unit (4) as
follows:
(a) Install the bush (10) in the lever arm (11).
(b) Move the artificial feel unit (4) at the universal joint (5). Put
the shaft (31) in position at the lever arm (11).
(c) Support the artificial feel unit (4).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-17

Page 415
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(d) Align the bolt hole in the lever arm (11) with the bolt hole in
the shaft (31).
R (e) Install the bolt (9), the washers (12),(33), the bush (32) and
R the nut (13).
(g) Safety the nut (13) with a new cotter pin (14).
(6) Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connector (26) to
the receptacle (25) of the solenoid 16CA (3).
(7) Make sure that the cable of the electrical connector (26) does not
rub on the spar box of the vertical stabilizer (1).
Subtask 27-23-17-080-050
D. Removal of the Rigging Pins

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-23-17-991-002)
quadrant.

Subtask 27-23-17-865-051
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 15CC
Subtask 27-23-17-860-053
F. Preparation for the Test
(1) On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch
Subtask 27-23-17-710-050
G. Do an operational test of the artificial feel loads of the rudder

(Ref. TASK 27-23-00-710-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-17

Page 416
Aug 01/10

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-23-17-410-050-A
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-17

Page 417
Nov 01/08

LAN
ARTIFICIAL FEEL AND TRIM UNIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 27-23-41-000-001
Removal of the Artificial Feel and Trim Unit
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27207547000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207548000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-23-41

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-23-17-000-001 Removal of the Artificial Feel Unlocking Solenoid
16CA
Power Supply
325BR
27-23-41-991-001 Fig. 401
27-23-41-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-41-861-050
Subtask 27-23-41-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-23-41

Page 402
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-23-41-869-050
_______
SYSTEM.
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003)
(4) Release the FLT CTL/FAC 1 pushbutton switch on the overhead panel
23VU and the OFF legend comes on.
Subtask 27-23-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-23-41-860-050
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-41

Page 403
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
862-002)
the hydraulic systems.
Subtask 27-23-41-010-050-A
F. Get Access
(3) Open the access panels 325BR, 325BL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
Subtask 27-23-41-480-050
_______
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-23-41-991-001, 402/TASK 27-23-41-991-002)

quadrant.

(3) Remove and discard the lockwire from the blanking plug (31).
(4) Remove the blanking plug (31) from the rigging hole of the rudder
trim actuator (4).
(5) For the rudder trim actuators with the part numbers 6137-4 or 6137-5:
- Install the PIN - LOCKING (6137-060) (30) in the rigging hole of
(6) For the rudder trim actuators with the part number 6137-3:
- Install the PIN-LOCKING (6137-013) (30) in the rigging hole of the
(7) Install the blanking plug (31) in the storage hole of the rudder trim
actuator (4).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-41

Page 404
Feb 01/11

LAN
Artificial Feel and Trim Unit - Sheet 1
Figure 401/TASK 27-23-41-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-23-41

Page 405
May 01/00

LAN
R Artificial Feel and Trim Unit - Sheet 2
Figure 402/TASK 27-23-41-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-23-41

Page 406
Aug 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-23-41-991-001, 402/TASK 27-23-41-991-002)
Subtask 27-23-41-020-050
A. Removal of the Artificial Feel and Trim Unit (1)
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (13) from the solenoid 16CA (3).
(2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).
(3) Disconnect the artificial feel and trim unit (1) from the lever arm
(2) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (11), the washers (10) and (33), the bushes (7)
and (32) and the
(c) bolt (6). Move the eye-end (23) clear of the lever arm (2).
(4) Disconnect the artificial feel and trim unit (1) from the support
bracket (5) as follows:
(b) Remove the nuts (19), the washers (18), the bushes (15) and the
bolts (14).
(5) Move the fork-end (22) clear of the lugs of the support bracket (5).
(6) Disconnect the universal joint (21) from the splined shaft (26) of
(7) Remove the artificial feel and trim unit (1), between the frame and
the structure at the right side of the aircraft.
NOTE : Do not disconnect the universal joint (21) from the splined
____
shaft (35) of the artificial feel and trim unit (1) unless a
repair or a new installation is necessary.
NOTE : It may be necessary to:

____
- shorten the artificial feel and trim unit (1), and/or,
- remove two lower attachment bolts from the frame (one at
each side), to increase the clearance available.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-41

Page 407
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(8) Disconnect the solenoid (3) from the artificial feel and trim unit
(1), if necessary (Ref. TASK 27-23-17-000-001).
(9) If necessary, disconnect the universal joint (21) from the splined
shaft (35) of the artificial feel and trim unit (1) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (39), the washer (38), the bolt (36) and the
saddle washer (37).
(c) Remove the universal joint (21) from the splined shaft (35).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-41

Page 408
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-23-41-400-001
Installation of the Artificial Feel and Trim Unit
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
98D27207547000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207548000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-23-41

Page 409
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 cotter pin 27-23-04 02 -080

12 cotter pin 27-23-04 02A-080
20 cotter pin 27-23-04 02 -080
20 cotter pin 27-23-04 02A-080
40 cotter pin 27-23-04 02 -220
40 cotter pin 27-23-04 02A-220
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-23-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Rudder Artificial-Feel Loads
with Tool (355M03200001)
325BR

EFF :

ALL 27-23-41

Page 410
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-23-41-991-001 Fig. 401
27-23-41-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-41-860-051-A
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
R (2) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position.
(5) Make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 1 P/BSW on the overhead panel 23VU is
released and the OFF legend is on.
(6) Make sure that the FLT CTL/FAC 2 P/BSW on the overhead panel 24VU is
released and the OFF legend is on.
position.
(9) Make sure that the access panels 325BR, 325BL are open (Ref. TASK 55-
33-13-010-002).
(10) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207547000) (24) is installed in

the rudder cable quadrant.

the bellcrank of the rudder control unit.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-41

Page 411
Nov 01/10

LAN
(12) For the actuators with the part numbers 6137-4 or 6137-5, make sure
that:
- The PIN - LOCKING (6137-060) (30) is installed in the rudder trim
actuator.
(13) For the actuators with the part number 6137-3, make sure that:
- The PIN-LOCKING (6137-013) (30) is installed in the rudder trim
actuator.
Subtask 27-23-41-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-23-41-991-001)
Subtask 27-23-41-910-050

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-41

Page 412
Nov 01/10

LAN
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-23-41-991-002)
(1) Make sure that the lever arm (2), the rudder trim actuator (4) and
the support bracket (5) are clean and show no damage.
R (2) Make sure that the bolts (6),(14), the bushes

R (7),(8),(9),(15),(16),(17),(32) and the nuts (11),(19), are clean and
R show no damage.
(3) Make sure that the bushes (8),(9) are tight in the lever arm (2).
(4) Make sure that the bushes (16),(17) are tight in the lugs of the
support bracket (5).
NOTE : Safety the bushes (8),(9),(16),(17), if necessary, with

____
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-029).
(5) If removed, install the universal joint (21) as follows:
(a) Install the universal joint (21) on the splined shaft (35) of the
artificial feel and trim unit (1).
(b) Make sure that the holes in the universal joint (21) are aligned
with the holes in the splined shaft (35).
(c) Install the bolt (36), the saddle washer (37), the washer (38)
and the nut (39).
(d) Safety the nut (39) with a new cotter pin (40).
(6),(14).
(7) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the sliding bushes
(7),(15).
bolts (6),(14).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-41

Page 413
Aug 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-23-41-420-050
B. Installation of the Artificial Feel and Trim Unit
(1) Put the sliding bushes (15) in position in the flanged bushes (16) at
the support bracket (5).
(2) Put the artificial feel and trim unit (1) in position so that its
universal joint (21) engages in the splined shaft (26) of the rudder
trim actuator (4).
(3) Put the fork-end (22) in position on the lugs of the support bracket
(5).
(4) Hold the artificial feel and trim unit (1) in position.
(5) Connect the artificial feel and trim unit (1) to the support bracket
(5).
(a) Install the bolts (14) at the connections of the support bracket
(5) and the artificial feel and trim unit (1).
(b) Install the washers (18) and the nuts (19) on the bolts (14).
NOTE : Make sure that the bushes (15), (16) and (17) are
____
correctly installed.
(6) Connect the artificial feel and trim unit (1) to the lever arm (2).
(a) Put the sliding bush (7) in the flanged bush (8) at the lever arm
(2).
(b) Move the artificial feel and trim unit (1) so that the eye-end
(23) goes in the lever arm (2).
(c) Install the bolt (6) at the connection of the lever arm (2) and
the artificial feel and trim unit (1).
(d) If the bolt (6) does not align:
1
_ Remove the bolts (6), (14), the washers (18) and the nuts
(19).
2
_ Lift the artificial feel and trim unit (1) from the splined
shaft (26).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-41

Page 414
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
3
_ Turn the universal joint (21) until you can install the bolt
(6) freely at the connection of the artificial feel and trim
unit (1) and the lever arm (2), (when the artificial feel and
trim unit (1) is in the installation position).
4
_ Put the artificial feel and trim unit (1) back in the
installation position, so that the universal joint (21)
engages in the splined shaft (26) of the rudder trim actuator
(4).
5
_ Install the bolts (14) at the connections of the support
bracket (5) and the artificial feel and trim unit (1).
6
_ Install the washers (18) and the nuts (19) on the bolts (14).
NOTE : Make sure that the bushes (15), (16) and (17) are
____
correctly installed.
7
_ Install the bolt (6) at the connection of the lever arm (2)
and the artificial feel and trim unit (1).
R (e) Install the washers (10), (33) and the nut (11) on the bolt (6).
R NOTE : Make sure that the bushes (7), (8), (9) and (32) are
____
R correctly installed.
(f) TORQUE the nuts (11) and (19) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in) and
then loosen the nuts, if necessary, to the subsequent cotter pin
hole.
(g) Safety the nuts (11) and (19) with the new cotter pin (12) and
the cotter pin (20).
NOTE : Install the two lower attachment bolts in the frame, if

____
removed.
R (7) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).
condition.
(9) Connect the electrical connector (13) to the solenoid (3).
NOTE : Make sure that the cable of the electrical connector (13) does
____
not rub on the spar box of the vertical stabilizer.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-41

Page 415
Aug 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-23-41-080-050
_______
quadrant.

(3) For the actuators with the part numbers 6137-4 or 6137-5:
- Remove the PIN - LOCKING (6137-060) (30) from the rudder trim
actuator (4).
(4) For the actuators with the part number 6137-3:

- Remove the PIN-LOCKING (6137-013) (30) from the rudder trim
actuator (4).
(5) Remove the blanking plug (31) from the storage hole of the rudder
trim actuator (4).
in good condition.
actuator (4).
(8) TORQUE the blanking plug (31) to 0.10 m.daN (8.84 lbf.in).
Subtask 27-23-41-865-052
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 15CC.
Subtask 27-23-41-860-052

EFF :

ALL 27-23-41

Page 416
Aug 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-23-41-710-050
F. Test
(1) Do an operational test of the artificial feel and trim unit

(Ref. TASK 27-23-00-710-001).
(2) Do an operational test of the rudder trim actuation (Ref. TASK 27-22-
00-710-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-23-41-860-053
items.

adjacent structure.
blocked.
Subtask 27-23-41-410-050-A
B. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the access panels 325BR, 325BL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-41

Page 417
Aug 01/07

LAN
LIMITATION UNIT - RUDDER TRAVEL (4CC) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________
TASK 27-23-51-000-001
Removal of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit 4CC
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27207545000 3 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207546000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-23-51-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-51-861-050
Subtask 27-23-51-865-055
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-23-51-860-051
_______
SYSTEM.
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003)

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 402
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-23-51-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-23-51-860-050
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)

862-002)
Subtask 27-23-51-010-050
F. Get Access
(2) Open the access panels 325DL, 325DR at the trailing edge of the
vertical stabilizer (1).
Subtask 27-23-51-480-050

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-23-51-991-001)

(4) for the travel limitation unit 4CC (5).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 403
Feb 01/11

LAN
Rudder Travel Limitation Unit 4CC
Figure 401/TASK 27-23-51-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 404
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(2) Put the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) and the PIN-RIGGING
(98D27207545000) (32) through the levers (6),(16) of the travel
limitation unit 4CC (5).

for the servo actuator 1025GM.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-23-51-991-001)
Subtask 27-23-51-020-050
A. Removal of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit 4CC
(1) Remove the electrical connectors (17) as follows:
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire that safeties the electrical
connectors (17).
(b) Disconnect the electrical connectors (17) from the plugs on the
bottom of the travel limitation unit 4CC (5).
(c) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).
(2) Disconnect the control rods (14) and (15) from the rudder travel
limitation unit (5) as follows:
(c) Move the control rods (14),(15) clear of the levers (6),(16).
(d) Remove the bush (10) from the levers (6),(16).
NOTE : Do not remove the bushes (8),(9) from the levers (6),(16).
____
The bushes (8),(9) are safetied in the levers (6),(16)
with Loctite.
(3) Remove the bolt (30), the nut (31) and the bonding strap (18).
(4) Remove the rudder travel limitation unit (5) from the support bracket
(19) as follows:
(a) Release the tabwashers (22).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 405
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(b) Hold the rudder travel limitation unit (5) and remove the bolts
(21) with the tabwashers (22).
(c) Remove the rudder travel limitation unit (5) from the support
bracket (19).
(d) Discard the tabwashers (22).
(5) Remove the rudder travel limitation unit (5) from the bracket (20) as
follows:
(b) Hold the rudder travel limitation unit (5) and remove the bracket
(20).
(c) Make sure that the levers (6) and (16) of the travel limitation
unit (5) are safetied with the pins (32), to protect the
component during the storage.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 406
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-23-51-400-001
Installation of the Rudder Travel-Limitation Unit 4CC
_______

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 407
May 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INTERFAY SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-021 F ASNB70720
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE (Ref. 20-31-00)
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS ST L OR NICKEL ALLOY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 cotter pins 27-21-47 01 -210

13 cotter pins 27-21-47 01A-210
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Function
External Power
27-23-51-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 408
Nov 01/10

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-51-860-054
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
panel 23VU is released.
(9) Make sure that the access panels 325DL, 325DR at the trailing edge of
the vertical stabilizer (1) are open.
R (10) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (32) is installed in

the bellcrank assembly (4) for the travel limitation unit 4CC.
R (11) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) (33) is installed in

the bellcrank assembly for the servo actuator 1025GM.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 409
May 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-23-51-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-23-51-991-001)
Subtask 27-23-51-910-050
(1) Clean the interface of the support bracket (19) with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-004) and let it dry.
(2) Make sure that the bellcrank assy (4), the control rods (14),(15) and
the support bracket (19) are in the correct condition.
(3) Make sure that the bonding strap (18) is in the correct condition.
condition.
(5) Make sure that the bolts (7),(21),(24),the bushes (8),(9),(10) and
the nuts (12) are clean and in a good condition.
Subtask 27-23-51-560-050
B. Preparation of the Replacement Component
(1) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) and the PIN-RIGGING
(98D27207545000) (32) are installed in the levers (6) and (16) of the
replacement travel limitation unit (5).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 410
Nov 01/10

LAN
(2) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) to the component interface of
the rudder travel limitation unit (5), the bracket (20) and the
support bracket (19).
NOTE : Make sure that the bonding area of the bracket (20) stays
____
clean.
Subtask 27-23-51-420-050
C. Installation of the Rudder Travel-Limitation Unit 4CC
(1) Install the rudder travel-limitation unit (5) on the bracket (20) as
follows:
(a) Put the rudder travel-limitation unit (5) in position at the

bracket (20). Attach it with the bolts (24) and the washers (23).
(b) TORQUE the bolts (24) to 0.5 m.daN (44.24 lbf.in).
(c) Remove the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) that has come out at
the connection of the travel limitation unit (5) and the bracket
(20).
(2) Install the rudder travel-limitation unit (5) on the support bracket
(19) as follows:
(a) Put the rudder travel-limitation unit (5) with the bracket (20)
in position at the support bracket (19). Attach it with the bolts
(21) and the new tabwashers (22).
(b) TORQUE the bolts (21) to 0.5 m.daN (44.24 lbf.in).
(c) Safety the bolts (21) with the tabwashers (22).
(d) Remove the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) that has come out at
the connection of the bracket (20) and the support bracket (19).
(e) Install the bonding strap (18) with the bolt (30) and the nut
(31).
(f) Make sure that the bonding strap (18) is correctly installed
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 411
May 01/10
R
LAN
(3) Connect the control rods (14) and (15) to the travel-limitation unit
(5) as follows:
(a) Make sure that the bushes (8) and (9) are tight in the levers (6)
and (16).
(b) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-029) to
the bushes (8) and (9) and safety them in the levers (6) and (16)
if necessary.
(c) Put the bush (10) into the bush (9) at the levers (6) and (16).
(d) Put the control rods (14) and (15) in position at the levers (6)
and (16).
(e) Install the bolts (7), the washers (11) and the nuts (12).
(f) Make sure that the bushes (8), (9) and (10) are correctly
installed in the levers (6) and (16).
(g) TORQUE the nuts (12) to 0.7 m.daN (61.94 lbf.in) and then loosen
(h) Safety the nuts (12) with the cotter pins (13).
condition.
(5) Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connectors (17).
Do this on the bottom of the rudder travel limitation unit (5).
(6) Install the bonding leads (36) with the bolt (35) and the nut (34) if
removed (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004). Do this on the electrical
connectors (17).
(7) Safety the electrical connectors (17) to the bonding leads (36) with
the lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-018)
(8) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-021) to the connections
of the bonding leads (36) and the electical connectors (17).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 412
May 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-23-51-080-050
R (1) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (32) from the bellcrank assy
(4).
R (2) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (32) from the levers (6),(16)
of the travel limitation unit 4CC (5).
R (3) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) (33) from the bellcrank

assembly of the servo actuator 1025GM.
Subtask 27-23-51-865-051
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 15CC
Subtask 27-23-51-860-055
F. Preparation for the Test
(1) Make sure that the travel range of the rudder (2), the rudder travel
limitation unit (5) is clear of tools and other items.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
Subtask 27-23-51-710-050
G. Do the operational test of the rudder travel limiting function (Ref. TASK
22-61-00-710-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 413
May 01/10

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-23-51-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the access panels 325DL, 325DR.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 414
May 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-23-51-000-002
Removal of the Electronic Module of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27207545000 3 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
27-23-51-991-002 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 415
Feb 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-51-861-051
A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
Subtask 27-23-51-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-23-51-860-053
_______
SYSTEM.
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003)

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 416
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-23-51-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-23-51-860-052
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)

862-002)
Subtask 27-23-51-010-051
F. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 8M (26 FT) in position below zone 325.
(2) Open the access panels 325DL and 325CL or 325DR and 325CR at the
trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer.
Subtask 27-23-51-480-051

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-23-51-991-002)
(1) Put a PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (4) in the bellcrank assembly for


EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 417
Feb 01/11

LAN
Electronic Module
Figure 402/TASK 27-23-51-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 418
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(2) Put a PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) and a PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000)
(4) in each lever of the travel limitation unit (1).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-23-51-020-051
A. Removal of the Electronic Module
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire which safeties the captive bolts (3).
(2) Loosen the captive bolts (3).
(3) Remove the electronic module (2) from the travel limitation unit (1).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 419
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-23-51-400-002
Installation of the Electronic Module of the Rudder Travel Limitation Unit
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
98D27207545000 2 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia. 0.8 mm

(0.032 in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 420
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Function
External Power
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-23-51-860-056
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(9) Make sure that the access panels 325DL, 325DR, 325CL, 325CR at the
trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (1) are open.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 421
May 01/10
R
LAN
the bellcrank assembly (4) for the travel limitation unit (1).

each lever of the travel limitation unit (1).
Subtask 27-23-51-865-053
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-23-51-420-051
A. Installation of the Electronic Module

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
R (1) To install the same electronic module use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material

R No. 19-003) and clean the contact surface with CLEANING AGENTS
(2) Put the electronic module (2) in position on the travel limitation
unit (1).
(3) Tighten the captive bolts (3).

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 422
Nov 01/10

LAN
(4) Safety the captive bolts (3) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant
steel, dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).
Subtask 27-23-51-080-051
B. Removal of the Rigging Pins
(1) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) (4) from the levers of the
rudder travel limitation unit (1).

assembly of the rudder travel limitation unit (1).
Subtask 27-23-51-865-057
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-23-51-860-057
(1) Make sure that the travel range of the rudder (2), the rudder travel
limitation unit (5) is clear of tools and other items.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
and make sure that the OFF legend goes off.
and make sure that the OFF legend goes off.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 423
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-23-51-710-051
E. Do an operational test of the travel limitation unit (Ref. TASK 22-61-00-

710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-23-51-010-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panels 325DL and 325CL or 325DR and 325CR which you
opened before.

EFF :

ALL 27-23-51

Page 424
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
RUDDER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________________
1. _______
General
Three fixed-body servocontrols with mechanical input are used to
hydraulically actuate the rudder.
Each servocontrol is powered by a different hydraulic system.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1025GM SERVO CTL-RUDDER, G 325 325BL 27-24-51
2025GM SERVO CTL-RUDDER, B 325 325DL 27-24-51
3025GM SERVO CTL-RUDDER, Y 325 325CL 27-24-51

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 1
May 01/00

LAN
Location of Rudder Servocontrols
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 2
May 01/00

LAN
3. _____________________________
Hydraulic Supply (Ref. 27-00)
4. _____________________
A. Rudder Servocontrol
(Ref. Fig. 002)
(1) General
The three servocontrols are interchangeable.
5. Operation
_________
A. Normal operation with the servocontrol pressurized

The moving piston rod of the servocontrol is slaved to the mechanical
input signal via the input lever (10). This lever is hinged in the middle
on the rotary input lever (11). It is connected at one end to the input
rod and at the other end to the feedback rod (12).
The rotary lever (11) actuates the control valve (8) and the stops (1)
limit its travel.
In the event of overpressure in one of the chambers, the chamber
overpressure is applied against one of the two pistons (2) and/or (3).
It sets the damping and pressure-relief valve (5) to the bypass position.
Then the chambers are isolated from the control valve and connected via
the damping hole (6).
The high pressure is connected to the return via the heating orifice (9).
This ensures permanent heating leakage.
The vent hole (13) serves to vent over or under pressure of air occurring
in the internal chamber of the cylinder assy.
B. Operation on the ground with the servocontrol depressurized

When the servocontrol is depressurized, the spring (4) sets the damping
and pressure-relief valve to the bypass position.
If the rudder is subjected to external forces, the pressure increases in
one of the two chambers. This causes the movement of the servocontrol
piston.
The fluid goes from one chamber to the other via the damping orifice and
provides a ground gust-damping function for gust speeds up to 80 Kts.
Two anti-cavitation valves permit the suction of the necessary volume of
hydraulic fluid to compensate for the thermal retraction on ground, in
the damping mode.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 3
May 01/00

LAN
Rudder Servocontrol
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 4
May 01/00

LAN
C. Maintenance, rigging facilities, periodic tests
The maintenance is On condition.
The items given below are Line-Replaceable Unit :
- Filter
- Actuator eye-end.
To replace the servocontrol, it is necessary to have simultaneously the
surface and the servocontrol in the neutral position.
To this end, the adjustment of the servocontrol is obtained through the
adjustment of the spring rod length.
6. Test
____
A. A single operational periodic test is performed on the three hydraulic

systems (through the use of leakage measurement valves).
Its purpose is to make sure that there is no valve jamming and no
mechanical disconnection.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 5
May 01/00

LAN
RUDDER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________
TASK 27-24-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Rudder Hydraulic Actuation
_______
GEAR.
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
Pump

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 501
May 01/00

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Electric Pump
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-00-860-055

002).

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-24-00-710-050
A. Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the CAPT or F/O side: The rudder moves to the right.

- push the right rudder pedal On the lower ECAM display unit, on the
until it touches the mechanical F/CTL page:
stop. - the RUD/G, B, Y symbols are green,
moves smoothly to the right mark.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 502
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Slowly release the right rudder The rudder moves from the right to the
pedal and then push the left left.
rudder pedal until it touches the On the lower ECAM display unit, on the
mechanical stop. F/CTL page:
moves smoothly from the right mark to
the left mark smoothly.
3. Slowly release the left rudder The rudder moves to the neutral
pedal. position.
F/CTL page:
moves to the neutral position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-24-00-860-056

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

002).
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 503
May 01/00

LAN
TASK 27-24-00-710-002
Operational Test of the Rudder Servocontrols with Individual Hydraulic System
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 504
Aug 01/10

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-00-860-057

002).

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(6) On the HYD section of the maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that:
- the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B, HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G,
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switches are pushed (the
OFF legends of these pushbutton switches are off).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 505
May 01/00

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-24-00-710-051
A. Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the maintenance panel 50VU: On the maintenance panel 50VU:

- release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT - the OFF legends of the HYD/LEAK
VALVES/G and HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G and HYD/LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton
switches. switches come on.
2. On the CAPT or F/O side: On the lower ECAM display unit, on the
- slowly push the right rudder F/CTL page:
pedal until it touches the - the pointer of the RUD indicator
mechanical stop. moves smoothly to the right mark.
The rudder moves smoothly to the right.
3. Slowly release the right rudder On the lower ECAM display unit, on the
pedal and then push the left F/CTL page:
rudder pedal until it touches the - the pointer of the RUD indicator
mechanical stop. moves smoothly from the right mark to
the left mark.
The rudder moves smoothly from the

right to the left.
4. Slowly release the left rudder On the lower ECAM display unit, on the
pedal. F/CTL page:
moves smoothly to the neutral
position.
The rudder moves smoothly to the

neutral position.

- push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT - the OFF legend of the HYD/LEAK
VALVES/G pushbutton switch. MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton
- release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT switch goes off,

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 506
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VALVES/B pushbutton switch. - the OFF legend of the HYD/LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton
switch comes on.
pedal and push the left pedal F/CTL page:
until it touches the mechanical - the pointer of the RUD indicator
stop. moves smoothly from the right mark to
the left mark.

right to the left.
pedal. F/CTL page:
position.

neutral position.

- push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT - the OFF legend of the HYD/LEAK
VALVES/Y pushbutton switch. MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton
- release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT switch goes off,
VALVES/G pushbutton switch. - the OFF legend of the HYD/LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton
switch comes on.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 507
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pedal and then push the left F/CTL page:
rudder pedal until it touches the - the pointer of the RUD indicator
mechanical stop. moves smoothly from the right mark to
the left mark.

right to the left.
pedal. F/CTL page :
position.

neutral position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-24-00-860-058

- push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G and HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/B pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF
legends go off).
(2) Depressurize the hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003)

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001).

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 508
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-24-00-820-001
Adjustment of the Rudder Neutral Position
_______
_______
_______
THE RUDDER CONTROL.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
98D27203001000 1 TOOL-RUDDER NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT
98D27207516000 1 TBD
98D27207546000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire - corrosion resistant steel dia. 0.8 mm

(0.03 in.)

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 509
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11-00-00-960-001 Replacement of the Tail Cone Reference Triangle

External Power
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump
27-24-00-991-003 Fig. 501
27-24-00-991-004 Fig. 502
27-24-00-991-005 Fig. 503
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-00-861-054
Subtask 27-24-00-010-055
B. Get Access

access door 822.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 510
Feb 01/11

LAN
(3) At the battery power center 105VU:
Subtask 27-24-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-24-00-860-059

001) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).

- the FLT CTL/FAC1, FLT CTL/ELAC1 and FLT CTL/SEC1 pushbutton

- the FLT CTL/FAC2, FLT CTL/ELAC2, FLT CTL/SEC2 and FLT CTL/SEC3

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 511
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
29-24-00-864-001).
Subtask 27-24-00-010-054
E. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at zone

325.
(2) Open the access panels 325CL, 325CR, 325DL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-
001).
Subtask 27-24-00-860-053
(1) Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) (7) or TBD (98D27207516000)

on the output bellcrank of the lower servocontrol (4).
(2) Install the pointer of the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON,

RUDDER (98D27303000001) on the trailing edge of the rudder.

001) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-24-00-991-003)
Subtask 27-24-00-420-050
A. Installation of the Reference Triangle for the Rudder Neutral Position

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-24-00-991-004)
NOTE : Do this installation only if the reference triangle on the tail

____
cone is not in position.
NOTE : If the initial adjustment of two servocontrols at least is not

____
changed, you can find the rudder neutral position without a tool.
If two or three servocontrols are not adjusted correctly, you must
use the TOOL-RUDDER NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT (98D27203001000) to find
the rudder neutral position.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 512
May 01/11

LAN
R Rudder Control
Figure 501/TASK 27-24-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 513
Nov 01/02

LAN
Reference Triangle for the Rudder Neutral Position
Figure 502/TASK 27-24-00-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 514
May 01/00

LAN
(1) Find the rudder neutral position with two servocontrols adjusted
correctly.
(a) Pressurize one of the two servocontrols adjusted correctly.
1
_ On the maintenance panel 50VU:
Make sure that the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/ applicable
pushbutton switch is pushed (on this pushbutton switch the OFF
legend is off):
- for the lower servocontrol (4): G pushbutton switch
- for the middle servocontrol (3): Y pushbutton switch
- for the upper servocontrol (2): B pushbutton switch.
2
_ Release the two other HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVE pushbutton
switches (on these pushbutton switches the OFF legends come
on).
(b) Make a mark on the tail cone structure to show the position of
the rudder lower trailing edge.
(c) Pressurize the other servocontrol adjusted correctly and

depressurize the first one:
1
_ On the maintenance panel 50VU:
Push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/ applicable pushbutton
switch (on this pushbutton switch the OFF legend goes off):
- for the lower servocontrol (4): G pushbutton switch
- for the middle servocontrol (3): Y pushbutton switch
- for the upper servocontrol (2): B pushbutton switch.
2
_ Release the other HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVE pushbutton switch
(on this pushbutton switch the OFF legend comes on).
(d) Make sure that the rudder neutral position for this servocontrol
is the same as the rudder neutral position for the other
servocontrol. The rudder lower trailing-edge must be in line with
the mark on the tail cone.
NOTE : If the rudder neutral position is the same for the two
____
R servocontrols, it is not necessary to use the TOOL-RUDDER
R NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT (98D27203001000).
If the rudder neutral position is not the same for the two
R servocontrols, you must use the TOOL-RUDDER NEUTRAL
R ADJUSTMENT (98D27203001000).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 515
Aug 01/10

LAN
(2) Find the rudder neutral position with the TOOL-RUDDER NEUTRAL
ADJUSTMENT (98D27203001000):
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-24-00-991-005)
(a) Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-

864-003) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-
001).
(b) Put the warning notices to tell persons not to pressurize the
aircraft hydraulic systems:
- on the overhead panel 40VU
- on the ground service panels 197CB, 198CB, 197EB.
R (c) On the LH side of the rudder, put the TOOL-RUDDER NEUTRAL

R ADJUSTMENT (98D27203001000) in position.
(d) Use the tool to make the reference mark on the tail cone. If
necessary, remove all the other marks on the tail cone.
(3) Install the new reference triangle (8) on the tail cone, put its
center on the mark (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-960-001).
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-24-00-991-004)
(4) Remove the TOOL-RUDDER NEUTRAL ADJUSTMENT (98D27203001000) (if

applicable).
(5) If necessary, remove the warning notices which tell persons not to
pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems.
(6) If necessary, pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK

29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001).
Subtask 27-24-00-820-050
B. Adjustment of the Rudder Neutral Position with the reference triangle

(8).
(a) Release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B and HYD/LEAK

MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton
swithes, the OFF legends come on).
(b) Make sure that the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton

switch is pushed (on this pushbutton switch the OFF legend is
off).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 516
May 01/11

LAN
Installation of the Tool
Figure 503/TASK 27-24-00-991-005

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 517
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(2) On the tail cone structure, make sure that the rudder lower
trailing-edge is in line with the center of gravity of the reference
triangle (8) or in the limits.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-24-00-991-004)
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts of the spring rod (5).
(d) Adjust the length of the spring rod (5).
the nuts.
(h) Safety the nuts with lockwire - corrosion resistant steel dia.
0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(a) Push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch (on this
pushbutton switch the OFF legend goes off).
(b) Release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch (on

this pushbutton switch the OFF legend comes on).
(4) On the tail cone structure make sure that the rudder lower
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-24-00-991-004)

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 518
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
NOTE : To adjust the clearance, turn the spring rod (6) in the
____
same direction as the spring rod (5).
(g) Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have
tightenend the nuts.
0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(a) Push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch (on this
pushbutton switch the OFF legend goes off).
(b) Release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch (on

this pushbutton switch the OFF legend comes on).
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-24-00-991-004)
NOTE : To adjust the clearance, turn the spring rod (1) in the
____
same direction as the spring rod (6).
the nuts.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 519
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

- push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y and HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/G pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF
legends go off).
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-24-00-991-004)
If not, do the adjustment of the spring rods (1), (6) and (5) of the
three servocontrols (2), (3) and (4).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-24-00-860-054

003) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001).
(2) Remove the pointer of the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON,

RUDDER (98D27303000001) from the trailing edge of the rudder.
R (3) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) (7) or TBD (98D27207516000)

from the output bellcrank of the lower servocontrol (4).
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-24-00-991-003)
Subtask 27-24-00-410-053
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panels 325CL, 325CR, 325DL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-
001).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 520
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-24-00-710-052
C. Do the operational test of the rudder mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-
24-00-710-001).
Subtask 27-24-00-862-053
D. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 521
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
RUDDER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________________
TASK 27-24-00-200-001
Check of the Rudder Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for too much Play and
Condition
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-24-00-200-002 Check of the Rudder Trailing Edge Play
27-24-51-000-001 Removal of the Rudder Servo Control
1025GM/2025GM/3025GM
27-24-51-200-001 Check of the Rudder Servo Control Attachments

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 601
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1025GM/2025GM/3025GM
27-24-51-960-001 Replacement of the Rudder Servo-Control Bearings
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump
55-36-41-000-001 Removal of the Hinge Arm Fittings No. 1 thru No. 7
55-36-41-400-001 Installation of the Hinge Arm Fittings No. 1 thru No.
7
55-46-00-200-001 Inspection of the Rudder Hinge Bearings 1 thru 7 for
Axial or Radial Movement
55-46-11-000-001 Removal of Rudder Hinge Bearing No. 6
55-46-11-400-001 Installation of Rudder Hinge Bearing No.6
TSM 27-20-00-810-802 Airframe Vibration due to the Rudder
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-00-861-053
Subtask 27-24-00-010-052
B. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at zone 325.
325EL, 325ER.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 602
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-24-00-860-050
C. Aircraft maintenance configuration

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(2) On the HYD section of the maintenance panel 50VU :

- release the LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B and LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y
pushbutton switches (the OFF legends of these pushbutton switches
come on).
Subtask 27-24-00-941-050
D. Safety Precautions
(1) Put warning notice(s) on the pedals (CAPT and F/O) to tell persons
(2) Put warning notice(s) on the panel 110VU to tell persons not to use
the rudder trim.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-24-00-210-050
A. Check of the Rudder Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for General
Condition
(1) Make sure that the rods and bellcranks are in the correct condition.
(2) Make sure that the liner is in the correct position between the
attachment hardware of the bearings (no migration of the liner).
____
lubricating).
If you can see the liner, replace the related servo control
(Ref. TASK 27-24-51-000-001) (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-400-001) or hinge
arm end fitting (1 to 5 or 7) (Ref. TASK 55-36-41-000-001) (Ref. TASK
55-36-41-400-001) or hinge bearing No. 6 (Ref. TASK 55-46-11-000-001)
(Ref. TASK 55-46-11-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 603
Nov 01/05
R
LAN
Subtask 27-24-00-220-050
B. Check of the Rudder Trailing Edge Play
NOTE : For monitoring and follow up of the play at the rudder trailing
____
edge, it is recommended that the operator record in its own
documentation the values measured.
R NOTE : The maximum play of 16 mm (0.6299 in.) prevents metal-to-metal

____
R contact in the self-lubrification bearing but does not always
R prevent rudder vibration.
R If there is rudder vibration when the play is less than 16 mm
R (0.6299 in.), refer to the procedure for Airframe Vibration (Ref.
R TSM TASK 27-20-00-810-802).
(1) Do a check of the rudder trailing edge play (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-200-
002).
(2) For each servo control (Green, Yellow or Blue hydraulic system
pressurized), if the distance is more than 16 mm (0.6299 in.):
(a) Replace the related rudder servo control (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-000-
001) (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-400-001) or replace both rudder
servo-control bearings (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-960-001).
(b) Do a check of the rudder trailing edge play (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-
200-002).
(c) For each servo control (Green, Yellow or Blue hydraulic system
pressurized), if the distance stays more than 16 mm (0.6299 in.),
do a check of the related servo control fitting (Ref. TASK 27-24-
51-200-001).
(d) Do a check of the rudder trailing edge play (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-
200-002).
(e) For each servo control (Green, Yellow or Blue hydraulic system
pressurized), if the distance stays more than 16 mm (0.6299 in.),
do a check of the related rudder fitting (Ref. TASK 55-46-00-200-
001).
NOTE : This 16 mm (0.6299 in.) value includes 8 mm (0.3149 in.)

____
of surface bending as the result of the 30 daN (67.4426
lbf) force.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 604
Aug 01/07

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-24-00-942-052

- push the LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G and LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y
go off).

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
items.
Subtask 27-24-00-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access doors 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR, 325DL, 325DR,
325EL, 325ER.
Subtask 27-24-00-862-052
C. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 605
Aug 01/06
R
LAN
TASK 27-24-00-200-002
Check of the Rudder Trailing Edge Play
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 98D27207516000 1 TBD
R 98D27303022000 1 CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) - AILERON, ELEVATOR, RUDDER

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 606
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump
27-24-00-991-001-A Fig. 601
27-24-00-991-010 Fig. 602
27-24-00-991-012 Fig. 603
R 27-24-00-991-014 Fig. 604
R 27-24-00-991-015 Fig. 605
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-00-861-056
Subtask 27-24-00-010-059
B. Get Access
325EL, 325ER.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 607
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-24-00-860-065
C. Aircraft maintenance configuration

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).

- release the LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B and LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y
come on).
Subtask 27-24-00-941-054
(1) Put warning notice(s) on the pedals (CAPT and F/O) to tell persons
(2) Put warning notice(s) on the panel 110VU to tell persons not to use
the rudder trim.
Subtask 27-24-00-480-054
E. Installation of the Tools

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-24-00-991-001-A, 602/TASK 27-24-00-991-010)

pin (98D27207516090) on the input lever of the lower servocontrol
(1).

(98D27303000001) as follows:
- on the trailing edge of the rudder
- in line with the middle servo control.

R (98D27303003001) or CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) - AILERON, ELEVATOR, RUDDER
R (98D27303022000) on the trailing edge of the rudder.
NOTE : Clean and make the tail-cone upper surface moist before you
____
attach the tool.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 608
Feb 01/11

LAN
Servocontrol - Location of Rigging Point
Figure 601/TASK 27-24-00-991-001-A

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 609
May 01/05
R
LAN
R Installation of the Check Tool
Figure 602/TASK 27-24-00-991-010

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 610
Aug 01/06

LAN
____
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 27-24-00-991-012)
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 27-24-00-991-014, 605/TASK 27-24-00-991-015)
Subtask 27-24-00-220-054
A. Check for too much Play (Green servo control pressurized)
____
(1) On the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER

(98D27303000001), connect the GAGE ASSY - PUSH-PULL TOLL GAGE,ASSY-
PUSH-PULL (97A27003000007) (or equivalent).
R (2) Apply a stable load of 30 daN (67.4426 lbf) in the right direction on
R the trailing edge.
R (3) Keep this load applied and set the dial gage to zero.
R (4) Release the load.
R (5) At the same position, apply a stable load of 30 daN (67.4426 lbf) in
R the left direction on the trailing edge.
R (6) Keep this load applied and record the value shown on the dial gage.
R NOTE : This value includes 8 mm (0.3149 in.) of surface bending with

____
R 30 daN (67.4426 lbf) load applied.

R

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 611
May 01/11

LAN
R CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) 98D27303022000 (Auto-recording Function)
R Figure 603/TASK 27-24-00-991-012

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 612
Nov 01/06

LAN
R Rudder Trailing Edge Play - Check List
R Figure 604/TASK 27-24-00-991-014

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 613
May 01/11

LAN
R Rudder Trailing Edge Play - Measurement
R Figure 605/TASK 27-24-00-991-015

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 614
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-24-00-869-059
B. On the HYD section of the maintenance panel 50VU:
(1) Release the LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch (the OFF
legend comes on).
(2) Push the LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch (the OFF legend
goes off).
Subtask 27-24-00-220-055
C. Check for too much Play (Yellow servo control pressurized)
____
R the right direction on the trailing edge.

____

R
Subtask 27-24-00-869-060
D. On the HYD section of the maintenance panel 50VU:
(1) Release the LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch

(the OFF legend comes on).
(2) Push the LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch (the OFF legend
goes off).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 615
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-24-00-220-056
E. Check for too much Play (Blue servo control pressurized)
____
R the right direction on the trailing edge.

____

R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-24-00-080-054
(1) Remove the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) (2) or TBD (98D27207516000)

pin (98D27207516090) from the input lever of the lower servocontrol
(1).

(98D27303022000), the GAGE ASSY - PUSH-PULL TOOL GAGE,ASSY-PUSH-PULL
(97A27003000007), and the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON,
RUDDER (98D27303000001) from the rudder.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 616
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-24-00-942-054
B. Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration

- push the LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G and LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y
go off).

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
items.
Subtask 27-24-00-410-056
C. Close Access
(1) Close the access doors 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR, 325DL, 325DR,
325EL, 325ER.
Subtask 27-24-00-862-055
D. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 617
May 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-24-00-210-001
Visual Inspection of the Rudder Servo Controls for Hydraulic Leakage
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump
R 27-24-00-991-002 Fig. 606

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 618
May 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-00-010-053
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at zone 325
(2) Open the access doors 325CL, 325DL, 325CR, 325DR
Subtask 27-24-00-860-051

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)

29-10-00-863-003)
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-24-00-210-051
A. Visual Inspection of the Rudder Servocontrol for Hydraulic Leakage
WARNING : DO NOT TOUCH THE SERVO CONTROLS DURING OPERATION OF THE PEDALS.
_______
MOVEMENT OF THE SERVO CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY.
(1) Do several cycles of the rudder with the CAPT or F/O pedals.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT PERSONS DO NOT OPERATE THE PEDALS WHEN YOU
_______
CLEAN THE VENT HOLE. OPERATION OF THE SERVO CONTROL WHEN
YOU CLEAN THE VENT HOLE CAN BE DANGEROUS.
(2) Clean the vent hole (1) and the area around the vent hole of each
servocontrol
R (Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 27-24-00-991-002)
(3) Do again several cycles of the rudder with the CAPT or F/O pedals.
(4) Do a visual check of the vent hole and the area around the vent hole.
Make sure that you can see no leak.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 619
May 01/11

LAN
Servocontrol - Location of the Vent Hole
R Figure 606/TASK 27-24-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 620
May 01/11

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-24-00-860-052

29-10-00-864-003)

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002)
Subtask 27-24-00-410-052
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access doors 325CL, 325DL, 325CR, 325DR

EFF :

ALL 27-24-00

Page 621
May 01/11

LAN
SERVO CONTROL - RUDDER (1025GM,2025GM,3025GM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________________
TASK 27-24-51-000-001
Removal of the Rudder Servo Control 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM
_______
_______
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ONE SERVO CONTROL IS INSTALLED AT ALL TIMES. IF YOU
_______
MUST REMOVE ALL THREE SERVO CONTROLS, FIRST DO THE INSTALLATION,
ADJUSTMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES FOR ONLY ONE OF THE SERVO CONTROLS. IF
YOU REMOVE ALL THREE SERVO CONTROLS AT THE SAME TIME, DAMAGE TO THE
AIRCRAFT CAN OCCUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL)
R
98D27207545000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207546000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207548000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
27-24-51-991-001 Fig. 401
27-24-51-991-002 Fig. 402
27-24-51-991-003 Fig. 403
27-24-51-991-004 Fig. 404
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-51-860-051
(2) Make sure that the rudder trim control is set at the zero position.
NOTE : Make sure that the trailing edge of the rudder is in line with
____
the red triangle on the tail cone.
Subtask 27-24-51-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 402
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-24-51-860-050
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(3) Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic
systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 27-24-51-010-050-A
D. Get Access
(2) Open the access panels 325BL, 325CL, 325CR, 325DL at the trailing
edge of the vertical stabilizer. (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
Subtask 27-24-51-480-050
E. Installation of the Rigging Pins

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-24-51-991-001)
R (1) Install the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) in the

R differential lever (4).
R
R (2) Install the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207546000) in the bellcrank

R assy (6) at the servo control 1025GM (5).
R (3) Install the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207545000) in the travel

R limitation unit (3).
R
4. Procedure
_________
_______
ADJUSTMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES FOR ONLY ONE OF THE SERVO CONTROLS.
IF YOU REMOVE ALL THREE SERVO CONTROLS AT THE SAME TIME, DAMAGE TO
THE AIRCRAFT CAN OCCUR.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 403
Feb 01/11

LAN
Rudder Access Panel and Rigging Pin Locations
Figure 401/TASK 27-24-51-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 404
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-24-51-020-052
A. Removal of the Rudder Servo Control 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM
CAUTION : USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION WHEN

_______
YOU DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF YOU USE
THE SECOND WRENCH, YOU WILL NOT LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN THE UNION TOO
MUCH.
NOTE : The removal of the upper servo control only is described. The
____
removal of the center servo control and the lower servo control is
almost the same.
(1) Remove the cable assembly and the clamp (only at upper servo control
2025GM) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-24-51-991-002)
(b) Remove the nut (12).
(c) Remove the screw (9) and the washer (8) from the clamp (10) and
the eye-end (11).
NOTE : Do not disconnect the cable from the structure unless a

____
new installation is necessary.
(2) Disconnect the hydraulic system as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-24-51-991-003)
(a) Put the CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL) below the hydraulic
connections (30),(37) to collect the unwanted fluid.
(b) Disconnect the union nut (38) of the pipe (37) from the union
(39) at the pressure port of the servo control (5).
(c) Disconnect the union nut (29) of the pipe (30) from the union
(28) at the return port of the servo control (5).
(d) Drain the remaining hydraulic fluid into the container.
(e) Put the blanking caps on the pipes (30),(37).
(f) Put the blanking caps on the unions (28),(39) of the servo
control (5).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 405
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Rudder Servo Controls
Figure 402/TASK 27-24-51-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 406
May 01/00

LAN
R Servo Control Connection at the Vertical Stabilizer
Figure 403/TASK 27-24-51-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 407
Feb 01/11

LAN
(g) Remove the screw (31) and the washer (32) and disconnect the
bonding jumper (33) from the servo control (5).
NOTE : Do not disconnect the bonding jumper (33) from the

____
necessary.
(3) Disconnect the spring rod (21) from the input lever (17) of the servo
control (5) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-24-51-991-003)
(b) Remove the nut (26), the washer (25) and the screw (18).
(c) Move the end of the spring rod (21) away from the input lever
(17).
(d) Temporarily safety the flanged bushes (19),(24) and the sliding
bush (20) in the input lever (17).
(4) Disconnect the servo control (5) from the bracket (65) of the rudder
(2) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-24-51-991-004)
(b) Remove the locking cap (97), the nut (96), the washers (90) and
the washer (95).
NOTE : Do not remove the bolt (62) at this time.

____
(5) Disconnect the servo control (5) from the bracket (52) of the
vertical stabilizer (1) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-24-51-991-003)
(b) Remove the locking cap (87), the nut (86), the washers (89) and
the washer (85).
NOTE : The servo control weighs approx. 5.5 kg (12.1254 lb).

____
(6) Remove the bolt (62) from the bracket (65) of the rudder (2).
(7) Remove the bolt (55) from the bracket (52) of the vertical stabilizer
(1).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 408
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Servo Control Connection at the Rudder
Figure 404/TASK 27-24-51-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 409
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(8) Remove the servo control (5) together with the the clamp (10) from
the brackets (65),(52).
(9) Remove the sealing rings (74),(35) from the eye-end bearings of the
servo control (5).
(10) Remove the locking plate (64), the washer (77) and the bushes
(73),(75) from the bracket (65) of the rudder (2).
R (11) Remove the locking plate (53) and the bushes (34),(36) from the
R bracket (52) of the vertical stabilizer (1).
(12) Remove the clamp (10) from the servo control (5).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 410
Feb 01/11

LAN
TASK 27-24-51-400-001
Installation of the Rudder Servo Control 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM
_______
_______
_______
_______
ADJUSTMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES FOR ONLY ONE OF THE SERVO CONTROLS. IF
YOU REMOVE ALL THREE SERVO CONTROLS AT THE SAME TIME, DAMAGE TO THE
AIRCRAFT CAN OCCUR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 2 CAP - BLANKING
No specific 2 GAGE - FEELER
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
R (4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 411
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
98D27207545000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207546000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207548000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia 0.8 mm

(0.032 in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-018
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
27 cotter pin 27-21-04 08 -050

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 412
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

29-10-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
Power Supply
325BR
27-24-51-991-001 Fig. 401
27-24-51-991-002 Fig. 402
27-24-51-991-003 Fig. 403
27-24-51-991-004 Fig. 404

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 413
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-51-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-24-51-860-053-A
position.
(2) Make sure that the access panels 325CL, 325CR, 325BL, 325DL at the
trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer are opened (Ref. TASK 55-33-
13-010-002).
(5) Make sure that the warning notices are in the flight compartment to
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(7) Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green, Blue and Yellow hydraulic
systems are depressurized.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
R (8) Make sure that the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) is

R installed in the differential lever (4).
R

R installed in the bellcrank assy (6) at the servo control 1025GM (5).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 414
Feb 01/11

LAN
R installed in the travel limitation unit (3).
4. Procedure
_________
_______
ADJUSTMENT AND TEST PROCEDURES FOR ONLY ONE OF THE SERVO CONTROLS.
IF YOU REMOVE ALL THREE SERVO CONTROLS AT THE SAME TIME, DAMAGE TO
THE AIRCRAFT CAN OCCUR.
Subtask 27-24-51-910-051

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Do a visual check of the identification placard on the servo control:

- 1025GM.
for the lower servo control connected to the Green hydraulic
system,
- 3025GM
for the center servo control connected to the Yellow hydraulic
system,
- 2025GM
for the upper servo control connected to the Blue hydraulic system.
(2) Make sure that the structure, the paintwork, the rudder control
surface and the bonding jumpers are clean and in the correct
condition.
(3) Clean the attachment brackets, the bushes and the locking plates with
the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and let them dry.
(4) Make sure that the bolts, the screws, the nuts, the bushes and the
locking plates show no corrosion and are not damaged.
(5) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-018) to all the bolts and
the bushes.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 415
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-24-51-420-051
B. Installation of the Rudder Servo Control 1025GM/2025GM/3025GM

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

_______
MUCH.
CAUTION : YOU MUST INSTALL HYDRAULIC TUBES WITH HYDRAULIC FLUID AS

_______
LUBRICANT.
NOTE : The installation of the upper servo control only is described. The
____
installation of the center servo control and the lower servo
control is almost the same.
(1) Install the bushes (34) and (36) in the bracket (52) of the vertical
stabilizer (1).
R (2) Install the locking plate (53) in the bracket (52) of the vertical
R stabilizer (1).
(3) Install the bushes (73) and (75) in the bracket (65) of the rudder
(2).
(4) Install the washer (77) and the locking plate (64) in the bracket
(65) of the rudder (2).
(5) Put the clamp (10) on the servo control (5).
(6) Put the servo control (5) in position at the bracket (52), (65).
(7) Make sure that the items that follow are correctly installed in the
brackets (52) and (65):
- The locking plates (53) and (64)
R - The washer (77)
- The bushes (34), (36), (73) and (75).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 416
Feb 01/11

LAN
(8) Connect the servo control (5) to the bracket (52) of the vertical
stabilizer (1) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-24-51-991-003)
NOTE : In this procedure it is necessary for two persons to install

____
the items that follow in the bracket (52):
- The servo control (5)
- The sealing rings (35).
(a) Apply a thin layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to
the sealing rings (35).
(b) Attach the sealing rings (35) in position at the eye-end bearing
of the servo control (5).
(c) Use the two GAGE - FEELER 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.) thick to carefully
move the servo control (5) into the bracket (52).
(d) Align the eye-end bearing of the servo control (5) and the
sealing rings (35). Do this with the bolt hole in the bracket
(52).
(e) Install the bolt (55) through the connection of the bracket (52)
and the servo control.
(f) Install the washer (85), the washers (89) and the nut (86) on the
bolt (55).
(g) TORQUE the nut (86) to between 7.0 and 8.0 m.daN (51.62 and 58.99
lbf.ft).
(h) Install the locking cap (87) and the cotter pin (88).
(9) Connect the servo control (5) to the bracket (65) of the rudder (2)
as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-24-51-991-004)
NOTE : In this procedure it is necessary for two persons to install

____
the items that follow in the bracket (65):
- The servo control (5)
- The sealing rings (74).
(a) Apply a thin layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to
the sealing rings (74).
(b) Attach the sealing rings (74) in position at the eye-end bearing
of the servo control (5).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 417
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(c) Use the two GAGE - FEELER 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.) thick to carefully
move the servo control (5) into the bracket (65).
(d) Align the eye-end bearing of the servo control (5) and the
sealing rings (74). Do this with the bolt hole in the bracket
(65).
(e) Install the bolt (62) through the connection of the bracket (65)
and the servo control (5).
(f) Install the washer (95), the washers (90) and the nut (96) on the
bolt (62).
(g) TORQUE the nut (96) to between 7.0 and 8.0 m.daN (51.62 and 58.99
lbf.ft).
(h) Install the locking cap (97) and the cotter pin (98).
(10) Apply a thin layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005)
(Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002) to all attachment parts made of steel
which you can see. Do not apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
05-005) to the spherical bearings of the servo control (5).
(11) Connect the spring rod (21) to the input lever (17) of the servo
control (5) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-24-51-991-003)
(a) Make sure that the items that follow are clean and correctly
installed in the input lever (17):
- The flanged bushes (19) and (24).
- The sliding bush (20)
(b) Put the spring rod (21) in position in the input lever (17).
(c) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005) to the screw
(18).
(d) Put the screw (18) into the connection of the input lever (17),
and the eye-end of the spring rod (21).
(e) Install the washer (25) and the nut (26) on the screw (18).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 418
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(f) TORQUE the nut (26) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in) and then loosen
it to the next cotter pin hole.
(g) Safety the nut (26) with a new cotter pin (27).
(12) Connect the hydraulic system as follows:
(a) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the unions (28) and (39) of the
servo control (5).
(b) Remove the CAP - BLANKING from the pipes (30) and (37).
(c) Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are serviceable.
(d) Apply the HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) to the threads
of the line end-fittings.
(e) Connect the union nut (38) of the pipe (37) to the union (39). Do
this at the pressure port of the servo control (5).
(f) TORQUE the union nut (38) to between 1.5 and 1.7 m.daN (11.06 and
12.53 lbf.ft).
(g) Connect the union nut (29) of the pipe (30) to the union (28). Do
this at the return port of the servo control (5).
(h) TORQUE the union nut (29) to between 2.0 and 2.3 m.daN (14.74 and
16.96 lbf.ft).
(i) Make sure that the pipes (30) and (37) have no deformation when
you tighten the union nuts (29) and (38). Make sure that the
pipes (30) and (37) do not touch the rear spar of the vertical
stabilizer (1).
(13) Put the bonding jumper (33) in position at the servo control (5).
Attach it with the screw (31) and the washer (32) (Ref. TASK 20-28-
00-912-004).
(14) Install the cable assembly and the clamp as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-24-51-991-002)
(a) Put the washer (8) on the screw (9).
(b) Put the screw (9) into the clamp (10) and the eye-end (11).
(c) Install the nut (12) on the screw (9) and safety the nut with a
new cotter pin (13).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 419
Nov 01/08

LAN
Subtask 27-24-51-080-050

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-24-51-991-001)
(1) Remove the rigging pin 98D27207516330, or 98D27207548000 from the

differential lever (4).

bellcrank assy (6) at the servo control 1025GM (5).

travel limitation unit (3).
Subtask 27-24-51-865-052
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2
Subtask 27-24-51-870-050
E. Bleeding Procedure of the Rudder Servo Control
NOTE : The test after replacement of the lower servo control 1025GM
____
(Green hydraulic system) only is described. The tests after
replacement of the center servo control 3025GM (Yellow hydraulic
system) and the upper servo control 2025GM (Blue hydraulic system)
are almost the same.
(1) Put the switch, A/SKID & N/W STRG, on the center panel 402VU to the
OFF position.
(2) Pressurize the reservoirs of the hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-
00-614-002).
(4) Make sure that the travel range of the servo controls and the rudder
(5) Operate the left and the right rudder pedals to move the rudder
surface.
NOTE : Make sure that there is full and free movement of the rudder
____
pedals.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 420
Nov 01/08

LAN
(6) Operate the rudder pedals ten times and then put them in the neutral
position.
(7) Make sure that there are no leaks at the hydraulic connections to the
servo control.
Subtask 27-24-51-869-053
R (1) Install the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) in the

R differential lever.
R
(2) Remove the CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL).
(3) Remove all the signs of hydraulic fluid from the components in the
work area.
(5) Make sure that the RUD TRIM indicator on the center pedestal panel
110VU, shows zero.
(6) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002)

or the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003)).
(7) Make sure that the trailing edge of the rudder aligns with the red
reference triangle on the tail cone.
(a) If there is no red reference triangle on the tail cone, do the

adjustment of the rudder neutral position (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-
820-001).
(b) If the trailing edge of the rudder and the red reference triangle
do not align, refer to the procedure given in para. H.
(8) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002)

or the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(10) Make sure that the rudder is in the neutral position.
NOTE : The trailing edge of the rudder aligns with the red reference
____
triangle on the tailcone.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 421
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-24-51-820-050
G. If the rudder is not in the neutral position, do this step.
(1) Adjust the spring rod

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-24-51-991-003)
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts (22) of the spring rod
(21).
(b) Loosen the nuts (22) and the serrated locking device (23).
(c) Turn the body of the spring rod (21) until the rudder (2) is in
the neutral position.
NOTE : The trailing edge of the rudder is in line with the red
____
triangle on the tail cone.
(d) Engage the serrated locking device (23).
(e) Tighten the nuts (22) against the serrated locking device (23).
NOTE : Make sure that the threads of the rod end, block the
____
inspection holes in the body of the spring rod (21).
(f) Safety the nuts (22) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel,

dia 0.8 mm (0.032 in.) to the serrated locking device (23).
Subtask 27-24-51-860-054
H. Preparation for the Test

differential lever.
Subtask 27-24-51-710-050
J. Test Procedure
(1) Do an operational test of the rudder system (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-

001).
(2) Do an operational test of the rudder servo controls (Ref. TASK 27-24-
00-710-002), if all three servo controls are replaced.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 422
Nov 01/08

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-24-51-860-055
(1) Put the switch A/SKID & N/W STRG on the center panel 402VU to the ON
position.
Subtask 27-24-51-410-050-A
B. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panels 325BL, 325CL, 325CR, 325DL at the trailing
edge of the vertical stabilizer. (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 423
Nov 01/08
R
LAN
TASK 27-24-51-000-002
Removal of the Filter from the Rudder Servo Control 1025GM/2025GM/3035GM
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific container 5.0 l (1.3208 USgal)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
27-24-51-991-002 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 424
Feb 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-51-860-052
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 27-24-51-010-051-A
B. Get Access
(2) Open the access panels 325CL, 325CR at the trailing edge of the
(3) Put the container below the servo control.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-24-51-020-053
A. Removal of the Filter

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-24-51-991-002)
NOTE : The removal of the filter (16) from the upper servo control 2025GM
____
(5) only is described. The removal of the filter (16) from the
center 3025GM and the lower 1025GM servo controls (5) is similar.
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the connection of the filter (16) to
the valve block (14) of the servo control (5).
(2) Remove the sealing compound from the connection of the filter (16) to
the valve block (14).
(3) Remove the filter (16) from the valve block (14).
(4) Remove and discard the packing (15) and the filter (16).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 425
Feb 01/11

LAN
TASK 27-24-51-400-002
Installation of the Filter in the Rudder Servo Control 1025GM/2025GM/3035GM
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 426
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia 0.8 mm

(0.032 in.)
Material No. 09-004 D DA-2-657-4
SEALANT, AERODYNAMIC SMOOTHING-OBSOLETE USE 09016
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 packing 27-24-51 01 -020

16 filter 27-24-51 01 -010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power Supply
325BR

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 427
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-51-860-056-A
position.
(2) Make sure that the access panels 325CL, 325CR at the trailing edge of
the vertical stabilizer are opened (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(6) Make sure that the container is in position below the servo control.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-24-51-910-053
(1) Make sure that the servo controls are in the correct condition and
have no dammage.

R

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 428
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-24-51-420-052
B. Installation of the Filter
NOTE : The installation of the filter (16) in the upper servo control
____
2025GM (5) only is described. The installation of the filter (16)
in the center 3025GM and lower 1025GM servo controls (5) is
similar.
(1) Put a new packing (15) on the new filter (16).
(2) Install the filter (16) in the valve block (14).
lbf.ft).
(4) Safety the filter (16) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia
0.8 mm (0.032 in.) to the valve block (14).
(5) Clean the seal area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) to
remove all signs of hydraulic fluid.
(6) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-004) to the connection of the filter
(16) and the valve block (14).
Subtask 27-24-51-870-051
C. Bleeding Procedure of the Servo Controls.
(1) Pressurize the Green, Blue and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
863-003).
(2) Pressurize the reservoirs of the hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-
00-614-002).
(3) Operate the left and the right rudder pedals to move the rudder
surface.
(4) Do this ten times and then put the rudder pedals back to the neutral
position.
(5) Make sure that there are no leaks at the filter connection to the
valve block of the servo controls.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 429
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-24-51

Page 430
Feb 01/11

LAN
(6) Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-24-51-410-051-A
A. Close Access
R (1) Remove the CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL).
items.
(3) Close the access panels 325CL, 325CR at the trailing edge of the

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 431
Nov 01/10

LAN
TASK 27-24-51-000-003
Removal of the Rudder Servo Control Eye End
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

56724S0000 1 Spanner Set
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1025GM/2025GM/3025GM
27-24-51-991-006 Fig. 405

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 432
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-51-860-058
Subtask 27-24-51-020-054
B. Removal of the Rudder Servo Control
(1) Remove the rudder servo control (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-000-001).
(2) Take the rudder servo control to a workshop bench and clamp it so
that you can do work on the eye end.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-24-51-991-006)
Subtask 27-24-51-020-055
A. Removal of the Rudder Servo Control Eye End
(1) Disconnect the lever (13) as follows:
(c) Remove the bolt (5) and the bush (6).
(d) Release the lever (13) from the lever (11).
R (e) Remove the bushes (12) and (14).
(2) Attach the spanner to the eye end (1).
NOTE : The spanner is part of the Spanner Set (56724S0000).

____

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 433
Aug 01/10

LAN
R Rudder Servo Control Eye End
Figure 405/TASK 27-24-51-991-006

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 434
Aug 01/10

LAN
(3) Hold the piston rod (4) at the key faces and remove the eye end (1).
NOTE : A torque force of between 10.5 m.daN (77.43 lbf.ft) and 14.5
____
m.daN (106.93 lbf.ft) will be necessary to release the eye end
(1).
(4) Remove the spanner from the eye end (1).
(5) Remove the lever (2) with the lever (13) from the eye end (1).
(6) Remove the locking washer (3) from the piston rod (4).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 435
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-24-51-400-003
Installation of the Rudder Servo Control Eye End

R
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific soft brush

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)
56724S0000 1 Spanner Set

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 436
Aug 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Molykote DX
Material No. 09-008E USA AMS 3277
R QUICK REPAIR FUEL TA NK SEALANT TEMPORARY
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1025GM/2025GM/3025GM
1025GM/2025GM/3025GM
CMM 272101
27-24-51-991-006 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-51-860-057
not operate the flight controls.
(4) Make sure that the rudder servo control is removed (Ref. TASK 27-24-
51-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 437
Nov 01/08

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-24-51-991-006)
Subtask 27-24-51-210-054

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Make sure that the rudder servo control is clamped securely to the
workshop bench and that you have access to the piston rod (4).
(2) Clean all the parts retained from the removed component with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and a soft brush.
(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are in
the correct condition.
(4) Apply Molykote DX to the thread, the shaft and the flange of the eye
end (1) and to the contact surfaces of the locking washer (3).
Subtask 27-24-51-420-053
B. Installation of the Rudder Servo-Control Eye-End

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Assemble the levers (2) and (13) and the locking washer (3) on the
eye-end (1).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 438
Nov 01/08

LAN
(2) Apply the sealants.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE

_______
THIS/THESE MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES AND GOGGLES.
(a) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-008E) to the threads of the
end of the piston rod (4).
(3) Install the eye-end (1) with the levers (2) and (13) and the locking
washer (3) in the piston rod (4).
(4) Install the special tools:
NOTE : The spanner and the clamping jaws are part of the Spanner Set
____
(56724S0000) (Ref. CMM 272101).
(a) Attach the spanner to the eye-end (1).
(b) Attach the clamping jaws to the piston rod (4). Make sure that
the tabs of the locking washer (3) engage with the clamping jaws.
(5) Hold the piston rod (4) with the clamping jaws and TORQUE the eye-end
(1) to between 10.5 and 14.5 m.daN (77.43 and 106.93 lbf.ft).
(6) Remove the spanner and the clamping jaws from the eye-end (1) and the
piston rod (4).
(7) Make sure that the space between the end of the piston rod (4) and
the thread of the eye-end (1) is fully sealed.
R (8) Put the lever (13) with the bushes (12) and (14) in the lever (11).
(9) Install the bolt (5) with the bush (6), the washer (9) and the nut
(8).
(10) TORQUE the nut (8) to between 0.05 and 0.15 m.daN (4.42 and 13.27
lbf.in).
(12) Apply the sealants.

_______

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 439
Aug 01/10

LAN
(a) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the cotter pin (10),
the nut (8), the washer (9) and the head of the bolt (5).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-24-51-420-054
A. Install the rudder servo control (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-400-001).
Subtask 27-24-51-942-059
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 440
May 01/06
R
LAN
TASK 27-24-51-960-001
Replacement of the Rudder Servo-Control Bearings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1025GM/2025GM/3025GM
1025GM/2025GM/3025GM
CMM 272101
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-51-860-059
R (3) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 441
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-24-51-020-057
B. Removal of the rudder servo-control
(1) Remove the rudder servo control (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-24-51-960-050
A. Replacement of the rudder servo-control bearings
(1) Replace the rudder servo-control bearings (Ref. CMM 272101).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-24-51-420-056
Subtask 27-24-51-942-060
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 442
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
SERVO CONTROL - RUDDER (1025GM,2025GM,3025GM) - INSPECTION/CHECK
________________________________________________________________
TASK 27-24-51-200-001
Check of the Rudder Servo Control Attachments
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
R A. Referenced Information
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1025GM/2025GM/3025GM
1025GM/2025GM/3025GM
CMM 554113 (for corrective action)
1025GM/2025GM/3025GM (for corrective action)
27-24-51-000-003 Removal of the Rudder Servo Control Eye End (for
corrective action)
1025GM/2025GM/3025GM (for corrective action)
27-24-51-400-003 Installation of the Rudder Servo Control Eye End (for
corrective action)
27-24-51-991-005 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-24-51-010-053
A. Remove the rudder servo control (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 601
Feb 01/11

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-24-51-991-005)
Subtask 27-24-51-220-050
A. Measure of the Fits and Clearances
(1) Do an inspection of the two ends of the servo-control bearings.
(a) Make sure that the inner dimensions of the two servo-control
bearings (6) are between 19.037 mm (0.7494 in.) and 19.050 mm
(0.7500 in.).
(b) Replace the servo-control bearing(s) (6) if the dimensions are

not correct (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-000-003) and (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-
400-003).
(c) Replace the servo-control if you find wear (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-
000-001) and (Ref. TASK 27-24-51-400-001).
(2) Continue with the check of the fits and clearances in the subsequent
tables (for section C-C and section D-D).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| C,D | 22.984 | 23.000 | | | 22.984 | | |
| OD 2 |(0.9048) |(0.9055) | | |(0.9048) | | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.037 | | | 0.037 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0014)|
| C,D | 23.000 | 23.021 | | | | 23.021 | |
| ID 1 |(0.9055) |(0.9063) | | | |(0.9063) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : No wear is permitted between the bush (1) and the bush (2).
____

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 602
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
R Rudder Servo Control
Figure 601/TASK 27-24-51-991-005

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 603
May 01/05

LAN
R (3) If necessary, replace the bush (1) (Ref. CMM 554113) and/or the bush
(2).
Subtask 27-24-51-220-051
B. Measurement of the Fits and Clearances
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| C,D | 19.024 | 19.037 | | | 19.024 | | |
| OD 3 |(0.7489) |(0.7494) | | |(0.7489) | | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.034 | | | 0.034 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0013)| | |(0.0013)|
| C,D | 19.037 | 19.058 | | | | 19.058 | |
| ID 2 |(0.7494) |(0.7503) | | | |(0.7503) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : No wear is permitted between the bolt (3) and the bush (2).
____
(1) If necessary, replace the bolt (3) and/or the bush (2).
Subtask 27-24-51-220-052
C. Measurement of the Fits and Clearances
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| C,D | 19.024 | 19.037 | | | 19.024 | | |
| OD 3 |(0.7489) |(0.7494) | | |(0.7489) | | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.034 | | | 0.034 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0013)| | |(0.0013)|
| C,D | 19.037 | 19.058 | | | | 19.058 | |
| ID 4 |(0.7494) |(0.7503) | | | |(0.7503) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 604
Aug 01/08

LAN
NOTE : No wear is permitted between the bolt (3) and the bush (4).
____
(1) If necessary, replace the bolt (3) and/or the bush (4).
Subtask 27-24-51-220-053
D. Measurement of the Fits and Clearances
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| C,D | 22.984 | 23.000 | | | 22.984 | | |
| OD 4 |(0.9048) |(0.9055) | | |(0.9048) | | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.037 | | | 0.037 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0014)|
| C,D | 23.000 | 23.021 | | | | 23.021 | |
| ID 5 |(0.9055) |(0.9063) | | | |(0.9063) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : No wear is permitted between the bush (4) and the bush (5).
____
R (1) If necessary, replace the bush (4) and/or the bush (5) (Ref. CMM
R 554113).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-24-51-410-055

EFF :

ALL 27-24-51

Page 605
Aug 01/08

LAN
RUDDER POSITION INDICATING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The position of the rudder is shown on the lower display unit of the ECAM
system.
This position is transmitted to the SDAC through a position transducer.
A triangle NSA950200 is sticked on the tail cone structure. At the zero
position, the center of gravity of this triangle is in line with the rudder
lower trailing edge
NOTE : The rudder trim travel is shown on the rudder trim indicator in the
____
form of a digital value. This information is supplied by the FAC
through a position transducer installed on trim actuator (Ref.27-22).

EFF :

ALL 27-25-00

Page 1
May 01/00

LAN
Special Reference Mark
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 27-25-00

Page 2
May 01/00

LAN
RUDDER POSITION INDICATING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________
TASK 27-25-00-820-001
Adjustment of the Rudder Position Indicating
_______
GEAR.
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27207516000 1 TBD
98D27207546000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

in.)

EFF :

ALL 27-25-00

Page 501
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump
27-25-00-991-002 Fig. 501
27-25-00-991-001 Fig. 502
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-25-00-010-050
A. Get Access
zone 325.
(2) Open the access doors 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR.

EFF :

ALL 27-25-00

Page 502
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-25-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-25-00-860-051

002).
pushbutton switch is pushed (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF and
FAULT legends are off).
pushbutton switch is pushed (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF and

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(6) On the tail cone, make sure that the lower part of the rudder
trailing edge is aligned at 0 +3 -3 mm (0.0000 +0.1181 -0.1181 in.)
with the center of gravity of the reference triangle. If it is not
the case, do the adjustment of the rudder neutral position with the
reference triangle (Ref. TASK 27-24-00-820-001).
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-25-00-991-002)

pin (98D27207516090) on the input lever of the lower servocontrol
(2).
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-25-00-991-001)

EFF :

ALL 27-25-00

Page 503
Nov 01/10

LAN
Tolerance Range for the Rudder Surface at the Zero Position
Figure 501/TASK 27-25-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-25-00

Page 504
May 01/00

LAN
Rigging - Location
Figure 502/TASK 27-25-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-25-00

Page 505
May 01/00

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-25-00-991-001)
Subtask 27-25-00-820-050
A. Adjustment of the Rudder Position Indication
(1) Push the pin (4) of the transducer unit (5).
NOTE : The pin (4) is part of the transducer unit (5).

____
You must push the pin (4) freely. If this is not the case, adjust the
(d) Adjust the length of the rod (3) until you can push the pin (4)
freely.
the nuts.
(h) Safety the nuts with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8
mm (0.03 in.).
(i) Remove the rigging pin (1) from the input lever of the lower
servocontrol (2).
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-25-00-991-001)
(j) Make sure that the pin (4) is disengaged from the input lever of
the transducer unit (5).
Subtask 27-25-00-710-050
B. Operational Test
(1) Do the operational test of the rudder control mechanism (Ref. TASK
27-24-00-710-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-25-00

Page 506
May 01/00

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-25-00-860-050

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
items.

002).
Subtask 27-25-00-410-050
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access doors 325BL, 325BR, 325CR, 325CL.

EFF :

ALL 27-25-00

Page 507
May 01/00

LAN
TRANSDUCER UNIT - RUDDER POSITION (42WV) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 27-25-17-000-001
Removal of the Rudder Position Transducer Unit 42WV
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27207516000 1 TBD
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply

EFF :

ALL 27-25-17

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
27-25-17-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-25-17-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-25-17-860-050
_______
SYSTEM.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002)
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003)

EFF :

ALL 27-25-17

Page 402
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-25-17-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-25-17-010-050-A
D. Get Access
(2) Open the access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR at the trailing
edge of the vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
Subtask 27-25-17-860-053
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).

862-002)
(4) Put the rigging pin 98D27207516090, part of TBD (98D27207516000) in

the input lever of the servo control.

EFF :

ALL 27-25-17

Page 403
Feb 01/11

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-25-17-991-001)
Subtask 27-25-17-020-050
A. Removal of the Rudder Position Transducer Unit 42WV
(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (24) from the plug (23).
(3) Disconnect the push-rod (4) from the transducer unit (3) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (13), the washer (12) and the screw (5) from the
lever (15).
(c) Move the push-rod (4) clear of the lever (15).
(d) Remove the bush (11) from the lever (15).
(4) Remove the transducer unit (3) from the support bracket (6) as
follows:
(b) Remove the nut (17), the washer (16) and the screw (8) and
disconnect the bonding jumpers (9) and (22).
NOTE : Do not disconnect the bonding jumper (22) from the bonding
____
clamp (26) unless a repair or a new installation is
necessary.
(c) Support the transducer unit (3) and remove the nuts (17), the
washers (16) and the screws (7).
(d) Remove the transducer unit (3) from the support bracket (6).
NOTE : Do not disconnect the bonding jumper (9) from the hinge
____
arm (10) unless a repair or a new installation is
necessary.

EFF :

ALL 27-25-17

Page 404
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Rudder Position Transducer Unit 42WV
Figure 401/TASK 27-25-17-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-25-17

Page 405
May 01/00

LAN
TASK 27-25-17-400-001
Installation of the Rudder Position Transducer Unit 42WV
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27207516000 1 TBD
98D27207548000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-25-17

Page 406
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18 cotter pins 27-25-04 01 -090
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-25-00-820-001 Adjustment of the Rudder Position Indicating
325BR
27-25-17-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-25-17-991-001)
Subtask 27-25-17-860-052-A
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-25-17

Page 407
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-25-17

Page 408
Feb 01/11

LAN
(8) Make sure that the access panels 325BL, 325BR, 325CL, 325CR are open
(Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
R (9) Make sure that the rigging pin TBD (98D27207516000) or PIN-RIGGING is
R installed in the input lever of the lower servo control.
Subtask 27-25-17-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-25-17-991-001)
Subtask 27-25-17-910-050

EFF :

ALL 27-25-17

Page 409
Nov 01/10

LAN
(5) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bush (11) and the
screws (5) and (7).

(Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002) to the component interface of the
transducer 42WV (3) and the support bracket (6).
NOTE : Make sure that the bonding areas on the transducer 42WV (3)
____
and the support bracket (6) stay clean.
Subtask 27-25-17-420-050
B. Installation of the Rudder Position Transducer Unit 42WV
(1) Install the transducer unit (3) to the support bracket (6) as
follows:
(a) Put the transducer unit (3) in position at the support bracket
(6) and attach it with the screws (7), the washers (16) and the
nuts (17).
(b) Put the bonding jumpers (9) and (22) in position and attach them
with the screw (8), the washer (16) and the nut (17) (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-004).
(c) Tighten the nuts (17) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(18).
Subtask 27-25-17-865-050
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2, 15CC.

EFF :

ALL 27-25-17

Page 410
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-25-17-820-050
D. Adjustment Procedure
(1) Remove the rigging pin (27) from the housing of the transducer unit
(3).
(2) Move the rigging pin (27) into the lever (15) so that it engages with
the housing of the transducer unit (3).
(3) If you can not install the rigging pin (27) easily, do an adjustment
of the rudder position indicating (Ref. TASK 27-25-00-820-001).
(4) Put the rigging pin (27) back into related the housing of the
trancuder unit (3).
NOTE : The rigging pin (27) is a part of the transducer (3).

____
Subtask 27-25-17-710-050
E. Test Procedure
(1) Remove the rigging pin 98D27207516090 from the input lever of the
lower servo control.
(2) Do an operational test of the rudder-position indicating system

(Ref. TASK 27-24-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-25-17-410-050-A
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panels 325BL, 325CL, 325BR, 325CR (Ref. TASK 55-33-
13-410-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-25-17

Page 411
Nov 01/10

LAN
YAW DAMPER ACTUATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
Two electrohydraulic yaw damper servo-actuators under the control of the
FACs (Ref. 22-61) are installed between the artificial feel and trim unit
and the travel limitation unit (TLU). They drive the aft control via a
differential linkage.
The yaw damper servo-actuator orders are added to those of the pilots up to
the maximum travel that the TLU permits.
One of the two servo-actuators is active, the other remains in standby
(bypass mode).
In the event of a double hydraulic failure, a centering spring rod sets the
two yaw damper servo-actuators to the neutral position.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 002)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3CC1 SERVO ACTR-YAW DAMPER, 1 325 325BL 27-26-51
3CC2 SERVO ACTR-YAW DAMPER, 2 325 325BR 27-26-51
3. _____________________
A. Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator

(Ref. Fig. 003)
(1) General
The two electrohydraulic servo-actuators are interchangeable.
Each servo-actuator includes :
- one piston with a transducer unit (LVDT) isolated from the
hydraulic fluid
- one valve group which includes mainly :
one servovalve (2)
two solenoid valves (1)
two mode selector valves (3)
one pressure switch (5)
The design is such that a single failure cannot prevent the selection
of the bypass mode.

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 1
May 01/00

LAN
4. _________
Operation
(Ref. Fig. 003)
A. Normal operation with the actuator pressurized

The servo-actuator pressurization directly involves the supply of the
servovalve (2) by the HP system.
(1) Yaw damper in the active mode

The two solenoid valves (1) must be energized to set the two selector
valves (3) to the active mode ; i.e to connect the two piston
chambers to the servovalve outputs.
Then, the servo-actuator is put in the active mode and the pressure
switch (5) is not activated.
The feedback transducer (LVDT) (4) provides the servoloop feedback.
(2) Yaw damper in the bypass mode (standby configuration)

The two solenoid valves (1) are de-energized and the associated
selector valves (3) are set to the bypass mode under the action of
their spring.
This permits the interconnection of the two piston chambers. In this
case, the pressure switch (5) is not activated.
B. Operation in case of a simple electrical failure

One solenoid valve is de-energized and the operation is identical to that
of para. 2 (b).
But the pressure switch is activated because the two selector valves are
not in the same position.
C. Operation after a hydraulic failure

With no hydraulic pressure, the two selector valves (3) are set to the
bypass mode under the action of their springs, thus the two chambers of
the piston are interconnected.
In this case, the pressure switch (5) is not activated.
D. Maintenance and rigging facilities

The items below are Line Replaceable Units :
- filter
- servovalve
- solenoid valves
- pressure switch
No rigging operation is necessary to replace the yaw damper.

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 2
May 01/00

LAN
Yaw Damper Servo-Actuators - General
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 3/4
May 01/00

LAN
Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator - Location
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 5
May 01/00

LAN
Yaw Damper Servo Actuator
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 6
May 01/00

LAN
YAW DAMPER ACTUATION - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
________________________________________________
TASK 27-26-00-040-001
Deactivation of the Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator 3CC1 (3CC2)
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 22-63-01

Yaw Dampers
System 1(2)
(FAA Only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking plugs
No specific container
No specific 2 PLUG-BLANKING(AS21913 TYPE)

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22-63-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Yaw Damper Function

Power
the External Power
27-26-00-991-002 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-00-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

29-10-00-864-003).
(3) Put the warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 402
Aug 01/09
R
LAN
Subtask 27-26-00-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3CC1
FOR 3CC2
Subtask 27-26-00-010-054
C. Get Access
access door 325BL (325BR).
(2) Open the access door 325BL (325BR).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-26-00-040-050
A. Deactivation of the Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator 3CC1 (3CC2).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-26-00-991-002)
(1) Make sure that there is no hydraulic leakage from the yaw damper
servo-actuator (1).
If there are leaks:
(a) Depressurize the Green (Yellow) hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK

29-14-00-614-001).
(b) Put a container below the hydraulic connections of the yaw damper
servo-actuator (1).
(c) Remove the hydraulic pipes (3) and (4).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 403
Feb 01/11

LAN
Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator 3CC1 (3CC2)
Figure 401/TASK 27-26-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 404
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(d) Drain the remaining hydraulic fluid into the container.
(e) Remove the container.
(f) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.
NOTE : For the HP lines, you can use PLUG-BLANKING(AS21913 TYPE).

____
(g) Pressurize the Green (Yellow) hydraulic reservoir (Ref. TASK 29-
14-00-614-002).
(2) Disconnect the electrical connectors (2) and (5) from the yaw damper
servo-actuator (1).
(4) Attach the electrical connectors (2) and (5) with a tie-wrap.
Subtask 27-26-00-865-055
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3CC1
R
R
FOR 3CC2
R
Subtask 27-26-00-710-053
C. Tests
(1) Do the operational test of the yaw damper function (Ref. TASK 22-63-
00-710-001).
NOTE : The yaw damper servo-actuator 3CC1 (3CC2) you deactivated does
____
not operate.

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 405
Nov 01/10

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-26-00-941-053
(2) Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell the crew that the yaw
damper servo-actuator 3CC1 (3CC2) is deactivated.
Subtask 27-26-00-860-051
items.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).
Subtask 27-26-00-410-053
C. Close Access
(1) Close the access doors 325BL (325BR).

R

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 406
Feb 01/11

LAN
TASK 27-26-00-440-001
Reactivation of the Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator 3CC1 (3CC2)
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Yaw Dampers
System 1(2)
(FAA Only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
(3CC2)
27-26-00-991-002 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 407
Feb 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-00-860-052

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001)

29-10-00-864-003).
(3) Put the warning notice in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
Subtask 27-26-00-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3CC1
FOR 3CC2
Subtask 27-26-00-010-055
C. Get Access
access door 325BL (325BR).
(2) Open the access door 325BL (325BR).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 408
Feb 01/11

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-26-00-440-050
A. Reactivation of the Yaw Damper Servo-Actuator 3CC1 (3CC2).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-26-00-991-002)
(1) If the hydraulic pipes (3) and (4) are removed:

- remove the yaw damper servo-actuator 3CC1 (3CC2) for repair
(Ref. TASK 27-26-51-000-001).
(2) If the hydraulic pipes are connected:
(a) Cut and discard the tie-wrap from the electrical connectors (2)
and (5).
(b) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2) and
(5) and from the yaw damper servo-actuator (1).
(c) Connect the electrical connectors (2) and (5) to the yaw damper
servo-actuator (1).
Subtask 27-26-00-865-057
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 3CC1
FOR 3CC2
Subtask 27-26-00-810-050
C. Do the trouble shooting of the yaw damper servo-actuator 3CC1 (3CC2) you
deactivated (Ref. TSM 272600810801).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 409
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-26-00

Page 410
Feb 01/11

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-26-00-860-053
items.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001)
Subtask 27-26-00-410-054
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access doors 325BL (325BR).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 411
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
YAW DAMPER ACTUATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________________
TASK 27-26-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Yaw Damper Actuation
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-00-860-058
A. Not applicable
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-26-00-710-050
A. Do the operational test of the yaw damper actuation (Ref. TASK 22-63-00-
710-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 501
May 01/00

LAN
TASK 27-26-00-820-001
Adjustment of the Yaw Damper Actuation
_______
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27207516000 2 TBD
98D27207548000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207549000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

in.)

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 502
Feb 01/11

LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 cotter pin 27-21-47 01 -210

7 cotter pin 27-21-47 01A-210
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump
27-26-00-991-001 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-00-861-051
Subtask 27-26-00-010-056
B. Get Access

R access door 822.

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 503
Feb 01/11

LAN
R zone 325.
Subtask 27-26-00-480-052
C. Not Applicable
Subtask 27-26-00-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-26-00-860-057

- The FLT CTL/ELAC1, FLT CTL/FAC1 and FLT CTL/SEC1 pushbutton

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 504
Feb 01/11

LAN
- The FLT CTL/ELAC2, FLT CTL/FAC2, FLT CTL/SEC2 and FLT CTL/SEC3
(3) On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS CDU:

- Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch related to IR3 to NAV.
- Make sure that the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches related to IR1 and
IR2 are in the OFF position.

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(5) On the maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that:

- The HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B, HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G
and HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switches are pushed
(on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends are off).

pin (98D27207516330) on the mixer (4) of the artificial feel unit.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-26-00-991-001)
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-26-00-991-001)
Subtask 27-26-00-820-052
A. Adjustment of the Yaw Damper Actuation
(1) Adjustment of the left yaw damper actuator
(c) Remove the bolt (6) and disconnect the rod (11).
(d) On the maintenance panel 50VU, release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT

VALVES/Y pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF
legend comes on).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 505
Nov 01/10

LAN
Position of the Rigging Pins
Figure 501/TASK 27-26-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 506
May 01/00

LAN
R (e) Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) (12) or TBD
R (98D27207516000) pin (98D27207516330) on the output bellcrank
(10) of the yaw damper. You must install and remove the rigging
pin easily. If not, do the adjustment of the left yaw damper
actuator (2):
1
_ Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts.
2
_ Loosen the nuts.
3
_ Release the lockwashers.
4
_ Adjust the length of the actuator until you can install and
5
_ Engage the lockwashers.
6
_ Tighten the nuts.
7
_ Safety the nuts with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia
0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(f) Remove the rigging pin (12).
(2) Adjustment of the right yaw damper actuator.
(a) On the maintenance panel 50VU :
1
_ Release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch
(on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend comes on).
2
_ Push the HYD/LEAK MESUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch (on
this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend goes off).
(b) On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/FAC1 pushbutton
switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend comes on).
R (c) Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) (12) or TBD

pin easily. If not, do the adjustment of the right yaw damper
actuator(1):
1
2
_ Loosen the nuts.

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 507
Nov 01/10

LAN
3
4
_ Adjust the length of the actuator until you can install and
5
6
_ Tighten the nuts.
7
0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(d) Remove the rigging pin (12).
(3) Adjustment of the centering spring-rod
(a) On the maintenance panel 50VU, release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT

VALVES/Y pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF
legend comes on).
R (b) Install the PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) (12) or TBD

pin easily. If not, do the adjustment of the centering spring-rod
(3):
1
2
_ Loosen the nuts.
3
4
_ Adjust the length of the centering spring-rod (3) until you
can install and remove the rigging pin (12) freely.
5
6
_ Tighten the nuts.
7
0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(4) Adjustment of the length of the rod
(a) Push the pin (14) of the transducer unit (15).
NOTE : The pin (14) is part of the transducer unit (15).

____

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 508
Nov 01/10

LAN
You must push the pin (14) in freely. If this is not the case,
adjust the length of the rod (13) as follows:
1
2
_ Loosen the nuts.
3
4
_ Adjust the length of the rod (13) until you can push the pin
(14) in freely.
5
6
_ Tighten the nuts.
7
_ Make sure that the adjustment is correct after you have
tightened the nuts.
8
0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(b) Connect the rod (11) to the output bellcrank (10) of the yaw
damper with the bolt (6).
(c) Install the washer (9), the nut (8) and the new cotter pin (7).
Subtask 27-26-00-710-052
B. Operational Test
(1) Remove the rigging pin (12) of the output bellcrank (10) of the yaw
damper.
(2) Remove the rigging pin (5) from the mixer (4) of the artificial feel
unit.
(3) Make sure that the pin (14) is disengaged from the input lever of the
transducer unit (15).

- Push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G and HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/Y pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF
legends go off).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 509
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(5) On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/FAC1 pushbutton switch
(on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend goes off and the FAULT
legend comes on then goes off).
(6) Do the operational test of the yaw damper (Ref. TASK 22-63-00-710-
001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-26-00-480-053
A. Not Applicable
Subtask 27-26-00-410-055
B. Close Access
(1) Close the access doors 325BL, 325BR.
Subtask 27-26-00-860-056

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
R (2) On the overhead panel, on the ADIRS CDU, set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector
R switch related to IR3 to OFF.
R (3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-26-00

Page 510
Aug 01/10

LAN
TRANSDUCER UNIT - YAW DAMPER POSITION (2CC) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 27-26-17-000-001
Removal of the Yaw Damper Position Transducer Unit 2CC
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
98D27207548000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207549000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-26-17

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power Supply
R 55-33-13-010-002 Opening/Removal of the Trailing Edge Access-Panels
R 325EL, 325ER, 325DL, 325DR, 325CL, 325CR, 325BL and
R 325BR
27-26-17-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-17-860-051
_______
SYSTEM.
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003)

EFF :

ALL 27-26-17

Page 402
Aug 01/01

LAN
Subtask 27-26-17-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-26-17-860-050
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)

862-002)
Subtask 27-26-17-010-050-A
D. Get Access
(2) Open the access panels 325BL, 325BR at the trailing edge of the
Subtask 27-26-17-480-050
E. Installation of the Rigging Pins
R (1) Put the rigging pin (5) PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) in the bellcrank
R of the yaw damper.
R
R (2) Put the rigging pin (4) PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) in the bellcrank
R of the rudder control unit.
R

EFF :

ALL 27-26-17

Page 403
Feb 01/11

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-26-17-991-001)
Subtask 27-26-17-020-050
A. Removal of the Yaw Damper Position Transducer Unit 2CC
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors (18) from the plugs (19) on the
transducer unit 2CC (3).
NOTE : Do not disconnect the bonding jumpers (17) from the electrical
____
connectors (18) unless a repair or a new installation is
necessary.
(2) Put the blanking caps on the electrical connectors (18) and the plugs
(19).
(3) Disconnect the push-rod (13) from the transducer unit 2CC (3) as
follows:
(b) Remove the nut (10), the washer (11) and the bolt (22) from the
connection of the transducer lever (12) and the push-rod (13).
(c) Move the push-rod (13) clear of the transducer lever (12).
(d) Remove the bush (21) from the transducer lever (12).
(4) Remove the transducer unit (3) from the support bracket (8) as
follows:
(b) Support the transducer unit (3) and remove the nuts (15), the
washers (16) and the bolts (6) and (7).
NOTE : Identify the bolt (6) to make sure that it is installed in

____
the same position in the support bracket (8).
(c) Move the transducer unit 2CC (3) down and away from the support
bracket (8).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-17

Page 404
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
R Position Transducer Unit 2CC
Figure 401/TASK 27-26-17-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-26-17

Page 405
Aug 01/01

LAN
TASK 27-26-17-400-001
Installation of the Yaw Damper Position Transducer Unit 2CC
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R
98D27207548000 1 PIN-RIGGING
98D27207549000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-26-17

Page 406
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 cotter pin 27-26-04 01 -100

14 cotter pins 27-26-04 01 -100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
27-26-17-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 27-26-17

Page 407
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-26-17-991-001)
Subtask 27-26-17-860-052-A
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(8) Make sure that the access panels 325BR, 325BL are open (Ref. TASK 55-
33-13-010-002).
R (9) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (5) PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) is
R in the bellcrank of the yaw damper
R
R (10) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (4) PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) is
R in the bellcrank of the rudder control unit.

EFF :

ALL 27-26-17

Page 408
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-26-17-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-26-17-991-001)
Subtask 27-26-17-910-050

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Make sure that the paintwork and the structure of the vertical
stabilizer (1) and the rudder (2) are in the correct condition.
(4) Make sure that the bonding jumpers (17) are in the correct condition.
condition.

EFF :

ALL 27-26-17

Page 409
Nov 01/10

LAN
(6) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bush (21) and the
threads of the bolts (6),(7) and (22).
bolts (6),(7) and (22).
interface of the support bracket (8) and the the replacement
transducer unit (3) (Ref. TASK 51-75-13-916-002).
Subtask 27-26-17-420-050
B. Installation of the Yaw Damper Position Transducer Unit 2CC
(1) Install the transducer unit (3) at the support bracket (8) as
follows:
(a) Put the flange (20) in position at the support bracket (8) and
attach it with the bolts (6) and (7), the washers (16) and the
bolt (15).
(b) Tighten the nuts (15) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(14).
(2) Connect the push-rod (13) to the transducer unit (3) as follows:
(a) Install the bush (21) in the transducer lever (12).
(b) Put the push-rod (13) in position in the transducer lever (12)
and attach it wit the bolt (22), the washer (11) and the nut
(10).
(c) TORQUE the nut (10) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in) and safety it
with a new cotter pin (9).
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).
condition.
(5) Connect the electrical connectors (18) to the plugs (19).
NOTE : Make sure that the cables of the electrical connectors (18) do
____
not rub on the spar box of the vertical stabilizer (1).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-17

Page 410
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-26-17-820-050
C. Adjustment Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-26-17-991-001)
(1) Make sure that the rigging pin (23) of the transducer (3) can be
installed and removed easily.
NOTE : The rigging pin (23) is part of the transducer.

____
(2) If you can not install the rigging pin (23) easily, adjust the length
of the push rod (13) as follows:
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the nuts (24).
(c) Turn the rod body as required until you can install and remove
the rigging pin (23) easily.
(d) Tighten the nuts (24) and safety them with lockwire corrosion-
(e) Make sure that the rigging pin (23) can be installed and removed
easily.
(f) Make sure that the rigging pin (23) is clear of the housing.
Subtask 27-26-17-080-050
R (1) Remove the rigging pin (4) PIN-RIGGING (98D27207548000) from the
R bellcrank of the rudder control unit.
R
R (2) Remove the rigging pin (5) PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) from the
R bellcrank of the yaw damper.
R
Subtask 27-26-17-865-051
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2.

EFF :

ALL 27-26-17

Page 411
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-26-17-710-050
F. Do an operational test of the yaw damper (Ref. TASK 22-63-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-26-17-410-050-A
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panels 325BL, 325BR at the trailing edge of the
vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-17

Page 412
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
CENTERING SPRING ROD - YAW DAMPER SERVO ACTUATOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________________
TASK 27-26-41-000-001
Removal of the Centering Spring Rod for the Actuator of the Yaw Damper Servo
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
98D27207549000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-26-41

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
325BR
27-26-41-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-41-860-051

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003)
(3) Put the rudder pedals in the neutral position

EFF :

ALL 27-26-41

Page 402
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-26-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-26-41-010-050-A
C. Get Access
(2) Open the access panel 325BL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
Subtask 27-26-41-860-050
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
R (4) Put the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) in the yaw damper
R bellcrank.
R

EFF :

ALL 27-26-41

Page 403
Feb 01/11

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-26-41-991-001)
Subtask 27-26-41-020-050
A. Removal of the Centering Spring Rod
(1) Disconnect the spring rod (2) from the lever (3) as follows:
(b) Remove the nut (20), the washer (19), the bush (5) and the bolt
(15).
(2) Disconnect the spring rod (2) from the lever arm (1) as follows:
(b) Hold the spring rod (2) in position and remove the nut (9), the
washer (8), the bush (16) and the bolt (4).
(3) Move the spring rod (2) clear of the lever arm (1) and the lever (3).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-41

Page 404
May 01/00

LAN
R Centering Spring Rod
Figure 401/TASK 27-26-41-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-26-41

Page 405
Aug 01/01

LAN
TASK 27-26-41-400-001
Installation of the Centering Spring Rod for the Actuator of the Yaw Damper
Servo
_______
_______
_______

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R
98D27207549000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-26-41

Page 406
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032

in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 cotter pin 27-26-04 01 -050

21 cotter pin 27-26-04 01 -050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
27-26-41-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 27-26-41

Page 407
Feb 01/08

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-41-865-051
A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-26-41-860-052-A
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(7) Make sure that the adjustable access platform is in position below
the access panel 325BL
010-002).

R installed in the bellcrank of the yaw damper.

EFF :

ALL 27-26-41

Page 408
Feb 01/11

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-26-41-991-001)
Subtask 27-26-41-910-050
(4),(15).
(5) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (5),(16).
bolts (4) and (15).
Subtask 27-26-41-420-050
B. Installation of the Centering Spring Rod
CAUTION : YOU MUST INSTALL THE CENTERING SPRING ROD WITH THE LARGER
_______
SECTION UP. THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE CENTERING SPRING
ROD AND THE ARTIFICIAL FEEL SUPPORT.
(1) Connect the spring rod (2) to the lever arm (1) as follows:
(a) Put the bush (5) in the flanged bush (6) of the lever arm (1).
(b) Put the spring rod (2) in position in the lever (1) and attach it
with the bolt (4), the washer (8) and the nut (9).
(c) TORQUE the nut (9) to 0.7 m.daN (61.94 lbf.in) and safety it with
the cotter pin (10).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-41

Page 409
May 01/11
R
LAN
(2) Adjust the length of the spring rod (2) as follows:
(a) If necessary, cut the lockwire and release the locknut (14).
(b) Turn the rod end until you can install the bolt (15) smoothly.
NOTE : Use lockwire and make sure that the inspection holes are
____
blocked by the threads of the rod end.
(c) Tighten the locknut (14) and safety it with the lockwire,
corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032 in.) on the safety
washers (13).
(3) Connect the spring rod (2) to the lever (3) as follows:
(a) Put the bush (16) in the flanged bush (17) of the lever (3).
(b) Put the spring rod (2) in position in the lever (3) and attach it
(c) TORQUE the nut (20) to 0.7 m.daN (61.94 lbf.in) and safety it
(4) Make sure that the locknut (12) is tight and safety with the
lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032 in.) on the safety
washers (11).
Subtask 27-26-41-865-052
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2
Subtask 27-26-41-710-050
D. Test
R (1) Remove the rigging pin 98D27207549000 from the yaw damper bellcrank.
R
(3) Do the operational test of the rudder hydraulic actuation (Ref. TASK
27-24-00-710-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-41

Page 410
May 01/11

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-26-41-860-053
items.

adjacent structure.
blocked.
R Subtask 27-26-41-410-050-A
R B. Close Access
R items.
R (2) Close the access panel 325BL (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-41

Page 411
Aug 01/01

LAN
CENTERING SPRING ROD - YAW DAMPER SERVO ACTUATOR - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 27-26-41-280-001
Removal of the Centering Spring Rod of the Yaw Damper for Workshop Test
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-26-41-000-001 Removal of the Centering Spring Rod for the Actuator

of the Yaw Damper Servo
27-26-41-400-001 Installation of the Centering Spring Rod for the
Actuator of the Yaw Damper Servo
CMM 272641
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-41-020-051
A. Remove the centering spring rod of the yaw damper (Ref. TASK 27-26-41-
000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-26-41-280-050
A. Do a check of the centering spring rod of the yaw damper in the workshop
(Ref. CMM 272641).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-26-41-420-051
A. Install the centering spring rod of the yaw damper (Ref. TASK 27-26-41-
400-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-41

Page 601
May 01/00

LAN
SERVO ACTUATOR - YAW DAMPER (3CC1,3CC2) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________
TASK 27-26-51-000-001
Removal of the Yaw Damper Servo Actuator (3CC1) and (3CC2)
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R
R
R No specific 1 CAP - BLANKING
R No specific 1 CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT
98D27207549000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 401
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
27-26-51-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-26-51-991-001)
Subtask 27-26-51-010-050-A
A. Get Access
(2) Open the access panel 325BL (for 3CC1) and/or 325BR (for 3CC2) at the
trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-
002).
Subtask 27-26-51-860-050-A
_______
SYSTEM.

_______
____

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 402
Feb 01/11

LAN
R Yaw Damper - Servo Actuator 3CC1, 3CC2
Figure 401/TASK 27-26-51-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 403
Aug 01/02

LAN
(5) Depressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems and put them
in the maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(6) Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(7) Depressurize the reservoir of the Green and the Yellow hydraulic
system (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
the Green, the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems:
hydraulic systems.
R bellcrank.
R
Subtask 27-26-51-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-26-51-991-001)
Subtask 27-26-51-020-050
A. Removal of the Yaw Damper Servo Actuator 3CC1 and 3CC2

_______
MUCH.

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 404
Feb 01/11

LAN
NOTE : The procedure for the removal of the servo actuators 3CC1 (1) and
____
3CC2 (2) is the same.
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors (12),(14) from the plugs on the
actuator (1),(2).
NOTE : Do not disconnect the bonding straps (13) from the electrical
____
connectors (12),(14) unless a repair or a new installation is
necessary.
R (2) Put the CAP - BLANKING on the electrical connectors (12).(14) and the
plugs on the actuator (1),(2).
(3) Disconnect the hydraulic system from the actuator (1),(2).
R (4) Put a CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT in position below the

connections of the hydraulic pipes (16),(19) to the actuator (1),(2).
(5) Disconnect the union nut (18) of the pipe (19) from the union (20) at
the pressure port of the actuator (1),(2).
(6) Disconnect the union nut (15) of the pipe (16) from the union (17) at
the return port of the actuator (1),(2).
R (7) Drain the remaining hydraulic fluid into the CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC
R FLUID RESISTANT.
R (8) Put the CAP - BLANKING on the unions (17),(20) of the actuator
R (1),(2).
R (9) Put the CAP - BLANKING on the ends of the pipes (16),(19).
(10) Disconnect the actuator (1),(2) from the lever (11).
(c) Move the connection of the actuator (1),(2) away from the lever
(11).
(d) Remove the sliding bush (4) from the flanged bush (6) in the
lever (11).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 405
May 01/11

LAN
(11) Disconnect the actuator (1),(2) from the lever (5).
(a) Support the actuator (1),(2).
(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (10).
(c) Remove the nut (9), the washer (8) and the bolt (3).
(d) Move the connection of the actuator (1),(2) away from the lever
(5).
(e) Remove the actuator (1),(2).
(f) Remove the sliding bush (4) from the flanged bush (6) in the
lever (5).
NOTE : Do not remove the flanged bushes (6),(7) from the levers
____
(5),(11). The bushes (6),(7) are safetied in the levers
(5),(11) with loctite.

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 406
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-26-51-400-001
Installation of the Yaw Damper Servo Actuator (3CC1) and (3CC2)
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98D27207549000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 407
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
SEALANT-BRUSH CONSIS TENCY (OBSOLETE) (Ref. 20-31-00)
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 cotter pins 27-26-04 02 -050

R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 408
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
27-26-51-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-26-51-991-001)
Subtask 27-26-51-860-054-A

_______
(3) Make sure that the access panel 325BL (for 3CC1) or 325BR (for 3CC2)
is open (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-002).
R (6) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position in the cockpit
to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(8) Make sure that the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic
systems are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
R (9) Make sure that the CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT is in

position below the hydraulic pipes of the actuator.

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 409
May 01/11

LAN
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
systems:
hydraulic systems.
R (12) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) is in

R position in the yaw damper bellcrank.
Subtask 27-26-51-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-26-51-210-050
C. Visual inspection of the work area and the attachment components
(1) Inspection of the work area.
(a) Make sure that these areas and items are clean, show no corrosion
and are not damaged:
- The structure
- The paintwork
- The levers (5) and (11)
- The electrical connectors (12) and (14)
- The bonding straps (13)
- The union nuts (15) and (18)
- The hydraulic pipes (16) and (19).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 410
Feb 01/11

LAN
(2) Inspection of the attachment components.
(a) Make sure that these items are clean and in good condition:
- The bolts (3)
- The bushes (4),(6) and (7)
- The nuts (9).
(b) Make sure that the bushes (6) and (7) are tight in the levers (5)
and (11).
(c) If the bushes (6) and (7) are not tight in the levers (5) and
(11):
1
_ Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-029) to
the bushes (6) and (7) to safety them in the levers (5) and
(11).
2
_ Seal the bushes (6) and (7) in the levers (5) and (11) with
SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013).
R 3
_ Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-021) over the bushes
(6) and (7) to protect them.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-26-51-991-001)
Subtask 27-26-51-910-051
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the thread of the bolts
(3) and to the interfaces of the bushes (4),(6),(7).
bolts (3).
Subtask 27-26-51-420-050
B. Installation of the Yaw Damper Servo Actuator 3CC1 and 3CC2

_______
MUCH.

_______
LUBRICANT.

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 411
Nov 01/08

LAN
(1) Connect the actuator (1),(2) to the lever (5).
(a) Support the actuator (1),(2).
(b) Put the sliding bush (4) into the flanged bush (6) of the lever
(5).
(c) Put the connection of the actuator (1),(2) in position in the

lever (5).
(d) Install the bolt (3), the washer (8) and the nut (9) at the
connection of the lever (5) and the actuator (1),(2).
(2) Connect the actuator (1),(2) to the lever (11).
(a) Put the sliding bush (4) into the flanged bush (6) in the lever
(11).
(b) Put the connection of the actuator (1),(2) in position in the

lever (11).
(c) Install the bolt (3), the washer (8) and the nut (9) at the
connection of the lever (11) and the actuator (1),(2).
(3) TORQUE the nuts (9) to 1.5 m.daN (11.06 lbf.ft) and then loosen the
nuts (9) to the next cotter pin hole.
(4) Safety the nuts (9) with new cotter pins (10).
(5) Remove the blanking caps from the unions (17),(20) of the actuator
(1),(2).
(6) Remove the blanking caps from the ends of the pipes (16),(19).
(7) Apply HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) to the threads of the
line end-fittings.
(8) Connect the union nut (18) of the pipe (19) to the union (20) at the
pressure port of the actuator (1),(2).
(9) Connect the union nut (15) of the pipe (16) to the union (17) at the
return port of the actuator (1),(2).
NOTE : Make sure that the pipes (16),(19) do not rub on the
____
structure.

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 412
Aug 01/01
R
LAN
(10) TORQUE the union nut (18) to between 1.5 and 1.7 m.daN (11.06 and
12.53 lbf.ft).
(11) TORQUE the union nut (15) to between 2.0 and 2.3 m.daN (14.74 and
16.96 lbf.ft).
(12) Remove the drainage container.
(13) Remove all signs of hydraulic fluid from the components and the work
area.
(14) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector (12),(14) and
the plugs on the actuator (1),(2).
(15) Connect the electrical connectors (12),(14) to the actuator (1),(2).
Subtask 27-26-51-865-051
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2.
Subtask 27-26-51-080-050
(1) Pressurize the reservoir of the Green and the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).
R (2) Remove the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) from the yaw
R damper bellcrank.
R
Subtask 27-26-51-710-050
E. Test
(1) Do an operational test of the yaw damper (Ref. TASK 22-63-00-710-

001).
NOTE : If you operate the aircraft in actual CAT 3 conditions, do

____
these tests:
- AFS-Test (Ref. TASK 22-96-00-710-001) and Land-Test
(Ref. TASK 22-97-00-710-001).
(2) Do a visual check and make sure that there are no hydraulic leaks at
the yaw damper.

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 413
Feb 01/11

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-26-51-410-050-A
A. Close Access
items.
R (2) Close the access panel 325BL (for 3CC1) and/or 325BR (for 3CC2) at
R the trailing edge of the vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-
R 002).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 414
Nov 01/02

LAN
TASK 27-26-51-000-002
Removal of the Servovalve
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustable platform 6.0 m (19 ft. 8 in.)
R
98D27207549000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
27-26-51-991-001 Fig. 401
27-26-51-991-002 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 415
Feb 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-51-860-058
_______
SYSTEM.

_______
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
system (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
hydraulic systems.
(7) Put a container below the yaw damper.
R bellcrank.
R
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-26-51-991-001)

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 416
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-26-51-010-051-A
B. Get Access
(1) Put the adjustable platform in position.
(2) Open the access panels 325BL (for the servovalve on 3CC1) and/or
325BR (for the servovalve on 3CC2) at the trailing edge of the
Subtask 27-26-51-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-26-51-991-002)
Subtask 27-26-51-020-051
A. Removal of the Servovalve
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire which safeties the screws (12).
(3) Pull the servovalve (13) away from the yaw damper (7).
(4) Remove and discard the base plate (10).
(5) Remove and discard and the O-ring (14).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 417
Nov 01/10

LAN
R Servovalve and Solenoid Valve
Figure 402/TASK 27-26-51-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 418
Feb 01/10

LAN
TASK 27-26-51-400-002
Installation of the Servovalve
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
98D27207549000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 419
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.032 in.)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 base plate 27-26-51 01 -060

R
14 O-ring 27-26-51 01 -040
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
27-26-51-991-001 Fig. 401
27-26-51-991-002 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 420
May 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-51-860-055-A

_______
(3) Make sure that the access panel 325BL (for the servovalve on 3CC1) or
325BR (for the servovalve on 3CC2) is open (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-010-
002).
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
systems:
hydraulic systems.

position below the yaw damper.
R (8) Make sure that the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING is in position in the yaw
damper bellcrank.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-26-51-991-001)

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 421
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-26-51-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-26-51-420-051
A. Installation of the Servovalve

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-26-51-991-002)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(4) Apply the anti-corrosion compound SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
002) to the threads of the screws (12).
(5) Lubricate the new O-ring (14) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
003).
(6) Install the O-ring (14) in the port of the servovalve (13).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 422
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(7) Put the new base plate (10) in its installation position on the yaw
damper (7).
NOTE : Do not lubricate the base plate. It must be clean and dry.
____
(8) Put the servovalve (13) on the base plate (10) and align the holes.
(9) Install the screws (12) with the washers (11) on the servovalve (13)
and the yaw damper (7).
(10) TORQUE the screws (12) to 0.6 m.daN (53.09 lbf.in).
(11) Safety the screws (12) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia.
0.8 mm (0.032 in.).
Subtask 27-26-51-865-055
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2
Subtask 27-26-51-080-051
R (1) Remove the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) from the yaw
R damper bellcrank.
R
(2) Remove the container.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).
Subtask 27-26-51-710-051
D. Test

001).
the yaw damper.

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 423
Feb 01/11

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-26-51-410-051-A
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panels 325BL (for the servovalve on 3CC1) and/or
325BR (for the servovalve on 3CC2) at the trailing edge of the

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 424
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-26-51-000-003
Removal of the Solenoid Valve
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
98D27207549000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
27-26-51-991-002 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 425
Feb 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-51-010-053-A
A. Get Access
R (2) Open the access panels 325BL (for the solenoid valve on 3CC1) and/or
R 325BR (for the solenoid valve on 3CC2) at the trailing edge of the
Subtask 27-26-51-860-052-A
_______
SYSTEM.

_______
____
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
system (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 426
Nov 01/02

LAN
hydraulic systems.
(9) Put a container below the yaw damper to collect the unwanted fluid.
(10) Put the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) in the yaw damper
bellcrank.
Subtask 27-26-51-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-26-51-991-002)
Subtask 27-26-51-020-052
A. Removal of the Solenoid Valve
(2) Remove the screws (1) with the washers (2).
(3) Remove the solenoid valve (3) from the yaw damper (7).
(4) Remove and discard the O-rings (4),(5),(6).
(5) Remove and discard the lock washer (8) and the O-ring (9).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 427
May 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-26-51-400-003
Installation of the Solenoid Valve
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
98D27207549000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 428
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.032 in.)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 O-ring 27-26-51 01 -100

R
5 O-ring 27-26-51 01 -110
R
6 O-ring 27-26-51 01 -120
R
9 O-ring 27-26-51 01 -130
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 429
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-26-51-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-51-860-056-A

_______
(3) Make sure that the access panel 325BL (for the solenoid valve on
3CC1) or 325BR (for the solenoid valve on 3CC2) is open (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-010-002).
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 430
Feb 01/11

LAN
systems:
hydraulic systems.
(11) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) is in

position in the yaw damper bellcrank.

position below the yaw damper to collect unwanted fluid.
Subtask 27-26-51-865-057
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-26-51-991-002)
Subtask 27-26-51-420-052
A. Installation of the Solenoid Valve

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 431
May 01/11

LAN
(4) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of the
screws (1).
(5) Lubricate the new O-ring (4), O-ring (5), O-ring (6) and O-ring (9)
with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).
(6) Put the O-rings (4),(5),(6) on the applicable port of the solenoid
valve (3).
(7) Put the O-ring (9) and the lock washer (8) on the applicable port of
the solenoid valve (3).
(8) Put the solenoid valve (3) into its installation position on the yaw
damper (7).
(9) Install the screws (1) with the washers (2) to the solenoid valve (3)
and the yaw damper (7).
(10) TORQUE the screws (1) to 0.2 m.daN (17.69 lbf.in).
0.8 mm (0.032 in.).
Subtask 27-26-51-865-058
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2
Subtask 27-26-51-080-052
(1) Remove the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) from the yaw
damper bellcrank.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 432
May 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-26-51-710-052
D. Test

001).
the yaw damper.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-26-51-410-052-A
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panels 325BL (for the solenoid valve on 3CC1) and/or
325BR (for the solenoid valve on 3CC2) at the trailing edge of the

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 433
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-26-51-000-004
Removal of the Pressure Switch
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
98D27207549000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR
27-26-51-991-003 Fig. 403

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 434
Feb 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-51-010-055-A
A. Get Access
(2) Open the access panels 325BL (for the pressure switch on 3CC1) and/or
325BR (for the pressure switch on 3CC2) at the trailing edge of the
Subtask 27-26-51-860-053-A
_______
SYSTEM.

_______
____
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
system (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 435
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
- in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU on the overhead panel,
- on the ground service panels of the Green, the Yellow and the Blue
hydraulic systems.
(9) Put a container below the yaw damper to collect the unwanted fluid.
R bellcrank.
R
Subtask 27-26-51-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-26-51-991-003)
Subtask 27-26-51-020-053
A. Removal of the Pressure Switch
(3) Pull the pressure switch (5) off the yaw damper (8).
(4) Remove and discard the O-ring (1) from the port.
(5) Remove and discard the extrusion rings (2),(4) and the O-ring (3)
from the port.

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 436
Feb 01/11

LAN
Pressure Switch
Figure 403/TASK 27-26-51-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 437
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-26-51-400-004
Installation of the Pressure Switch
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
98D27207549000 1 PIN-RIGGING

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 438
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.032 in.)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 O-ring 27-26-51 01 -190

R
2 extrusion ring 27-26-51 01 -170
R
3 O-ring 27-26-51 01 -180
R
4 extrusion ring 27-26-51 01 -170
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

325BR

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 439
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-26-51-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-51-860-057-A

_______
(3) Make sure that the access panel 325BL (for the pressure switch on
3CC1) or 325BR (for the pressure switch on 3CC2) is open (Ref. TASK
55-33-13-010-002).
to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 440
May 01/11

LAN
systems:
hydraulic systems.
(11) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) is in

position in the yaw damper bellcrank.

position below the yaw damper to collect unwanted fluid.
Subtask 27-26-51-865-060
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-26-51-991-003)
Subtask 27-26-51-420-053
A. Installation of the Pressure Switch

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 441
May 01/11

LAN
screws (7).
(5) Lubricate the new O-ring (1) and O-ring (3) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
(6) Put the O-ring (1) on the applicable port of the pressure switch (5).
(7) Put the new extrusion ring (2), extrusion ring (4) and the O-ring (3)
on the applicable port of the pressure switch (5).
(8) Put the pressure switch (5) into its installation position on the yaw
damper (8).
(9) Install the screws (7) with the washers (6) in the pressure switch
(5) and tighten the screws.
0.8 mm (0.032 in.).
Subtask 27-26-51-865-061
breaker(s):
5CC1, 5CC2, 14CC1, 14CC2.
Subtask 27-26-51-080-053
(1) Remove the rigging pin PIN-RIGGING (98D27207549000) from the yaw
damper bellcrank.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 442
May 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-26-51-710-053
D. Test

001).
the yaw damper.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-26-51-410-053-A
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access panels 325BL (for the pressure switch on 3CC1)
and/or 325BR (for the pressure switch on 3CC2) at the trailing edge
of the vertical stabilizer (Ref. TASK 55-33-13-410-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 443
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
SERVO ACTUATOR - YAW DAMPER (3CC1,3CC2) - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________________________
TASK 27-26-51-200-001
Visual Inspection of the Yaw Damper Servo-Actuators
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : The inspection procedure that follows is only applicable if a yaw

____
damper servo-actuator with the part number SC4700-3 is installed.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27207548000 1 PIN-RIGGING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 601
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
(3CC2)
27-26-51-400-001 Installation of the Yaw Damper Servo Actuator (3CC1)
and (3CC2)
Power Supply
Pump
31-32-00-860-010 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
Page
34-14-00-740-001 Interface Test of the IR
325BR
27-26-51-991-004 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-26-51-010-057-A
A. Get Access
(2) Open the access panel 325BL and 325BR at the trailing edge of the

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 602
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-26-51-860-060
B. Cleaning and Visual Inspection
(1) Clean the yaw damper servo actuators and the adjacent area with a
lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026).
(2) Examine the yaw damper servo actuators and the adjacent area for:
- damage
- corrosion
- satisfactory surface protection.
Subtask 27-26-51-860-059

002).
(2) Do the EIS start procedure (ECAM system only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-
860-001).

001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(4) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel:

- Get the F/CTL page.

- Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch related to IR3 to NAV.
- Make sure that the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches related to IR1 and
IR2 are in the OFF position.
(6) On the overhead panel, on the FLT CTL panels 23VU and 24VU:
- Make sure that the FAC1 and the FAC2 pushbutton switches are pushed
(the FAULT and OFF legends are off).
hydraulic systems.

R

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 603
Aug 01/07

LAN
Subtask 27-26-51-865-062
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-26-51-991-004)
Subtask 27-26-51-710-054
A. Check for the External Leakage of the Yaw Damper Servo Actuator
NOTE : This procedure is for the Green hydraulic system. For the Yellow
____
hydraulic system, use the indications between the parentheses.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the FLT CTL panel 24VU(23VU):
- Release the FAC2(FAC1) - On this pushbutton switch, the OFF

pushbutton switch. legend comes on.

MCDU2 (or on the L side console,
on the MCDU3):
- Get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST NAV
page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-
010).
- Push the line key adjacent to The IR3 page comes into view.
the IR3 indication.
- Get acess to the INTERFACE TEST

of the IR3 (Ref. TASK 34-14-00-
740-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 604
Feb 01/11

LAN
Servo Actuator - Yaw Damper (3CC1,3CC2)
Figure 601/TASK 27-26-51-991-004

R

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 605
Aug 01/07

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : For the test below, ignore
____
the warnings and the
attitude changes.
3. Push the line key adjacent to the - The rudder moves to the left, then
START TEST indication. slowly moves back to zero.
4. Push the line key adjacent to the - The rudder moves to the right, then
RETURN (TEST STOP) indication. slowly moves back to zero.
5. On the MCDU2 (or 3): On the MCDU2 (or 3):

- Push the the line key adjacent - The CFDS MENU page comes into view.
to the RETURN indication until
the CFDS menu page comes into
view.
6. On the FLT CTL panel 24VU(23VU):
- Push the FAC2(FAC1) pushbutton - On this pushbutton switch, the OFF

switch. legend goes off.

(2) Do a visual check of the yaw damper servo actuators for external
leakages.
Subtask 27-26-51-210-058
B. Leakage Rates
(1) If the leakage rate is less than 4 drops per minute, no further
action is necessary.
(2) If the leakage rate is between 4 and 14 drops drops per minute,
replace the yaw damper servo actuator(s) before the next 600 flight
hours (Ref. TASK 27-26-51-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 27-26-51-400-001).
(3) If the leakage rate is between 15 and 30 drops drops per minute,
replace the yawdamper servo actuator(s) before the next 100 flight
hours (Ref. TASK 27-26-51-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 27-26-51-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 606
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(4) If the leakage rate is more than 30 drops per minute, replace the yaw
damper servo actuator(s) immediately (Ref. TASK 27-26-51-000-001) and
(Ref. TASK 27-26-51-400-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-26-51-410-054-A

- Set the OFF/NAV/ATT selector switch related to IR3 to OFF.
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure (ECAM system only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-
002).

002).
(4) Remove the rigging pin (1) from the bellcrank of the rudder control
unit.

001) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
items.
(7) Close the access panel 325BL and 325BR at the trailing edge of the

R

EFF :

ALL 27-26-51

Page 607
Aug 01/07

LAN
ELEVATOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
two elevators hinged on the trimmable horizontal stabilizer (THS) ensure the
pitch control (Ref. 27-40).
The elevators are controlled by :
- the Elevator and Aileron Computers (ELAC : Ref. 27-93) in the normal mode
- the Spoiler and Elevator Computers (SEC : Ref. 27-94) in case of ELAC
failure.
The control orders are computed from signals that the two
electrically-coupled side stick controllers send.
The artificial feel system (Ref. 27-92) operates independently of the flight
conditions.
Two electrohydraulic servocontrols (Ref. 27-34) hydraulically actuate each
elevator.
The position of the elevators is shown on the lower display unit of the ECAM
system via the Flight Control Data Concentrator (FCDC : Ref. 27-95).
On ground, with hydraulic systems not pressurized, the elevators may or may
not droop down to the servocontrol stop depending on the scatter of bearing
and seal friction.
2. Interface
________________________________________________
with the Autopilot System (Ref. 22-70)
In the AP mode, the ELACs receive the FMGC orders and transfer them to the
servocontrols.
The pilots can cancel the automatic mode through the override of a
disengagement system, installed on each side stick controller.
The disengagement system includes a spring device and a solenoid energized
by the FMGCs.

EFF :

ALL 27-30-00

Page 1
May 01/00

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

27-30-00

Page 2
May 01/00

LAN
Elevator
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 27-30-00

Page 3/4
May 01/00

LAN
ELEVATOR AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
Two electrohydraulic servocontrols hydraulically actuate each elevator.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34CE1 SERVO CTL-L ELEVATOR, INBD G 335 334DB 27-34-51
34CE2 SERVO CTL-R ELEVATOR, INBD Y 345 344DB 27-34-51
34CE3 SERVO CTL-L ELEVATOR, OUTBD B 335 334DB 27-34-51
34CE4 SERVO CTL-R ELEVATOR, OUTBD B 345 344DB 27-34-51

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 1
May 01/00

LAN
Location of Elevator Servocontrol
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 2
May 01/00

LAN
3. _____________________
A. Elevator Servocontrol
(Ref. Fig. 002)
(1) General
Each elevator is equipped with two interchangeable fixed-body
electrically-controlled servo controls.
Each servo control is connected to two ELACs and to two SECs.
NOTE: vibrations could occur in the following configuration:
- vibrations along the cabin and in the cockpit and
- elevator control with SECs active and ELACs not active,
No trouble shooting is necesary (elevator oscillations are wider in
SEC mode than ELAC mode).
Each elevator is actuated by a servo control in the active mode,
while the other is in the damping mode.
the active computer achieves the closed loop control of one servo
control and commands the damping mode on the adjacent servo
control.
(Ref. Fig. 003)
In the normal configuration, the inboard servo control is in the
active mode.
4. Operation
_________
A. General
Each servo control has three operating modes:
- the active mode which permits the actuation of the elevator depending
on electrical orders,
- the damping mode which prevents the appearance of flutter in the event
of multiple failures (mainly dual hydraulic or electrical failures,
disconnection of one servocontrol associated to the hydraulic or
electrical failure of the other servo control),
- the centering mode which permits to bring back and hold the elevator in
the 0 position in the event of a loss of the electrical control of the
two servo controls of a surface.
B. Normal operation with the servocontrol pressurized.

The pressurization of the servocontrol involves the opening of the
pressure-line closing valve (2) and of the return-line closing valve (3).
Thus, the servovalve (4) is supplied from the HP system and the return
system of the servocontrol is connected to the LP system.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 3
May 01/00

LAN
Elevator Servocontrol
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 4
May 01/00

LAN
Elevator Servocontrols - Damping and Active controls
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 5
May 01/00

LAN
(1) Servocontrol in the active mode.
In this case, the two solenoid valves (1) are de-energized and let
out the HP flow which sets the mode selector valve (5) in the active
mode.
Thus, the two actuator chambers are connected to the servovalve
control line and the servovalve passes in the active mode.
The mode selector-valve transducer (11) supplies an electrical signal
which identifies this change of state.
One of the two feedback transducers (10) gives the servoloop
feedback. The other is in standby and used in case of failure.
NOTE : If three feedback transducers are installed, the third is not

____
used.
The elevator position transducer-unit is used for the
monitoring.
The servovalve transducer (12) is also used for the
monitoring.
(2) Servocontrol in the damping mode.

One solenoid valve at least is energized and the mode selector is
displaced in the damping mode under the action of its spring.
This causes the interconnection of the two actuator chambers through
the damping orifice (6).
The mode selector-valve transducer identifies this change of state.
The check valve (7) and the fluid reserve (9) hold the volume of
fluid in the actuator chambers :
- if the temperature of the hydraulic fluid changes,
- if there is a leakage.
The return relief valve (8) increases the pressure in the return line
and permits to fill the reserve of fluid.
(3) Servocontrol in the centering mode.

With the solenoid valves and servovalve de-energized the servovalve
control valve is centered to the neutral position by its mechanical
input.
The mechanical input is always positioned by the linkage (13) so as
to give a control order opposed to the preceding electrical control
order.
Thus the servocontrol goes back and stays in the zero position.
R (4) Differential pressure indicator

R
R The purpose of differential pressure indicator (16) is to check the
R return relief valve (8). It controls:
R
R - that the return relief valve provides a differential pressure
R greater or equal to 4 +0.5 -0.5 bar (58.0150 +7.2518 -7.2518 psi).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 6
Aug 01/03

LAN
- that the return relief valve does not stick in the open position.
- that the return relief valve closes properly.
C. Operation after a simple electrical failure.

In this case, the solenoid valve is energized and the servocontrol
operates in the damping mode (Ref. para. (2) (b)).
D. Operation after a total electrical failure.

In this case, the solenoid valves and the servovalves are de-energized
and the servocontrol operates in the centering mode (Ref. para. (2) (c)).
E. Operation after a hydraulic failure.

The closing valves (2) and (3) close and isolate the servocontrol from
the aircraft hydraulic system.
If there is a rupture of the aircraft return line, the return relief-
valve holds the fluid volume in the fluid reserve. The mode selector-
valve is set to the damping mode under the action of its spring.
Thus, the servocontrol operates in the damping mode.
F. Special case
After hydraulic depressurization, a difference in droop speed and travel
between the two elevators is possible.
This is because of the variations of friction in the attachments and the
servo control.
This difference is correct.
G. Maintenance and rigging facilities.

The items given below are Line Replaceable Units:
- Filter
- Mode selector-valve transducer
- Solenoid valves
- Servovalve
- Actuator eye-end.
To replace the servocontrol, it is necessary to have simultaneously the
surface and the servocontrol in the neutral position.
R This is done through the adjustment of the rod eye-end length.
R
R H. Particular points.
During flight, vibrations may occur with the current elevator neutral
setting combined with backlash at the elevator servo control attachments.
To avoid this situation, the elevator zero position is shifted 0.5 deg
nose-up, trailing edge upwards.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 7
Feb 01/05

LAN
ELEVATOR AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
____________________________________________________________
TASK 27-34-00-040-001
Elevator Servocontrol Position-Transducer - Connection of the Spare Transducer
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 27-34-02-A)

Elevator Servo-Control Position
Transducer
R (Old MMEL ref: 27-34-02)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 401
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-34-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Elevator and Hydraulic
Actuation
R 55-13-11-000-001 Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels
R 55-13-11-400-001 Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels
27-34-00-991-004 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-068

002).
(2) On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT
CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF
legends come on).
(3) On the overhead panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2, FLT CTL/SEC 2
and FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches,
the OFF legends come on).
(4) Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems:
(a) For the left elevator:

- Depressurize the Green and Blue systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-
864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(b) For the right elevator:

- Depressurize the Yellow and Blue systems (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-
864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 402
Feb 01/06

LAN
Subtask 27-34-00-010-055
B. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position:
(a) In the zone 334 for the left elevator.
(b) In the zone 344 for the right elevator.
(2) Open the THS trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-
001):
(a) 334DB for the left elevator.
(b) 344DB for the right elevator.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-34-00-991-004)
Subtask 27-34-00-040-050
A. Connection of the Spare Transducer:
(1) If the servocontrol has two transducers:
(a) Swap the connection of the electrical connectors on the

transducers.
(2) If the servocontrol has three transducers:
(a) Remove the electrical connector (1) from the defective

transducer.
(b) Remove the blanking cap from the new transducer and put it on the
defective transducer.
(c) Connect the electrical connector (1) to the new transducer.
Subtask 27-34-00-710-052
B. Test
(1) On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1
pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends go
off).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 403
Feb 01/11

LAN
Elevator Servocontrols Position-Transducers
Figure 401/TASK 27-34-00-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 404
May 01/00

LAN
(2) On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2, FLT CTL/SEC 2
the OFF legends go off).
(3) Do the operational test of the elevators (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-710-

001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-00-410-055
A. Close Access
items.
R (2) Close the THS trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-
R 001):
Subtask 27-34-00-860-069
(1) Make an entry in the log-book.

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 405
Feb 01/05

LAN
TASK 27-34-00-440-001
Reactivation of Elevator Servocontrol Position-Transducer
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Elevator Servo-Control Position
Transducer
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
55-13-11-000-001 Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 406
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
55-13-11-400-001 Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels

27-34-00-991-004 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-070

002).
CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF
legends come on).
(3) On the overhead panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2, FLT CTL/SEC 2
(4) Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems:

- Depressurize the Green and Blue systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-
864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

- Depressurize the Yellow and Blue systems (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-
864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
Subtask 27-34-00-010-056
B. Get Access
(a) In the zone 334 for the left elevator.
(b) In the zone 344 for the right elevator.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 407
Feb 01/11

LAN
001):
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-34-00-991-004)
Subtask 27-34-00-440-050
A. Reactivation of the Defective Transducer
(1) If the servocontrol has two transducers:
(a) Swap the connection of the electrical connectors on the

transducers.
(2) If the servocontrol has three transducers:
(a) Remove the electrical connector (1) of the replacement

transducer.
(b) Remove the blanking cap from the defective transducer and install
it on the replacement transducer.
(c) Connect the electrical connector (1) to the defective transducer.
Subtask 27-34-00-710-053
B. Test
off).
(2) On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2, FLT CTL/SEC 2
the OFF legends go off).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 408
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(3) Do this test:
Make sure that the transducer you reactivated is defective.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the center pedestal, on the The MCDU shows the MCDU MENU page.
MCDU 1 (2), push the MCDU MENU
mode key.
2. Push the line key adjacent to the The MCDU shows the CFDS page.
CFDS indication.
3. Push the line key adjacent to the The MCDU shows the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
SYSTEM REPORT/TEST indication. page.
4. Push the line key adjacent to the The MCDU shows the SYSTEM
F/CTL indication. REPORT/TEST/F/CTL page.
5. Push the line key adjacent to the The MCDU shows the EFCS1(2) page.
EFCS 1(2) indication.
6. Push the line key adjacent to the The MCDU shows the EFCS1(2)/GROUND SCAN
GROUND SCAN indication. page.
7. Push the line key adjacent to the

START GROUND SCAN indication and
wait two minutes.
8. Push the line key adjacent to the

GROUND SCAN STOP indication.
9. Push the line key adjacent to the Make sure that the display unit shows
GROUND REPORT indication. the fault indication related to the
defective transducer.
10. On the MCDU, push the line key The MCDU shows the MCDU MENU page.
adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.
(4) Do the trouble shooting of the defective transducer (Ref. TSM 27).
Make the necessary corrections.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 409
Feb 01/11

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-00-410-056
A. Close Access
items.
R (2) Close the THS trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-
R 001):
Subtask 27-34-00-862-056
B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 410
Feb 01/05

LAN
ELEVATOR AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________________________
TASK 27-34-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
Pump

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 501
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Electric Pump
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-054

002)

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(3) On the panel 23VU:

- Release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches
(on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends come on).

- Release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches

- Set the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to NAV.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 502
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-34-00-010-064
B. Get Access

access door 822.
(2) Open the access door 822

- loosen the two screws and remove the protective cover
Subtask 27-34-00-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-34-00-710-050
A. Operational Test of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the panel 23VU and 24VU : On the panel 23VU and 24VU:
- Push the FLT CTL/ ELAC 1,FLT - On these pushbutton switches the OFF
CTL/SEC 1,FLT CTL/ELAC 2,FLT legends go off,the FAULT legends come
CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches. on then go off.
2. Move one of the two sidestick On the lower ECAM display unit, on the
controllers in the nose up and F/CTL page:
nose down directions. - The indexes of the L/ELEV and R/ELEV
indicators move in relation to the
order.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 503
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- Release the FLT CTL/ELAC2 - The OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC2

F/CTL page:
- The ELAC 2 indication becomes amber.
nose down direction . - the indexes of the L/ELEV and R/ELEV
order.

- Release the FLT CTL/ELAC1 - The OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC1
On the lower ECAM display unit,on the

F/CTL page:
- The ELAC1 indication becomes amber.
order.

Release the FLT CTL/SEC2 - The OFF legend of the FLT CTL/SEC2
pushbutton switch pushbutton switch comes on

F/CTL page:
- The SEC2 indication becomes amber.
order.

- Release the FLT CTL/SEC1 - The OFF legend of the FLT CTL/SEC1

F/CTL page:

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 504
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- The SEC1 indication becomes amber.
- The indication of the elevator
position is in amber crosses.
On the ground, visually make sure that

the elevators are in the neutral
position.

- Push the FLT CTL/SEC1 - The OFF legend of the FLT CTL/SEC1
pushbutton switch. pushbutton switch goes off.
- The FAULT legend comes on then goes
off.

F/CTL page:
- The SEC1 indication becomes green.

- Push the FLT CTL/SEC2 - The OFF legend of the FLT CTL/SEC2
off.
On the lower ECAM display unit on the

F/CTL page:
- The SEC2 indication becomes green.

- Push the FLT CTL/ELAC1 - The OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC1
off.

F/CTL page:
- The ELAC1 indication becomes green.

- Push the FLT CTL/ELAC2 - The OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC2
off.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 505
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F/CTL page:
- The ELAC2 indication becomes green.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-00-860-055
A. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration.

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
R (2) On the overhead panel 20VU, on the ADIRS CDU:

R - Set the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches to OFF.
R (3) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

002).
Subtask 27-34-00-410-062
B. Close Access
(2) Thigthen the two screws.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 506
Nov 01/10

LAN
TASK 27-34-00-710-002
Operational Test of the Centering Function
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
Pump

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 507
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Electric Pump
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-010-061
A. Get Access.

access door 822.

Subtask 27-34-00-860-056
B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration.

002).

- release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches
(a) Make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton
switches are pushed (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF and
(b) Release the FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton
switch, the OFF legend comes on).

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 508
Feb 01/11

LAN
(a) Make sure that the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G and HYD LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switches are pushed (on these
pushbutton switches, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).
(b) Release the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switch (on
(7) On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL
pushbuttton switch (on the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page
comes into view).
NOTE : On the F/CTL page, Make sure that the indexes of the L/ELEV
____
and R/ELEV indicators are in the neutral position on the
vertical scale.
Subtask 27-34-00-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 509
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-34-00-710-054
A. Operational Test of the Centering Function.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the CAPT (F/O) lateral console: On the lower ECAM display unit, on the
- pull the side stick controller F/CTL page:
rearward until it touches the - the indexes of the L/ELEV and R/ELEV
stop. Hold it in this position. indicators move up.
2. On the overhead panel 24VU: On the overhead panel 24VU:


F/CTL page:
- the ELAC 2 indication becomes amber.
- the indication of the elevators

position.
3. On the CAPT (F/O) lateral console:

- move and keep the side stick
controller in the neutral
position.

- the FAULT legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC
2 pushbutton switch comes on then
goes off.
5. On the CAPT (F/O) lateral console: On the lower ECAM display unit, on the
- push the side stick controller F/CTL page:
forward until it touches the - the indexes of the L/ELEV and R/ELEV
stop. Hold it in this position. indicators move down.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 510
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

F/CTL page:

the elevators are in neutral position.
7. On the CAPT (F/O) lateral console:

position.

pushbutton switch. pushbutton switch goes OFF.
goes off.

- push the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT - the OFF legend of the HYD LEAK
VALVES/B pushbutton switch. MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton
- release the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT switch goes off.
VALVES/G and HYD LEAK - the OFF legends of the HYD LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton MEASUREMENT VALVES/G and HYD LEAK
switches. MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton
switches come on.
10. On the lower ECAM display unit,

on the F/CTL page:
- make sure that the indexes of
the L/ELEV and R/ELEV
indicators are in the neutral
position.
11. On the CAPT (F/O) lateral On the lower ECAM display unit, on the
console: F/CTL page:

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 511
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- pull the side stick controller - the indexes of the L/ELEV and R/ELEV
rearward until it touches the indicators move up.
stop. Hold it in this position.


F/CTL page:

position.
13. On the CAPT (F/O) lateral

console:
position.

goes off.
15. On the CAPT (F/O) lateral On the lower ECAM display unit, on the
console: F/CTL page:
- push the side stick controller - the indexes of the L/ELEV and R/ELEV
forward until it touches the indicators move down.
stop. Hold it in this position.


F/CTL page:

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 512
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

position.
17. On the CAPT (F/O) lateral

console:
- move the side stick controller
to the neutral position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-00-860-057

- Push the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G and HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/Y pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches the OFF
legends go off).

- Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches (on
these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends go off).

- Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches (on

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 513
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-34-00-410-061
B. Close Access.
(3) Close the access door 822

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 514
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-34-00-820-001
Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation (with the reference triangle
on the tail cone)
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

____
NOTE : You can do this task together with AMM task 27-34-00-200-001 to
____
prevent elevator vibration.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
0U190360 1 PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 515
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific Lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.03

in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-34-00-200-002 Check of the Elevator Servo Control Oscillations.
27-34-00-220-003 Check of the Position of the Reference Triangle on
the Tail Cone
Actuation
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump
R 27-34-00-991-023 Fig. 501
27-34-00-991-001 Fig. 502
27-34-00-991-009 Fig. 503
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-861-051

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 516
Nov 01/09

LAN
Subtask 27-34-00-010-051
B. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position in the
zone 312.
R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position in these
zones :
(a) 334 for the left elevator.
(b) 344 for the right elevator.
001):

access door 822.

Subtask 27-34-00-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2 2GA Q35

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 517
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-34-00-860-065

- the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are in OFF position.

- the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches are pushed

- the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches are pushed

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(5) On the center pedestal, make sure that the pitch-trim control wheels
are set to 0.
(6) Put a warning notice on the pitch-trim control wheels to tell persons
not to move the THS.
(7) Safety the CAPT and F/O side stick controllers with the PIN-SIDE
STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000).
(9) Install the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

(0U190360) (5) on the screwjack of the THS actuator (6).
(10) Make sure that there is no warning related to the LGCIUs on the upper
ECAM display unit.

RUDDER (98D27303000001) on the trailing edge of the elevator near the
tail cone.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-34-00-991-023)

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 518
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
R Pointer and Triangle Reference Positioning
Figure 501/TASK 27-34-00-991-023

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 519
Feb 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-34-00-991-001)
Subtask 27-34-00-220-059
A. Check of the Position of the Reference Triangle.
(1) Before adjustment of the elevators, check the position of the

reference triangle (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-220-003).
Subtask 27-34-00-820-051
B. Adjustement of the Elevator and the Hydraulic Actuation
NOTE : The inboard servocontrols (Green and Yellow) are in the active
____
mode.
The outboard servocontrols (Blue) are in the damping mode.
NOTE : If you see oscillations when the servo control is in the active
____
002).
(1) With the pointer make sure that:

- the trailing edges of the elevators are aligned with the reference
triangle on the two sides of the tail cone. If not, adjust the
inboard servocontrol:
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the lock nut (2).
(b) Loosen the lock nut (2).
(c) Move the lock washers (3) apart.
(d) Turn the rod (4) (in the correct direction) until the trailing
edges of the elevators are aligned with the reference triangle on
the two sides of the tail cone.
(e) TORQUE the lock nut (2) to between 3 and 3.5 m.daN (22.12 and
25.81 lbf.ft).
(f) Make sure that the adjustment does not change when you TORQUE the
lock nut.
(g) Safety the lock nut (2) with Lockwire-corrosion resistant steel
dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 520
Feb 01/09

LAN
Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol
R Figure 502/TASK 27-34-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 521
Feb 01/09

LAN
(h) Make sure that you can engage easily the rigging pin into the
elevator position transducer-unit (1) on the two sides.
R (Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-34-00-991-009)
NOTE : The rigging pin is part of the transducer unit.

____
If you cannot, adjust the length of the control rod (4) as

follows:
1
_ Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-864-003) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-
864-001).
2
_ Cut and discard the lockwire from the nuts (2).
3
_ Loosen the nuts (2).
4
_ Remove the bonding lead from the lock washer (3).
5
_ Disengage the lock washers (3).
6
_ Turn the control rod body (4) until you can engage freely the
rigging pin in the transducer unit (1).
7
_ Engage the lock washers (3) and tighten the nuts (2) on the
rod (4).
8
_ Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
863-003) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-
001).
9
_ Do again these steps (from para.6_) until you can engage
freely the rigging pin in the transducer unit (1).
10
__ When you can engage the rigging pin:
- On the upper ECAM display unit, make sure that the ELAC 2
PITCH FAULT warning is not shown.
- Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
10-00-864-003) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-
24-00-864-001).
11
__ Tighten the lock nut
12
__ Safety the nuts (2) with lockwire-corrosion resistant steel
dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
13
__ Install the bonding lead on the washer (3).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 522
Feb 01/09

LAN
Elevator Position Transducer Unit
R Figure 503/TASK 27-34-00-991-009

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 523
Feb 01/09

LAN
14
__ Safety the lock nut with Lockwire corrosion-resistant steel
dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.)
15
__ Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
863-003) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-
001).

- release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton
(3) Make sure that the elevator trailing edge position has not changed.
NOTE : Now, the inboard servocontrols are in the damping mode.

____
The outboard servocontrols are in the active mode.
(4) If the elevator moves, do this adjustment :
(d) Turn the rod (4) (in the correct direction) until:
1
_ The trailing edges of the elevators are aligned with the
reference triangle on the two sides of the tail cone.
2
_ You can easily engage and disengage the rigging pin into the
elevator position transducer-unit.
3
_ On the upper ECAM display unit, make sure that the ELAC 1
PITCH FAULT warning is not shown.
25.81 lbf.ft).
lock nut.
(g) Safety the lock nut (2) with Locwire corrosion-resistant steel
dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 524
Feb 01/09
R
LAN
- push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton
switch, the OFF legend goes off and the FAULT legend comes).
- when the FAULT legend goes off, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2
pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton switch, the OFF legend comes
on).
If you see a position variation, do the adjustment of the
servocontrol again.

- push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton
switch, the OFF legend goes off).
(8) Remove the pointer of LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER

(98D27303000001).
(9) Remove the rigging pin from the CAPT and F/O sidestick controllers.
(10) Remove the rigging pin (5) from the screwjack of the THS actuator
(6).
R (Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-34-00-991-001)
Subtask 27-34-00-710-051
C. Test

001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-00-860-064

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
items.

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 525
Feb 01/09

LAN
Subtask 27-34-00-410-051
B. Close Access
(2) Close the THS trailing edge access panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-
001):
(a) 334DB for the left elevator
(b) 344DB for the right elevator

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 526
Feb 01/09
R
LAN
TASK 27-34-00-820-002
Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation after Removal/Installation

of one Servocontrol
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

____
____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 527
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

in.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Actuation
27-34-00-820-003 Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation
with the Gauge-Elevator Neutral Setting
(98D27309002000)
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump
27-34-00-991-001 Fig. 502
R 27-34-00-991-023 Fig. 501
27-34-00-991-009 Fig. 503

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 528
Feb 01/10

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-861-060
Subtask 27-34-00-010-059
B. Get Access
312.
R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at zones:
001):

access door822.


EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 529
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-34-00-865-057
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-34-00-860-067

- Make sure that the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are in OFF
position.

- Make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton

- Make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
are set to O.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 530
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(7) Install the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) on the CAPT and
F/O side stick controllers.
(8) Put the warning notice on the CAPT and F/O side sticks to tell

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-34-00-991-001)
(10) Put the servocontrol you adjust (new installed) in the damping mode,
as follows:
FOR 34CE1, 34CE2

- Release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton
- The FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on this pushbutton
switch, the OFF and FAULT legends are OFF).
FOR 34CE3, 34CE4

switch, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).
ECAM display unit.
R (12) Install the pointer of the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON,

R RUDDER (98D27303000001) on the trailing edge of the elevator near the
R tail cone.
R (Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-34-00-991-023)
R (13) With the pointer, make sure that the trailing edge of the elevator is
R aligned with the reference triangle.
R (14) Remove the access panels 334CB, 344CB.
R (15) Make sure that you can easily engage and disengage the rigging pin
into the elevator position transducer unit (1).
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-34-00-991-009)
NOTE : The rigging pin is part of the transducer unit.

____

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 531
Feb 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-34-00-991-001)
Subtask 27-34-00-820-056
A. Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation
NOTE : If the two servocontrols on the same elevator must be adjusted, do

____
the adjustment of the elevator and hydraulic actuation with the
gauge elevator neutral setting (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-003).
(1) Put the servocontrol you adjust (new installed) in the active mode,
as follows:
FOR 34CE1, 34CE2

- Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on this pushbutton
FOR 34CE3, 34CE4

switch, the OFF and FAULT legend are off).
(2) If the position of the elevator has changed, do as follows:
(d) Turn the rod (4) until the trailing edge of the elevator is
aligned with the reference triangle.
25.81 lbf.ft). Do not safety the lock nut (2) at this time.
lock nut.
(3) Make sure that you can easily engage and disengage the rigging pin
into the elevator position transducer unit (1).
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-34-00-991-009)

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 532
Feb 01/10
R
LAN
(4) Set the servocontrol to the damping mode.
FOR 34CE1, 34CE2

switch, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).
FOR 34CE3, 34CE4

If you see a position variation, do the adjustment of the
servocontrol again.
(6) Safety the lock nut (2) with Lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia
0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(7) Preparation for the Test

FOR 34CE3, 34CE4

(b) Remove the rigging pin from the CAPT and F/O side stick
controllers.
(c) Remove the rigging pin (5) from the screw jack of the THS
actuator (6).
Subtask 27-34-00-710-055
B. Test

001).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 533
Feb 01/10
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-00-860-066

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
items.

002).
Subtask 27-34-00-410-059
B. Close Access
001):
(a) 334CB, 334DB for the left elevator.
(b) 344CB, 344DB for the right elevator.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 534
Feb 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-34-00-820-003
Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation to 0.5 Degrees Nose-Up with
the Gauge-Elevator Neutral Setting (98D27309006000)
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific threaded pins

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
R (4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)
98D27309006000 1 GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 535
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

in.)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 reference triangle 11-21-27 02 -010

10 cotter pin 27-34-07 11 -030
10 cotterpin 27-34-07 11 -030
R 17 cotter pin 27-34-07 11 -020A
20 cotter pin 27-34-07 11 -030
20 cotter pin 27-34-07 12C-020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-34-00-200-001 Check of the Elevator Servo Controls and Hinge
Bearings for too much Play and Condition
Actuation
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 536
Aug 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-34-00-991-023 Fig. 501
27-34-00-991-001 Fig. 502
27-34-00-991-009 Fig. 503
27-34-00-991-011-A Fig. 504
27-34-00-991-013-A Fig. 505
27-34-00-991-020 Fig. 506
27-34-00-991-021 Fig. 507
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-010-065
A. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position in zone
312.
R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position in these
zones:
001):
(5) Put the access platform in position at the access door 822.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 537
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-34-00-865-061
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-34-00-860-071

002).

- make sure that the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are in OFF
position.


- make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 538
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(5) On the upper ECAM display unit:
- make sure that the F/CTL ELAC 2 FAULT or F/CTL ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT
warning is not shown.
(6) On the maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the HYD/LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/G, B and Y pushbutton switches are pushed (the OFF
legends of the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G, B and Y are off).

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
are set to 0.

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
ECAM display unit.
Subtask 27-34-00-480-054
D. Installation of the Tools
(1) Safety the CAPT and F/O side sticks with the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING
(98D27903500000).
persons not to move the side sticks.

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-34-00-991-001)
(4) Do a check of the play at the trailing edge of the elevators

(Ref. TASK 27-34-00-200-001).
NOTE : It is not necessary to do this step if you replaced the

____
elevator servocontrol or the elevator servocontrol rod end.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 539
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(5) Install the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309006000) on the
right side:
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 27-34-00-991-011-A)
(a) Remove the screw (12) and the protector (13) from the setting bar
(10).
(b) Remove the other protectors from the setting bar.
(c) Remove the two screws (7) from the access panel.
(d) Install the yoke (8) on the THS.

(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 27-34-00-991-013-A)
To keep a good contact between the yoke and the THS, you must not
TORQUE the threaded pins.
(e) Install the two threaded pins (9) on the yoke (8).
(f) Install the setting bar (10) on the yoke (8).

(98D27303000001) at the trailing edge of the elevator, between the
two servocontrols.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-34-00-820-059
A. Adjustment of the Inboard Servocontrol of the Right Elevator
NOTE : At this step, the inboard servocontrol (Yellow) is in the active

____
mode. The outboard servocontrol (Blue) is in the damping mode.
(1) To take up the play of the servocontrol attachment:
(a) At the servocontrol-to-elevator attachment:

(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 27-34-00-991-020)
1
_ If the servocontrol is locked with ABS safety system:
R - remove and discard the cotter pin (10).
- remove the locking cup (11).
- loosen the nut (12) but do not remove it.
2
_ If the servocontrol is locked with STA-LOK safety system:
- remove the lockwasher (15).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 540
Aug 01/10

LAN
Installation of the Elevator Neutral Setting Gauge
Figure 504/TASK 27-34-00-991-011-A

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 541
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Installation of the yoke
Figure 505/TASK 27-34-00-991-013-A

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 542
Feb 01/10
R
LAN
Elevator servocontrol attachment
Figure 506/TASK 27-34-00-991-020

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 543
Feb 01/10
R
LAN
(b) At the servocontrol-to-THS attachment:
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 27-34-00-991-021)
1
- remove and discard the cotter pin (20).
2

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(3) Apply a force of 20 +10 -10 daN (44.9617 +22.4808 -22.4808 lbf) with
the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001)
in the down direction.
(4) At the servocontrol-to-elevator attachment:

- TORQUE the nuts (12) or (16) to between 4.5 and 5.0 m.daN (33.18
and 36.87 lbf.ft) while you keep the force to the down direction,
then release the force.
R - Install the locking cup (11) , the new cotterpin (10) or lockwasher
R (15).
(5) At the servocontrol-to-THS attachment:

- Install the locking cup (21) and new cotter pin (20) or lockwasher
(24).
(6) Push with your hands on the front and on the middle of the setting
bar and make sure that the contact of the setting bar (10) between
the yoke (8) and the THS surface is correct.
(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 27-34-00-991-013-A)
(7) Make sure that the gap between the upper surface of the elevator and
the end part of the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309006000)
(10) is in the limits of the feeler gauge (11).
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 27-34-00-991-011-A)
(8) If not, adjust the inboard servocontrol:

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-34-00-991-001)
(a) Remove the lockwire from the lock nut (2).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 544
Aug 01/10

LAN
Illustration of the THS servocontrol attachment
Figure 507/TASK 27-34-00-991-021

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 545
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(c) Disengage the lock washer (3).
(d) Turn the rod (4) (in the correct direction) until the upper
surface of the elevator touches the feeler gauge (11) in its
limit position.
(e) Engage the lock washer (3).
(f) TORQUE the lock nut (2) to between 3 and 3.5 m.daN (22.12 and
25.81 lbf.ft)
(g) Make sure that the adjustment does not change when you TORQUE the
lock nut.
(h) Safety the lock nut (2) with Lockwire-corrosion resistant steel
dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(9) Make sure that you can easily engage/disengage the rigging pin
into/from the elevator position transducer-unit (1).
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-34-00-991-009)
NOTE : The rigging pin is a part of the transducer unit.

____
If you cannot, adjust the length of the control rod (4):
(a) Cut and discard the lockwire from the nut (2) (transducer unit
side).
(b) Remove the bonding lead from the lock washer (3).
(c) Loosen the nuts (2).
(d) Disengage the lock washers (3).
(e) Turn the control rod body (4) until you can engage freely the
(f) Engage the lock washers (3) and tighten the nuts (2) on the rod
(4).
(g) Make sure that you can engage/disengage freely the rigging pin
(h) On the upper ECAM display unit, make sure that the ELAC 2 PITCH
FAULT warning is not shown.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 546
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(i) Safety the nut (2) (transducer unit side) with lockwire-corrosion
resistant steel dia 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).
(j) Install the bonding lead on the washer (3).

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
Subtask 27-34-00-869-092
B. Servoing Change
(a) Release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches
(a) Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches (on
these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends are off).
(b) Make sure that the F/CTL ELAC 1 FAULT or F/CTL ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT
warning is not shown on the upper ECAM display unit.
Subtask 27-34-00-820-060
C. Adjustment of the Outboard Servocontrol of the Right Elevator
NOTE : At this step, the inboard servocontrol (Yellow) is in the damping

____
mode. The outboard servocontrol (Blue) is in the active mode.

(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 27-34-00-991-020)
1
R - remove and discard the cotter pin (10) .
2

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 547
Aug 01/10

LAN
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 27-34-00-991-021)
1
2

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).

R - Install the locking cup (11), the new cotterpin (10) or lockwasher
R (15).

(24).
(6) Make sure that the contact of the setting bar (10) between the yoke
(8) and the THS surface is correct.
bar and make sure that the gap between the upper surface of the
elevator and the end part of the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING
(98D27309006000) (10) is in the limits of the feeler gauge (11).
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 27-34-00-991-011-A, 505/TASK 27-34-00-991-013-A)
If not, adjust the outboard servocontrol:
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-34-00-991-001)
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the lock nut (2).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 548
Aug 01/10

LAN
- the upper surface of the elevator touches the feeler gauge (11)
in its limit position
- you can easily engage/disengage the rigging pin into/from the
elevator position transducer-unit (1).
25.81 lbf.ft)
lock nut.
dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(i) Install the pointer of the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR,

AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001) on the trailing edge of the
elevator in front of the tail cone.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-34-00-991-023)
(j) Install a new reference triangle (8) on the tail cone with its
center in line with the pointer on the trailing edge of the
elevator (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-960-001).
(k) Remove the pointer of the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR,

AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001).

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
Subtask 27-34-00-080-053
D. Removal of the Tools
(1) Remove the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309006000) from the

upper surface of the right elevator.
(a) Remove the setting bar (10) from the yoke (8).
(b) Remove the two threaded pins (9) and the yoke.
(c) Install the two screws (7) on the access panel.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 549
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(2) Remove the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER
(98D27303000001).
Subtask 27-34-00-480-055

left side:
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 27-34-00-991-011-A)
(a) Remove the two screws (7) from the access panel.
(b) Install the yoke (8) on the THS.

(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 27-34-00-991-013-A)
(c) Install the two threaded pins (9) on the yoke (8).
(d) Install the setting bar (10) on the yoke (8).

(98D27303000001), at the trailing edge of the elevator, between the
two servocontrols.
Subtask 27-34-00-820-061
F. Adjustment of the Inboard Servocontrol of the Left Elevator
these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends goes off).
(b) Make sure that there is no F/CTL ELAC 2 FAULT or F/CTL ELAC 2
PITCH FAULT warning on the upper ECAM display unit.
(on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends comes on).
NOTE : At this step, the inboard servocontrol (Green) is in the

____
active mode. The outboard servocontrol (Blue) is in the
damping mode.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 550
Aug 01/10
R
LAN

(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 27-34-00-991-020)
1
2

(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 27-34-00-991-021)
1
2

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).

R (15).

(24).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 551
Aug 01/10

LAN
bar and make sure that the setting bar (10) between the yoke (8) and
the THS surface is correct.
(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 27-34-00-991-013-A)
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 27-34-00-991-011-A)

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-34-00-991-001)
surface of the elevator touches the feeler gauge (11) in its
limit position.
25.81 lbf.ft)
lock nut.
dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(11) Make sure that you can engage/disengage the rigging pin easily
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-34-00-991-009)
NOTE : The rigging pin is a part of the transducer unit.

____
side).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 552
Feb 01/10
R
LAN
rigging pin of the transducer unit (1).
(f) On the upper ECAM display unit, make sure that the ELAC 2 PITCH
(g) Safety the nut (2) (transducer unit side) with lockwire-corrosion
(h) Install the bonding lead on the washer (3).

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
Subtask 27-34-00-869-093
G. Servoing Change
(a) Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC1 pushbutton switches (on
(b) Make sure that the F/CTL ELAC 1 FAULT or F/CTL ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 553
Feb 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-34-00-820-062
H. Adjustment of the Outboard Servo control of the Left Elevator
NOTE : At this step, the inboard servocontrol (Green) is in the damping

____

(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 27-34-00-991-020)
1
2

(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 27-34-00-991-021)
1
2

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).

R (15).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 554
Aug 01/10

LAN
(24).
(6) Push with your hands on the front and the on the middle of the
setting bar and make sure that the contact of the setting bar (10)
between the yoke (8) and the THS surface is correct.
(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 27-34-00-991-013-A)
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 27-34-00-991-011-A)
(8) If not, adjust the outboard servocontrol:

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-34-00-991-001)
- the upper surface of the elevator touches the feeler gauge (11)
in its limit position
- you can easily engage/disengage the rigging pin into/from the
25.81 lbf.ft)
lock nut.
dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).

RUDDER (98D27303000001) on the trailing edge of the elevator in front
of the tail cone.
R (Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-34-00-991-023)

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 555
Feb 01/10

LAN
(10) Install a new reference triangle (8) on the tail cone with its center
in line with the pointer on the trailing edge of the elevator
(Ref. TASK 11-00-00-960-001).

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
Subtask 27-34-00-480-056
J. Removal of the tools

RUDDER (98D27303000001).

upper surface of the left elevator
(d) Install the protector (13) and the screw (12) on the setting bar
(10).
(e) Install the other protectors on the setting bar.

(98D27303000001).
Subtask 27-34-00-710-057
K. Test
(1) Preparation for the test
(a) Removal of the tools
1
_ Remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER
(0U190360) (5) from the screwjack of the THS actuator (6).
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-34-00-991-001)
2
_ Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) from the
CAPT and F/O side sticks.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 556
Feb 01/10
R
LAN
(b) On the overhead panel 24VU:
1
_ Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC2 pushbutton switches
(on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends go off).

001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-00-860-072
items.

002).
Subtask 27-34-00-410-063
B. Close Access.
001):

R

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 557
Feb 01/10

LAN
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 301-399,
TASK 27-34-00-820-003- 01
Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation to 0.5 Degrees Nose-Up with
the Gauge-Elevator Neutral Setting (98D27309002000)
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adhesive paper tape

No specific pointer
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
(4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-34-00

Page 558
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

in.)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 reference triangle 11-21-27 02 -010

10 cotter pin 27-34-07 11 -030
10 cotterpin 27-34-07 11 -030
17 cotter pin 27-34-07 11 -020A
20 cotter pin 27-34-07 11 -030
20 cotter pin 27-34-07 12C-020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-34-00-200-001 Check of the Elevator Servo Controls and Hinge
Bearings for too much Play and Condition
Actuation
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-34-00

Page 559
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-34-00-991-001 Fig. 502
27-34-00-991-009 Fig. 503
27-34-00-991-020 Fig. 506
27-34-00-991-021 Fig. 507
27-34-00-991-010 Fig. 508
27-34-00-991-008 Fig. 509
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-010-066
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position in zone
312.
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position in these
zones:
001):
(a) 334DB, 334AT 334BB for the left elevator.
(b) 344DB, 344AT 344BB for the right elevator.

access door 822.

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-34-00

Page 560
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-34-00-865-062
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-34-00-860-073

002).

- make sure that the 3 OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are in OFF
position.



001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-34-00

Page 561
May 01/11

LAN
are set to 0.
(8) Make sure that the F/CTL ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT warning does not comes
into view on the upper ECAM display unit.
ECAM display unit.
Subtask 27-34-00-480-057
(98D27903500000).
persons not to move the side sticks.

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-34-00-991-001)
(4) Do a check of the play of the elevators (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-200-001).

RUDDER (98D27303000001) at the trailing edge of the elevator, in
front of the tail cone.
(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 27-34-00-991-010)
(6) Install an adhesive paper tape on the tail cone in front of the
pointer.
(7) Install the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309002000):

(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 27-34-00-991-008)
(a) Remove the pin (2) and the wedge (3) from the side plates (6).
(b) Turn the adjuster knob (11) counterclockwise until the setting
bar (10) is in its highest position.

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-34-00

Page 562
May 01/11

LAN
Adjustment of the Elevator to 0.5 Degrees nose-up
Figure 508/TASK 27-34-00-991-010

R

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 563
Feb 01/10

LAN
Figure 509/TASK 27-34-00-991-008

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-34-00

Page 564
May 01/11

LAN
(c) Install the tool (1) on the hinge bearing of the elevator and the
THS:
1
_ The rib (7) (hinge arm n⁰1) must be between the side plates
(6).
2
_ The abutment block (8) must touch the rib (7).
3
_ The stop (4) must touch the elevator hinge bearing (5).
(d) Install the pin (2) through the side plates (6) and the stop (4).
(e) Install the wedge (3) through the side plates (6).
(f) Put the gauge (12) (5th mark) between the setting bar (10) and
the abutment block (8).
(g) Turn the adjuster knob (11) to lower the setting bar (10) until:
1
_ The pad (9) touches the THS.
2
_ The bottom of the setting bar (10) is to be 5 mm (0.1968 in.)
from the abutment block (8).

(98D27303000001) at the trailing edge of the elevator, between the
two servocontrols.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-34-00-820-063
A. Adjustment of the Inboard Servocontrol of the Right Elevator.
(1) On the maintenance panel 50VU, release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT

VALVES/G and HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B pushbutton switches. (the
OFF legends of the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G and HYD/LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/B come on).
NOTE : At this step, the inboard servocontrol (Yellow) is in the

____
active mode; the outboard servocontrol (Blue) is in the
damping mode.

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-34-00

Page 565
May 01/11

LAN

(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 27-34-00-991-020)
1
2

(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 27-34-00-991-021)
1
2

- Install the locking cup (11), the new cotterpin (10) or lockwasher
(15).

(24).

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-34-00

Page 566
May 01/11

LAN
(6) Put the gauge (12) between the upper surface of the elevator and the
bottom of the setting bar (10). The neutral position indication is 5
plus or minus 0.5.

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-34-00-991-001)
surface of the elevator touches the gauge (12) at 5 mm position.
25.81 lbf.ft)
(g) Make sure that the torque does not change the adjustment.
(8) Remove the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309002000).
(9) Adjust the right Yellow inboard servocontrol to the new neutral
position:
(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 27-34-00-991-010)
(a) On the tail cone, record the position of the elevator, and
identify it as the nominal position.
(b) On the tail cone, mark the new elevator neutral position at 9
+0.5 -0.5 mm (0.3543 +0.0196 -0.0196 in.) above the nominal
position as recorded before.
(c) Loosen the lock nut (2).
(d) Disengage the lock washer (3).
(e) Turn the rod (4) (in the correct direction), until the pointer is
aligned with the new elevator position mark on the tail cone.
(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 27-34-00-991-010)
(f) Engage the lock washer (3).

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-34-00

Page 567
May 01/11

LAN
(g) TORQUE the lock nut (2) to between 3 and 3.5 m.daN (22.12 and
25.81 lbf.ft)
(h) Make sure that the torque does not change the adjustment.
(i) Safety the lock nut (2) with Lockwire-corrosion resistant steel
dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-34-00-991-009)
NOTE : The rigging pin is part of the transducer-unit.

____
side).
(f) Engage the lock washers (3) and tighten the nut (2) on the rod
(4).
into from the elevator position transducer-unit (1).

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-34-00

Page 568
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-34-00-869-096
B. Servoing Change
(1) On the maintenance panel 50VU, push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B
and release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switches.
(the OFF legends of the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B goes off, the
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y comes on).
(b) Make sure that the F/CTL ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT warning is not shown
on the upper ECAM display unit.
Subtask 27-34-00-820-067
C. Adjustment of the Outboard Servocontrol of the Right Elevator
NOTE : At this step, the inboard servocontrol (Yellow) is in the damping

____

(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 27-34-00-991-020)
1
2

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-34-00

Page 569
May 01/11

LAN
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 27-34-00-991-021)
1
2

- Install the locking cup (11) , the new cotterpin (10) or lockwasher
(15).

(24).

(98D27303000001).
NOTE : Use the new elevator neutral position written on the tail cone
____
to do the adjustment.
(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 27-34-00-991-010)
(6) Adjust the outboard servocontrol to the new neutral position:

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-34-00-991-001)

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-34-00

Page 570
May 01/11

LAN
1
_ The pointer on the trailing edge of the elevator is in line
with the mark made before on the adhesive tape.
2
_ You can easily engage/disengage the rigging pin into/from the
25.81 lbf.ft)
lock nut.
dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(i) Remove the adhesive paper tape.
(j) Install a new reference triangle (8) on the tail cone with its
center in line with the pointer on the trailing edge of the
elevator (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-960-001).
(k) Depressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-

003).
Subtask 27-34-00-480-060

left side:
(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 27-34-00-991-008)
(a) Remove the pin (2) and the wedge (3) from the side plates (6).
(b) Turn the adjuster knob (11) counterclockwise until the setting
bar (10) is in its highest position.
(c) Install the tool (1) on the hinge bearing of the elevator and
THS:
- the rib (7) must be between the side plates (6).
- the abutment block (8) must touch the rib (7).
- the stop (4) must touch the elevator hinge bearing (5).

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-34-00

Page 571
May 01/11

LAN
(d) Install the pin (2) through the side plates (6) and the stop (4).
(e) Install the wedge (3) through the side plates (6).
(f) Put the gauge (12) (5th mark) between the setting bar (10) and
the abutment block (8).
(g) Turn the adjuster knob (11) to lower the setting bar (10) until:
1
_ The pad (9) touches the THS.
2
_ The bottom of the setting bar (10) is to be 5 mm (0.1968 in.)
from the abutment block (8).

(98D27303000001) at the trailing edge of the elevator between the two
servocontrols.

RUDDER (98D27303000001) from the right side and install it on the
left side, on the trailing edge of the elevator, in front of the tail
cone.
(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 27-34-00-991-010)
(4) Install an adhesive paper tape on the tail cone in front of the
pointer .
Subtask 27-34-00-820-068
E. Adjustment of the Inboard Servocontrol of the Left Elevator
(1) On the maintenance panel 50VU, push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G
pushbutton switch. (the OFF legend of the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/G goes off).


- push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches (on
these pushbutton switches, the FAULT and OFF legends are off).
NOTE : At this step, the inboard servocontrol (Green) is in the

____
active mode; the outboard servocontrol (Blue) is in the
damping mode.

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-34-00

Page 572
May 01/11

LAN

(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 27-34-00-991-020)
1
2

(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 27-34-00-991-021)
1
2

(15).

(24).

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-34-00

Page 573
May 01/11

LAN
(8) Put the gauge (12) between the upper surface of the elevator and the
bottom of the setting bar (10). The neutral position indication is 5
plus or minus 0.5.
(9) If not, adjust the inboard servocontrol as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-34-00-991-001)
surface of the elevator touches the gauge (12) at 5 mm position.
25.81 lbf.ft)
(g) Make sure that the torque does not change the adjustment.
(10) Remove the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309002000).
(11) Adjust the left Green inboard servocontrol to the new neutral
position:
(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 27-34-00-991-010)
(a) On the tail cone, record the position of the elevator, and
identify it as the nominal position.
(b) On the tail cone, mark the new elevator neutral position at 9
+0.5 -0.5 mm (0.3543 +0.0196 -0.0196 in.) above the nominal
position as recorded before.
(c) Loosen the lock nut (2).
(d) Disengage the lock washer (3).
(e) Turn the rod (4) (in the correct direction), until the pointer is
aligned with the new elevator position mark on the tail cone.
(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 27-34-00-991-010)
(f) Engage the lock washer (3).

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-34-00

Page 574
May 01/11

LAN
(g) TORQUE the lock nut (2) to between 3 and 3.5 m.daN (22.12 and
25.81 lbf.ft)
(h) Make sure that the torque does not change the adjustment.
(i) Safety the lock nut (2) with Lockwire-corrosion resistant steel
dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-34-00-991-009)
NOTE : The rigging pin is a part of the transducer-unit.

____
If you cannot, adjust the length of the control rod (4) as follows:
side).
(f) Engage the washers (3) and tighten the nuts (2) on the rod (4).

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-34-00

Page 575
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-34-00-869-095
F. Servoing Change
(1) On the maintenance panel 50VU, push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/B
pushbutton switch and release the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G
pushbutton switch. (the OFF legend of the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/B pushbutton switch goes off, the OFF legend of the HYD/LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch comes on).
(b) Make sure that the F/CTL ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT warning is not shown
on the upper ECAM display unit.
Subtask 27-34-00-820-065
G. Adjustment of the Outboard Servocontrol of the Left Elevator
NOTE : At this step, the inboard servocontrol (Green) is in the damping

____

(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 27-34-00-991-020)
1
2

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-34-00

Page 576
May 01/11

LAN
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 27-34-00-991-021)
1
2

(15).

(24).

(98D27303000001).
NOTE : Use the new elevator neutral position written on the tail cone
____
to do the adjustment.
(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 27-34-00-991-010)
If not, adjust the outboard servocontrol:
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-34-00-991-001)
(6) Remove and discard the lockwire from the lock nut (2).
(7) Loosen the lock nut (2).
(8) Disengage the lock washer (3).

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-34-00

Page 577
May 01/11

LAN
(9) Turn the rod (4) (in the correct direction) until:
(a) The pointer on the trailing edge of the elevator is in line with
the mark made before on the adhesive tape.
(b) You can easily engage/disengage the rigging pin into/from the
(10) Engage the lock washer (3).
(11) TORQUE the lock nut (2) to between 3 and 3.5 m.daN (22.12 and 25.81
lbf.ft)
(12) Make sure that the adjustment does not change when you TORQUE the
lock nut.
(13) Safety the lock nut (2) with Lockwire-corrosion resistant steel dia
0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(14) Remove the adhesive paper tape.
(15) Install a new reference triangle (8) on the tail cone with its center
in line with the pointer on the trailing edge of the elevator
(Ref. TASK 11-00-00-960-001).
Subtask 27-34-00-710-058
H. Test
(1) Preparation for the test
(a) Removal of the tools
1
_ Remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER
(0U190360) (5) from the screwjack of the THS actuator (6).
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-34-00-991-001)
2
_ Remove the pointer of the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR,
AILERON, RUDDER (98D27303000001).
3
_ Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) from the
CAPT and F/O side sticks.

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-34-00

Page 578
May 01/11

LAN
(b) On the overhead panel 24VU:
1
_ Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC2 pushbutton switches
(on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends go off).

001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-00-860-074

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
items.

002).
Subtask 27-34-00-410-064
B. Close Access.
001):
(a) 334DB, 334AT 334BB for the left elevator.
(b) 344DB, 344AT 344BB for the right elevator.

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-34-00

Page 579
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-34-00-760-001
Electrical Test of the Elevator Servo Controls
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To confirm the cause of an elevator servocontrol fault (flight control

computer, aircraft wiring or servocontrol).
In this procedure, you will interchange the wiring between two servocontrols
(the one that you think is unserviceable and one that you know is
serviceable).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

99D27303500000 1 SWITCH SERV. CTL ELEV

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 580
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-96-00-710-020 Operational Test of the Side Stick Assembly

(Activation for the BITE Test)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-079

29-10-00-864-003).
Subtask 27-34-00-865-065
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 581
Nov 01/10

LAN
R
Subtask 27-34-00-941-070
R (1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to use these
controls:
- The CAPT and F/O side sticks
- The pitch trim control-wheels.
(2) Put WARNING NOTICES in position to tell persons not to operate the
hydraulic systems.
Subtask 27-34-00-010-069
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at zone
334 and zone 344.
(2) Open the trailing edge access-panels 334DB and 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-
13-11-000-001).
Subtask 27-34-00-480-062
E. Installation of the Tool
(1) If the fault is on the servocontrol:
(a) For 34CE1 or 34CE2:

- Disconnect the electrical connectors 34CE1-A, 34CE1-B, 34CE1-C,
49CE1, 34CE2-A, 34CE2-B, 34CE2-C and 49CE2.
(b) For 34CE3 or 34CE4:

- Disconnect the electrical connectors 34CE3-A, 34CE3-B, 34CE3-C,
49CE1, 34CE4-A, 34CE4-B, 34CE4-C and 49CE2.
(2) Connect the SWITCH SERV. CTL ELEV (99D27303500000) to the

disconnected electrical connectors.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 582
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-34-00-865-066
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-34-00-760-050
A. Electrical Test of the Elevator Servo Controls
(1) Do the operational test of the side stick assembly (Activation for
the BITE test) (Ref. TASK 27-96-00-710-020).
(2) Do a BITE Test of the EFCS (Ground Scanning) (Ref. TASK 27-96-00-740-
001):
(a) If the fault is the same, do a check of the aircraft wiring and
of the flight control computer (Ref. TSM).
(b) If the fault is on the other side, replace the defective

servocontrol.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 583
Nov 01/10

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-00-865-067
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-34-00-080-056
B. Removal of the Tool
(1) Disconnect the SWITCH SERV. CTL ELEV (99D27303500000).
(2) Connect these electrical connectors:
(a) For the servocontrol 34CE1 or 34CE2:

- 34CE1-A, 34CE1-B, 34CE1-C, 49CE1, 34CE2-A, 34CE3-B, 34CE4-C and
49CE2.
(b) For the servocontrol 34CE3 or 34CE4:

- 34CE3-A, 34CE3-B, 34CE3-C, 49CE1, 34CE4-A, 34CE4-B, 34CE4-C and
49CE2.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 584
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-34-00-865-068
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-34-00-410-067
D. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the trailing edge access-panels 334DB and 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-
13-11-400-001).
Subtask 27-34-00-942-075

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 585
Nov 01/10

LAN
ELEVATOR AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________________________
TASK 27-34-00-200-001
Check of the Elevator Servo Controls and Hinge Bearings for too much Play and
Condition
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To make sure that :
- the elevator servocontrol bearings and the hinge bearings that attach the
elevators to the structure are in good condition.
To measure the play at the trailing edge of the elevators.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 601
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-34-00-200-002 Check of the Elevator Servo Control Oscillations.
27-34-51-000-001 Removal of the Elevator Servo Control
27-34-51-200-001 In Service Wear Limits of the Elevator Servo-Control
Attach-Fittings
27-34-51-400-001 Installation of the Elevator Servo Control
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump
55-16-42-000-001 Removal of the Elevator Hinge Arm End Fittings
55-16-42-400-001 Installation of the Elevator Hinge Arm End Fittings
55-26-00-200-002 Check of Elevator Attachment Fittings for wear, LH/RH
27-34-00-991-014 Fig. 601
27-34-00-991-002 Fig. 602
R 27-34-00-991-024 Fig. 603
R 27-34-00-991-025 Fig. 604
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-060

002)


EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 602
May 01/11

LAN
switch is pushed (the OFF and FAULT legends are off).
switch is pushed (the OFF and FAULT legends are off).
Subtask 27-34-00-010-063
B. Get Access

access door 822.
(a) Open the access door 822.
(b) On the battery power center 105VU:

(a) at zone 334 for the left elevator.
(b) at zone 344 for the right elevator.
(3) Open the THS trailing edge access-panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-
001):
(a) 334BB, 334DB, 334FB, 334HB for the left elevator.
(b) 344BB, 344DB, 344FB, 344HB for the right elevator.
Subtask 27-34-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 603
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-34-00-863-055
D. Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001)

(Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
Subtask 27-34-00-480-050
ECAM display unit.

(98D27303000001) as follows:
- at the trailing edge of the elevator
- between the two servocontrols.

(98D27303022000) on the trailing edge of the elevator.
NOTE : Clean and make the tail-cone upper surface moist before you
____
attach the tool.

____
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-34-00-991-014)
side sticks.
not to use the pitch trim.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 604
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
R CHECK TOOL (DIGITAL) 98D27303022000 (Auto-recording Function)
R Figure 601/TASK 27-34-00-991-014

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 605
Nov 01/06

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 27-34-00-991-002, 603/TASK 27-34-00-991-024, 604/TASK

27-34-00-991-025)
Subtask 27-34-00-210-050
A. Check of the Elevator Servocontrols and Hinge Bearings for General

Condition
(1) Make sure that the liner is in the correct position between the
attachment hardware of the bearings (no migration of the liner).
____
lubricating).
If you can see the liner, replace the related servocontrol (Ref. TASK
27-34-51-000-001) (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-001) or hinge arm
end-fitting (Ref. TASK 55-16-42-000-001) (Ref. TASK 55-16-42-400-
001).
Subtask 27-34-00-220-052
B. Check of the Elevators for too much Play
NOTE : For monitoring and follow up of the play at the elevator trailing
____
edge, we recommend that the operators record the measured values
in their documentation.
(1) On the maintenance panel 50VU, release the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT/B
pushbutton switch (the OFF legend comes on).
NOTE : At this time, the inboard servocontrols are pressurized:

____
- by the Green hydraulic system for the left elevator.
- by the Yellow hydraulic system for the right elevator.
NOTE : If you see oscillations when the servocontrol is in active

____
mode, do a check of these oscillations.(Ref. TASK 27-34-00-
200-002)
NOTE : The check is only given for one surface. Do the same
____
operations for the other surface.
(2) On the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON, RUDDER

(98D27303000001), connect the GAGE ASSY - PUSH-PULL TOOL GAGE,ASSY-
PUSH-PULL (97A27003000007) (or equivalent).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 606
May 01/11

LAN
Adjustment of the Elevators
R Figure 602/TASK 27-34-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 607
Nov 01/06

LAN
R Elevator Trailing Edge Play - Check List
R Figure 603/TASK 27-34-00-991-024

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 608
May 01/11

LAN
R Elevator Trailing Edge Play - Measurement
R Figure 604/TASK 27-34-00-991-025

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 609
May 01/11

LAN
R (3) Apply a stable load of 30 daN (67.4426 lbf) in the up direction on
R the trailing edge.
R the down direction on the trailing edge.
(9) If the distance is more than 7 mm (0.2755 in.) between the two
positions:
1
_ Replace the Green elevator servocontrol (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-
000-001) (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-001).
2
_ If the distance stays more than 7 mm (0.2755 in.) do a check
of the Green elevator servocontrol fitting (Ref. TASK 27-34-
51-200-001).
3
_ If the distance stays more than 7 mm (0.2755 in.) do an
inspection/check of the elevator attach fittings (Ref. TASK
55-26-00-200-002).
R NOTE : This 7 mm (0.2755 in.) value includes 4 mm (0.1574 in.)

____
R of surface bending with 30 daN (67.4426 lbf) load
R applied .
R
1
_ Replace the Yellow elevator servocontrol (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-
000-001) (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-001).
2
_ If the distance stays more than 7 mm (0.2755 in.) do a check
of the Yellow elevator servocontrol fitting (Ref. TASK 27-34-
51-200-001).
3
_ If the distance stays more than 7 mm (0.2755 in.) do an
inspection/check of the elevator attach fittings (Ref. TASK
55-26-00-200-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 610
May 01/11

LAN
R NOTE : This 7 mm (0.2755 in.) value includes 4 mm (0.1574 in.)
____
R of surface bending with 30 daN (67.4426 lbf) load
R applied .
R
(10) On the maintenance panel 50VU :
(a) Release the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT/G pushbutton switch (the OFF
legend comes on).
(b) Release the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT/Y pushbutton switch (the OFF
legend comes on).
(c) Push the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT/B pushbutton switch (the OFF legend
goes off).
NOTE : At this time, the outboard servocontrols are pressurized:

____
- by the Blue hydraulic system for the left and right
elevators.
R the up direction on the trailing edge.
R the down direction on the trailing edge.
(17) If the distance is more than 7 mm (0.2755 in.) between the two
positions:
(a) Replace the Blue elevator servocontrol (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-

001) (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-001).
(b) If the distance stays more than 7 mm (0.2755 in.) do a check of

the Blue elevator servocontrol fitting (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-200-
001).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 611
May 01/11

LAN
(c) If the distance stays more than 7 mm (0.2755 in.) do a check of
the elevator fitting (Ref. TASK 55-26-00-200-002).
R NOTE : This 7 mm (0.2755 in.) value includes 4 mm (0.1574 in.) of

____
R surface bending with 30 daN (67.4426 lbf) load applied .
R
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-00-080-050

(98D27303022000) , the GAGE ASSY - PUSH-PULL TOOL GAGE,ASSY-PUSH-PULL
(97A27003000007) and the LOAD,APPLICATION TOOL-ELEVATOR, AILERON,
RUDDER (98D27303000001) from the elevator.
(2) Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) from the CAPT and
F/O side sticks.
items.
Subtask 27-34-00-860-061
B. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration
(1) On the maintenance panel 50VU :
(a) Push the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT/G pushbutton switch (the OFF legend
goes off).
(b) Push the HYD LEAK MEASUREMENT/Y pushbutton switch (the OFF legend
goes off).

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 612
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-34-00-410-054
C. Close Access
001):
(a) 334BB, 334DB, 334FB, 334HB for the left elevator.
(b) 344BB, 344DB, 344FB, 344HB for the right elevator.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 613
May 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-34-00-220-001
Check of the Position of the Fluid-Reserve Piston of the Elevator Servo Control
with the Hydraulic Reservoirs Depressurized
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific rule
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 614
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pump
Electric Pump
R 27-34-00-991-005 Fig. 605
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-010-057
A. Get Access
(2) Open the THS trailing edge access panels 334DB, 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-
13-11-000-001).
Subtask 27-34-00-865-063
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 615
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-34-00-860-050

002).

ECAM display unit.

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
R (Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 27-34-00-991-005)

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(7) Depressurize the hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
hydraulic systems:
- in the cockpit, on the HYD overhead panel 40VU,
- on the ground service panels.
(9) Put a warning notice on the access door 195BB to tell persons not to
pressurize the hydraulic reservoirs.
F/O side sticks.
(11) Put a warning notice on the CAPT and F/O side sticks to tell persons
not to touch the side sticks.
(12) Put a warning notice on the pitch-trim control wheels to tell

persons, not to use the pitch trim.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 616
May 01/11

LAN
Elevator Servo Control
R Figure 605/TASK 27-34-00-991-005

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 617
May 01/11

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-34-00-220-054
A. Check of the Position of the Fluid-Reserve Piston of the Elevator Servo

Control with the Hydraulic Reservoirs Depressurized
R (Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 27-34-00-991-005)
(1) After three hours, on the fluid reserve (2), with a rule make sure
that:
- If the indicator retracts more than 32 mm (1.2598 in.), the
pressure and return line closing valves are not sealed. You must
remove the servo control (1) for repair.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-00-410-057
A. Close Access
(1) Close the THS trailing edge access panels 334DB, 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-
13-11-400-001).
Subtask 27-34-00-860-051
B. Put the Aircraft Back to its Initial Configuration
F/O side sticks.
items.
(4) Pressurize the hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-002).

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 618
May 01/11

LAN
TASK 27-34-00-220-002
Check of the Differential-Pressure Indicator and of the Position of the Fluid-

Reserve Piston of the Elevator Servo Controls
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This task is only applicable for the elevator servocontrols P/N 31075-2XX or
P/N 31075-4XX.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0U145914 1 DRAINING TOOL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire 0.8 mm

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 619
May 01/11
R
LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 seal 27-34-51 01A-157

8 cotter pin 27-34-51 01A-160
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump
R 27-34-00-991-006 Fig. 606
R 27-34-00-991-007 Fig. 607
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-062

002).

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 620
May 01/11

LAN
F/O side sticks.
(4) Put a warning notice on the CAPT and F/O side stick to tell persons
not to touch the side sticks.
Subtask 27-34-00-010-058
B. Get Access
(2) Open the THS trailing edge access panels 334DB, 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-
13-11-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-34-00-210-052
A. Check of the Differential-Pressure Indicator and of the Position of the

Fluid-Reserve Piston of the Elevator Servo Controls

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
the hydraulic systems :
(a) In the cockpit, on the HYD section of the overhead panel 40VU.
(b) On the ground service panels of the hydraulic systems.
(4) Remove the protective plug from the differential pressure sensor (3).
(5) Cut and discard the lockwire on the protective plug (6) of the drain
system (4).
(6) Remove the cotter pin (8), the washer (7) and the protective plug (6)
of the drain system (4).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 621
May 01/11

LAN
Elevator Servo Control
R Figure 606/TASK 27-34-00-991-006

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 622
May 01/11

LAN
Differential Pressure Sensor and Drain System
R Figure 607/TASK 27-34-00-991-007

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 623
May 01/11

LAN
(7) Remove the obturator (5) and its seal.
(8) Install the DRAINING TOOL (0U145914) on the drain system (4).
(9) Drain the fluid reserve (2).
NOTE : When the fluid drains, make sure that the position indicator
____
of the fluid- reserve (2) piston moves continuously to maximum
retracted position.
Make sure that it stays in the retracted position.
If not, remove the servo control (1) for repair.
(10) Remove the DRAINING TOOL (0U145914).
(11) Push in the indicator of the differential pressure sensor (3).
(12) Make sure that it stays pushed in.

(13) Pressurize the hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001)

(Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(14) Make sure that :

- the indicator of the fluid-reserve (2) piston,
- the indicator of the differential pressure sensor (3)
are in the extended position.
(15) Install the protective plug on the differential pressure sensor (3).
(16) Install the obturator (5) and its seal.
NOTE : Make sure that the seal is in good condition, if not replace
____
it seal (5).
(17) Install the protective plug (6) on the drain system (4).
(18) Install the washer (7) and the new cotter pin (8).
(19) Secure with the lockwire 0.8 mm the protective plug (6) on the drain
system (4).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 624
May 01/11
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-00-860-063
(1) Depressurize the hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001)

(Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(2) Make sure that the level of hydraulic fluid in the (Green, Blue and
Yellow) reservoirs is correct.
Fill the reservoirs if necessary (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001).
F/O side sticks.
items.

002).
Subtask 27-34-00-410-058
B. Close Access
(1) Close the THS trailing edge access panels 334DB, 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-
13-11-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 625
May 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-34-00-200-002
Check of the Elevator Servo Control Oscillations.
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-34-51-000-008 Removal of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Servo
Valve
27-34-51-400-003 Installation of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator
Servo Valve

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 626
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power Supply
Electric Pump
27-93-34-000-001 Removal of the ELAC (2CE1,2CE2) (for corrective
action)
27-93-34-400-001 Installation of the ELAC (2CE1,2CE2) (for corrective
action)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-058

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
side sticks.
(4) Put the warning notices on the center pedestal, to tell persons not
to touch the pitch-trim control wheel.

- make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch is pushed (on
this pushbutton switch, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).

- make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch is pushed (on
this pushbutton switch, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 627
May 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-34-00-480-053
B. Installation of the Tools
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at zone 334 (344).

(98D27303022000) on the rear cone, near the trailing edge of the
elevator (left or right side).
(3) Put the pointer of the CHECK TOOL (ANALOG)-AILERON,ELEVATOR,RUDDER

(98D27303022000) at the trailing edge of the elevator.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-34-00-220-056
A. Check of the Oscillation of the Servo Control of the Left Elevator

servovalve of the servo control (34CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-008),
(Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-003).
If the fault continues, replace the ELAC2 (2CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-
000-001) and (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-400-001)
(3) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003). On

the dial indicator, measure the amplitude of the oscillations.
servovalve of the servo control (34CE3)(Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-008),
(Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-003).
If the fault continues, replace the ELAC1 (2CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-
000-001) and (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-400-001).
NOTE: If the check is done with SECs engaged instead of ELACs, the
maximum amplitude will be:
- 3 mm for pitch up order
- 2 mm for pitch down order.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 628
May 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-34-00-220-057
B. Check of the Oscillation of the Servo Control of the Right Elevator
(2) If the amplitude is more than 1 mm (0.0393 in.), replace the

servovalve of the servo control (34CE4)(Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-008),
(Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-003).
If the fault continues, replace the ELAC 1 (2CE1) (Ref. TASK 27-93-
34-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-400-001).
(4) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001).
(5) If the amplitude is more than 1 mm (0.0393 in.), replace the

servovalve of the servo control (34CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-008),
(Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-003).
If the fault continues, replace the ELAC 2 (2CE2) (Ref. TASK 27-93-
34-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 27-93-34-400-001).
NOTE: If the check is done with SECs engaged instead of ELACs, the
maximum amplitude will be:
- 3 mm for pitch up order
- 2 mm for pitch down order.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-00-860-059
(1) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-

001).

(98D27303022000).
(3) Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000).

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 629
May 01/11
R
LAN
(5) Remove the maintenance equipment.
(a) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and
other items.
(b) Remove the warning notice(s).
(c) Remove the access platform(s).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 630
May 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-34-00-220-003
Check of the Position of the Reference Triangle on the Tail Cone
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To do a check of the position of the reference triangle on the tail cone.
NOTE : This task lets you know if the position of the reference triangle on
____
the tail cone is approximately correct. To do an accurate check of
the reference triangle position, it is necessary to use the
Gauge-Elevator Neutral Setting tool and the procedure given in AMM
task 273400-820-00300.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-34-00-820-003 Adjustment of the Elevator and Hydraulic Actuation to

0.5 Degrees Nose-Up with the Gauge-Elevator Neutral
Setting (98D27309006000)
Setting (98D27309002000)
R 27-34-00-991-012 Fig. 608

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 631
May 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-860-075
to pressurize the hydraulic systems.
Subtask 27-34-00-010-067
B. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position under the
left elevator.
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 608/TASK 27-34-00-991-012)
Subtask 27-34-00-220-058-A
A. Check of the Position of the Reference Triangle
(1) Make a mark at 780 mm (30.7086 in.) from the forward corner of the
APU access door 315AL.
(2) From this mark, measure the distance along the skin between the edge
of the stucture and the center of the triangle.
NOTE : The position of the triangle must be between 386 mm (15.1968

____
in.) and 402 mm (15.8267 in.).
(a) If the position of the triangle is not between these two values:
- do not adjust the elevators with the reference triangle
- adjust the elevators with the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING
(98D27309002000) or GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING
(98D27309006000), (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-003) or (Ref. TASK
27-34-00-820-003).
(b) If the position of the triangle is between these two values:

- the position of the triangle is correct; no maintenance action
is necessary.
(3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position under the
right elevator.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 632
May 01/11

LAN
Triangle Reference on the Tail Cone
R Figure 608/TASK 27-34-00-991-012

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 633
May 01/11

LAN
(4) Make a mark at 780 mm (30.7086 in.) from the forward corner of the
APU access door 316AR.
(5) From this mark, measure the distance along the skin between the edge
of the stucture and the center of the triangle.
NOTE : The position of the triangle must be between 386 mm (15.1968

____
in.) and 402 mm (15.8267 in.).
(a) If the position of the triangle is not between these two values:
- do not adjust the elevators with the reference triangle
- adjust the elevators with the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING
(98D27309002000) or GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING
(98D27309006000), (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-003) or (Ref. TASK
27-34-00-820-003).
(b) If the position of the triangle is between these two values:

- the position of the triangle is correct; no maintenance action
is necessary.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-00-410-065
A. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 634
May 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-34-00-280-001
Removal of the Elevator Servo Controls for Functional check of the return
relief valve in workshop
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the return relief valve operates correctly.
This task is only applicable for the elevator servocontrols P/N 31075-1XX or
P/N 31075-3XX.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CMM 273452
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-020-052
A. Remove the elevator servo controls (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-34-00-280-050
A. Do a test of the return relief valve in the workshop (Ref. CMM 273452)
(Testing and Fault Isolation, Para. 4(a)) .
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-00-420-051
A. Install the elevator servo controls (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 635
May 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-34-00-200-003
Check of Elevator Neutral Position and Servo Control Installation
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific threaded pins

98D27309009002 1 COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 636
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
with the Gauge-Elevator Neutral Setting
(98D27309002000)
27-34-51-000-009 Removal of the Servo Control Actuator Eye-End
27-34-51-200-001 In Service Wear Limits of the Elevator Servo-Control
Attach-Fittings
27-34-51-400-006 Installation of the Servo Control Actuator Eye-End
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump
R 27-34-00-991-015 Fig. 609
R 27-34-00-991-016 Fig. 610
R 27-34-00-991-017 Fig. 611
R 27-34-00-991-018 Fig. 612
R 27-34-00-991-019 Fig. 613

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 637
May 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-00-010-068
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position in zone
312.
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position in these
zones:
(4) Open the THS trailing-edge access-panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-

001):

access door 822.


EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 638
May 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-34-00-865-064
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-34-00-860-076

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

- make sure that the three OFF/NAV/ATT selector switches are in OFF
position.

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) and
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
are set to 0.
(98D27903500000).
(7) Put warning notices on the CAPT and F/O side sticks to tell persons
not to move the side sticks.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 639
May 01/11
R
LAN
ECAM display unit.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-34-00-200-050
A. Check of the Installation of the Servo Controls (34CE1, 34CE2, 34CE3,

34CE4)
R (Ref. Fig. 609/TASK 27-34-00-991-015)
(1) Move the elevator by hand at the upper position and install the
COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009002) or COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
(98D27309009003) on the servo control.
(2) Make sure that the installation of the servo-control actuator eye-end
is correct:
- Make sure that the key washer (3) is fully engaged on the
servo-control fitting (4).
- Make sure that the face serrations of the locking washer (2) and
the key washer (3) are fully engaged.
- Make sure that the torque value of the lock nut (1) is between 3
m.daN (22.12 lbf.ft) and 3.5 m.daN (25.81 lbf.ft).
(a) If one of the above points is not correct, do these steps:
1
_ Remove the servo-control actuator eye-end (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-
000-009).
2
_ Do an inspection of the threads of the eye-end for wear, marks
and scratches.
3
_ Do an inspection of the locking washer (2) and the key washer
(3) for wear on the face serrations.
a
_ If an item is not correct, you must repair the full unit
(Ref. CMM 273452).
b
_ If all items are correct, install the servo-control
actuator eye-end (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-006).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 640
May 01/11

LAN
Elevator Eye-end Correct Installation
R Figure 609/TASK 27-34-00-991-015

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 641
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-34-00-420-052
B. Check of the Attachments Torque Values of the Servo-Controls (34CE1,

34CE2, 34CE3, 34CE4)
(1) Make sure that the torque values of the servo-control attachments are
correct (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-001).
(a) If the torque values are not correct, do a check of the

servo-control attachments (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-200-001).
(b) Make sure that the torque values of the servo-control attachments
are correct (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-001).
(2) Remove the COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009002) or COLLAR DEPTH

ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) .
Subtask 27-34-00-480-061
C. Installation of the Tools

27-34-00-991-018)


right side:
(a) Remove the screw (12) and the protector (13) from the setting bar
(10).
(b) Remove the other protectors from the setting bar.
(c) Remove the two screws (7) from the access panel.
(d) Install the yoke (8) on the THS.

(e) Install the two threaded pins (9) on the yoke (8).
(f) Install the setting bar (10) on the yoke (8).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 642
May 01/11

LAN
Installation of the Pin-rigging
R Figure 610/TASK 27-34-00-991-016

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 643
May 01/11

LAN
R Figure 611/TASK 27-34-00-991-017

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 644
May 01/11

LAN
Installation of the Yoke
R Figure 612/TASK 27-34-00-991-018

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 645
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-34-00-860-078
D. Preparation for the Adjustment
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU REMOVE THE COLLAR-ELEVATOR SERVO CONTROL
_______
SAFETY BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE THE ELEVATOR SERVO CONTROL. IF
YOU DO NOT REMOVE THE COLLAR, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
ELEVATOR SERVO CONTROL.

29-10-00-863-003).

(the OFF legends come on).

switches are pushed (the FAULT and OFF legends are off).
(4) On the upper ECAM display unit:

- make sure that the F/CTL ELAC 2 FAULT or F/CTL ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT
warning is not shown.
(5) On the maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the HYD/LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/G, B and Y pushbutton switches are pushed (the OFF
legends are off).
Subtask 27-34-00-820-071
E. Check of the Adjustment of the Elevator Servocontrol

27-34-00-991-019)
NOTE : At this step, the right inboard servocontrol (Yellow) is in the

____
active mode. The right outboard servocontrol (Blue) is in the
damping mode.
bar and make sure that the contact of the setting bar (10) between
the yoke (8) and the THS surface is correct.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 646
May 01/11

LAN
Elevator Position Transducer Unit
R Figure 613/TASK 27-34-00-991-019

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 647
May 01/11

LAN
(3) Make sure that you can easily engage/disengage the rigging pin
(4) If the servocontrol or the transducer unit is not adjusted, do this

procedure (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-003).
CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switches (the OFF legends come on).
pushbutton switches (the OFF legends go off).
(7) Make sure that the F/CTL ELAC 1 FAULT or F/CTL ELAC 1 PITCH FAULT
NOTE : At this step, the right inboard servocontrol (Yellow) is in

____
the damping mode. The right outboard servocontrol (Blue) is in
the active mode.
(8) Do steps (1) thru (4) again for the right outboard servocontrol.

upper surface of the right elevator.

upper surface of the left elevator.
NOTE : At this step, the left inboard servocontrol (Green) is in the

____
active mode. The left outboard servocontrol (Blue) is in the
damping mode.
(14) Do steps (1) thru (4) again for the left inboard servocontrol.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 648
May 01/11
R
LAN
NOTE : At this step, the left inboard servocontrol (Green) is in the

____
damping mode. The left outboard servocontrol (Blue) is in the
active mode.
(18) Do steps (1) thru (4) again for the left outboard servocontrol.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-00-080-055


upper surface of the left elevator.
(d) Install the protector (13) and the screw (12) on the setting bar
(10).
(e) Install the other protectors on the setting bar.
(2) Remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360)

(5) from the screwjack of the THS actuator (6).
F/O side sticks.
Subtask 27-34-00-860-077

29-10-00-864-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 649
May 01/11

LAN
items.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 27-34-00-410-066
C. Close Access
(2) Close the THS trailing-edge access-panels (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-400-

001):

EFF :

ALL 27-34-00

Page 650
May 01/11

LAN
ELEVATOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________
TASK 27-34-41-000-001
Removal of the Elevator
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
CAUTION : DO NOT CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACES. THE COMPONENTS ARE MADE OF
_______
CARBONFIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CRANE HEIGHT 15 M (50 FT)
98D27309008000 1 SLING-LIFTING, ELEVATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 401
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-92-13-000-001 Removal of the Elevator Position Transducer-Unit
49CE1, 49CE2
55-16-48-000-001 Removal of the Elevator Support Struts
R CMMM 552115
27-34-41-991-004 Fig. 401
27-34-41-991-001 Fig. 402
27-34-41-991-003-A Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-34-41-991-004)
Subtask 27-34-41-860-051
(1) Make sure that the elevators and the trimmable horizontal stabilizer
are set to a neutral position.
Subtask 27-34-41-860-050
B. Depressurize Hydraulic Systems
29-10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 402
Feb 01/11

LAN
Hoist Points Plugs
Figure 401/TASK 27-34-41-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 403
May 01/00

LAN
Subtask 27-34-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-34-41-481-050
D. Install Locking Pins.
(1) Put the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING in the CAPT and F/O side stick
controllers.
Subtask 27-34-41-941-050
E. Safety Precautions
(3) Put the access platform in position at zone 334 for theleft hand
elevator and/or zone 344 for the right hand elevator.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 404
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-34-41-010-050
F. Access
(1) Open the THS lower trailing edge access panels of the horizontal
stabilizer. 334BB, 344BB, 334DB, 344DB, 334FB, 344FB, 334GB, 344GB,
334HB, 344HB (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001).
Subtask 27-34-41-020-052
G. Hoisting Lugs
(1) Remove the hoist point plugs (10).
R (2) Install the hoisting lugs.
Subtask 27-34-41-480-050
H. Attach Support Equipment
R (1) Put the CRANE HEIGHT 15 M (50 FT) into position.
(2) Attach the SLING-LIFTING, ELEVATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION to the

hoisting points and to the crane.
(3) Operate the crane and slowly tighten the sling cables. Adjust the
turnbuckles as necessary to get an equal tension on all cables.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-34-41-991-001, 403/TASK 27-34-41-991-003-A)
Subtask 27-34-41-020-053
A. Removal of the Elevator
(1) Disconnect the bonding straps (elevator side).
(a) Remove the nuts (18), the washers (20) and the bolts (21) and
disconnect the bonding straps (19).
(2) Disconnect the elevator position transducer (Ref. TASK 27-92-13-000-

001)

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 405
Nov 01/10

LAN
Elevator-Removal/Installation.
Figure 402/TASK 27-34-41-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 406
May 01/00

LAN
R Elevator-Removal/Installation
R Figure 403/TASK 27-34-41-991-003-A

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 407
Aug 01/02

LAN
(3) Disconnect the elevator servo control units (elevator side).
(Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-001)
NOTE : Make sure that the harness connectors 49CE1, 49CE2 are
____
disconnected before removing the servo control units.
(4) Disconnect the elevator from the elevator hinge fitting No. 4.
(a) Disconnect the elevator support strut (16). (Ref. TASK 55-16-48-
000-001).
(b) Remove the sleeve (17).
NOTE : Make sure that the slevee (17) is remove from the hinge
____
fitting before you remove the elevator. Damage can occur.
(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (6).
(d) Remove the bolt (5) and the bush (4) from the hinge support.
(5) Disconnect the elevator from the elevator hinge fittings No. 1, 2, 3,
5 and 6.
(b) Remove the nut (7).
(c) Remove and discard the cotter pins (6).
(d) Remove the bolts (5) and the bushes (4) from all the hinge
supports.
(6) Carefully remove the elevator from the hinge arms and lower it onto a
correct support.
R WARNING : THIS PROCEDURE IS IN A CATEGORY KNOWN AS A CRITICAL DESIGN

_______
R CONFIGURATION CONTROL LIMITATION (CDCCL). YOU MUST KEEP ALL
R CDCCL ITEMS IN THE APPROVED CONFIGURATION. MAKE SURE THAT
R THE WEIGHT OF THE ELEVATOR IS IN THE SPECIFIED LIMITS.
(a) Make sure that the Elevator Weight is in the (Ref. CMMM 552115)
limits before you do maintenance procedures.
NOTE : Some maintenance procedures (repairs, paint work, etc.)

____
can cause the Elevator weight to increase.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 408
May 01/11

LAN
NOTE : Elevator weight can have an effect on the
____
interchangeability of the component. If the elevator
weight is out of the limits do not install it and contact
Airbus.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-41-080-050
A. Removal of Support Equipment
(1) Remove the sling from the elevators.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 409
May 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-34-41-400-001
Installation of the Elevator
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
IF YOU DO:
- RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
_______
GEAR.
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R No specific 1 CRANE HEIGHT 15 M (50 FT)

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
98D27309004000 2 PIN CENTERING. ELEVATOR INSTALLATION
98D27309008000 1 SLING-LIFTING, ELEVATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 410
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-008
(USE 11-008A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 6 cotter pins 27-34-07 21 -040

R 6 cotter pins 27-34-07 22 -040
R 6 cotter pins 27-34-07 24 -040
R 6 cotter pin 27-34-07 26 -010
R 6 cotter pin 27-34-07 26A-010
R 6 cotter pins 27-34-07 27 -040
R 6 cotter pins 27-34-07 28 -040
R 9 cotter pins 27-34-07 21 -060
R 9 cotter pins 27-34-07 22 -060
R 9 cotter pins 27-34-07 24 -060
R 9 cotter pins 27-34-07 27 -060
R 9 cotter pins 27-34-07 28 -060

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 411
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-28-00-869-002 Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values

Actuation
Setting (98D27309006000)
27-92-13-400-001 Installation of the Elevator Position Transducer-Unit
49CE1, 49CE2
55-16-48-400-001 Installation of the Elevator Support Struts
55-24-11-000-001 Removal of the Elevator Tips and Inboard End Caps.
55-24-11-400-001 Installation of the Elevator Tips and End Caps.
R CMM 552115
27-34-41-991-004 Fig. 401
27-34-41-991-001 Fig. 402
27-34-41-991-003-A Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-34-41-991-004)
Subtask 27-34-41-860-052
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
(2) Make sure that the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING is in the CAPT and F/O side
stick controllers.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 412
May 01/11

LAN
not to operate the hydraulic systems.
(5) Make sure that the access platforms are in position at zone 334
and/or zone 344.
(6) Make sure that the THS lower trailing edge access panels are opened
334BB, 344BB, 334DB, 344DB, 334FB, 344FB, 334GB, 344GB, 334HB, 344HB.
(Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001).
(7) Make sure that the trimmable horizontal stabilizer is set to the
neutral position.
Subtask 27-34-41-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-34-41-210-050
C. Visual Inspection
Subtask 27-34-41-560-050
D. Preparation for Installation
R WARNING : THIS PROCEDURE IS IN A CATEGORY KNOWN AS A CRITICAL DESIGN

_______
R CONFIGURATION CONTROL LIMITATION (CDCCL). YOU MUST KEEP ALL
R CDCCL ITEMS IN THE APPROVED CONFIGURATION. MAKE SURE THAT THE
R WEIGHT OF THE ELEVATOR IS IN THE SPECIFIED LIMITS.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 413
May 01/11

LAN
R (1) Make sure that the Elevator weight is in the (Ref. CMM 552115) limits
before you do maintenance procedures.
NOTE : Some maintenance procedures (repairs, paint work, etc.) can

____
cause the Elevator weight to increase.
NOTE : Elevator weight can have an effect on the interchangeability

____
of the component. If the Elevator weight is out of the limits
do not install it and contact Airbus.
(2) Prepare the elevator for installation.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(a) If you replace the elevator, remove these items from the removed
elevator and install them to the new elevator.
- elevator tips and end caps (Ref. TASK 55-24-11-000-001)
(Ref. TASK 55-24-11-400-001).
- static dischargers. (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-000-001) (Ref. TASK 23-
61-41-400-001).
(b) Clean all connecting hardware with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-003) and examine for damage and corrosion.
(c) Clean all attach fittings with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
008) and examine for damage and corrosion.
(d) On a new elevator remove the hoist point plugs (10) and install
the hoisting lugs.
R (e) Put the CRANE HEIGHT 15 M (50 FT) into position.
(f) Attach the SLING-LIFTING, ELEVATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION to the

crane and to the hoisting lugs.
(g) Operate the crane and slowly tighten the sling cables. Adjust the
turnbuckles as necessary to get an equal tension to all cables.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 414
May 01/11

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-34-41-420-051
A. Installation
(1) Remove the support connections, lift the elevator clear of the
support and move it to the installation position.
(2) Install the PIN CENTERING. ELEVATOR INSTALLATION (98D27309004000) to

the hinge fittings No. 2 and 6.
(3) Connect the elevator to the elevator hinge fittings No. 1, 3 and 5:
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (4) and
install them.
(b) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bolts (5) and
install them.
(c) Safety the bolts (5) with cotter pins (6).
(d) Install the nuts (7).
(e) TORQUE the nuts (7) to between 0.79 and 0.96 m.daN (69.91 and
84.95 lbf.in).
(f) Safety the nuts (7) with a new cotter pins (9).
(4) Connect the elevator to the elevator hinge fitting No. 4.
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the sleeve (17) and
the bush (4) and install them.
(b) Install the bolt (5) and safety with a new cotter pin (6).
(c) Put in position and install the elevator support strut (16)
(Ref. TASK 55-16-48-400-001).
(5) Remove the PIN CENTERING. ELEVATOR INSTALLATION (98D27309004000) from

the hinge fittings No. 2 and 6.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 415
May 01/11
R
LAN
(6) Connect the elevator to the hinge fittings No. 2 and 6:
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes (4) and
install them.
(b) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bolts (5) and
install them.
(c) Safety the bolts (5) with cotter pins (6).
(d) Install the nuts (7).
84.95 lbf.in).
(f) Safety the nuts (7) with a new cotter pins (9).
(7) Connect the elevator servo controls (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-001).
(8) Connect the elevator position transducer (Ref. TASK 27-92-13-400-001)
(9) Connect the bonding straps (19) with the bolts (21), the washers (20)
and the nuts (18).
(10) Do a check of the maximum bonding value (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002)

- Between the hinge arm fitting of the THS and the Inboard Elevator
fitting
- Make sure that the maximum bonding value is no more than 50
milliohms.
(11) Apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003) to the bonding

connection.
Subtask 27-34-41-720-050
B. Test
(1) Install the GAUGE-ELEVATOR NEUTRAL SETTING (98D27309006000) and

verify the elevator neutral position, (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-003).
(2) Do an operational test of the elevators (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-710-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 416
May 01/11
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-34-41-991-004)
Subtask 27-34-41-080-051
A. Remove Support Equipment
(1) Remove the hoisting equipment.
(a) Remove the sling from the elevator.
(b) Remove the hoisting lugs.
(c) Install the hoist point plugs (10).
NOTE : When installed the plugs must fit flush to the skin of the
____
Horizontal Stabilizer.
Subtask 27-34-41-210-051
B. Visual Inspection
items.
Subtask 27-34-41-410-050
C. Close access
(1) Close the THS lower trailing edge access panels 334BB, 344BB, 334DB,
344DB, 334FB, 344FB, 334GB, 344GB, 334HB, 344HB. (Ref. TASK 55-13-11-
400-001).
Subtask 27-34-41-942-050
D. Remove Ground Equipment

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 417
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-34-41-081-050
E. Remove Locking Pins
(1) Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING from the CAPT and F/O side stick
controllers.
Subtask 27-34-41-865-051
F. Close Circuit Breakers

Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15CE1, 15CE2, 16CE1, 16CE2, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3, 21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3,
22CE

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 418
Feb 01/11

LAN
ELEVATOR - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________
TASK 27-34-41-200-001
In Service Wear Limits of the Elevator Hinge Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-34-41-000-001 Removal of the Elevator

27-34-41-400-001 Installation of the Elevator
R CMM 552115
27-34-41-991-005 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-41-010-051
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the aplicable elevator (Ref. TASK 27-34-41-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-34-41-991-005)
Subtask 27-34-41-220-050

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 601
Aug 01/08

LAN
R In Service Wear Limits - Elevator Hinge Fittings
Figure 601/TASK 27-34-41-991-005

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 602
Nov 01/07

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| B | 7.912 | 7.924 | | | 7.899 | | |
| OD 3 |(0.3114) |(0.3119) | | |(0.3109) | | |
| | | | 0.001 | 0.025 | | | 0.051 |
| | | | (0.0000*| (0.0009*| | |(0.0020*|
| B | 7.925 | 7.937 | | | | 7.950 | |
| ID 1 |(0.3120) |(0.3124) | | | |(0.3129) | |
********** DIFFERENCE IN IN. MARKED BY A STAR IS TRUNCATED **********
R NOTE : If the values are more than the limits, the items must be
____
R replaced.
R NOTE : Wear is only permitted for bush (1).

____
Subtask 27-34-41-220-051
B. Fits and Clearances
R (1) Complete an inspection of these dimensions.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| B | 10.989 | 11.000 | | | 10.974 | | |
| OD 1 |(0.4326) |(0.4330) | | |(0.4320) | | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.029 | | | 0.059 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0011)| | |(0.0023)|
| B | 11.000 | 11.018 | | | | 11.033 | |
| ID 2 |(0.4330) |(0.4337) | | | |(0.4343) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
____
R replaced.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 603
Nov 01/07

LAN
Subtask 27-34-41-220-052
C. Fits and Clearances
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
R | C | 15.989 | 16.000 | | | 0.000 | | |
R | OD 7 |(0.6294) |(0.6299) | | |(0.0000) | | |
R | | | | 0.000 | 0.029 | | | 0.000 |
R | | | | (0.0000)| (0.0011)| | |(0.0000)|
R | C | 16.000 | 16.018 | | | | 0.000 | |
R | ID 5 |(0.6299) |(0.6306) | | | |(0.0000) | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
____
R replaced.
R NOTE : The value 0 in the column IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS indicates

____
R that the item can not be worn.
Subtask 27-34-41-220-053
D. Fits and Clearances

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 604
Nov 01/07

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
R | C | 12.675 | 12.687 | | | 0.000 | | |
R | OD 8 |(0.4990) |(0.4994) | | |(0.0000) | | |
R | | | | 0.000 | 0.025 | | | 0.000 |
R | | | | (0.0000)| (0.0009)| | |(0.0000)|
R | C | 12.687 | 12.700 | | | | 0.000 | |
R | ID 7 |(0.4994) |(0.5000) | | | |(0.0000) | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
____
R replaced.
R NOTE : The value 0 in the column IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS indicates

____
R that the item can not be worn.
Subtask 27-34-41-220-055
E. Fits and Clearances
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
R | C | 12.675 | 12.687 | | | 0.000 | | |
R | OD 8 |(0.4990) |(0.4994) | | |(0.0000) | | |
R | | | | 0.000 | 0.025 | | | 0.000 |
R | | | | (0.0000)| (0.0009)| | |(0.0000)|
R | C | 12.687 | 12.700 | | | | 0.000 | |
R | ID 4 |(0.4994) |(0.5000) | | | |(0.0000) | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
____
R replaced.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 605
Nov 01/07

LAN
NOTE : The value 0 in the column IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS indicates
____
that the item can not be worn.
Subtask 27-34-41-220-054
F. Fits and Clearances
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| C | 9.500 | 9.512 | | | 0.000 | | |
| OD 6 |(0.3740) |(0.3744) | | |(0.0000) | | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.025 | | | 0.000 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0009)| | |(0.0000)|
| C | 9.512 | 9.525 | | | | 0.000 | |
| ID 8 |(0.3744) |(0.3750) | | | |(0.0000) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : If the values are more than the limits, the item can be
____
replaced.

____
Subtask 27-34-41-020-055
G. Replacement of Unserviceable Items
(1) For removal of the plain bushes a dimensional check is not necessary.
(2) If the plain-bushes internal diameter are out of limits see the CMM
R replacement procedure (Ref. CMM 552115).
(3) If you find unserviceable bolts or plain bushes replace them with new
parts.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 606
Aug 01/08

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-41-410-051
A. Close Access
R (1) Install the elevator (Ref. TASK 27-34-41-400-001).
Subtask 27-34-41-942-051

EFF :

ALL 27-34-41

Page 607
Nov 01/07

LAN
FILTER - HYDRAULIC - SERVICING
______________________________
TASK 27-34-42-600-001
Servicing of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Filter
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
R No specific 1 CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL)

EFF :

ALL 27-34-42

Page 301
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire-corrosion resistant steel 0.6mm dia

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power Supply
R 55-13-11-000-001 Remove/Open of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels
R 55-13-11-400-001 Install/Close of the THS Trailing Edge Access Panels
27-34-42-991-001 Fig. 301
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-42-860-050
A. Depressurize Hydraulic Systems
(1) Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.(Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003)

EFF :

ALL 27-34-42

Page 302
Nov 01/08

LAN
Subtask 27-34-42-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-34-42-481-050
C. Install Locking Devices
(1) Put the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) in the CAPT and F/O
side stick controllers.
Subtask 27-34-42-941-050
D. Safety Precautions.
(3) Put the access platform in position at zone 334 for the left hand
trailing edge access panels and 344 for the right hand trailing edge
access panels.
Subtask 27-34-42-010-050
E. Access
(1) Open the trailing edge access panels 334DB, 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-13-
11-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-42

Page 303
Nov 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 27-34-42-991-001)
WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES OR IN YOUR
_______
MOUTH. HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH YOUR SKIN
AND INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM YOUR EYES, MOUTH OR
SKIN WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU GET HYDRAULIC FLUID IN
YOUR EYES OR MOUTH.
Subtask 27-34-42-010-051
_______
NOTE : The removal of the filter(1) from the elevator servo-control

____
actuator 34CE1 is given. The removal of the filter (1) from the
elevator servo-control actuators 34CE2, 34CE3 and 34CE4 is the
same.
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the connection of the filter (1)
and the supply block (3).
R (2) Put the CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL) below the filter (1) to collect
the unwanted hydraulic fluid.
NOTE : Make sure that the hydraulic fluid is removed if it drops onto
____
components or structure
(3) Remove the filter (1) from the supply block (3).
(4) Remove and discard the packing (2) from the filter (1).
(5) Remove and discard the unwanted hydraulic fluid.
Subtask 27-34-42-640-050
B. Preparation for Installation
(1) Lubricate the packing (2) with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-
003).
NOTE : Make sure that HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) is

____
removed if it drops onto components or structure.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-42

Page 304
Nov 01/10

LAN
Elevator Servo-control Actuator Filter
Figure 301/TASK 27-34-42-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-34-42

Page 305
Feb 01/05
R
LAN
Subtask 27-34-42-420-050
C. Install the Filter
_______
(1) Install the filter (1) into the supply block (3).
(2) Safety the filter (1) with lockwire-corrosion resistant steel 0.6mm
dia to the supply block (3).
(3) Remove all signs of hydraulic fluid from the filter area.
NOTE : Make sure that the hydraulic fluid is removed if it drops onto
____
components or structure.
Subtask 27-34-42-081-050
D. Remove Locking Devices
Subtask 27-34-42-865-051
breaker(s):
19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3
Subtask 27-34-42-860-051
F. Pressurize Hydraulic Systems
(1) Pressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems. (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
863-003)

EFF :

ALL 27-34-42

Page 306
Feb 01/05
R
LAN
Subtask 27-34-42-870-050
G. Bleeding
(1) Bleed the elevator servo-control actuators.
(a) Operate the side stick to move the elevator surfaces.
(b) Do this ten times and then put the side stick back to the neutral
position.
Subtask 27-34-42-210-050
H. Visual Inspection
(1) Make sure that there are no leaks at the joint between the filter (1)
and the supply block (3).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-42-410-051
items.
Subtask 27-34-42-410-050
B. Close Access
R (1) Close the trailing-edge access panels 334DB, 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-13-
R 11-400-001).
Subtask 27-34-42-611-050
C. Replenish Hydraulic System
WARNING : DO NOT GET HYDRAULIC FLUID ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR EYES OR IN

_______
YOUR MOUTH. HYDRAULIC FLUID IS POISONOUS AND CAN GO THROUGH
YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM YOUR
EYES, MOUTH OR SKIN WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU GET
HYDRAULIC FLUID IN YOUR EYES OR MOUTH.
(1) If necessary,replenish the hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-

001).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-42

Page 307
Feb 01/05

LAN
Subtask 27-34-42-942-051
D. Remove Ground Equipment

EFF :

ALL 27-34-42

Page 308
Feb 01/05

LAN
SERVO CONTROL - ELEVATOR (34CE1,34CE2,34CE3,34CE4) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________________
TASK 27-34-51-000-001
R Removal of the Elevator Servo Control
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
_______

_______
IF YOU DO:
_______
NOTE : The removal of the servo control unit 34CE1 is given. The removal of the
____
servo control units 34CE2, 34CE3 and 34CE4 is the same.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 401
Nov 01/02

LAN
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
R No specific 1 CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL)
98D27309003000 1 DEVICE - LOCKING, ELEVATOR
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 cotter pin 27-34-07 11 -030

25 cotter pin 27-34-07 11 -020A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-34-51-991-001 Fig. 401
27-34-51-991-010 Fig. 402
27-34-51-991-013 Fig. 403

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 402
Nov 01/10

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-860-052
A. Make Sure that the Hydraulic Systems Are Depressurized
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
Subtask 27-34-51-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-34-51-860-062
are set to 0.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 403
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-34-51-941-050
(1) Put the warning notices on the pitch control wheels to tell persons
elevator and/or zone 344 for the right hand elevator.
Subtask 27-34-51-010-050
E. Access
(1) Open the trailing edge access panels 334DB(LH)) and/or 344DB(RH).
(Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001).
Subtask 27-34-51-481-050
F. Install Safety Device
(1) Install the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING in the CAPT and the F/O side
sticks.
COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) on the servocontrol that will
not be removed to facilitate the access to the work area.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 404
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-34-51-991-001)
Subtask 27-34-51-020-059
A. Disconnection of Electrical connectors and Hydraulic Pipes
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Servo Control Unit | Electrical Connectors | ITEM | ZONE |
R ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 34CE1 | 34CE1-A | 3 | 335 |
|-----------------------|---------------------------|----------|----------|
| | 34CE1-B | 1 | |
|-----------------------|---------------------------|----------|----------|
| | 34CE1-C | 2 | |
|-----------------------|---------------------------|----------|----------|
| 34CE2 | 34CE2-A | 3 | 345 |
|-----------------------|---------------------------|----------|----------|
| | 34CE2-B | 1 | |
|-----------------------|---------------------------|----------|----------|
| | 34CE2-C | 2 | |
|-----------------------|---------------------------|----------|----------|
| 34CE3 | 34CE3-A | 3 | 335 |
|-----------------------|---------------------------|----------|----------|
| | 34CE3-B | 1 | |
|-----------------------|---------------------------|----------|----------|
| | 34CE3-C | 2 | |
|-----------------------|---------------------------|----------|----------|
| 34CE4 | 34CE4-A | 3 | 345 |
|-----------------------|---------------------------|----------|----------|
| | 34CE4-B | 1 | |
|-----------------------|---------------------------|----------|----------|
| | 34CE4-C | 2 | |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
(a) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1), (2) and (3).
(b) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 405
Nov 01/10

LAN
Elevator Servo-Control Unit
Figure 401/TASK 27-34-51-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 406
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(2) Disconnect the hydraulic connections.

_______
YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM
YOUR EYES, MOUTH OR SKIN WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU
GET HYDRAULIC FLUID IN YOUR EYES OR MOUTH.
CAUTION : YOU MUST ALWAYS PUT CAPS ON DISCONNECTED HOSES AND

_______
FITTINGS. IF YOU DO NOT DO THIS, YOU MAY CAUSE:
- CONTAMINATION OF THE HOSES,
- DAMAGE TO THE SYSTEM COMPONENTS,
- HYDRAULIC FLUID LEAKS.
IF HYDRAULIC FLUID LEAKS OCCUR OR IF YOU LET HYDRAULIC
FLUID FALL, YOU MUST CLEAN IT UP IMMEDIATELY. HYDRAULIC
FLUID CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
R (a) Put a CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL) below the servo controls.
(b) Disconnect the flexible hoses (5) and (6) from the servo control
unit (4).
(c) Drain the unwanted hydraulic fluid into the container.
(d) Remove and discard the unwanted hydraulic fluid.
(e) Put blanking caps on the flexible hoses (5) and (6) and the
unions of the servo control unit (4).
(f) Remove the bonding lead (7), the nut (8), the washer (9) and the
bolt (11).
Subtask 27-34-51-020-063
B. Removal of the Servocontrol Unit from the Elevator Attachment

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-34-51-991-001, 402/TASK 27-34-51-991-010)
(1) Disconnect the servocontrol unit (4) from the elevator.
(a) Remove the cotter pin (20) and cotter pin (25), and discard them.
(b) Remove the locking cup (21), the nut (22) and the washer (24).
(c) Remove the bolt (27) and bush (26).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 407
Nov 01/10

LAN
Elevator Servocontrol Unit _ Elevator Attachment
Figure 402/TASK 27-34-51-991-010

R

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 408
May 01/06

LAN
Subtask 27-34-51-020-064
C. Removal of the Servo Control Unit from the THS Attachment

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-34-51-991-001, 403/TASK 27-34-51-991-013)
(1) Disconnect the servo control unit (4) from the horizontal stabilizer
structure
(b) Remove the locking cup (31) the nut (30) and the washer (41).
(c) Remove the nuts (33), the washers (32) the bolts (35), the
washers (36) and the profile (37).
(2) Support the servo control unit (4).
(3) Remove the bolt (28), the washer (29).
(4) Remove the servo control unit (4) from the aircraft.
R NOTE : When both servo control units are removed, install the DEVICE-
____
R LOCKING, ELEVATOR (98D27309003000).
(5) Remove the bush (26) and (27).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 409
Aug 01/10

LAN
Elevator Servo Control Unit - THS Attachment
Figure 403/TASK 27-34-51-991-013

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 410
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-34-51-400-001
Installation of the Elevator Servo Control
_______
GEAR.
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______

_______
IF YOU DO:
_______
NOTE : The installation of the servo control unit 34CE1 is shown. The
____
installation of the servo control units 34CE2, 34CE3 and 34CE4 are the
same. For the correct location of the servo control units compare the
identification placards.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 411
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)
98D27309003000 1 DEVICE - LOCKING, ELEVATOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20 cotter pin 27-34-07 11 -030

25 cotter pin 27-34-07 11 -020A
38 cotter pin 27-34-07 12C-020

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 412
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(with the reference triangle on the tail cone)
after Removal/Installation of one Servocontrol
Setting (98D27309006000)
27-34-51-991-001 Fig. 401
27-34-51-991-010 Fig. 402
27-34-51-991-013 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-860-063
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
(2) Make sure that the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) is in the
CAPT and F/O side stick controllers.
(3) Make sure that the COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) is

installed on the remainder servocontrol.
(4) Make sure that the warning notices are on the pitch control wheels to
tell persons not to move the THS.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 413
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
and/or zone 344.
(8) Make sure that access panels 334DB and/or 344DB are open (Ref. TASK
55-13-11-000-001).
(9) Make sure that the DEVICE - LOCKING, ELEVATOR (98D27309003000) is

installed on the elevator when both servo control units are removed.
Subtask 27-34-51-865-076
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-34-51-140-050
C. Cleaning

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 414
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-34-51-210-051
D. Visual Inspection
(2) Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are serviceable.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-34-51-991-001)
Subtask 27-34-51-420-064
A. Installation of the Servo Control Unit to the THS attachment.


_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the outer surface of the
bush (26) and (27) and install them.
(2) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the head and shank
of the bolt (28).
(3) Put the servo control unit (4) in position and support it.
(4) Install the bolt (28) with the washer (29).
(5) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the thread of the bolt
(28).
(6) Install the washer (41).
(7) Install and torque the nut (30) to between 4.5 and 5.0 m.daN (33.18
and 36.87 lbf.ft)
(8) Install the locking cup (31) and the cotter pin (38)

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 415
Aug 01/10

LAN
(9) Install the plate (37) with the washers (32), (36) the nuts (33) and
the bolts (35).
(10) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005) to all the remaining
unprotected steel attachment parts of the elevator servo control.
NOTE : Do not allow SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005) to get on

____
the servo control spherical bearing .
Subtask 27-34-51-420-065
B. Installation of the Servocontrol Unit to the Elevator attachment.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-34-51-991-001, 402/TASK 27-34-51-991-010)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the outer surface of the
bush (26) and install it.
(2) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the head and shank
of the bolt (27).
(3) Put the servocontrol unit (4) in position and support it.
(4) Install the bolt (27).
(5) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the thread of the bolt
(27).
(6) Install the washer (24) and the nut (22).
NOTE : The counterbored surface of the washer must be on the Hinge.

____
(7) Torque the nut (22) to between 4.5 and 5.0 m.daN (33.18 and 36.87
lbf.ft).
(8) Install the locking cup (21), and the cotter pin (20) and cotter pin
(25).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 416
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(9) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005) to all the remaining
unprotected steel attachment parts of the elevator servocontrol.
NOTE : Do not allow SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005) to get on

____
the servocontrol spherical bearing .
Subtask 27-34-51-420-063
C. Hydraulic and Electrical Connection of the Servo Control Unit to the

Horizontal Stabilizer.
(1) Connect the hydraulic connections.

_______
YOUR SKIN AND INTO YOUR BODY. FLUSH HYDRAULIC FLUID FROM
YOUR EYES, MOUTH OR SKIN WITH WATER. GET MEDICAL AID IF YOU
GET HYDRAULIC FLUID IN YOUR EYES OR MOUTH.
(a) Remove the blanking caps from the flexible hoses (5) and (6) and
the unions of the servo control unit (4).
(b) Connect the flexible hoses (5) and (6) to the servo control unit
(4).
NOTE : Do not twist the flexible hoses (5) and (6) when you
____
tighten the union nuts. Make sure that the flexible hoses
(5) and (6) do not rub on adjacent components.
(c) Install the bonding lead (7) with the bolt (11), the washer (9)
and the nut (8) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004)

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 417
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(2) Connect the electrical connections.
(a) Remove the blanking caps.
(b) Connect the electrical connectors.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| Servo Control Unit | Electrical Connector | ITEM | ZONE |
R ----------------------------------------------------------------------
| 34CE1 | 34CE1-A | 3 | 335 |
| | 34CE1-B | 1 | |
| | 34CE1-C | 2 | |
|---------------------|-------------------------|---------|----------|
| 34CE2 | 34CE2-A | 3 | 345 |
| | 34CE2-B | 1 | |
| | 34CE2-C | 2 | |
|---------------------|-------------------------|---------|----------|
| 34CE3 | 34CE3-A | 3 | 335 |
| | 34CE3-B | 1 | |
| | 34CE3-C | 2 | |
|---------------------|-------------------------|---------|----------|
| 34CE4 | 34CE4-A | 3 | 345 |
| | 34CE4-B | 1 | |
| | 34CE4-C | 2 | |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-34-51-710-050
D. Adjustment Test
_______
(1) Remove the COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) from the adjacent
servo control.
(2) Do an adjustment test of the elevators (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-003)

or (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-002) or (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-001) after
the Removal/Installation of one servo control unit.
NOTE : If the two servocontrols on the same elevator must be

____
adjusted, do the adjustment of the elevator and hydraulic
actuation with the gauge elevator neutral setting (Ref. TASK
27-34-00-820-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 418
Nov 01/10

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-51-210-052
A. Visual Inspection.
items.
Subtask 27-34-51-410-051
B. Close Access.
(1) Close the trailing edge access panels 334DB and 344DB (Ref. TASK 55-
13-11-400-001).
Subtask 27-34-51-942-050
C. Remove Ground Equipment.
Subtask 27-34-51-865-051
breaker(s):
21CE2, 21CE3, 22CE
Subtask 27-34-51-081-050
E. Remove Safety Device
(1) Remove the safety device previously installed.

R

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 419
Aug 01/10

LAN
TASK 27-34-51-000-008
Removal of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Servo Valve
_______
GEAR.
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
_______
NOTE : The removal of the elevator servo-control actuator 34CE1 servo-valve is

____
given. The removal of the servo-control actuator 34CE2, 34CE3 and 34CE4
servo-valves are the same.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory

R

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 420
Feb 01/11

LAN
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27309001000 1 NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR
R 98D27309009003 1 COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-34-51-991-012 Fig. 404
27-34-51-991-003 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-860-068
(1) Make sure that the elevator and the horizontal stabilizer controls
are set to the neutral position.
Subtask 27-34-51-860-056
B. Depressurize Hydraulic Systems.
(1) Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems. (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003)

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 421
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-34-51-865-062
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-34-51-481-053
D. Install Locking Devices

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-34-51-991-012)
R (2) Install the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000) or

R COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) on the elevator:
(a) Remove the cover from the THS hoisting point RIB11.
(b) Release the wing nut (6).
(c) Push the plate assembly (5) on the THS trailing edge. Make sure
that the center plate (7) and the forward plate (8) rest on the
THS surface.
(d) Remove the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2) from the stowage
on the center plate (7).
(e) Install the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2) through the
center plate (7) and the THS hoisting point.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 422
Feb 01/11

LAN
Servo Control Elevator - Installation of the Tool-Elevator Neutral Setting
Figure 404/TASK 27-34-51-991-012

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 423
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-34-51

Page 424
Feb 01/11

LAN
(f) Make sure that:
- The forward plate (8) is on the line of the rivets that attach
the THS leading edge to the THS front spar.
- The bars (3) follow the line of the RIB11.
- The THS trailing edge is correctly positioned between the two
parts of the plate assembly (5).
(g) Tighten the T-handle screw (1) and the wing nut (6).
Subtask 27-34-51-941-057
E. Safety Precautions.
(3) Put the access platform in position at zones 334 for the left-hand
trailing edge access panels and 344 for the right-hand trailing edge
access panels.
Subtask 27-34-51-010-057
F. Access
(1) Open the trailing-edge access panels 334DB and/or 344DB. (Ref. TASK
55-13-11-000-001)
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-34-51-991-003)
Subtask 27-34-51-020-062
A. Disconnect Electrical Connectors.
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 425
May 01/10

LAN
Elevator Servo-Control Actuator Servo-Valve
R Figure 405/TASK 27-34-51-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 426
Aug 01/07

LAN
Subtask 27-34-51-020-057
B. Remove Servo-Valve.
NOTE : Make sure that the servocontrol is at neutral position to prevent

____
any damage to the servovalve feedback ball-probe.
(1) Cut and discard lockwire between bolts (4) and servo-vaalve (6).
(2) Support the servo-valve (6) and remove the bolts (4) and the washers
(5) holding the servo-valve (6) to the servo-control actuator.
(3) Remove the servo-valve (6) from the servo-control actuator.
(4) Remove and discard the O-rings (2) and (3).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 427
Aug 01/07
R
LAN
TASK 27-34-51-400-003
Installation of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Servo Valve
_______
GEAR.
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
NOTE : The installation of the servo control actuator 34CE1 servo valve is
____
given. The installation of the servo control actuator 34CE2, 34CE3 and
34CE4 servo valves are the same.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 428
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 O ring 27-34-51 01A-220

3 Oring 27-34-51 01A-210
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Actuation
27-34-51-991-012 Fig. 404
27-34-51-991-003 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-860-069

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 429
Feb 01/09
R
LAN
R (3) Make sure that the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000)
R or COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) is installed on the
R elevator.
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
and/or zone 344.
55-13-11-000-001).
Subtask 27-34-51-865-077
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 430
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-34-51-140-052
C. Cleaning
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-34-51-991-003)
Subtask 27-34-51-420-053
A. Installation of the Servo Control Actuator Servo Valve
_______
NOTE : Make sure that the servocontrol is at neutral position to prevent

____
any damage to the servovalve feedback ball-probe.
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bolts (4).
(2) Put the O ring (2) and Oring (3)in position on the servo valve (6).
(3) Put the servo valve (6) in position on the servo control actuator and
support it.
(4) Install the washers (5) and the bolts (4) into the servo valve (6).
lbf.in).
(6) Safety the bolts (4) with lockwire, corrosion resistant steel 0,6mm
(0.027in).
(7) Connect Electrical Connectors.
(b) Connect the electrical connectors (1).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 431
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-34-51-081-051
B. Remove Locking Devices

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-34-51-991-012)
R (2) Remove the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000) or COLLAR

R DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) from the elevator:
(a) Release the wing nut (6).
(b) Remove the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2).
(c) Remove the set of bars (3) and plates (7) and (8).
(d) Install the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2) in the stowage
(e) Tighten the wing nut (6).
Subtask 27-34-51-865-055
breaker(s):
21CE2, 22CE
Subtask 27-34-51-710-051
D. Operational Test
(1) Do an operational test of the servo controls. (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-

710-001)
Subtask 27-34-51-210-056
E. Visual Inspection
(1) Inspect the servo valve for leaks.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 432
Feb 01/11

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-51-410-052
items.
Subtask 27-34-51-410-053
B. Close Access
(1) Close the trailing edge access panels 334DB and/or 344DB. (Ref. TASK
55-13-11-400-001)
Subtask 27-34-51-942-053
C. Removal Ground Equipment

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 433
Aug 01/07
R
LAN
TASK 27-34-51-000-005
Removal of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Solenoid Valve
_______
GEAR.
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
_______
NOTE : The removal of the servo control actuator 34CE1 solenoid valve is given.
____
The removal of the servo control actuators 34CE2, 34CE3 and 34CE4
solenoid valves are the same.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 434
Aug 01/07
R
LAN
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-34-51-991-012 Fig. 404
27-34-51-991-004 Fig. 406
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-860-064
Subtask 27-34-51-860-054
(1) Make sure that Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems are
002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 435
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-34-51-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-34-51-481-051

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-34-51-991-012)
COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) on the servocontrol or install
the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000) on the elevator:
(a) Remove the cover from the THS hoisting point at RIB11.
THS surface.
(e) Install the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2) through the

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 436
Nov 01/10

LAN
(f) Make sure that:
Subtask 27-34-51-941-054
(2) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons not pressurize
trailing edge access panels and/or 344 for the right hand trailing
edge access panels.
Subtask 27-34-51-010-054
F. Access
(1) Open the trailing edge access panels 334DB and/or 344DB. (Ref. TASK
55-13-11-000-001)
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-34-51-991-004)
Subtask 27-34-51-020-060
A. Disconnect Electrical Connectors.
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors (1).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 437
May 01/10

LAN
Electrovalves Removal/Installation
R Figure 406/TASK 27-34-51-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 438
Aug 01/07

LAN
Subtask 27-34-51-020-054
B. Remove the Solenoid Valves

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-34-51-991-004)
NOTE : There are two solenoid valves on each servo control unit. They are
____
shown as Solenoid Valve No.1 and Solenoid Valve No.2.
(1) Cut and discard lockwire between bolts (4) and solenoide valve (3).
(2) Support the solenoid valve (3) and remove the bolts (4) holding the
solenoid valve (3) to the servo control actuator.
(3) Remove the solenoid valve (3) from the servo control actuator.
(4) Remove and discard the O-ring (2).
R (5) Install the protective plate to the solenoid valve mounting face
R (Ref. AIPC 27-34-51-01-230).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 439
Aug 01/10

LAN
TASK 27-34-51-400-004
Installation of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Solenoid Valve
_______
GEAR.
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
NOTE : The installation of the servo control actuator 34CE1 solenoid valve is
____
given. The installation of the servo control actuator 34CE2, 34CE3 and
34CE4 solenoid valves are the same.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 440
Nov 01/09

LAN
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 O ring 27-34-51 01A-210
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Actuation
27-34-51-991-012 Fig. 404
27-34-51-991-004 Fig. 406
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-860-065
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).
(4) Make sure that the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000)
is installed on the elevators or make sure that the COLLAR DEPTH
ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) is installed on the servo controls.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 441
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
and/or zone 344.
(8) Make sure that the access panels 334DB and/or 344DB are open
(Ref. TASK 55-13-11-000-001).
Subtask 27-34-51-865-078
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-34-51-140-053
C. Cleaning

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 442
Nov 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-34-51-991-004)
Subtask 27-34-51-420-055
A. Install the servo control actuator solenoid valves

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-34-51-991-004)
_______
NOTE : There are two solenoid valves on each servo control unit, they are
____
shown as Solenoid Valve No. 1 and Solenoid Valve No. 2.
R (1) Remove the protective plate to the solenoid valve mounting face (Ref.
R AIPC 27-34-51-01-230).
(2) Put the O ring (2) in position on the solenoid valve (3).
(3) Put the solenoid valve (3) in position on the servo-control actuator
and support it.
(4) Install the bolts (4) into the solenoid valve (3).
lbf.in)
(6) Safety the bolts (4) with lockwire, corrosion resistant steel 0,6mm
(0.027in) dia.
(7) Connect the electrical connectors.
(b) Connect the electrical connectors (1).
Subtask 27-34-51-081-052

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-34-51-991-012)
(1) Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING from the CAPT and the F/O side
stick controllers.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU REMOVE THE COLLAR-ELEVATOR SERVO

_______
CONTROL SAFETY BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE THE ELEVATOR SERVO
CONTROL. IF YOU DO NOT REMOVE THE COLLAR, YOU CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE ELEVATOR SERVO CONTROL.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 443
Aug 01/10

LAN
R (2) Remove the COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) from the servo
R control or remove the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR from the
R elevator:
Subtask 27-34-51-865-057
breaker(s):
21CE2, 22CE
Subtask 27-34-51-710-052
D. Operational Test

710-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-51-410-054
items.
Subtask 27-34-51-420-056
B. Close Access
55-13-11-400-001)

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 444
Nov 01/09

LAN
Subtask 27-34-51-942-054
C. Remove Ground Equipment

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 445
Aug 01/07
R
LAN
TASK 27-34-51-000-006
Removal of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Mode Selector Valve Transducer
MSVT
_______
GEAR.
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
_______
NOTE : The removal of the elevator servo control actuator 34CE1 mode selector
____
valve transducer is given. The removal of the servo control actuator
34CE2, 34CE3 and 34CE4 mode selector valve transducers are the same.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 446
Aug 01/07
R
LAN
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 98D27309001000 1 NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-34-51-991-012 Fig. 404
27-34-51-991-005 Fig. 407
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-860-066
(1) Make sure that the elevators and the horizontal stabilizer controls
Subtask 27-34-51-860-055
(1) Depressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems. (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003)

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 447
Feb 01/09

LAN
Subtask 27-34-51-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-34-51-481-052

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-34-51-991-012)
(2) Install the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000) on the

elevator:
(a) Remove the cover from the THS hoisting point at RIB11.
THS surface.
(e) Remove the T-handle screw (1) and the washer (2) through the

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 448
Nov 01/10

LAN
(f) Make sure that:
Subtask 27-34-51-941-055
(3) Put the access platform in position at zones 334 for the left hand
trailing edge access panels and/or zone 344 for the right hand
trailing edge access panels.
Subtask 27-34-51-010-055
F. Access
(1) Open the trailing edge access panels 334DB and/or 344DB (Ref. TASK
55-13-11-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 27-34-51-991-005)
Subtask 27-34-51-020-061
A. Disconnect Electrical Connectors
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 449
May 01/10

LAN
Elevator Servo-Control Actuator Mode Selector Valve Transducer
R Figure 407/TASK 27-34-51-991-005

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 450
Aug 01/07

LAN
Subtask 27-34-51-020-055
B. Remove Mode Selector Valve Transducer (MSVT)
(1) Support the MSVT (3) and remove the bolts (4) and the washers (5)
holding the MSVT (3) to the servo control actuator.
(2) Remove the MSVT (3) from the servo control actuator.
(3) Remove the O rings (6) and (7).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 451
Aug 01/07
R
LAN
TASK 27-34-51-400-005
Installation of the Elevator Servo Control Actuator Mode Selector Valve

Transducer MSVT
_______
GEAR.
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
NOTE : The installation of the servo control actuator 34CE1 mode selector valve
____
transducer is given. The installation of the servo control actuator
34CE2, 34CE3 and 34CE4 mode selector transducer valves are the same.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R 98D27309001000 1 NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 452
Feb 01/09

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Actuation
27-34-51-991-012 Fig. 404
27-34-51-991-005 Fig. 407
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-860-067
(1) Make sure that the elevators and the horizontal stabilizer are set to
the neutral position.
R (3) Make sure that the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR (98D27309001000)
is installed on the elevator.
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 453
Feb 01/09

LAN
and/or zone 344.
55-13-11-000-001).
Subtask 27-34-51-865-079
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-34-51-140-054
C. Cleaning

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 454
Nov 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 27-34-51-991-005)
Subtask 27-34-51-420-057
A. Install the servo control actuator MSVT
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bolts (4).
(2) Install the O rings (6) and (7) in the MSVT (3).
(3) Put the MSVT (3) in position on the servo control actuator and
support it.
(4) Install the washers (5) and the bolts (4) into the MSVT (3).
lbf.in)
(6) Remove the blanking caps.
(7) Connect the electrical connectors.
Subtask 27-34-51-081-053

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-34-51-991-012)
(1) Remove the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING from the CAPT and F/O side stick
controllers.
R (2) Remove the NEUTRAL SETTING TOOL - ELEVATOR from the elevator:
on the center plate(7).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 455
Feb 01/09

LAN
Subtask 27-34-51-865-059
breaker(s):
21CE2, 22CE
Subtask 27-34-51-710-053
D. Operational Test

710-001)
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-51-410-055
items.
Subtask 27-34-51-410-056
B. Close Access
(1) Close the trailing edge access panels 334DB and/or 344DB (Ref. TASK
55-13-11-400-001)
Subtask 27-34-51-942-055

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 456
Aug 01/07
R
LAN
TASK 27-34-51-000-009
Removal of the Servo Control Actuator Eye-End
_______
GEAR.
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self explanatory.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 457
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-34-51-991-006 Fig. 408
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-860-070
Subtask 27-34-51-860-057
(1) Make sure that the Green, Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems are
despressurized. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-
002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003)
Subtask 27-34-51-865-072
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 458
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-34-51-481-054
(1) Install the PIN-SIDE STICK LOCKING (98D27903500000) in the CAPT and
COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) on the servocontrol that will
not be removed.
Subtask 27-34-51-941-060
R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 334
for the left hand trailing edge access panels and/or zone 344 for the
right hand trailing edge access panels.
Subtask 27-34-51-010-058
F. Access
(1) Open the trailing edge access panels 334DB and/or 344DB. (Ref. TASK
55-13-11-000-001)

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 459
May 01/11

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 27-34-51-991-006)
Subtask 27-34-51-020-058
A. Disconnect the servo-control actuator eye-end from the elevator

attachment.
_______
R (1) Remove the servo control actuator (10) from the elevator attachment.
R (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-001)
R NOTE : The complete removal of the servo control actuator is not

____
R necessary. You must remove only the servo-control actuator
R attachment from the elevator.
(2) Support the servo control unit (10).
(3) Move the servo control unit eye-end (6) clear of the elevator.
(4) Remove the servo-control actuator eye-end.
(a) Remove and discard the locking wire.
(b) Release the lock nut (7).
(c) Release the lock washer (8) from the key washer (9).
(d) Remove the eye-end (6) from the servo control actuator (10).
NOTE : Record the number of turns required to remove the eye-end

____
from the servo control actuator.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 460
Nov 01/08

LAN
R Servo-Control Actuator Eye-End
Figure 408/TASK 27-34-51-991-006

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 461
Aug 01/09

LAN
TASK 27-34-51-400-006
Installation of the Servo Control Actuator Eye-End
_______
GEAR.
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 462
Nov 01/09

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

after Removal/Installation of one Servocontrol
27-34-51-000-009 Removal of the Servo Control Actuator Eye-End
CMM 273452
27-34-51-991-006 Fig. 408
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-860-071
(1) Make sure that the elevators and the horizontal stabilizer controls
(3) Make sure that the COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) is

installed on the elevator.
10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 463
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
and/or zone 344.
55-13-11-000-001).
Subtask 27-34-51-865-080
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-34-51-140-056
C. Cleaning

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 464
Nov 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-34-51-420-061
A. Install the servo-control actuator eye-end.

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 27-34-51-991-006)
R (1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the two threads of
the eye-end (6).
(2) Install the nut (7) to the limit of the inner thread of the eye-end
(6).
(3) Install the locking washer (8) and the key washer (9) to the inner
thread of the eye-end (6).
(4) Install the eye-end (6) to the servo control actuator (10) to the
same number of turns recorded on the removal task.
NOTE : The preadjustment range between the centers of the servo

____
control actuator two eye-ends must be from 410 mm (16.1417
in.) to 416 mm (16.3779 in.) with the elevator set to neutral
position.
NOTE : When replacing one servo control, the other one is used as a
____
reference. In case both servo control have to be replaced,
they have to be removed in sequence, one after the other and
not both at the same time.
(5) Engage key washer (9) in servo-control fitting and make sure that the
key washer (9) is fully engaged on the servo-control fitting.
(6) Engage locking washer (8) in key washer (9) and make sure that the
face serrations of the locking washer (8) and the key washer (9) are
fully engaged.
(7) Torque the lock nut (7) to between 3.0 and 3.5 m.daN (22.12 and 25.81
lbf.ft).
NOTE : Do not safety the lock nut (7) and the key washer (9) with
____
lockwire. This is requested when correct adjustment of the
elevator is confirmed (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-002).
(8) If is not possible to do correctly the engage of the parts (7), (8),
(9) and (10), it is recommended to do the following:
(a) Remove the eye-end (6) (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-009).

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 465
Nov 01/08

LAN
(b) Do an inspection of the threads of the eye-end (6) for
indications of wear, marks and scratches.
(c) Do an inspection of the locking washer (8) and the key washer (9)
for indications of wear on the face serrations.
(d) If any item is not correct, the complete unit must be repaired
(Ref. CMM 273452).
(e) If all items are correct, install the eye-end (6) to the servo
control actuator (10).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE.

_______
CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE
TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(9) Install the servo control actuator (10) (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-001).
Subtask 27-34-51-081-054
the F/O side stick controllers.
R (2) Remove the COLLAR DEPTH ACTUATOR (98D27309009003) from the elevator.
Subtask 27-34-51-865-075
breaker(s):
21CE2, 22CE
Subtask 27-34-51-820-050
D. Adjustment Test
_______

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 466
Nov 01/09

LAN
(1) Do an adjustment test of the elevators (Ref. TASK 27-34-00-820-002)
after the Removal/Installation of the servo control actuator eye-end.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-51-410-057
items.
Subtask 27-34-51-410-058
B. Close Access
55-13-11-400-001)
Subtask 27-34-51-942-057

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 467
Nov 01/08
R
LAN
SERVO CONTROL - ELEVATOR (34CE1,34CE2,34CE3,34CE4) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________________________________________
TASK 27-34-51-200-001
R In Service Wear Limits of the Elevator Servo-Control Attach-Fittings
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-34-51-991-007 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-34-51-010-059
A. Get Access
(1) Remove the elevator servo control (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-34-51-991-007)
Subtask 27-34-51-220-050

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 601
Nov 01/07

LAN
R In Service Wear Limits - Elevator Servo-Control Attach-Fittings
Figure 601/TASK 27-34-51-991-007

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 602
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
R | A | 19.987 | 20.000 | | | 19.970 | | |
| OD 1 |(0.7868) |(0.7874) | | |(0.7862) | | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.034 | | | 0.068 |
| | | | (0.0000)| (0.0013)| | |(0.0026)|
R | A | 20.000 | 20.021 | | | | 20.038 | |
| ID 2 |(0.7874) |(0.7882) | | | |(0.7888) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : If the values are more than the limits, the items must be
____
replaced.
NOTE : Wear is only permitted for bush (1).

____
R Subtask 27-34-51-220-051
R B. Fits and Clearances
R (1) Complete an inspection of these dimensions for STA-LOK nuts.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | FIG. | ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS | IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS |
R | DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
R | AND | DIMENSION | ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE| DIMENSION LIMITS | MAX. |
R | ITEM | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | ALLOW. |
R | NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
R | | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. |MM (IN.)|
R |--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
R | A | 15.846 | 15.862 | | | 15.831 | | |
R | OD 3 |(0.6238) |(0.6244) | | |(0.6232) | | |
R | | | | 0.000 | 0.029 | | | 0.059 |
R | | | | (0.0000)| (0.0011)| | |(0.0023)|
R | A | 15.862 | 15.875 | | | | 15.890 | |
R | ID 1 |(0.6244) |(0.6250) | | | |(0.6255) | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
____
R replaced.
R NOTE : Wear is only permitted for the bush (1).

____

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 603
May 01/11

LAN
R Subtask 27-34-51-220-060
R C. Fits and Clearances
R (1) Complete an inspection of these dimensions for CASTELLATED nuts.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | FIG. | ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS | IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS |
R | DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
R | AND | DIMENSION | ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE| DIMENSION LIMITS | MAX. |
R | ITEM | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | ALLOW. |
R | NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
R | | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. |MM (IN.)|
R |--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
R | A | 15.846 | 15.862 | | | 15.816 | | |
R | OD 3 |(0.6238) |(0.6244) | | |(0.6226) | | |
R | | | | 0.013 | 0.047 | | | 0.107 |
R | | | | (0.0005)| (0.0018)| | |(0.0042)|
R | A | 15.875 | 15.893 | | | | 15.923 | |
R | ID 1 |(0.6250) |(0.6257) | | | |(0.6268) | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
____
R replaced.
R NOTE : Wear is only permitted for the bush (1).

____
Subtask 27-34-51-220-052-A
R D. Fits and Clearances

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 604
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
R | A | 15.846 | 15.862 | | | 0.000 | | |
| OD 3 |(0.6238) |(0.6244) | | |(0.0000) | | |
| | | | 0.013 | 0.047 | | | 0.000 |
| | | | (0.0005)| (0.0018)| | |(0.0000)|
R | A | 15.875 | 15.893 | | | | 0.000 | |
| ID 4 |(0.6250) |(0.6257) | | | |(0.0000) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : If the values are more than the limits, the items can be
____
replaced.

____
Subtask 27-34-51-220-054
R E. Fits and Clearances
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
R | B | 15.850 | 15.861 | | | 0.000 | | |
| OD 5 |(0.6240) |(0.6244) | | |(0.0000) | | |
| | | | 0.014 | 0.043 | | | 0.000 |
| | | | (0.0005)| (0.0016)| | |(0.0000)|
R | B | 15.875 | 15.893 | | | | 0.000 | |
| ID 6 |(0.6250) |(0.6257) | | | |(0.0000) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
____
replaced.

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 605
May 01/11

LAN
____
Subtask 27-34-51-220-055
R F. Fits and Clearances
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|---------|---------| CLEAR. |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
R | B | 19.480 | 19.493 | | | 19.456 | | |
| OD 6 |(0.7669) |(0.7674) | | |(0.7659) | | |
| | | | 0.007 | 0.041 | | | 0.089 |
| | | | (0.0002)| (0.0016)| | |(0.0035)|
R | B | 19.500 | 19.521 | | | | 19.545 | |
| ID 7 |(0.7677) |(0.7685) | | | |(0.7694) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
____
replaced.
NOTE : Wear is only permitted for bush (7).

____
NOTE : If bush (7) can be turned by hand force, obey SB A320 55-1023
____
for the specified bush only.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-34-51-410-059
A. Close Access
(1) Install the elevator servo control (Ref. TASK 27-34-51-400-001).
Subtask 27-34-51-942-058

EFF :

ALL 27-34-51

Page 606
May 01/11

LAN
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________________________________________
1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
A trimmable horizontal stabilizer (THS) hinged on the rear part of the
fuselage ensures the pitch trim control.
The two elevators are hinged on the THS.
An actuator with a fail-safe ball screwjack (Ref. 27-44) drives the THS, its
structural attachments are also fail-safe.
Three electric motors ensure the normal control of the actuator. They are
under the control of the two ELACs and the two SECs.
The actuator achieves the autotrim function of the manual or auto-flight
modes and automatically places the THS at the center of the green band at
touchdown.
The standby control is mechanical. The pilots can override the electrical
control via the mechanical control system, through the application of a
sufficient force to the control wheels.
An override mechanism in the THS actuator is used for that purpose.
The override mechanism reverts to the electrical control after release of
the mechanical control.

EFF :

ALL 27-40-00

Page 1
May 01/00

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

27-40-00

Page 2
May 01/00

LAN
Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 27-40-00

Page 3/4
May 01/00

LAN
TRIMMABLE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER (THS) - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
_________________________________________________________________
TASK 27-40-00-040-001
Check of the synchronization between pitch trim handwheel and stabilizer
_______
GEAR.
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Flight Controls
ECAM Pitch Trim Position Indication
(FAA Only)
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-40-00

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Pump
Electric Pump
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-40-00-860-050

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) On the FLT CTL panel 23VU:

switches are pushed (On these pushbutton switches, the OFF and
(3) On the FLT CTL panel 24VU:

pushbutton switch. (On the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page
comes into view).

EFF :

ALL 27-40-00

Page 402
May 01/00

LAN
(6) Pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
23-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001).
Subtask 27-40-00-941-050
B. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at the zone
310 in front of the THS position marks.
Subtask 27-40-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-40-00-710-050
A. Check of the synchronization between pitch trim handwheel and stabilizer.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the center pedestal, slowly - The 4 Deg DN indication on each

move one of the pitch-trim control graduated wheel is opposite the
wheels to the 4 deg. DN stop. triangle on the center pedestal
index.
- In the zone 310, the position mark of
the THS is opposite the 4th upper
mark on the tail cone.
2. Slowly move one of the pitch-trim - The 13.5 UP mark on each graduated
control wheels to the 13.5 deg UP wheel is opposite the triangle of the
stop. center pedestal index.
the THS is opposite the 13.5 th lower
3. Move the pitch-trim control wheel - In the zone 310, the position mark of
to the 0 position. the THS is in front of the neutral

EFF :

ALL 27-40-00

Page 403
Feb 01/11

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-40-00-942-050
(1) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-
00-864-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001).
items.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-40-00

Page 404
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
THS MECHANICAL CONTROL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________________
1. _______
General
An actuator operates the trimmable horizontal stabilizer.
The mechanical control includes two rotating control wheels installed on the
center pedestal.
They drive a chain and cable loop up to the mechanical input of the
actuator.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25LM INDICATOR-L PITCH TRIM, CENTER 211 27-41-41
PEDESTAL
26LM INDICATOR-R PITCH TRIM, CENTER 212 27-41-41
PEDESTAL
CONTROL MECHANISM-PITCH TRIM 210 27-41-41
REGULATOR-CABLE TENSION 311 312AR 27-41-42
STOP AND GEARSET UNIT-PITCH 121 811 27-41-43
TRIM CONTROL
CABLES-THS CONTROL 27-41-44
3. _____________________
A. Cable Tension Compensator

(Ref. Fig. 003)
One cable tension compensator maintains a constant tension on the cables.
B. Stop and Rigging Facilities

A non-adjustable rotation stop installed in the center pedestal limits
the travel of the control wheel.
Another mechanical rotation stop is installed in the THS actuator, at the
input shaft.
The end-of-stroke stops of the actuator ball screwjack provide the
structural stops of the THS.
Rigging pin holes are provided to facilitate the rigging.
4. ___________________
Leading Particulars

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 1
May 01/06
R
LAN
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
- pitch trim control wheel

radius: 116 mm (4.5669 in.)
travel:
1.87 revolutions A/C nose down (including 0.01 revolution of overstroke)
6.32 revolutions A/C nose up (including 0.01 revolution of overstroke).
- THS maximum authority: 4 deg A/C nose down, 13.5 deg A/C nose up
- stops:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | THS Deflection |
| |-------------------------------------|
| | A/C Nose down | A/C Nose up |
|---------------------------------------|-------------------|-----------------|
| Max. operational deflection | 4 deg + 5 | 13.5 deg + 5 |
| (THS input-shaft stops) | - 15 | - 15 |
|---------------------------------------|-------------------|-----------------|
| Computer Limitation | 3.5 deg + 5 | 11 deg + 25 |
| | - 5 | - 30 |
|---------------------------------------|-------------------|-----------------|
| THS actuator input shaft stops | 4 deg + 5 | 13.5 deg + 5 |
| (without computer limitation) | - 15 | - 15 |
|---------------------------------------|-------------------|-----------------|
| Stops of actuator ball screwjack | 4.3 deg | 13.83 deg |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- rate of travel:
Unit capability:
1 deg/s of THS actuator deflection in single-system operation (2 deg/s of
THS actuator delection in two-system operation)
Electrical control rate limitation:
0.3 deg/s when flap position < 0.5 deg
0.7 deg/s when flap position > 0.5 deg
- control wheel torque:
Electric motors jammed: 0.51 m.daN (45.13 lbf.in)
With runaway of electric motors: 0.39 m.daN (34.51 lbf.in).
**ON A/C 101-150, 201-299,
- pitch trim control wheel

radius: 116 mm (4.5669 in.)
travel:
1.87 revolutions A/C nose down (including 0.01 revolution of overstroke)
6.32 revolutions A/C nose up (including 0.01 revolution of overstroke).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 2
May 01/11

LAN
THS Mechanical Control
R Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 3/4
Aug 01/05

LAN
R THS Mechanical Control - Location
R Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 5
Aug 01/05

LAN
Cable Tension Compensator
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 6
Aug 01/05
R
LAN
- THS maximum authority: 4 deg A/C nose down, 13.5 deg A/C nose up
- stops:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | THS Deflection |
| |-------------------------------------|
| | A/C Nose down | A/C Nose up |
|---------------------------------------|-------------------|-----------------|
| Trim wheel stop | 4.02 deg + 6 | 13.52 deg + 6 |
| | - 18 | - 18 |
|---------------------------------------|-------------------|-----------------|
| Computer Limitation | 4 deg + 15 | 11 deg + 30 |
| | - 15 | - 30 |
|---------------------------------------|-------------------|-----------------|
| THS actuator input shaft stops | 4 deg + 6 | 13.5 deg + 6 |
| (without computer limitation) | - 18 | - 18 |
|---------------------------------------|-------------------|-----------------|
| Stops of actuator ball screwjack | 4.3 deg | 13.81 deg |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- rate of travel:
Unit capability:
1 deg/s of THS actuator deflection in single-system operation (2 deg/s of
THS actuator delection in two-system operation)
Electrical control rate limitation:
0.3 deg/s when flap position < 0.5 deg
0.7 deg/s when flap position > 0.5 deg
- control wheel torque:
Electric motors jammed: 0.51 m.daN (45.13 lbf.in)
With runaway of electric motors: 0.39 m.daN (34.51 lbf.in).

R

EFF :

101-150, 201-299, 27-41-00

Page 7
Feb 01/11

LAN
THS MECHANICAL CONTROL - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________
TASK 27-41-00-820-001
Adjustment of the THS Zero Position
_______
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

____
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 501
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-41-00-220-003 Check of the Zero Adjustment of the THS
27-41-00-820-002 Adjustment of the THS Control-Cables Length
27-44-00-710-003 Operational Test of the Trimmable Horizontal
Stabilizer Actuator with both (Green and Yellow) and
Pump
Electric Pump
FR12
thru FR12
27-41-00-991-001 Fig. 501
27-41-00-991-002 Fig. 502
27-41-00-991-003 Fig. 503
27-41-00-991-004 Fig. 504
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-00-010-054-A
A. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
zone 312

zone 120.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 502
Feb 01/11

LAN
(5) In the cabin, remove the floor panels 241FF, 241BF (Ref. TASK 53-32-
12-000-002).
Subtask 27-41-00-860-056

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(2) Pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.(Ref. TASK 29-23-
00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001)
(3) On the center pedestal, make sure that the pitch-trim control-wheels
are set to zero.
(4) Install the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) which locks
the pitch-trim control-wheels.
(5) Make sure that the THS graduation agrees with the zero on the
fuselage.
(6) Make sure that :

R - you can install and remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL
R INPUT LEVER (0U190360) (10) easily on the input shaft of the THS
actuator.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-41-00-991-001)
00-864-001).
Subtask 27-41-00-020-052
C. Removal of the protective covers
(2) Release the fasteners (1) and remove the protective covers (2) and
(5).
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-41-00-991-002)

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 503
May 01/10

LAN
Component Location
Figure 501/TASK 27-41-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 504
May 01/00

LAN
Removal/Installation of the Protective Covers
Figure 502/TASK 27-41-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 505
May 01/00

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-41-00-991-001)
Subtask 27-41-00-220-056
A. Check of the dimensions
R (1) Make sure that there are 33.6 links 320.7 +11 -2.5 mm (12.6259
R +0.4330 -0.0984 in.) between the shaft of the THS actuator input
pinion and the end of the chain.
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-41-00-991-003)
Subtask 27-41-00-820-050
B. If the dimension you measured is not correct:

- adjust the distance between the shaft of the THS actuator input pinion
and the end of the chain.
Do these steps :
(1) Lock the tension regulator with the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL
CONTROL (98D27407532000) (11).
(2) Remove the locking clips from the turnbuckles and loosen the cables
(Ref. Detail B).
(3) Put the links of the chain on the pinion until:

R - there are 33.6 links 320.7 +11 -2.5 mm (12.6259 +0.4330 -0.0984
R in.) between the shaft of the THS actuator input pinion and the end
of the chain.
(4) Remove the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000)

(11).
Subtask 27-41-00-220-057
C. Check of the dimension
(1) In the cockpit, remove the floor panel 211EF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-000-
001).
(2) Make sure that:

- there are 33.5 links 320 mm (12.5984 in.) between the shaft of the
lower trim assembly and the end of the chain.
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 27-41-00-991-004)

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 506
Feb 01/05

LAN
Chain Adjustment Dimension
Figure 503/TASK 27-41-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 507
May 01/00

LAN
Component Location.
Figure 504/TASK 27-41-00-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 508
May 01/00

LAN
Subtask 27-41-00-820-051
D. If the dimension you measured is not correct:

- adjust the distance between the shaft of the THS actuator input pinion,
and the end of the shaft.
Do these steps:
(1) Lock the tension regulator with the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL
CONTROL (98D27407532000) (11).
(2) Remove the locking clips from the turnbuckles and loosen the cables
(Ref. Detail B).
(3) Put the links of the chain on the pinion until:

- there are 33.5 links (320 mm (12.5984 in.)) between the pitch trim
shaft, the gearset unit and the end of the shaft.
(4) Remove the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000) (11)
from the tension regulator.
(5) Adjust the tension of the cables (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-820-002).
Subtask 27-41-00-710-050
E. Do the operational test of the THS actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-00-710-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-41-00-410-056
A. Installation of the protective covers
(1) Install the protective covers (2) and (5).
(2) Tighten the fasteners (1).
Subtask 27-41-00-942-055
(1) On the center pedestal, remove the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING
(98D27403500000).
(2) Make sure that the zero adjustment is correct (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-
220-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 509
May 01/00

LAN
items.
R Subtask 27-41-00-410-053-A
R C. Close Access
R (1) Install the floor panel 211EF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-400-001).
R (2) Install the floor panels 241FF and 241BF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-
R 002).
R (3) Close the access doors 811 and 312AR.
Subtask 27-41-00-862-053
D. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 510
May 01/01

LAN
TASK 27-41-00-720-001
Functional Test of the THS-Actuator Overtravel Related to the Mechanical

Indicator
_______
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-41-00-820-001 Adjustment of the THS Zero Position
R 27-41-00-820-002 Adjustment of the THS Control-Cables Length
Pump
Electric Pump

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 511
Feb 01/03

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-41-00-991-004 Fig. 504
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-00-860-054

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
(3) Pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-
00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001).
Subtask 27-41-00-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 512
Nov 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-41-00-720-051
A. Functional Test of the THS-Actuator Overtravel Related to the Mechanical

Indicator
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Slowly move one of the pitch-trim - The 4 Deg DN indication on each

control wheels to the 4 deg. DN graduated wheel is opposite the
stop. triangle on the center pedestal
index.
- On the lower ECAM display unit, on
the F/CTL page, on the PITCH TRIM
indicator the value shown is included
between 3.5 and 4.3 deg.
- The mechanical input of the THS
actuator is against its stop before
the pitch-trim gearset unit. At the
control wheel, first you must feel
the THS actuator stop then you must
put more force (cable elasticity),
finally you get the pitch-trim
gearset unit stop. On the lower ECAM
display unit, on the F/CTL page, on
the PITCH TRIM indicator: make sure
that the value shown is included
between 3.5 and 4.3 deg.
the THS is opposite the 4th upper
2. Slowly move one of the pitch-trim - The 13.5 UP mark on each graduated
control wheels to the 13.5 deg UP wheel is opposite the triangle of the
stop. center pedestal index.
- On the lower ECAM display, on the
F/CTL page, on the PITCH TRIM
indicator, the value shown is
included between 12.9 and 13.9 deg.
- You touch the stop of the THS
actuator mechanical input before the
stop of the pitch-trim control wheel.
The stop must have almost the same
flexibility as for the DN position.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 513
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the THS is opposite the 13.5 th lower
3. Move the pitch-trim control wheel - On the lower ECAM display unit, on
to the 0 position. the F/CTL page, on the PITCH TRIM
indicator the value shown is 0 +0.3
-0.3 deg.
4. If the values shown on the F/CTL page are not correct and if you touch the
stop on the pitch-trim gearset unit before the stop of the THS actuator
mechanical input, do these steps:
A. Loosen the cables (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-820-001)(Ref.Subtask

27-41-00-820-050).
B. Remove the chain from the pinion just after the gearset unit.
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 27-41-00-991-004)
C. Shift one tooth between the gear just after the pitch-trim gearset unit
and the chain/cable to the THS.
D. Install the chain on the pinion.
E. Adjust the trim control wheel (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-820-002).
F. Adjust the tension of the cable (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-820-002).
G. Make sure that you touch the stop of the THS actuator mechanical input
before the stop of the pitch-trim control wheel.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-41-00-860-055
00-864-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001).
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 514
Feb 01/11
R
LAN

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 515
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-41-00-730-001
System Test of the THS Actuator Electrical Control
_______
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 516
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-00-860-050

002).


pushbutton switch. (On the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page
comes into view).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 517
May 01/00

LAN
(6) Pressurize the Green, the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems.
29-10-00-863-003)
Subtask 27-41-00-010-060
B. Get Access

access door 822.

- loosen the two srews and remove the protective cover.
Subtask 27-41-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 518
Feb 01/11

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-41-00-730-050
A. System Test of the THS Actuator Electrical Control
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the center pedestal: On the lower ECAM display unit, on the

- move the pitch-trim control F/CTL page:
wheel to the 4 DN position. - on the PITCH TRIM indicator the value
shown is included between 3.5 and 4.3
deg.

wheel to the 13.5 UP position. - on the PITCH TRIM indicator the value
shown is included between 12.9 and
13.9 deg.

- release the FLT CTL/ELAC1 and - the OFF legends of the ELAC1 and SEC1
FLT CTL/SEC1 pushbutton pushbutton switches come on.
switches.

- release the FLT CTL/ELAC2 and - the OFF legends of the ELAC2 and SEC2
FLT CTL/SEC2 pushbutton pushbutton switches come on.
switches.

- push the FLT CTL/SEC1 pushbutton - the OFF legend of the SEC1 pushbutton
switch. switch goes off.
On the center pedestal:

- the pitch-trim control wheel goes
back to 0 +7 -7 mm (0.0000 +0.2755 -
0.2755 in.).

F/CTL page:
- the PITCH TRIM indicator shows 0 +0.3
-0.3 deg (0.0000 +0.3000 -0.3000
deg).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 519
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- release the FLT CTL/SEC1 - the OFF legend of the SEC1 pushbutton
pushbutton switch. switch comes on.
7. On the center pedestal:

- move the pitch-trim control
wheel to the 4 DN position.

- push the FLT CTL/ELAC1 - the OFF legend of the ELAC1

back to 0 +7 -7 mm (0.0000 +0.2755 -
0.2755 in.).

F/CTL page:
-0.3 deg (0.0000 +0.3000 -0.3000
deg).

- release the FLT CTL/ELAC1 - the OFF legend of the ELAC1



back to 0 +7 -7 mm (0.0000 +0.2755 -
0.2755 in.).

F/CTL page:

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 520
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-0.3 deg (0.0000 +0.3000 -0.3000
deg).

- release the FLT CTL/ELAC2 - the OFF legend of the ELAC2


- push the FLT CTL/SEC2 - the OFF legend of the SEC2 pushbutton
pushbutton switch. switch goes off.

back to 0 +7 -7 mm (0.0000 +0.2755 -
0.2755 in.).

F/CTL page:
-0.3 deg (0.0000 +0.3000 -0.3000
deg).

- push the FLT CTL/ELAC1 and FLT - the OFF legends of the ELAC1 and SEC1
CTL/SEC1 pushbutton switches. pushbutton switches go off.

17. On the center pedestal, on the On the lower ECAM display unit:
ECAM control panel: - the HYD page comes into view.
- push the HYD pushbutton switch.

- release the HYD/PTU/AUTO - the OFF legend of the HYD/PTU/AUTO

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 521
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HYD page:
- the hydraulic pressure of the Green
system decreases to 0 PSI.
ECAM control panel: - the F/CTL page comes into view.
- push the F/CTL pushbutton
switch.
- move the pitch trim control F/CTL page:
deg.
13.9 deg.
wheel to the 0 position. - the PITCH TRIM indicator shows 0 +0.3
-0.3 deg (0.0000 +0.3000 -0.3000
deg).
ECAM control panel: - the HYD page comes into view.
- push the HYD pushbutton switch.

- push the HYD/PTU/AUTO - the OFF legend of the HYD/PTU/AUTO

HYD page:
- the hydraulic pressure of the Green
system increases to approximately
3000 PSI.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 522
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- release the HYD/LEAK - the OFF legend of the LEAK
MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton
switch. switch comes on.

HYD page:
- the hydraulic pressure of the Yellow
system stays at approximately 3000
PSI but the Yellow indication becomes
amber.
ECAM control panel: - the F/CTL page comes into view.
- push the F/CTL pushbutton
switch.
deg.
13.9 deg.
wheel to the 0 position. - the PITCH TRIM indicator shows 0 +0.3
-0.3 deg (0.0000 +0.3000 -0.3000
deg).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-41-00-860-051

- push the HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch (the OFF
legend of this pushbutton switch goes off).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 523
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 27-41-00-410-057
B. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 524
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-41-00-820-002
Adjustment of the THS Control-Cables Length
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 0U190360 1 PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 525
May 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-41-00-820-003 Shortening of the THS Control Cable
27-41-44-000-001 Removal of the THS Control Cables
27-41-44-400-001 Installation of the THS Control Cables
Pump
Electric Pump
27-41-00-991-006 Fig. 505
27-41-00-991-008 Fig. 506
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-00-862-054
A. Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energized

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 27-41-00-010-057-A
B. Get Access
R (1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the

access door 312AR.
R (3) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the access door 811.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 526
Nov 01/03

LAN

door 825.

door 826.
(13) Remove the cabin floor panels 241FF, 241BF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-
002).
Subtask 27-41-00-860-053
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
33-21-618-001).
cable routing zone.
____
area).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 527
Aug 01/08
R
LAN
00-863-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001).
(7) Operate the THS fully more than ten times and put it in the zero
position.
(8) On the center pedestal, make sure that the pitch-trim control-wheels
are set to zero.
R (10) Install the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

R (0U190360) (5) on the input shaft of the THS Actuator (1).
00-864-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 27-41-00-991-006, 506/TASK 27-41-00-991-008)
Subtask 27-41-00-820-052
A. Adjustment of the THS Control Cables
tension regulator (2) in relation to the measured ambient
temperature.
you release the cables, make sure that the movable pulley bracket of
the tension regulator (2) moves easily (it must not be caught).
(4) Remove the locking clips from the turnbuckles (3).
(5) Turn the 2 turnbuckles (3) by the same value to adjust the tension of
the cable loop so that :
- The position of the index (4) of the tension regulator (2) agrees
with the values found on the graph with a tolerance of + or - 1
graduation (+ or - 5⁰C).
- You can install the locking clips on the turnbuckles (3).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 528
May 01/10

LAN
R Adjustment of the Cables
Figure 505/TASK 27-41-00-991-006

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 529
Feb 01/03

LAN
R Adjustment Graph
Figure 506/TASK 27-41-00-991-008

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 530
Feb 01/03

LAN
- The pitch-trim control-wheels stay at zero.

the pulleys and the tension regulator (2).
1
_ Make a mark on each rear cable.
2
_ Pull the cables to the front until the position of the index
3
_ Keep the cables pulled and make a new mark on each cable then
release the cables.
4
27-41-44-400-001).
R (7) Remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360)

(5).
(8) Energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

002).
00-863-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001).
(10) Operate the THS fully more than ten times and put it in the zero
position.
R (11) Install the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

R (0U190360) (5).
00-864-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001).

002).
(14) Make sure that the position of the index (4) agrees with the values
found on the graph with a tolerance of + or - 1 graduation (+ or -
5⁰C).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 531
May 01/10

LAN
(15) Make sure that the pitch-trim control-wheels stay at zero.
(16) With a tensiometer, measure the tension of the two cables at a

distance no less than 200 mm (7.8740 in.) from the tension regulator
(2).
Do this step two times to make sure that you get the same tension
value.
(17) Make sure that the tension value is 20 +8 -4 daN (45 +18 -9 lbf).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-41-00-860-057
(1) Install the locking clips on the turnbuckles (3) of each cable. Make
sure that the number of threads on each side of the end fitting is
the same.

(5).
items.
Subtask 27-41-00-410-054-A
B. Close Access
(1) Install the cabin floor panels 241FF, 241BF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-
002).
41-00-410-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 532
May 01/10

LAN
TASK 27-41-00-820-003
Shortening of the THS Control Cable
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Do this procedure when it is no longer possible to adjust the length of the

THS control cables (turnbuckles on the stops).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98D27407532000 1 RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 533
May 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-41-00-991-006 Fig. 505
27-41-00-991-008 Fig. 506
27-41-00-991-012 Fig. 507
27-41-00-991-013 Fig. 508
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-00-010-061-A
A. Get Access
removed.
Subtask 27-41-00-860-064
(Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).
cable routing zone.
____
area).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 534
May 01/10
R
LAN
(4) Make sure that the pitch-trim control wheels are in the 0 position.
to operate the pitch trim.
R (6) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

R (0U190360) (5) is in position on the mechanical input of the THS
actuator (1).
(7) Make sure that the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL
(98D27407532000) (11) is in position on the tension regulator (2).
4. Procedure
_________

27-41-00-991-012, 508/TASK 27-41-00-991-013)
Subtask 27-41-00-220-062
A. Measurement
Subtask 27-41-00-820-053
B. Shortening of the THS Control Cables
(1) Adjust the two turnbuckles to the dimension C = 30 mm (1.18 in.).
(2) Find the correct value to cut the cables.

____
(a) Use the adjustment graph to find the position of the index of the
tension regulator (2) in relation to the ambient temperature.
(b) Put marks on the two cables where the cable routing is straight
and near the structure.
(c) In the fuselage between two static fairleads, pull the two cables
at the same time until the index of the tension regulator is at
the position found on the graph.
NOTE : Pull the cables down to get the necessary force, and
____
measure the cable travel Y along the aircraft axis.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 535
May 01/10

LAN
R THS Cable Turnbuckles
R Figure 507/TASK 27-41-00-991-012

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 536
Feb 01/03

LAN
R Cable Travel Y
Figure 508/TASK 27-41-00-991-013

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 537
Aug 01/04

LAN
(d) Measure with the marks (on the cables and on the structure) the
cable travel Y on each cable to get the necessary cable length.
(e) For each cable side, subtract 35 mm (1.3779 in.) from the value
measured before.
NOTE : 35 mm (1.3779 in.) is the cable penetration into the

____
terminal stud of one turnbuckle.
(f) The value X (to cut the cable) = Y (cable travel) - 35 mm
(1.3779 in.).
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Example: |
R | Measured cable travel Y for each cable = 110 mm (4.33 in.) |
R | Cable penetration into the terminal stud = 35 mm (1.38 in.) |
R | Value X to cut the cable = 110 mm - 35 mm = 75 mm |
R | (4.33 in. - 1.38 in. = 2.95 in.)|
R |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | Cut the two rear cables by 75 mm (2.95 in.) |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(3) Use the measured clearance between the turnbuckles and the static
fairleads to cut the rear cable junction by the calculated value.

____
(4) Install the new turnbuckles on the cables (Ref. CFM Cable Fabrication
Man).
(5) Do the adjustment of the THS control-cables length (Ref. TASK 27-41-
00-820-002).
(6) Make sure that the clearances A between the two turnbuckles and the
fairleads is minimum 25.4 mm (1.00 in.) along the full travel range
of the THS control.
(7) Make sure that the distance B between the ends of the turnbuckles
in each THS control cable is minimum 90 mm (3.54 in.) in all the
positions.
(8) Make sure that the turnbuckles are in the adjustment range of 38.2 mm
(1.50 in.).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 538
May 01/10

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-41-00-860-065
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Remove the special and standard tools and all other items.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 539
Feb 01/03

LAN
TASK 27-41-00-820-004
Cutting of the Rear Control Cable of the THS
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Do this procedure when you install a new rear control cable on the THS.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 98D27408650000 1 DEVICE-PRE RIGGING,CONTROL CABLE

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 540
May 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-41-00-991-006 Fig. 505
27-41-00-991-011 Fig. 509
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-00-010-063
A. Get Access
removed.
Subtask 27-41-00-860-068
(Ref. TASK 12-33-21-618-001).
cable routing zone.
____
area).
(4) Make sure that the pitch-trim control wheels are in the 0 position.
to operate the pitch trim.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 541
May 01/10
R
LAN
R (6) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER
R (0U190360) (5) is in position on the mechanical input of the THS
actuator (1).
(98D27407532000) (11) is in position on the tension regulator (2).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 27-41-00-991-006, 509/TASK 27-41-00-991-011)
Subtask 27-41-00-820-055
A. Tension of the Cables
R (1) Install the DEVICE-PRE RIGGING,CONTROL CABLE (98D27408650000).
(2) Apply a tension of 32 daN (71.9388 lbf) to the cable linkage.
Subtask 27-41-00-220-063
B. Measurement
Subtask 27-41-00-820-056
C. Cutting of the Rear Control Cable of the THS
(1) Measure the distance between FR35 and the rear control cable of the
THS.
Make a mark on each cable:
- for the right cable: at 542.9 mm (21.3740 in.) plus or minus 2 mm
(0.0787 in.)
- for the left cable: at 2542.9 mm (100.1142 in.) plus or minus 2 mm
(0.0787 in.)
(2) Release the tension on the cables.
R (3) Remove the DEVICE-PRE RIGGING,CONTROL CABLE (98D27408650000).
(4) Use an applicable tool (Ref. CFM Cable Fabrication Man) to cut the
cables at the marks you did before.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 542
May 01/10

LAN
R Rear THS Control Cables Length Adjustment
Figure 509/TASK 27-41-00-991-011

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 543
Aug 01/06

LAN
R (5) Install the terminal studs on the cable ends (Ref. CFM Cable
R Fabrication Man).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 544
Aug 01/08

LAN
THS MECHANICAL CONTROL - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________________
TASK 27-41-00-210-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of the THS Mechanical Control
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-24-11-100-001 Cleaning and Protection of the Cables

R FR34
R Cargo-Compartment
R Partition FR34
R Cargo-Compartment

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 601
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FR65
FR12
thru FR12
FR24
27-41-00-991-010 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
Subtask 27-41-00-010-050-C
A. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at the zone 121.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 602
May 01/11

LAN
(a) Open the access door 312AR.
221LF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-000-001).
000-001) (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002).
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002).
12-000-001).
25-55-12-000-002).
25-55-12-000-001).
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
Subtask 27-41-00-010-050-D
A. Get Access

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-41-00

Page 603
May 01/11

LAN
221LF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-000-001).
000-001) (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002).
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002).
12-000-001).
000-002).
25-55-12-000-001).
R **ON A/C 201-250,
Subtask 27-41-00-010-050-E
A. Get Access

EFF :

101-150, 201-299, 27-41-00

Page 604
May 01/11

LAN
221EF, 231BF 221LF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 53-12-
12-000-001).
(Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002).
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002).
12-000-001).
000-002).
25-55-12-000-001).
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-41-00-210-050
A. Visual Inspection of the THS Mechanical Control (between FR8 and FR71)
(1) Make sure that all the nuts and the bolts are tight or safetied at
each attachment point.
(2) Make sure that there is no corrosion on the bolts, the nuts and the
washers.
(3) Make sure that the turnbuckles are safetied with the lock clips.
(4) Make sure that the identification plates of all the components are
attached correctly.
(5) Make sure that the front chain and the cable move freely.
(6) Make sure that the front chain and the cable do not touch the
structure.
(7) Make sure that the cables are not damaged (Ref. TASK 20-24-12-200-
001)

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 605
May 01/11
R
LAN
(8) Make sure that there is no corrosion on the cables (Ref. TASK 20-24-
11-100-001).
Subtask 27-41-00-210-058
B. Visual inspection of the Rear THS Control Cable (between FR71 and the THS
actuator)
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-41-00-991-010)
(1) Removal of the Protective Covers
(a) Remove the screws (4) and the washers (3).
(b) Release the fasteners (1) and remove the protective covers (2)
and (5).
(2) Do an inspection of the THS control cable between the tension

regulator and the chain linkage.
(3) Make sure that the chain and the cable move freely.
(4) Make sure that the chain and the cable do not touch the structure (no
marks on the fasteners).
(5) Make sure that the chain that controls the THS actuator is in the
correct condition.
001).
11-100-001).
(8) Installation of the Protective Covers
(a) Install the protective covers (2) and (5).
(b) Tighten the fasteners (1).
(c) Install the washers (3) and the screws (4).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 606
May 01/11
R
LAN
Removal/Installation of the Protective Covers.
Figure 601/TASK 27-41-00-991-010

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 607
Aug 01/06
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
Subtask 27-41-00-410-050-C
A. Close Access
items.
221EF 221LF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-400-001) (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-400-
001).
(3) In the zones 231 and 241, install the floor panels 231CF, 231WF,
400-002).
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).
12-400-001).
151CC, 151DC, 161AC, 161BC. (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-002) (Ref. TASK
25-55-12-400-002).
25-55-12-400-001).
(8) Close the access doors 811, 825, 826, 312AR.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 608
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
Subtask 27-41-00-410-050-D
A. Close Access
items.
221EF 221LF (Ref. TASK 53-12-11-400-001) (Ref. TASK 53-12-12-400-
001).
(3) In the zones 231 and 241, install the floor panels 231CF, 231WF,
400-002).
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).
12-400-001).
151GC, 161AC, 161BC. (Ref. TASK 25-55-11-400-002) (Ref. TASK 25-55-
12-400-002).
25-55-12-400-001).

R

EFF :

101-150, 251-299, 27-41-00

Page 609
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 201-250,
Subtask 27-41-00-410-050-E
A. Close Access
items.
400-001).
(Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-002).
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).
12-400-001).
400-002).
25-55-12-400-001).

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-41-00

Page 610
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-41-00-210-002
Visual Inspection of the Pitch-Trim Control Wheel Indicators
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Do a check for cracks on the pitch-trim control wheel indicators.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-41-41-000-001 Removal of the Control Mechanism-Pitch Trim
27-41-41-400-001 Installation of the Control Mechanism-Pitch Trim
Pump

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 611
Aug 01/06
R
LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-00-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
49VU LIGHTING/ICE AND STBY/COMP/LIGHT 1LF H04
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/GLARE/SHLD 5LF Y05
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL AND/PED 4LF Y04
122VU LIGHTING/INSTL LT/OVHD/PNL 3LF Y03
Subtask 27-41-00-860-066
(1) On the panel 111VU, turn the INTEG LT/MAIN PNL & PED potentiometer to
BRT to make crack detection easier.

002).
(3) Pressurize the Yellow and the Green hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
23-00-863-001).
(4) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(5) On the center pedestal on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL
pushbutton switch (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(6) Make sure that on the lower display unit (DU) of the ECAM, the F/CTL
page comes on.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 612
Nov 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-41-00-210-056
A. Visual Inspection of the Pitch-Trim Control Wheel Indicators for Cracks
(1) On the center pedestal, turn the CAPT or F/O pitch-trim control wheel
to the nose DN stop position.
(2) On the CAPT side:

- make sure that there are no cracks on the pitch-trim control wheel
indicator while you turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the nose
UP stop position.
(3) If you find cracks(s), replace the pitch-trim control wheel indicator
(Ref. TASK 27-41-41-000-001) (Ref. TASK 27-41-41-400-001).
(4) On the F/O side:

- make sure that there are no cracks on the pitch-trim control wheel
indicator while you turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the nose
DN stop position.
(5) If you find cracks(s), replace the pitch-trim control wheel indicator
(Ref. TASK 27-41-41-000-001) (Ref. TASK 27-41-41-400-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-41-00-860-067
A. Put the Aircraft Back to its Initial Configuration
(1) Turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the neutral position.
(2) Turn the INT LT/MAIN PNL & PED potentiometer to OFF.
(3) Depressurize the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-24-
00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001)
(4) Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 613
Aug 01/06
R
LAN
TASK 27-41-00-220-001
Check of the Cable Tension Regulator of the THS Trim Control (Pointer in the
Limits)
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 614
May 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Pump
Electric Pump
27-41-00-991-007 Fig. 602
27-41-00-991-009 Fig. 603
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-00-010-051
A. Get Access
access door 312AR.
(a) Open the access door 811 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 615
May 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-41-00-860-058
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
(2) Make sure that the air conditioning is de-energized (Ref. TASK 12-33-
21-618-001).
(3) The cable routing area must not be lighten by neon located close the
cable itself.
____
area).
(5) The ambiant temperature must be within the range of 0 deg.C (32.00
deg.F), 40 deg.C (104.00 deg.F).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 27-41-00-991-007)
Subtask 27-41-00-220-050
A. Check of the Cable Tension Regulator of the THS Trim Control (Pointer in
the Limits)

002).
00-863-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 616
May 01/10
R
LAN
THS Actuator - Rigging
Figure 602/TASK 27-41-00-991-007

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 617
Aug 01/06
R
LAN
(3) Operate the THS more than ten times and put it in the zero position.

(0U190360) (1) on the input shaft of the THS actuator.
00-864-001).
(6) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).
you release the cables, make sure that the movable pulley bracket of
the tension regulator moves easily (it must not be caught).
R (10) Use the adjustment graph to find the position of the index (value in
R degree C) in relation to the measured ambient temperature.
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 27-41-00-991-009)
R (11) On the tension regulator, make sure that the position of the index
R agrees with the value found on the graph (value in degree C) with a
R tolerance of + or - 1 graduation (+ or - 5 degree C).
R NOTE : 1 graduation on the tension regulator corresponds to 5 degree

____
R C.
(12) If the result of the check is no correct, adjust the THS cable length
(Ref. TASK 27-41-00-820-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-41-00-860-059
(1) Remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

(0U190360).
(2) Remove the warning notice.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 618
Nov 01/10

LAN
Adjustment Graph
Figure 603/TASK 27-41-00-991-009

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 619
Aug 01/06
R
LAN
Subtask 27-41-00-410-051
B. Close Access
41-00-410-002).
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 620
May 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-41-00-220-002
Check of the Correct Tension of the THS Mechanical Control Cables
_______
GEAR.
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 621
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
R Cargo-Compartment
R Cargo-Compartment
27-41-42-000-001 Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator
27-41-42-400-001 Installation of the Cable Tension Regulator
Pump
Electric Pump
52-30-00-860-001 Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
52-30-00-860-002 Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-00-860-060

002).
(2) Pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems with the electric
pump (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 622
May 01/11

LAN
(3) Safety Precautions
(a) On the center pedestal, make sure that the pitch-trim

control-wheels are set to zero.
(b) Put a warning notice on the pitch-trim control wheels to tell

persons not to use the pitch trim.
(c) Put a warning notice on the rudder pedals (CAPT and F/O) to tell
persons not to operate them.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
Subtask 27-41-00-010-052
B. Get Access
(1) Open the FWD and AFT cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-
001).
(3) Remove the ceiling panel 131BC in the cargo compartment (Ref. TASK
25-54-12-000-002).
(4) Remove the ceiling panel 151BC in the cargo compartment (Ref. TASK
25-55-11-000-002).
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
Subtask 27-41-00-010-052-A
B. Get Access
001).
(3) Remove the ceiling panel 131MC in the cargo compartment (Ref. TASK
25-54-12-000-002).
(4) Remove the ceiling panel 151FC in the cargo compartment (Ref. TASK
25-55-11-000-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 623
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 201-250,
Subtask 27-41-00-010-052-B
B. Get Access
001).
(3) Remove the ceiling panel 131MC in the cargo compartment (Ref. TASK
25-54-12-000-002).
(4) Remove the ceiling panel 151DY in the cargo compartment (Ref. TASK
25-55-11-000-002).
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-41-00-220-051
A. Check of the Correct Tension of the THS Mechanical Control Cables
(1) Operate the THS fully five times and put it in the zero position.
(2) In the cargo compartment, you can see four cables:

- the two cables at right are the THS control cables
- the two cables at left are the rudder control cables.
(3) Make sure that the movable pulley bracket of the tension regulator is
not on a stop.
(4) Bend the two THS cables at right to the same value and release them
quickly. When you release the cables, make sure that the movable
pulley bracket of the tension regulator moves easily (it must not be
caught).
NOTE : The tension value of each cable is 20 +8 -4 daN (45 +18 -9

____
lbf).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 624
May 01/11

LAN
(6) If the result of the check is not correct, change the springs of the
cable tension regulator (Ref. TASK 27-41-42-000-001), (Ref. TASK 27-
41-42-400-001). Adjust the cables (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-820-002).
(7) Check the tension of the cables.
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
Subtask 27-41-00-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the ceiling panel 131BC in the cargo compartment (Ref. TASK
25-54-12-400-002).
(3) Install the ceiling panel 151BC in the cargo compartment (Ref. TASK
25-55-11-400-002).
(4) Close the FWD and AFT cargo compartment doors (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
860-002).
(5) Remove the warning notices
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
Subtask 27-41-00-410-052-A
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the ceiling panel 131MC in the cargo compartment (Ref. TASK
25-54-12-400-002).
(3) Install the ceiling panel 151FC in the cargo compartment (Ref. TASK
25-55-11-400-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 625
May 01/11

LAN
860-002).
R **ON A/C 201-250,
Subtask 27-41-00-410-052-B
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the ceiling panel 131MC in the cargo compartment (Ref. TASK
25-54-12-400-002).
(3) Install the ceiling panel 151DY in the cargo compartment (Ref. TASK
25-55-11-400-002).
860-002).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-41-00-860-061
(1) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-23-
00-864-001).

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 626
May 01/11

LAN
TASK 27-41-00-220-003
Check of the Zero Adjustment of the THS
_______
_______
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 627
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply
Pump
Electric Pump
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-00-010-059
A. Get Access

access door 822.
(b) On the battery power center 105VU:

access door 312AR.
R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position in the zone
310.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 628
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-41-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-41-00-860-062

002)

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(3) On the panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/SEC 1 and FLT CTL/ELAC 1
pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends
come on).
(4) On the panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and the FLT CTL/SEC 2
pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF legends
come on).
pushbutton switch (on the lower ECAM display unit, the F/CTL page
comes into view).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 629
Nov 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-41-00-866-054
A. Check of the Zero Adjustment of the THS
(1) On the center pedestal, move the THS from the zero position to x
degrees Nose up with the pitch-trim control-wheel.
(3) Make sure that the pitch-trim control-wheels move to zero (0 mark on
the pitch-trim control-wheels, opposite the triangle on the center
pedestal).
(4) On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM display unit:

- the PITCH TRIM indicator shows 0⁰ plus or minus 0.3⁰.
(5) On the tail cone, make sure that the THS is opposite the 0 mark.
(6) On the panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switch (on
(7) On the center pedestal, move the THS from the zero position with the
pitch-trim control-wheel.
(8) On the panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on the
(9) Make sure that the pitch-trim control-wheels move to zero (the 0 mark
on the pitch-trim control-wheels is opposite the triangle on the
center pedestal).

- make sure that the PITCH TRIM indicator shows 0⁰ plus or minus
0.3⁰.
(12) On the panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on
(13) On the center pedestal, move the THS from the zero position to x
degrees Nose up with the pitch-trim control-wheel.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 630
May 01/10
R
LAN
(15) Make sure that the pitch-trim control-wheels move to zero (0 mark on
the pitch-trim control-wheels opposite the triangle on the center
pedestal).

- make sure that the PITCH TRIM indicator shows 0⁰ plus or minus
0.3⁰.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-41-00-860-063

001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(2) On the panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/SEC 1 and FLT CTL/ELAC 1
off).
(3) On the panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch (on this
items.

002).
Subtask 27-41-00-410-055
B. Close Access

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 631
Feb 01/11
R
LAN

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 632
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-41-00-210-003
Visual Inspection and Lubrication of the Rear THS control cable (between FR71
and the THS actuator)
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 633
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-41-00-991-010 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-00-010-062
A. Get Access
zone 312.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-41-00-991-010)
Subtask 27-41-00-020-053
A. Removal of the Protective Covers
(2) Release the fasteners (1) and remove the protective covers (2) and
(5).
Subtask 27-41-00-210-057
B. Visual Inspection of the Rear THS Control Cable
(1) Do an inspection the THS control cable between the tension regulator
and the chain linkage.
(2) Make sure that the chain and the cable move freely.
(3) Make sure that the chain and the cable do not touch the structure (no
marks on the fasteners).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 634
Feb 01/11

LAN
(4) Make sure that the chain that controls the THS actuator is in the
correct condition.
001).
11-100-001).
R (7) Clean the control cable in this area with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material
R No. 19-003).
(8) Lubricate the control cable with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004).
Subtask 27-41-00-420-051
C. Installation of the Protective Covers
(1) Install the protective covers (2) and (5).
(2) Tighten the fasteners (1).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-41-00-410-058
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-00

Page 635
May 01/11

LAN
CONTROL MECHANISM - PITCH TRIM - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 27-41-41-000-001
Removal of the Control Mechanism-Pitch Trim
_______
GEAR.
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22-82-12-000-001 Removal of the MCDU (3CA1,3CA2,3CA3)

23-13-13-000-001 Removal of the Radio Management Panel (RMP) (1RG1,
1RG2, 1RG3)
23-51-12-000-001 Removal of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2,
2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)
Electric Pump

EFF :

ALL 27-41-41

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-41-12-000-001 Removal of the Weather Radar Control Unit (3SQ)

34-52-12-000-001 Removal of the ATC/TCAS Control Unit
27-41-41-991-002 Fig. 401
27-41-41-991-001 Fig. 402
27-41-41-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-41-860-050
(2) Put the THS control in the 0 position.

001).
Subtask 27-41-41-010-050
B. Get Access
310.
Subtask 27-41-41-480-050
C. Install the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360)

(6) on the input lever of the screw jack (5) (Ref. Details D and E).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-41-41-991-002)

EFF :

ALL 27-41-41

Page 402
Feb 01/11

LAN
Pitch Trim Control Mechanism
Figure 401/TASK 27-41-41-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-41-41

Page 403
May 01/00

LAN
Subtask 27-41-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME 1LE H08
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CTR INST/PNL 2LE Z04
Subtask 27-41-41-010-052
E. Remove the peripheral equipments
(1) Remove the MCDUs (3CA1 and 3CA2) (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-000-001).
(2) Remove the radio management panels (1RG1 and 1RG2) (Ref. TASK 23-13-
13-000-001).
(3) Remove the audio control panels (2RN1 and 2RN2) (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-
000-001).
(4) Remove the weather radar control unit (3SQ) (Ref. TASK 34-41-12-000-
001).
(5) Remove the ATC control unit (3SH) (Ref. TASK 34-52-12-000-001).
(6) Remove the panels 111VU and 112VU.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-41-41-991-001)
NOTE : The removal procedure is the same for the panels 111VU and
____
112VU.
(a) Release the fasteners of the panel (1) and disengage the panel
(1) from its housing.
(b) Disconnect the connector (3) from the panel (1).
(c) Remove the panel (1).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-41

Page 404
Nov 01/10

LAN
Panels 111VU and 112VU
Figure 402/TASK 27-41-41-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-41-41

Page 405
May 01/00

LAN
(d) Put blanking caps on the connectors (2) and (3).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-41-41-991-002, 403/TASK 27-41-41-991-003)
Subtask 27-41-41-020-051
A. Removal of the Pitch Trim Control Mechanism
(1) Remove the screws (13).
(2) Remove the plates (14), (15), (17) and (27).
(3) Cut and remove the lockwire from the screws (18), (19) and (21).
(4) Remove the screws (18), (19) and (21) and the washers (16).
(5) Remove the ribs (20) and (26).
(7) Release the plates (24) and (25).
(8) Remove the cotter pins (12), the nuts (11) and the washers (10).
(9) Remove the wheels (29) and the indicators (30) and (35).
(10) Remove the gears (31) and (34) and the spacers (32).
(11) Remove the shaft (28) and the bearings (33).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-41

Page 406
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Pitch Trim Control Mechanism
Figure 403/TASK 27-41-41-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-41-41

Page 407
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-41-41-400-001
Installation of the Control Mechanism-Pitch Trim
_______
GEAR.
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific corrosion-resistant steel lockwire dia 0.8 mm (0.03

in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-41-41

Page 408
Feb 01/11

LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 cotter pins 27-41-01 01A-010

12 cotter pins 27-41-01 01B-010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22-82-12-400-002 Installation of the MCDU (3CA1,3CA2,3CA3)

23-13-13-400-001 Installation of the Radio Management Panel (RMP)
(1RG1, 1RG2, 1RG3)
23-51-12-400-001 Installation of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1,
2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)
External Power
Pump
Electric Pump
34-41-12-400-001 Installation of the Weather Radar Control Unit (3SQ)
R 34-52-12-400-001 Installation of the ATC/TCAS Control Unit
27-41-41-991-002 Fig. 401
27-41-41-991-001 Fig. 402
27-41-41-991-003 Fig. 403
27-41-41-991-004 Fig. 404

EFF :

ALL 27-41-41

Page 409
Nov 01/10

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-41-860-051
(1) Make sure that the THS control is in the 0 position.
(2) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-
001) is depressurized.
R (3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in
Subtask 27-41-41-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU LIGHTING/EMER LT/CKPT/DOME 1LE H08
122VU LIGHTING/FLOOD/CTR INST/PNL 2LE Z04
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-41-41-991-002, 403/TASK 27-41-41-991-003)
Subtask 27-41-41-640-050
A. Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the components.
Subtask 27-41-41-420-050
B. Installation of the Pitch Trim Control Mechanism
(1) Before the installation, make sure that the position of the green
band / CG (Center of Gravity) scale of the pitch-trim wheel indicator
is in accordance with the table given in the figure.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-41-41-991-004)

EFF :

ALL 27-41-41

Page 410
Feb 01/11

LAN
Position of the Green Band / CG (Center of Gravity) Scale
Figure 404/TASK 27-41-41-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-41-41

Page 411
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(2) Install the shaft (28) and the bearings (33) on the structure.
(3) Install the spacers (32).
(4) Install the gear (31) and the indicator (30) on the CAPT side.
NOTE : During the installation, align the 0 mark of the indicator

____
with the fixed pointer of the pedestal index (Ref. Detail C).
(5) Install the gear (34) and the indicator (35) on the F/O side.
(6) Install the wheels (29).
NOTE : During the installation, align the white strip center of the
____
wheel with the fixed pointer of the pedestal index (Ref.
Detail C) with a maximum clearance of 2.54 mm (0.1000 in.).
(7) Install the washers (10), the nuts (11) and the new cotter pins (12)
.
(8) Install the rib (20) on the structure.
(9) Install the washers (16) and the screws (18), (19), (21).
(10) Install the rib (26) on the structure.
(11) Install the washers (16) and the screws (18), (19), (21).
(12) Safety the screws (18), (19) and (21) with corrosion-resistant steel
lockwire dia 0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(13) Put the plate (24) in the correct position on the structure.
(15) Put the plate (25) in correct position on the structure.
(17) Install the plates (14), (15), (17) and (27).
(18) Install the screws (13).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-41

Page 412
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-41-41-080-050
C. Remove the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) (6)

from the input lever of the screw jack (5) (Ref. Details D and E).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-41-41-991-002)
Subtask 27-41-41-866-050
D. Test

002).
(2) Pressurize the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-24-
00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001).
(3) On the overhead panel 23VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC1 and FLT
CTL/SEC1 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches, the OFF
legends come on).
(4) On the overhead panel 24VU, release the FLT CTL/ELAC2, FLT CTL/SEC2
and FLT CTL/SEC3 pushbutton switches (on these pushbutton switches,
(5) Slowly move one of the pitch-trim control wheels to the DN stop (the
motion must be smooth and constant over all the travel).
(6) On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC2 pushbutton switch.
(a) The OFF legend goes off.
(b) After 6 seconds, the pitch-trim control wheel goes back to the 0
position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-41-41-860-052
(1) On the overhead panel 23VU, push the FLT CTL/ELAC1 and FLT CTL/SEC1
off).
(2) On the overhead panel 24VU, push the FLT CTL/SEC2 and FLT CTL/SEC3
off).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-41

Page 413
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(3) Depressurize the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-23-
00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001).
Subtask 27-41-41-410-054
B. Install the peripheral equipments
(1) Install the panels 111VU and 112VU.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-41-41-991-001)
NOTE : The installation procedure is the same for the panels 111VU
____
and 112VU.
(a) Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (2) and (3).
(b) Connect the connector (2) to the panel (1).
(c) Install the panel (1) on the structure.
(d) Fully tighten the fasteners of the panel (1).
(2) Install the MCDUs (3CA1 and 3CA2) (Ref. TASK 22-82-12-400-002).
(3) Install the radio management panels (1RG1 and 1RG2) (Ref. TASK 23-13-
13-400-001).
(4) Install the audio control panels (2RN1 and 2RN2) (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-
400-001).
(5) Install the weather radar control unit (3SQ) (Ref. TASK 34-41-12-400-
001).
(6) Install the ATC control unit (3SH) (Ref. TASK 34-52-12-400-001).
Subtask 27-41-41-865-052
breaker(s):
4LF, 1LE, 2LE

EFF :

ALL 27-41-41

Page 414
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-41-41-710-050
D. Do an operational test of the panels 111VU and 112VU.
(1) Operate the light adjustment knobs of the panels 111VU and 112VU.
(2) Make sure that the light intensity of the panels 13VU, 130VU, 131VU
and 48VU changes.
Subtask 27-41-41-410-053
E. Close Access
items.
Subtask 27-41-41-862-050
F. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-41

Page 415
Aug 01/10

LAN
REGULATOR - CABLE TENSION - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________
TASK 27-41-42-000-001
Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-41-42-991-002 Fig. 401
27-41-42-991-001 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 27-41-42

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-42-010-050
A. Get Access
(2) Remove the access panel 311AL and open the access door 312AR.
Subtask 27-41-42-860-051
(1) Turn the pitch-trim control wheel in the cockpit and put the THS
actuator near to the zero position.
(2) Lock the pitch trim control wheel with the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING
(98D27403500000).
the pitch controls.
Subtask 27-41-42-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-41-42-480-050
D. Safety Precaution
(1) Put the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) in

the mechanical input of the THS actuator.
(2) Put the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000) in the
rocker assembly of the regulator.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-42

Page 402
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-41-42-860-050
(1) Depressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001) / (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).
the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems.
Subtask 27-41-42-010-051
F. Get Access
(1) Remove the floor panels 241FF, 241BF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002).
(2) Remove the locking clips (30) and release the turnbuckles (31).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-41-42-991-002)
NOTE : Make sure that there is no tension on the THS control cables.
____
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-41-42-991-001)
Subtask 27-41-42-020-050
A. Removal of the Cable Tension Regulator
(1) Remove the cover (2) from the regulator (8) as follows:
(a) Remove the bolts (3) and the washers (4) from the connection of
the cover (2) to the regulator (8).
(b) Remove the bolts (5) and the washers (6) from the connection of
the cover (2) to the cover assembly (1).
(c) Disconnect the cover (2) from the regulator (8) and the cover
assembly (1).
(2) Disconnect the springs (10) from the bolts (9).
(3) Remove the rigging pin 98D27407532000 from the rocker assembly (15)
of the regulator (8).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-42

Page 403
May 01/00

LAN
Location of the Turnbuckles
Figure 401/TASK 27-41-42-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-41-42

Page 404
May 01/00

LAN
Figure 402/TASK 27-41-42-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-41-42

Page 405
May 01/00

LAN
(4) Remove the rocker assembly (15) from the regulator (8) as follows:
(c) Move the rocker assembly (15) from between the sides of the
regulator (8).
(d) Remove and discard the cotter pins (28).
(e) Remove the nuts (27) and the washers (26).
(f) Remove the screw (24), the bolt (25), the spacers (23) and the
rocker assembly (15).
NOTE : Do not disassemble other items of the rocker assembly (15)

____
or remove the pulleys (21) unless a repair or a new
installation is necessary.
(5) Remove the regulator (8) as follows:
NOTE : Do not remove the nuts (7) and the bushes (19) from the
____
regulator (8) unless a repair or a new installation is
necessary.
(a) Remove the nuts (14), the washers (13) and the bolts (11).
(b) Remove the regulator (8) and the shims (12) from the structure.
NOTE : Identify the shims (12) for installation in the same

____
positions.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-42

Page 406
May 01/00

LAN
TASK 27-41-42-400-001
Installation of the Cable Tension Regulator
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-41-42

Page 407
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16 cotter pin 27-41-42 01 -220

28 cotter pins 27-41-42 01 -130
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-41-00-220-002 Check of the Correct Tension of the THS Mechanical
Control Cables
27-41-42-991-002 Fig. 401
27-41-42-991-001 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 27-41-42

Page 408
Nov 01/10

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-42-860-052
position.
(2) Make sure that the access panel 311AL is removed and the access door
312AR is opened.
(3) Make sure that the floor panels 241FF, 241BF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-
002) are removed.
(4) Make sure that the locking clips (30) are removed and the turnbuckles
(31) are released.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-41-42-991-002)
____
(5) Make sure that the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems are
002).
not to pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems.
(7) Make sure that the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) is
installed in the pitch trim control wheel.
(8) Make sure that the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

(0U190360) is installed in the mechanical input of the THS actuator.
Subtask 27-41-42-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-41-42

Page 409
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-41-42-910-050
C. Preparation for the Installation
(1) Examine the cover assembly (1) for damage.
(3) Make sure that the bolts (3),(5),(11), the shims (12) and the nuts
(14) are clean and not damaged.
(4) Examine the regulator (8) and make sure that:

- the nuts (7) are not damaged,
- the springs (10) are not damaged,
- the bushes (19) are tight in the regulator (8),
- the pulleys (21) are not damaged,
- the pulleys (21) are free to turn in the rocker assembly (15),
- the regulator (8) is fully serviceable.
(5) Make sure that the cables (22) are not damaged (Ref. TASK 20-24-12-
200-001).
(6) Make sure that there is no corrosion on the cables (22) (Ref. TASK
20-24-11-100-001).
(7) If replaced, prepare the bushes (19) as follows:
(a) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-029) to the
bushes (19) and safety them in the regulator (8).
(b) Seal the bushes (19) with SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) and
protect them with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003).
(3),(5),(11).
bolts (3),(5),(11).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-42

Page 410
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-41-42-991-001)
Subtask 27-41-42-420-050
A. Installation of the Cable Tension Regulator
(1) Install the regulator (8) as follows:
(a) Put the regulator (8) together with the shims (12) in position at
the structure interface.
(b) Make sure that the shims (12) are installed in the positions
identified during the removal.
(c) Make sure that the cables (22) are correctly installed in the
pulley (21).
(d) Install the bolts (11), the washers (13) and the nuts (14) to
attach the regulator (8) to the structure.
(2) Install the rocker assembly (15) in the regulator (8).
(a) Put the rocker assembly (15) in position on the cables (22) near
the regulator (8).
(b) Make sure that the cables (22) are correctly installed in the
grooves of the pulleys (21).
(c) Put the spacers (23) in position and install the screw (25) and
the bolt (24).
(d) Install the washers (26) and the nuts (27).
(e) TORQUE the nuts (27) to 0.1 m.daN (8.84 lbf.in) and safety them
with the new cotter pins (28).
(f) Put the bolt (20) through the regulator (8), the bushes (19) and
the rocker assembly (15).
(g) Install the washer (18) and the nut (17) on the bolt (20).
(h) TORQUE the nut (17) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in) and safety it
(3) Connect the springs (10) to the bolts (9).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-42

Page 411
Nov 01/08
R
LAN
(4) Adjust the turnbuckles (31) until you can easily install the RIGGING
PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000) through the rocker
assembly (15) of the regulator.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-41-42-991-002)
(5) Install the cover (2) on the regulator (8).
(a) Put the cover (2) in position on the regulator (8).
(b) Install the bolts (5) and the washers (6) on the connection of
the cover (2) and the cover assembly (1).
(c) Install the bolts (3) and the washers (4) on the connection of
the cover (2) and the regulator (8).
Subtask 27-41-42-080-050

from the mechanical input of the THS actuator.
(2) Remove the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000) from
the regulator.
(3) Remove the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) from the pitch
trim control wheel.
Subtask 27-41-42-865-051
breaker(s):
15CE1, 16CE1, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3
Subtask 27-41-42-220-051
D. Check Procedure
(1) Do a check of the cable tensions (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-220-002).
(2) Make sure that the locking clips (30) are correctly installed in the
turnbuckles (31).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-41-42-991-002)

EFF :

ALL 27-41-42

Page 412
May 01/09

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-41-42-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the access panel 311AL and close the access door 312AR.
(4) Install the floor panels 241FF, 241BF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-42

Page 413
Feb 01/07
R
LAN
TASK 27-41-42-000-002
Removal of the Springs of the Cable Tension Regulator
_______
GEAR.
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-41-42-991-003 Fig. 403

EFF :

ALL 27-41-42

Page 414
Feb 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-42-860-053
(3) Make sure that the pitch-trim control wheel in the cockpit is in the
zero position.
(98D27403500000).
the pitch controls.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
Subtask 27-41-42-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-41-42

Page 415
Feb 01/11

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-41-42-991-003)
Subtask 27-41-42-020-051
A. Removal of the Springs of the Cable Tension Regulator
(1) Remove the bolts (3). (5), (6) and the washers (4).
(2) Remove the cover (2) from the cable tension regulator (10).
rocker assembly (12) of the cable tension regulator (10).
(4) Remove the cotter pins (7) and the washers (8).
(5) Carefully remove the springs (9) from the bolts (11).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-42

Page 416
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Springs of the Cable Tension Regulator
Figure 403/TASK 27-41-42-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-41-42

Page 417
Feb 01/07
R
LAN
TASK 27-41-42-400-002
Installation of the Springs of the Cable Tension Regulator
_______
GEAR.
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 cotter pins 27-41-42 01 -050

EFF :

ALL 27-41-42

Page 418
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Control Cables
27-41-42-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-42-860-054
position.
312AR is opened.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(98D27407532000) is installed in the rocker assembly (12) of the
cable tension regulator (10).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-42

Page 419
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-41-42-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-41-42-991-003)
Subtask 27-41-42-420-051
A. Installation of the Springs of the Cable Tension Regulator
(3) Make sure that the THS control cables are not damaged (Ref. TASK 20-
24-12-200-001).
(4) Make sure that there is no corrosion on the THS control cables
(Ref. TASK 20-24-11-100-001).
(5) Connect the springs (9) to the bolts (11).
(6) Install the washers (8) and the cotter pins (7).
(7) Put the cover (2) in position on the cable tension regulator (10).
(8) Install the bolts (5) with the washers (4) at the cover assembly (1).
(9) Install the bolts (3) and (6) with the washers (4).
(10) TORQUE the bolts (3), (5) and (6) to between 0.4 and 0.5 m.daN (35.39
and 44.24 lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-42

Page 420
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-41-42-860-055
the rocker assembly (12) of the cable tension regulator (10).
trim control wheel.
items.
Subtask 27-41-42-865-055
breaker(s):
15CE1, 16CE1, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3
Subtask 27-41-42-220-052
C. Do a check of the cable tensions of the THS mechanical control cables

(Ref. TASK 27-41-00-220-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-42

Page 421
Feb 01/07

LAN
STOP AND GEARSET UNIT - PITCH TRIM CONTROL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________
TASK 27-41-43-000-001
Removal of the Pitch Trim Control Stop and Gearset Unit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27403000000 1 HOLDING TOOL-TRIM CTL LOWER SHAFT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-13-13-000-001 Removal of the Radio Management Panel (RMP) (1RG1,

1RG2, 1RG3)
23-51-12-000-001 Removal of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2,
2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)
Electric Pump
34-41-12-000-001 Removal of the Weather Radar Control Unit (3SQ)
27-41-43-991-002 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 27-41-43

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-43-010-055
A. Get Access

121.
Subtask 27-41-43-860-050
are in the neutral position.
(3) Install the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) on the

pitch-trim control wheels.
R (4) Put the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360) on

the imput lever of the THS actuator.
(5) Adjust the cable length by rigging one turnbuckle in one direction
and readjusting the other turnbuckle on the opposite direction in
order to maintain the cable tension.
(6) Check the cable tension on the cable tension compensator indicator
(Ref. TASK 27-41-00-820-002).

on the THS actuator mechanical imput.
(8) Check the spring back on the nose up and nose down THS control wheel
positions.

001).
(10) Install the HOLDING TOOL-TRIM CTL LOWER SHAFT (98D27403000000) on the
drive shaft (23).
R (11) Install the standard locking bolt on the chain (1).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-43

Page 402
Feb 01/11

LAN
(12) Remove the radio management panel (1RG1) (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-000-
001), the audio control panel (2RN1) (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-000-001),
the panel 111VU and the weather radar control unit (Ref. TASK 34-41-
12-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-41-43-991-002)
Subtask 27-41-43-020-050
A. Removal of the Stop and Gearset Unit
(1) Remove the lateral panel to get access to the chain
(2) Remove and discard the locwire from the nut (27) and the srew (28).
(3) Loosen the nut (27).
(4) Loosen the srew (28) to release the chain tension adjuster (26).
(5) Remove and discard the cotter pins (8), remove the nuts (9) and the
washers (7).
(6) Remove the screws (3) and remove the cover (4).
(7) Remove and discard the cotter pins (17), remove the nuts (18), the
washers (16) and the screws (11).
(8) Remove and discard the cotter pin (13), remove the nut (14), the
washer (15) and the tapered pin (19).
(9) Remove and discard the five nuts (6), remove the four screws (10) and
the screw (21). Release the chain (22) from the gear (2), remove the
stop unit (5) and the yoke (12).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-43

Page 403
May 01/00

LAN
Pitch Trim Control Stop and Gearset Unit

EFF :

ALL 27-41-43

Page 404
May 01/00

LAN
Pitch Trim Control Stop and Gearset Unit

EFF :

ALL 27-41-43

Page 405
May 01/00

LAN
TASK 27-41-43-400-001
Installation of the Pitch Trim Control Stop and Gearset Unit
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific dynamometer
No specific standard locking bolt
98D27403000000 1 HOLDING TOOL-TRIM CTL LOWER SHAFT
R 98D27403002002 1 CHECKING TOOL-CHAIN TENSION,PITCH TRIM CTL WHEEL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 nuts 27-41-01 03 -030

8 cotter pins 27-41-01 03 -080
13 cotter pin 27-41-01 03 -080
17 cotter pins 27-41-01 04 -030

EFF :

ALL 27-41-43

Page 406
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 23-13-13-400-001 Installation of the Radio Management Panel (RMP)

(1RG1, 1RG2, 1RG3)
23-51-12-400-001 Installation of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1,
2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)
27-41-00-720-001 Functional Test of the THS-Actuator Overtravel
Related to the Mechanical Indicator
31-10-00-700-001 Test Program after Removal/Installation of a VU panel
34-41-12-400-001 Installation of the Weather Radar Control Unit (3SQ)
27-41-43-991-002 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-43-860-051

installed on the pitch-trim control wheels.
(4) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-
001) is depressurized.
(5) Make sure that the HOLDING TOOL-TRIM CTL LOWER SHAFT (98D27403000000)
is installed on the drive shaft (23) .
(6) Make sure that the standard locking bolt is installed on the chain
(1).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-41-43-991-002)
Subtask 27-41-43-640-050
A. Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the different components.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-43

Page 407
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-41-43-420-050
B. Installation of the Stop and Gearset Unit
(1) Put the stop unit (5) with the yoke (12) in position on the plate
(20).
(2) Put the stop unit (5) in nose-down stop position.
NOTE : To get the nose-down stop position, the operator must :

____
- be on the gear side of the stop unit (5),
- turn the gear (2) clockwise.
(3) Put the chain (22) in position on the gear (2).
(4) Install the four screws (10) and the screw (21), install and tighten
the five new nuts (6).
(5) Make sure that the chain (22) is correctly set on all the gears.
(6) Install the tapered pin (19), the washer (15) and the nut (14).
(7) Tighten the nut (14) and safety with the new cotter pin (13).
(8) Install the screws (11), the washers (16) and the nuts (18).
(9) Tighten the nuts (18) and safety with the new cotter pins (17).
(10) Put the chain cover (4) in position, install the screws (3), the
washers (7) and the nuts (9).
(11) Tighten the nuts (9) and safety with the new cotter pins (8).
R (12) Install item (24) of CHECKING TOOL-CHAIN TENSION,PITCH TRIM CTL WHEEL
R (98D27403002002) on the chain (22), and item (25) on the center
pedestal.
NOTE : The axis of item (24) must be in the middle of the chain
____
section (Ref detail C).
(13) Turn the srew (28) to increase the tension of the chain (22).
(14) Attach the dynamometer to item (24).
(15) With the dynamometer, apply a force of 1.1 daN (2.4728 lbf) in the up
direction at 90 degrees to the chain section and make sure that the
end of item (24) is in the range of item (25) (Ref. detail D).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-43

Page 408
Feb 01/11

LAN
(16) Turn the screw (28) to adjust the chain tension if necessary.
R (17) Remove the dynamometer and items (24) and (25) of the CHECKING TOOL-
R CHAIN TENSION,PITCH TRIM CTL WHEEL (98D27403002002).
(18) Tighten the nut (27). Make sure that the screw (28) does not turn.
(19) Safety the nut (27) and the screw (28) with lockwire corrosion
items.
(21) Install the lateral panel.
(22) Install the radio management panel (1RG1) (Ref. TASK 23-13-13-400-
001), the audio control panel (2RN1) (Ref. TASK 23-51-12-400-001),
the panel 111VU (Ref. TASK 31-10-00-700-001) and the weather radar
control unit (3SQ) (Ref. TASK 34-41-12-400-001).
Subtask 27-41-43-720-050
C. Test
(1) Remove the HOLDING TOOL-TRIM CTL LOWER SHAFT (98D27403000000) from
the drive shaft (23).
(2) Remove the standard locking bolt from the chain (1).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-41-43-991-002)
(3) Remove the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) from the
pitch-trim control wheels.
(4) Do the functional test of the THS-actuator overfull travel with

reference to the mechanical indicator (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-720-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-41-43-942-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-43

Page 409
Feb 01/11

LAN

EFF :

ALL 27-41-43

Page 410
May 01/00

LAN
CABLES - THS CONTROL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________
TASK 27-41-44-000-001
Removal of the THS Control Cables
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-41-44

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R FR34
R Cargo-Compartment
Pump
Electric Pump
FR12
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
27-41-44-991-001-A Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
27-41-44-991-001-B Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 201-250,
27-41-44-991-001-C Fig. 401B

EFF :

ALL 27-41-44

Page 402
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
27-41-44-991-002 Fig. 402
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
27-41-44-991-002-A Fig. 402A
R **ON A/C 201-250,
27-41-44-991-002-B Fig. 402B
**ON A/C ALL
27-41-44-991-008 Fig. 403

27-41-44-991-003 Fig. 404
27-41-44-991-004 Fig. 405
27-41-44-991-005 Fig. 406
27-41-44-991-006 Fig. 407
27-41-44-991-007 Fig. 408
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-41-44-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-41-44-991-001-B)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 401B/TASK 27-41-44-991-001-C)

EFF :

ALL 27-41-44

Page 403
May 01/11

LAN
Location of Access
Figure 401/TASK 27-41-44-991-001-A

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399, 27-41-44

Page 404
May 01/11

LAN
Location of Access
Figure 401A/TASK 27-41-44-991-001-B

R

EFF :

101-150, 251-299, 27-41-44

Page 405
May 01/11

LAN
Location of Access
Figure 401B/TASK 27-41-44-991-001-C

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-41-44

Page 406
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
Subtask 27-41-44-010-050-C
A. Get Access

zone 121.

zone 132.

zone 154.
zone 312.
(5) Open the access doors 811, 825, 826, 312AR.
(6) In the zones 211 and 221, remove the floor panels 211GF, 211KF,
000-001).
(7) In the zone 241, remove the floor panels 231WF, 241BF, 241FF, 241KF
(Ref. TASK 53-22-12-000-001) (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002).
(8) In the zone 131, remove the ceiling panels 131AC, 131BC, 131CC, 131PW
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002).
25-55-12-000-002).
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
Subtask 27-41-44-010-050-D
A. Get Access

zone 121.

zone 132.

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-41-44

Page 407
May 01/11

LAN
zone 154.
zone 312.
000-001).
(7) In the zones 231 and 241, remove the floor panels 231WF, 241BF,
002).
(8) In the zone 131, remove the ceiling panels 131KC, 131MC, 131NC, 131PW
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002).
000-002).
R **ON A/C 201-250,
Subtask 27-41-44-010-050-E
A. Get Access

zone 121.

zone 132.

zone 154.
zone 312.
000-001).

EFF :

101-150, 201-299, 27-41-44

Page 408
May 01/11

LAN
(Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002).
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002).
12-000-001).
000-002).
25-55-12-000-001).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-41-44-860-050
00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001).
are in the 0 position.
(3) Put the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) in position to

prevent the movement of the pitch-trim control wheels.
(4) Put the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360)

(66) on the input lever of the THS actuator (65) (See Details Q and
R).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-41-44-991-002)
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 27-41-44-991-002-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-41-44

Page 409
May 01/11

LAN
Cable Linkage
Figure 402/TASK 27-41-44-991-002

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399, 27-41-44

Page 410
May 01/11

LAN
Cable Linkage
Figure 402A/TASK 27-41-44-991-002-A

R

EFF :

101-150, 251-299, 27-41-44

Page 411
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 402B/TASK 27-41-44-991-002-B)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-41-44-991-008)
00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001).
(6) Put the warning notices on the CAPT and F/0 side-sticks.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-41-44-991-002)
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 27-41-44-991-002-A)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 402B/TASK 27-41-44-991-002-B)
**ON A/C ALL

27-41-44-991-005, 407/TASK 27-41-44-991-006, 408/TASK 27-41-44-991-007)

EFF :

ALL 27-41-44

Page 412
May 01/11

LAN
Cable Linkage
Figure 402B/TASK 27-41-44-991-002-B

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-41-44

Page 413
May 01/11

LAN
THS Actuator
Figure 403/TASK 27-41-44-991-008

EFF :

ALL 27-41-44

Page 414
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Pitch Trim Control Unit
Figure 404/TASK 27-41-44-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-41-44

Page 415
Aug 01/06
R
LAN
R Frame Feed-throughs
Figure 405/TASK 27-41-44-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-41-44

Page 416
Aug 01/06

LAN
Chain Guard
Figure 406/TASK 27-41-44-991-005

EFF :

ALL 27-41-44

Page 417
Aug 01/06
R
LAN
Figure 407/TASK 27-41-44-991-006

EFF :

ALL 27-41-44

Page 418
Aug 01/06
R
LAN
Figure 408/TASK 27-41-44-991-007

EFF :

ALL 27-41-44

Page 419
Aug 01/06
R
LAN
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-41-44-010-051
A. Removal of the THS Control Cables
(1) At FR35, 33, 28, 23, 14, remove the cable guides (See Detail F) as
follows :
(a) Cut and discard the cables ties (21).
(b) Remove the retainers (20).
(c) Remove the half-shells (19).
(2) At zone 121, cut and remove the lockwire from the screws (4) and
discard it (See Detail A).
(4) Remove the chain guard (2).
(5) At FR42, 48, 53, 58, 63, 67, remove the cable guides (See Detail F)
as follows:
(6) At FR70, remove the circlip (15) and disengage the sleeve (16) from
the cable guide (See Detail D and Section EE).
(8) Remove the screws (17) and the washers (18). Disengage the flange
(13). Remove the half-shells (14).
(9) At zone 310, remove the 4 screws (31) and the washers (32) (See
Detail H).
(10) Release the quick-attach fasteners (28). Remove the chain guards (29)
and (30).
(11) Remove the screws (27) and the chain guide (26).

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-41-44

Page 420
May 01/11

LAN
(12) Remove the 6 screws (33), the washers (32) and the guard (34) (See
Details H and J).
(13) At zone 241:
(a) Remove the locking clips (22) from the turnbuckles (23),
(b) Turn the turnbuckles (23) until the cables (5), (6), (10), (11)
are disconnected.
(14) Disengage the chain (7) from the gear wheel of the lower shaft
assembly (1).
(15) Pull and remove the chain (7) and cables (5) (6) assembly.
NOTE : Be careful with the ends of the cables (5) and (6) when they
____
move between the frames.
(16) Disengage the upper end of the springs (41) from the 2 flanges (51)
of the tension regulator (40) (See Details J and L).
the washer (45) (See Detail J and Section KK).
(18) Remove the bolt (47) and the spacer (46).
(19) Lift the 2 flanges (51) and hold them in this position (See Detail
L).
the washer (53) (See Detail L and Section MM).
the washer (58) (See Detail L and Section PP).
(24) Disengage the chain (35) from the gear wheel of the input shaft (25)
of the THS actuator (65) (See Details H and G).
(25) Pull the cables (10) and (11) up to FR70.
____

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-41-44

Page 421
May 01/11

LAN
(26) At FR70, remove the sleeve (16) and the flanges (12) and (13) (See
Detail D and Section EE).
(27) Pull and remove the chain (35) and cables (10) (11) assembly from the
THS actuator (65) (See Detail Q).
R **ON A/C 201-250,
Subtask 27-41-44-010-051-A
A. Removal of the THS Control Cables
(1) At FR35, 28, 23, remove the cable guides (See Detail F) as follows :
(a) Cut and discard the cables ties (21).
(2) At zone 121, cut and remove the lockwire from the screws (4) and
discard it (See Detail A).
(4) Remove the chain guard (2).
(5) At FR42, 46, 58, 63, 67, remove the cable guides (See Detail F) as
follows:
(6) At FR70, remove the circlip (15) and disengage the sleeve (16) from
the cable guide (See Detail D and Section EE).
(8) Remove the screws (17) and the washers (18). Disengage the flange
(13). Remove the half-shells (14).
(9) At zone 310, remove the 4 screws (31) and the washers (32) (See
Detail H).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-44

Page 422
May 01/11

LAN
(10) Release the quick-attach fasteners (28). Remove the chain guards (29)
and (30).
(11) Remove the screws (27) and the chain guide (26).
(12) Remove the 6 screws (33), the washers (32) and the guard (34) (See
Details H and J).
(13) At zone 241:
(a) Remove the locking clips (22) from the turnbuckles (23),
(b) Turn the turnbuckles (23) until the cables (5), (6), (10), (11)
are disconnected.
(14) Disengage the chain (7) from the gear wheel of the lower shaft
assembly (1).
(15) Pull and remove the chain (7) and cables (5) (6) assembly.
____
(16) Disengage the upper end of the springs (41) from the 2 flanges (51)
of the tension regulator (40) (See Details J and L).
the washer (45) (See Detail J and Section KK).
(19) Lift the 2 flanges (51) and hold them in this position (See Detail
L).
the washer (53) (See Detail L and Section MM).
the washer (58) (See Detail L and Section PP).
(24) Disengage the chain (35) from the gear wheel of the input shaft (25)
of the THS actuator (65) (See Details H and G).

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-41-44

Page 423
May 01/11

LAN
(25) Pull the cables (10) and (11) up to FR70.
____
(26) At FR70, remove the sleeve (16) and the flanges (12) and (13) (See
Detail D and Section EE).
(27) Pull and remove the chain (35) and cables (10) (11) assembly from the
THS actuator (65) (See Detail Q).

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-41-44

Page 424
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-41-44-400-001
Installation of the THS Control Cables
_______
_______
DAMAGE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
98F27003500000 1 LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE

EFF :

ALL 27-41-44

Page 425
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

in.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21 cable ties 27-41-03 05 -020

21 cable ties 27-41-03 05A-020
43 cotter pin 27-41-42 01 -260
54 cotter pin 27-41-42 01 -130
56 cotter pin 27-41-42 01 -130
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Partition FR34
R Cargo-Compartment
FR65
27-41-00-820-004 Cutting of the Rear Control Cable of the THS
Pump

EFF :

ALL 27-41-44

Page 426
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Electric Pump
thru FR12
FR24
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
27-41-44-991-002 Fig. 402
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
27-41-44-991-002-A Fig. 402A
R **ON A/C 201-250,
27-41-44-991-002-B Fig. 402B
**ON A/C ALL
27-41-44-991-008 Fig. 403

27-41-44-991-003 Fig. 404
27-41-44-991-004 Fig. 405
27-41-44-991-005 Fig. 406
27-41-44-991-006 Fig. 407
27-41-44-991-007 Fig. 408

EFF :

ALL 27-41-44

Page 427
May 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
Subtask 27-41-44-010-055-C
A. Get Access



(5) Make sure that the access doors 811, 825, 826, 312AR are open.
(6) In the zones 211 and 221, make sure that the floor panels 211GF,
(7) In the zone 241, make sure that the floor panels 231WF, 241BF, 241FF,
241KF are removed.
(8) In the zone 131, make sure that the ceiling panels 131AC, 131BC,
131CC 131PW are removed.
(9) In the zones 151 and 161, make sure that the ceiling panels 151AC,
151BC, 151CC, 151DC, 161AC, 161BC are removed.
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
Subtask 27-41-44-010-055-D
A. Get Access



EFF :

ALL 27-41-44

Page 428
May 01/11

LAN
(7) In the zones 231 and 241, make sure that the floor panels 231WF,
241BF, 241FF, 241KF are removed.
131NC 131PW are removed.
(9) In the zones 151 and 161, make sure that the ceiling panels 151EC,
151FC, 151GC, 161AC, 161BC are removed.
R **ON A/C 201-250,
Subtask 27-41-44-010-055-E
A. Get Access



211KF, 221EF, 231BF 221LF are removed.
(7) In the zone 241, make sure that the floor panels 241BF, 241FF, 241KF
are removed.

EFF :

101-150, 201-299, 27-41-44

Page 429
May 01/11

LAN
131NC are removed.
(10) In the zones 151 and 161, make sure that the ceiling panels 151EY,
151BY, 151DY, 161CC, 161DC are removed.
removed.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-41-44-860-052
installed to prevent the movement of the pitch-trim control wheels.

(0U190360) (66) is installed on the input lever of the THS actuator
(65) (See Details Q and R).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-41-44-991-002)
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 27-41-44-991-002-A)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 402B/TASK 27-41-44-991-002-B)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-41-44-991-008)
(3) Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
23-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) are depressurized.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-44

Page 430
May 01/11

LAN
(4) On the CAPT and F/0 side-sticks, make sure that the warning notices
are in position.
(5) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all the attachment
parts.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-41-44-991-002)
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 27-41-44-991-002-A)
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 402B/TASK 27-41-44-991-002-B)
**ON A/C ALL

27-41-44-991-004, 406/TASK 27-41-44-991-005, 407/TASK 27-41-44-991-006,
408/TASK 27-41-44-991-007)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-41-44-420-050
A. Installation of the THS Control Cables
(1) Install the chain (7) on the gear wheel of the lower shaft assembly
(1). Keep to the 33.5 links dimension (See Detail B).
(2) Do the routing of the cables (5) and (6) through FR14, 23, 28, 33,
35.
NOTE : The upper cable (5) goes along the left (when you look from
____
the rear to the front of the aircraft). The lower cable (6)
goes along the right.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-44

Page 431
May 01/11

LAN
(3) At FR14, 23, 28, 33, 35, install the cable guides (See Detail F) as
follows:
(a) Install the half-shells (19).
(b) Install the retainers (20).
(4) Install the chain (35) on the gear wheel of the input shaft (25) of
the THS actuator (65). Keep to the 33.6 links dimension (See Detail
G).
(5) Do the routing of the cables (10) and (11) to the tension regulator
(40).
NOTE : The cable (10) goes along the right (when you look from the
____
rear to the front of the aircraft). The cable (11) goes along
the left.
(6) Insert the cable (11) inside the rudder-control tension-regulator.

(The cable (10) goes along the right).
(7) Do the routing of the cables (10) and (11) to FR70.
(8) Put the flanges (12) and (13) and the sleeve (16) in position on the
cables (10) and (11) (See Detail D and Section EE).
(9) Do the routing of the cables (10) and (11) to FR67, 63, 58, 53, 48
and 42.
(10) If you install a new rear THS control cable, do the procedure of
cutting of the rear control cable of the THS (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-820-
004).
(11) Install the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE (98F27003500000) to connect the cable

(10) to the cable (6) with the cable turnbuckle (23) (See Detail C).
Do not put tension. Remove the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE (98F27003500000)
(12) Install the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE (98F27003500000)
(13) Connect the cable (11) to the cable (5) with the cable turnbuckle
(23) (See Detail C). Do not put tension. Remove the LOCKING,TOOL-
CABLE (98F27003500000)
(14) At FR42, 48, 53, 58, 63 and 67, install the cable guides (See Detail
F) as follows:

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-41-44

Page 432
May 01/11

LAN
(15) Install the half-shells (14) on the cables (10) and (11) and between
the edges of the flanges (12) and (13) (See Detail D and Section EE).
(16) Install the flanges (12) and (13) on FR70 with the washers (18) and
the screws (17). Do not tighten.
(17) Install the sleeve (16) and the circlip (15).
(18) Lift the 2 flanges (51) and hold them in this position with the
cables (10) and (11) in their grooves (See Detail L).
(19) Install the spacer (52), the bolt (50), the washer (53), the nut
(55); tighten the nut and secure with the new cotter pin (54) (See
Detail L and Section MM).
Detail L and Section PP).
(21) Attach the springs (41) to the flanges (51) of the tension regulator
(40).
Detail J and Section KK).
(23) Install the guard (34), the 6 washers (32) and the 6 screws (33) (See
Details H and J).
(24) Install the chain guide (26) and the screws (27).

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-200, 251-299, 27-41-44

Page 433
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 201-250,
Subtask 27-41-44-420-050-A
A. Installation of the THS Control Cables
(1) Install the chain (7) on the gear wheel of the lower shaft assembly
(1). Keep to the 33.5 links dimension (See Detail B).
(2) Do the routing of the cables (5) and (6) through FR23, 28, 35.
NOTE : The upper cable (5) goes along the left (when you look from
____
the rear to the front of the aircraft). The lower cable (6)
goes along the right.
(3) At FR23, 28, 35, install the cable guides (See Detail F) as follows:
(4) Install the chain (35) on the gear wheel of the input shaft (25) of
the THS actuator (65). Keep to the 33.6 links dimension (See Detail
G).
(5) Do the routing of the cables (10) and (11) to the tension regulator
(40).
NOTE : The cable (10) goes along the right (when you look from the
____
rear to the front of the aircraft). The cable (11) goes along
the left.
(6) Insert the cable (11) inside the rudder-control tension-regulator.

(The cable (10) goes along the right).
(7) Do the routing of the cables (10) and (11) to FR70.
(8) Put the flanges (12) and (13) and the sleeve (16) in position on the
cables (10) and (11) (See Detail D and Section EE).
(9) Do the routing of the cables (10) and (11) to FR67, 63, 58, 46 and
42.
(10) If you install a new rear THS control cable, do the procedure of
cutting of the rear control cable of the THS (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-820-
004).

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-41-44

Page 434
May 01/11

LAN
(11) Install the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE (98F27003500000) to connect the cable
(10) to the cable (6) with the cable turnbuckle (23) (See Detail C).
Do not put tension. Remove the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE (98F27003500000)
(12) Install the LOCKING,TOOL-CABLE (98F27003500000)
(13) Connect the cable (11) to the cable (5) with the cable turnbuckle
(23) (See Detail C). Do not put tension. Remove the LOCKING,TOOL-
CABLE (98F27003500000)
(14) At FR42, 46, 58, 63 and 67, install the cable guides (See Detail F)
as follows:
(15) Install the half-shells (14) on the cables (10) and (11) and between
the edges of the flanges (12) and (13) (See Detail D and Section EE).
(16) Install the flanges (12) and (13) on FR70 with the washers (18) and
the screws (17). Do not tighten.
(17) Install the sleeve (16) and the circlip (15).
(18) Lift the 2 flanges (51) and hold them in this position with the
cables (10) and (11) in their grooves (See Detail L).
Detail L and Section MM).
Detail L and Section PP).
(21) Attach the springs (41) to the flanges (51) of the tension regulator
(40).
Detail J and Section KK).
(23) Install the guard (34), the 6 washers (32) and the 6 screws (33) (See
Details H and J).

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-41-44

Page 435
May 01/11

LAN
(24) Install the chain guide (26) and the screws (27).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-41-44-820-050
B. Adjustment
(1) If you install a new cable, you must put a pre-tension to the cable
before you adjust it.
(a) Put the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000)

(42) in position on the tension regulator (40) (See Detail J).
- In theory, the pre-tension time is 48 hours without movement of
the aircraft. After this pre-tension time the adjustment of the
cable will stay correct.
- A minimum pre-tension time of 4 hours without movement of the
aircraft is permitted. The adjustment of the cable will not
stay correct for a long time. You must do the full pre-tension
procedure when the aircraft stops for maintenance for a
sufficiently long time.
- For a pre-tension time between 4 and 48 hours, the stability of
the adjustments is in proportion to the pre-tension time.
(b) Use the cable turnbuckles (23) to put a tension of 55 +5 -5 daN

(123.6448 +11.2404 -11.2404 lbf) to the cable linkage (See Detail
C). Measure this value with a tensiometer.
(c) The Linkage must stay in this position for 48 hours.
(d) With the turnbuckles (23), release the tension on the linkage
until you can remove the pin (42).
(e) Remove the RIGGING PIN - THS MECHANICAL CONTROL (98D27407532000)

(42) from the tension regulator (40).
(2) Make sure that the flanges (12) and (13) are in the correct position
over the cables (10) and (11). Tighten the screws (17) (See Detail D
and Section EE).
(3) Safety the screws (17) with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia
0.8 mm (0.03 in.).
(4) Turn the turnbuckles until you cannot see the threads of the aft and
rear wire rope terminal control cables of the THS.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-44

Page 436
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(5) Safety the turnbuckles with the locking clips.
(6) Adjust the control cables length (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-820-002).
NOTE : If you cannot adjust the control cables, do a visual

____
are in good condition, replace the control cables.
(7) Make sure that the distance between the turnbuckles and the fairleads
is minimum 25.4 mm (1.0000 in.) over the full travel range of the THS
control.
(8) Make sure that the distance between the ends of the turnbuckles in
each THS control cable is minimun 90 mm (3.5433 in.) in all the
positions.
Subtask 27-41-44-720-050
C. Test
(1) Install the chain guard (2), the washers (3) and the screws (4) (See
Detail A).
(2) Safety the screws (4) with Lockwire corrosion resistant steel dia 0.8
mm (0.03 in.).
(3) Install the chain guard (29). Attach it with the 4 washers (32) and
the 4 screws (31) (See Detail H).
(4) Install the chain guard (30) and lock with the quick-attach fasteners
(28).
(5) Install the locking clips (21) in the turnbuckles (22) (See Detail
C).
(6) Make sure that the tool from the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING
(98D27403500000) and the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT
LEVER (0U190360) (66) from the THS actuator (65) are removed.
00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001).
(8) Do the functional test of the THS mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-
41-00-720-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-44

Page 437
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-41-44-860-051
00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001).
items.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
Subtask 27-41-44-410-056-C
B. Close Access
400-001).
(2) In the zone 241, install the floor panels 231WF, 241BF, 241FF, 241KF
(Ref. TASK 53-22-12-400-001) (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-002).
(3) In the zone 131, install the ceiling panels 131AC, 131BC, 131CC,
131PW (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).
25-55-12-400-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-44

Page 438
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
Subtask 27-41-44-410-056-D
B. Close Access
400-001).
002).
(3) In the zone 131, install the ceiling panels 131KC, 131MC, 131NC,
131PW (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).
400-002).
R **ON A/C 201-250,
Subtask 27-41-44-410-056-E
B. Close Access
400-001).
(Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-002).
(Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002).
12-400-001).

EFF :

101-150, 201-299, 27-41-44

Page 439
May 01/11

LAN
400-002).
25-55-12-400-001).

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-41-44

Page 440
May 01/11

LAN
DRIVE SHAFT - MECHANICAL INPUT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_____________________________________________________
TASK 27-41-45-000-001
Removal of the Mechanical Input Drive Shaft Assy
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific cord
No specific wax paper

EFF :

ALL 27-41-45

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-00-00-480-001 Installation of the Pitch-Trim Control Locking Tool

(98D27403500000)
27-41-45-991-001 Fig. 401
27-41-45-991-002 Fig. 402
27-41-45-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-45-010-050
A. Get Access
Subtask 27-41-45-860-050
actuator near to the zero position.
(98D27403500000) (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-001).
the pitch controls.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-45

Page 402
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-41-45-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-41-45-480-050
D. Safety Precaution
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-41-45-991-001)

rocker assembly of the cable tension regulator.
Subtask 27-41-45-860-051
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
Subtask 27-41-45-010-051
F. Get Access
(1) Remove the floor panels 241FF, 241BF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-002).
(2) Remove the locking clips and release the turnbuckles of the THS
control cables.
____

EFF :

ALL 27-41-45

Page 403
Nov 01/10

LAN
R Location of Rigging Pins
Figure 401/TASK 27-41-45-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-41-45

Page 404
Nov 01/00

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-41-45-020-050
A. Removal of the Drive Shaft Assy

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-41-45-991-002, 403/TASK 27-41-45-991-003)
(1) Remove the screws (15) and the washers (16) from the upper chain
cover (17).
(2) Release the quick-release fasteners (33) on the upper chain cover
(17) and the lower chain cover (41).
(3) Remove the upper chain cover (17).
(4) Remove the lower chain cover (41) and the chain cover base plate
(48).
(5) Disconnect the chain (47) from its sprocket (11):
(b) Remove the nut (13), the washers (10), (12), and the bolt (9)
from the sprocket (11).
(c) Remove the sprocket (11) from the sprocket shaft (19).
(d) Disconnect the chain (47) from its sprocket (11) and attach the
chain with a cord to the airframe structure.
(6) Remove the drive shaft assy from the airframe structure:
(b) Remove the nuts (28), the washers (29), and the bolts (32).
(c) Remove and discard the cotter pins (4).
(d) Remove the nuts (3), the washers (2), and the bolts (1) from the
bracket (37).
(e) Remove the bracket (37) and the drive shaft assy from the
airframe structure.

EFF :

ALL 27-41-45

Page 405
May 01/00

LAN
THS Drive Shaft Assembly
Figure 402/TASK 27-41-45-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-41-45

Page 406
May 01/00

LAN
Chain Cover Assembly
Figure 403/TASK 27-41-45-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-41-45

Page 407
May 01/00

LAN
(7) Disassemble the drive shaft assy:
(a) Disengage the sprocket shaft (19) and the drive shaft assy from
the bracket (37).
(b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (21).
(c) Remove the nuts (22), the washers (23), and the bolts (18).
(e) Remove the link plate (30) and the swivel plates (24).
(8) Disassemble the bracket assembly:
(b) Remove the nuts (35), the washers (36), and the bolts (5).
(c) Disconnect the chain guard base plate (6) from the bracket (37).
(d) Remove the screws (8) and disconnect the chain guard (7) from the
chain guard base plate (6).
(e) Cut and remove the lockwire from the screws (40).
(f) Remove the screws (40) and the flange (39).
(g) Remove the needle bearings (38) from the bracket (37).
NOTE : Put the needle bearings in wax paper to prevent corrosion.

____

EFF :

ALL 27-41-45

Page 408
May 01/00

LAN
TASK 27-41-45-400-001
Installation of the Mechanical Input Drive Shaft Assy
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-41-45

Page 409
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-001 F DCSEA 359/A

WHEEL BEARING MINERAL GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R LOCKWIRE STAINLSS S TL OR NICKEL ALLOY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 cotter pins 27-41-04 04 -260

14 cotter pin 27-41-04 04 -300
21 cotter pins 27-41-04 04 -150
27 cotter pins 27-41-04 04 -340
34 cotter pin 27-41-04 04 -300
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-00-00-080-001 Removal of the Pitch-Trim Control Locking Tool
(98D27403500000)
Control Cables

EFF :

ALL 27-41-45

Page 410
Aug 01/09

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-41-45-991-001 Fig. 401

27-41-45-991-002 Fig. 402
27-41-45-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-41-45-860-052
position.
312AR is opened.
(3) Make sure that the floor panels 241FF, 241BF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-000-
002) are removed.
(4) Make sure that the locking clips are removed and the turnbuckles of
the THS cables are released.
____
depressurized and in the maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-
00-864-001).

(98D27407532000) is installed in the rocker assembly of the
regulator.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-41-45-991-001)

EFF :

ALL 27-41-45

Page 411
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-41-45-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-41-45-910-050
C. Preparation for the Installation
(1) Examine the parts of the drive shaft assembly for damage.
(2) Examine the upper chain cover assembly (6), (7), (17) for damage.
(3) Examine the lower chain cover assembly (41), (48) for damage.
(4) Examine the sprocket (11) for damage.
(5) Examine the needle bearings (38) for damage.
(6) Make sure that the bolts and nuts are clean and not damaged.
(7) Examine the bracket (37) for damage.
(8) Make sure that the THS control cables are not damaged (Ref. TASK 20-
24-12-200-001).
(9) Make sure that there is no corrosion on the THS control cables
(Ref. TASK 20-24-11-100-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-45

Page 412
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-41-45-420-050
A. Installation of the Drive Shaft Assy

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-41-45-991-002, 403/TASK 27-41-45-991-003)
(1) Assemble the bracket assembly:
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-001) to the needle bearings
(38).
(b) Push the needle bearings (38) into the bracket (37).
(c) Put the flange (39) in position and install and tighten the
screws (40).
(d) Safety the screws (40) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-009).
(e) Put the chain guard (7) in position on the chain guard base plate
(6) and install and tighten the screws (8).
(f) Install the chain guard base plate (6) on the bracket (37) with
the bolts (5), the washers (36), and the nuts (35).
(g) TORQUE the nuts (35) to 0.35 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in).
(h) Safety the nut (35) with the new cotter pin (34).
(2) Assemble the drive shaft assy:
(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) on the bolts (26).
(b) Install the two swivel plates (24) together with the bolts (26),
the spacers (20), the washers (23), and the nuts (22) on the
drive shaft (25).
(c) TORQUE the nuts (22) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
(d) Safety the nuts (22) with the new cotter pins (21).
(e) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) on the bolts (18).
(f) Install the link plate (30) together with the bolts (18), the
spacers (20), the washers (23), and the nuts (22) on the swivel
plate (24).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-45

Page 413
Aug 01/00
R
LAN
(g) TORQUE the nuts (22) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in)
(h) Safety the nuts (22) with the new cotter pins (21).
(i) Install the sprocket shaft (19) together with the bolts (18), the
spacers (20), the washers (23), and the nuts (22) on the swivel
plate (24).
(j) TORQUE the nuts (22) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
(k) Safety the nuts (22) with the new cotter pins (21).
(3) Engage the bracket assembly on the sprocket shaft (19).
(4) Install the drive shaft assembly on the airframe structure:
(a) Put the bracket (37) and the drive shaft assy in position near
the airframe structure.
(b) Install the bracket (37) with the bolts (1), the washers (2), and
the nuts (3) on the airframe structure.
(c) TORQUE the nuts (3) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
(d) Safety the nuts (3) with the new cotter pins (4).
R (5) Install the link plate on the mechanical input lever of the THS
R actuator:
R (a) Put the link plate (30) in position on the mechanical input lever
R (31).
R (b) Install the link plate (30) with the bolts (32), the washers (29)
R and the nuts (28) on the mechanical input lever (31).
R NOTE : Make sure that you install the bolts (32) in the correct
____
R direction
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-41-45-991-002)
R (c) TORQUE the nuts (28) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in).
R (d) Safety the nuts (28) with the new cotter pins (27).
R

EFF :

ALL 27-41-45

Page 414
Nov 01/00

LAN
(6) Install the chain on the sprocket:
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the sprocket (11)
and the chain (47).
(b) Align the holes in the sprocket shaft (19) and the sprocket (11).
(c) Engage the chain (47) on the sprocket (11).
NOTE : Make sure that the length of the LH chain is 33.6 links
____
+1.15/-0.26 links (320.7 mm (12.6259 in.) +11.0 mm (0.4330
in.) -2.5 MM (0.0984 IN.)) tangential from the center of
the sprocket.
(d) Push the sprocket (11) with the chain (47) on the sprocket shaft
(19).
(e) Install the sprocket (11) with the bolt (9), the washers (10),
(12) and the nut (13).
(f) Safety the nut (13) with the new cotter pin (14).
(7) Put the chain cover base plate (48) in position and attach the lower
chain cover (41) with the quick-release fasteners to the chain cover
base plate (48).
(8) Install the upper chain cover (17) with the quick-release fasteners
(33).
(9) Install the washers (16) and the screws (15) on the upper chain cover
(17) and tighten the screws.
(10) Adjust the cable tension (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-220-002).
(11) Make sure that the locking clips are correctly installed in the
turnbuckles of the THS control cables.
(12) Do the functional test of the THS mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-
41-00-720-001).
Subtask 27-41-45-080-050

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-41-45-991-001)


EFF :

ALL 27-41-45

Page 415
May 01/09

LAN
the regulator.
trim control wheel (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-080-001).
Subtask 27-41-45-865-052
breaker(s):
15CE1, 16CE1, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-41-45-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(4) Install the floor panels 241FF, 241BF (Ref. TASK 53-32-12-400-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-41-45

Page 416
Nov 01/00
R
LAN
THS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________
1. General
_______
The Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) actuator moves the control surface
of the THS. The THS actuator is an electro-hydraulic unit that changes the
mechanical or the electrical pitch-trim commands into mechanical movements.
The THS actuator has two hydraulic motors and a Pitch-Trim Actuator (PTA).
The PTA controls the hydraulic actuation. Two hydraulic systems, the Yellow
and the Green hydraulic system supply the hydraulic motors. The Yellow and
Green hydraulic systems have independent fluid supplies.
The access door 312AR gives access to the THS actuator.
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESGINATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9CE ACTUATOR-THS 311 27-44-51
MOTOR-THS ACTUATOR, YELLOW 311 312AR 27-44-53
MOTOR-THS ACTUATOR, GREEN 312 312AR 27-44-53
BRAKE - PRESSURE-OFF, THS ACTUATOR, 311 312AR
YELLOW
BRAKE - PRESSURE-OFF, THS ACTUATOR, 312 312AR
GREEN
VALVE BLOCK - THS ACTUATOR, YELLOW 311 312AR
VALVE BLOCK - THS ACTUATOR, GREEN 312 312AR
3. System
__________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 003)
R The THS actuator moves the THS. The THS actuator is an electro-hydraulic
R unit. Its component parts are:
- two hydraulic motors,
- one pitch trim actuator,
- one fail-safe ball screwjack,
- one mechanical input shaft,
- two pressure-off brakes,
- two position transducer packs,
- one gear box,
- two hydraulic valve blocks.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 1
May 01/04

LAN
Component Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 2
May 01/00

LAN
Component Location
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 3
May 01/00

LAN
THS Actuator
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 4
May 01/00

LAN
The THS of the aircraft is operated by the THS actuator to get the
longitudinal pitch-trim control of the aircraft.
The THS actuator controls the deflection of the THS mechanically by a

servosystem. The servosystem has an input signal which is an electrical
position sequence, transmitted by the Elevator Aileron Computer (ELAC) and
the Spoiler Elevator Computer (SEC). The input signal is transmitted to the
PTA which is part of the THS actuator and moves the gear trains of the
control loop.
A mechanical input link is connected to the gear trains of the control loop
through an override mechanism. This permits the pilot to override the ELAC
and SEC signals with the control wheel in the cockpit.
If there is a loss of the hydraulic power or control signal, the THS

actuator makes sure that the THS is fully immobilized.
The two hydraulic systems supply fluid independently to the hydraulic
motors. Output force from the hydraulic motors is transmitted to the screw
shaft through a power differential gear followed by a reducing gear.
Therefore it is possible to operate on one circuit at half of the maximum
speed.
The double control loop gear sends the input and the reset signals to the
valve blocks.
A comparison system makes sure that the THS actuator is immobilized if one
control valve or one of the control gear loops locks.
In the normal operation mode, the SEC and the ELAC automatically or
electrically signal the pitch trim. The computers transmit the signals to
one of the three electric motors of the PTA. The electric motor moves the
double control gear loop.
The THS actuator has the subsequent items to make maintenance easier.
These items include:
- inspection windows which permit a visual inspection of the power gear
teeth,
- a cranking shaft which is used to manually crank the power differential
output shaft.
This then permits the release of the pressure-off brakes with a special
tool, also to test the pressure-off brakes with both brakes engaged,
- an oil drain port with a magnetic plug,
- the fill and drain adaptors to replace oil,
- an oil breather to keep the interior of the gear box at atmospheric
pressure,
- a grease nipple on the flange of the ball nut permits the lubrication of
the nut,
- a rigging pin located at the mechanical input to put the stabilizer at the
zero degree position,

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 5
May 01/00

LAN
- a mechanical indicator to show no-back wear,
- two mounting devices are on each side of the gear box; this permits an
easier removal,
- an oil level sight glass to see the level of the oil in the gear box.
4. ____________
Power Supply
(Ref. 27-90-00)
5. Component
_____________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 001, 003)
A. Hydraulic Motors
Two hydraulic motors are installed on the THS actuator. Each hydraulic
motor is a fixed displacement type. The hydraulic fluid enters the
pressure port and causes the rotating group to turn. The rotating group
has nine pistons. These pistons move in their bores in the cylinder
barrel when the cylinder turns. Turning of the cylinder barrel gives the
necessary torque. The torque is transmitted through a splined drive shaft
to the gear box of the THS actuator.
Two drain tubes are installed below the flanges of the hydraulic motors.
These drain tubes drain the leakage of the hydraulic motors.
B. Fail-Safe Ball Screw-Jack
(1) Fail Safe System
A fail-safe tie bar goes through the center of the screw shaft and
prevents axial separation of the screw shaft. The fail-safe ball
screw-jack has two load paths. The primary load path transmits the
load and the secondary path stays free of any load. If the primary
load path is axially separated, the secondary path takes the load and
prevents damage to the ball screw-jack. Therefore the two ends
continue to turn if the screw shaft is fractured.
(2) Ball Screw-Jack
The ball screw-jack is made up of the ball screw and the fail-safe
ball nut. The fail-safe ball nut has three transport guides, a
threaded fail-safe unit wiper and ice chipper. The mechanical input
shaft limits the range of travel of the screw-jack.
(3) No-Back System
The THS actuator has a no-back system that has a no-back brake which
is of a ratchet and pawl type. The no-back brake holds the ball screw
in its last position. It prevents movement of the ball screw under

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 6
May 01/00

LAN
aerodynamic loads. A no-back wear detection device in the form of an
indicator (no-back wear indicator) is installed on the lower side of
the gear box. The indicator has a cam roller which faces the top edge
of the claw-stop. This finds the gap which agrees with the wear limit
to be detected.
If a high wear does occur, a compressive external load causes the top
claw-stop to move up to a higher position. This causes the top
claw-stop to touch the cam roller of the indicator. This then makes
the red finger of the indicator pop out and give a visual wear
alarm.
C. Control Valve Blocks
The THS actuator has two control valve blocks. The two valve blocks
control the operation of the THS actuator. Each valve block has:
- a high pressure (HP) filter,
- an inlet and outlet port,
- two input control shafts,
- a control valve,
- a shut-off valve,
- a POB control valve,
- a control device for the shut-off valve.
The control valve blocks supply pressure to the hydraulic motors and to
the brake release piston. The control valve blocks can be installed on
the left hand (LH) or on the right hand (RH) side of the THS actuator.
D. Gearbox
The gearbox is in a split housing. The two housing parts are made of a
light metal alloy. The two housing parts are referred to as the upper
casing and the lower casing. The upper casing holds the screw and no-back
housing assembly. It also supports the two hydraulic motors, the
mechanical input lever and the control position transducer.
The lower casing supports:
- the PTA,
- the monitor position transducer,
- the two pressure-off brakes,
- two hydraulic block valves,
- the magnetic drain plug.
In the gearbox is the oil which is necessary to lubricate the internal

components. The level of the oil can be checked visually through an oil
level sight glass. The oil level sight glass is on the upper casing.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 7
May 01/00

LAN
E. Pressure-Off Brakes
Each hydraulic motor shaft has a POB. Each POB is located at the output
shaft of their related hydraulic motor. The POB is a dry brake with a
hydraulic release which is used to lock the shaft of the motor. The shaft
of the motor is locked if a failure occurs in the hydraulic system or in
a hydraulic motor. It thus lets the second motor fully control the ball
screw through the power differential.
F. Pitch Trim Actuator
The pitch trim actuator (PTA) has:
(1) Three brushless motors, each with an electro-magnetic clutch. In the

normal mode, one clutch will be applied (energized) and the others
de-clutched (de-energized). The output of the three motors is
connected to move the input shaft through a reduction gear.
(2) Three electronic sets, one to control each motor. The electronic sets
also control the signal from the ELAC/SEC computers.
(3) An override mechanism with three microswitches. It is installed

downstream of the reduction gearbox. The override mechanism is
connected mechanically to the input shaft.
G. Position Transducer
The THS actuator has two inductive position transducer packages. They are
the command position transducer and the monitor position transducer.
The command position transducer is used to find the position of the
override mechanism output/input control sequence to the control system of
the THS actuator.
The monitor position transducer is used to find the position of the ball
screw.
H. Structural Components
The structural components include:

- The attachments to the horizontal stabilizer,
- The attachments to the THS actuator and to the structure.
- The ball screw and the ball nut.
The THS actuator is connected to the horizontal stabilizer through the

dual concentric axles, the attachment plates and the fail safe plates.
These are installed to the trunnions of the ball nut.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 8
May 01/00

LAN
A primary ring gimbal attaches the THS actuator to the structure. The
primary ring gimbal is installed on the two linking axles of the no-back
housing spigots.
The structural components are of a two-path configuration. On the
secondary load path there is usually no load.
J. Line Replaceable Units (LRU)
The Line Replaceable Units (LRU) connected to the THS actuator are as
follows:
- electronic control module of each of the electric motors,

- pitch trim actuator,
- position transducer packs,
- filter,
- hydraulic motors.
K. Technical Data
(1) Mechanical
---------------------------------------------------------------------
- THS actuator travel with a total
THS angular movement 17.5 degrees
- Operation travel 513.75 mm (20.23 in.)
- Stop-to-stop travel 531.75 mm (20.94 in.)
- Used travel of the electrical inputs 2105 rev
- Used travel of the mechanical inputs 6.13 rev
- Limit load
- Tensile 12.700 daN (28.550 lbf.)
- Compressive 19.000 daN (46.086 lbf.)
- Weight (when filled with fluid) 47.9 kg (105.4 lb.)
(2) Hydraulic
---------------------------------------------------------------------
- Maximum flow for each circuit 27 l/min (7.02 USgal.mn)
- Maximum internal leakage 1 to 1.5 l/min
(0.264 to 0.396 USgal.mn)
- Maximum external leakage Nil
- Operation pressure of pressure-off
brake 100 bar (1450 psi)

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 9
May 01/00

LAN
6. _________
Operation
(Ref. Fig. 004, 005, 006)
A. Normal Operation
The Green and Yellow hydraulic systems send hydraulic power through the
valve blocks to the POB of the hydraulic motors. When the POB receive the
hydraulic power, they release the shafts of the hydraulic motors. The two
hydraulic motors are ready for operation.
The electrical pitch trim signal of the PTA operates the servomotor No.
1. This servomotor operates both control valves in the open configuration
while the other two servomotors are in stand-by. The servomotor No. 1
operates through a path that has:
- a PTA reduction gear,
- a mechanical override mechanism.
Then two separate gear paths which are connected by an idler are moved.
Each of the separate gear paths have:
- a primary detent,
- an epicyclic control differential,
- a control gear train, which has an eccentric device,
- a control valve detent,
- a control valve command shaft.
The hydraulic fluid is so supplied to both hydraulic motors referred to
the control valve opening.
The epicyclic control differential output moves the control valve.

With the control valves open, the hydraulic fluid flows to the hydraulic
motors.Both hydraulic motors operate at the same time and move the ball
screw through:
- the power differential,
- the power gear train.
As the PTA output continues to rotate, it keeps the control valve open
and so the hydraulic motors operate to move the ball screw.
When the PTA output gets to the position specified by the signal given on
the servomotor, the control differential input is stopped.
The feedback gears moves the control differential output which decreases
the opening of the control valve.
The control valve closes and the hydraulic flow to the motors stop. The
ball screw-jack then stops at the specified position.
Interval stops attached to the mechanical input keep the travel of the
ball screw-jack shaft to a limit. The ball screw has claw-type stops
attached at each end. The stops prevent any mechanical overrun if the
internal stops do not operate.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 10
May 01/00

LAN
THS Actuator Schematic
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 11
May 01/00

LAN
Schematic of the Control Valve Block - Normal Operation
Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 12
May 01/00

LAN
Schematic of the Control Valve Block - Jamming Detection Operation (Blocked
Control Valve)
Figure 006

EFF :

ALL

27-44-00 Page 13
May 01/00

LAN
B. Mechanical Control Operation
The input shaft which is connected to the cable control moves the
mechanical servoloop mechanism through an override mechanism. The
override mechanism installed in the pitch trim actuator makes sure that
the mechanical control cancels the electrical control.
(1) Operation with the PTA in the Off Mode

If a manual command signal is applied with the handwheel to drive the
THS actuator because the PTA is inoperative, the override mechanism
stays off. The input signal is transmitted directly to the control
valves of the valve block.
(2) Operation of the Override Mechanism

If an electrical pitch trim command controls the PTA servomotor, the
manual command signal applied through the mechanical input causes the
override mechanism to break out. This mechanically disconnects the
PTA output from the command loop of the THS actuator. Both control
valves are then driven through the manual command signal of the THS
actuator.
The overriding procedure is possible when the THS actuator is
controlled in a fixed position (the handwheel stands still).
The overriding procedure is also possible when the THS actuator moves
on a demand of a variable electrical command signal (the handwheel
turns).
C. Ground Operation from the Electric Pumps
During operation with low available flow conditions, the pressure

maintaining valve keeps the pressure-off brakes released.
D. Operation in Failure Conditions
(1) Operation with Loss of the Hydraulic Power
The THS actuator is usually supplied with power from two independent
hydraulic systems. When one hydraulic supply to the THS actuator does
not operate, the related POB is activated.
The POB stops and holds the hydraulic motor shaft. If this occurs,
the THS actuator is operated by the other hydraulic system at half
speed, but the necessary maximum performance is still achieved.
If a full loss of hydraulic power occurs, the POB and the no-back
brake operate. They keep the ball screw-jack in the last specified
position against aerodynamic pressure.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 14
May 01/00

LAN
(2) Operation with a Blocked Control Valve
When a control valve is blocked, the jamming protection device

operates to stop hydraulic power. The control valve opening in the
defective circuit lets the hydraulic motor continue to operate. This
causes the ball screw to continue to operate and move the feed-back
gear after the serviceable control valve reaches its neutral
position. This makes the primary detent in the defective control loop
break out. The primary detent tries to operate the serviceable
control valve to open.
As soon as the serviceable control valve is operated, it activates
the comparator (COMP) which is connected to both control valves. The
piston of the COMP operates both shut-off valves. The shut-off valves
isolate the hydraulic power supply from the THS actuator on both
circuits. This makes the motor stop which is usually supplied by the
defective valve. Thus the POB is activated and stops the ball screw.
In the event that a control valve blocks in a position that is not in

the limits of the protection device:
- the two hydraulic motors can operate in the opposite direction at a
low speed,
- the THS actuator does not move,
- the jamming detection is sensitive and makes sure that a permanent
flow rate of fluid is supplied to prevent overheating.
(3) Operation with Disconnected Ball Screw
If the ball screw is disconnected, the no-back brake holds it in its

last signalled position.
7. Test
____
A. Ground Test
Different checks can be done when the Yellow and Green hydraulic systems
are depressurized. The subsequent tests/checks are:
- The operational/test of the valve-jamming protection system.
- The functional test of the pressure off brake.
- The functional test of the no-back brake assembly.
- To check the integrity of the ball screw shaft and the tie bar.
- The visual inspection of the power gears in position with a borescope.
- The visual inspection of the oil level in the gear box through an oil
level sight-glass.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 15
May 01/00

LAN
THS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________
TASK 27-44-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Jamming Protection Device of the Trimmable Horizontal

Stabilizer Actuator
_______
GEAR.
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific feeler gage

No specific interphone
No specific permanent ink
0U190857 1 TOOL - JAMMING SIMULATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.024 in.)
No specific permanent ink

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 501
May 01/00

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-44-00-710-003 Operational Test of the Trimmable Horizontal
Stabilizer Actuator with both (Green and Yellow) and
27-96-00-710-022 Operational Test of the THS Actuator Electrical
Control (Activation for BITE Test)
Pump
27-44-00-991-001 Fig. 501
27-44-00-991-003 Fig. 502
27-44-00-991-004 Fig. 503
3. __________
Job Set-up

27-44-00-991-004)
Subtask 27-44-00-010-050
A. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position near to the access door 312AR.
(3) On the left and right valve control shaft (7) of the THS actuator:
(a) Cut, remove and discard the lockwire that safeties the cap (6) on
the valve control shaft (7).
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-44-00-991-003)
(b) Remove the cap (6) from the valve control shaft (7).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 502
May 01/00

LAN
Operational Test of the Jamming Protection Device
Figure 501/TASK 27-44-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 503
May 01/00

LAN
R Test Procedure of the Jamming Simulation Tool
Figure 502/TASK 27-44-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 504
Nov 01/09

LAN
Reference Marks of the Control Valve Detent
Figure 503/TASK 27-44-00-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 505
May 01/00

LAN
(c) Cut, remove and discard the lockwire that safeties the threaded
bush (5).
Subtask 27-44-00-220-050
B. On the left and right threshold box assy do the subsequent steps:
CAUTION : YOU MUST DO ALL THE STEPS OF THIS TEST IN THE SEQUENCE GIVEN TO
_______
PREVENT INCORRECT OPERATION OF THE AIRCRAFT.
(1) Make sure that you cannot put a feeler gage with a thickness of 1.2
mm (0.0472 in.) into the gap
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-44-00-991-004)
between the input plate and the ball carrier of the control valve
detent.
(2) If the control valve detent is centered, use permanent ink to put two
reference marks in line (if not already marked). Put one of the
reference marks on the input plate, the other on the ball carrier.
NOTE : The control valve detent is centered when the feeler gage does
____
not go in the gap.
(3) If the feeler gage goes in the gap, you must center the control valve
detent again as written below:
Subtask 27-44-00-820-050
C. Recenter the left and the right control valve detents:
R CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSTALL OR REMOVE THE JAMMING SIMULATION

_______
R TOOL. PUSH OR PULL THE TOOL AND TURN THE MECHANICAL INPUT SHAFT
R AT THE SAME TIME. DO THIS UNTIL YOU FIND THE POSITION WHERE YOU
R CAN INSTALL OR REMOVE THE TOOL EASILY. THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE
R TO THE VALVE CONTROL SHAFT AND THE TOOL.
NOTE : The subsequent steps are not necessary if the control valve detent
____
is centered (see above).
NOTE : The procedures for the left and the right control valve detents
____
are the same. Therefore only one is described.
(1) Put one of the two sides (LH or RH which is applicable) of the TOOL -
JAMMING SIMULATION (0U190857) on the splined end of the valve control
shaft.
NOTE : Use the side (N.UP or N.DN) of the TOOL - JAMMING SIMULATION
____
that puts the spigot nearest to the recess.
(2) Turn the mechanical input (1) of the THS actuator until the tool fits
in the recess.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-44-00-991-001)

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 506
Feb 01/03

LAN
(3) If the side with the LH or RH, A/C N.DN on the tool is installed,
turn the mechanical input clockwise (CW) until the detent is
recentered.
NOTE : When the detent is centered, you can hear a CLICK.

____
(4) If the side with the LH or RH A/C N.UP on the tool is installed, turn
the mechanical input (1) counterclockwise (CCW) until the detent is
recentered.
NOTE : When the detent is centered, you can hear a CLICK.

____
(5) Make sure that you cannot put the feeler gage with a thickness of 1.2
mm (0.0472 in.) into the gap between the input plate and the ball
carrier of the control valve detent.
(6) Use permanent ink to put two reference marks in line (if not already
marked). Put one of the reference marks on the input plate, the other
on the ball carrier.
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-44-00-991-004)
(7) Remove the TOOL - JAMMING SIMULATION from the splined end of the
control valve input shaft.
Subtask 27-44-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 507
Nov 01/10

LAN
R
Subtask 27-44-00-860-050

002).
23-00-863-001).
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
pushbutton switch.
(5) Make sure that, on the lower Display Unit (DU) of the ECAM, the F/CTL
page comes on.
(6) Use the interphone or an equivalent system to communicate between the

cockpit and the fuselage tail section.
4. Procedure
_________

27-44-00-991-004)
NOTE : Do the test in four steps.

____
Subtask 27-44-00-710-050
A. Do the test in the electrical mode of the RH valve block.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROL VALVE DETENTS ARE CENTERED EACH TIME
_______
YOU COMPLETE ONE OF THE FOUR TEST STEPS. IF THE DETENTS ARE NOT
CENTERED, THE AIRCRAFT WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.
CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED TOOL. YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
_______
ACTUATOR IF YOU USE A DIFFERENT TOOL.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU INSTALL OR REMOVE THE JAMMING SIMULATION

_______
TOOL. PUSH OR PULL THE TOOL AND TURN THE MECHANICAL INPUT SHAFT
AT THE SAME TIME. DO THIS UNTIL YOU FIND THE POSITION WHERE YOU
CAN INSTALL OR REMOVE THE TOOL EASILY. THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE
TO THE VALVE CONTROL SHAFT AND THE TOOL.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 508
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- release the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and - the OFF legends of the FLT CTL/ELAC 1
the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches
switches. come on.
- release the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 and - the OFF legends of the FLT CTL/ELAC 2
FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton and the FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton
switches. switches come on.
- make sure that the pitch

trim-control wheel is in the
zero position.
4. Depressurize the Green and Yellow

hydraulic systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001).
5. On the RH control-valve block (3) On the THS actuator (4):

of the THS actuator (4):
- install the TOOL - JAMMING - the control-valve chain is in the

SIMULATION (0U190857) RH A/C jamming simulation configuration.
N.UP on the shaft (7) of the RH
control-valve block.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-44-00-
991-003)
- push the TOOL - JAMMING

SIMULATION on the splined end
of the shaft (7) of the RH
control-valve.
R - turn the mechanical input shaft On the control-valves of the THS

R (1) counterclockwise (CCW) to actuator:
R turn the master spline, until - the control-valves are in the open
R the spigots of the tool engage position.
R with the slots of the valve
R block (3).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 509
Nov 01/09

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- fully push the tool to put the
spigots in the slots.
R
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-44-00-
991-003)
R
R 6. Pressurize the Green and the On the center pedestal:

Yellow hydraulic systems
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001). - the pitch trim-control wheel moves to
the aircraft nose UP position (the
CAUTION : STOP THE PITCH TRIM
_______ THS leading edge moves down).
CONTROL WHEEL WITH YOUR
HANDS IF THE
THS-ACTUATOR DOES NOT
STOP APPROXIMATELY 5
SECONDS AFTER YOU HAVE
PUSHED THE FLT CLT /
ELAC 2 PUSH BUTTON
SWITCH.
THIS OPERATES THE
JAMMING PROTECTION
DEVICE WHICH PREVENTS
DAMAGE TO THE STOP OF
THE MECHANICAL INPUT
SHAFT.
R 7. On the center pedestal and on the On the THS actuator (4) and on the
panel 24VU: panel 24VU:
- look at the pointer of the - the THS actuator stops (after

pitch trim-control wheel. In approximately 5 seconds),
the 5 degree nose UP position - on the upper ECAM DU:
push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 - the ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT message
pushbutton switch. comes on,
- the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 2
goes off.
- if the THS actuator does not stop, do
the operational test of the
THS-actuator electrical control
(Ref. TASK 27-96-00-710-022) and do
the necessary corrective action.
R 8. On the panel 24VU: On the panel 24VU:

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 510
Nov 01/09

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
switch. switch comes on,
- on the upper ECAM DU:
- the ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT message goes
off.
R 9. Depressurize the Green and Yellow

hydraulic systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001).
R 10. On the rudder pedals:
- operate the rudder pedals in - after 1 minute all remaining pressure

the left and right directions. in the valve blocks of the THS
actuator is released.
R 11. On the THS actuator (4): On the RH threshold-box assy:

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-44-00-991-004)
R
R - If the control valve detent of - the control-valve detent of the

R the JAMMED control valve is JAMMED control-valve is centered
R not recentered, turn the (which was possibly opened by the
R mechanical input in the ELAC 2 ground setting command) when
R counterclockwise (CCW) you hear a CLICK.
R direction to recenter the
R control valve detent. - at the same time the reference marks
on the input plate and the ball
carrier of the control-valve detent
must align.
R 12. On the RH control-valve block

(3) of the THS actuator (4):
- remove the TOOL - JAMMING

SIMULATION from the splined
end of the control-valve
shaft.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 511
Nov 01/09

LAN
Subtask 27-44-00-710-052
B. Do the test in the electrical mode of the LH valve block.

_______
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Pressurize the Green and the

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001).
2. Do the operational test of the

jamming protection device again,
in the configuration as follows:
On the center pedestal: The THS surface moves to the zero

- turn the pitch trim-control position.
wheel to the zero position.

hydraulic systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001).
4. On the LH control-valve block (2) On the THS actuator (4):

R - install the TOOL - JAMMING - the control-valve chain is in the

R SIMULATION LH A/C N.UP jamming simulation configuration.
R (0U190857) on the shaft (7) of
R the LH control-valve block.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-44-00-
991-003)

of the shaft (7) of the LH
control-valve.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 512
May 01/06

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R (1) counterclockwise (CCW) to actuator:
R turn the master spline, until - the control-valves are in the open
R the spigots of the tool engage position.
R with the slots of the valve
R block (2).
- fully push the tool to insert

the spigots in the slots.
R
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-44-00-
991-003)
R
R 5. Pressurize the Green and the On the center pedestal:

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001). - the pitch trim-control wheel moves to
the aircraft nose UP direction (the
CAUTION : STOP THE PITCH TRIM
_______ THS leading edge moves down).
CONTROL WHEEL WITH YOUR
HANDS IF THE
THS-ACTUATOR DOES NOT
STOP APPROXIMATELY 5
SECONDS AFTER YOU HAVE
PUSHED THE FLT CLT /
ELAC 2 PUSH BUTTON
SWITCH.
THIS OPERATES THE
JAMMING PROTECTION
DEVICE WHICH PREVENTS
DAMAGE TO THE STOP OF
THE MECHANICAL INPUT
SHAFT.
R 6. On the center pedestal and on the On the THS actuator (4) and on the
panel 24VU: panel 24VU:
- look at the pointer of the - the THS actuator stops (after

pitch trim-control wheel. In approximately 5 seconds),
the 5 degree nose UP position - on the upper ECAM DU:
push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 - the ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT message
pushbutton switch. comes on,
- the OFF legend of the FLT CTL/ELAC 2
goes off.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 513
Nov 01/09

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- if the THS actuator does not stop, do
the operation test of the
THS-actuator electrical control
(Ref. TASK 27-96-00-710-022) and do
the necessary corrective action.
R 7. On the panel 24VU: On the panel 24VU:
switch. switch comes on,
- on the upper ECAM DU:
- the ELAC 2 PITCH FAULT message goes
off.

hydraulic systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001).

the left and right directions in the valve blocks of the THS
and wait 1 minute. actuator is released.
R 10. On the THS actuator (4): On the LH threshold-box assy:

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-44-00-991-004)
R

R mechanical input in the ELAC 2 ground setting command) when
R counterclockwise (CCW) you hear a CLICK.
R direction to recenter the
R control valve detent. - at the same time the reference marks
must align.
R 11. On the LH control-valve block


EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 514
Nov 01/09

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
shaft.
Subtask 27-44-00-710-053
C. Do the test in the mechanical mode of the LH valve block.

_______
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Pressurize the Green and Yellow

Hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
23-00-863-001).
2. Do the operational test of the

jamming protection device again,
in the mechanical mode as
follows:
On the center pedestal: The THS surface moves to the aircraft 5

- Turn the pitch trim-control degree nose UP position.
wheel to the 5 degree nose UP
position.

hydraulic systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001).
R 4. On the LH control-valve block (2) On the THS actuator (4):

R of the THS actuator (4):
R - install the TOOL - JAMMING - the control-valve chain is in the

R SIMULATION LH A/C N.DN jamming simulation configuration.
R (0U190857) on the shaft (7) of
R the LH control-valve block.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 515
May 01/06

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-44-00-
991-003)

of the shaft (7) of the LH
control-valve.

R (1) clockwise (CW) to turn the actuator:
R master spline, until the - the control-valves are in the open
R spigots of the tool engage with position.
R the slots of the valve block
R (2).
R
R
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-44-00-
991-003)
R
R 5. Pressurize the Green and Yellow On the center pedestal:

hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29- - the pitch trim-control wheel moves to
23-00-863-001). the aircraft nose DN direction (the
THS leading edge moves up).
R 6. On the center pedestal: On the THS actuator (4):
- look at the pointer on the - the jamming protection device is

pitch trim-control wheel. operated and the THS actuator (4)
Immediately before the 0 degree stops immediately.
position, turn the wheel in the
nose up direction to give a
slight back order.

hydraulic systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 516
Nov 01/09

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 9. On the THS actuator (4): On the LH threshold-box assy:

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-44-00-991-004)
R

R mechanical input in the back order on the pitch trim-control
R clockwise (CW) direction to wheel) when you hear a CLICK.
R recenter the control valve
R detent. - at the same time the reference marks
must align.
R 10. On the LH control-valve block

(2) of the THS actuator(4):

shaft.
Subtask 27-44-00-710-054
D. Do the test in the mechanical mode of the RH valve block.

_______

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 517
Nov 01/09

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 1. Pressurize the Green and Yellow

R Hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
23-00-863-001).
R 2. Do the operational test of the

R jamming protection device again,
R in the mechanical mode as
R follows:
R On the center pedestal: The THS surface moves to the aircraft 5

R - Turn the pitch trim-control degree nose UP position.
R wheel to the 5 degree nose UP
R position.
R

hydraulic systems.
R
R 4. On the RH control-valve block (3) On the THS actuator (4):

- install the TOOL - JAMMING - the control-valve chain is in the

SIMULATION RH A/C N.DN jamming simulation configuration.
(0U190857) on the shaft (7) of
the RH control-valve block.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-44-00-
991-003)

of the shaft (7) of the RH
control-valve.

R (1) clockwise (cw) to turn the actuator:
R master spline, until the - the control-valves are in the open
R spigots of the tool engage with position.
R the slots of the valve block
R (3).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 518
Nov 01/09

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-44-00-
991-003)
R
R 5. Pressurize the Green and Yellow On the center pedestal:

hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
23-00-863-001). - the pitch trim-control wheel moves to
the aircraft nose DN direction (the
THS leading edge moves up).
R 6. On the center pedestal: On the THS actuator (4):
- look at the pointer on the - the jamming protection device is

pitch trim-control wheel. operated and the THS actuator (4)
Immediately before the 0 degree stops immediately.
position, turn the wheel in the
nose up direction to give a
slight back order.
R

hydraulic systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001).

R 9. On the THS actuator (4): On the RH threshold-box assy

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-44-00-991-004)
R

R not recentered, turn the again (which was possibly opened by
R mechanical input in the the back order on the pitch
R clockwise (CW) direction to trim-control wheel) when you hear a
R recenter the control valve CLICK.
R detent.
- at the same time the reference marks
must align.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 519
Nov 01/09

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 10. On the RH control-valve block

shaft.
Subtask 27-44-00-860-052
E. Put the system back to the serviceable condition.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE CONTROL VALVE DETENTS ARE CENTERED. IF THE
_______
DETENTS ARE NOT CENTERED THE AIRCRAFT WILL NOT OPERATE
CORRECTLY.
(1) On the left and right threshold box assy:

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-44-00-991-004)
(a) Make sure that you cannot put a feeler gage with a thickness of
1.2 mm (0.0472 in.) into the gap between the input plate and the
ball carrier of the control valve detent.
(b) If the feeler gage goes in the gap, you must recenter the control
valve detent as specified in para. Job Set-Up, step C.
(a) Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 pushbutton switch, (the OFF legend on
this pushbutton switch goes off).
(b) Push the FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switch, (the OFF legend on this
pushbutton switch goes off).
(a) Push the FLT CTL/ELAC 2 pushbutton switch, (the OFF legend on
this pushbutton switch goes off).
(b) Push the FLT CTL/SEC 2 pushbutton switch, (the OFF legend on this
pushbutton switch goes off).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 520
Nov 01/09

LAN
Subtask 27-44-00-410-053
F. Installation of the Caps
(1) On the left and right hydraulic valve blocks of the THS actuator (4):
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-44-00-991-003)
(2) Install the caps (6) on the valve control shafts (7).
(3) Safety the caps (6) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia.
0.6 mm (0.024 in.).
(4) Safety the threaded bushes (5) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant

steel, dia. 0.6 mm (0.024 in.).
Subtask 27-44-00-710-055
G. Do an operational test of the THS actuator:

- with both hydraulic systems
and
- individual hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 27-44-00-710-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-00-860-051
depressurized.
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001).
(2) Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

002).
Subtask 27-44-00-410-050
B. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 521
May 01/06
R
LAN
TASK 27-44-00-710-002
Operational Test of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator with the

_______
GEAR.
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-41-00-210-002 Visual Inspection of the Pitch-Trim Control Wheel
Indicators
Pump

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 522
May 01/00

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-00-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-44-00-860-054

002).
23-00-863-001).
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
pushbutton switch.
page comes on.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 523
Nov 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-44-00-210-050
A. Do a visual inspection of the pitch-trim control wheel indicators

(Ref. TASK 27-41-00-210-002).
Subtask 27-44-00-710-051
B. Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the maintenance panel 50VU: On the panel 50VU:

- lift the guard and release the - the OFF legend on the G and Y
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switches come on.
and HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/Y pushbutton switches.
2. On the center pedestal: The THS does not move.

- turn the pitch-trim control
wheel in one direction. On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM DU:
- the PITCH TRIM indication shows no
movement.

- lift the guard and push the - the OFF legend on the Y pushbutton
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y switch goes off.
pushbutton switch.
4. On the center pedestal: The THS moves to the fully nose down
- turn the pitch-trim control and then to the fully nose up position.
wheel to the nose DN stop
position and then to the nose On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM DU:
UP stop position. - the PITCH TRIM indication shows the
movement of the THS in both
directions.

- lift the guard and release the - the OFF legend on the Y pushbutton
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y switch comes on.
and push the HYD/LEAK - the OFF legend on the G pushbutton
MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch goes off.
switches.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 524
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- turn the pitch-trim control position and stop at the O position.
wheel to the nose DN stop and
then to the O position. On the lower ECAM DU, on the F/CTL
page:
- the PITCH TRIM indication shows the
movement of the THS.

pushbutton switch.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-00-860-053
(1) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001).

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 525
May 01/00

LAN
TASK 27-44-00-710-003
Operational Test of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator with both

(Green and Yellow) and Individual Hydraulic Systems
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Pump
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 526
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-44-00-860-055

002).
23-00-863-001).
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
pushbutton switch.
page comes on.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-44-00-710-056
A. Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the center pedestal: The THS moves to the nose fully down
- turn the pitch-trim control and then to the nose fully up position.
directions.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 527
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- lift the guard and release the - the OFF legend on the G and Y
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switches come on.
and HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT
VALVES/Y pushbutton switches.
3. On the center pedestal: The THS does not move.

- turn the pitch-trim control
wheel in one direction. On the F/CTL page of the lower ECAM DU:
- the PITCH TRIM indication shows no
movement.

pushbutton switch.
5. On the center pedestal: The THS moves to the nose fully down
- turn the pitch-trim control and then to the nose fully up position.
directions.

- lift the guard and release the - the OFF legend on the Y pushbutton
HYD/LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y switch comes on.
and push the HYD/LEAK - the OFF legend on the G pushbutton
MEASUREMENT VALVES/G pushbutton switch goes off.
switches.
- turn the pitch-trim control position and stop at the O position.
wheel to the nose DN stop and
then to the O position. On the lower ECAM DU, on the F/CTL
page:
- the PITCH TRIM indication shows the
movement of the THS.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 528
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
pushbutton switch.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-00-860-056

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001).

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-00

Page 529
May 01/00

LAN
ACTUATOR - THS (9CE) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________
TASK 27-44-51-000-001
Removal of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator (9CE)
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific adhesive tape

R
No specific protective padding
No specific structural protection material
R No specific 1 COVER - BLANKING, HYDRAULIC RESISTANT
No specific 1 STEPLADDER 0.5 M (1.6 FT)
A1-91-265 1 HOIST-MINILIFT
A3-91-267 1 HOIST-MINILIFT,THS ACTUATOR
0U145920 1 TOOL - MANUAL CRANKING STOP, THS ACTUATOR
0U190834 1 TOOL - ZERO POSITIONING, THS ACTUATOR
0U190844 2 TOOL-RELEASE,POB
98D27407502000 1 SUPPORT STRUT-R I,THS ACTUATOR
98D27407533000 1 FRAME - THS ACTUATOR SUPPORT
98D27408624000 1 DEVICE-R I,THS ACTUATOR

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 401
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-44-51-710-001 Operational Test of the No-Back Device (No-Back

Pawls)
Pump
29-23-00-863-002 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System from the Green
Hydraulic System through the PTU with the Ground
Service Cart
27-44-51-991-001 Fig. 401
27-44-51-991-021 Fig. 402
27-44-51-991-002 Fig. 403
27-44-51-991-003 Fig. 404
27-44-51-991-014 Fig. 405
27-44-51-991-004 Fig. 406
27-44-51-991-005 Fig. 407
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-44-51-991-001, 402/TASK 27-44-51-991-021)
Subtask 27-44-51-010-050
A. Get Access
Subtask 27-44-51-860-050

_______
_______
SYSTEM.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 402
Feb 01/11

LAN
R Job Set-Up
Figure 401/TASK 27-44-51-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 403
May 01/03

LAN
R Manual Cranking Stop Tool Installation
R Figure 402/TASK 27-44-51-991-021

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 404
May 01/06

LAN
(1) If the hydraulic pressure is available:
(a) Obey the hydraulic safety procedures (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-910-

002).
(b) Pressurize the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-863-001) or (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-002).
(c) Turn the pitch-trim control wheel in the flight compartment and
put the THS actuator (1) to the zero position.
(d) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems and put them
(e) Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system is depressurized and put
it in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(f) Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic

systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
R (g) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to

pressurize the Green, the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems:
- In the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead
panel
- On the ground service panels of the Green, the Yellow and the
Blue hydraulic systems.
(2) If the hydraulic pressure is not available:
(a) Depressurize the Green and Yellow systems and put them in the
maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(b) Make sure that the Blue hydraulic system is depressurized and put
(c) Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic

systems (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
R (d) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to

- In the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU of the overhead
panel
- On the ground service panels of the Green, the Yellow and the
Blue hydraulic systems.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 405
Nov 01/10

LAN
(e) Use the TOOL-RELEASE,POB (0U190844) and a 1/2 inch socket to move
the THS actuator (1) to the zero position (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-
710-001).
(3) Safety the THSA for removal:
(a) Put the TOOL - MANUAL CRANKING STOP, THS ACTUATOR (0U145920) (82)
in position on the screw jack (83). Do this on each side of the
nut assembly (2) of the THS actuator (1).
(b) Install and tighten the bolts (81).
R (c) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell

persons not to operate the pitch controls.
(d) Put the PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER

(0U190360) in the mechanical input of the THS actuator (1).
(e) Put the TOOL - ZERO POSITIONING, THS ACTUATOR (0U190834) between
the THS actuator (1) and the nut assembly (2).
(f) Put the SUPPORT STRUT-R I,THS ACTUATOR (98D27407502000) in

position and set the THS in the 0 deg. position.
(g) Put the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) on the

pitch-trim control wheel in the flight compartment.
(h) Put the structural protection material in the area of the THS
actuator (1) to prevent damage to the aircraft structure.
Subtask 27-44-51-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 406
Nov 01/10

LAN
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________

27-44-51-991-014, 406/TASK 27-44-51-991-004, 407/TASK 27-44-51-991-005)
Subtask 27-44-51-020-050
A. Removal of the THS Actuator
(1) Disconnect the bonding straps (20), (21) and (22) from the THS
actuator (1)
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-44-51-991-002)
(a) Remove the nuts (25), the washers (24) and the bolts (23).
(b) Disconnect the bonding straps (20), (21) and (22) from the
brackets (26), (27) and (28).
(c) Safety the bonding straps (20), (21) and (22) clear of the THS
actuator (1).
(2) Disconnect the mechanical system link-plate (29) from the input lever
(30) of the THS actuator (1)
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-44-51-991-002)
(c) Disconnect the link-plate (29) from the input lever (30).
(3) Disconnect the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems from the THS
actuator (1)
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-44-51-991-002)
CAUTION : PUT APPLICABLE COVERS ON THE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO

_______
PREVENT CONTAMINATION BY HYDRAULIC FLUID.
CAUTION : USE A SECOND WRENCH TO APPLY COUNTERTORQUE TO THE UNION

_______
WHEN YOU DISCONNECT/CONNECT HYDRAULIC LINES ON UNIONS. IF
YOU USE THE SECOND WRENCH, YOU WILL NOT LOOSEN OR TIGHTEN
THE UNION TOO MUCH.
(a) Put the CONTAINER 5 L(1 1/2 USGAL) in position below the
hydraulic valve blocks (31) and (34).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 407
Aug 01/10

LAN
THS Actuator - Bonding Leads, Mechanical Input and Hydraulic Connections
Figure 403/TASK 27-44-51-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 408
May 01/07
R
LAN
Electrical Connections
Figure 404/TASK 27-44-51-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 409
May 01/07
R
LAN
R Primary Upper Attachment
Figure 405/TASK 27-44-51-991-014

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 410
May 01/08

LAN
R Removal and Installation Device 98D27408624000
Figure 406/TASK 27-44-51-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 411
Feb 01/08

LAN
R Primary Lower Attachments
Figure 407/TASK 27-44-51-991-005

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 412
May 01/08

LAN
R (b) Put the COVER - BLANKING, HYDRAULIC RESISTANT on the electrical
equipment, which is installed in the area below the THS actuator
(1).
(c) Disconnect the Green hydraulic system.
1
_ Cut and remove the lockwire from the union nuts of the
flexible hoses (32) and (33) to the valve block (31).
2
_ Disconnect the flexible hoses (32) and (33) from the high and
the low pressure connections of the valve block (31).
3
_ Put the CAP - BLANKING on the flexible hoses (32) and (33).
4
_ Put the CAP - BLANKING on the open connections of the valve
block (31).
5
_ Temporarily attach the flexible hoses (32) and (33) to the
aircraft structure, clear of the THS actuator (1).
(d) Disconnect the Yellow hydraulic system.
1
_ Cut and remove the lockwire from the union nuts of the
flexible hoses (35) and (36) to the valve block (34).
2
_ Disconnect the flexible hoses (35) and (36) from the high and
the low pressure connections of the valve block (34).
3
_ Put the CAP - BLANKING on the flexible hoses (35) and (36).
4
_ Put the CAP - BLANKING on the open connections of the valve
block (34).
5
_ Temporarily attach the flexible hoses (35) and (36) to the
aircraft structure, clear of the THS actuator (1).
(e) Remove the container from below the hydraulic valve blocks (31)
and (34).
(4) Disconnect the electrical connections from the THS actuator (1)
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-44-51-991-003)
(a) Disconnect the electrical connectors 9CE-E and 9CE-F (49) from
the command Rotary-Variable Differential-Transducer (RVDT) (50).
(b) Disconnect the electrical connectors 9CE-A, 9CE-B, 9CE-C and

9CE-D (51) from the pitch-trim actuator (52).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 413
May 01/11

LAN
(c) Disconnect the electrical connectors 9CE-G and 9CE-H (53) from
the monitor RVDT (54).
(d) Put the CAP - BLANKING on the connections of the RVDTs (50) and
(54) and the pitch-trim actuator (52).
(e) Put the CAP - BLANKING on the open electrical connectors:

- 9CE-A, 9CE-B, 9CE-C, 9CE-D (51)
- 9CE-E, 9CE-F (49)
- 9CE-G, 9CE-H (53).
(5) Disconnect the primary upper attachment of the THS actuator (1)
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-44-51-991-014)
(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the left and the right screws
(42).
(b) Remove the screws (42) and the washers (43). Make sure that the
washer (45) and (if installed) the shim(s) (44) do not fall from
the primary attachment.
NOTE : The washer (45) and (if applicable) the shim(s) (44) are
____
loose in the primary attachment and can fall when the
screws (42) are removed.
(c) Move the bolts (46) away from the connection of the attachment
forks (3) and the gimbal ring (41).
(d) Remove the washers (45) from between the bolts (46) the retainer
nuts (47) and (if installed) the shim(s) (44).
NOTE : Identify the locations of the shim(s) (44) and the washers
____
(45) to make the installation easier.
(e) Remove the bolts (46) from the connection of the attachment forks
(3) and the gimbal ring (41).
(f) Safety the sliding bushes (48) in the attachment forks (3) with
the adhesive tape.
(g) Safety the two spherical bearings (57) in the gimbal ring (41)
with the adhesive tape.
NOTE : The adhesive tape is used to safety the bearings (57)

____
during maintenance or movement of the THS actuator.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 414
Aug 01/07
R
LAN
Subtask 27-44-51-480-050
B. Installation of the R/I-Device THS Actuator
R (1) Put the DEVICE-R I,THS ACTUATOR (98D27408624000) in position. If

necessary, use a STEPLADDER 0.5 M (1.6 FT) to help you install the
device.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-44-51-991-004)
(2) Connect the transport rail 98D27408624040 to the applicable structure

points at STA3451 (FR72) with the pip pins.
(3) Put the adaptor 98D27408624110 between the transport rail

98D27408624040 and the applicable structure point at STA3406 (FR71).
(4) Connect the adaptor 98D27408624110 to the structure point at STA3406

(FR71) and to the transport rail 98D27408624040 with the pip pins.
(5) Put the rod 98D27408624042 in position at the applicable structure

points at STA3406 (FR71).
(6) Connect the rod 98D27408624042 to the structure points at STA3406

(FR71) with the pip pins.
(7) Connect the transport frame 98D27408624046 to the roller assembly of

the transport rail 98D27408624040 with the pip pin.
(8) Put the strives 98D27408624100 between the rod 98D27408624042 and the
brackets on the transport frame 98D27408624046.
(9) Connect the strives 98D27408624100 to the rod 98D27408624042 and to

the transport frame 98D27408624046 with the pip pins.
(10) Move the roller assembly attached to the transport frame

98D27408624046 along the transport rail 98D27408624040 to the THS
actuator (1).
(11) Put the transport frame 98D27408624046 in position on the THS

actuator (1).
(12) Connect the transport frame 98D27408624046 to the THS actuator (1)
with the lifting adaptors 98D27408624288.
(13) Move the spindle nut, on the threaded rod of the spindle
98D27408624118 to the center.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 415
May 01/09

LAN
R (14) Put the spindle 98D27408624118 between the rod 98D27408624042 and the
R transport frame 98D27408624046.
R (15) Connect the spindle 98D27408624118 to the rod 98D27408624042 and to

R the transport frame 98D27408624046 with the pip pins.
(16) Install the HOIST-MINILIFT,THS ACTUATOR (A3-91-267) on the transport

rail 98D27408624040.
NOTE : If the HOIST-MINILIFT,THS ACTUATOR (A3-91-267) is not

____
available, you can also use the HOIST-MINILIFT (A1-91-265).
R (17) Connect the fastener 98D27408624282 to the shackle of the HOIST-

R MINILIFT,THS ACTUATOR (A3-91-267) with the pip pin.
Subtask 27-44-51-020-051
R C. Removal of the THS Actuator
R (1) Disconnect the primary lower attachment of the THS actuator (1):
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 27-44-51-991-005)
(b) Remove the nuts (66) from the connection of the left and right
R anti-rotation brackets (68) to the nut assembly (2).
(c) Remove the left and the right anti-rotation brackets (68).
(d) Install the nuts (66) again on the bolts (69) to hold the bolts
(69) in place.
(e) Release the retainer washers (71) from the retainer nuts (70).
(f) Hold the secondary bolts (74) with a wrench. Use a standard hook
wrench to remove the retainer nuts (70) from the secondary bolts
(74).
(g) Remove and discard the retainer washers (71).
(h) Release the retainer washers (73) from the retainer nuts (72).
(i) Hold the primary bolts (75) with a wrench. Use a standard hook
wrench to remove the retainer nuts (72) from the primary bolts
(75).
(j) Remove and discard the retainer washers (73).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 416
Feb 01/08

LAN
R (k) Remove the secondary bolts (74) and the primary bolts (75) from
R the nut assembly (2).
R (l) Move the sliding bushes (77) in the direction of the screwshaft
R centerline, clear of the attachment arms (4).
R (m) Put the protective padding on the valve outlets of the THS
R actuator (1). This is to prevent damage to the pressure bulkhead
R during the removal.
R (2) Disconnect the secondary upper attachment (60) of the THS actuator
R (1):
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-44-51-991-014)
(a) Hold the THS actuator (1) with the spindle 98D27408624118.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-44-51-991-004)
(b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (61).
(c) Remove the parts that follow from the connection of the secondary
upper attachment (60) and the structure:
R - The nuts (62)
R - The washers (63)
R - The bolts (64)
R - The bushes (80).
R (3) Use the support strut 98D27407502000, and put the stabilizer in a
R nose down position (approximately -8 degrees).
(4) Lower the THS actuator (1).
(5) Remove the distance bushes (76) from the attachment arms (4).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 27-44-51-991-005)
(6) Remove the pip pin and disconnect the spindle 98D27408624118 from the
R transport frame 98D27408624046.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-44-51-991-004)
R (7) Remove the pip pins and disconnect the strives 98D27408624100 from
R the transport frame 98D27408624046.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-44-51-991-004)
(8) Temporarily safety the sliding bushes (77) and the shoulder bushes
R (78) in the nut assembly (2). Do this at the primary lower attachment
R with the adhesive tape.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 27-44-51-991-005)

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 417
Feb 01/08

LAN
(9) Move the THS actuator (1) forward on the transport rail
98D27408624040 to a position above the access door 312AR.
(10) Connect the fastener 98D27408624282 to the secondary upper attachment

(60) with the pip pins.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-44-51-991-004)
(11) Remove the lifting adaptors 98D27408624288 from the connection of the
transport frame 98D27408624046 to the THS actuator (1).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-44-51-991-004)
(12) Remove the transport frame 98D27408624046.
R (13) Put the FRAME - THS ACTUATOR SUPPORT (98D27407533000) or the FRAME-
R THS ACTUATOR,SUPPORT (98D27407533001) in position below the access
door 312AR.
(14) Lower the THS actuator (1) through the access door 312AR.
(15) Put the THS actuator (1) in position on the FRAME - THS ACTUATOR
R SUPPORT (98D27407533000) or on the FRAME-THS ACTUATOR,SUPPORT
R (98D27407533001).
(16) Connect the THS actuator (1) to the FRAME - THS ACTUATOR SUPPORT
R (98D27407533000) or to the FRAME-THS ACTUATOR,SUPPORT
R (98D27407533001) as applicable.
(17) Remove the pip pins and disconnect the fastener 98D27408624282 from
the secondary upper attachment (60).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-44-51-991-004)
(18) Remove the oil breather cap (7) from the oil filler plug (5) and
install the storage cap (6).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-44-51-991-001)

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 418
Nov 01/10

LAN
TASK 27-44-51-400-001
Installation of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS) Actuator (9CE)
_______
_______
NOTE : If you install a complete new THS Actuator, only item (37) in the
____
expendable parts list is necessary.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific protective padding
R
R No specific 1 MAT - PROTECTIVE
R No specific 1 WRENCH - STANDARD
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
(4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)
A1-91-265 1 HOIST-MINILIFT
A3-91-267 1 HOIST-MINILIFT,THS ACTUATOR

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 419
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0U190834 1 TOOL - ZERO POSITIONING, THS ACTUATOR
98D27407502000 1 SUPPORT STRUT-R I,THS ACTUATOR
98D27407517000 1 TOOL SET-R I,THS
98D27407533000 1 FRAME - THS ACTUATOR SUPPORT
98D27407533001 1 FRAME-THS ACTUATOR,SUPPORT
98D27408624000 1 DEVICE-R I,THS ACTUATOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
37 cotter pins 27-41-04 04 -340

R

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 420
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-41-00-730-001 System Test of the THS Actuator Electrical Control
27-41-00-820-001 Adjustment of the THS Zero Position
27-44-51-210-004 Check the Oil Level of the Gearbox of the
THS-Actuator
27-44-51-991-001 Fig. 401
27-44-51-991-021 Fig. 402
27-44-51-991-002 Fig. 403
27-44-51-991-003 Fig. 404
27-44-51-991-014 Fig. 405
27-44-51-991-004 Fig. 406
27-44-51-991-005 Fig. 407
27-44-51-991-022 Fig. 408
27-44-51-991-023 Fig. 409
3. __________
Job Set-up

27-44-51-991-003)
Subtask 27-44-51-860-055

_______
position below the access door 312AR.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 421
Feb 01/11

LAN
(4) Make sure that the pitch-trim control wheel in the flight compartment
is in the zero position.
installed on the pitch-trim control wheel.
to tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
systems:
- On the ground service panels of the Green, the Yellow and the Blue
hydraulic systems.
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
R (11) Make sure that the MAT - PROTECTIVE is in position in the area of the
R THS actuator (1).
R (12) Make sure that the COVER - BLANKING, HYDRAULIC RESISTANT are in
R position on the electrical equipment, which is installed in the area
of the THS actuator (1).
Subtask 27-44-51-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 422
May 01/11

LAN
4. Procedure
_________

27-44-51-991-002, 404/TASK 27-44-51-991-003, 405/TASK 27-44-51-991-014,
406/TASK 27-44-51-991-004, 407/TASK 27-44-51-991-005)
Subtask 27-44-51-560-050
A. Preparation of the Replacement Component

(0U190360) and the TOOL - ZERO POSITIONING, THS ACTUATOR (0U190834)
are installed on the replacement THS actuator (1).
NOTE : The PIN-RIGGING,THS ACTUATOR,MECHANICAL INPUT LEVER (0U190360)

____
and the TOOL - ZERO POSITIONING, THS ACTUATOR (0U190834) must
stay in position during the installation procedure.
(2) Remove the red protective caps from the ports of the hydraulic valve
blocks (31) and (34).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-44-51-991-002)
(3) Make sure that the identification placards are correctly attached to
the casing of the THS actuator (1).
(4) Make sure that the protective padding is put on the valve outlets of
the THS actuator (1) to prevent damage.
Subtask 27-44-51-210-050
B. Inspection of the Work Area and the Attachment Components
11-026) and let them dry:
- The attachment forks (3)
- The attachment arms (4)
- The bolts
- The bushes.
(2) Make sure the components that follow are installed correctly:
- The press-fit bushes (56) are not loose in the attachment forks (3)
- The retainer nuts (47) are safetied on the bushes (55).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 423
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(3) Do a visual inspection of the work area:
(a) Make sure that the items that follow are clean, not damaged and
show no corrosion:
- The attachment forks (3)
- The attachment arms (4)
- The flexible hoses (32), (33), (35) and (36)
- The mechanical input mechanism
- The electrical connectors 9CE-A, 9CE-B, 9CE-C, 9CE-D, 9CE-E,
9CE-F, 9CE-G and 9CE-H
- The adjacent structure.
(4) Do a visual inspection of the attachment components:
(a) Make sure that the items that follow are clean, not damaged and
show no corrosion:
- The bolts
- The nuts
- The bushes.
(b) Make sure that the two spherical bearings (57) are installed in
the gimbal ring (41).
NOTE : There are two spherical bearings installed in the upper

____
attachment of the THS actuator. One spherical bearing is
attached in the gimbal ring and the other spherical
bearing is free.
(5) Apply the corrosion preventive SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
005) to the shafts of the bolts (46).
Subtask 27-44-51-420-051
C. Installation of the THS Actuator

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 424
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(1) Put the FRAME - THS ACTUATOR SUPPORT (98D27407533000) or the FRAME-
THS ACTUATOR,SUPPORT (98D27407533001) with the THS actuator (1) in
position. Do this below the access door 312AR.
(2) Use the HOIST-MINILIFT,THS ACTUATOR (A3-91-267) or the HOIST-MINILIFT

(A1-91-265) and put the THS actuator (1) in position.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-44-51-991-004)
(3) Connect the fastener 98D27408624282 from the HOIST-MINILIFT,THS

ACTUATOR (A3-91-267) to the secondary upper attachment (60). Do this
with the pip pins.
(4) Disconnect the THS actuator (1) from the FRAME - THS ACTUATOR SUPPORT
(98D27407533000) or the FRAME-THS ACTUATOR,SUPPORT (98D27407533001)
as applicable.
(5) Use the HOIST-MINILIFT,THS ACTUATOR (A3-91-267) or the HOIST-MINILIFT

(A1-91-265) and lift the THS actuator (1) through the access door
312AR.
(6) Put the transport frame 98D27408624046 in position on the THS

actuator (1).
(7) Attach the transport frame 98D27408624046 to the THS actuator (1)
with the lifting adaptors 98D27408624288.
(8) Remove the pip pins and disconnect the fastener 98D27408624282 from
the secondary upper attachment (60).
(9) Move the roller assembly which is attached to the transport frame
98D27408624046 along the transport rail 98D27408624040.
(10) Put the THS actuator (1) in position in front of the attachment forks
(3) and the attachment arms (4).
(11) Make sure that the mechanical input connection is on the left in the
flight direction.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-44-51-991-001)
(12) Hold the THS actuator (1) in position.
(13) Connect the strives 98D27408624100 to the transport frame

98D27408624046 with the pip pins.
(14) Adjust the spindle nut to the center on the threaded rod of the
spindle 98D27408624118.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 425
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(15) Connect the spindle 98D27408624118 to the transport frame
98D27408624046 with the pip pin.
(16) Remove the FRAME - THS ACTUATOR SUPPORT (98D27407533000) or the

FRAME-THS ACTUATOR,SUPPORT (98D27407533001) as applicable, from below
the access door 312AR.
(17) Remove the adhesive tape from the bushes (48), (55) and (56) in the
attachment forks (3).
(18) Remove the adhesive tape from the bearing (57) and the gimbal ring
(41).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-44-51-991-014)
(19) Use the spindle 98D27408624118 to lift the THS actuator (1).
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-44-51-991-004)
(20) Use the support strut 98D27407502000 and put the stabilizer in the 0
degrees position.
(21) Connect the primary upper attachment of the THS actuator (1):
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-44-51-991-014)
(a) Move the sliding bushes (48) to a position where you can install
the primary upper attachment.
(b) Put the THS actuator (1) in position at the attachment forks (3).
(c) On the LH side of the THS actuator, push the sliding bush (48)
against the bearing (57). Do the same for the RH side.
(d) Engage the bolts (46) at the connections of the attachment forks
(3) and the gimbal ring (41). Push in the two bolts (46) fully.
(e) Make sure that the washers (45) and (if applicable) the shim(s)
(44), fill the space between:
- The flange of the bolt (46) and the retainer nut (47).
NOTE : The washer (45) is thicker than the washer (43).

____
(f) If the space is not filled, or the bolt (46) is pushed back,
remove or add the shim(s) (44) as necessary.
(g) Install the screws (42) and the washers (43).
(h) TORQUE the screws (42) to between 0.3 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 426
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(i) Safety the screws with lockwire:

_______
1
_ Safety the screws (42) with the lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
(22) Connect the secondary upper attachment (60) of the THS actuator (1):
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-44-51-991-014)
(a) Make sure that the bushes (84) are correctly installed in the
structure lug.
(b) Put the secondary upper attachment (60) in position on the

structure lug.
(c) Make sure that the shouldered bushes (79) are correctly installed
in the connection of the secondary upper attachment (60).
(d) Apply the zinc chromate putty SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
002) to the bushes (80).
(e) Put the bushes (80) on the bolts (64).
(f) Install the bolts (64) with the bushes (80), the washers (63) and
the nuts (62). Do this at the connection of the secondary upper
attachment (60) and the structure lug.
(g) TORQUE the nuts (62) to between 1.95 and 2.2 m.daN (14.38 and
16.22 lbf.ft).
(h) Safety the nuts (62) with the new cotter pins (61).
Subtask 27-44-51-080-050
D. Removal of the R/I-Device THS Actuator
(1) Remove the pip pin and disconnect the fastener 98D27408624282 from
the shackle of the HOIST-MINILIFT,THS ACTUATOR (A3-91-267).
(2) Remove the HOIST-MINILIFT,THS ACTUATOR (A3-91-267) or the HOIST-

MINILIFT (A1-91-265) from the transport rail 98D27408624040.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 427
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(3) Remove the DEVICE-R I,THS ACTUATOR (98D27408624000):
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 27-44-51-991-004)
(a) Remove the pip pin and disconnect the spindle 98D27408624118 from
the transport frame 98D27408624046.
(b) Remove the pip pin and disconnect the spindle 98D27408624118 from
the rod 98D27408624042.
(c) Remove the spindle 98D27408624118.
(d) Remove the pip pins and disconnect the strives 98D27408624100
from the transport frame 98D27408624046.
(e) Remove the pip pins and disconnect the strives 98D27408624100
from the rod 98D27408624042.
(f) Remove the strives 98D27408624100.
(g) Remove the lifting adaptors 98D27408624288 and disconnect the

transport frame 98D27408624046 from the THS actuator (1).
(h) Remove the pip pin and disconnect the transport frame
98D27408624046 from the roller assembly of the transport rail
98D27408624040.
(i) Remove the transport frame 98D27408624046.
(j) Remove the pip pin and disconnect the adaptor 98D27408624110 from
the structure point at STA3408 (FR71).
(k) Remove the pip pin and disconnect the adaptor 98D27408624110 from
the transport rail 98D27408624040.
(l) Remove the adaptor 98D27408624110.
(m) Remove the pip pins and disconnect the transport rail
98D27408624040 from the structure points at STA3451 (FR72).
(n) Remove the transport rail 98D27408624040.
(o) Remove the pip pins and disconnect the rod 98D27408624042 from
the structure points at STA3408 (FR71).
(p) Remove the rod 98D27408624042.
(q) If necessary, remove the stepladder.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 428
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-44-51-420-050
E. Installation of the THS Actuator

_______
MUCH.

_______
LUBRICANT.
(1) Connect the bonding straps (20), (21) and (22) to the THS actuator
(1).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-44-51-991-002)
(a) Disconnect the bonding straps (20), (21) and (22) from the
temporary safety positions.
(b) Put the bonding straps (20), (21) and (22) in position at the
brackets (26), (27) and (28).
(c) Install the bolts (23), the washers (24) and the nuts (25)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(2) Connect the Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems to the THS
actuator (1).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-44-51-991-002)
R (a) Put a CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT in position below the

hydraulic valve blocks (31) and (34).
(b) Connect the Yellow hydraulic system.
1
_ Remove the flexible hoses (35) and (36) from the temporary
attachment positions on the structure.
2
_ Remove the blanking caps from the flexible hoses (35) and
(36).
3
_ Apply the HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) to the
threads of the line end-fittings.
4
_ Remove the blanking caps from the hose connections of the
valve block (34).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 429
May 01/11

LAN
5
_ Connect the flexible hoses (35) and (36) to the high and the
low pressure connections of the valve block (34).
6
_ TORQUE the union nut of the flexible hose (35) to between 2.9
and 3.2 m.daN (21.38 and 23.59 lbf.ft).
7
8
_ Safety the union nuts with the lockwire:
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE

_______
LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS
YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
a
_ Safety the union nuts of the flexible hoses (35) and (36)
to the valve block (34) with the lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
(c) Connect the Green hydraulic system.
1
_ Remove the flexible hoses (32) and (33) from the temporary
attachment positions on the structure.
2
_ Remove the blanking caps from the flexible hoses (32) and
(33).
3
_ Apply the HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003) to the
threads of the line end-fittings.
4
_ Remove the blanking caps from the hose connections of the
valve block (31).
5
_ Connect the flexible hoses (32) and (33) to the high and the
low pressure connections of the valve block (31).
6
7

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 430
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
8
_ Safety the union nuts with the lockwire:
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE

_______
LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS
YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND
YOU.
a
_ Safety the union nuts of the flexible hoses (32) and (33)
to the valve block (31) with the lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
(3) Connect the primary lower attachment of the THS actuator (1).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 27-44-51-991-005)
(a) Remove the adhesive tape which temporarily safetied the sliding
bushes (77) and the shoulder bushes (78) in the nut assembly (2).
(b) Make sure that the sliding bushes (77) and the shoulder bushes
(78) are correctly installed in the nut assembly (2).
(c) Put the nut assembly (2) in position at the attachment arms (4).
(d) Push the sliding bushes (77) in the direction of the screwshaft
centerline.
(e) Put the distance bushes (76) into the installation nuts of the
spherical bearings installed in the attachment arms (4).
(f) Put the bolts (69) in the forks of the nut assembly (2).
(g) Move the THS actuator (1) into a position so that both forks of
the nut assembly (2) overlap the attachment arms (4).
(h) Push the sliding bushes (77) against the inner ring of the
spherical bearings in the attachment arms (4). If necessary, use
the SUPPORT STRUT-R I,THS ACTUATOR (98D27407502000) and move the
THS to get the necessary alignment of the sliding bushes (77) and
the spherical bearings.
(i) Install the primary bolts (75) at the connection of the nut
assembly (2) and the attachment arms (4). Make sure that the
primary bolts (75) are installed with the flats on the flanges in
the horizontal direction.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 431
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(j) Install the new retainer washers (73) and the retainer nuts (72)
on the primary bolts (75). Make sure that the rounded edge of the
retainer nuts (72) point to the retainer washers (73).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 27-44-51-991-005)
(k) Tighten the primary bolts (75).
1
_ Put the wrench 98D27407517120, part of the TOOL SET-R I,THS
(98D27407517000), on the retainer nuts (72).
R 2
_ Hold the primary bolts (75) with a WRENCH - STANDARD.
3
_ TORQUE the retainer nuts (72) to between 4.0 and 5.0 m.daN
(29.49 and 36.87 lbf.ft).
4
_ Remove the wrenches from the primary bolts (75) and the
retainer nuts (72).
(l) Safety the retainer nuts (72) with the retainer washers (73).
(m) Install the secondary bolts (74) through the primary bolts (75).
(n) Make sure that the secondary bolts (74) have been installed with
the flats on the flanges in the horizontal direction.
(o) Install the new retainer washers (71) and the retainer nuts (70)
on the secondary bolts (74). Make sure that the rounded edges of
the retainer nuts (70) point to the retainer washers (71).
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 27-44-51-991-005)
(p) Tighten the secondary bolts (74).
1
_ Put the wrench 98D27407517110, part of TOOL SET-R I,THS
(98D27407517000), on the retainer nuts (70).
R 2
_ Hold the secondary bolts (74) with a WRENCH - STANDARD.
3
_ TORQUE the retainer nuts (70) to between 3.0 and 4.0 m.daN
(22.12 and 29.49 lbf.ft).
4
_ Remove the wrenches from the secondary bolts (74) and from the
retainer nuts (70).
(q) Safety the retainer nuts (70) with the retainer washers (71).
(r) Remove the nuts (66) to access the bolts for the anti-rotation
brackets (68).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 432
May 01/11

LAN
(s) Put the left and the right anti-rotation brackets (68) in
position at the connections of the nut assembly (2) and the bolts
(69), (74) and (75).
(t) Install the nuts (66).
(u) Safety the nuts (66) with new cotter pins (65).
(4) Connect the mechanical system link-plate (29) to the input lever (30)
of the THS actuator (1).
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-44-51-991-002)
(a) Put the link-plate (29) in position at the input lever (30).
(b) Install the bolts (40), the washers (39) and the nuts (38).
NOTE : If you cannot install the bolts (40) easily, adjust the
____
mechanical control system (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-820-001).
(c) TORQUE the nuts (38) to 0.8 m.daN (70.79 lbf.in) .
(d) Safety the nuts (38) with new cotter pins (37).
(5) Connect the electrical connections to the THS actuator (1).

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-44-51-991-003)
(a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors:

- 9CE-A, 9CE-B, 9CE-C and 9CE-D (51)
- 9CE-E and 9CE-F (49)
- 9CE-G and 9CE-H (53).
(b) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connections of the
RVDT (50) and (54) and the pitch-trim actuator (52).
(c) Connect the electrical connectors 9CE-G and 9CE-H (53) to the
monitor RVDT (54).
(d) Connect the electrical connectors 9CE-A, 9CE-B, 9CE-C and 9CE-D
(51) to the pitch-trim actuator (52).
(e) Connect the electrical connectors 9CE-E and 9CE-F (49) to the
command RVDT (50).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 433
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-44-51-860-051
(1) Remove the SUPPORT STRUT-R I,THS ACTUATOR (98D27407502000) from the
THS.
(2) Remove the bolts (81) and the TOOL - MANUAL CRANKING STOP, THS
ACTUATOR (0U145920) (82) from the screw jack (83). Do this on each
side of the nut assembly (2) of the THS actuator (1).
(3) Remove the TOOL - ZERO POSITIONING, THS ACTUATOR (0U190834) from
between the THS actuator (1) and the nut assembly (2).

from the mechanical input of the THS actuator (1).
(6) Remove the storage cap (6) from the oil filler plug (5) and install
the oil breather cap (7).
(7) Remove the drainage container from below the hydraulic valve blocks
of the THS actuator.
(8) Remove the covers from the electrical equipment which is installed
below the THS actuator.
(9) Remove the structural protection material from the work area.
Subtask 27-44-51-865-051
G. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
15CE1, 16CE1, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 434
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-44-51-720-050
H. Test
(1) Make sure that the THS actuator (1) has the correct quantity of oil.
If necessary, fill the THS actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-210-004).
(2) Do a system test of the THS control (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-730-001).
_______
(3) Do a visual check of the THS actuator and make sure that there is no
leakage from:
- The hydraulic connections
- The oil filler-plug connection
- The oil drain-plug connection
- The body of the THS actuator.
Subtask 27-44-51-210-059
J. Final Inspection
(1) Inspect the lower attachment on the THSA.

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 27-44-51-991-022)
(a) Make sure that the parts that follow are installed on the LH and
RH side:
- The shafts (74) and (75)
- The brackets (68)
- The nuts (66)
- The cotter pins (65)
- The retainer nuts (70) and (72)
- The retainer washers (71) and (73)
- The shoulder bush (78).
(2) Inspect the upper primary attachment on the THSA.

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 27-44-51-991-023)
(a) Make sure that the parts that follow are installed on the LH and
RH side:
- The bearing (57)
- The bush (56)
- The locking washer (55)
- The retainer nut (47)
- The washer (44) and (if applicable) the shim(s) (45)

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 435
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Inspection of the Lower THSA Attachment

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 436
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Inspection of the Lower THSA Attachment

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 437
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Inspection of the Upper THSA Attachment

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 438
Feb 01/11
R
LAN

R

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 439
Feb 01/11

LAN

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 440
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
- The attaching screws (42)
- The locking wire.
(b) Use a ruler to measure the depth of the sliding bush (48) for the
LH and RH side of the THSA. The depth must be between 6.0 mm and
7.5 mm (0.240 in. and 0.300 in.). The measurment can be done from
the radius of both sides of the bolt (46).
(3) Inspect the upper secondary attachment of the THSA.

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 27-44-51-991-023)
(a) Make sure that the parts that follow are installed:
- The bolts (64)
- The washers (63)
- The nuts (62)
- The cotter pins (61).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-51-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Remove the access platform.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 441
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-44-51-000-002
Removal of the Oil Filler Plug and/or the Oil Drain Plug from the THS Actuator
(9CE)
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R
R No specific 1 CAP - BLANKING
0U190364 1 TOOL - DRAIN, THSA
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-44-51-991-006 Fig. 410

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 442
May 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-010-051
A. Get Access
Subtask 27-44-51-941-057
B. Put the warning notices in the flight compartment to tell persons not to
operate the pitch controls.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 27-44-51-991-006)
Subtask 27-44-51-020-052
A. Removal of the Oil Filler Plug and/or the Oil Drain Plug
(1) Removal of the oil filler plug (81).
(a) Disconnect the breather cap (80) from the oil filler plug (81).
(b) Cut and remove the lockwire from the oil filler plug (81).
(c) Remove the oil filler plug (81) from the adaptor (83).
(d) Remove and discard the O-ring (82) from the oil filler plug (81).
NOTE : Do not remove the adaptor (83) from the THS actuator (1)
____
R (e) Put a CAP - BLANKING on the adaptor (83).
(2) Removal of the oil drain plug (86).
R (a) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position below the THS actuator (1).
(b) Remove the protective cap (84), complete with the magnetic chip
detector (85), from the oil drain plug (86).
(c) Install the TOOL - DRAIN, THSA (0U190364).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 443
May 01/11

LAN
Oil Filler Plug and Oil Drain Plug
Figure 410/TASK 27-44-51-991-006

R

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 444
May 01/11

LAN
(d) Drain the oil from the THS actuator (1) into the drainage
container.
(e) Remove the TOOL - DRAIN, THSA.
(f) Cut and remove the lockwire from the oil drain plug (86).
(g) Remove the oil drain plug (86).
(h) Remove and discard the O-ring (87) from the oil drain plug (86).
R (i) Put a COVER - BLANKING, HYDRAULIC RESISTANT in the opening for

the oil drain plug (86) in the THS actuator (1).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 445
May 01/11

LAN
TASK 27-44-51-400-002
Installation of the Oil Filler Plug and/or the Oil Drain Plug in the THS
Actuator (9CE)
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
No specific 1 PLUG - BLANKING
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LUBRICATING OIL TURBINE SYNTHETIC BASE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 446
May 01/11

LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
82 O-ring 27-44-51 02 -080

87 O-ring 27-44-51 02 -040
87 O-ring 27-44-51 02 -040C
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-13-27-612-001 Oil Replenishment of the THS Actuator (9CE)

27-44-51-991-006 Fig. 410
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 27-44-51-991-006)
Subtask 27-44-51-860-056
R (3) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) are in position in the flight
compartment to tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.

position below the THS actuator, if you install the oil drain plug
(86).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 447
May 01/11

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-44-51

Page 448
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-44-51-210-052
B. Visual Inspection of the Work Area and the Components
(1) Visual inspection of the work area.
(a) Make sure that:

- the area adjacent to the oil filler plug (81),
- the area adjacent to the oil drain plug (86)
are clean, not damaged and shows no corrosion.
(2) Visual inspection of the components.
(a) Make sure that:

- the breather cap (80),
- the adaptor (83),
- the protective cap (84) complete with the magnetic chip
detector (85)
are clean, not damaged and show no corrosion.
(b) Make sure that the adaptor (83) is correctly installed in the THS
actuator (1).
4. Procedure
_________
R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 27-44-51-991-006)
Subtask 27-44-51-420-052
A. Installation of the Oil Filler Plug and/or the Oil Drain Plug
(1) Installation of the oil filler plug (81).
(a) Remove the PLUG - BLANKING from the adaptor (83).
(b) Make sure that the oil filler plug (81) and the adaptor interface
(83) are clean.
(c) Lubricate the new O-ring (82) with the oil OILS (Material No. 03-
003).
(d) Put the new O-ring (82) in position on the oil filler plug (81).
(e) Install the oil filler plug (81) in the adaptor (83).
(f) TORQUE the oil filler plug (81) to between 1.4 and 1.6 m.daN
(10.32 and 11.79 lbf.ft).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 449
May 01/07

LAN
(g) Safety the oil filler plug (81) with the lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
(h) Connect the breather cap (80) to the oil filler plug (81).
(2) Installation of the oil drain plug (86).
(a) Remove the PLUG - BLANKING from the opening for the oil drain
plug (86) in the THS actuator (1).
(b) Make sure that the oil drain plug (86) and the plug interface are
clean.
(c) Lubricate the new O-ring (87) with the oil OILS (Material No. 03-
003).
(d) Put the new O-ring (87) in position on the oil drain plug (86).
(e) Install the oil drain plug (86) in the THS actuator (1).
(f) TORQUE the oil drain plug (86) to between 1.4 and 1.6 m.daN
(10.32 and 11.79 lbf.ft).
(g) Safety the oil drain plug (86) with the lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
(h) Install the protective cap (84), with the magnetic chip detector
(85), on the oil drain plug (86).
(i) Fill the THS actuator (1) with the correct oil to the necessary
level (Ref. TASK 12-13-27-612-001).
(j) Remove the drainage container from below the THS actuator (1).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-51-210-053
A. Do a visual check of the THS actuator and make sure that there are no
leaks from:
- the oil filler plug and adaptor,
- the oil drain plug.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 450
May 01/07
R
LAN
Subtask 27-44-51-410-051
B. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 451
May 01/07
R
LAN
TASK 27-44-51-000-003
Removal of the Lower Claw Stop
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0U145409 1 SPECIAL WRENCH

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 452
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pawls)
Pump
Service Cart
27-44-51-991-001 Fig. 401
27-44-51-991-016 Fig. 411
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-010-062
A. Get Access
Subtask 27-44-51-860-057

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-44-51-991-001)
_______
SYSTEM.
23-00-863-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-002).
(2) Turn the pitch-trim control wheel in the flight compartment and put
the THS actuator to the zero position.
(3) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems and put them in
the maintenance configuration (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 453
Feb 01/11

LAN
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
hydraulic systems.
(6) If hydraulic pressure is not available, use the manual drive input
and move the THS actuator to the zero position.
(a) Put the TOOL - MANUAL CRANKING STOP, THS ACTUATOR (0U145920) in
position on the screw of the THS actuator.
(b) Use the TOOL-RELEASE,POB (0U190844) and a 1/2 inch socket to

position the THS actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-710-001).
to operate the pitch controls.

(9) Put the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (98D27403500000) on the pitch-trim
control wheel in the flight compartment.
Subtask 27-44-51-865-057
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 454
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 27-44-51-991-016)
Subtask 27-44-51-020-053
A. Removal of the Lower Claw Stop
(1) Make sure that there is a mark for the correct location of the claw
stop (112) and the screw (110). If there is no mark use a marker to
mark the keys (118) in relation to the claw stop (112) and to the
screw (110).
(2) Release the tabwasher (116) and remove the nut (117) with the SPECIAL
WRENCH (0U145409).
(3) Remove the tabwasher (116) and the springwasher (115) from the fail
safe tie-bar (111).
(4) Discard the tabwasher (116).
(5) Remove and discard the lockwire from the screws (114).
(6) Remove the screws (114), the washers (113) and the lower claw stop
(112).
(7) If necessary, remove the two keys (118) with the studs (119).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 455
Aug 01/10

LAN
Lower Claw Stop
R Figure 411/TASK 27-44-51-991-016

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 456
May 01/07

LAN
TASK 27-44-51-400-003
Installation of the Lower Claw Stop
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R (4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)
0U145409 1 SPECIAL WRENCH
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 457
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pump
Service Cart
27-44-51-991-016 Fig. 411
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-860-058
(3) Make sure that the pitch-trim control wheel in the flight compartment
is in the zero position.
installed on the pitch-trim control wheel.
tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 458
Feb 01/11

LAN
systems:
hydraulic systems.

Subtask 27-44-51-865-058
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 27-44-51-991-016)
Subtask 27-44-51-420-053
A. Installation of the Lower Claw Stop

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Install the keys (118) if removed.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 459
Nov 01/10

LAN
(2) Make sure that the studs (119) are in position in the keys (118).
(3) Put the lower claw stop (112) in position as marked in the before
removal.
(4) Install the screws (114) with the washers (113).
(5) TORQUE the screws (114) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).
(7) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nut (117).
(8) Install the springwasher (115), the new tabwasher (116) and the nut
(117) onto the fail safe tie-bar (111).
lbf.ft) with the SPECIAL WRENCH (0U145409).
(10) Safety the nut (117) with the tabwasher (116).
Subtask 27-44-51-860-059

Subtask 27-44-51-865-059
breaker(s):
15CE1, 16CE1, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.
Subtask 27-44-51-710-051
D. Test
_______
SYSTEM.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 460
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
23-00-863-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-002).
the THS actuator to the 13.5 deg. UP position.
(3) Make sure that the distance between the lower claw stop (112) and the
nut assembly (120) is not less than 8 mm (0.3149 in.).
the THS actuator to the zero position.
00-864-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-51-410-062
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 461
May 01/07

LAN
TASK 27-44-51-960-001
Replacement of the Filter Assy in Valve Block of the THS Actuator

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 462
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 packing 27-44-55 01 -020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THS-Actuator
27-44-51-991-020 Fig. 412
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-010-065
A. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 463
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-44-51-860-065

_______
_______
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(4) Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic

systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(5) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to

hydraulic systems.
Subtask 27-44-51-865-063
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 464
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 27-44-51-991-020)
Subtask 27-44-51-020-054
(1) Put a CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL) under the filter assembly (1).
(2) Remove the filter (3) from the filter assembly (1).
(3) Remove and discard the packing (2).
Subtask 27-44-51-560-051
B. Preparation for Installation
(1) Clean the filter with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) and a
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003).
(2) Do a visual inspection of the filter (3).
(3) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-015) to the new packing (2).
(4) Install the packing (2) on the filter (3).
Subtask 27-44-51-420-054
C. Installation of the Filter at the Valve Block
(1) Put the filter (3) with the packing (2) in position.
(2) Install the filter (3) and the packing (2) in the filter assembly
(1).
lbf.ft).
(4) Remove the CONTAINER 3 L(3/4 USGAL).
Subtask 27-44-51-865-064
breaker(s):
15CE1, 16CE1, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 465
Aug 01/10

LAN
Replacement of the Filter
R Figure 412/TASK 27-44-51-991-020

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 466
May 01/07

LAN
Subtask 27-44-51-720-051
E. Test
(1) Make sure that the THS actuator has the correct quantity of oil and
fill as necessary (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-210-004).
(2) Do a system test of the THS control (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-720-001).
_______
(3) Do a visual check of the THS actuator and make sure that there is no
leakage from:
- The hydraulic connections
- The oil filler-plug connection
- The oil drain-plug connection
- The body of the THS actuator.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-51-410-064
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 467
May 01/07

LAN
ACTUATOR - THS (9CE) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________________
TASK 27-44-51-710-001
Operational Test of the No-Back Device (No-Back Pawls)
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
0U145506 1 CONE - MOUNTING, THS ACTUATOR

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 501
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 O-ring 27-44-51 02 -100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-44-51-991-011 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-010-058
A. Get Access
the pitch controls.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 502
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-44-51-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-44-51-991-011)
Subtask 27-44-51-710-050
A. Operational Test
(1) Cut, remove and discard the lockwire at the plug (3) of the manual
drive input.
(2) Remove the plug (3) from the manual drive input of the THS actuator
(1).
(3) Remove and discard the O-ring (4) from the plug (3).
R (4) Install the TOOL-RELEASE,POB on the control piston (2) of one of the
R two pressure-off brakes as follows:
(a) Install the shaft on the thread of the control piston (2).
(b) Put the collar in position on the shaft and install the command
nut.
(c) Make sure that the collar has contact with the housing and there
is a gap between the spring pin and the collar.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 503
Nov 01/10

LAN
Location of the Manual Drive Input and the Installation of the Release Tool of
the Pressure-Off Brake
Figure 501/TASK 27-44-51-991-011

EFF :

ALL

27-44-51 Page 504
Nov 01/00
R
LAN
(d) Make sure that the command nut has contact with the collar.
(e) TORQUE the command nut to between 0.35 and 0.50 m.daN (30.97 and
44.24 lbf.in) (agrees with half a turn of the command nut) to
release the pressure-off brake.
(5) Put a socket wrench in position at the manual drive input.
(6) Use the socket wrench to turn the manual drive input (a maximum of
half a revolution), very slowly, in one direction and then in the
other direction.
NOTE : Listen for the operation noise of the ratchet wheels, (a

____
tic-tac noise), while the manual drive input turns.
NOTE : When you turn the manual drive input in the clockwise or
____
counterclockwise directions, an intermitted resistance to
the movement can occur, due to compression of hydraulic fluid
in the hydraulic motors.
R (7) Remove the TOOL-RELEASE,POB (0U190844) from the control piston (2).
(8) Remove the socket wrench from the manual drive input.
(9) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-015) to the new O-ring (4).
(10) Use the CONE - MOUNTING, THS ACTUATOR (0U145506) and put the O-ring
(4) on the plug (3).
(11) Install the plug (3) in the manual drive input.
(12) TORQUE the plug (3) to between 1.4 and 1.6 m.daN (10.32 and 11.79
lbf.ft).
(13) Safety the plug (3) with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
018).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-51-865-053
breaker(s):
15CE1, 16CE1, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 505
Aug 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-44-51-410-058
B. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 506
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
ACTUATOR - THS (9CE) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________
TASK 27-44-51-210-001
Visual Inspection of the THS-Actuator

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To make sure that the external area of the THS-actuator is in a correct

condition.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific flashlight

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 601
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THS-Actuator
27-44-51-991-007 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-44-51-991-007)
Subtask 27-44-51-010-052
A. Get Access
the pitch controls.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 602
Feb 01/11

LAN
THS Actuator 9CE
Figure 601/TASK 27-44-51-991-007

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 603
May 01/00

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-44-51-991-007)
Subtask 27-44-51-210-054
R A. Examine the casing (1) of the THS actuator
(1) Clean the casing (1) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) and
let it dry.
(2) Use a flashlight and examine the casing (1) for:

- cracks,
- dents,
- corrosion,
- signs of leakage,
- satisfactory protective finish.
(3) Make sure that the line replaceable units (LRU) are correctly
installed on the casing (1).
(4) Make sure that the THS actuator has the correct quantity of oil
(Ref. TASK 27-44-51-210-004).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-51-410-052
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 604
May 01/05

LAN
TASK 27-44-51-220-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of the the Ball-Screw Nut Body, the Screw and the
Claw Stops of the THS-Actuator

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 FLASHLIGHT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 605
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-22-27-640-003 Lubrication of Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer

Actuator Ball Screw Nut
27-44-51-991-007 Fig. 601
27-44-51-991-008 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-44-51-991-007, 602/TASK 27-44-51-991-008)
Subtask 27-44-51-010-053
A. Get Access
the pitch controls.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-44-51-991-007, 602/TASK 27-44-51-991-008)
Subtask 27-44-51-220-050
A. Inspection
(1) Carefully examine the ball screw nut (5), the ball screw (7) and the
claw stops (4).
11-002):
- The claw stops (4)
- The ball screw nut (5)
- The ball screw (7)
- The nut assembly (8).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 606
Feb 01/11

LAN
Claw Stops, Ball Screw Nut and Screw
Figure 602/TASK 27-44-51-991-008

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 607
May 01/00

LAN
(3) Use a FLASHLIGHT and inspect the claw stops (4) for:
- Cracks
- Dents.
R NOTE : In Vendor Service Bulletin 47145-27-15 you will find more

____
R information concerning claw stop damage.
(4) Make sure that the claw stops (4) are correctly installed on the
screw (7):
(a) Make sure that the screws (15) are correctly installed through
the keys (18) in the claw stops (4).
(b) Make sure that the flange (16) is correctly installed on the claw
stop (4) and shows no damage.
(c) Make sure that the tab washer (19) is correctly safetied on the
special nut (20) at the lower claw stop (4).
(5) Use the FLASHLIGHT and examine the ball screw nut (5) for:
- Cracks
- Dents
- Corrosion
- Satisfactory surface protection.
(6) Make sure that the ball screw nut (5) is correctly installed in the
nut assembly (8):
(a) Make sure that the grease nipple (17):

- Is clean
- Shows no damage
- Is correctly installed in the fail-safe nut (23).
(b) Make sure that the ice chippers (21) and (24):
- Show no damage
- Are correctly installed on the ball screw (7).
(c) Make sure that the locking bush (22):

- Shows no damage
- Is correctly installed on the ball screw nut (5).
(7) Use a FLASHLIGHT and examine the ball screw (7) for:
- Cracks
- Corrosion
(a) If you find shiny marks on the ball screw (7), do not replace the
THSA as these marks are permitted. Refer to the Goodrich SB for
more data (Ref. SB 47145-27-10).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 608
May 01/11

LAN
(8) Use a FLASHLIGHT and inspect the nut assembly (8) for:
- Cracks
- Corrosion
(9) Lubricate the ball screw nut (5) as necessary (Ref. TASK 12-22-27-
640-003).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-51-410-053
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Close the access door 312AR

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 609
Aug 01/08
R
LAN
TASK 27-44-51-210-002
Visual Check of the Threaded (Fail-Safe) Nut
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-44-51-991-007 Fig. 601

27-44-51-991-008 Fig. 602
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-44-51-991-007)
Subtask 27-44-51-010-054
A. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 610
Feb 01/11

LAN
the pitch controls.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 27-44-51-991-008)
Subtask 27-44-51-210-055
A. Do a visual check of the threaded (fail-safe) nut
(1) Use a FLASHLIGHT and do a visual check of the fail-safe nut (23) from
the upper side of the nut assembly (8) for:
- cracks,
- corrosion,
- damage.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-51-410-054
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 611
May 01/08
R
LAN
TASK 27-44-51-210-003
Check the Indicator of the No-Back Wear Detection-Device of the THS-Actuator
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-44-51-000-001 Removal of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer (THS)

Actuator (9CE)
27-44-51-400-001 Installation of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
(THS) Actuator (9CE)
27-44-51-991-007 Fig. 601
27-44-51-991-009 Fig. 603

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 612
Feb 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-44-51-991-007)
Subtask 27-44-51-010-055
A. Get Access
the pitch controls.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 27-44-51-991-009)
Subtask 27-44-51-210-056
A. Examine the indicator of the detection device.
(1) Use a flashlight and examine the detection device (30).
(a) Make sure that the red pop-out (31) is not released.
(b) If the red pop-out (31) is released, examine the position of the
roller (32) on the detection device (30)
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 27-44-51-991-009)
1
_ If the roller (32) is in the position TRIPPED BY VIBRATION,
reset the red pop-out (31):
- Push the roller (32) with a tool, for example a small
screwdriver, in the reset position.
2
_ If the roller (32) is in the position TRIPPED BECAUSE OF NO
BACK WEAR, replace the THS-Actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-000-
001) and (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 613
Feb 01/11

LAN
Detection Device - Actuator No-Back Wear
Figure 603/TASK 27-44-51-991-009

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 614
May 01/00

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-51-410-055
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 615
May 01/00

LAN
TASK 27-44-51-280-001
Check the Integrity of the Ball Screw Shaft (Primary and Secondary Load Paths)
of the THS-Actuator
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 WRENCH - STANDARD
No specific 1 WRENCH - TORQUE
0U191191 1 CHECKING TOOL - BALL SCREW AND TIE BAR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 616
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Actuator (9CE)
27-44-51-991-010 Fig. 604
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-860-054
(1) Make sure that the Green hydraulic system is depressurized and put it
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(2) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system is depressurized and put
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
the pitch controls.
the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems:
- on the ground service panels of the Green and Yellow hydraulic
systems.
Subtask 27-44-51-010-056
B. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 617
Feb 01/11

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 27-44-51-991-010)
Subtask 27-44-51-280-050
A. Do an integrity check of the ball screw shaft (primary and secondary load
paths).
R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT,
_______
R REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE
R LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
R (1) Remove and discard the lockwire (2) from the screws (1). Do not
R loosen the screws (1).
R NOTE : The removal of the lockwire (2) is necessary to get a better

____
R access to the machined area of the lower claw stop.
R (2) Put the larger clamp of the CHECKING TOOL - BALL SCREW AND TIE BAR
R (0U191191) in position on the lower claw stop (with the graded scale
R in the up direction).
R (3) Tighten the clamping nut.
R (4) Put the smaller clamp of the CHECKING TOOL - BALL SCREW AND TIE BAR
in position on the tie bar nut.
R (5) Put the needle in the zero position of the graded scale and tighten
the clamping nut.
R (6) Put a WRENCH - TORQUE on the hexagonal end of the tie bar (secondary
load path).
R (7) Put a WRENCH - STANDARD on the machined area of the lower claw stop
(primary load path).
R (8) Hold the upper wrench in position and apply a TORQUE of 10 m.daN
R (73.74 lbf.ft) clockwise to the WRENCH - TORQUE.
R (9) Look at the graded scale of the CHECKING TOOL - BALL SCREW AND TIE
BAR.
R (10) Make sure that the rotation is not more than 10 degrees.
R (11) Do the above check procedure counterclockwise.

R

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 618
Feb 01/07

LAN
R Ball Screw Shaft - Integrity Check
Figure 604/TASK 27-44-51-991-010

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 619
Feb 01/07

LAN
R (12) If the rotation is more than 10 degrees, replace the THS actuator 9CE
R (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001)
R (13) Release the torque and remove the wrenches.
R (14) Remove the CHECKING TOOL - BALL SCREW AND TIE BAR (0U191191) from the
lower claw stop and the tie bar nut.
R (15) Safety the screws (1) with the lockwire 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.)
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-51-410-056
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 620
Feb 01/07

LAN
TASK 27-44-51-220-002
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Upper and the Lower Attachments (Primary and
Secondary) of the THS-Actuator

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : Do not clean the attachments before you do the inspection given in
____
R the Airbus Inspection Service Bulletin 27-1164 if the AMM task and
R the SB are being done together.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 621
Feb 01/09

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-44-51-991-007 Fig. 601
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-44-51-991-007)
Subtask 27-44-51-941-068
the pitch controls.
(2) Put the access platform in position.
Subtask 27-44-51-010-057
B. Open the access door 312AR.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 622
Feb 01/07
R
LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-44-51-991-007)
Subtask 27-44-51-220-051
A. Carefully examine the upper attachments (2),(3) and the lower attachments
(6) of the THS actuator 9CE.
(1) Clean:
- the primary upper attachments (2),
- the secondary upper attachments (3),
- the primary lower attachments (6),
- the secondary lower attachments at the nut assembly (8)
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) and let them dry.
(2) Use a flashlight and examine the primary upper attachments (2) for:
- cracks,
- dents,
- corrosion,
- protective finish,
- correct attachment.
(3) Use a flashlight and examine the secondary upper attachments (3) for:
- cracks,
- dents,
- corrosion,
(4) Use a flashlight and examine the primary lower attachments (6) for:
- cracks,
- dents,
- corrosion,
(5) Use a flashlight and examine the secondary lower attachments at the
nut assembly (8) for:
- cracks,
- corrosion,

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 623
Feb 01/07
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-51-410-057
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 27-44-51-942-067

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 624
Feb 01/07
R
LAN
TASK 27-44-51-210-004
Check the Oil Level of the Gearbox of the THS-Actuator

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 625
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Actuator (9CE)
27-44-56-000-001 Removal of the Position Transducer from the THS
Actuator 9CE
27-44-56-400-001 Installation of the Position Transducer to the THS
Actuator 9CE
27-44-57-000-001 Removal of the Pitch Trim Actuator from the THS
Actuator 9CE
27-44-57-400-001 Installation of the Pitch Trim Actuator to the THS
Actuator 9CE
Pump
Service Cart
**ON A/C 001-014, 051-099, 101-107,
27-44-51-991-012 Fig. 605
R **ON A/C 015-049, 108-299, 301-399,
27-44-51-991-012-A Fig. 605A

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 626
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-941-072
(1) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons
not to operate the pitch controls.
(2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT) in position.
Subtask 27-44-51-010-059
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
**ON A/C 001-014, 051-099, 101-107,
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 27-44-51-991-012)
R **ON A/C 015-049, 108-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 605A/TASK 27-44-51-991-012-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-44-51-860-067
A. Preparation for the Check of the Oil Level of the THS-Actuator Gearbox
_______
SYSTEM.
23-00-863-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 627
May 01/11

LAN
THS Actuator 9CE - Gearbox Oil-Sight-Level
Figure 605/TASK 27-44-51-991-012

R

EFF :

001-014, 051-099, 101-107, 27-44-51

Page 628
May 01/07

LAN
THS Actuator 9CE - Gearbox Oil-Sight-Level
Figure 605A/TASK 27-44-51-991-012-A

R

EFF :

015-049, 108-299, 301-399, 27-44-51

Page 629
May 01/11

LAN
(2) For the correct check of the oil level it is necessary to do the
steps that follow:
(a) Turn the pitch-trim control wheel in the flight compartment and
move the THS-actuator a minimum of:
- Three times from the fully UP position to the fully DOWN
position.
(b) Turn the pitch-trim control wheel in the flight compartment and
move the THS-actuator to the zero position.
R (4) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to

hydraulic systems.
(5) On the fuselage tail cone, make sure that the THS is opposite the 0
mark.
(6) Make sure that the aircraft is in a horizontal position.
(7) Clean the sight glass (41) and the adjacent area with the CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) and let it dry.
Subtask 27-44-51-210-057
B. Do a Check of the Oil Level of the THS-Actuator Gearbox
(1) Do a check of the oil level at the oil sight glass (40) at
approximately one hour after:
- The last movement of the THS-actuator.
NOTE : Carbon dust from the carbon discs can make the oil black in
____
color.
NOTE : The oil sight glass (40) minimum level mark can show a MINI
____
mark or a 90cc mark.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 630
Nov 01/10

LAN
(2) If the oil level is between the minimum mark and the maximum mark,
fill the gearbox to the maximum mark (Ref. TASK 12-13-27-612-001).
(a) If the actuator housing temperature is less than 10 deg.C (50.00

deg.F), we recommend that:
- You fill the gearbox to a level of 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.) less
than the maximum mark.
(b) If the actuator housing temperature is more than 30 deg.C (86.00

deg.F), we recommend that:
- You fill the gearbox to a level of 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.) more
(c) Do the close-up procedure (refer to Para. 5.).
(3) If the oil level is below the minimum mark, do a check for an
external oil leak of the gearbox.
(a) If you find an external oil leak, replace the THS-actuator

(b) If you do not find an external oil leak, fill the gearbox to the
maximum level (Ref. TASK 12-13-27-612-001). Measure and record
the quantity of oil that you add to the gearbox.
1
_ If the actuator housing temperature is less than 10 deg.C
(50.00 deg.F), we recommend that:
- You fill the gearbox to a level of 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.) less
2
_ If the actuator housing temperature is more than 30 deg.C
(86.00 deg.F), we recommend that:
- You fill the gearbox to a level of 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.) more
3
_ If the added oil quantity is less than 90 cm3 (5.49 in.3), no
more checks are necessary.
NOTE : If the oil level is recorded between MIN and MAX mark
____
during reduced AMM inspection interval, do the next
check again according to current MPD interval.
4
_ If the added oil quantity is more than 440 cm3 (26.84 in.3),
replace the THS-actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-000-001) and
(Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001).
5
_ If the added oil quantity is more than 90 cm3 (5.49 in.3) but
less than 440 cm3 (26.84 in.3):
a
_ Remove the position transducers (Ref. TASK 27-44-56-000-
001).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 631
May 01/10
R
LAN
b
_ Do a check for signs of oil.
6
_ If you find oil:
- Replace the THS-actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-000-001) and
(Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001).
7
_ If you do not find oil:
- Install the position transducers (Ref. TASK 27-44-56-400-
001)
- Remove the pitch trim actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-57-000-001).
8
_ Do a check for signs of oil.
a
_ If you find oil:
- Replace the THS-actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-000-001) and
(Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001).
9
_ If you do not find oil:
a
_ Install the pitch trim actuator (Ref. TASK 27-44-57-400-
001).
b
_ Replace the THS-actuator in
- Less than 600FH, or
- Less than 750FC, or
- Less than 100 days (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-000-001) and
(Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001).
Do the replacement in the limits that come first.
c
_ During the time before a THS-actuator is replaced, you must
do checks of the oil level in the gearbox at intervals.
Refer to the table below for the intervals between the
checks for a given quantity of added oil.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Quantity of added oil | Intervals between oil |
| | level checks |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 90 to 180 cm3 (5.50 to 11.00 in.3) | (or 150 flight hours) |
|-----------------------------------------------|-----------------------------|
| 180 to 440 cm3 (11.00 to 26.80 in.3) | Daily Check |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 632
Nov 01/10

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-51-410-059
A. Close Access
items.
Subtask 27-44-51-942-070

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 633
Feb 01/07
R
LAN
TASK 27-44-51-200-001
Check the Backlash between the Ball Screw Nut and Screw of the THS-Actuator
_______

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

0U190863 1 BACKLASH CHECKING TOOL - THS ACTUATOR

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 634
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-22-27-640-003 Lubrication of Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer

Actuator Ball Screw Nut
27-44-51-991-013 Fig. 606
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 27-44-51-991-013)
Subtask 27-44-51-010-060
A. Get Access
access door 312AR.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 635
Feb 01/11

LAN
THS Actuator Backlash Check
Figure 606/TASK 27-44-51-991-013

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 636
Feb 01/07
R
LAN
Subtask 27-44-51-860-052
(1) Make sure that the actuator for the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
is in the 0 degree position.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(4) Put warning notices on the ground service panels of the Green and
Yellow hydraulic systems to tell persons not to pressurize the Green
and Yellow hydraulic systems.
(5) Put warning notices in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the
pitch controls.
Subtask 27-44-51-865-055
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 637
Nov 01/10

LAN
R
Subtask 27-44-51-480-051
D. Install the BACKLASH CHECKING TOOL - THS ACTUATOR (0U190863):
(1) Clean the screwshaft with a lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material

No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) and let it dry.
(2) Install the mechanical stop unit, part of the BACKLASH CHECKING TOOL-
THS ACTUATOR, on the top side of the ballnut with the screws (1).
(3) Make sure, that the cams of the mechanical stop unit engage with the
cams of the ballnut.
(4) Make sure, that the mechanical stop unit does not touch the thread of
the screw shaft.
(5) Install the clamp and the lever assembly, parts of the BACKLASH
CHECKING TOOL - THS ACTUATOR, on the top side of the mechanical stop
unit to the thread of the screw shaft.
(6) Install the dial indicator part of the BACKLASH CHECKING TOOL - THS
ACTUATOR on the screwshaft below the ballnut.
(7) Set the dial indicator to zero.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 27-44-51-991-013)
Subtask 27-44-51-220-052
A. Check of the Backlash
(1) Apply a force of 12 daN (27.0 lbf.) vertically (parallel to the screw
shaft of the THS actuator) at the application hole of the lever assy
of the BACKLASH CHECKING TOOL - THS ACTUATOR. Make sure that the
application hole is 385 mm (15.1574 in.) away from the edge of the
fitting fork.
(2) Use the dial indicator and make sure that the backlash is not more
than 0.15 mm (0.0059 in.).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 638
Nov 01/10

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-51-080-051
A. Remove the BACKLASH CHECKING TOOL - THS ACTUATOR.
Subtask 27-44-51-640-050
B. Apply a small quantity of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the

screwshaft and lubricate the ball screw nut as necessary (Ref. TASK 12-
22-27-640-003).
Subtask 27-44-51-410-061
C. Close Access
items.
Subtask 27-44-51-865-056
breaker(s):
15CE1, 16CE1, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 639
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-44-51-200-002
Inspection of the Magnetic Chip Detector and Boroscope Inspection of the Power
Gear of the THS-Actuator
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R No specific 1 BORESCOPE - FLEXIBLE
No specific 1 CONTAINER 4 L (1 USGAL)
R No specific 1 HOSE - DRAIN
R No specific 1 PAPER - FILTER
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, 0.6 mm (0.024

in.)

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 640
May 01/11

LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 O-rings 27-44-51 02 -060

4 O-ring 27-44-51 02 -100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Actuator (9CE)
Pawls)
27-44-51-991-015 Fig. 607
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-860-053
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
Green and Yellow hydraulic systems:
- on the ground service panels of the Green and Yellow hydraulic
systems.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 641
May 01/11
R
LAN
pitch controls.
Subtask 27-44-51-010-061
B. Get Access
access door 312AR.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 27-44-51-991-015)
Subtask 27-44-51-210-058
A. Do an Inspection of the Magnetic Chip Detector
(1) Disconnect the drain plug (5) from the actuator housing.
(2) Examine the magnetic chip detector for metal particles.
(3) If you find metal particles which are larger than 2 mm (0.0787 in.)
by 1 mm (0.0393 in.), do a boroscope inspection as written below.
(4) If you do not find metal particles larger than given above, continue
as follows:
(a) Clean the magnetic chip detector with a MISCELLANEOUS (Material

No. 19-003).
(b) Connect the drain plug (5) to the actuator housing.
Subtask 27-44-51-290-050
B. Do a Boroscope Inspection of the Power Gears
(1) Put a CONTAINER 4 L (1 USGAL) below the connection of the drain plug
to collect the drained oil.
R (2) Connect the TOOL - DRAIN, THSA to the opening of the drain plug.
R (3) Use a HOSE - DRAIN and drain the oil from the gearbox through a PAPER
R - FILTER into the container.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 642
May 01/11

LAN
Inspection of the Magnetic Detector and Boroscope Inspection of the
THS-Actuator
Figure 607/TASK 27-44-51-991-015

EFF :

ALL

27-44-51 Page 643
Feb 01/07
R
LAN
(4) Examine the paper filter for metal particles.
(5) Disconnect the TOOL - DRAIN, THSA and the flexible tube from the
opening of the drain plug.
(6) Remove the container with the drained oil.
(7) Cut the lockwire and remove the inspection plugs (1) with the O-ring
(2).
(8) Cut the lockwire and remove the plug (3) with the O-ring (4).
(9) Discard the O-rings (2),(4).
R (10) Install the TOOL-RELEASE,POB (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-710-001).
R (11) Put an BORESCOPE - FLEXIBLE into the inspection holes of the gearbox
and examine the teeth of the power gears.
(12) Put a socket wrench in the opening of the manual drive input.
(13) Use the socket wrench and turn the manual drive input.
(14) Examine the teeth of the power gear while you turn the manual drive
input.
NOTE : Do the inspection thru both inspection holes.

____
(15) Turn the manual drive input to the zero position.
(16) If you find chipped gear teeth, replace the THS-actuator (Ref. TASK
27-44-51-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001).
NOTE : Do not clean the magnetic chip detectors. They may be the
____
basis of a subsequent analysis.
(17) If you have not found defects of the gear teeth, continue as follows:
(a) Connect the drain plug (5).
(b) Install the inspection plugs (1) with the new O-rings (2).
(c) TORQUE the plug (1) to 2 m.daN (14.74 lbf.ft) and safety it with
lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, 0.6 mm (0.024 in.)
(d) Install the plug (3) with the new O-ring (4).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 644
May 01/11

LAN
(e) TORQUE the plug (3) to between 1.4 and 1.6 m.daN (10.32 and 11.79
lbf.ft) and safety it with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel,
0.6 mm (0.024 in.)
(f) Remove the TOOL-RELEASE,POB (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-710-001).
(g) Fill the THS-actuator with oil (Ref. TASK 12-13-27-612-001).
(h) Do the system test of the THS-mechanical control (Ref. TASK 27-
41-00-730-001).
(i) If the system test shows a defect, replace the THS-actuator

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-51-410-060
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 645
May 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-44-51-610-001
Drain and Refill the Trimable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator Gearbox
_______
_______

_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 646
May 01/11

LAN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 12-13-27-612-001 Oil Replenishment of the THS Actuator (9CE)

R 24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
R External Power
R 24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
R from the External Power
R 29-00-00-864-001 Put the Related Hydraulic System in the Depressurized
R Configuration before Maintenance Action
R 29-23-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow
R Hydraulic System through the PTU with the Electric
R Pump
R 29-23-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems
R after Operation of the PTU
R 27-44-51-991-017 Fig. 608
R 3. __________
Job Set-up
R Subtask 27-44-51-865-060
R A. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY 15CE1 B11
R 49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2 19CE2 B09
R 49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SEC1/NORM/SPLY 21CE1 B08
R 105VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY 16CE2 A02
R 105VU FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY 16CE1 A01
R 121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3 19CE3 Q17
R 121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT1 19CE1 Q16
R 121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/NORM/SPLY 15CE2 R20

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 647
Feb 01/11

LAN
R Subtask 27-44-51-860-061
R B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

R 002).
R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL
_______
R SURFACES ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A
R HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
R (2) Pressurize the Yellow and the Green hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
R 23-00-863-001).
R (3) On the center pedestal:
R (a) Turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the nose DN stop position.
R (b) Turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the nose UP stop position.
R (c) Do the steps (3) (a) and (b) again.
R (d) Turn the pitch-trim control wheel to the 0 position.
R (4) Depressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems.

R (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001).
R (5) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized and put them
R in the maintenance configuration.
R (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
R (6) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

R (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
R (7) Put warning notices in position to tell persons not to pressurize the
R Green and Yellow hydraulic systems:
R - in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 40VU on the overhead panel,
R - on the ground service panels of the Green and Yellow hydraulic
R systems.
R (8) Put warning notices in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the
R pitch controls.
R (9) Put the access platform in position at the access door 312AR.
R (10) Open the access door 312AR.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 648
Feb 01/11

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 608/TASK 27-44-51-991-017)
Subtask 27-44-51-610-050
A. Drain and Refill the Trimable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator Gearbox
R (1) Put a CONTAINER - HYDRAULIC FLUID RESISTANT in position below the THS
actuator (1).
(2) Remove the oil drain plug (2) from the oil drain fitting (3).
R (3) Remove the oil filler plug (4) from the oil filler fitting (5).
R (4) Install the TOOL - DRAIN, THSA on the oil drain fitting (3).
R (5) Drain the oil from the THS actuator (1) into the drainage container.
R (6) Remove the TOOL - DRAIN, THSA.
R (7) Install the oil drain plug (2) on the oil drain fitting (3).
R (8) Install the oil filler plug (4) on the oil filler fitting (5).
R (9) Remove the drainage container.
R (10) Fill the THS actuator (1) with the correct oil to the correct level
(Ref. TASK 12-13-27-612-001).
R (11) Do a visual check of the THS actuator (1) and make sure that there
are no leaks from:
- The oil filler plug and adaptor,
- the oil drain plug.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-51-860-062
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 649
May 01/11

LAN
R Drainage and Refilling of the Trimable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator Gearbox .
Figure 608/TASK 27-44-51-991-017

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 650
May 01/11

LAN
TASK 27-44-51-220-003
Detailed Inspection of THSA Lower Attachments for Secondary Load Path Loading
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : Do this inspection before MPD-Task 274451-05-1 (if planned at the

____
same time).
Do not clean the attachments before you do this inspection.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 GAGE - FEELER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 651
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(98D27403500000)
(98D27403500000)
27-40-00-040-001 Check of the synchronization between pitch trim
handwheel and stabilizer
Actuator (9CE)
R 27-44-51-991-018 Fig. 609
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-860-063
(1) Put the THSA in the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-40-00-040-001).
29-10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-864-003).
systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(4) On the flight-compartment overhead-panel, on the hydraulic section

42VU:
- Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to
pressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems.
(5) On the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic
systems:

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 652
Feb 01/11

LAN
(6) Put the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING on the pitch-trim control-wheel in
the flight compartment (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-001).
(7) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not

(9) Put the structural protection material in the area of the THS
actuator to prevent damage to the structure.
Subtask 27-44-51-865-061
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-44-51-010-064
C. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 653
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-44-51-220-053
A. Inspection Procedure
R (Ref. Fig. 609/TASK 27-44-51-991-018)
NOTE : Do not clean the attachments before you do this inspection.

____
(1) On the two sides of the secondary nut trunnion (2), use a GAGE -
FEELER of 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.) to measure:
- The clearance A between the secondary nut trunnion (2) and the
bottom of the junction plate (3)
- The clearance A between the secondary nut trunnion (2) and the
top of the junction plate (3).
(a) If the measured clearance A is less than 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.):
- Replace the THSA before the subsequent flight (Ref. TASK 27-44-
51-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001)
and do this inspection again.
(b) If the measured clearance A is 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.) or more than
0.6 mm (0.0236 in.):
- Do a detailed visual inspection of the lower attachment for
correct installation:
1
_ Make sure that the shafts, the brackets, the nuts and the
cotter pins are correctly installed (refer to Detail D).
NOTE : An incorrect installation (the nuts and the cotter pins

____
for the brackets are installed on the other side of the
lug) is permitted if (refer to Detail F):
- The clearance to the THS arm is more than 3.0 mm
(0.1181 in.) and
- There is no sign of contact wear.
If necessary, remove the related cotter pins to measure
the clearance with the GAGE - FEELER.
This deviation can stay until the next removal of the

THSA.
2
_ Make sure that the shoulder bush, the retainer washers and the
retainer nuts are correctly installed (refer to Section E-E).
(c) If installation deviations are found, contact AIRBUS before the

subsequent flight.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 654
Feb 01/11

LAN
(d) If no installation deviations are found:
1
_ Clean the components/areas that follow, with a clean lint-free
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and the CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026):
- The screw shaft of the THSA (1)
- The area around the secondary nut trunnion (2) and the
junction plate (3).
2
_ Let the components/areas dry.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-51-410-063
A. Close Access
(1) Remove the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-080-001).

(3) Remove the structural protection material.
items.
Subtask 27-44-51-865-062
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 655
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
THSA Lower Attachments
R Figure 609/TASK 27-44-51-991-018- 12 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 656
Feb 01/11

LAN
THSA Lower Attachments

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 657
Feb 01/11

LAN
TASK 27-44-51-220-004
Detailed Inspection of THSA Upper Attachments for Secondary Load Path Loading
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : Do this inspection before MPD-Task 274451-05-1 (if planned at the

____
same time).
Do not clean the attachments before you do this inspection.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE
No specific 1 RULER 150 MM (6 IN) - METALLIC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 658
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(98D27403500000)
(98D27403500000)
27-40-00-040-001 Check of the synchronization between pitch trim
handwheel and stabilizer
Actuator (9CE) (for corrective action)
(THS) Actuator (9CE) (for corrective action)
R 27-44-51-991-019 Fig. 610
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-51-860-068
(1) Put the THSA in the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-40-00-040-001).
(2) Depressurize the Green hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001).
(3) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(6) On the flight-compartment overhead-panel, on the hydraulic section

42VU:

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 659
Feb 01/11

LAN
(7) On the ground service panels of the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic
systems:
(8) Put the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING on the pitch-trim control-wheel in
the flight compartment (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-001).
(9) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the flight compartment to tell persons not
to operate the pitch- trim controls.
(10) Put the structural protection material in the area of the THS
actuator to prevent damage to the structure.
Subtask 27-44-51-865-065
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-44-51-010-066
C. Get Access

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 660
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-44-51-220-054
A. Inspection Procedure
R (Ref. Fig. 610/TASK 27-44-51-991-019)
NOTE : Do not clean the attachments before you do this inspection.

____
(1) Use a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE and a FLASHLIGHT to do a check

for correct installation, cracks and damages on the items that
follow:
- The upper gimbal
- The no back housing yokes.
(a) Do a check of the front and aft no-back yoke for correct
installation:
- Make sure that the bolts, washers and key washers are correctly
installed (refer to Detail D and Section E-E).
(b) Do a check of the upper, lower, outer and inner profile of the
upper gimbal:
- Make sure that there are no cracks or ruptures (refer to Detail
D and Section E-E).
(c) Do a check of the gimbal for correct installation:

- Make sure that the two screws are safetied with lockwire (refer
to Detail G).
- Make sure that the retainer nut is correctly installed and
safetied (refer to Detail G).
- Make sure that the sliding bush is installed (use a RULER 150
MM (6 IN) - METALLIC and make sure that the measured value is
between 6.0 mm (0.2362 in.) and 7.5 mm (0.2952 in.)) (refer to
Detail G).
- Make sure that the nuts are correctly installed and safetied
with cotter pins (refer to Detail H).
(d) If cracks and/or damage are found:

- Replace the THSA before the subsequent flight (Ref. TASK 27-44-
51-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001)
and do this inspection again.
(e) If no cracks and/or damage are found, use a MIRROR - INSPECTION,

FLEXIBLE and a FLASHLIGHT to do a check for metallic particles on
the:
- Spherical bearing (refer to Section C-C)
- Base of the tie rod sphere (refer to Section F-F).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 661
Feb 01/11

LAN
THSA Upper Attachments

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 662
Feb 01/11

LAN

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 663
Feb 01/11

LAN

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 664
Feb 01/11

LAN
(f) If metallic particles are found, contact AIRBUS before the
subsequent flight.
(g) If no metallic particles are found:
1
_ Clean the components/areas that follow, with a clean lint-free
cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and the CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026):
- The upper gimbal
- The no back housing yokes
- The spherical bearing
- The base of the tie rod sphere.
2
_ Let the components/areas dry.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-51-410-065
A. Close Access
(1) Remove the PITCH TRIM CONTROL LOCKING tool (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-080-
001).
(2) Remove the structural protection material.
items.
Subtask 27-44-51-865-066
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-44-51

Page 665
Feb 01/11

LAN
MOTOR - THS ACTUATOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________
TASK 27-44-53-000-001
Removal of the THS Actuator Motor
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 PLUG - BLANKING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-44-53-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 27-44-53

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-44-53-991-001)
Subtask 27-44-53-010-050
A. Get Access
Subtask 27-44-53-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-44-53-860-050
_______
SYSTEM.

_______
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-53

Page 402
Feb 01/11

LAN
THS Actuator Motor
Figure 401/TASK 27-44-53-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-44-53

Page 403
May 01/00

LAN
(5) Depressurize the reservoirs of the Green and Yellow hydraulic
systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).
- on the ground service panel of the Green, the Yellow and the Blue
hydraulic systems.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-44-53-020-050
A. Removal of the THS Actuator Motor

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-44-53-991-001)
NOTE : The two THS actuator motors (2) are the same. The removal of one
____
of the motors (2) only is given.
(1) Remove the THS actuator motor (2) from the THS casing as follows:
(a) Remove the screws (7) and the washers (8) from the motor (2).
(b) Remove the motor (2) from the splined shaft (20).
NOTE : Carefully disengage the motor (2) from the spacer tube
____
assemblies (3),(4),(5).
(2) Remove the spacer tube assembly (4) from the THS casing as follows:
(a) Disengage the spacer tube assembly (4) from the valve block unit
(6).
(b) Remove and discard the O-rings (14) from the spacer tube (15).
(a) Remove the expansion plug (18) from the spacer tube (19).
(b) Disengage the spacer tube (19) from the valve block unit (6).
(c) Remove and discard the back-up rings (16) and the O-rings (17)
from the ends of the spacer tube (19).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-53

Page 404
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(a) Remove the expansion plug (12) from the spacer tube (13).
(b) Disengage the spacer tube (13) from the valve block unit (6).
(c) Remove and discard the back-up rings (10) and the O-rings (11)
from the ends of the spacer tube (13).
R (5) Put a PLUG - BLANKING in each open port of the valve block unit (6).
R (6) Put a CAP - BLANKING on each end of the spacer tubes (13),(15),(19).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-53

Page 405
Aug 01/03

LAN
TASK 27-44-53-400-001
Installation of the THS Actuator Motor

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
0U145414 1 RING - SHRINKING, THS ACTUATOR

EFF :

ALL 27-44-53

Page 406
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 back-up rings 27-44-51 03 -040

11 O-rings 27-44-51 03 -030
14 O-rings 27-44-51 03 -100
16 back-up rings 27-44-51 03 -080
17 O-rings 27-44-51 03 -070
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-44-53-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 27-44-53

Page 407
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-44-53-991-001)
Subtask 27-44-53-860-051
_______
SYSTEM.

_______
R position below the access door 312AR.
tell persons not to operate the pitch controls.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
systems:
hydraulic systems.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-53

Page 408
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-44-53-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-44-53-210-050
C. Visual Inspection
(1) Clean the interface of the THS actuator motor (2) with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) and let it dry.
(2) Clean the interface of the THS actuator (1) with CLEANING AGENTS
(3) Make sure that the subsequent components are clean, have no corrosion
and show no damage:
- the interface of the THS actuator (1),
- the splined shaft (20),
- the screws (7),
- the expansion plugs (12),(18),
- the spacer tubes (13),(15),(19),
(4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-015) to the splined shaft (20).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-53

Page 409
Nov 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-44-53-991-001)
Subtask 27-44-53-560-050
A. Preparation of the Replacement Components
(1) Install the spacer tube assemblies (3),(4),(5).
NOTE : The two THS actuator motors (2) are the same. The installation
____
of one of the motors (2) only is given.
(2) Remove the blanking plugs from the ports of the valve block unit (6).
(3) Remove the blanking caps from the ends of the spacer tubes
(13),(15),(19).
(4) Install the spacer tube assembly (4).
(a) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-015) to the O-rings (14).
(b) Put the O-rings (14) in position at each end of the spacer tube
(15).
(c) Put the spacer tube assembly (4) in position in the base plate of
the motor (2).
(a) Use the CONE - MOUNTING, THS ACTUATOR (0U145413) and the RING -
SHRINKING, THS ACTUATOR (0U145414) to put the back-up rings (10)
in position at each end of the spacer tube (13).
(b) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-015) to the O-rings (11).
(c) Use the CONE - MOUNTING, THS ACTUATOR (0U145413) and put two
O-rings (11) in position at each end of the spacer tube (13).
(d) Use the CONE - MOUNTING, THS ACTUATOR (0U145413) and the RING -
SHRINKING, THS ACTUATOR (0U145414) to put a second back-up ring
(10) in position at each end of the spacer tube (13).
(e) Put the expansion plug (12) in position in the base plate of the
motor (2).
(f) Put the spacer tube assembly (3) on the expansion plug (12).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-53

Page 410
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(a) Use the CONE - MOUNTING, THS ACTUATOR (0U145413) and the RING -
SHRINKING, THS ACTUATOR (0U145414) to put the back-up rings (16)
in position at each end of the spacer tube (19).
(b) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-015) to the O-rings (17).
(c) Use the CONE - MOUNTING, THS ACTUATOR (0U145413) and put two
O-rings (17) in position at each end of the spacer tube (19).
(d) Use the CONE - MOUNTING, THS ACTUATOR (0U145413) ant the RING -
SHRINKING, THS ACTUATOR (0U145414) to put a second back-up ring
(16) in position at each end of the spacer tube (19).
(e) Put the expansion plug (18) in position in the base plate of the
motor (2).
(f) Put the spacer tube assembly (5) on the expansion plug (18).
Subtask 27-44-53-420-050
B. Installation of the THS Actuator Motor
(1) Put the motor (2) in position on the splined shaft (20).
NOTE : Make sure that the splined shaft (20) engages easily with the
____
internal splines of the motor (2).
(2) Carefully engage the ends of the spacer tube assemblies (3),(4),(5)
in the valve block (6).
(3) Install the screws (7) and the washers (8) in the motor (2).
lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-53

Page 411
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-44-53-080-050
C. Preparation for Test
(1) Make sure that the THS actuator (9CE) has the correct quantity of oil
(Ref. TASK 12-13-27-612-001).
(2) Do a visual check and make sure that:

- the travel range of the THS actuator,
- the travel ranges of the control surfaces,
Subtask 27-44-53-865-051
breaker(s):
15CE1, 16CE1, 19CE2, 19CE1, 19CE3.
Subtask 27-44-53-720-050
E. Test
(1) Do a functional test of the THS control (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-720-001).
(2) Examine the THS actuator (9CE) and make sure that there is no
leakage.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-53-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-53

Page 412
Aug 01/10

LAN
BRAKE - PRESSURE OFF, THS ACTUATOR - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________________
TASK 27-44-54-720-001
Functional Test of the Pressure-Off Brakes
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
R (4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific lockwire 0.6 mm (0.024 in.)


EFF :

ALL 27-44-54

Page 501
Feb 01/11

LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 O-ring 27-44-51 02 -100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Actuator (9CE) (for corrective action)
(THS) Actuator (9CE) (for corrective action)
27-44-54-991-002 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-54-010-051
A. Get Access
the pitch controls.
(2) Put the access platform in position.
Subtask 27-44-54-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-44-54

Page 502
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-44-54-991-002)
Subtask 27-44-54-720-051
A. Functional Test of the Pressure-Off Brakes (2):
(1) Cut and remove the lockwire which safeties the plug (3) to the screw
(5) at the THS actuator motor (6).
(2) Remove the plug (3) from the manual drive input of the THS actuator
(1).
(3) Remove and discard the O-ring (4) from the plug (3).
(4) Use a torque wrench to between 1.0 and 10.0 m.daN (88.49 and 884.95
lbf.in) for the subsequent test.
(5) Put the torque wrench in position at the manual drive input, apply a
torque of minimum 7.2 m.daN (53.09 lbf.ft). Make sure that the
pressure-off brakes do not move.
NOTE : The static break-out torque must be a minimum of 7.2 m.daN

____
(53.09 lbf.ft).
- If the static break-out torque is between 6.5 m.daN (47.93
lbf.ft) and 7.2 m.daN (53.09 lbf.ft), replace the THS
actuator in less than 600FH or 750FC or 100 days (Ref. TASK
27-44-51-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001). Do the
replacement in the limits that come first.
- If the static break-out torque is less than 6.5 m.daN (47.93
lbf.ft), replace the THS actuator before next flight (Ref.
TASK 27-44-51-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-400-001).
(6) Remove the torque wrench.
(7) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-015) to the new O-ring (4).
(8) Use the CONE - MOUNTING, THS ACTUATOR (0U145506) and put the O-ring
(4) on the plug (3).
(9) Install the plug (3) in the manual drive input.
(10) TORQUE the plug (3) to between 1.4 and 1.6 m.daN (10.32 and 11.79
lbf.ft).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-54

Page 503
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
R Functional Test of the Pressure-Off Brakes
Figure 501/TASK 27-44-54-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-44-54

Page 504
Aug 01/10

LAN
(11) Safety the plug (3) to the screw (5) at the motor (6) with lockwire
0.6 mm (0.024 in.).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-54-865-054
breaker(s):
15CE1, 16CE1, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3
Subtask 27-44-54-410-051
B. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-54

Page 505
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TRANSDUCER - THS ACTUATOR POSITION - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________
TASK 27-44-56-000-001
Removal of the Position Transducer from the THS Actuator 9CE
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-44-56-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 27-44-56

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-56-010-050
A. Get Access
Subtask 27-44-56-860-051

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-44-56-991-001)
actuator (1) near to the zero position.

the mechanical input of the THS actuator (1).
the pitch controls.
Subtask 27-44-56-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-44-56-860-050
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-56

Page 402
Feb 01/11

LAN
R Position Transducer
Figure 401/TASK 27-44-56-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-44-56

Page 403
Aug 01/02

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-44-56-991-001)
Subtask 27-44-56-020-050
A. Removal of the Position Transducer
NOTE : The removal of the Command Position Transducer and the Monitor
____
Position Transducer is the same. The removal procedure for one of
the position transducers only is given.
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors (3),(4) from the receptacles

(5),(6).
(3) Hold the position transducer (2) and remove the screws (7) and the
washers (8).
(4) Remove the position transducer (2) from the THS actuator (1).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-56

Page 404
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-44-56-400-001
Installation of the Position Transducer to the THS Actuator 9CE
_______
_______

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-44-56

Page 405
May 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
R LOCKWIRE STAINLSS ST L OR NICKEL ALLOY
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 packing 27-44-56 01 -020
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THS-Actuator
27-44-56-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-56-860-053
(1) Make sure that Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems are
depressurized and put them in the maintenance configuration.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(2) Make sure that the THS actuator (1) near to the zero position.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-56

Page 406
May 01/10

LAN
(0U190360) is installed in the mechanical input of the THS actuator
(1).
(4) Make sure that the warning notices are in the position.
(6) Make sure that the access door is opened 312AR.
Subtask 27-44-56-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-44-56-991-001)
Subtask 27-44-56-910-052
(1) Make sure that the interface of the THS actuator (1) is clean and has
no corrosion and shows no damage.
condition.
(4) Clean the interface of the THS actuator (1) and the position
transducer (2) with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) and let
it dry.
(5) Make sure that the packing (9) is in the correct condition. If
necessary, replace the packing.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-56

Page 407
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-44-56-420-050
B. Installation of the Position Tranducer
NOTE : The installation of the Command Position Transducer and the

____
Monitor Position Transducer is the same. The installation
procedure for one of the position transducers only is given.
(1) Put the position transducer (2) in position at the THS actuator (1).
(2) Hold the position transducer (2) in position at the THS actuator (1)
and attach it with the screws (7) and the washers (8).
lbf.in).
(4) Safety the screws (7) with lockwire 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.) MISCELLANEOUS
(5) Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connectors
(3),(4) to the receptacles (5),(6).
Subtask 27-44-56-860-052
(1) Make sure that the THS actuator 9CE has the correct quantity of oil
(Ref. TASK 27-44-51-210-004).
(2) Remove the rigging pin OU 190360 from the mechanical input of the THS
actuator 9CE.
(3) Make sure that the travel range of the THS actuator 9CE and the
travel range of the control surfaces are free.
Subtask 27-44-56-865-052
breaker(s):
15CE1, 16CE1, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3
Subtask 27-44-56-720-050
E. Do a functional test of the THS actuator overtravel related to the

mechanical indicator (Ref. TASK 27-41-00-720-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-56

Page 408
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-56-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-56

Page 409
Aug 01/07

LAN
ACTUATOR - PITCH TRIM, THS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________
TASK 27-44-57-000-001
Removal of the Pitch Trim Actuator from the THS Actuator 9CE
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-44-57-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 27-44-57

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-57-010-050
A. Get Access
Subtask 27-44-57-860-050
actuator (1) to the zero position.

the mechanical input of the THS actuator (1).
pitch controls.
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).
Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems.
Subtask 27-44-57-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-44-57

Page 402
Feb 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-44-57-991-001)
Subtask 27-44-57-020-050
A. Removal of the Pitch Trim Actuator
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors (3),(4),(5),(6) from the

receptacles (7),(8),(9),(10) on the pitch trim actuator (2).
(3) Hold the pitch trim actuator (2) and remove the screws (11) and the
washers (12).
(4) Remove the pitch trim actuator (2) from the THS actuator (1).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-57

Page 403
Aug 01/10

LAN
Pitch Trim Actuator
Figure 401/TASK 27-44-57-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-44-57

Page 404
May 01/00

LAN
TASK 27-44-57-400-001
Installation of the Pitch Trim Actuator to the THS Actuator 9CE
_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
R LOCKWIRE STAINLSS ST L OR NICKEL ALLOY
R (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-44-57

Page 405
May 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THS-Actuator
27-44-57-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-57-860-053
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(3) Make sure that the THS actuator (1) is in the zero position.

(0U190360) is in the mechanical input of the THS actuator (1).
(6) Make sure that the the access door 312AR is open.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-57

Page 406
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-44-57-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-44-57-991-001)
Subtask 27-44-57-910-050

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Clean the interface of the THS actuator (1) and the pitch trim
actuator (2) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002) and let it
dry.
condition.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-57

Page 407
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-44-57-420-050
B. Installation of the Pitch Trim Actuator (PTA)
CAUTION : ALIGN THE INPUT SHAFT SPLINES OF THE THS-ACTUATOR WITH THE
_______
DRIVING GEAR SPLINES OF THE PTA.
THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE PTA.
(1) Put the pitch trim actuator (2) in position at the THS actuator (1).
(2) Make sure that the splines of the pitch trim actuator (2) align with
the splines of the THS actuator (1).
(3) If necessary, turn the mechanical input of the THS actuator to align
the splines.
(4) Install the screws (11) and the washers (12) to attach the pitch trim
actuator (2) at the THS actuator (1).
(5) TORQUE the screws (11) to between 0.76 and 0.94 m.daN (67.25 and
83.18 lbf.in).
(6) Safety the screws (11) with lockwire 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.)
(7) Remove the blanking caps and connect the electrical connectors
(3),(4),(5),(6) to the receptacles (7),(8),(9),(10).
Subtask 27-44-57-860-054
(1) Make sure that the THS actuator 9CE has the correct quantity of oil
(Ref. TASK 27-44-51-210-004).

from the mechanical input of the THS actuator 9CE.
(3) Make sure that the travel range of the THS actuator 9CE and the
control surfaces are free.
Subtask 27-44-57-865-052
breaker(s):
15CE1, 16CE1, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3

EFF :

ALL 27-44-57

Page 408
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-44-57-720-050
E. Do the system test of the THS actuator electrical control (Ref. TASK 27-
41-00-730-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-57-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-57

Page 409
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-44-57-000-002
Removal of the Electronic Modules of the Pitch Trim Actuator
_______
_______
NOTE : The removal procedure for one of the electronic modules is given. The
____
removal procedure for all the electronic modules is almost the same.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-44-57-991-002 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 27-44-57

Page 410
Feb 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-57-010-051
A. Get Access
Subtask 27-44-57-860-051
actuator to the zero position.

pitch controls.
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).
Green and the Yellow hydraulic systems.
Subtask 27-44-57-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-44-57

Page 411
Feb 01/11

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-44-57-991-002)
Subtask 27-44-57-020-051
A. Removal of the Electronic Modules from the Pitch Trim Actuator
(1) Hold the electronic module (2) and remove the bolts (6) and (8) and
the washers (5) and (7).
(2) Carefully remove the electronic module (2) from the motor assembly
(3) and the pitch trim actuator (1).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-57

Page 412
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Electronic Module
Figure 402/TASK 27-44-57-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-44-57

Page 413
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-44-57-400-002
Installation of the Electronic Modules of the Pitch Trim Actuator
_______
_______
NOTE : The installation procedure for one of the electronic modules is given.
____
The installation procedure for all the electronic modules is almost the
same.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-44-57

Page 414
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 09-001 USA MIL-S-8802 TYPE I CLASS A

FUEL TANK SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THS-Actuator
27-44-57-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-44-57-860-055
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001).
(3) Make sure that the THS actuator (1) is in the zero position.

(0U190360) is in the mechanical input of the THS actuator (1).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-57

Page 415
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(6) Make sure that the the access door 312AR is open.
Subtask 27-44-57-865-056
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-44-57-991-002)
Subtask 27-44-57-910-051

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Clean the contact surface of the electronic module with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No. 11-002).
(2) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-001) to the face of the electronic
module (2) which touches the housing of the Pitch Trim Actuator (PTA)
(1).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-57

Page 416
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-44-57-420-051
B. Installation of the Electronic Modules
(1) Carefully put the electronic module (2) in position on the motor
assembly (3) and the pitch trim actuator (1).
(2) Attach the electronic module (2) to the motor assembly (3) and the
pitch trim actuator (1) with the washers (5) and (7) and the bolts
(6) and (8).
(3) TORQUE the bolts (6) and (8) to between 0.4 and 0.5 m.daN (35.39 and
44.24 lbf.in).
(4) Safety the bolts (6) and (8) with lockwire 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.)
Subtask 27-44-57-860-056
(1) Make sure that the actuator of the Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer
(THS) has the correct quantity of oil (Ref. TASK 27-44-51-210-004).

(3) Make sure that the travel range of the THS actuator and the control
surfaces are free.
Subtask 27-44-57-865-054
breaker(s):
15CE1, 16CE1, 19CE1, 19CE2, 19CE3.
Subtask 27-44-57-710-051
E. Do the system test of the THS actuator electrical control (Ref. TASK 27-
41-00-730-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-44-57

Page 417
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-44-57-410-051
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-44-57

Page 418
Aug 01/10

LAN
THS POSITION INDICATING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________
1. General
_______
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 001)

On the center pedestal, adjacent to each pitch-trim control wheel, the THS
position is indicated by an index on a scale painted green over the normal
takeoff range (2.5 deg. aircraft NOSE DN to 2.5 deg. aircraft NOSE UP).
The THS position is repeated via the FCDC (Ref. 27-95) on the lower ECAM
display unit, together with the hydraulic systems still available for the
actuator.
There is a special reference mark painted on the THS and on the adjacent
structure.
R **ON A/C 101-150, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 001A)

takeoff range (3 deg. aircraft NOSE DN to 3.5 deg. aircraft NOSE UP).
actuator.
structure.
R **ON A/C 201-250,
(Ref. Fig. 001B)

takeoff range (2 deg. aircraft NOSE DN to 4.5 deg. aircraft NOSE UP).
actuator.
structure.

EFF :

ALL 27-45-00

Page 1
May 01/11

LAN
Center Pedestal - THS Position Indicating
Figure 001

R

EFF :

001-049, 051-099, 151-200, 301-399, 27-45-00

Page 2
May 01/11

LAN
Figure 001A

R

EFF :

101-150, 251-299, 27-45-00

Page 3
May 01/11

LAN
Figure 001B

R

EFF :

201-250, 27-45-00

Page 4
May 01/11

LAN
FLAPS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________
1. General
_______
A. System Configuration
The aircraft has four flaps (two on each trailing edge of the wing) and
ten slats (five on each leading edge of the wing) (Ref. 27-80-00) to
increase lift during take-off and landing.
The outboard flap is connected to the flap track carriage at the track 3
and the track 4 positions by a failsafe bolt assembly. The inboard flap
is connected to the track 2 carriage by a failsafe bolt assembly and to
the pendulum assembly on the track 1 carriage by the flap trunnion. The
carriages move along the tracks which are part of the flap-track beam
assemblies.
An interconnecting strut connects the inboard and the outboard flaps.
Proximity sensors on the interconnecting strut send signals to stop the
flap movement, if the strut moves more than the specified limit.
Two Slat/Flap Control Computers (SFCC1 and SFCC2) monitor and control the
flaps. An Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit (IPPU) is installed on
the Power Control Unit (PCU). The IPPU sends signals to the Electronic
Instrument System (EIS), which shows the position of the flaps.
A Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit (FPPU) gives signals of the output

shaft position of the PCU. Two Asymmetry Position Pick-Off Units (APPU)
give signals of the flap position or speed. The SFCC1 and the SFCC2
receive and monitor the signals from the FPPU and the APPUs.
2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
3. System
__________________
Description
R (Ref. Fig. 002)
A. Electrical Control and Monitoring System (Ref. 27-51-00)
The slat and flap control lever controls the position of the flaps. The
Command Sensor Unit (CSU) identifies the position of the slat and flap
control lever and sends related signals to each SFCC. Each SFCC controls
the valve block of a hydraulic motor, which is part of the flap PCU.
The FPPU, which is part of the flap PCU, and the two APPUs send related
signals to the SFCCs. If the SFCCs find a failure in the system, the Wing
Tip Brakes (WTB) operate to hold the transmission and the PCU is stopped.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 1
Aug 01/04

LAN
Flap System - Component Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 2
May 01/00

LAN
R Flaps Electrical Control and Monitoring - Schematic
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 3
May 01/02

LAN
B. Hydraulic Actuation and Power Transmission (Ref. 27-54-00)
A hydro-mechanical PCU supplies mechanical power to the power

transmission system. The PCU has two separate hydraulic motors and two
Pressure-Off Brakes (POB). Each hydraulic motor has an electrically
controlled valve block, which receives signals from a SFCC.
Torque shafts and gearboxes in the fuselage and the wings transmit the
mechanical power from the flap PCU to the actuators, which move the
flaps. Each flap has two actuators. Actuator 1 is installed on track beam
1 and the actuators 2, 3 and 4 are installed on the rear spar. Torque
limiters in the actuators prevent the mechanical overload of the
structure.
4. Power
____________
Supply
R (Ref. Fig. 003)
5. _________
Interface
R (Ref. Fig. 004)
6. _____________________
Not Applicable
7. Operation/Control
________________________________
and Indicating
R (Ref. Fig. 001, 003)
A. Extension and Retraction of the Flaps
The operation of the flaps is hydro-mechanical. The PCU operates the

mechanical transmission system which moves the flaps to the set position.
The CSU changes the mechanical signals from the slat and flap control
lever into electrical signals. These are sent to the SFCC1 and the SFCC2.
They compare the position signal with that from the FPPU. When there is a
difference between the signals, the SFCC sends a discrete signal to its
related valve block of the flap PCU.
Each valve block lets hydraulic fluid flow to and from its hydraulic
motor, in relation to the signal from the SFCC. It thus controls the
direction in which the hydraulic motor turns (for extension and
retraction of the flaps) and its speed (low or high speed).
The torque from the hydraulic motors is transmitted to the differential

gearbox, which connects the two motors. The mechanical transmission
system then transmits the torque to the actuators which move the flaps.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 4
Aug 01/04

LAN
Hydraulic System - Schematic
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 5
May 01/00

LAN
R Slat/Flap Interface
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 6
May 01/02

LAN
B. Hydraulic Actuation and Power Transmission
The two hydraulic motors in the PCU give hydraulic actuation. Each
hydraulic motor gets power from a different hydraulic system, the Green
hydraulic system or the Yellow.
Each hydraulic motor has a valve block and POB. The valve blocks control
the direction of rotation and the speed of the output shaft of the PCU.
The POB holds the output shaft of the hydraulic motor:
- against torque from the airloads
- when there is a failure in its related hydraulic system
- to lock the transmission at the same time as the WTB.
The flap system will operate at half speed if there is a failure of:
- one electrical supply
- one hydraulic system
- one SFCC, or the failure of one of two electrical components
- one engine.
C. Asymmetry and Power Transmission Monitoring
The SFCC1 and the SFCC2 continuously compare position data from the APPUs
and the FPPU to monitor the system. They use this data to find asymmetry,
runaway and speed failure conditions.
When one SFCC monitors a failure condition:

- the other SFCC receives a WTB-arm signal
- the related PCU motor stops and its POB operates
- the system operates at half speed.
If the other SFCC also sends a WTB-arm signal:

- the applicable WTBs operate
- the other PCU motor stops
- the system locks and gives a warning to the flight crew.
D. Position Indicating
The upper display unit of the ECAM system shows the position of the
flaps. The IPPU, which is installed on the PCU, supplies flap position
data to the flight data recorder and the Flight Warning Computer (FWC)
(Ref. 27-55-00).
A visual check of the position of the flaps can be done through the
windows in the fuselage that are adjacent to the flaps. The windows to be
used are identified by a brown triangle on the sidewall panel above them.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 7
Aug 01/04
R
LAN
8. BITE
_________
Test
R (Ref. Fig. 005, 006)
The flap system has a Built-In Test Equipment (BITE). You can do tests of
the system through the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) in the
aircraft cockpit (Ref. 27-51-00). The MCDU also indicates any failures in
the system and gives trouble shooting data for the system. The two SFCCs
also do a BITE check on power-up.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 8
Aug 01/04

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

27-50-00

Page 9
May 01/00

LAN
MCDU System Displays - SFCC Test
Figure 005 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 10
May 01/00

LAN

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 11
May 01/00

LAN

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 12
May 01/00

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

27-50-00

Page 13
May 01/00

LAN
MCDU System Displays - WTB/POB Test

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 14
May 01/00

LAN
MCDU System Displays - WTB/POB Test

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 15
May 01/00

LAN
FLAPS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________________
TASK 27-50-00-866-008
Extension of the Flaps on the Ground
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To extend the flaps without movement of the slats. To extend the flaps and
slats at the same time (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-00801).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 98D27803000000 1 LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 201
Aug 01/07

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-00-00-480-002 Installation of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking
Tool (98D27803000000)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-052
(2) Put the warning notice(s) in position to tell persons that the flap
system is in operation.
Subtask 27-50-00-860-054
_______
SYSTEM.

002).
(2) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).
NOTE : The flaps move at full-speed if the Power Transfer Unit (PTU)
____
is in operation. If the PTU is isolated (electrically or
hydraulically), only the yellow flap motor operates and the
flaps move at half-speed.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 202
Aug 01/07
R
LAN
An ECAM F/CTL FLAP SYS 1 FAULT message will also be displayed
when the PTU is isolated. This can be ignored.
Subtask 27-50-00-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL AND MONG/SYS1 5CV B06
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT/CTL/SYS2 7CV R21
Subtask 27-50-00-865-055
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS2 12CV P20
122VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/FLP/SYS1 10CV S07
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-50-00-866-052
A. Extension of the Flaps on the Ground
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(2) Set the flap/slat control lever to position 1, 2, 3 or FULL.
(3) Make sure that on the upper display unit of the ECAM system the flap
position bar moves to the set position.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 203
Nov 01/10

LAN
(4) Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
(98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002) on the flap/slat
control lever.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-50-00-860-055
A. Aircraft Configuration

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).

002).
Subtask 27-50-00-942-055
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 204
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-50-00-866-008- 01
Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To extend the flaps and slats at the same time.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Tool (98D27803000000)
Power Supply

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 205
Aug 01/07

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Transfer Unit (PTU)
Transfer Unit (PTU)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-063
and slat systems are in operation.
Subtask 27-50-00-860-065

_______

002).
(2) If applicable, disconnect the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
____
is in operation. If the PTU is disconnected (electrically or
NOTE : An ECAM F/CTL FLAP SYS 1 FAULT message will show when the PTU
____
is isolated. This message can be ignored.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 206
Aug 01/07
R
LAN
NOTE : The Blue and/or Green hydraulic system(s) operate(s) the slat
____
system. If necessary, use the alternative hydraulic system.
Subtask 27-50-00-865-069
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS2 11CV P19
122VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/WTB/SLT/SYS1 9CV S06
Subtask 27-50-00-865-071
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-150, 301-399,
Subtask 27-50-00-866-061-A
A. Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 207
Feb 01/11

LAN
CAUTION : IF THE THRUST REVERSER HALVES ARE OPEN, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
THRUST-REVERSER TRANSLATING-SLEEVES ARE RETRACTED BEFORE YOU
EXTEND THE SLATS.
IF THE TRANSLATING SLEEVES ARE EXTENDED, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE SLATS AND THE TRANSLATING SLEEVES WHEN THE SLATS EXTEND.
(2) Set the flap/slat control lever to the applicable position 1, 2, 3 or

FULL.
(3) Make sure that on the ECAM upper DU:

- the flap position bar moves to the set position
- the slat position bar moves to the set position.

(98D27803000000) on the flap/slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-
480-002).
R **ON A/C 151-299,
Subtask 27-50-00-866-061
A. Extension of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground
WARNING : DO NOT EXTEND THE SLATS AND FLAPS WHEN THE THRUST REVERSER
_______
COWLS ARE DEPLOYED IN THE 45 DEG. POSITION.
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

FULL.
(3) Make sure that on the ECAM upper DU:

- the flap position bar moves to the set position
- the slat position bar moves to the set position.

480-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 208
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-50-00-860-066

002).
(3) If applicable, connect the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002).

002).
Subtask 27-50-00-942-063
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 209
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-50-00-866-011
Manual Extension of the Flaps
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
The manual extension of the flaps.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific pneumatic right-angle wrench
460005835 2 SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK
98D27804001000 1 ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)
98D27804011000 1 BAR-TURNING

R

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 210
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
R 27-54-45-000-002 Removal of the Torque Shaft 6204CM(6254CM)
F/CTL Page
32-12-00-010-001 Open the Main Gear Doors for Access
27-50-00-991-005 Fig. 201
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-060
(2) Put a warning notice in position on the panel 114VU to tell persons
not to operate the flap/slat controls.
Subtask 27-50-00-860-061
(1) Make sure that the flaps are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-
009).
(2) Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION on the

flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 211
May 01/11

LAN
(4) On the MCDU:
(a) Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL page (Ref. TASK 31-32-
00-860-006).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the MCDU: On the MCDU:

- push the line key for <SFCC1(2) - the MCDU shows the SFCC1(2) menu page
1.
2. Push the NEXT PAGE button - the MCDU shows the SFCC1(2) menu page
2.
3. Push the line key (2R) SYSTEM DATA - the MCDU shows the flap SYSTEM DATA
FLP> submenu.
4. Push the line key (1L) <PPU - the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).
5. Record the APPU data.
Subtask 27-50-00-865-065
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-50-00-010-052
D. Get Access
(1) Open the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(2) Install the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK on the applicable main gear door
actuator.
R (3) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position below the
R torque shaft assy 6204CM (6254CM) in the MLG bay.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 212
May 01/11

LAN
R (4) Remove the torque shaft assy 6204CM (6254CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-
R 002).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 27-50-00-991-005)
Subtask 27-50-00-866-057
A. Manual Extension of the Flaps with Pneumatic Wrench
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
R (1) Install the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) (98D27804001000) on the

R right angle gearbox 6205CM (6255CM).
(2) Install the pneumatic right-angle wrench on the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT

(AND FLAP).
(3) Extend the flaps with the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) and
pneumatic right-angle wrench as necessary.
Subtask 27-50-00-866-059
B. Manual Extension of the Flaps without Pneumatic Wrench
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Install the BAR-TURNING (98D27804011000) on the flap drive shaft,

R outboard of the right angle gearbox 6205CM (6255CM).
(2) Extend the flaps with the BAR-TURNING as necessary.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 213
May 01/11

LAN
R Flaps - Manual Extension/Retraction
Figure 201/TASK 27-50-00-991-005

R

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 214
May 01/11

LAN
TASK 27-50-00-866-009
Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To retract the flaps without movement of the slats. To retract the flaps and
slats at the same time (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-00901).
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-00-00-080-002 Removal of the Flap/Slat Control-Lever Locking Tool
(98D27803000000)

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 215
May 01/11
R
LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-50-00

Page 216
May 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-053
Subtask 27-50-00-865-057
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-50-00-860-056
_______
SYSTEM.

002).
NOTE : The flaps move at full-speed if the Power Transfer Unit (PTU),
____
is in operation. If the PTU is isolated (electrically or
hydraulically) only the yellow flap motor operates and the
____

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 217
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-50-00-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-50-00-866-053
A. Retraction of the Flaps on the Ground
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(2) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (Ref. TASK 27-
00-00-080-002).
(3) Set the flap/slat control lever to position 0.
(4) Make sure that on the upper display unit of the ECAM system the flap
position bar moves to the set position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-50-00-860-057

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 218
Nov 01/10

LAN
002).
Subtask 27-50-00-865-059
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-50-00-942-053
C. Removal of Equipment
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 219
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-50-00

Page 220
Nov 01/10

LAN
TASK 27-50-00-866-009- 01
Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To retract the flaps and slats at the same time
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
(98D27803000000)
Tool (98D27803000000)
Power Supply

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 221
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Transfer Unit (PTU)
Transfer Unit (PTU)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-064
(3) Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION
(98D27803000000) is in position on the flap/slat control lever
(Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002).
Subtask 27-50-00-860-067

_______

002).
(2) If applicable, disconnect the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK
29-23-00-860-001).
____
is in operation. If the PTU is disconnected (electrically or
____

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 222
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
NOTE : The Blue and/or Green hydraulic system(s) operate(s) the slat
____
system. If necessary, use the alternative hydraulic system.
Subtask 27-50-00-865-072
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-50-00-865-070
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-150, 301-399,
Subtask 27-50-00-866-062-A
A. Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 223
Feb 01/11

LAN
00-00-080-002).

0.
(4) Make sure that on the ECAM upper DU, the flap and slat position bar
moves to the set position.
R **ON A/C 151-299,
Subtask 27-50-00-866-062
A. Retraction of the Flaps/Slats on the Ground
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
CAUTION : IF THE THRUST REVERSER COWLS ARE OPEN, MAKE SURE THAT THE HALF
_______
DOORS OF THE THRUST REVERSER ARE RETRACTED BEFORE YOU EXTEND
THE SLATS. IF THE DOORS ARE EXTENDED, YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE SLATS AND HALF DOORS WHEN THE SLATS EXTEND.
00-00-080-002).

0.
(4) Make sure that on the ECAM upper DU, the flap and slat position bar
moves to the set position.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 224
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-50-00-860-068

002).
(3) If applicable, connect the PTU (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-860-002).

002).
Subtask 27-50-00-865-073
breaker(s):
14CC1, 14CC2
Subtask 27-50-00-942-064
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 225
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-50-00-866-012
Manual Retraction of the Flaps
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific pneumatic right-angle wrench

98D27504005000 1 PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1)
98D27804001000 1 ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power
the External Power
27-51-00-820-008 Adjustment of the Flap Rigged Position with the
Sharks Fin Tool (A318/319/320)
R 27-54-45-000-002 Removal of the Torque Shaft 6204CM(6254CM)
R 27-54-45-400-002 Installation of the Torque Shaft 6204CM(6254CM)
F/CTL Page

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 226
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32-12-00-410-001 Close the Main Gear Doors after Access
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-50-00-991-006 Fig. 202
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-50-00-991-006-A Fig. 202A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-061
(2) Make sure that the warning notice is in position on the panel 114VU
to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.
Subtask 27-50-00-860-062
(1) Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION is
attached to the flap/slat control lever on the panel 114VU.
(2) Make sure that the applicable MLG door is open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-
010-001).
(3) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is installed on the
applicable main gear door actuator.
position in the MLG bay.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 227
May 01/11

LAN
R (5) Make sure that the torque shaft assy 6204CM (6254CM) is removed
R (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-002).
(6) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001).
Subtask 27-50-00-865-066
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 27-50-00-991-006)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 202A/TASK 27-50-00-991-006-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-50-00-866-058
A. Manual Retraction of the Flaps with Pneumatic Wrench
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Fully retract the flaps with the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP)
(98D27804001000) and the pneumatic right-angle wrench.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 228
May 01/11

LAN
Installation of the Flap Rigging Pin at Track 1
Figure 202/TASK 27-50-00-991-006

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-50-00

Page 229
May 01/11

LAN
Installation of the Flap Rigging Pin at Track 1
Figure 202A/TASK 27-50-00-991-006-A

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-50-00

Page 230
Aug 01/10

LAN
(2) Install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) at the track
1 rigging pin position. This will set the flaps to the zero degree
position.
(3) Remove the pneumatic right-angle wrench from the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT
(AND FLAP).
R (4) Remove the ADAPTOR-DRIVE, SLAT (AND FLAP) from the right angle
R gearbox 6205CM (6255CM).
Subtask 27-50-00-866-060
B. Manual Retraction of the Flaps without Pneumatic Wrench
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Fully retract the flaps with the BAR-TURNING.
(2) Install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) at the track 1 rigging pin
position. This will set the flaps to the zero degree position.
(3) Remove the BAR-TURNING from the flap drive shaft.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-50-00-865-067
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV, 10CV, 12CV
Subtask 27-50-00-410-051
B. Close Access
R (1) Install the torque shaft assy 6204CM (6254CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-
R 400-002).
(2) Remove the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) from the track 1 rigging pin
position.
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 231
May 01/11

LAN
(5) Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
Subtask 27-50-00-860-063
(1) On the MCDU:
(a) Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL page (Ref. TASK 31-32-
00-860-006).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- push the line key for <SFCC1(2) - the MCDU shows the SFCC1(2) menu page
1.
2. Push the NEXT PAGE button - the MCDU shows the SFCC1(2) menu page
2.
3. Push the line key (2L) SYSTEM DATA - the MCDU shows the flap SYSTEM DATA
FLP> submenu.
4. Push the line key (1L) <PPU - the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s).
5. Record the APPU data:
(2) Make sure that the PPU DATA shown is within 0.1 deg. of the value as
recorded before the manual extension.
(3) If the PPU DATA is not within 0.1 deg., do an adjustment of the flap
rigged position (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-008).
flap/slat control lever on the panel 114VU.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 232
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-50-00-942-061
D. Close-up
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 233
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-50-00-866-010
Reset of the Torque Limiters of the Flap System on the Ground
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-54-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Flap System
57-51-37-000-002 Removal of the Access Panels 573AB(673AB),
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 234
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

57-51-37-400-002 Installation of the Access Panels 573AB(673AB),
R 573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB) 573EB(673EB)
27-50-00-991-003 Fig. 203
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-054
(2) Put the warning notices in position, to tell persons that the flap
Subtask 27-50-00-860-058
_______
SYSTEM.

002).
NOTE : The flaps travel at full speed if the Power Transfer Unit
____
(PTU) is in operation. If the PTU is isolated (electrically or
hydraulically), only the Yellow flap motor operates and the
flaps travel at half speed.
____

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 235
Aug 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-50-00-865-061
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-50-00-865-062
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-50-00-010-050
E. Get Access
R (1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position, below the applicable
access panel.
(2) Remove the applicable access panel(s) to gain access to the torque
limiter(s):
(a) For the LH wing, remove the following panels:
1
_ For the flap track No.1 torque limiter:
- 193AB, 193BB
- 573BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002).
2
- 573AB, 573BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002).
3
- 575BB, 575CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).
4
- 575FB, 575GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 236
Feb 01/11

LAN
(b) For the RH wing, remove the following panels:
1
- 194AB, 194BB
- 673BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002).
2
- 673AB, 673BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002).
3
- 675BB, 675CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).
4
- 675FB, 675GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 27-50-00-991-003)
Subtask 27-50-00-866-055
A. Reset of the Torque Limiters of the Flap System on the Ground
(1) To release the load from the torque limiter(s) and allow the
indicators to be closed, do the step that follows:
(a) Put the slat/flap control lever to the last position that had
been set, before the torque limiter(s) operated.
(2) Remove the safety collar from the circuit breakers 10CV and 12CV.
Subtask 27-50-00-865-063
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 237
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Torque Limiters - Detail and Location
Figure 203/TASK 27-50-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 238
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-50-00-866-056
C. Continue the Reset of the Torque Limiters
(1) Push each applicable indicator (1) down so that it aligns with the
torque limiter, in the usual system condition.
Subtask 27-50-00-710-051
D. Operational Test
(1) Do the operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-
001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-50-00-860-059

002).

002).
Subtask 27-50-00-865-064
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 239
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-50-00-410-050
C. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the applicable access panel(s):
(a) For the LH wing, install the following panels:
1
- 193AB, 193BB
- 573BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002).
2
- 573AB, 573BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002).
3
- 575BB, 575CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004).
4
- 575FB, 575GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004).
(b) For the RH wing, install the following panels:
1
- 194AB, 194BB
- 673BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002).
2
- 673AB, 673BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002).
3
- 675BB, 675CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004).
4
- 675FB, 675GB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004).
Subtask 27-50-00-942-054

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 240
Feb 01/11
R
LAN

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 241
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-50-00-400-002
Installation of the Inboard and Outboard Flap Hoisting-Sling
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 2 HOIST 250 KG (551 LB), 6 M (19,7 FT) - LIFT
98F27508498000 1 HOIST-R I,FLAP SLAT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-50-00-866-011 Manual Extension of the Flaps
27-50-00-991-001 Fig. 204

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 242
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-056
Subtask 27-50-00-860-052
(1) Make sure that the flaps are at the position 3 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-
866-008) or (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 27-50-00-991-001)
Subtask 27-50-00-480-051
A. Installation of the Inboard Flap Hoisting Sling
(1) Remove the blanking caps from the flap.
(2) Remove the pip-pins (11) and the lifting-lugs (12) from the HOIST-R
I,FLAP SLAT (98F27508498000).
(3) Install the lifting-lugs (12) in the flap.
R (4) Attach the hoisting sling to the HOIST 250 KG (551 LB), 6 M (19,7 FT)
R - LIFT.
NOTE : The inboard flap weighs 114 kg (251 lb).

____
(5) Use the hoist to put the hoisting sling in position above the flap.
(6) Lower the hoisting sling until you can attach it to the lifting-lugs
(12).
(7) Connect the hoisting sling to the lifting-lugs (12) with the forked
connections (10) and the pip-pins (11). If necessary, adjust the
turnbuckles (13) to get a correct lift angle of 20 degrees.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 243
Nov 01/10

LAN
Hoisting Sling Details
Figure 204/TASK 27-50-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 244
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-50-00-480-052
B. Installation of the Outboard Flap Hoisting Sling
(1) Remove the blanking caps from the flap.
(2) Remove the pip-pins (11) and the lifting-lugs (12) from the HOIST-R
I,FLAP SLAT (98F27508498000).
(3) Install the lifting-lugs (12) in the flap.
R (4) Attach the hoisting sling to the HOIST 250 KG (551 LB), 6 M (19,7 FT)
R - LIFT.
NOTE : The outboard flap weighs 125 kg (276 lb).

____
(5) Use the hoist to put the hoisting sling in position above the flap.
(6) Lower the sling until you can attach it to the lifting-lugs (12).
(7) Connect the hoisting sling to the lifting-lugs (12) with the forked
connections (10) and the pip-pins (11). If necessary, adjust the
turnbuckles (13) to get a correct lifting angle of 20 degrees.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-50-00-942-057
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 245
Nov 01/10

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-50-00

Page 246
Nov 01/10

LAN
TASK 27-50-00-000-002
Removal of the Inboard and Outboard Flap Hoisting-Sling
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 98F27508498000 1 HOIST-R I,FLAP SLAT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-50-00-991-001 Fig. 204
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-057
to operate the flap/slat control lever.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 247
Aug 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 27-50-00-991-001)
Subtask 27-50-00-080-051
A. Removal of the Inboard Flap Hoisting Sling
(1) Remove the pip-pins (11) and disconnect the hoisting sling from the
inboard flap.
(2) Remove the lifting-lugs (12) from the inboard flap and connect them
to the hoisting sling with the pip-pins (11).
R (3) Remove the HOIST-R I,FLAP SLAT (98F27508498000) from the hoist.
(4) Install the blanking caps in the flap. Make sure that the top of the
blanking caps is not above the surface of the flap.
Subtask 27-50-00-080-052
B. Removal of the Outboard Flap Hoisting Sling
(1) Remove the pip-pins (11) and disconnect the hoisting sling from the
outboard flap.
(2) Remove the lifting-lugs (12) from the outboard flap and connect them
to the hoisting sling with the pip-pins (11).
R (3) Remove the HOIST-R I,FLAP SLAT (98F27508498000) from the hoist.
(4) Install the blanking caps in the flap.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-50-00-942-058
items.

R

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 248
Aug 01/10

LAN

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 249
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-50-00-400-003
Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27504030001 1 LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-50-00-991-004 Fig. 205

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 250
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-058
(2) Put a warning notice in position, on panel 114VU to tell persons not
to operate the flap/slat control lever.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 27-50-00-991-004)
Subtask 27-50-00-480-050
A. Installation of the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001)
(1) Make sure that the protective pads on the items that follow are in a
satisfactory condition.
- the arm assembly (10)
- the clamp (7)
- the pad (3)
- the pivot clamp (1).
(2) Loosen the screw (6).
(3) Remove the pin (5) and the clamp (7).
(4) Loosen the screw (9) sufficiently to let the clamp arm (8) move along
the arm assembly (10).
(5) Put the pivot clamp (1) in position on the flange of the wing
structure.
(6) Put the arm assembly (10) on the applicable torque shaft.
(7) Put the clamp (7) on the torque shaft below the arm assembly (10) and
install the pin (5). Do not tighten the screw (6) at this time.
(8) Move the pivot clamp (1) together with the arm assembly (10) until
the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) is in the correct position.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 251
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Lock-Torque Shaft (Flaps and Slats)
Figure 205/TASK 27-50-00-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 252
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(9) Hold the pivot clamp (1) in position:
- for the left wing, tighten the screw (2)
- for the right wing, install the packer (4) and tighten the screw
(2).
(10) Tighten the screw (9).
(11) Tighten the screw (6) until the clamp (7) and the arm assembly (10)
lock the torque shaft in position.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-50-00-942-059
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 253
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-50-00-000-003
Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats (98D27504030001)
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-50-00-991-004 Fig. 205
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-059
(2) Make sure that the warning notice is in position on panel 114VU to
tell persons not to operate the flap/slat control lever.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 254
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 27-50-00-991-004)
Subtask 27-50-00-080-050
A. Removal of the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001)
(1) Loosen the screw (6).
(2) Remove the pin (5) and the clamp (7).
(3) Loosen the screw (2). For the right wing, remove the packer (4).
(4) Remove the pivot clamp (1) from the wing structure and the arm
assembly (10) from the torque shaft.
(5) Put the clamp (7) and the arm assembly (10) together and install the
pin (5).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-50-00-942-060
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 255
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-50-00-869-006
Reset of the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) of the Flap System on the Ground
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-50-00-866-010 Reset of the Torque Limiters of the Flap System on
the Ground
Power Supply

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 256
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

F/CTL Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-50-00-941-062
Subtask 27-50-00-865-068
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-50-00-860-064
_______
SYSTEM.

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 257
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(2) Make sure that the Green, the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems
are depressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(3) Get access to the flight controls (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose
Control Display Unit (MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-50-00-869-058
A. Reset the Wing Tip Brake with SFCC 1 and 2.
NOTE : Use any available MCDU to do the reset of the wing tip brake.
____
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Open the C/B 8CV. - SFCC 2 is isolated.

- push the line key < SFCC 1. - the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.
3. Push the NEXT PAGE button. - the MCDU shows the next page of the
SFCC 1 menu.
4. Push the line key TEST/RESET FLP - the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP
>. TEST/RESET menu.
5. Push the line key WTB-RESET >. - the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP
WTB-RESET procedure.
6. Push the line key < START WTB - the MCDU shows: SFCC 1 FLAP WTB-RESET
RESET. PERFORMED.
7. If the reset of the WTB is not

performed and no SFCC fault is
displayed, do the steps that
follow:
- open the C/Bs 5CV, 6CV, 7CV,
9CV, 10CV, 11CV and 12CV.
- wait five seconds.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 258
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- close the C/Bs 5CV, 6CV, 7CV,
- repeat steps 2 thru 6 again.
8. Close C/B 8CV. - SFCC 2 is energized.
9. Open C/B 6CV. - SFCC 1 is isolated.

SFCC 2 menu.
>. TEST/RESET menu.
13. Push the line key WTB-RESET >. - the MCDU shows the SFCC 2 FLAP
WTB-RESET procedure.
14. Push the line key < START WTB - the MCDU shows: SFCC 2 FLAP WTB-RESET
RESET. PERFORMED.
15. If the reset of the WTB is not

performed and no SFCC fault is
displayed, do the steps that
follow:
- open the C/Bs 5CV, 7CV, 8CV,
- wait five seconds.
- close the C/Bs 5CV, 7CV, 8CV,
- repeat steps 10 thru 14 again.
16. Close C/B 6CV.
17. Push the line key < RETURN

frequently until the CFDS MENU
page is shown.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 259
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18. Pressurize the Green, Yellow and
Blue hydraulic systems
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001),
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002),
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
19. Move the slat and flap control

lever in the flap extension and
retraction direction.
20. Check all the flap system torque

limiters and reset as necessary
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-010).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-50-00-710-052
A. Operational Test
001).
Subtask 27-50-00-862-056
B. De-energize the Electrical Circuits

002).
Subtask 27-50-00-942-062
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 260
Nov 01/10
R
LAN

EFF :

ALL 27-50-00

Page 261
Aug 01/10

LAN
FLAPS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND MONITORING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
The electrical control and monitoring system of the flaps has:

- a manually operated slat/flap control lever
- a Command Sensor Unit (CSU) 51CV
- two Slat and Flap Control Computers (SFCC1 and SFCC2) 21CV, 22CV
- two electrically controlled valve blocks 23CV(24CV) installed on the flaps
Power Control Unit (PCU) 6201CM (Ref. 27-54-00)
- a Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit (FPPU) 27CV
- two Asymmetry Position Pick-Off Units (APPU) 29CV(30CV)
- two Wing Tip Brakes (WTB) 33CV(34CV)
- two flap interconnecting struts, each with two flap-attachment failure
detection sensors 37CV, 39CV (38CV, 40CV).
The functions of the flaps electrical control and monitoring system are:
- to control the valve blocks electrically
- to control the WTBs electrically
- to receive data from and send data to the related systems
- to monitor the power transmission for correct operation
- to monitor the control system and power transmission for component failure
- to monitor the inputs from and outputs to the related systems.
The slat/flap control lever controls the position of the flaps. The CSU
identifies the position of the slat/flap control lever and sends related
signals to each SFCC. Each SFCC controls a valve block of a hydraulic motor,
which is part of the flap PCU.
The two SFCCs monitor the operation of the transmission system. The FPPU
(which is part of the flaps PCU) and the two APPUs send signals to the
SFCCs. They identify component failures of the transmission system and the
control system. The Pressure-Off Brakes (POB) of the PCU and the WTBs stop
and hold the transmission system when a failure occurs.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 1
May 01/00

LAN
2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002, 003)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SLAT AND FLAP CONTROL LEVER 114VU 27-51-43
R
21CV SFCC1 85VU 127 824 27-51-34
22CV SFCC2 86VU 128 824 27-51-34
23CV PCU VALVE BLOCK 1 148 27-54-53
24CV PCU VALVE BLOCK 2 148 27-54-53
27CV FEEDBACK POSITION PICK-OFF UNIT 148 27-51-19
29CV ASYMMETRY POSITION PICK-OFF UNIT 575 575FB 27-51-18
30CV ASYMMETRY POSITION PICK-OFF UNIT 675 675FB 27-51-18
33CV WING TIP BRAKE 575 575EB 27-51-51
34CV WING TIP BRAKE 675 675EB 27-51-51
37CV FLAP ATTACHMENT FAILURE DETECTION 580
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
51CV COMMAND SENSOR UNIT 114VU 220 811 27-51-17
91CV RELAY 187VU 121
3. __________________
System Description
A. Mechanical Input
The slat/flap control lever is installed in the cockpit on panel 114VU.

There are five possible positions for the lever (identified as 0,1,2,3
and FULL). The lever position to the related flight phase, flap angle and
the slat angle is as follows:

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 2
Aug 01/05

LAN
Component Location
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 3
May 01/00

LAN
Component Location
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 4
May 01/00

LAN
R Flap System Electrical Equipment - Component Location
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 5
Aug 01/05

LAN
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-150, 201-299, 301-399,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVER FLAP SLAT
POSITION FLIGHT PHASE ANGLE (deg) ANGLE (deg)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 Cruise 0 0
1* Hold 0 18
1* Take-off 10 18
2 Take-off 15 22
3 Take-off /Approach 20 22
FULL Land 40 27
* Flap auto-command function
The slat/flap control lever has two baulks. One baulk between position 1
and 2, and one between position 3 and FULL. The baulks prevent a
one-movement-change of the lever position from FULL to 0. The lever turns
a shaft which moves the input shaft of the CSU through spur gears.
R **ON A/C 151-200,
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R LEVER FLAP SLAT
R POSITION FLIGHT PHASE ANGLE (deg) ANGLE (deg)
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 0 Cruise 0 0
R 1* Hold 0 18
R 1* Take-off 10 18
R 2 Take-off 15 22
R 3 Take-off /Approach 20 22
R FULL Land 35 27
R
R * Flap auto-command function
R The slat/flap control lever has two baulks. One baulk between position 1
R and 2, and one between position 3 and FULL. The baulks prevent a
R one-movement-change of the lever position from FULL to 0. The lever turns
R a shaft which moves the input shaft of the CSU through spur gears.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 6
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C ALL
B. Electrical Control
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The CSU is installed in the cockpit, immediately below the slat and flap
control lever on the panel 114VU. The CSU changes the mechanical signals
from the control lever into electrical signals to the SFCC1 and SFCC2.
The two SFCCs are installed in racks in the forward avionics compartment.
The SFCCs have power supplies with no relation between them. Each SFCC
has the same function and includes one flap channel and one slat channel.
The flap channels each control one of the two valve blocks on the flaps
PCU. Each valve block has its own different hydraulic supply (Ref.
27-54-00).
There are three solenoid valves at each valve block. For the low speed
mode, the SFCCs energize the retract/extend solenoid valves and the POB
solenoid. For the high speed mode, the SFCCs energize the extend solenoid
valve and the POB solenoid. The POB solenoid permits the release of the
POB of the hydraulic motor (Ref. 27-84-00).
An FPPU, which is attached to the PCU, sends signals on the position of

the flap transmission to the two SFCCs. The PCU gearbox moves the FPPU.
The FPPU has two synchro transmitters, which are the same. One sends
signals to the SFCC1, the other one to the SFCC2.
C. Wing Tip Brake (WTB) Control
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The WTB is an electro-hydraulic pressure-on brake. It is installed near

the end of the transmission system in each wing. The WTBs stop and hold
the transmission if the SFCCs find some given types of failures. Each WTB
has two solenoid valves. Each solenoid valve controls one part of a WTB.
The hydraulic supply to each WTB is as follows:
- the Blue and Yellow systems supply the left WTB
- the Blue and Green systems supply the right WTB.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 7
May 01/11

LAN
Flaps Electrical Control - Schematic
Figure 004

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 8
May 01/11
R
LAN
Wing Tip Brake (WTB) Control - Schematic
Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 9
May 01/00

LAN
The two battery buses (701PP for system 1 and 702PP for system 2) supply
power to the WTB solenoids through the SFCCs. This makes sure that power
is available to the WTB if there is an engine power failure. Each busbar
supplies one solenoid on each WTB. When the solenoids are energized, the
system latches the circuit to keep the solenoid valves open. When the
WTBs operate, the transmission locks. The circuit can only be set back
(reset) on the ground through the Centralized Fault Display System
(CFDS).
The two SFCCs control the LH and the RH WTB. Each SFCC controls one
solenoid on each WTB.
D. Monitoring
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The two SFCCs monitor the flap system continuously for failures in:
- the operation of the power transmission system
- the Line Replaceable Units (LRU)
- the input and output signals
- the power supplies.
Failures in the flap system will not give, but may lead to class 1 level
3 warnings which are generated by the Electronic Centralized Aircraft
Monitoring (ECAM) system.
The ECAM system shows class 1, level 1 and level 2 cautions to the flight
crew (Ref. 31-50-00). The SFCCs supply failure data to the ECAM system
through:
- the System Data Acquisition Concentrators (SDAC) (Ref. 31-55-00)
- the Flight Warning Computers (FWC) (Ref. 31-53-00)
- the Display Management Computers (DMC) (Ref. 31-62-00).
The ECAM gives a Maintenance Status Reminder for class 2 failures.
The SFCCs supply all the related data of failures to the Centralized
Fault Display System (CFDS).
(1) Monitoring of the Power Transmission Systems
The SFCCs monitor the power transmission system for these failures:
- asymmetry (a position difference between the two APPUs)
- runaway (a position difference between the APPUs and the FPPU)
- uncommanded movement (a movement in the wrong direction, or
movement away from the last set position)
- overspeed (the faster movement of one or more PPUs)
- flap disconnect

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 10
May 01/11
R
LAN
Flap Transmission Monitoring - Schematic
Figure 006

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 11
May 01/11
R
LAN
- system jam
- half speed
- low hydraulic pressure
- control valve position.
To monitor the power transmission system, the SFCCs compare the CSU
signals with the position data. The SFCCs receive the position data
from:
- the two APPUs
- the FPPU
- the valve blocks
- the flap-attachment failure detection sensors.
An APPU is installed at the end of the transmission system in each

wing. The APPUs are the same as, and interchangeable with, the FPPU.
One synchro transmitter in each APPU sends position data to the
SFCC1. The other synchro transmitter in each APPU sends position data
to the SFCC2.
The control valve of each valve block has a Linear Variable

Differential Transducer (LVDT) (Ref. 27-54-00). The LVDT sends valve
position data to its related SFCC. The position of the valve is
directly related to the hydraulic pressure available at the valve
block.
An interconnecting strut connects the inboard and the outboard flaps.

It has two flap-attachment failure detection sensors. The
flap-attachment failure detection sensors monitor the connected flaps
for a position difference out of the specified limits.
Each flap-attachment failure detection sensor sends a signal to one

of the two Landing Gear Control and Interface Units (LGCIU). Each
LGCIU gets a signal from one sensor on each wing and sends the data
to its related SFCC. The SFCC monitors the data and sends it to the
other SFCC through the cross-computer link. The SFCCs receive data
from all four flap-attachment failure detection sensors.
(2) LRU Monitoring
The SFCCs monitor these LRUs for failures:

- SFCC1 and SFCC2
- the CSU
- the two WTBs
- the two APPUs
- the FPPU
- the valve blocks of the flap PCU
- the flap disconnect sensors

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 12
May 01/11
R
LAN
- the hydraulic motors.
The SFCCs keep the data related to the failures in their memories.
(3) Monitoring of Input and Output Signals
The SFCCs monitor these input and output signals:

- the ARINC 429 inputs from other systems
- the ARINC 429 inputs from the cross-computer link (other SFCC)
- the installation coding
- the operation mode codings
- the ground inhibit
- the ARINC 429 outputs (wraparound)
If the obove signals are not in the specified limits, the SFCCs keep
the data related to the failure in its memory. The SFCCs transmit the
data to the CFDS.
Other discrete inputs are:

- the Aircraft On Ground (AOG) discrete
- the WTB-arm input.
(4) Monitoring of Power Supplies
The SFCCs monitor these power supplies:

- the SFCC DC Supply
- the WTB DC Supply
- the synchro excitation power generated by the SFCCs
- the LVDT synchro excitation power generated by the SFCCs.
If the voltage is not in the specified limits, the SFCCs keep the
data related to the failure in its memory.
The SFCCs transmit the data to the CFDS. If the SFCC DC supply or the
synchro excitation power is not in the specified limits, the flight
crew get a failure indication.
4. Power
____________
Supply
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The electrical power supplies for the flap control and monitoring system
are:
- the essential bus 401PP
- the normal bus 204PP
- the battery buses 701PP and 702PP.
The essential bus 401PP supplies:

- the SFCC1 flap channel
- the related PCU solenoids

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 13
May 01/11
R
LAN
- the synchro and LVDT excitation voltages.
The battery bus 701PP supplies the WTB solenoids related to the SFCC1.
The normal bus 204PP supplies:

- the SFCC2 flap channel
- the related PCU solenoids
- the synchro and LVDT excitation voltages.
The battery bus 702PP supplies the WTB solenoids related to the SFCC2.
If the WTBs are operated, the battery buses keep the solenoids energized
during a SFCC power failure.
5. __________
Interfaces
R (Ref. Fig. 008)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-150, 201-299, 301-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 009)
R **ON A/C 151-200,
R (Ref. Fig. 009A)
R **ON A/C ALL
R (Ref. Fig. 010)

The SFCCs send and receive discrete and analog electrical signals to and
from the components of the flap system. Each SFCC has an ARINC 429
interface, which connects it to the other systems.
6. Component
_____________________
Description
(Ref. Fig. 011)
A. Slat/Flap Control Lever
The slat/flap control lever has:

- an attachment plate
- a housing
- a lever assembly
- a five-position gate.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 14
May 01/11

LAN
Power Supply Distribution - Schematic
Figure 007

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 15/16
May 01/00

LAN
Flap System Components - Interfaces
Figure 008

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 17
May 01/00

LAN
Flap System Interfaces - Data to other Systems
Figure 009

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-150, 201-299, 27-51-00

Page 18
May 01/11

LAN
R Flap System Interfaces - Data to other Systems
R Figure 009A

R

EFF :

151-200, 27-51-00

Page 19
May 01/11

LAN
Flap System Interfaces - Data from other Systems
Figure 010

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 20
May 01/11
R
LAN
Flap/Slat Control Lever
Figure 011

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 21
May 01/11
R
LAN
The rectangular attachment plate has a slot for the movement of the lever
assembly and connects to the center pedestal and the housing.
The housing contains:

- the CSU
- the lever assembly
- a pinnion
- a five-position gate.
The lever assembly has a spring-loaded plunger, a quadrant that connects

to the pinnion and a knob with a collar. A pin at the lower end of the
spring-loaded plunger engages in one of the notches of the five-position
gate.
A baulk above the second and forth notches of the five-position gate
stops a one-movement change of the lever position (from the 0 position to
the FULL position).
When the collar is lifted (against the pressure of the spring-loaded

plunger) the pin comes clear of the notch of the five-position gate. To
move the lever past the baulk, the collar must be released.
As the lever moves from one position to the next the quadrant turns the
pinnion. The pinnion (which has a splined shaft with one spline uncut to
give a master spline) turns the rotary switch of the CSU.
B. Command Sensor Unit
(Ref. Fig. 012, 013)
The CSU is a sealed unit which changes the mechanical signals from the
slat/flap control lever to electrical signals.
The CSU has:

- a housing
- a drive shaft
- four rotary switches
- a friction brake
- two electrical connectors.
The drive shaft has external splines, with one spline removed to give a
master spline. There are two zero-marks, one on the end of the drive
shaft and one on the housing. When the zero-marks are aligned, the CSU is
at mechanical zero. The drive shaft has a drive-gear which engages with
the input gears of the rotary switches.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 22
May 01/11
R
LAN
Command Sensor Unit
Figure 012

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 23
May 01/11
R
LAN
Command Sensor Unit - Schematic
Figure 013

R

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 24
May 01/11

LAN
When the drive shaft turns, the four rotary switches are operated at the
same time. Each rotary switch has a shaft with two sets of five tracks.
The tracks give the same switching patterns as the switches turn. Each
set of tracks has five detent patterns and four out-of-detent patterns.
The sliding contact connects two adjacent tracks to return for the detent
patterns. For the out-of-detent patterns, the sliding contact connects
only one of tracks 2, 3, 4 or 5 to return (Ref. Table 1).
The friction brake has a spring-loaded friction disc pack installed on

the drive shaft of the CSU.
The friction brake has two functions:
- to hold the CSU in the last set position after a drive shaft failure
- to apply friction to the drive shaft.
The rotary switches connect to two electrical connectors. Signals from

one set of tracks on each switch go to connector A. Signals from the
other set of tracks go to connector B.
Switch Patterns
---------------------------------------------------
DETENT 1 2 3 4 5
----------------------------------------------------
TRACK 1 XXXX XXXX
----------------------------------------------------
TRACK 2 XXXXXXXXX
----------------------------------------------------
TRACK 3 XXXXXXXXX
----------------------------------------------------
TRACK 4 XXXXXXXXX
----------------------------------------------------
TRACK 5 XXXXXXXXX
----------------------------------------------------
OUT-OF-DETENT 1 2 3 4
----------------------------------------------------
Table 1
C. Slat and Flap Control Computer
(Ref. Fig. 014, 015)
ARINC 600 5 MCU cases contain the SFCC1 and the SFCC2. Each computer is
the same and has two channels, one for the slats, the other one for the
flaps. Each channel has two lanes (lane ONE and lane TWO) and include:
- one Power Supply Unit (PSU)
- one lane ONE Processor/Input Module
- one lane TWO Processor Module
- one ARINC/Synchro Module

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 25
May 01/11
R
LAN
Slat and Flap Control Computer
Figure 014

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 26
May 01/11
R
LAN
Slat and Flat Control Computer - Schematic
Figure 015

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 27
May 01/11
R
LAN
- one Output Module.
The slat and flap channels together, have one common services module.
Each channel has its own 28V DC power unit. One 28V DC input supplies the
two PSUs which have no relation between them. Each PSU supplies its
channel with the necessary internal voltages.
The two lanes in each channel have different hardware and software:
- lane ONE has an INTEL 80C186 microprocessor (software programmed in
assembler language)
- lane TWO has a MOTOROLA 68HC000 microprocessor (software programmed in
Pascal language).
The ARINC/Synchro Module has two functions:

- ARINC 429 Communications
- Synchro to digital conversion.
The Output Module has three functions:
- to collect and make an analysis of the data from lanes ONE and TWO
- output data to the related valve blocks
- move data between lanes ONE and TWO through the dual-ported Random
Access Memory (RAM) and a common non-volatile store (EPROM).
The Common Services Module supplies:

- cross-channel communications through the RAM
- WTB logic
- system bus arbitration
- LVDT oscillator.
Each SFCC channel has an Installation-Coding input and an Operation

Mode-Coding input. The Installation-Coding enables the SFCC to identify
position 1 or 2 installation. The Operation Mode-Coding lets each channel
find the difference between the operation modes related to aircraft
versions:
- the flap operation mode 1 (relief enabled)
- the flap operation mode 2 (relief disabled)
- the slat operation mode 1 (Ref. 27-81-00)
- the slat operation mode 2 (Ref. 27-81-00).
The flap operation modes 1 and 2 are related to the flap relief function.
This function operates when the aircraft is at the flap relief speed. At
this speed the flap relief function signals the flaps to retract a small
amount to prevent too much load on the flaps. Because the flap loads are
less than the maximum permitted loads, all aircraft are in the flap
operation mode 2 (relief disabled). Pin programming disables/enables the
flap relief function.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 28
May 01/11
R
LAN
D. Valve Block
(Ref. Fig. 016)
The valve block is a sub-component of the flaps PCU specified in (Ref.

27-54-00).
E. Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit (FPPU)
(Ref. Fig. 017)
The FPPU has:

- a splined input shaft
- a spring-loaded locking plate
- the reduction gears
- a reduction gear housing
- two synchro transmitters which work independently
- a synchro cover
- an electrical connector block
- a cover plate.
The spring-loaded locking plate holds the splined input shaft from the
removed FPPU. When the FPPU is installed in the aircraft, the mount of
the FPPU pushes the locking plate away from the shaft splines. The input
shaft moves the reduction gears which are in the reduction gear housing.
The reduction gears turn the two synchro transmitters which are below the
synchro cover.
The electrical connector block is installed on the reduction gear
housing. The electrical connector block has two connectors, one for each
synchro transmitter. The connectors are identified as A and B. The cover
plate is installed on the reduction gear housing. There is a window in
the cover plate to monitor adjustment of the FPPU to zero.
When the input shaft turns through 140 revolutions it gives 360 deg.
synchro transmitter output. For full travel of the flaps, the angular
output of each syncro transmitter is 251.97 deg.
To adjust the FPPU electrically to zero, no electrical test equipment is

necessary.
For zero adjustment, there are three moving and three fixed indicators:
- two fixed pointers on the reduction gear housing
- one zero mark on the driving gear
- one orange zero indicator
- one fixed zero mark on the input shaft locking plate
- one zero mark on the end of the input shaft.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 29
May 01/11
R
LAN
Valve Block
Figure 016

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 30
May 01/11
R
LAN
Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit (FPPU)
Figure 017

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 31
May 01/11
R
LAN
F. Asymmetry Position Pick-Off Unit (APPU)
(Ref. Fig. 018)
The two APPUs are the same as and interchangeable with the FPPU.
G. Wing Tip Brake
(Ref. Fig. 019)
The WTB is an electro-hydraulic, pressure-on disc-brake. The WTB has:

- a central housing
- a friction disc pack
- a through torque shaft
- two hydraulic manifolds
- two annular pistons
- two solenoid valves
- two electrical connectors.
The central housing contains the friction disc pack which has an
alternate stator and rotor discs. The central housing holds the stator
discs, external splines on the torque shaft drive the rotor discs. The
internal splines at each end of the torque shaft engage with the flap
transmission system. At each end of the central housing is a hydraulic
manifold which contains an annular piston. The torque shaft passes
through the center of the two pistons. A solenoid valve and an electrical
connector are installed on each manifold.
A special hydraulic system supplies each hydraulic manifold. The solenoid

valves control the supply of fluid pressure to the pistons.
When the solenoids are energized, the fluid pressure moves the piston to
release the spring force and puts the brake on. When the solenoids are
de-energized, the fluid pressure returns through the solenoid valves and
lets the brake off.
Leakage of fluid past the piston seals returns through a drilled hole. If
hydraulic pressure is not available to one piston, the remaining piston
gives sufficient force to act against the spring to let the brake off.
H. Flap Interconnecting Strut
(Ref. Fig. 020)
The flap interconnecting strut has these functions:

- it lets the inner and the outer flaps move independently by a specified
limit

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 32
May 01/11
R
LAN
Asymmetry Position Pick-Off Unit (APPU)
Figure 018

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 33
May 01/11
R
LAN
Wing Tip Brake
Figure 019

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 34
May 01/11
R
LAN
Flap Interconnecting Strut
Figure 020

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 35
May 01/11
R
LAN
- it gives a different load path for the flap drive system if there is an
attachment failure
- it sends data to the SFCC when the independent movement of the inner
and outer flaps is more than the specified limit
- it absorbs energy if a flap drive disconnect occurs.
The flap interconnecting strut has:

- a housing
- two flap-attachment failure detection sensors
- an actuating rod
- a target
- a ball piece
- a sleeve.
The housing contains the actuating rod, the sleeve and the ball piece.
The target is at the end of the actuating rod. The two sensors on the
housing align with the targets on the actuating rod, with the flaps in
their normal postion.
The actuating rod has a total travel of 18 mm (0.7086 in.) in each

direction from the center position. The limit of independent movement
between the flaps is 14.5 mm (0.5708 in.). The sensors send a target-far
signal to the LGCIU if the target moves more than 15 mm (0.5905 in.) from
the center position.
7. Operation/Control
________________________________
and Indicating
(Ref. Fig. 021)
A. Normal Operation
(1) System Configuration
For normal operation of the flaps:

- energize the aircraft electrical network
- close the circuit breakers 6CV, 8CV, 10CV and 12CV
- pressurize the Green hydraulic system for flap system 1 and the
Yellow hydraulic system for flap system 2.
NOTE : For safety, the circuit breakers 10CV and 12CV have a red
____
guard installed to prevent incorrect operation during flight.
To open the circuit breakers it is necessary to remove the
applicable red guard first.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 36
May 01/11
R
LAN
Flaps - Normal Operation
Figure 021

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 37
May 01/11
R
LAN
(2) Manual Control
The slat and flap control lever controls the position of the flaps.
When the slat and flap control lever is moved to a new position, the
flaps move to the indicated flap angle.
NOTE : The flaps may move when the slat and flap lever moves from
____
position 0 to 1 or 1 to 0.
Depending on the CAS from the ADIRU.
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-150, 201-299, 301-399,
(3) Electrical Control
The CSU sends discrete signals to the flap channel of each SFCC. At
the same time, the CSU sends discrete signals for the slat position
to the slat channel. The switch pattern of the CSU changes when the
control lever moves. This causes the SFCC to get different signals
(Ref. Table 2). Each flap channel receives signals from two sets of
the 5-track switches in the CSU. For a correct signal, each channel
must receive the same detent pattern from the two sets of switches.
For a permitted out-of-detent pattern, each channel must receive the

same out-of-detent pattern from the two sets of switches.
If a different configuration occurs, it is a CSU failure.

Lever Position and Switch Pattern
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVER
POSITION 0 1 2 3 FULL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRACK 1 XXXXX XXXXX
TRACK 2 XXXXXXXXXXX
TRACK 3 XXXXXXXXXX
TRACK 4 XXXXXXXXXXX
TRACK 5 XXXXXXXXXXXXX
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SLAT ANGLE 0 18 22 22 27
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FLAP ANGLE 0 10 15 20 40
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 2
The SFCC memory keeps the last correct signal, which controls the
slat and flap position. The SFCCs compare a new CSU signal with the

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 38
May 01/11

LAN
flap position signal which comes from the FPPU. If a change of flap
angle is necessary, the PCU solenoids get electrical power. The flaps
move towards the new position (Ref. 27-54-00). When the position data
from the FPPU is the same as the CSU signal, the flaps stop.
NOTE : Slat and flap movement always obeys the last correct control
____
lever movement. For example, when the lever moves from
position 3 to FULL, the flaps will extend in the direction of
the FULL position. If the lever returns to position 3 before
the flaps reach position FULL, the direction of flap movement
changes and the flaps move back to position 3.
R **ON A/C 151-200,
R (3) Electrical Control

R
R The CSU sends discrete signals to the flap channel of each SFCC. At
R the same time, the CSU sends discrete signals for the slat position
R to the slat channel. The switch pattern of the CSU changes when the
R control lever moves. This causes the SFCC to get different signals
R (Ref. Table 2). Each flap channel receives signals from two sets of
R the 5-track switches in the CSU. For a correct signal, each channel
R must receive the same detent pattern from the two sets of switches.
R
R For a permitted out-of-detent pattern, each channel must receive the
R same out-of-detent pattern from the two sets of switches.
R
R If a different configuration occurs, it is a CSU failure.
R Lever Position and Switch Pattern
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R LEVER
R POSITION 0 1 2 3 FULL
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R TRACK 1 XXXXX XXXXX
R TRACK 2 XXXXXXXXXXX
R TRACK 3 XXXXXXXXXX
R TRACK 4 XXXXXXXXXXX
R TRACK 5 XXXXXXXXXXXXX
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R SLAT ANGLE 0 18 22 22 27
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FLAP ANGLE 0 10 15 20 35
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 39
May 01/11

LAN
R Table 2
R The SFCC memory keeps the last correct signal, which controls the
R slat and flap position. The SFCCs compare a new CSU signal with the
R flap position signal which comes from the FPPU. If a change of flap
R angle is necessary, the PCU solenoids get electrical power. The flaps
R move towards the new position (Ref. 27-54-00). When the position data
R from the FPPU is the same as the CSU signal, the flaps stop.
R NOTE : Slat and flap movement always obeys the last correct control
____
R lever movement. For example, when the lever moves from
R position 3 to FULL, the flaps will extend in the direction of
R the FULL position. If the lever returns to position 3 before
R the flaps reach position FULL, the direction of flap movement
R changes and the flaps move back to position 3.
R **ON A/C ALL
(4) Flap Auto-Command Function
Two flap configurations, which are dependent on the airspeed, are

possible with the slat and flap control lever at the position 1 (ECAM
indication 1 or 1 + F).
The configurations are related to the Computed Air Speed (CAS) and
the lever position (0 or 2) before the lever is set to the position
1.
In the 10 deg configuration, the flaps retract automatically to 0 deg
if the CAS is equal to or more than 210 knots. After the automatic
retraction, the flaps will not extend (to configuration 1 + F) until
the CAS is equal to or less than 100 knots.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVER POSITION CAS FLAP
MOVED FROM (KNOTS) CONFIGURATION
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Full, 3, 2 to 1 equal to or more than 210 0 deg.
Full, 3, 2 to 1 less than 210 10 deg.
0 to 1 more than 100 0 deg.
0 to 1 equal to or less than 100 10 deg.
(configuration 1 + F)
B. Operation of the Wing Tip Brake
(Ref. Fig. 022)
The WTBs lock the transmission system if a failure occurs.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 40
May 01/11

LAN
Wing Tip Brake Logic
Figure 022

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 41
May 01/11
R
LAN
(1) If one or the other lane of the flap channel finds a failure:
- the lane arms its own WTB circuits
- the other channel receives a WTB-arm discrete signal.
(2) If one or the other lane in the second flap channel also finds the
failure:
- the lane arms its own WTB circuits
- the first channel receives a WTB-arm discrete signal.
When the SFCCs receive a WTB-arm signal they energize the related WTB
solenoid valves. The WTBs lock the transmission system.
If one SFCC does not operate, the other SFCC receives a WTB-arm
signal automatically. If the other SFCC finds a failure, one solenoid
valve on each WTB gets electrical power.
(3) Reset
The WTB can only be reset on the ground through the CFDS.
C. Monitoring for Failure Conditions
(1) Monitoring of the Power Transmission System

(Ref. Fig. 006)
The SFCCs monitor:

- the flap position data from the APPUs and the FPPU
- the rate of change of the flap position data
- the set position from the CSU.
The SFCCs use this data to find:

- an asymmetry
- a runaway
- an uncommanded movement
- an overspeed.
When the SFCCs find any one of these failures:

- the valve block solenoids on the PCU are de-energized
- the POBs are applied and stop their related hydraulic motors
- each channel arms its own WTB circuits and sends a WTB-arm signal
to the other channel
- the WTBs lock the transmission system
- the SFCCs give a class 1 level 2 caution and the ECAM display unit
shows a failure message.
When the WTBs have locked the system, reset is only possible on the
ground.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 42
May 01/11
R
LAN
(2) Flap-Attachment Failure Detection Sensors
The SFCCs monitor the flap-attachment failure detection sensors to

find connection failure. If the SFCCs receive a flap disconnect
signal:
- the POBs lock the two hydraulic motors
System reset is only possible on the ground.
The ECAM display unit shows a failure message if:

- the SFCC gets different data from the two sensors on the same wing
or
- one sensor gives incorrect data.
(3) System Jam
The SFCC will find a system jam if the system speed is below 2%
nominal for more than 4 seconds.
When the SFCCs find a system jam:

- the POBs are applied and stop their related hydraulic motors
If the SFCCs receive a new correct CSU signal, the SFCCs go back to
their normal operation.
If there is low hydraulic pressure, the SFCCs stop system jam
monitoring.
(4) LRU Monitoring
(a) SFCC1 and SFCC2
Each lane of each flap channel receives output signals from the
other lane in the same channel. Each lane compares these signals
with its own output signals. If there is a difference for more
than 320 milliseconds and minor failure steps are taken:
- the solenoids on the related valve block are de-energized
- the POBs lock their related hydraulic motor
- the other channel receives a WTB-arm signal
- the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution and the ECAM display
unit shows a failure message
- the flaps operate at half speed.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 43
May 01/11
R
LAN
If the failure resets in 5 seconds, the channel returns to its
normal operation. The SFCCs cancel the caution and the WTB-arm
signal. If the failure is still there after 5 seconds then a
major failure step is taken:
- the SFCC arms the WTB for the defective channel.
The major failure step is also taken if 10 minor failures occur

within 3 minutes.
If there is a failure in the two flap channels:

- the solenoids on the two valve blocks are de-energized
- the WTB for the two channels lock the transmission system
- the flaps do not operate until reset on the ground.
(b) CSU
The SFCCs monitor the CSU signals for the correct detent or
out-of-detent switch patterns.
If the SFCCs receive an incorrect pattern for more than 0.5

seconds:
- the solenoids on the related valve block are de-energized.
unit shows a failure message.
If the SFCCs receive an out-of-detent pattern for more than 10

seconds:
- the SFCCs give a class 1 level 2 caution after the flaps are at
the last set position
- the ECAM display unit shows a failure message.
If a CSU disadjust failure is detected:

- the solenoids on the two valve blocks are de-energized
- each channel arms its own WTB and sends a WTB-arm signal to the
other channel
- the flaps do not operate until reset on the ground.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 44
May 01/11
R
LAN
(c) WTB
Each flap channel monitors its related WTB solenoids for open
circuit or short circuit when the WTB is not electrically
energized. If there is a failure with the correct WTB power
available:
- the ECAM display unit shows a failure message.
(d) PPU
If one flap channel finds failures (asymmetry, runaway, overspeed

or uncommanded movement), but does not receive the WTB-arm signal
from the other channel:
- the SFCCs will find a failure in one synchro of the related PPU
- the related channel arms its WTB
- the other channel receives the WTB-arm signal
(e) Valve Blocks
1
_ LVDT
Each flap channel monitors its related LVDT for the correct
operation. If there is a failure, the SFCCs memory keeps the
related data and sends it to the CFDS. If the failure stops
the operation of the motor:
- the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution and the ECAM
display unit shows a failure message
2
_ Solenoid Valves
Each flap channel monitors the position of the solenoid valves

on its related valve block. The flap channels use the signals
from the LVDT to compare the position of the control valve
with the signals to the motor. If a valve does not close after
a signal:
- the channel will not try to drive the motor when the SFCC
gets DC power

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 45
May 01/11
R
LAN
3
_ Hydraulic Pressure
Each flap channel monitors the hydraulic pressure available to

move its related motor. It uses signals from the LVDT to
compare the position of the control valve with the signals to
the motor (Ref. 27-54-00).
If there is low pressure:

When hydraulic pressure goes back to its normal condition:

- the SFCCs and the ECAM system cancel the class 1 level 1
caution and the failure message
- the flaps operate at normal speed.
If there is low pressure, the SFCCs stop system jam

monitoring.
(f) Hydraulic Motors
Each flap channel monitors the transmission system for half speed
operation when there is a hydraulic motor jam. The half speed
monitor operates only when the valves of the two valve blocks are
in the full speed position. If the flap movement is slower than
the minimum speed for two-motor operation:
- the SFCCs give a class 1 level 1 caution after 8 seconds and
the ECAM display unit shows a failure message
When the aircraft is on the ground, half speed monitoring stops.
(5) Monitoring of Input and Output Signals
(a) ARINC 429 Inputs from other Systems
Each flap channel monitors ARINC 429 inputs from:

- the Landing Gear Control Interface Unit (LGCIU)
- the Air Data/Inertial Reference Unit (ADIRU)
- the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU).
Incorrect data or no data does not stop the normal flap

operation. If there is no data for more than 10 seconds in
flight, the CFDS gets a failure message.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 46
May 01/11
R
LAN
(b) ARINC 429 Input from Cross-Computer Link
Each flap channel monitors the other flap channel for the correct
operation. If there is no data for more than 10 seconds in
flight, the CFDS gets a failure message.
(c) Installation Coding
Each flap channel monitors its installation code inputs. If they

find an incorrect coding:
- all ARINC 429 outputs, for that channel, change to no computed
data
- the CFDS gets a failure message.
(d) Operation Mode Coding
Each flap channel monitors its operation mode coding inputs. If

they find an incorrect coding:
- the ARINC 429 slat and flap system status changes to no
computed data
- the related channel arms its WTB
If the channel receives the WTB-arm signal from the other

channel:
Reset is only possible on the ground.
(e) System Ground Operation Inhibit
The System Ground Operation Inhibit (SGOI) prevents flap system 2

operation during cargo door operation.
The SFCC 2 gets a SGOI signal when the Yellow hydraulic system is
pressurized and the FWD or AFT cargo doors are operated.
When the manual selector 2501MJ or 2504MJ is switched to FWD/AFT
cargo door open or closed, the relay 3811GX transmits a SGOI
signal to the flap channel of the SFCC 2.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 47
May 01/11
R
LAN
If the SFCC 2 detects a SGOI condition on the ground when the
flap system 2 is in operation, it:
- performs a shutdown of the PCU valve block (Yellow hydraulic
system)
- inhibits further PCU valve block operation
- transmits a warning signal to the Flight Warning Computor (FWC)
and on the Engine Warning Display (EWD) shows a FLAP SYS 2
FAULT
- will put a message in the SFCC 2 flap channel.
If the SFCC 2 detects a SGOI condition on the ground when the

flap system 2 is not in operation, it:
- inhibits PCU valve block operation.
During normal operation of the flaps, the SGOI signal will have
no effect on the operation of the flap system 1.
If the SGOI condition is cancelled and the SFCC gets a valid

CSU command, it:
- cancels the PCU valve block inhibition
- cancels the warning signal to the FWC.
If the SFCC detects a SGOI condition in flight, it:

- shows the failure message WRONG INHIBIT SIGN FROM CARGO DOOR
YELLOW SYSTEM in the SFCC 2 class 3 faults flap.
(f) ARINC 429 Outputs (Wraparound)
Each flap channel monitors its ARINC 429 outputs. Wraparound

inputs get the output data. If there is a difference, the related
output stops and the CFDS gets a failure message.
(6) Monitoring of Power Supplies
(a) SFCC DC Supply
Each flap channel monitors its primary 28V DC supply and its
internal secondary power supply. If the primary power supply goes
below 15V DC, or the internal secondary power supply does not
operate:
- the POB locks the related motor

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 48
May 01/11
R
LAN
NOTE : The failed channel does not arm the WTB in case of
____
interruption of all aircraft DC power. This is to stop the
WTB locking the system at the same time when the DC power
fails.
(b) WTB DC Supply
Each flap channel monitors the special power supply for its WTB.
If the WTB power input goes below 15V DC:
- the ECAM display unit shows a failure message after flight
- the CFDS gets a failure message.
(c) Synchro Excitation Power
Each flap channel monitors the correct synchro excitation power.

The internal secondary DC power supplies the synchro excitation
power. If the voltages or frequency are not correct:
- the channel arms the related WTB
- the other channel receives a WTB-arm signal
If the synchro excitation power goes back to the correct value,

the flaps will operate as normal. If the other channel receives
the WTB-arm signal:
- the WTB lock the transmission system
Reset is only possible on the ground.
(d) LVDT Excitation Power
Each flap channel monitors the correct LVDT excitation power. The
internal secondary DC power supplies the LVDT excitation power.
If the voltages or frequency are outside the specified limits:
If the LVDT excitation power goes back to a value that is in the

specified limits, the flaps will operate as normal.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 49
May 01/11
R
LAN
D. Failure Table
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MONITORED ECAM MESSAGE WARNING MOTOR SYSTEM
FAILURE ------------------------------ STATUS STATUS
E/W CRT SYS/STATUS CRT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Asymmetry. FLT CTL INOP SYS CAUTION The two Stopped.
Runaway. FLAPS LOCKED CAT 3 FLAPS + stopped Can not be
Overspeed. WING TIP BRK ON MAX SPEED.. Single set again
Uncommanded (a)MAX SPEED.. CAT 2 ONLY chime in flight
movement. (b)GPWS FLAP MODE LDG DIST=x
....OFF INCREASED FUEL
Mechanical (c)GPWS LDG FLAPS CONSUMP
failure 3...ON
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flap FLT CTL INOP SYS CAUTION The two Stopped.
disconnect FLAPS LOCKED CAT 3 FLAPS + stopped Can not be
ALIGNMENT FAULT MAX SPEED.. Single set again
(a)MAX SPEED.. LDG DIST=x chime in flight
(b)GPWS FLAP MODE CAT 2 ONLY
....OFF
(c)GPWS LDG FLAPS
3.....ON
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
System FLT CTL INOP SYS CAUTION The two Stopped.
jam. FLAPS FAULT CAT 3 FLAPS + stopped Will be
MAX SPEED... (a)MAX SPEED. Single set again
The two Flap FLAPS LEVER. ... chime if failure
Channels ...RECYCLE LDG DIST=x disappears
failed (b)GPWS FLAP MODE CAT 2 ONLY or
....OFF INCREASED FUEL opposite
(c)GPWS LDG FLAPS CONSUMP CSU
3.....ON command
CSU failure
(valid out-
of-detent
for more than
10 seconds)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flaps not CONFIG WARNING
in Take Off FLAPS NOT IN +
config. T.O. CONFIG CRC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 50
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MONITORED ECAM MESSAGE WARNING MOTOR SYSTEM
FAILURE ------------------------------ STATUS STATUS
E/W CRT SYS/STATUS CRT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flap Channel FLT CTL FLAPS SLOW Stopped 1/2
failure FLAPS SYS 1(2) speed
CSU failure FAULT
(incorrect
pattern)
PPU Synchro.
LVDT.
Valve Block
Solenoid.
Low hydraulic
pressure.
Operation
Mode Coding.
SFCC DC
supply.
Synchro
excitation
supply.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hydraulic FLAPS SLOW Stopped 1/2
Motor Lock speed
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WTB supply. FLT CTL
WTB solenoid FLAP TIP BRK FAULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flap FLT CTL
attachment FLAPS ATCH SENSOR
sensor
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ARINC 429
Input/Output.
Installation
Coding
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If the flap position is:
(a) Less than 3.
(b) 3 or FULL.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 51
May 01/11
R
LAN
E. Computer Behavior upon Power Rise and Cutoff
(1) Transparency
The computer behavior is not altered if its power supply disappears
for a period of less than or equal to 25 ms.
F. Automatic Integrity Test (AIT) Initialization and Cockpit Repercussions
(1) Conditions of AIT initialization
(a) How long the computer must be de-energized:

- more than or equal to 50 ms
(b) A/C configuration:

- on the ground with the slats and flaps stopped
- CFDS label 227 set to NULL
- new date from CFDS compared to last date AIT satisfactorily
done
or
- on the ground with the slats and flaps stopped
- no date information from CFDS
- CFDS label 227 possibly not received = AIT done
NOTE : For the AIT to function, A/C on the ground is specified as

____
follows:
the CFDS label 227 is transmitting code NULL and the A/C
on the Ground (AOG) discrete (through a relay controlled
by the LGCIU) is showing ON GROUND. If CFDS data is not
available, only the AOG discrete is used.
NOTE : The AIT is run automatically once a day. If the SFCC is

____
de-powered (through CBs or after engines stopped) the same
day, the AIT will not run. But if the last AIT has failed
or date information is not available from the CFDIU
(channel not serviceable and failure shown on ECAM
display), the test will run again 60 s after SFCC power-up
(or if power interrupt is more than 50 ms).
(2) Progress of AIT
(a) Duration: approximately 2 s
(b) Cockpit repercussions directly linked to AIT accomplishment

(other repercussions may occur depending on the A/C
configuration, but these can be ignored):
NONE

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 52
May 01/11
R
LAN
(c) The AIT checks the following areas of hardware:
- Processors
- EPROM code stores
- Areas of RAM
- Output consolidation logic
- Power supply
- Input circuitry
- Cross computer WTB ARM signals
(3) Results of AIT (cockpit repercussions, if any, in case of test passed

or test failed)
(a) Test passed

- ECAM warning
* none
(b) Test failed

- ECAM warning (if hydraulic circuit is pressurized or in flight
phase 1 or 10)
* FLT CTL FLAP SYS 1(2) FAULT or FLT CTL SLAT SYS 1(2) FAULT
- ECAM warning (if hydraulic circuit is de-pressurized and not in
flight phase 1 or 10)
* none
8. ______________
Parameter List
A. Description of the Parameter List
The parameter list is put in sequence to refer to the connected ARINC 429
data buses.
The connected systems (e.g. FAC, ECU, EEC, etc.) and the ATA chapter
numbers that agree with it are shown in the header on the left side of
each page of the given lists.
The columns are described as follows:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Column | Description
-------------------|-------------------------------------------------
1st | EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI = Parameter number
SYS.LAB.SDI |
| System number: Refer to the system which
| sends out the parameter that agrees with it:
| 1 for system one
| 2 for system two
| 3 for system three
| Label of the parameter, octal value
| refer to ARINC 429.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 53
May 01/11
R
LAN
---------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------|-------------------------------------------------
| SDI gives the Source/Destination Identifier
| which is used by the system for the
| parameter that agrees it:
| 00 means SDI 00 (0)
| 01 means SDI 01 (1)
| 10 means SDI 10 (2)
| 11 means SDI 11 (3)
------------------|-------------------------------------------------
2nd | PARAMETER
PARAMETER | Parameter name
------------------|-------------------------------------------------
3rd | RANGE
RANGE |
| Three different types of ranges are shown in
| this column:
| The first one, shown by a W (WORDRANGE),
| is related to the ARINC 429 data bus. This
| shows the maximum value of the parameter that
| can be transmitted on the bus. It must agree
| with the number of data bits (see column DATA
| BITS) and the resolution (R) of the
| parameter (see column ACCURACY).
| The second one, with no specified indentification
| shows the servicable range of the parameter.
| The third one is related to the ARINC 429
| Discrete Data Words.
| There are two types:
| bit status 0 or bit status 1.
| They show correct condition of the
| data word bit position that agree with it.
-------------------|-------------------------------------------------
4th | ACCURACY
ACCURACY | Two different types of values are shown
| in this column:
| The first one, shown by an R
| (RESOLUTION), is related to the ARINC
| 429 data bus. It also shows the
| resolution of the data word. The second
| one, with no specific indication, shows
| the total accuracy of the parameter.
-------------------|-------------------------------------------------
5th | SIGN BIT
SIGN BIT |
| This column shows if a sign bit is

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 54
May 01/11
R
LAN
---------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------|-------------------------------------------------
| available and in which bit position
| of the data word it is located.
-------------------|-------------------------------------------------
6th | DATA BITS
DATA BITS |
| Gives the number of data bits but does
| not include the sign bit. The letter A and a
| number means the discrete bit position
| in the ARINC 429 data word.
| For BCD coded data words the number of
| important data digits is shown,
| indicated by (1).
-------------------|-----------------------------------------------
7th | UPD/sec
UPD/sec |
| This column shows how many times the source
| system will transmit the parameter.
-------------------|-----------------------------------------------
8th | CODE
CODE |
| BNR = binary data word
| BCD = binary coded decimal data word
| ISO = data word coded in ISO 5 Code
| DIS = discrete data word
| HEX = hexadecimal coded
| OCT = octal coded
| HYB = mixed code;
| e.g. : bit 11 to 16 DIS
| bit 17 to 28 BNR
-------------------|----------------------------------------------
9th | ALPHA CODING
ALPHA CODING |
| This column shows the mnemonic for the
| parameter (if available). When this code is
| entered through the MCDU, the current
| parameter value is shown on the
| display. The value from both systems
| (if available) is shown.
-------------------|-----------------------------------------------
10th | This column shows the source origin, its
SOURCE | bus number, ATA Ref., and its label.
EQUPT |
BUS NR |
ATA. REF |

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 55
May 01/11
R
LAN
---------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------|-------------------------------------------------
CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------
B. SFCC Parameter List: 1B
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER LIST PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
| |DEFINITION| OPER RANGE | |BIT | |INTV| |CODE |ORIGIN |
| |(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION | | | | | | |BUS No.|
| |(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY | | | | | | |ATA REF|
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 .045.01 |SLAT/FLAP | | | | 14 | 20 |DIS | | |
| 2 .045.10 |COMPONENT | | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SLAT DATA |bit status 1| | | #11| | | | |
| |VALID | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SLAT WTB |bit status 1| | | #12| | | | |
| |SOLENOID | | | | | | | | |
| |FAILED | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SPARE | | | | #13| | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SLAT HALF |bit status 1| | | #14| | | | |
| |SPEED DE- | | | | | | | | |
| |TECTED | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |ADIRU DATA|bit status 1| | | #15| | | | |
| |MISSED BY | | | | | | | | |
| |SLAT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |LH FLAP |bit status 1| | | #16| | | | |
| |SENSOR | | | | | | | | |
| |FAIL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SLAT X- |bit status 1| | | #17| | | | |
| |COMPUTER | | | | | | | | |
| |LINK | | | | | | | | |
| |MISSED | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 56
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |POWER LOSS| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |RH FLAP |bit status 1| | | #19| | | | |
| |ATTM | | | | | | | | |
| |SENSOR | | | | | | | | |
| |FAIL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP |bit status 1| | | #20| | | | |
| |DATA | | | | | | | | |
| |VALID | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP |bit status 1| | | #21| | | | |
| |WTB | | | | | | | | |
| |SOLENOID | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP |bit status 1| | | #22| | | | |
| |ATTM | | | | | | | | |
| |SENSOR | | | | | | | | |
| |FAILED | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP |bit status 1| | | #23| | | | |
| |HALF | | | | | | | | |
| |SPEED | | | | | | | | |
| |DETECTED | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |ADIRU |bit status 1| | | #24| | | | |
| |DATA | | | | | | | | |
| |MISSED | | | | | | | | |
| |BY FLAP | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |LGCIU DATA|bit status 1| | | #25| | | | |
| |MISSED | | | | | | | | |
| |BY FLAP | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP X- |bit status 1| | | #26| | | | |
| |COMPUTER | | | | | | | | |
| |LINK | | | | | | | | |

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 57
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |MISSED | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP WTB |bit status 1| | | #27| | | | |
| |POWER LOSS| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP AUTO |bit status 1| | | #28| | | | |
| |COMMAND | | | | | | | | |
| |FAILED | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP AUTO |bit status 1| | | #29| | | | |
| |COMMAND | | | | | | | | |
| |ENGAGED | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SSM | | | | #30| | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| | | | | | #31| | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |PARITY | | | | #32| | | | |
|______________|__________|____________|____|____|____|____|____|_____|_______|

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 58
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 .046.01 |SLAT AND | | | | 19 | 20 |DIS | | |
| 2 .046.10 |FLAP | | | | | | | | |
| |SYSTEM | | | | | | | | |
| |STATUS | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SLAT FAULT|bit status 1| | | #11| | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP FAULT|bit status 1| | | #12| | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SLAT |bit status 1| | | #13| | | | |
| |SYSTEM | | | | | | | | |
| |JAM | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP |bit status 1| | | #14| | | | |
| |SYSTEM | | | | | | | | |
| |JAM | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |ENGAGED | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP WTB |bit status 1| | | #16| | | | |
| |ENGAGED | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SLAT/FLAP |bit status 1| | | #17| | | | |
| |LEVER SEL.| | | | | | | | |
| |0 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |LEVER SEL.| | | | | | | | |
| |1 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |LEVER SEL.| | | | | | | | |
| |2 | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |LEVER SEL.| | | | | | | | |
| |3 | | | | | | | | |

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 59
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |LEVER SEL.| | | | | | | | |
| |FULL | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SLAT |bit status 1| | | #22| | | | |
| |RELIEF | | | | | | | | |
| |ENGAGED | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP |bit status 1| | | #23| | | | |
| |ATTACHMENT| | | | | | | | |
| |FAILURE | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SLAT ALPHA|bit status 1| | | #24| | | | |
| |LOCK | | | | | | | | |
| |ENGAGED | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SLAT BAULK|bit status 1| | | #25| | | | |
| |ENGAGED | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP |bit status 1| | | #26| | | | |
| |AUTO | | | | | | | | |
| |COMMAND | | | | | | | | |
| |ENGAGED | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |CSU OUT |bit status 1| | | #27| | | | |
| |OF DETENT,| | | | | | | | |
| |AFTER | | | | | | | | |
| |10 SEC | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SLAT |bit status 1| | | #28| | | | |
| |DATA | | | | | | | | |
| |VALID | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP |bit status 1| | | #29| | | | |
| |DATA | | | | | | | | |
| |VALID | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 60
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |SSM | | | | #30| | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| | | | | | #31| | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |PARITY | | | | #32| | | | |
|______________|__________|____________|____|____|____|____|____|_____|_______|

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 61
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 .047.01 |SLAT/FLAP | | | | 19 | 20 |DIS | | |
| 2 .047.10 |ACTUAL | | | | | | | | |
| |POSITION | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SLAT DATA |bit status 1| | | #11| | | | |
| |VALID | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SLAT |bit status 1| | | #12| | | | |
| |RETRACTED | | | | | | | | |
| |0 DEG | | | | | | | | |
| |-5.0 - 6.2| | | | | | | | |
| |FPPU | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SLAT >= 17|bit status 1| | | #13| | | | |
| |DEG 210.4-| | | | | | | | |
| |337.0 DEG | | | | | | | | |
| |FPPU | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SLAT >= 26|bit status 1| | | #14| | | | |
| |DEG 321.8-| | | | | | | | |
| |337.0 DEG | | | | | | | | |
| |FPPU | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SLAT |bit status 1| | | #15| | | | |
| |EXTENDED | | | | | | | | |
| |27 DEG | | | | | | | | |
| |327.4-337.| | | | | | | | |
| |0 DEG FPPU| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |ENGAGED | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SLAT |bit status 1| | | #17| | | | |
| |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP |bit status 1| | | #18| | | | |
| |DATA | | | | | | | | |
| |VALID | | | | | | | | |

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 62
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP |bit status 1| | | #19| | | | |
| |RETRACTED | | | | | | | | |
| |0 DEG | | | | | | | | |
| |-5.0 - 2.5| | | | | | | | |
| |DEG FPPU | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP >= 14|bit status 1| | | #20| | | | |
| |DEG 140.7-| | | | | | | | |
| |254.0 DEG | | | | | | | | |
| |FPPU | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP >=19 |bit status 1| | | #21| | | | |
| |DEG 163.7-| | | | | | | | |
| |254.0 DEG | | | | | | | | |
| |FPPU | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP >=39 |bit status 1| | | #22| | | | |
| |DEG 247.8-| | | | | | | | |
| |254.0 DEG | | | | | | | | |
| |FPPU | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP |bit status 1| | | #23| | | | |
| |EXTENDED | | | | | | | | |
| |40 DEG | | | | | | | | |
| |250.0-254.| | | | | | | | |
| |0 DEG FPPU| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP |bit status 1| | | #24| | | | |
| |WTB | | | | | | | | |
| |ENGAGED | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP |bit status 1| | | #25| | | | |
| |FAULT | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SPOILER |bit status 1| | | #26| | | | |
| |LIFT | | | | | | | | |
| |DEMAND | | | | | | | | |

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 63
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SPOILER |bit status 1| | | #27| | | | |
| |LIMIT | | | | | | | | |
| |DEMAND | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SLAT |bit status 1| | | #28| | | | |
| |SYSTEM | | | | | | | | |
| |JAM | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP |bit status 1| | | #29| | | | |
| |SYSTEM | | | | | | | | |
| |JAM | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SSM | | | | #30| | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| | | | | | #31| | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |PARITY | | | | #32| | | | |
|______________|__________|____________|____|____|____|____|____|_____|_______|

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 64
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 .127.01 |SLAT | | | | 18 | 5 |HYB | | |
| 2 .127.10 |ACTUAL | | | | | | | | |
| |POSITION | | | | | | | | |
|------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |FPPU |W +/-180 Deg| | 29 | 12 | |BNR |SLAT | |
| |ANGLE *1 |R 0.44 Deg | | | | | | | |
| | |------------| | | | | | | |
| | |0 to 27 Deg | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.12 Deg| | | | | | | |
|-------------------------------------------|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |LEV|FPPU | |SLAT | | | | | | | |
| |POS|ANGLE | |ANGLE| | | | | | | |
| | |(DEG) | |(DEG)| | | | | | | |
|--------------|---|------|------|-----|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| | 0 | 0.0 |bit | 0 | | | #11| |DIS | | |
| | | |stat 1| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|---|------|------|-----|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| | | 66.83|bit | 5.4 | | | | | | | |
| | | |stat 1| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|---|------|------|-----|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| | |167.08|bit |13.5 | | | | | | | |
| | | |stat 1| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|---|------|----- |-----|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| | 1 |222.27|bit | 18 | | | #12| |DIS | | |
| | | |stat 1| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 2 |272.27|bit | 22 | | | #13| |DIS | | |
| | | |stat 1| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | 3 |272.27|bit | 22 | | | #14| |DIS | | |
| | | |stat 1| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| |FUL|334.16|bit | 27 | | | #15| |DIS | | |
| | | |stat 1| | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
| |CSU|334.16|bit | 27 | | | #16| |DIS | | |
| |VA-| |stat 1| | | | | | | | |
| |LID| | | | | | | | | | |

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 65
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|--------------|----------|------|-----|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |SLAT |bit | | | | #17| |DIS | | |
| |CLASS 2 |stat 1| | | | | | | | |
| |FAULTS | | | | | | | | | |
| |PRESENT | | | | | | | | | |
|______________|__________|______|_____|____|____|____|____|____|_____|_______|

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 66
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 .137.01 |FLAP | | | | 18 | 5 |HYB | | |
| 2 .137.10 |ACTUAL | | | | | | | | |
| |POSITION | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FPPU |W +/-180 Deg| | 29 | 12 | |BNR |FLAP | |
| |ANGLE *1 |R 0.044 Deg | | | | | | | |
| | |------------| | | | | | | |
| | |0 to 40 Deg | | | | | | | |
| | |+/- 0.12 Deg| | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------------|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |LEV|FPPU | |FLAP | | | | | | | |
| |POS|ANGLE | |ANGLE| | | | | | | |
| | |(DEG) | |(DEG)| | | | | | | |
|--------------|---|------|------|-----|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| | 0 | 0.0 |bit | 0 | | | #11| |DIS | | |
| | | |stat 1| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|---|------|------|-----|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| | 1 | 0.0 |bit | 0 | | | #12| |DIS | | |
| | | |stat 1| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|---|------|------|-----|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| | 1 |120.22|bit | 10 | | | #12| |DIS | | |
| | | |stat 1| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|---|------|------|-----|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| | 2 |145.51|bit | 15 | | | #13| |DIS | | |
| | | |stat 1| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|---|------|------|-----|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| | 3 |168.35|bit | 20 | | | #14| |DIS | | |
| | | |stat 1| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|---|------|------|-----|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FUL|251.97|bit | 40 | | | #15| |DIS | | |
| | | |stat 1| | | | | | | | |
|--------------|---|------|------|-----|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |CSU| |bit | | | | #16| |DIS | | |
| |VA-| |stat 1| | | | | | | | |
| |LID| | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------|-----|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| |FLAP |bit | | | | #17| |DIS | | |
| |CLASS 2 |stat 1| | | | | | | | |

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 67
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | | | | | | |CONV |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |FAULTS | | | | | | | | | |
| |PRESENT | | | | | | | | | |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| 1 .356.01 |MAIN- | | | | | | | | | |
| 2 .356.10 |TENANCE | | | | | | | | | |
| |MESSAGE | | | | | | | | | |
| |WORD | | | | | | | | | |
|--------------|----------|------|-----|----|----|----|----|----|-----|-------|
| 1 .377.01 |EQUIP- |bits: | | | |2(1)| 4 |HEX | | |
| 2 .377.10 |MENT |11-14 | | | | | | | | |
| |IDENTI- |low | | | | | | | | |
| |FICATION |part | | | | | | | | |
| | |bits: | | | | | | | | |
| | |15-18 | | | | | | | | |
| | |high | | | | | | | | |
| | |part | | | | | | | | |
| | |bits: | | | | | | | | |
| | |19-29 | | | | | | | | |
| | |logic | | | | | | | | |
| | |0 | | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Remarks : R = RESOLUTION *1 BIT 28 to 18 contain the

W = WORD RANGE Position Data (FPPU ANGLE)
(1) = SIGNIFICANT
DATA DIGITS

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 68
May 01/11

LAN
FLAPS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND MONITORING - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 27-51-00-040-001
Deactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Flap Channel
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

SFCC Flap Channel
NOTE : For the deactivation of the No. 2 slat channel of the SFCC, refer to
____
TASK 27-51-00-040-005.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 401
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 20-16-00-912-001 Circuit Breakers Safety Practices

External Power
27-50-00-869-006 Reset of the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) of the Flap System
on the Ground
27-51-00-710-003 Operational Test of the Wing Tip Brake and the
Pressure Off Brake with the Ground Power Cart
Pressure Off Brake with the Engine Driven Pumps
Power Supply
Menu Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-070
slats and flaps.
Subtask 27-51-00-861-056
B. Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 402
May 01/07

LAN
Subtask 27-51-00-865-093
C. Table of the circuit breakers used in this procedure:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-51-00-040-051
A. Deactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No 2 Flap

Channel
(1) When you do this procedure, it can be necessary to open circuit

breaker 12CV (Ref. TASK 20-16-00-912-001).
(2) Do this procedure:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- get access to the Flight - the F/CTL SYSTEM REPORT TEST PAGE is
Controls (F/CTL) SYSTEM shown.
REPORT/TEST page (Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-001).
- push in the key adjacent to < - the SFCC 1 menu is shown.

SFCC 1.
- push in the key adjacent to - < NO FAULTS > is shown except FLP 1
SYSTEM STATUS FLP >. NO SFCC 2 DATA and/or FLP 1 NO SFCC 2
DATA CHECK WIRING AND SFCC 2.
- push the key adjacent to < - the SFCC 2 menu is shown.

RETURN until the SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST F/CTL page is shown.
- push in the key adjacent to <
SFCC 2.
- push in the key adjacent to - the SYSTEM STATUS FLP page is shown.
SYSTEM STATUS FLP >.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 403
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- if FLP SYS LOCKED is shown,
reset the wing tip brakes of the
flap system with the SFCC 2
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-869-006).
- if the to reset the wing tip - the 28V power supply from SFCC 2 to
brakes (of the flap system) with the wing tip brakes is disconnected.
the SFCC 2 cannot be completed
satisfactorily, open the circuit
breaker 12CV (Ref. TASK 20-16-
00-912-001).

RETURN until the F/CTL SYSTEM
REPORT TEST page is shown.
Subtask 27-51-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-51-00-863-054
C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration.
(1) Make sure that the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems are
pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002)
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 404
May 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-51-00-040-055
D. Deactivation of the SFCC No. 2 Flap Channel (Continued)
(1) Do a check of the SFCC No. 1 flap wing tip brake as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Set the Slat and Flap control The slats and flaps move to the
lever to the position 3. position 3.

SFCC 1 menu.
>. TEST/RESET menu.
5. Push the line key < WTB/POB TEST. - the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP
WTB/POB TEST instructions.
6. Push the line key < CONTINUE. - the MCDU shows the next page of the
SFCC 1 FLAP WTB/POB TEST
instructions.
7. Push the line key < START TEST. - the MCDU shows that the FLAP WTB/POB
TEST is IN PROGRESS.
NOTE : If the line key < START
____
TEST is not shown, do the
instructions the MCDU
shows.
- the MCDU shows in less than 2

minutes:
SFCC 1
PERFORMED
NO FAULTS
RESULT NOT STORED
- if the MCDU shows:

PERFORMED UNSUCCESSFULLY - TEST
INVALID,

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 405
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
do the steps 1 thru 7 again a maximum
of three times
- if the MCDU continous to show:

INVALID,
do the full test procedure with a
Ground Power Cart (Ref. TASK 27-51-
00-710-003) or the Engine Driven
Pumps (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-710-004).

FAILURE,
then the aircraft cannot be
dispatched until
the problem is corrected.
NOTE : When the test of the Wing Tip

____
does not start, this/these
message(s) is (are) shown:
Corrupted RAM - Return On Line,
or Pin Prog Fault.
Then push the < RETURN key
frequently to show the CFDS menu
page. Then do the test again
after the menu mode is shown.

frequently until the SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST - F/CTL menu is shown.
9. Make sure that the WTBs are not

set.
(2) Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration:
(a) On the MCDU, push the key adjacent to < RETURN until the CFDS
MENU page is shown.
(b) On the MCDU, push the MCDU MENU key and make sure that the MCDU
MAIN MENU is shown.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 406
May 01/11
R
LAN
(3) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log that the SFCC No. 2 flap
channel is deactivated.
(4) Attach a warning notice to the circuit breaker 8CV (in the cockpit)
to tell persons that the flap channel for SFCC 2 is deactivated.
R (5) If circuit breaker 12CV was opened in the test procedure:

- attach a warning notice to the circuit breaker 12CV (in the
R cockpit) to tell persons that the 28V power supply (from SFCC 2 to
R the wing tip brake) is disconnected (Ref. TASK 20-16-00-912-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-00-864-052
002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
Subtask 27-51-00-862-057
B. De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 27-51-00-865-104
breaker(s):
14CC1, 14CC2
Subtask 27-51-00-942-069
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 407
May 01/07

LAN
TASK 27-51-00-440-001
Reactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Flap Channel
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

SFCC Flap Channel
NOTE : For the reactivation of the No. 2 slat channel of the SFCC, refer to
____
TASK 27-51-00-440-005.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20-16-00-912-001 Circuit Breakers Safety Practices

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 408
May 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-074
slats and flaps.
Subtask 27-51-00-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-51-00-865-094
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-51-00-865-081
breaker(s):
8CV.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 409
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-51-00-865-095
B. If necessary, remove the safety clip and tag and close the circuit
Subtask 27-51-00-440-051
C. Reactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Flap
Channel
(1) Do the trouble-shooting of the SFCC and do the applicable

correction(s) (Ref. TSM 27). Use the Fault Symptom(s) as entry into
the Trouble Shooting Manual (TSM).
(2) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log to say that the SFCC No.
2 flap channel has been reactivated.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-00-942-071
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 410
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-51-00-040-005
Deactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Slat Channel
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

SFCC Slat Channel
R (Old MMEL ref: 27-51-01-B))
NOTE : For the deactivation of the No. 2 flap channel of the SFCC, refer to
____
TASK 27-51-00-040-001.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 411
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-80-00-869-004 Reset of the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) of the Slat System
on the Ground
Power Supply
Menu Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-075
slats and flaps.
Subtask 27-51-00-861-057
B. Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 412
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-51-00-865-096
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-51-00-040-050
A. Deactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No.2 Slat
Channel
(1) When you do this procedure, it can be necessary to open circuit

(2) Do this procedure:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- get access to the Flight - the F/CTL SYSTEM REPORT TEST PAGE is
Controls (F/CTL) SYSTEM shown
REPORT/TEST page (Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-001)
- push in the key adjacent to < - the SFCC1 menu is shown

SFCC1
- push in the key adjacent to < - < NO FAULTS > is shown except SLT 1
SYSTEM STATUS SLAT NO SFCC 2 DATA and/or SLT 1 NO SFCC 2
DATA CHECK WIRING AND SFCC 2
- push the key adjacent to <

RETURN until the SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST F/CTL page is shown
- push in the key adjacent to - the SFCC2 menu is shown

<SFCC2

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 413
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push in the key adjacent to < - the SYSTEM STATUS SLAT page is shown
SYSTEM STATUS SLAT
- if SLT SYS LOCKED is shown,

reset the wing tip brakes of the
slat system with the SFCC 2
(Ref. TASK 27-80-00-869-004)
- if the reset of the reset the - the 28V power supply from SFCC 2 to
wing tip brakes (of the slat the wing tip brakes, is disconnected.
system) with the SFCC 2 cannot
be completed satisfactorily,
open the circuit breaker 11CV
(Ref. TASK 20-16-00-912-001).

RETURN until the F/CTL SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST page is shown.
Subtask 27-51-00-865-078
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-51-00-863-055
(1) Pressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems. (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-
863-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 414
May 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-51-00-040-053
D. Deactivation of the SFCC No. 2 Slat Channel (Continued)
(1) Do a check of the SFCC No. 1 SLAT wing tip brake as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SFCC 1 menu.
4. Push the line key TEST/RESET SLT - the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 SLAT
>. TEST/RESET menu.
5. Push the line key < WTB/POB TEST. - the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 SLAT
SFCC 1 SLAT WTB/POB TEST
instructions.
7. Push the line key < START TEST. - the MCDU shows that the SLAT WTB/POB
____
shows.

minutes:
SFCC 1
PERFORMED
NO FAULTS
RESULT NOT STORED

INVALID,

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 415
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
of three times
- if the MCDU still shows:

INVALID,
Pumps (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-710-004).

FAILURE,
then the aircraft cannot be
despatched until the problem has been
corrected.

____
does not start, this(these)
message(s) is (are) shown:
or Pin Prog Fault.


set.
MENU page is shown.
MAIN MENU is shown.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 416
May 01/11
R
LAN
(3) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log that the SFCC No. 2 slat
channel is deactivated.
(4) Attach a warning notice to the circuit breaker 7CV (in the cockpit)
to tell persons that the slat channel for SFCC 2 is deactivated.
(5) If the circuit breaker 11CV, was opened in the test procedure:
- attach a warning notice to the circuit breaker 11CV (in the
R cockpit) to tell persons that the 28V power supply (from SFCC 2 to
R the wing tip brake) is disconnected (Ref. TASK 20-16-00-912-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-00-864-054
(1) Release the pressure from the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic
systems. (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002)
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
Subtask 27-51-00-862-058
B. De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002).
Subtask 27-51-00-865-105
breaker(s):
14CC1, 14CC2
Subtask 27-51-00-942-070
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 417
May 01/07

LAN
TASK 27-51-00-440-005
Reactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Slat Channel
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

SFCC Slat Channel
R (Old MMEL ref: 27-51-01-B))
NOTE : For the reactivation of the No. 2 flap channel of the SFCC, refer to
____
TASK 25-51-00-440-001.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 418
May 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-076
slats or flaps.
Subtask 27-51-00-865-079
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-51-00-865-097
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-51-00-865-080
breaker(s):
7CV.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 419
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-51-00-865-098
B. If necessary, remove the safety clip and tag and close the circuit
Subtask 27-51-00-440-053
C. Reactivation of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC) No. 2 Slat
Channel
(1) Do the trouble-shooting of the SFCC and do the applicable

correction(s) (Ref. TSM 27). Use the Fault Symptom(s) as entry into
the Trouble Shooting Manual (TSM).
(2) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log to say that the SFCC No.
2 slat channel has been reactivated.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-00-942-072
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 420
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-51-00-040-004
Deactivation of the SFCC 2 Flap WTB Solenoids
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Flap Wing Tip Brakes Solenoid
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 421
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Pump
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-065
the flap system.
Subtask 27-51-00-860-076

002).
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001).
(3) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system from the Yellow hydraulic
system through the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-
001).

R

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 422
Aug 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-51-00-865-090
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-51-00-040-054
B. Deactivation of the SFCC No. 2 Flap WTB Solenoids
(1) Do a check of the SFCC No. 1 Flap WTB as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SFFC 1 menu.
>. TEST/RESET menu.
5. Push the line key < WTB/POB TEST. - the MCDU shows the SFFC 1 FLAP
SFCC 1 FLAP WTB/POB TEST
instructions.
7. Push the line key < START TEST. - the MCDU shows that the FLAP WBT/POB
____

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 423
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
shows.

minutes:
SFCC 1
PERFORMED
NO FAULTS
RESULT NOT STORED

PERFORMED UNSUCCESSFULLY
of three times
- if the MCDU still shows:
Pumps (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-710-004).

____
will not operate, the subsequent
message(s) is (are) displayed:
or Pin Prog Fault.
after the menu mode is
displayed.


set.
MENU page is shown.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 424
May 01/11
R
LAN
MAIN MENU is shown.
(3) Put a warning notice in the cockpit to tell the flight crew that one
or two of the SFCC No. 2 flap WTB solenoids are deactivated.
(4) Make an entry in the aircraft technical log that the SFCC No. 2 WTB
solenoids are deactivated.
Subtask 27-51-00-865-102
breaker(s):
7CV, 8CV, 14CC1, 14CC2
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-00-942-060
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 425
May 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-51-00-440-004
Reactivation of the SFCC 2 Flap WTB Solenoids
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Flap Wing Tip Brakes Solenoid
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-064
the flap system.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 426
May 01/11

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-51-00-440-052
A. Reactivation of the SFCC 2 Flap WTB Solenoids
R (1) Do the trouble-shooting of the WTB solenoids and do the applicable

R corrections (Refer to TSM 27). Use the Fault Symptoms as entry into
R the TSM.
(2) Make an entry in the aircraft technical logbook to record the

reactivation of the SFCC 2 WTB solenoids.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-00-942-061
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 427
Aug 01/10

LAN
FLAPS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND MONITORING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________________________
TASK 27-51-00-740-001
Read-out of Class 3 Faults in the Flap System
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31-32-00-869-002 Procedure for Class 3 Faults Reading

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 501
May 01/05
R
LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-066
flap controls.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-51-00-869-051
R A. Read-out of Class 3 Faults in the Flap System.
(1) Read for Class 3 faults in the flap system (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-869-
002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-00-942-066
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 502
May 01/05

LAN
TASK 27-51-00-740-002
Bite Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computers (Flap System)
_______
_______
GEAR.
R NOTE : IGNORE ALL THE ECAM WARNINGS WHEN THE COMPUTER IS IN THE MENU MODE.
____
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
NOTE : Refer to SIL 27-116 for SFCC In-Service Standards and SFCC
____
Combinations.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
F/CTL Page

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 503
Feb 01/01

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-071
flight controls.
Subtask 27-51-00-860-057

002).
(2) Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST F/CTL page on the Multipurpose
Subtask 27-51-00-865-062
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 504
Nov 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-51-00-740-050
A. BITE Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computer (Flap System)
NOTE : Use the Multipurpose Control Display Unit (MCDU) 2 on panel 11VU
____
for the test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the Multipurpose Control On the MCDU:

Display unit (MCDU): - the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.
- push the line key < SFCC 1.

- push the NEXT PAGE button. - the MCDU shows the next page of the
SFCC 1 menu.

- push the line key TEST/RESET - the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP
FLP>. TEST/RESET menu.
4. On the MCDU: - the MCDU shows SFCC 1

- push the line key < SFCC TEST. FLAP SFCC TEST
IN PROGRESS
- for a positive test result the MCDU
shows SFCC 1
FLAP SFCC TEST
NO FAULTS
- for a negative test result, the MCDU
shows SFCC 1
FLAP SFCC TEST
PERFORMED WITH FAULT
<FAULT DATA
(push the line key <FAULT DATA to
show the the failure data)
- if the test finds a peripheral fault,
the MCDU shows SFCC 1
FLAP SFCC TEST
NO FAULTS BUT
(for a peripheral fault see the
display below).
5. On the MCDU:

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 505
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the line key < RETURN
frequently until the MCDU shows
the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
F/CTL menu.

7. Do the SFCC test as described

above with the SFCC 2 menu.
8. On the MCDU:
- push the line key < RETURN
frequently until the CFDS menu
page is shown.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| If there is a peripheral fault, the SFCC TEST RESULT |
| page will be shown on the CFDS. |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| SFCC 1 |
| FLAP SFCC TEST |
| DATE:XXX XX UTC:XXXX |
| 1L -|NO FAULTS BUT |- 1R |
| | | |
| 2L -|* |- 2R |
| | | |
| 3L -|** |- 3R |
| | | |
| 4L -| |- 4R |
| | | |
| 5L -| |- 5R |
| | | |
| 6L -|<RETURN PRINT>|- 6R |
| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : * If the X-computer arm test is not done during the TEST these
____
words will be shown:

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 506
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | |
R | 2L -|OTHER SFCC ARM SIGNAL|- 2R |
R | |NOT TESTED | |
R | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : ** Shows one or more of the peripheral faults or a system is not
____
complete as follows:
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | |
R | either |WTB SET | |
R | | | |
R | and/or |NO WTB POWER | |
R | | | |
R | and/or |LH WTB SOLENOID X/X | |
R | | | |
R | and/or |RH WTB SOLENOID X/X | |
R | | | |
R | and/or |FPPU FAULT | |
R | | | |
R | and/or |LH APPU FAULT | |
R | | | |
R | and/or |RH APPU FAULT | |
R | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : X/X shows S/C short circuit or O/C open circuit.

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-00-862-051

002).
Subtask 27-51-00-942-075
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 507
May 01/10

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-51-00

Page 508
May 01/10

LAN
TASK 27-51-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Wing Tip Brake and the Pressure Off Brake
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R NOTE : If you do this task together with MPD-TASK 275100-03, do MPD-TASK

____
R 275100-03 after this operational test.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24-38-00-710-001 Operational Test of the Battery Charge Limiter (BCL),

(without the CFDS)
External Power
on the Ground

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 509
Aug 01/08

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-51-00-750-001 Automatic Integrity Test of the Slat and Flap Control

Computers
Power Supply
Pump
F/CTL Page
Pressure Off Brake with the Ground Power Cart (for
corrective action)
Pressure Off Brake with the Engine Driven Pumps (for
corrective action)
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-050
(2) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons that the flap and
slat systems are in operation.
Subtask 27-51-00-860-054

002).
(2) Make sure that the aircraft batteries are fully charged (Ref. TASK
24-38-00-710-001).
(3) Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the MCDU
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 510
Aug 01/08
R
LAN
(4) Do the automatic integrity test of the two SFCCs which includes Slat
and Flap BITE tests of the two computers (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-750-
001).
NOTE : If the test shows that the Wing Tip Brakes (WTBs) are set, do
____
the Reset of the WTBs of the Flap System on the Ground
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-869-006).
Subtask 27-51-00-865-064
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-51-00-865-065
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-51-00-860-052
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(2) Pressurize the Green hydraulic system from the Yellow hydraulic
system through the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) with the electric pump
(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 511
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-51-00-710-052
A. Operational Test of the Wing Tip Brake and the Pressure-Off Brake
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
NOTE : When you do this test the flap surfaces will move automatically.
____
(1) Make sure that the CFDS is not in the SFCC menu mode before you start
the test. The test will not operate, if a BITE test was completed
before. Subsequently Pin Prog Fault will be shown.
(2) Test
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the panel 121VU:

- open the circuit breakers 7CV
and 8CV (flap and slat system
2).
2. Set the slat and flap control The slats and flaps move to the
3. On the MCDU: ON the MCDU:

- push the line key < SFCC 1 (2). - the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 (2) menu.
SFCC 1 (2) menu.
5. Push the line key TEST/RESET FLP - the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 (2) FLAP
>. TEST/RESET menu.
6. Push the line key < WTB/POB TEST. - the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 (2) FLAP
SFCC 1 (2) FLAP WTB/POB TEST
instructions.
8. Push the line key < START TEST.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 512
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. If the line key < START TEST is - the MCDU shows that the FLAP WTB/POB
not shown, do the instructions TEST is IN PROGRESS
that the MCDU shows.
- the MCDU shows in less than 2 minutes

SFCC 1 (2):
PERFORMED
NO FAULTS
RESULT NOT STORED

of three times
- if the MCDU continues to show

PERFORMED UNSUCCESSFULLY:
ground power cart (Ref. TASK 27-51-
00-710-003) or
the engine driven pumps
(Ref. TASK 27-51-00-710-004).
10. If the wing tip brake and the

pressure off brake do not
operate:
- Push the < RETURN key
frequently to show the CFDS
menu page. Do the test again
NOTE : When the test of the wing

____
tip brake and the pressure
off brake do not operate,
the subsequent message is
shown:
Pin Prog Fault.

REPORT/TEST - F/CTL menu is
shown.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 513
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. Open the circuit breakers 5CV and
6CV (flap and slat system 1).
13. Close the circuit breakers 7CV

and 8CV (flap and slat system 2).
14. Use the SFCC 2 to do this test

again.

page is shown.

and 6CV.
17. Set the Slat and Flap control

lever to the position 0.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-00-865-056
A. Close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-51-00-860-053
B. Aircraft Configuration
(1) De-pressurize the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-
23-00-864-001).
(2) De-pressurize the Blue hydraulic system (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 514
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-51-00-942-051
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 515
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-51-00-710-003
Operational Test of the Wing Tip Brake and the Pressure Off Brake with the
Ground Power Cart
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explantory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(without the CFDS)
External Power
on the Ground
Computers

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 516
May 01/00

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power Supply
Service Cart
F/CTL Page
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-068
R (2) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons that the flap and
R slat systems are in operation.
Subtask 27-51-00-860-063

002).
24-38-00-710-001).
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006).
001).
(5) Make sure that the Wing Tip Brakes (WTBs) are not set (Ref. TASK 27-
50-00-869-006).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 517
Nov 01/09

LAN
Subtask 27-51-00-865-083
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-51-00-865-084
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-51-00-860-069
(1) Pressurize the Blue hydraulic system with the ground power cart
(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).
(2) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system from the Green hydraulic
system through the Power Transfer Unit (PTU) (Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-
002).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 518
Nov 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-51-00-710-067-A
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
____
for the test. If the MCDU 3 is defective, use the MCDU 2 on panel
11VU.
____
NOTE : Make sure that the CFDS is not in the SFCC menu mode before you
____
start the test. The test will not operate, if a BITE test was
completed before. Subsequently Corrupted RAM - Return On Line - or
Pin Prog Fault will be displayed.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2).
2. Set the Slat and Flap control The Slats and Flaps move to the

NOTE : Use the SFCC 2 to do this test again for the WTB 33CV-B and 34CV-B.
____
SFCC 1 (2) menu.
>. TEST/RESET menu.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 519
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Push the line key < CONTINUE - the MCDU shows the next page of the
instructions.
____
shows.

SFCC 1 (2)
PERFORMED
NO FAULTS
RESULT NOT STORED

____
will not operate, the subsequent
Corrupted RAM - Return On Line ,
or Pin Prog Fault.
Then push the <RETURN key
displayed.


set.



EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 520
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
again.
14. Push the line key <RETURN

page is shown.

and 6CV.

5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-00-865-085
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-51-00-860-070
(1) De-pressurize the Green and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-864-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 521
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-51-00-942-073
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 522
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-51-00-710-004
Operational Test of the Wing Tip Brake and the Pressure Off Brake with the
Engine Driven Pumps
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(without the CFDS)
External Power
on the Ground
Computers

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 523
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power Supply
F/CTL Page
R 71-00-00-710-003 Engine Automatic Start
R 71-00-00-710-004 Engine Manual Start
71-00-00-710-018 Discontinued Start, Restart and Shutdown Procedures
R 71-00-00-710-028 Engine Shutdown
71-00-00-710-043 Normal Engine Automatic Start Procedure
71-00-00-710-047 Normal Engine Manual Start Procedure
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-069
(2) Put the warning notices in position to tell persons that the flap and
slat systems are in operation.
Subtask 27-51-00-860-066

002).
24-38-00-710-001).
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006).
001).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 524
May 01/11

LAN
(5) Make sure that the Wing Tip Brakes (WTBs) are not set (Ref. TASK 27-
50-00-869-006).
Subtask 27-51-00-865-086
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-51-00-865-087
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-150, 301-399,
Subtask 27-51-00-860-067

_______
(1) Start both engines by the Normal Engine Automatic-Start Procedure

(Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-043) or the Normal Engine Manual-Start
Procedure (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-047).
(2) Pressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
00-863-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 525
May 01/11
R
LAN
R **ON A/C 151-200, 251-299,
R Subtask 27-51-00-860-067-A
R E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration
R WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.

_______
R (1) Start both engines by the Engine Automatic-Start Procedure (Ref. TASK
R 71-00-00-710-003) or the Engine Manual-Start Procedure (Ref. TASK 71-
R 00-00-710-004).
R (2) Pressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
R 29-10-00-863-001), (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-
R 00-863-003).
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-51-00-710-068-A
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
____
for the test. If the MCDU 3 is defective, use the MCDU 2 on panel
11VU.
____
NOTE : Make sure that the CFDS is not in the SFCC menu mode before you
____
start the test. The test will not operate, if a BITE test was
completed before. Subsequently Corrupted RAM - Return On Line - or
Pin Prog Fault will be displayed.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 526
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2).
2. Set the Slat and Flap control The Slats and Flaps move to the

NOTE : Use the SFCC 2 to do this test again for the WTB 33CV-B and 34CV-B.
____
SFCC 1 (2) menu.
>. TEST/RESET menu.
7. Push the line key < CONTINUE - the MCDU shows the next page of the
instructions.
____
shows.

SFCC 1 (2)
PERFORMED
NO FAULTS
RESULT NOT STORED

____
will not operate,the subsequent

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 527
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corrupted RAM - Return On Line ,
or Pin Prog Fault.
Then push the <RETURN key
displayed.


set.



again.
14. Push the line key <RETURN

page is shown.

and 6CV.


EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 528
May 01/11
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-00-865-089
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-150, 301-399,
Subtask 27-51-00-860-068
(1) Stop operation of the engines.
(a) Decrease both engines to MIN IDLE for five minutes.
(b) Do the Shutdown Procedure contained in the Discontinued Start,

Restart and Shutdown Procedures (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-018).
(2) De-pressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
00-864-003).

002).
(4) Close the circuit breaker 2WW.
R **ON A/C 151-200, 251-299,
R Subtask 27-51-00-860-068-A
R B. Aircraft Configuration
R (1) Stop operation of the engines.
R (a) Decrease both engines to MIN IDLE for five minutes.
R (b) Do the Engine Shutdown Procedure (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-028).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 529
May 01/11

LAN
R (2) De-pressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
R 29-10-00-864-001), (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-
R 00-864-003).

R 002).
R (4) Close the circuit breaker 2WW.
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-51-00-942-074
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 530
May 01/11

LAN
TASK 27-51-00-820-001
Manual Adjustment of the Position Pick-Off Units
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To set the mechanical zero position of the Position Pick-off Units.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R
R No specific 1 LABEL - ADHESIVE, INOP
R No specific 1 TIE WRAP

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 531
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-51-18-000-001 Removal of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit 29CV

(30CV)
27-51-18-400-001 Installation of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit
29CV (30CV)
27-51-19-000-001 Removal of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit
27-51-19-400-001 Installation of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit
27-55-11-000-001 Removal of the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit
27-55-11-400-001 Installation of the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off
Unit
27-81-18-000-001 Removal of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit 31CV
(32CV)
27-81-18-400-001 Installation of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit
31CV (32CV)
27-81-19-000-001 Removal of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit
27-81-19-400-001 Installation of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit
27-85-11-000-001 Removal of the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit
27-85-11-400-001 Installation of the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off
Unit
27-51-00-991-003 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-072
flight controls.
Subtask 27-51-00-010-060
B. Get Access
(1) Remove the applicable Position Pick-off Unit (PPU):

- for the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit (APPU) (Ref. TASK 27-51-
18-000-001)
- for the Feed-Back Position Pick-Off Unit (FPPU) (Ref. TASK 27-51-
19-000-001)

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 532
May 01/11
R
LAN
- for the Instrumentation Position Pick-Off Unit (IPPU) (Ref. TASK
27-55-11-000-001)
18-000-001)
19-000-001)
27-85-11-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-51-00-991-003)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-51-00-820-050
A. Manual Adjustment of the Position Pick-Off Units
(1) Unlock the locking plate of the drive shaft of the PPU.
(2) Make sure that the drive shaft turns freely.
(3) Turn the input shaft and align the drive gear zero mark and the
orange zero indicator with the fixed pointers.
(4) Make sure that the input shaft zero mark and the fixed zero mark are
aligned.
NOTE : The mechanical zero position and the electrical zero position
____
are the same.
(5) If the PPU is not to be immediately installed:
R (a) Install a TIE WRAP behind the locking plate.
R (b) Attach a LABEL - ADHESIVE, INOP to the PPU to tell persons that
the PPU is locked in the zero position.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 533
May 01/11

LAN
Position Pick-off Unit
Figure 501/TASK 27-51-00-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 534
May 01/11
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-00-410-058
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the applicable Position Pick-off Unit (PPU):

18-400-001)
19-400-001)
27-55-11-400-001)
18-400-001)
19-400-001)
27-85-11-400-001).
Subtask 27-51-00-942-076

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 535
May 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-51-00-710-002
Operational Test of the Flap Interconnecting Strut and the Flap-Attachment

Failure-Detection Sensors
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 536
May 01/11
R
LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 cotter pins 27-51-05 01 -100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-51-44-820-001 Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut
27-54-61-000-002 Removal of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals
27-54-61-400-006 Installation of the Flap Kink-Seals and Cushion-Seals
F/CTL Page
27-51-00-991-004 Fig. 502
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-51-00-991-004)
Subtask 27-51-00-941-052

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 537
May 01/11
R
LAN
Flap Interconnecting Strut
Figure 502/TASK 27-51-00-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 538
May 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-51-00-860-056

002).
(2) Get access to the flight controls (F/CTL) page on the MCDU (Ref. TASK
31-32-00-860-006).
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).
(4) Move the flaps:
_______
(a) Extend the flaps to the 10 degrees position (slat and flap
control lever position 1) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008).
(98D27803000000) is on the flap/slat control lever.
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).
(7) Depressurize the applicable hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-

614-001).
Subtask 27-51-00-865-057
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 539
May 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-51-00-010-051
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position below the wing at
zones 580 and 680.
(2) Remove the lower kink seals of the two wings (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-
002).
Subtask 27-51-00-020-051
E. Disconnect the Interconnecting Strut
(1) Make a mark on the interconnecting strut (1) for correct position of
the actuating rod (holes in the eye-end and bracket are aligned).
(2) Hold the flap interconnecting struts (1).
(3) Remove and discard the cotter pins (2).
(4) Remove the nuts (3), the washer (4) and the bolts (5).
Subtask 27-51-00-865-058
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 27-51-00-865-061
G. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 540
May 01/11
R
LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-51-00-710-056
A. Operational Test of the Flap Interconnecting Strut and the

Flap-Attachment Failure-Detection Sensors
NOTE : Use one of the Multipurpose Control and Display Units (MCDU) for
____
the test.
(1) Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. At the LH flaps: At the LH flap interconnecting strut:

- push in the actuating rod of the - the sensors give a target far
flap interconnecting strut until signal to the SFCC.
it comes in contact with the
stop.
In the cockpit:
- a single chime sounds
- an amber MASTER CAUT light comes on.
On the upper ECAM DU:

- the F/CTL FLAPS LOCKED message comes
on
- the ALIGNMENT FAULT message comes on.
2. On Panel 130VU (131VU): On Panel 130VU (131VU):

- push (in) the MASTER CAUT
pushbutton switch (P/BSW). - the amber MASTER CAUT light goes out.

- push the line key < SFCC 1. - the SFCC 1 menu shows.
NOTE : As an alternative, you can use the SFCC 2 menu but do not change SFCC
____
menus during the test procedure.
4. Push the line key SYSTEM STATUS - SFCC 1 SYSTEM STATUS FLAP CHECK LH
FLP >. DRIVE INTEGRITY shows.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 541
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. At the LH flaps:
- move the actuating rod into the
correct position.
7. Open the circuit breakers 6CV and The SFCC 1 and SFCC 2 are de-energized.
8CV.
8. Close the circuit breakers 6CV and The failure conditions are reset.
8CV.

- the F/CTL FLAPS LOCKED message goes
out
- the ALIGNMENT FAULT message goes out.
9. Push the line key F/CTL >. - the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST - F/CTL menu
shows.
10. Push the line key < SFCC 1. - the SFCC 1 menu shows.
NOTE : As an alternative, you can use the SFCC 2 menu but do not change
____
SFCC menus during the test procedure.
11. Push the line key SYSTEM STATUS - the MCDU shows SFCC 1 SYSTEM STATUS
FLP >. FLAP NO FAULTS.

shown.
13. At the LH flaps: At the LH flap interconnecting strut:

- pull out the actuating rod of - the sensors give a target far
the flap interconnecting strut signal to the SFCC.
until it comes in contact with
the stop.
In the cockpit:
- a single chime sounds
- an amber MASTER CAUT light comes on.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 542
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- the F/CTL FLAPS LOCKED message comes
on
- the ALIGNMENT FAULT message comes on.
14. On Panel 130VU (131VU): On Panel 130VU (131VU):

- push (in) the MASTER CAUT - the amber MASTER CAUT light goes out.
P/BSW.
shows.
____
FLP >. FLAP CHECK LH DRIVE INTEGRITY.

shown.
19. At the LH flaps:

- move the actuating rod into the
correct position.
20. Open the circuit breakers 6CV and The SFCC 1 and SFCC 2 are de-energized.
8CV.
21. Close the circuit breakers 6CV The failure conditions are reset.
and 8CV.

- the F/CTL FLAPS LOCKED message goes
out
- the ALIGNMENT FAULT message goes out.
shows.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 543
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
____
FLP >. FLAP NO FAULTS.

shown.
26. Do the steps 1 thru 25 again for

the RH flap interconnecting
strut.

page is shown.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-00-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-51-00-420-053-A
B. Connect the Interconnecting Strut
(1) Hold the rod eye-ends of the interconnecting struts in position to

the outer flaps.
(2) Install the bolts (5), the washer (4) and the nuts (3).
(3) TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 1.1 and 1.7 m.daN (97.34 and 150.44
lbf.in).
(4) Install the new cotter pins (2).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 544
May 01/11
R
LAN
(5) Do a check of the adjustment of the interconnecting strut and if
necessary adjust the interconnecting strut (Ref. TASK 27-51-44-820-
001).
(6) Apply a layer of the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-007) to:
- The head of the bolt (5)
- The nut (3)
- The washer (4)
- The cotter pin (2).
Subtask 27-51-00-410-051
C. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the lower kink seals of the two wings (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-
400-006).
Subtask 27-51-00-865-060
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 27-51-00-860-055
E. Aircraft Configuration

_______
10-00-863-001) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

002).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 545
May 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-51-00-942-067
F. Removal of Equipment

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 546
May 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-51-00-750-001
Automatic Integrity Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computers
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-51-00-740-002 Bite Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computers
(Flap System)
(Slat System)
F/CTL Page

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 547
May 01/11
R
LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-073
flight controls.
Subtask 27-51-00-860-058

002).
(2) Get access to the flight controls (F/CTL) page on the MCDU (Ref. TASK
31-32-00-860-006).
Subtask 27-51-00-865-071
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-51-00-750-050
A. Automatic Integrity Test of the Slat and Flap Control Computers
____
for the test. If the MCDU 3 is defective use the MCDU 2 on panel
11VU.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 548
May 01/11
R
LAN
(1) Wait 15 seconds to make sure that the two SFCCs are in operation
before you do the test.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Push the line key SYSTEM STATUS - the MCDU shows SYSTEM STATUS FLP
FLP > NO FAULTS
4. Push the line key < SLT SYSTEM - the MCDU shows SYSTEM STATUS SLT
STATUS NO FAULTS

frequently until the MCDU shows
the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
F/CTL menu.
6. Do the bite test of the SFCC

(Ref. TASK 27-81-00-740-002) and
(Ref. TASK 27-51-00-740-002).
7. Push the line key < SFCC 2. - the MCDU shows the SFCC 2 menu.
8. Do the SFCC test as described

above with the SFCC 2 menu.

frequently until the CFDS MENU
page is shown.
10. Do the bite test of the SFCC

(Ref. TASK 27-81-00-740-002) and
(Ref. TASK 27-51-00-740-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 549
May 01/11
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-00-862-054
A. De-energize the Electrical Circuits

002).
Subtask 27-51-00-942-077
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 550
May 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-51-00-820-003
To do a Check of the Flap Rigged Position (with the Sharks Fin)
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
NOTE : If the label with the asymmetric offset value on the track 3 is missing
____
or unreadable, refer to SB 27-1034 or SIL 27-155.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform(s) 3 m (9 ft. 10 in.)
98D27504038001 1 KIT-FLAP RIGGING
98D27508625000 1 CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4
98D27508655000 1 RIG-SCALE,FLAP

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 551
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
07-11-00-581-001 Lifting for Aircraft Maintenance Operations

27-54-00-820-001 Adjustment of the Flap Drive System
57-55-11-010-001 To Lower the Flap Track No. 2 Movable Fairing for
Access
57-55-11-010-002 To Lower the Flap Track No. 3 & No. 4 Movable
Fairings for Access
57-55-11-410-001 To Lift the Flap Track No. 2 Movable Fairing after
Access
57-55-11-410-002 To Lift the Flap Track No. 3 & No. 4 Movable Fairings
after Access
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-51-00-991-056 Fig. 503
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-51-00-991-056-A Fig. 503A
**ON A/C ALL
27-51-00-991-103 Fig. 504

27-51-00-991-057 Fig. 505
R **ON A/C 015-049, 111-299, 301-399,
27-51-00-991-065 Fig. 506
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-51-00-991-058 Fig. 507

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 552
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-51-00-991-058-A Fig. 507A
**ON A/C 001-004, 051-099,
27-51-00-991-060 Fig. 508
R **ON A/C 005-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-51-00-991-060-A Fig. 508A
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-51-00-991-059 Fig. 509
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-061
(2) Put a warning notice on panel 114VU to tell persons not to operate
the flap/slat controls.
Subtask 27-51-00-860-059
(1) Make sure that:

- the fuel quantities in the wing tanks are symmetrical or that the
wing tanks are empty
- two engines are installed
or

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 553
May 01/11

LAN
- no engines are installed.
(2) Make sure that the aircraft weight is:

- on the landing gear (weight on wheels)
or
- on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).
(3) Make sure that the flaps are in the fully retracted position
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).
(4) Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER is on the
Subtask 27-51-00-865-075
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-51-00-010-055-A
D. Get Access
(2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is on the applicable MLG door
actuator.
(3) Put the access platform(s) below the applicable inboard and outboard
flaps.
(4) Lower the flap track No. 2 movable fairing (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-010-
001).
(5) Lower the flap track No. 3 and the flap track No. 4 movable fairings
(Ref. TASK 57-55-11-010-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 554
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 27-51-00-010-055
D. Get Access
actuator.
(3) Put the access platform(s) below the applicable inboard and outboard
flaps.
001).
002).
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________

_______
EDGE:
**ON A/C 001-014, 101-110,
Subtask 27-51-00-480-051
A. Installation of the Rigging Tools
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-51-00-991-056, 504/TASK 27-51-00-991-103)
(1) Install the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) in the track 1 to 4

position.
(a) If you cannot insert the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 easily, do the
adjustment of the flap drive system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-820-001).

R

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 555
May 01/11

LAN
Installation of the Flap Rigging Kit
Figure 503/TASK 27-51-00-991-056

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page 556
May 01/11

LAN
Installation of the Flap Rigging Kit
Figure 503A/TASK 27-51-00-991-056-A

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-51-00

Page 557
May 01/11

LAN
Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4
Figure 504/TASK 27-51-00-991-103

R

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 558
May 01/11

LAN
(2) Install the KIT-FLAP RIGGING (98D27504038001):
- for the inboard flap, on the flap track 2 beam assembly
- for the outboard flap, on the flap track 3 beam assembly and on the
flap track 4 assembly.
(a) Install the base assembly (15) on the flap track beam (18). Make
sure that the aft dowels (14) touch the track beam end-stop (13).
(b) Move the two lower clamps (16) into position below the flap track
beam (18) and tighten the knurled screws (17).
(c) Move the fin (11) into position on the base assembly (15) and
install the pin (12). Put the scale block (19) in position on the
fin (11).
R **ON A/C 015-049, 111-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-51-00-480-051-B
R A. Installation of the Rigging Tools

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-51-00-991-056, 504/TASK 27-51-00-991-103)

position.

- for the outboard flap, on the flap track 3 beam assembly and on the
flap track 4 assembly.
install the pin (12).
R (d) Put the scale block (19) in position on the fin (11).
R

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page 559
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 27-51-00-480-051-A
A. Installation of the Rigging Tools
(Ref. Fig. 503A/TASK 27-51-00-991-056-A, 504/TASK 27-51-00-991-103)

position.

- for the outboard flap, on the flap track 3 beam assembly.
install the pin (12). Put the scale block (19) in position on the
fin (11).
**ON A/C 001-014, 051-099, 101-110,
Subtask 27-51-00-220-056
B. To Do a Check of the Inboard Flap Rigged Position

(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 27-51-00-991-057)
NOTE : The tolerances given in the work steps that follow are in-service
____
tolerances only. They are not initial adjustment tolerances.
The tolerances for initial adjustment are given in the flap rigged
position adjustment procedure (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-008).
(1) At the track 2 position:
NOTE : The scale must be read from the outboard side of the flap
____
track beam.

R

EFF :

001-014, 051-099, 101-110, 27-51-00

Page 560
May 01/11

LAN
Inboard Flap Rigging Dimensions
Figure 505/TASK 27-51-00-991-057

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 561
May 01/11
R
LAN
(a) Make sure that the top surface of the trailing edge aligns (+/- 4
mm (0.16 in.)) with the zero line on the scale block (30).
(2) At the inboard end of the flap, measure:
(a) The dimension E (between the shroud-box trailing edge lower

surface and the flap upper surface at the WX500 position). This
must be between 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) and 11 mm (0.43 in.).
(3) If the flap rigged position is not correct, adjust as necessary until
the flap is in the specified limits.
R **ON A/C 015-049, 111-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-51-00-220-056-A
B. To do a Check of the Inboard Flap Rigged Position

(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 27-51-00-991-057, 506/TASK 27-51-00-991-065)
____
(a) Do a check of the datum position of the top surface of the flap
trailing edge.
1
_ Make sure that the value shown on the scale block (30) (the
datum position of the top surface of the flap trailing edge)
is the same as the value shown on the label (45).
2
_ If there is no value shown on the label (45), or the label is
not attached to the flap arm:
- make sure that the top surface of the flap trailing edge
aligns with the zero position on the scale block (30).
NOTE : The scale must be read from the outboard side of the
____
flap track beam.
(2) At the inboard end of the flap, measure:

- the dimension E (between the shroud-box trailing edge lower surface
and the flap upper surface at the WX500 position). This must be
between 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) and 11 mm (0.43 in.).

R

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 562
May 01/11

LAN
Label Positions - Flap Track Beams and Flap Arms
Figure 506/TASK 27-51-00-991-065

R

EFF :

015-049, 111-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page 563
May 01/11

LAN
the flap is in the specified limits.
**ON A/C 001-014, 101-110,
Subtask 27-51-00-220-057
C. To Do a Check of the Outboard Flap Rigged Position

(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 27-51-00-991-058)
**ON A/C 001-004,
(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 27-51-00-991-060)
**ON A/C 005-014, 101-110,
(Ref. Fig. 508A/TASK 27-51-00-991-060-A)
**ON A/C 001-014, 101-110,
____
NOTE : The scale must be read from the outboard side of the flap track
____
beam.
(1) At the track 3 and track 4 positions, make sure that the top surface
of the trailing edge aligns with the scale block (41) as follows:
(a) Check the value shown on the label (42) attached to the outboard
side of the flap track 3 beam.
(b) If the value on the label (42) is 0, make sure that the
trailing edge aligns with the zero mark +/- 4 mm (0.16 in.).
(c) If the value on the label (42) shows a plus value, subtract this
value from the dimension shown on the scale block (41). The
remaining value must be zero +/- 4 mm (0.16 in.).

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page 564
May 01/11

LAN
Outboard Flap Rigging Dimensions
Figure 507/TASK 27-51-00-991-058

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page 565
May 01/11

LAN
Outboard Flap Rigging Dimensions (Sheet 1)
Figure 507A/TASK 27-51-00-991-058-A

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-51-00

Page 566
May 01/11

LAN
Label Position - Flap Track Beam
Figure 508/TASK 27-51-00-991-060

R

EFF :

001-004, 051-099, 27-51-00

Page 567
May 01/11

LAN
Label Position - Flap Track Beam
Figure 508A/TASK 27-51-00-991-060-A

R

EFF :

005-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page 568
May 01/11

LAN
(d) If the value on the label (42) shows a minus value, add this
value to the dimension shown on the scale block (41). The
the flap is in the specified limits (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-008).
Subtask 27-51-00-080-050-C
D. Removal of the Rigging Tools
(1) Remove the KIT-FLAP RIGGING (98D27504038001):

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-51-00-991-056)
- for the inboard flap, from the flap track 2 beam assembly
- for the outboard flap, from the flap track 3 beam assembly.
(a) Remove the pin (12) and remove the fin (11) from the base
assembly (15).
(b) Hold the base assembly (15) and loosen the knurled screws (17).
(c) Move the two lower clamps (16) away from the flap track beam (18)
and remove the base assembly (15).
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 27-51-00-991-103)
(2) Remove the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 from the track 1 to 4 position.
R **ON A/C 015-049, 111-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-51-00-220-057-B
R C. To do a Check of the Outboard Flap Rigged Position

(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 27-51-00-991-065, 507/TASK 27-51-00-991-058,
508A/TASK 27-51-00-991-060-A)
____
NOTE : You must read the scale from the outboard side of the flap track
____
beam.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page 569
May 01/11

LAN
(1) At track 3 and track 4, make sure that the top surface of the flap
trailing edge aligns with the scale block (41) as follows:
(a) Do a check of the values shown on the labels (43) and (45).
NOTE : The label (43) is attached to the outboard side of the

____
flap track beam 3. The label (45) is attached to the flap
arm of each track.
(b) At track 3:
1
_ Add the values on the label (43) at the track 3 and the label
(45) at the track 3 together. Do this to get the correct datum
position of the flap trailing edge. This value +/- 4 mm
(0.1574 in.) is the value shown on the scale block (41).
2
_ If there is no value shown on the label (45), or there is no
label (45) attached to the flap arm:
- make sure that the value shown on the label (43) +/- 4 mm
(0.1574 in.) is the value shown at the scale block (41).
R 3
_ If the sum of the values of label (43) and (45) is larger than
R 6 mm (0.2362 in.) use RIG-SCALE,FLAP.
(c) At track 4:
1
_ Add the values on the label (43) at the track 3 and the label
(45) at the track 4 together. Do this to get the correct datum
position of the flap trailing edge. This value +/- 4 mm
(0.1574 in.) is the value shown on the scale block (41).
2
label (45) attached to the flap arm:
R 3
_ If the sum of the values of label (43) and (45) is larger than
R 6 mm (0.2362 in.) use RIG-SCALE,FLAP.

R

EFF :

015-049, 111-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page 570
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-51-00-080-050-D
(1) Remove the KIT-FLAP RIGGING (98D27504038001) and the RIG-SCALE,FLAP

(98D27508655000):
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 27-51-00-991-056)
assembly (15).
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 27-51-00-991-103)
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 27-51-00-220-057-A
C. To Do a Check of the Outboard Flap Rigged Position

(Ref. Fig. 507A/TASK 27-51-00-991-058-A, 508/TASK 27-51-00-991-060,
509/TASK 27-51-00-991-059)
____
NOTE : The scale must be read from the outboard side of the flap track
____
beam.
(1) At the track 3 position, make sure that the top surface of the
trailing edge aligns with the scale block (41) as follows:
(a) Check the value shown on the label (42) attached to the outboard
side of the flap track beam.
(b) If the value on the label (42) is 0, make sure that the
trailing edge aligns with the zero mark +/- 4 mm (0.16 in.).

R

EFF :

015-049, 051-099, 111-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page 571
May 01/11

LAN
Outboard Flap Rigging Dimensions (Sheet 2)
Figure 509/TASK 27-51-00-991-059

EFF :

051-099, 27-51-00

Page 572
May 01/11
R
LAN
(c) If the value on the label (42) shows a plus value, subtract this
value from the dimension shown on the scale block (42). The
(d) If the value on the label (42) shows a minus value, add this
value to the dimension shown on the scale block (41). The
(2) At the outboard end of the flap, measure:
(a) The dimension S (the vertical measurement between the fixed

shroud and the outboard end of the flap):
1
_ Check the value shown on the label (42) attached to the
outboard side of the flap track 3 beam.
2
_ If the value on the label (42) is 0, the dimension S must be
zero +/- 2 mm (0.08 in.).
3
_ If the value on the label (42) shows a plus value, subtract
the value from the dimension S. The remaining value must be
zero +/- 2 mm (0.08 in.).
4
_ If the value on the label (42) shows a minus value, add the
value to the dimension S. The remaining value must be zero +/-
2 mm (0.08 in.).
Subtask 27-51-00-080-050-B
(1) Remove the KIT-FLAP RIGGING (98D27504038001):

(Ref. Fig. 503A/TASK 27-51-00-991-056-A)
assembly (15).

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-51-00

Page 573
May 01/11

LAN
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 27-51-00-991-103)
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-00-410-057
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Lift the flap track No. 2 movable fairing (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-410-
001).
(3) Lift the flap track No. 3 movable fairing (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-410-
002).
(4) Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001)
from the flap/slat control lever.
(5) Remove the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK from the applicable MLG door
actuator.
(6) Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
Subtask 27-51-00-942-062

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 574
May 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-51-00-820-004
Adjustment of the Forward Eccentrics to the Datum Position
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27803500001 1 TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 575
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sharks Fin Tool (A321)
27-51-00-991-015-A Fig. 510
R **ON A/C 015-049, 111-299, 301-399,
27-51-00-991-070-B Fig. 511B
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-067
Subtask 27-51-00-860-060
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) You can do this adjustment with the aircraft on jacks or with the
aircraft weight on the landing gear.
009).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 576
May 01/11

LAN
(3) Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001)
on the flap/slat control lever.
4. Procedure
_________

_______
EDGE:
**ON A/C 001-014, 051-099, 101-110,
Subtask 27-51-00-480-052
A. Preparation for Adjustment of the Forward Eccentrics
(1) At the track 3 and track 4 positions, install the sharks fin flap
rigging kit (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-008).
R **ON A/C 015-049, 111-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-51-00-480-052-A
A. Preparation for Adjustment of the Forward Eccentrics
(1) At the track 3 and track 4 positions, install the sharks fin flap
rigging kit (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-008) and the RIG-SCALE,FLAP
(98D27508655000).
NOTE : Do not use the scale block from the rigging kit. Use the
____
additional scale block (RIG-SCALE,FLAP (98D27508655000).

R

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 577
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C 001-014, 101-110,
Subtask 27-51-00-820-053-A
B. Adjustment of the Forward Eccentrics

(Ref. Fig. 510/TASK 27-51-00-991-015-A)
(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (5) from the nut (4).
(2) At the track 3 position, remove the nut (4), the washer (3), the bolt
(1) and the serrated plate (2).
(3) At the track 4 position, remove the bolt (7), the washer (8) and the
serrated plate (9).
(4) Adjust the forward eccentrics (6) and (10) in sequence by the amount
shown on the label attached to flap track beam 3. Make sure that the
adjustments are in small equal increments, to move the flap
deflection by the same amount.
NOTE : Flap movement is opposite to

____ the value shown on the label
attached to the flap track 3 beam assembly. For an up or +
label value the flap must be moved down. For a down or -
label value the flap must be moved up.
(5) At the track 3 position, temporarily install the serrated plate (2)
with the bolt (7) and the washer (8).
(7) Make sure that the punched/painted marks on the forward eccentrics
align.
(8) Remove the sharks fin flap rigging kit (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-008)
or (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-009).

R

EFF :

001-014, 101-110, 27-51-00

Page 578
May 01/11

LAN
Forward Eccentrics - Location and Detail
Figure 510/TASK 27-51-00-991-015-A

R

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 579
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 015-049, 111-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-51-00-820-053-B

(Ref. Fig. 510/TASK 27-51-00-991-015-A, 511B/TASK 27-51-00-991-070-B)
(2) At track 3, remove the nut (4), the washer (3), the bolt (1) and the
serrated plate (2).
(3) At track 4, remove the bolt (7), the washer (8) and the serrated
plate (9).
(4) Adjust the forward eccentrics (6) and (10) in sequence by the amount
shown on the label (41) attached to the flap track beam 3. Make sure
that the adjustments are in small equal increments, to move the flap
deflection by the same amount.
NOTE : Flap movement is opposite to

____ the value shown on the label
attached to the flap track 3 beam assembly. For an up or +
label value the flap must be moved down. For a down or -
label value the flap must be moved up.
(5) At track 3, temporarily install the serrated plate (2) with the bolt
(1), the washer (3) and the nut (4).
(a) Make sure that the top surface of the flap trailing edge is
aligned with the value on the label (43). Make sure that you use
the value of the label (43) at the track 3.
(b) If there is no value shown on the label (43), or there is no

label attached to the flap arm:
- align the top surface of the trailing edge with the zero mark
on the scale block of the shark fin tool.
(6) At track 4, temporarily install the serrated plate (9) with the bolt
(7) and the washer (8).
(a) Make sure that the top surface of the flap trailing edge is
aligned with the value on the label (43). Make sure that you use
the value of the label (43) at the track 4.

R

EFF :

015-049, 111-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page 580
May 01/11

LAN
Label Position - Flap Track 3
Figure 511/TASK 27-51-00-991-070

R

EFF :

001-004, 051-099, 27-51-00

Page 581
May 01/11

LAN
Label Position - Flap Track 3
Figure 511A/TASK 27-51-00-991-070-A

R

EFF :

005-014, 101-110, 27-51-00

Page 582
May 01/11

LAN
Label Positions - Flap Track 2, 3 and 4
Figure 511B/TASK 27-51-00-991-070-B

R

EFF :

015-049, 111-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page 583
May 01/11

LAN
(b) If there is no value shown on the label (43), or there is no
- align the top surface of the trailing edge with the zero mark
on the scale block.
align.
(8) Remove the sharks fin flap rigging kit and the scale block RIG-
SCALE,FLAP (98D27508655000)
(Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-008).
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 27-51-00-820-053

(Ref. Fig. 510/TASK 27-51-00-991-015-A)
(2) At the track 3 position, remove the nut (4), the washer (3), the bolt
(1) and the serrated plate (2).
(3) At the track 4 position, remove the bolt (7), the washer (8) and the
serrated plate (9).
(4) Adjust the forward eccentrics (6) and (10) in sequence. Make sure
that the adjustments are in small equal increments, to move the flap
deflection by the same distance.
NOTE : Flap movement is opposite to the value shown on the label

____
attached to the flap track 3 beam assembly. For a (+) or (up)
label value, you must move the flap down. For a (-) or (down)
label value, you must move the flap up.
with the bolt (7) and the washer (8).
align.

R

EFF :

015-049, 051-099, 111-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page 584
May 01/11

LAN
(8) Remove the sharks fin flap rigging kit (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-008)
or (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-009).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-00-942-068
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 585
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-51-00-820-008
Adjustment of the Flap Rigged Position with the Sharks Fin Tool (A318/319/320)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
NOTE : If the label with the asymmetric offset value on the track 3 is missing
____
or unreadable, refer to SB 27-1034 or SIL 27-155.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Flap rigging is done:
- when specified in an AMM Task

- when specified in a TSM Task
- if you think the flap rigged position is incorrect.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 586
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
R (4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)
98D27504002000 1 TOOL-FLAP ADJUSTING
98D27504006000 3 PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS
98D27504035000 1 ADAPTER-TORQUE-TRUNNION NUT
98D27504038001 3 KIT-FLAP RIGGING
98D27504039000 1 TOOL-RESTRAINING,TK1
98D27504040000 1 TOOL-RESTRAINING, TK1
98D27504041000 1 TOOL-FLAP ADJUSTING
98D27504082000 2 TOOL - FLAP ADJUSTING,
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 08-004A USA MIL-A-46106 TYPE I
ADHESIVE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 587
Feb 01/11

LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
52 crushable spacer 27-54-46 06B-080

54 cotter pin 27-54-46 06B-035
92 cotter pin 57-52-21 02 -040
92 cotter pin 57-52-21 02A-040
92 cotter pin 57-52-21 02C-040
111 cotter pin 57-51-33 01 -010
118 cotter pin 57-51-33 01 -010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
07-11-00-581-001 Lifting for Aircraft Maintenance Operations

27-50-00-866-012 Manual Retraction of the Flaps
27-51-00-820-004 Adjustment of the Forward Eccentrics to the Datum
Position
27-54-61-000-001 Removal of the Inboard Flap
27-54-61-400-001 Installation of the Inboard Flap
27-54-62-000-001 Removal of the Outboard Flap
27-54-62-400-001 Installation of the Outboard Flap
27-54-63-400-001 Installation of the Flap Guide-Roller Assembly
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB) 573EB(673EB)
57-55-11-010-001 To Lower the Flap Track No. 2 Movable Fairing for
Access

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 588
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
57-55-11-010-002 To Lower the Flap Track No. 3 & No. 4 Movable

Fairings for Access
SIL 27-089
**ON A/C 001-004, 051-099,
27-51-00-991-070 Fig. 511
**ON A/C 005-014, 101-110,
27-51-00-991-070-A Fig. 511A
R **ON A/C 015-049, 111-299, 301-399,
27-51-00-991-070-B Fig. 511B
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-51-00-991-067 Fig. 512
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-51-00-991-067-A Fig. 512A
**ON A/C ALL
27-51-00-991-095 Fig. 513

27-51-00-991-068 Fig. 514
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-51-00-991-069 Fig. 515

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 589
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-51-00-991-069-A Fig. 515A
**ON A/C ALL
27-51-00-991-071 Fig. 516
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-51-00-991-072 Fig. 517
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-51-00-991-072-A Fig. 517A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-51-00-991-073 Fig. 518
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-51-00-991-073-A Fig. 518A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-51-00-991-074-A Fig. 519
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-51-00-991-074 Fig. 519A

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 590
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
27-51-00-991-075 Fig. 520

27-51-00-991-076 Fig. 521
27-51-00-991-077 Fig. 522
27-51-00-991-078 Fig. 523
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-00-941-079
Subtask 27-51-00-860-074
(1) Make sure that:

- the fuel quantities in the wing tanks are symmetrical or that the
wing tanks are empty
- two engines are installed
or
- no engines are installed.
(2) Make sure that the aircraft weight is:

- on the landing gear (weight on wheels)
or
- on jacks (Ref. TASK 07-11-00-581-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 591
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-51-00-865-101
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-51-00-010-063
D. Get Access
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 512/TASK 27-51-00-991-067)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 512A/TASK 27-51-00-991-067-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) below the applicable inboard or
outboard flap.
(2) Remove the access panels for the applicable wing:
(a) For the LH wing, remove:

- 573AB, 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002)
- 575AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).
(b) For the RH wing, remove:

- 673AB, 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002)
- 675AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).
(3) For the inboard flap:
(a) Remove the fairing panels at track 1.
1
_ For the LH wing remove :
- 193BB (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 592
May 01/11

LAN
Flap Rigging - General
Figure 512/TASK 27-51-00-991-067

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page 593
May 01/11

LAN
R Flap Rigging - General
Figure 512A/TASK 27-51-00-991-067-A

EFF :

051-099, 27-51-00

Page 594
Feb 01/11

LAN
2
_ For the RH wing remove :
- 194BB (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-001).
(b) Lower the flap track No. 2 movable fairing (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-
010-001).
(4) For the outboard flap:
(a) Lower the flap track No. 3 and the flap track No. 4 movable
fairings (Ref. TASK 57-55-11-010-002).
(5) Remove the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER from the flap/slat
control lever (installed when the movable fairings were lowered).
(6) Remove the flap kink seals (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-002).
(7) Disconnect the interconnecting strut from the outboard flap

(Ref. TASK 27-54-62-000-001).
(8) Manually retract the flaps to the fully retracted position (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-866-012).
(9) Install the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER on the flap/slat
control-lever.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-51-00-820-083
A. Flap Rigged Position - General
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 512/TASK 27-51-00-991-067)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 512A/TASK 27-51-00-991-067-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 513/TASK 27-51-00-991-095)

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 595
May 01/11

LAN
R Eccentric Bearings - General
Figure 513/TASK 27-51-00-991-095

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 596
Feb 01/11

LAN
(1) Flap Rigged Position:
(a) The flap rigged position is the position that gives the correct
relation between:
- the flap trailing edge

and
- the top surface of the wing.
In this position the correct aerodynamic conditions for the best

flight performance are set.
(b) To put the flaps in their rigged position, eccentric bearings in

the attachments at the flap tracks are adjusted. At each track
there are two eccentric bearings:
- the main eccentric bearing

- the forward eccentric bearing.
(2) Main Eccentric Bearing:

- The main eccentric bearing is the spherical bearing at the flap
carriage attachment and is used for standard rigging. Movement of
this bearing causes the complete flap to move vertically in
relation to the wing.
(3) Forward Eccentric Bearing:

- The forward eccentric bearing is on the flap drive-arm and is
adjusted only for assymetric rigging conditions (Ref. SIL 27-089).
When this bearing is adjusted, only the trailing edge of the flap
moves (vertically) at that position.
**ON A/C 001-014, 101-110,
Subtask 27-51-00-480-060
B. Install the Outboard Flap Rigging-Kit

27-51-00-991-069)
(1) Install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) (1) at the

track 1.
(2) If you cannot install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS do the adjustment of the
flap drive system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-820-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 597
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
R Rigging Pin Installation
Figure 514/TASK 27-51-00-991-068

R

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page 598
Feb 01/11

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-51-00

Page 599
Feb 01/11

LAN
Rigging Kit Installation - Outboard Flap

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page A500
May 01/11

LAN
Rigging Kit Installation - Outboard Flap

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page A501
May 01/11

LAN
(3) Install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS (98D27504006000) (7) at the track 2, 3
and 4.
(5) At the track 3 and 4, install the KIT-FLAP RIGGING (98D27504038001):
(b) Move the two bottom clamps (26) into position below the flap
track beam (28) and tighten the knurled screws (27).
(c) Move the fin (21) into position in the slot on the base assembly
(23) and install the pin (22).
**ON A/C 001-004,
(Ref. Fig. 511/TASK 27-51-00-991-070)
**ON A/C 005-014, 101-110,
(Ref. Fig. 511A/TASK 27-51-00-991-070-A)
**ON A/C 001-014, 101-110,
NOTE : The label (41) shows the asymmetric offset value. This is
____
the adjustment applied to the forward eccentric bearing in
the flap drive strut at tracks 3 and 4. The adjustment is
necessary on some aircraft to give the correct aerodynamic
balance:
- a plus (+) or (up) value shows that the flap trailing

edge was moved up
- a minus (-) or (down) value shows that the flap trailing
edge was moved down
- a zero (0) value shows that no adjustment was necessary.
(d) Adjust the forward eccentrics to the zero datum position

(Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-004).
(e) Put the scale block (20) on the fin (21).

R

EFF :

001-014, 101-110, 27-51-00

Page A502
Feb 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 015-049, 111-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-51-00-480-060-B

27-51-00-991-069)

track 1.

and 4.
(5) At the track 3 and 4, install the KIT-FLAP RIGGING (98D27504038001):
(Ref. Fig. 511B/TASK 27-51-00-991-070-B)
____
balance:

edge was moved up
edge was moved down

R

EFF :

015-049, 111-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page A503
May 01/11

LAN
(Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-004).
(e) Put the scale block (20) on the fin (21):

- Do not use the scale block from the rigging kit: Use the RIG-
SCALE,FLAP (98D27508655000) for the adjustment procedure.
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 27-51-00-480-060-A
(Ref. Fig. 512A/TASK 27-51-00-991-067-A, 514/TASK 27-51-00-991-068,

515A/TASK 27-51-00-991-069-A)

track 1 position.

and 4 positions.
(3) If you cannot install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS, do the adjustment of

the flap drive system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-820-001).
(4) At the track 3 position only, install the KIT-FLAP RIGGING

(98D27504038001):
(Ref. Fig. 511/TASK 27-51-00-991-070)
____
balance:
edge was moved up

R

EFF :

015-049, 051-099, 111-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page A504
May 01/11

LAN
edge was moved down

(Ref. TASK 27-51-00-820-004).
(e) Put the scale block (20) on the fin (21).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-51-00-820-073
C. Set the Main Eccentric Bearings of the Outboard Flap to the Zero Datum
Position
(Ref. Fig. 516/TASK 27-51-00-991-071)
NOTE : The main eccentric bearings are spherical bearings installed in

____
the flap attachment fittings at the flap carriages. A red paint
mark on each bearing and fitting shows the zero datum position.
The bearings are at the zero datum position when the red paint
marks on the bearing and fitting are aligned.
(1) On the carriage bolts (58) at the track 3 and track 4 positions:
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (54) from the nut (53).
(b) Remove these items:

- the nut (53)
- the crushable spacer (52)
- the nut (55) and the washer (56)
- the locking plate (51).
(2) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (57) installed on the
failsafe hooks.
(3) Loosen the nuts (57).
NOTE : These are loosened to give easier movement when the eccentric
____
bearings are adjusted.
(4) At the track 3 and track 4 positions:
(a) Engage the TOOL - FLAP ADJUSTING, (98D27504082000) with the

splined bush in the flap carriage.

R

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A505
Feb 01/11

LAN
R Rigging Kit Installation - Outboard Flap

EFF :

051-099, 27-51-00

Page A506
Feb 01/11

LAN
R Rigging Kit Installation - Outboard Flap

EFF :

051-099, 27-51-00

Page A507
Feb 01/11

LAN
R Main Eccentric Bearing - Adjustment, Track 2, 3 and 4

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A508
Feb 01/11

LAN
R Main Eccentric Bearing - Adjustment, Track 2, 3 and 4

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A509
Feb 01/11

LAN
(b) Turn the splined bush until the red paint marks are aligned.
Adjust the bearings at one track position and then the other in
small equal increments.
NOTE : The splined bush engages with the main eccentric bearing.
____
When the bush is turned the eccentric bearing also turns.
**ON A/C 001-014, 101-110,
Subtask 27-51-00-820-066
D. Adjust the Rigged Position of the Outboard Flap
(Ref. Fig. 516/TASK 27-51-00-991-071, 517/TASK 27-51-00-991-072)
(1) Use the TOOL FLAP ADJUSTING to adjust the main eccentric bearings.
Adjust the bearings at one track position then the other in small,
equal increments. At the track 3 and the track 4 positions, adjust
the main eccentric bearings until at each position:
- the top surface of the flap trailing edge aligns +/- 1.0 mm (0.0393
in.) with the zero line on the scale block (20).
NOTE : Look inboard from the outside of the flap track beam when you
____
read the scale block.
R **ON A/C 015-049, 111-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-51-00-820-066-B
(Ref. Fig. 511B/TASK 27-51-00-991-070-B, 516/TASK 27-51-00-991-071,

517/TASK 27-51-00-991-072)
Adjust the bearings at one track then at the other in small, equal
increments.
(2) At the track 3 and the track 4, adjust the main eccentric bearings
until:
- the top surface of the flap trailing edge aligns with the scale
block (20) as follows.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A510
May 01/11

LAN
(a) Do a check of the values shown on the labels (43).
NOTE : The label (43) is attached to the flap arm of each track.
____
(b) At the track 3:
1
_ Align the top surface of the flap trailing edge with the value
on the scale block (20). This value is the value of the label
(43) at the track 3 +/- 1 mm (0.0393 in.).
NOTE : You must look inboard from the outside of the flap
____
track beam when you read the scale block.
2
- align the top surface of the flap trailing edge with the
zero mark +/- 1 mm (0.0393 in.) on the scale block (20).
(c) At the track 4:
1
_ Align the top surface of the flap trailing edge with the value
on the scale block (20). This value is the value of the label
(43) at the track 4 +/- 1 mm (0.0393 in.).
NOTE : You must look inboard from the outside of the flap
____
track beam when you read the scale block.
2
- align the top surface of the flap trailing edge with the
zero mark +/- 1 mm (0.0393 in.) on the scale block (20).
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 27-51-00-820-066-A
(Ref. Fig. 516/TASK 27-51-00-991-071, 517A/TASK 27-51-00-991-072-A)
Adjust the bearings at one track position then the other in small,
equal increments. At the track 3 and the track 4 positions, adjust
the main eccentric bearings until:

R

EFF :

015-049, 051-099, 111-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page A511
May 01/11

LAN
Rigging Dimensions - Outboard Flap

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page A512
May 01/11

LAN
Rigging Dimensions - Outboard Flap

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page A513
May 01/11

LAN
R Rigging Dimensions - Outboard Flap
Figure 517A/TASK 27-51-00-991-072-A

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-51-00

Page A514
Feb 01/11

LAN
- at track 3, the top surface of the flap trailing edge aligns +/-
1.0 mm (0.0393 in.) with the zero line on the scale block (20)
NOTE : Look inboard from the outside of the flap track beam when you
____
read the scale block.
- at the outboard end of the flap, the dimension N (the vertical

distance between the outer fixed shroud and the end of the flap) is
zero +/- 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-51-00-420-073
E. Remove the Adjusting Tools from the Main Eccentric Bearings of the
Outboard Flap
(Ref. Fig. 516/TASK 27-51-00-991-071)
(1) Remove the TOOL - FLAP ADJUSTING, from the splined bush in the flap
carriage at track 3 and track 4.
(2) At the track 3 and track 4 positions do as follows:
(a) On the carriage bolt (58) install these items:

- the locking plate (51) (make sure that the main eccentric
bearing, the splined bush and the locking plate (51) are
correctly engaged)
- a new crushable spacer (52)
- the nut (53).
(b) TORQUE the nut (53) to between 15 and 20 m.daN (110.61 and 147.49
lbf.ft).
(d) Install the washer (56) and the nut (55).
(e) TORQUE the nuts (57) on the failsafe hooks to 0.12 m.daN (10.61
lbf.in) maximum.
(f) Safety the nuts (57) with lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A515
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
**ON A/C 001-014, 101-110,
Subtask 27-51-00-820-074
F. Complete the Adjustment of the Rigged Position of the Outboard Flap
**ON A/C 001-004,
(Ref. Fig. 511/TASK 27-51-00-991-070)
**ON A/C 005-014, 101-110,
(Ref. Fig. 511A/TASK 27-51-00-991-070-A)
**ON A/C 001-014, 101-110,
(1) If applicable, adjust the forward eccentrics back to the value shown
on the label (41) at track 3. Adjust the forward eccentrics at track
3 and track 4 in sequence (in small increments).
NOTE : The label (41) shows the asymmetric offset value. This is the
____
adjustment applied to the forward eccentric bearing in the
flap drive strut at tracks 3 and 4. The adjustment is
balance:
- a plus (+) or (up) value shows that the flap trailing edge
must be moved up
edge must be moved down
- a zero (0) value shows that no adjustment is necessary.
(Ref. Fig. 517/TASK 27-51-00-991-072)
(a) At track 3 and track 4:
1
_ For a (+) or (up) value, the top surface of the flap must
align (+/- 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.)) with:
- the line above zero on the scale block (20) which is the
same as the label value.
2
_ For a (-) or (down) value, the top surface of the flap must
align (+/- 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.)) with:

R

EFF :

001-014, 101-110, 27-51-00

Page A516
Feb 01/11

LAN
- the line below zero on the scale block (20) which is the
NOTE : The scale block has 1 millimeter graduations.

____
(b) Safety the outboard flap forward eccentrics (Ref. TASK 27-54-62-
400-001).
(Ref. Fig. 515/TASK 27-51-00-991-069)
(2) At the track 3 and track 4 positions, remove the KIT-FLAP RIGGING:
(a) Remove the scale block (20).
(b) Remove the pin (22) and remove the fin (21) from the base
assembly (23).
(c) Loosen the knurled screws (27) and remove the base assembly (23)
from the flap track beam (28).
(3) Measure the clearance of the flap guide-roller and adjust if

necessary (Ref. TASK 27-54-63-400-001).
Subtask 27-51-00-480-061
G. Install the Inboard Flap Rigging-Kit
(Ref. Fig. 514/TASK 27-51-00-991-068, 518/TASK 27-51-00-991-073)
(1) Install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) (1) in the

drive-lever (5) at track 1.
(2) At the track 1 position, install the TOOL-RESTRAINING, TK1

(98D27504040000).
(a) Put the body assembly (64) in position on the flap track beam
(62).
(b) Connect the stop (66) to the flap carriage (60).
(c) Install the spigot (61) through the flap track beam (62) into the
body assembly (64).
(d) Adjust the screw (65) with the knob (63) until the flap carriage
(60) is held in position.

R

EFF :

001-014, 101-110, 27-51-00

Page A517
Feb 01/11

LAN
Rigging Kit Installation - Inboard Flap

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page A518
May 01/11

LAN
Rigging Kit Installation - Inboard Flap

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page A519
May 01/11

LAN
(3) At the track 2 position, install the KIT-FLAP RIGGING
(98D27504038001):
(d) Put the scale block (68) on the fin (69).
(4) Disconnect the flap drive-arm (4) and the rotary actuator drive-lever
(5) at the track 1 position (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-001).
R **ON A/C 015-049, 111-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-51-00-820-074-B
F. Complete the adjustment of the Rigged Position of the Outboard Flap

(Ref. Fig. 511B/TASK 27-51-00-991-070-B)
on the labels (41) and (43). Adjust the forward eccentrics at the
track 3 and 4 in sequence (in small equal increments) as follows:
NOTE : You must read the scale from the outboard side of the flap
____
track beam.
(a) At track 3 and track 4, make sure that the top surface of the
flap trailing edge aligns with the scale block (41) as follows:
1
_ Do a check of the values shown on the labels (41) and (43).
NOTE : The label (41) is attached to the outboard side of the

____
flap track beam 3. The label (43) is attached to the
flap arm of each track.
2
_ At the track 3:
a
_ Add the values on the label (41) at the track 3 and the
label (43) at the track 3 together. Do this to get the
correct datum position of the flap trailing edge. This

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page A520
May 01/11

LAN
value +/- 1 mm (0.0393 in.) is the value shown on the scale
block (20).
NOTE : For a (+) or (up) value, the datum position is above

____
the zero line on the scale block (20).
For a (-) or (down) value, the datum position is
below the zero line of the scale block (20).

____
b
_ If there is no value shown on the label (43), or there is
no label (43) attached to the flap arm:
3
_ At track 4:
a
_ Add the values on the label (41) at the track 3 and the
label (43) at the track 4 together. Do this to get the
correct datum position of the flap trailing edge. This
value +/- 1 mm (0.0393 in.) is the value shown on the scale
block (20).
NOTE : For a (+) or (up) value, the datum position is above

____
the zero line on the scale block (20).
For a (-) or (down) value, the datum position is
below the zero line of the scale block (20).

____
b
_ If there is no value shown on the label (43), or there is
no label (43) attached to the flap arm:
(0.0393 in.) is the value shown at
(b) Safety the outboard flap forward eccentrics (Ref. TASK 27-54-62-
400-001).
(Ref. Fig. 515/TASK 27-51-00-991-069)
(2) At track 3 and track 4, remove the KIT-FLAP RIGGING:
assembly (23).

R

EFF :

015-049, 111-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page A521
May 01/11

LAN

Subtask 27-51-00-480-061-B

(Ref. Fig. 514/TASK 27-51-00-991-068, 518/TASK 27-51-00-991-073)

(2) At the track 1 position, install the TOOL-RESTRAINING, TK1

(98D27504040000).
(62).
(c) Install the spigot (61) through the flap track beam (62) into the
body assembly (64).

(98D27504038001):
(d) Put the scale block (68) on the fin (69):

- Do not use the scale block from the rigging kit: Use the RIG-
SCALE,FLAP (98D27508655000) for the adjustment procedure.

R

EFF :

015-049, 111-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page A522
May 01/11

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-51-00

Page A523
Feb 01/11

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-51-00

Page A524
Feb 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 27-51-00-820-074-A
F. Complete the Adjustment of Rigged Position of the Outboard Flap
(Ref. Fig. 511/TASK 27-51-00-991-070)
on the label (41) at track 3. Adjust the forward eccentrics at track
3 and track 4 in sequence (in small increments).
NOTE : The label (41) shows the asymmetric offset value. This is the
____
adjustment applied to the forward eccentric bearing in the
flap drive strut at tracks 3 and 4. The adjustment is
balance:
- a plus (+) or (up) value shows that the flap trailing edge
must be moved up
edge must be moved down
- a zero (0) value shows that no adjustment is necessary.
(Ref. Fig. 517A/TASK 27-51-00-991-072-A)
(a) At track 3:
1
_ For a (+) or (up) value, the top surface of the flap must
align (+/- 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.)) with:
- the line above zero on the scale block (20) which is the
2
_ For a (-) or (down) value, the top surface of the flap must
align (+/- 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.)) with:
- the line below zero on the scale block (20) which is the

____
(b) At the outboard end of the flap measure the dimension N (the
vertical distance between the outer fixed shroud and the top
surface of the flap):
1
_ For a (+) or (up) value, the distance must be zero +/- 1.0 mm
(0.0393 in.) plus the value shown.

EFF :

051-099, 27-51-00

Page A525
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
2
_ For a (-) or (down) value, the distance must be zero +/- 1.0
mm (0.0393 in.) minus the value shown.
(c) Safety the outboard flap forward eccentrics (Ref. TASK 27-54-62-
400-001).
(Ref. Fig. 515A/TASK 27-51-00-991-069-A)
(2) At the track 3 position, remove the KIT-FLAP RIGGING:
assembly (23).

Subtask 27-51-00-480-061-A

(2) At the track 1 position, install the TOOL-RESTRAINING,TK1

(98D27504039000).
(63).
(c) Assemble the side-plate (62) and the thumb-nut (61) to the body
assembly (65).

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-51-00

Page A526
Aug 01/10

LAN
(98D27504038001):
(d) Put the scale block (68) on the fin (69).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-51-00-820-075
H. Set the Main Eccentric Bearings of the Inboard Flap to the Zero Datum
Position

____
the flap attachment fittings at the flap carriages.
At track 1, an eccentric bush (86) is installed in the bearing

(87). A pin on the eccentric bush (86) engages with the toothplate
(85). The bearing (87) is at zero datum when the pin on the
eccentric bush (86) is at the position shown
(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 27-51-00-991-074-A)
Detail D.
At track 2, red paint marks on the bearing and on the fitting show
the zero datum position. The bearing is at the zero datum position
when the red paint marks are aligned.
(Ref. Fig. 516/TASK 27-51-00-991-071)
Adjust the bearings at one position then the other in small

increments.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A527
May 01/11

LAN
R Rigging Kit Installation - Inboard Flap

EFF :

051-099, 27-51-00

Page A528
Feb 01/11

LAN
R Rigging Kit Installation - Inboard Flap

EFF :

051-099, 27-51-00

Page A529
Feb 01/11

LAN
Main Eccentric Bearing Adjustment - Track 1
Figure 519/TASK 27-51-00-991-074-A12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page A530
May 01/11

LAN
Main Eccentric Bearing Adjustment - Track 1

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page A531
May 01/11

LAN
(1) At the track 1 position, set the main eccentric bearing to the zero
datum position as follows:
(a) Remove these items:

- the bolt (80)
- the tabwasher (81)
- the stop (82)
- the nut (83)
- the lockwasher (84)
- the toothplate (85).
(b) Use the TOOL-FLAP ADJUSTING (98D27504041000) to move the

eccentric bush (86) to the position shown.
(Ref. Fig. 519/TASK 27-51-00-991-074-A)
Detail D.
(2) At the track 2 position, set the main eccentric bearing to the zero
(Ref. Fig. 516/TASK 27-51-00-991-071)
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (57) installed on
the failsafe hooks.
NOTE : These nuts must be loose to make sure that the movement is
____
easy when you adjust the eccentric bearings.
(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (54) from the nut (53).
(d) Remove these items:

- the nut (53)
(e) Engage the TOOL - FLAP ADJUSTING, (98D27504082000) with the

(f) Turn the splined bush until the red paint marks are aligned.
____
When you turn the bush, the eccentric bearing also turns.

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page A532
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 27-51-00-820-075-A
H. Set the Main Eccentric Bearings of the Inboard Flap to the Zero Datum
Position
(Ref. Fig. 516/TASK 27-51-00-991-071, 519A/TASK 27-51-00-991-074)

____
the flap attachment fittings at the flap carriages.
At track 1, an eccentric bush (86) is installed in the bearing

(87). A pin on the eccentric bush (86) engages with the toothplate
(85). The bearing (87) is at zero datum when the pin on the
eccentric bush (86) is at the position shown.
(Ref. Fig. 519A/TASK 27-51-00-991-074)
Detail D.
At track 2, red paint marks on the bearing and on the fitting show
the zero datum position. The bearing is at the zero datum position
when the red paint marks are aligned.
(Ref. Fig. 516/TASK 27-51-00-991-071)
Adjust the bearings at one position then the other in small

increments.
(1) At the track 1 position set the main eccentric bearing to the zero
(a) Remove these items:

- the bolt (80)
- the tabwasher (81)
- the stop (82)
- the nut (83)
- the lockwasher (84)
- the toothplate (85).
(b) Use the TOOL-FLAP ADJUSTING (98D27504002000) to move the

eccentric bush (86) to the position shown.
(Ref. Fig. 519A/TASK 27-51-00-991-074)
Detail D.

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-51-00

Page A533
Aug 01/10

LAN
R Main Eccentric Bearing Adjustment - Track 1
Figure 519A/TASK 27-51-00-991-074- 12 (SHEET 1)

EFF :

051-099, 27-51-00

Page A534
Feb 01/11

LAN
R Main Eccentric Bearing Adjustment - Track 1
Figure 519A/TASK 27-51-00-991-074- 22 (SHEET 2)

EFF :

051-099, 27-51-00

Page A535
Feb 01/11

LAN
(2) At the track 2 position set the main eccentric bearing to the zero
(Ref. Fig. 516/TASK 27-51-00-991-071)
(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (57) installed on
the failsafe hooks.
NOTE : These are loosened to give easier movement when the

____
eccentric bearings are adjusted.
(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (54) from the nut (53).
(d) Remove these items:

- the nut (53)
(e) Engage the TOOL - FLAP ADJUSTING, (98D27504082000) with the

(f) Turn the splined bush until the red paint marks are aligned.
____
When the bush is turned the eccentric bearing also turns.
**ON A/C 001-014, 051-099, 101-110,
Subtask 27-51-00-820-067
J. Adjust the Rigged Position of the Inboard Flap
**ON A/C 001-014, 101-110,
(Ref. Fig. 518/TASK 27-51-00-991-073)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 518A/TASK 27-51-00-991-073-A)

EFF :

001-014, 051-099, 101-110, 27-51-00

Page A536
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
**ON A/C 001-014, 051-099, 101-110,
(Ref. Fig. 520/TASK 27-51-00-991-075)
(1) Make sure that scale block (68) is in position on the fin (69).
Adjust the bearings at one track position then the other in small
increments. Set the inboard flap as follows:
(a) At the track 1 and the track 2 positions, adjust the main
eccentric bearings until:
1
_ At track 2, the top surface of the flap aligns +/- 1.0 mm
(0.0393 in.) with the zero line on the scale block (68).
NOTE : Look inboard from the outside of the flap track beam
____
when you read the scale block.
2
_ The dimension S (between the bottom surface of the shroud box
trailing-edge and the top surface of the flap at the WX500
position) is between 4.5 mm (0.1771 in.) and 8.0 mm (0.3149
in.).
(a) Measure the dimension Q (between the flap drive-arm (4) and the
rotary actuator drive-lever (5)).
(b) If the dimension Q is less than 2 mm (0.0787 in.), a force of not

more than 25 kg (55.1155 lb) can be applied to the fork of the
flap drive-arm (4) to align the holes.
(c) Loosely install the bolt (6).
(d) If the dimension Q is more than 2 mm (0.0787 in.), then adjust

the forward eccentric (in the flap drive-arm) until the dimension
Q is not more than 2 mm (0.0787 in.). To do this:
(Ref. Fig. 521/TASK 27-51-00-991-076)
1
2
_ Remove the nut (95), the washer (94) and the serrated
lockwasher (96).

R

EFF :

001-014, 051-099, 101-110, 27-51-00

Page A537
Aug 01/10

LAN
R Rigging Dimension - Inboard Flap
Figure 520/TASK 27-51-00-991-075

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A538
Feb 01/11

LAN
R Forward Eccentric Bearing - Track 1
Figure 521/TASK 27-51-00-991-076

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A539
Feb 01/11

LAN
3
_ Loosen the nut (91) sufficiently to let the eccentric bolt
(97) move.
4
_ Turn the eccentric bolt (97) until the dimension Q is not more
than 2 mm (0.0787 in.) and loosely install the bolt (6).
(4) Remove the TOOL-RESTRAINING,TK1 from the flap track 1 beam (Ref. Para
4.K.(2)).
(5) Do a check of the flap rigged position again to make sure that it is
in the specified limits. If the flap rigged position is not correct:
(a) Install the TOOL-RESTRAINING,TK1 (98D27504039000) on the flap

track 1 beam (Ref. Para 4.F.(2)).
(b) Disconnect the track 1 flap drive levers (4) and (5).
(c) Put the track 1 main eccentric bearing back to its zero datum
position.
(d) Do steps (2) thru (6) again until the flap is in the correct
rigged position.
(e) Tighten the nut (91) and install a new cotter pin (92).
(f) Install the serrated lockwasher (96) with the end of the bolt
(93) through its hole.

threads of the bolt (93).

- the cotter pin (92), the nuts (91) and (95), the washer (94) and
the eccentric bolt (97).
R **ON A/C 015-049, 111-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-51-00-820-067-B
J. Adjust the Rigged Position of the Inboard Flap

(Ref. Fig. 511B/TASK 27-51-00-991-070-B, 518/TASK 27-51-00-991-073,
520/TASK 27-51-00-991-075)
(1) Make sure that scale block (68) is in position on the fin (69).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A540
May 01/11

LAN
Adjust the bearings at one track position then the other in small
increments.
(3) At the track 1 and the track 2 positions, adjust the main eccentric
bearings until:
(a) At track 2, the top surface of the flap aligns with the value
shown on the scale block (68) and the label (43). The value shown
on the scale block (68) (the datum position of the top surface of
the flap trailing edge) is the same as the value shown on the
label (43).
NOTE : You must look inboard from the outside of the flap track
____
beam when you read the scale block.
(b) If there is no value on the label (43), or there is no label

attached to the flap arm:
- align the top surface of the flap trailing edge with the zero
mark on the scale block (68).
(4) Adjust the main eccentric bearing until the dimension S (between the
bottom surface of the shroud-box trailing edge and the top surface of
the flap at the WX500 position) is between 4.5 mm (0.1771 in.) and
8.0 mm (0.3149 in.).
(a) Measure the dimension Q (between the flap drive-arm (4) and the
rotary actuator drive-lever (5)).
(b) If the dimension Q is less than 2 mm (0.0787 in.), you can apply
a force of not more than 25 kg (55.1155 lb) to the fork of the
flap drive-arm (4) to align the holes.
(c) Loosely install the bolt (6).
(d) If the dimension Q is more than 2 mm (0.0787 in.), adjust the

forward eccentric (in the flap drive-arm) until the dimension Q
is not more than 2 mm (0.0787 in.). To do this:
(Ref. Fig. 521/TASK 27-51-00-991-076)
1
2
_ Remove the nut (95), the washer (94) and the serrated
lockwasher (96).

R

EFF :

015-049, 111-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page A541
May 01/11

LAN
3
_ Loosen the nut (91) sufficiently to let the eccentric bolt
(97) move.
4
_ Turn the eccentric bolt (97) until the dimension Q is not more
than 2 mm (0.0787 in.) and loosely install the bolt (6).
(6) Remove the TOOL-RESTRAINING,TK1 from the flap track 1 beam (Ref. Para
4.K.(2)) attached to the flap arm:
(7) Do a check of the flap rigged position again to make sure that it is
in the specified limits. If the flap rigged position is not correct:
(a) Install the TOOL-RESTRAINING,TK1 (98D27504039000) on the flap

track 1 beam (Ref. Para 4.F.(2)).
(b) Disconnect the track 1 flap drive levers (4) and (5).
(c) Put the track 1 main eccentric bearing back to its zero datum
position.
(d) Do steps (2) thru (6) again until the flap is in the correct
rigged position.
(e) Tighten the nut (91) and install a new cotter pin (92).
(f) Install the serrated lockwasher (96) with the end of the bolt
(93) through its hole.
(8) Apply a layer of the zinc chromate putty SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material
No. 05-002) to the threads of the bolt (93).
(10) Apply a layer of the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-007) to:
- the cotter pin (92), the nuts (91) and (95), the washer (94) and
the eccentric bolt (97).

R

EFF :

015-049, 111-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page A542
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-51-00-420-075-A
K. Remove the Adjusting Tools from the Main Eccentric Bearings of the
Inboard Flap
(a) Remove the TOOL-FLAP ADJUSTING from the eccentric bush (86).
(b) Install the toothplate (85), the lockwasher (84) and the nut
(83).
(c) TORQUE the nut (83) with the ADAPTER-TORQUE-TRUNNION NUT

(98D27504035000) to between 5.4 and 7.0 m.daN (39.82 and 51.62
lbf.ft).
(d) Lock the nut (83) with the lockwasher (84).
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE
_______
WORK AREA WHEN YOU USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR
MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
-FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN
10 AND 15 MINUTES.
-GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES
OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS,
FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.

_______
(e) Apply a layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
004A) to the stop (82).
(f) Install the stop (82), the tabwasher (81) and the bolt (80).

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page A543
May 01/11

LAN
(g) TORQUE the bolt (80) to between 1.0 and 1.5 m.daN (88.49 and
132.74 lbf.in).
(h) Lock the bolt (80) with the tabwasher (81).

correctly engaged)
- the nut (53).
lbf.ft).
(e) TORQUE the nuts (57) on the failsafe hooks to 0.12 m.daN (10.61
lbf.in) maximum.
(f) Safety the nuts (57) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 27-51-00-420-075
K. Remove the Adjusting Tools From the Main Eccentric Bearings of the
Inboard Flap
(Ref. Fig. 516/TASK 27-51-00-991-071, 519A/TASK 27-51-00-991-074)
(a) Remove the TOOL-FLAP ADJUSTING from the eccentric bush (86).
(b) Install the toothplate (85), the lockwasher (84) and the nut
(83).
(c) TORQUE the nut (83) using the ADAPTER-TORQUE-TRUNNION NUT

(98D27504035000) to between 5.4 and 7.0 m.daN (39.82 and 51.62
lbf.ft).

R

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A544
Nov 01/10

LAN
(d) Lock the nut (83) with the lockwasher (84).
(e) Apply a layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
004A) to the stop (82).
(f) Install the stop (82), the tabwasher (81) and the bolt (80).
(g) TORQUE the bolt (80) to between 1.0 and 1.5 m.daN (88.49 and
132.74 lbf.in).
(h) Lock the bolt (80) with the tabwasher (81).

correctly engaged)
- the nut (53).
lbf.ft).
R (e) TORQUE the nuts (57) on the failsafe hooks to 0.12 m.daN (10.61
R lbf.in) maximum.
(f) Safety the nuts (57) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
**ON A/C 001-014, 101-110,
Subtask 27-51-00-820-068
L. Completion of the Flap Rigging Procedure

(Ref. Fig. 514/TASK 27-51-00-991-068, 518/TASK 27-51-00-991-073)
(1) At the track 1 position, complete the installation of the flap drive
levers (4) and (5) (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-001).

R

EFF :

001-014, 051-099, 101-110, 27-51-00

Page A545
Aug 01/10

LAN
(2) At the track 1 position, remove the TOOL-RESTRAINING, TK1 from the
flap track 1 beam as follows:
(a) Remove the spigot (62) from the body assembly (64).
(b) Disconnect the stop (66) from the track beam (62).
(c) Remove the body assembly (64) from the flap track beam (62).
(3) At the track 2 position, remove the KIT-FLAP RIGGING from the flap
track beam as follows:
(a) Remove the scale block (68) from the fin (69).
assembly (71).
(4) Remove all the rigging pins (1) and (7).
(5) Install the adaptor drive on the gearbox.
(6) Use the pneumatic wrench to turn the adaptor drive and fully extend
and retract the flaps. Make sure that the flaps operate correctly.
(7) Install the rigging pin (1) at the track 1 position.
R **ON A/C 015-049, 111-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-51-00-820-068-B
(Ref. Fig. 514/TASK 27-51-00-991-068, 518/TASK 27-51-00-991-073)
(2) At the track 1 position, remove the TOOL-RESTRAINING, TK1 from the
(a) Remove the spigot (62) from the body assembly (64).
(b) Disconnect the stop (66) from the track beam (62).

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page A546
May 01/11

LAN
(a) Remove the scale block (68) RIG-SCALE,FLAP (98D27508655000) from

the fin (69).
assembly (71).
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 27-51-00-820-068-A
(2) At the track 1 position, remove the TOOL-RESTRAINING,TK1 from the

(a) Remove the thumb-nut (61) and the side-plate (62) from the body
assembly (65).
(b) Disconnect the stop (67) from the flap carriage (60).

R

EFF :

015-049, 051-099, 111-299, 301-399, 27-51-00

Page A547
May 01/11

LAN
(a) Remove the scale block (68) from the fin (69).
assembly (71).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-51-00-820-069
M. Alignment of the Inboard and Outboard Flap Cruise Rollers
(Ref. Fig. 522/TASK 27-51-00-991-077)
(1) To align the inboard cruise roller of the outboard flap:
(a) Measure the dimension Y (between the cruise roller and the cam
plate).
(b) If the dimension Y is between 1 mm (0.0393 in.) and 2 mm (0.0787

in.), the position of the cruise roller is correct.
NOTE : A dimension of less than 1 mm (0.0393 in.) is not

____
permitted.
(c) If the dimension Y is more than 2 mm (0.0787 in.), you must

adjust the position of the cruise roller (105). To do this:
1
_ If necessary, remove the cushion seal (101).
2
_ Remove the nut (103), the collar (102) and the serrated plate
(104).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A548
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
R Alignment of the Cruise Rollers
Figure 522/TASK 27-51-00-991-077

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A549
Feb 01/11

LAN
3
_ Turn the eccentric (100) until the dimension Y is correct.
4
_ Install the serrated plate (104) to lock the eccentric (100).
5
_ Install the collar (102) and the nut (103).
6
_ TORQUE the nut (103) to between 4.8 and 5.4 m.daN (35.39 and
39.82 lbf.ft).
(d) Do a check of the dimension Y again.
(2) To align the outboard cruise roller of the inboard flap:
(a) Measure and record the dimension V.
(b) Measure the dimension X, this must be 6 mm (0.2362 in.) minus the
dimension V, +/- 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).
(c) If the dimension X is not correct, you must adjust the roller. To
do this:
1
_ If necessary, remove the cushion seal (101).
2
_ Remove the nut (103), the collar (102) and the serrated plate
(104).
3
_ Turn the eccentric (100) until the dimension X is correct.
4
_ Install the serrated plate (104) to lock the eccentric (100).
5
_ Install the collar (102) and the nut (103).
6
39.82 lbf.ft).
(d) Do a check of the dimension X again.
(3) To align the outboard end of the flap with the outer fixed shroud:
(Ref. Fig. 523/TASK 27-51-00-991-078)
(a) Use a straight-edge to measure the alignment between the outboard

flap top surface and the outer fixed-shroud top surface.
(b) If the dimension is less than 2 mm (0.0787 in.), the position of

the outer roller (114) is correct.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A550
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
R Alignment of the Outer Roller of the Outboard Flap
Figure 523/TASK 27-51-00-991-078

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A551
Feb 01/11

LAN
(c) If the dimension is more than 2 mm (0.0787 in.), you must adjust
the outer roller (114). To do this:
1
_ Remove all rigging pins and fully extend the flaps.
2
_ Manually extend the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011).
3
_ Install the rigging pin (7) at the track 4 position.
4
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (111) and (118).
5
_ Remove the nut (110) and the washer (112).
6
_ Remove the bolt (113) and release the locking plate (116) from
the spigot (115).
7
_ Loosen the nut (117) sufficiently to let you turn the spigot
(115).
8
_ Turn the spigot (115) until the roller (114) moves the flap
within the specified limits.
9
_ Install the locking plate (116).
10
__ Install the washer (112) and the nut (110).
11
__ TORQUE the nut (110) to between 0.5 and 0.6 m.daN (44.24 and
53.09 lbf.in).
12
__ Install the new cotter pin (111).
13
__ TORQUE the nut (117) to between 1.3 and 1.4 m.daN (115.04 and
123.89 lbf.in).
14
__ Make sure that the roller (114) is free to turn.
15
__ Remove the rigging pin (7) at the track 4 position.
16
__ Manually retract the flaps to the postion 0. (Ref. TASK 27-50-
00-866-012)
17
__ Install the rigging pin (7) at the track 4 position.
18
__ Use a straight-edge to measure the alignment between the
outboard flap top surface and the outer fixed-shroud top
surface.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A552
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
19
__ If the dimension is less than 2 MM (0.0787 IN.), the position
of the outer roller (114) is correct.
20
__ If the dimension is more than 2 MM (0.0787 IN.), do the
adjustment of the roller (114) again.
21
__ Install the new cotter pin (111) and cotter pin (118).
22
__ Remove all the rigging pins.
Subtask 27-51-00-420-076
N. Completion of the Flap Connection
(1) Connect the interconnecting strut to the outboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-
54-62-400-001).
(2) Install the flap kink seals (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-006).
Subtask 27-51-00-710-070
P. Operational Test of the Flap System
control lever.
(2) Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-

001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-00-410-060
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the access panels:
(a) For the LH wing, install:

- 573AB, 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002)
- 575AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004)
(b) For the RH wing, install:

- 673AB, 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002)
- 675AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004)

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A553
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-51-00-942-079

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A554
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
R Installation of the Flap Rigging Pin at Track 1
Figure 524/TASK 27-51-00-991-017-A

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A555
Feb 01/11

LAN
R Installation of the Flap Rigging Pins
Figure 525/TASK 27-51-00-991-055

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A556
Feb 01/11

LAN
R Installation of the Flap Rigging Kit
Figure 526/TASK 27-51-00-991-018-A

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A557
Feb 01/11

LAN
R Inboard Flap Rigging Dimensions
Figure 527/TASK 27-51-00-991-019-A

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A558
Feb 01/11

LAN
R Outboard Flap Rigging Dimensions (Sheet 1)
Figure 528/TASK 27-51-00-991-022-A

EFF :

ALL 27-51-00

Page A559
Feb 01/11

LAN
R Outboard Flap Rigging Dimensions (Sheet 2)
Figure 529/TASK 27-51-00-991-023

EFF :

051-099, 27-51-00

Page A560
Feb 01/11

LAN
SENSOR FLAP ATTACHMENT FAILURE DETECTION - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________________
TASK 27-51-15-000-002
Removal of the Proximity-Sensors of the Interconnecting Strut
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To give ATA reference to agree with CFDS message.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-51-44-000-002 Removal of the Proximity-Sensor of the


EFF :

ALL 27-51-15

Page 401
May 01/00

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-15-941-050
flight controls.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-51-15-020-050
A. Remove the Proximity Sensor
(1) Remove the applicable proximity sensor (Ref. TASK 27-51-44-000-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-15

Page 402
May 01/00

LAN
TASK 27-51-15-400-002
Installation of the Proximity-Sensors of the Interconnecting Strut
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To give ATA reference to agree with CFDS message.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-51-44-400-002 Installation of the Proximity-Sensor of the

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-15-941-051

EFF :

ALL 27-51-15

Page 403
May 01/00

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-51-15-420-050
A. Install the Proximity Sensor
(1) Install the applicable proximity sensor (Ref. TASK 27-51-44-400-002).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-15-942-050
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-15

Page 404
May 01/00

LAN
COMMAND SENSOR UNIT (CSU) (51CV) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________________
TASK 27-51-17-000-001
Removal of the Command Sensor Unit
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-025, 028-049, 051-099, 101-120, 122-150, 201-250, 301-399,
27-51-17-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 026-027, 121-121, 151-200, 251-299,
27-51-17-991-001-A Fig. 401A

EFF :

ALL 27-51-17

Page 401
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-17-860-050
(1) Make sure that the flaps and slats are in the fully retracted
position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).
(2) Make sure that the hydraulic systems are depressurized.
Subtask 27-51-17-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND 1 1CN B12
105VU ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY 5PB2 D02
105VU ELEC/HOT BUS/702PP SPLY 12PB2 E02
121VU FLIGHT CONTROLS/SLT FLP/POS/IND2 2CN P16
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-025, 028-049, 051-099, 101-120, 122-150, 201-250, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-51-17-991-001)
R **ON A/C 026-027, 121-121, 151-200, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-51-17-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-51-17

Page 402
May 01/11

LAN
Figure 401/TASK 27-51-17-991-001

R

EFF : 001-025, 028-049, 051-099, 101-120,
122-150, 201-250, 301-399,
27-51-17

Page 403
May 01/11

LAN
Figure 401A/TASK 27-51-17-991-001-A

R

EFF :

026-027, 121-121, 151-200, 251-299, 27-51-17

Page 404
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-51-17-020-050
A. RemovaL of the CSU
(2) Lift the control lever (9).
(3) Disconnect the electrical connectors (7) and (6) from the CSU (5).
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector (8) from the control lever (9).
(6) Cut and discard the lockwire from the screws (3).
(7) Remove the four screws (3) and the washers (4).
(8) Remove the CSU

EFF :

ALL 27-51-17

Page 405
Feb 01/11

LAN
TASK 27-51-17-400-001
Installation of the Command Sensor Unit
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.5 mm (0.020

in.) dia.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-54-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Flap and Slat Systems
31-21-00-750-002 Procedure to set the Clock
R **ON A/C 001-025, 028-049, 051-099, 101-120, 122-150, 201-250, 301-399,
27-51-17-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 026-027, 121-121, 151-200, 251-299,
27-51-17-991-001-A Fig. 401A

EFF :

ALL 27-51-17

Page 406
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-17-860-051
Subtask 27-51-17-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-025, 028-049, 051-099, 101-120, 122-150, 201-250, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-51-17-991-001)
R **ON A/C 026-027, 121-121, 151-200, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-51-17-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-51-17

Page 407
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-51-17-420-050
A. Installation of the CSU
(1) Install the control lever (9) on the Command Sensor Unit (CSU) (5).
NOTE : Make sure that the mark on the gear of the CSU (5) aligns with
____
the fixed mark. Correctly engage the gear in the control lever
(9).
(2) Install the washers (4), the screws (3) and tighten.
(3) Safety the screws (3) with corrosion-resistant steel lockwire 0.5 mm
(0.020 in.) dia..
condition.
(6) Connect the electrical connectors (7) and (6) to the CSU (5).
(7) Connect the electrical connector (8) to the control lever (9).
(8) Install the control lever (9) on its support.
Subtask 27-51-17-865-052
breaker(s):
5CV, 6CV, 7CV, 8CV, 5PB1, 12PB1, 5PB2, 12PB2, 4LF, 1CN, 2CN
Subtask 27-51-17-710-051
C. Do the operational test of the flap and slat system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-
710-002)
(1) If necessary, adjust the clock (Ref. TASK 31-21-00-750-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-17

Page 408
Feb 01/11

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-17-860-052
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-17

Page 409
Feb 01/11

LAN
R COMMAND SENSOR UNIT (CSU) (51CV) - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________________________
TASK 27-51-17-280-001
Removal and Workshop Check of the Friction Brake of the Flap/Slat Command
Sensor Unit (CSU)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-51-17-000-001 Removal of the Command Sensor Unit (CSU) (51CV)

27-51-17-400-001 Installation of the Command Sensor Unit (CSU) (51CV)
CMM 270902
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-17-020-051
A. Removal of the CSU
(1) Remove the CSU (Ref. TASK 27-51-17-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-51-17-280-050
A. Check of the CSU
R (1) In the workshop, do the test of the friction brake (Ref. CMM 270902).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-17-420-051
A. Installation of the CSU
(1) Install the CSU (Ref. TASK 27-51-17-400-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-17

Page 601
May 01/09

LAN
R POSITION PICK OFF UNIT - ASYMMETRY (APPU) (29CV,30CV) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________________________
TASK 27-51-18-000-001
Removal of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit 29CV (30CV)
_______
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE
_______
YOU SUPPLY ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-51-18

Page 401
Aug 01/02

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-51-18-991-001 Fig. 401
27-51-18-991-002 Fig. 402
R FOR FIN 29CV
R 57-51-37-000-004 Removal of the Access Panels
R 575AB/575BB/575CB/575DB/575EB/575FB/575GB/575HB
R (675AB/675BB/675CB/675DB/675EB/675FB/675GB/675HB)
R FOR FIN 30CV
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-51-18-991-001)
Subtask 27-51-18-941-056
flight controls.
Subtask 27-51-18-860-050
(1) If you replace the APPU, fully retract the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-
866-009).
NOTE : An APPU is self locking and can be removed/installed when the

____
flap/slat system is not at zero if:
- the same APPU is to be installed and its position is not
changed
- no movement of the flap/slat system is permitted during the
time the APPU is removed.
on the flap/slat control-lever.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-18

Page 402
Aug 01/02

LAN
Flap APPU - Detail and Location
Figure 401/TASK 27-51-18-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-51-18

Page 403
May 01/00

LAN
(3) If a new APPU is to be installed, install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS
(TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) at the flap track 1 position only.
Subtask 27-51-18-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-51-18-010-050
D. Get Access
(a) FOR 29CV

below the access panel 575FB
(b) FOR 30CV

below the access panel 675FB.
(a) FOR 29CV

remove 575FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004)
(b) FOR 30CV

remove 675FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-18

Page 404
Nov 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-51-18-991-001, 402/TASK 27-51-18-991-002)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-51-18-020-050
A. Removal of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit
CAUTION : MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU
_______
DISCONNECT THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(1) Electrically disconnect the APPU.
(a) Disconnect the plug (4) from the connector A and the plug (5)
from the connector B.
(b) Install blanking caps on the plugs (4) and (5) and the connectors
A and B.
(2) Hold the APPU (3), remove the bolts (2) and the washers (1), then
disengage and remove the APPU (3).
(3) Install a tie-wrap (6) behind the locking plate (7) to lock the APPU
(3) in position.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-18

Page 405
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
R Flap APPU - Zero Datum Settings and Locations
Figure 402/TASK 27-51-18-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-51-18

Page 406
Aug 01/10

LAN
TASK 27-51-18-400-001
Installation of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit 29CV (30CV)
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

No specific 1 SAFETY BARRIER(S)
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-51-18

Page 407
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-51-18-991-001 Fig. 401
27-51-18-991-002 Fig. 402
R FOR FIN 29CV
R 57-51-37-400-004 Installation of the Access Panels
R 575AB/575BB/575CB/575DB/575EB/575FB/575GB/ 575HB
R FOR FIN 30CV

EFF :

ALL 27-51-18

Page 408
Aug 01/02

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-51-18-991-001, 402/TASK 27-51-18-991-002)
Subtask 27-51-18-941-057
(1) Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.
Subtask 27-51-18-860-052
(1) If you install a new APPU (3):
(a) Make sure that the flaps are fully retracted (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-
866-009).
(b) Make sure that the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) is installed at

the track 1 position only.
(2) Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER is
installed on the flap/slat control-lever quadrant.
(3) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is in

position:
(a) FOR 29CV

below access panel 575FB
(b) FOR 30CV

below access panel 675FB.
(4) Make sure that the applicable access panel has been removed:
(a) FOR 29CV

remove 575FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004)
(b) FOR 30CV

remove 675FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-18

Page 409
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-51-18-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-51-18-991-001, 402/TASK 27-51-18-991-002)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-51-18-420-053

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-18

Page 410
Nov 01/10

LAN
(2) Clean the interface of the APPU (3), the APPU adaptor assembly (11),
the bolts (2) and the washers (1) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-004).
(3) Examine the APPU (3) and the interface of the APPU adaptor assembly
(11) for damage, cracks and corrosion.
(6) On a new APPU (3) make sure that:

- the gear zero marks and the orange zero indicator aligns with their
applicable fixed pointers
- the marks on the drive shaft align with each other.
Subtask 27-51-18-420-052
B. Installation of the Asymmetry-Position Pick-Off Unit
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLAP SYSTEM IS IN THE ZERO POSITION BEFORE
_______
YOU INSTALL A NEW APPU. A NEW APPU IS SUPPLIED LOCKED IN THE
ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ZERO POSITION.
(1) Make sure the gearbox quill shaft (10) is concentric within the
spigot bore of the gearbox (9).
(2) Remove the tie-wrap (6) from behind the locking plate (7).
(3) Put the APPU (3) in position on the gearbox (9). Make sure the shroud
slot and the key are correctly aligned.
(4) Engage the APPU drive shaft (8) with the gearbox quill shaft (10).
CAUTION : DO NOT USE THE INSTALLATION BOLTS TO FULLY ENGAGE THE APPU
_______
DRIVE IN THE SPIGOT INNER SURFACE.
THIS WILL CAUSE:
- DAMAGE TO THE APPU
- DAMAGE TO THE SPLINES
- THE RETAINING PIN TO BREAK.
(a) Use hand pressure and push the APPU (3) fully in position in the
gearbox (9).
NOTE : This force must only be sufficient to allow installation

____
of the washers (1) and the bolts (2). The force required
will be approximately 3.5 daN (7.90 lbf).
(b) Hold the APPU (3) in this position and install the washers (1)
and the bolts (2).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-18

Page 411
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
lbf.in).

- the bolts (2) and the washers (1)
- the joint between the APPU (3) and the gearbox (9).
(7) Remove the blanking caps from the plugs (4) and (5) and the
connectors A and B.
(8) To electrically connect the APPU:
CAUTION : REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU
_______
CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
(a) Connect the plug (4) to the connector A and the plug (5) to the
connector B.
Subtask 27-51-18-860-051
control-lever quadrant.
(2) If a new APPU was installed, remove the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1)
from the track 1 position.
items.
Subtask 27-51-18-865-052
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV, 10CV, 12CV.
Subtask 27-51-18-710-050
E. Test
(1) Install the safety collar on the circuit breakers 10CV and 12CV.

001).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-18

Page 412
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-18-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
R (2) Install the applicable access panel:

- FOR 29CV
R install 575FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004)
- FOR 30CV
R install 675FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004).
Subtask 27-51-18-942-052

EFF :

ALL 27-51-18

Page 413
Aug 01/02

LAN
POSITION PICK - OFF UNIT - FEED BACK (FPPU) (27CV) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________________
TASK 27-51-19-000-001
Removal of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-51-19-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-19-010-050
A. Open the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-19

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-51-19-860-050
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) in position at the opening of the
main door of the main gear.
(2) Make sure that the flaps are in the fully retracted position
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).
(3) Install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) at the flap

track 1 position only.
Subtask 27-51-19-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-51-19-991-001)
Subtask 27-51-19-020-050
A. Removal of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit
NOTE : Do not remove the Feed Back Position Pick-off Unit when the
____
Pressure-off Brakes are removed from the Power Control Unit.
(1) Remove the electrical connectors 27CV-A and 27CV-B from the Feed Back
Position Pick-off Unit (FPPU).
(4) Remove the FPPU carefully from the gearbox.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-19

Page 402
Feb 01/11

LAN
Feedback Position Pick-Off Unit
Figure 401/TASK 27-51-19-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-51-19

Page 403
May 01/00

LAN
(5) Put a tie-wrap (3) behind the locking plate to prevent the retraction
of the locking plate.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-19

Page 404
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-51-19-400-001
Installation of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-054
ZINC POWDER (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-51-19

Page 405
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
F/CTL Page
27-51-19-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-19-860-051
(1) Make sure that the main doors of the main gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-12-00-010-001).
R (2) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT) is in position at the
opening of the main door of the main gear.
(3) Make sure that the flaps are in the retracted position (Ref. TASK 27-
50-00-866-009) because a new FPPU is delivered locked in its zero
position.
Subtask 27-51-19-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-51-19

Page 406
Feb 01/11

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-51-19-991-001)
Subtask 27-51-19-860-052

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(3) Remove the sealing compound from the flange of the replacement FPPU.
(4) Clean the anodic contact areas on the FPPU and the gearbox.
(5) Coat the areas with a mixture of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
002) and SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-054) in the ratio of 58
to 42 by weight.
screws (1).
Subtask 27-51-19-420-050
B. Installation of the Feed Back Position Pick-Off Unit (9)
(1) Make sure that all zero marks on the FPPU are aligned.
(2) Remove the tie-wrap (3).
(3) Install the FPPU carefully on the gearbox.
(4) Install the screws (1) and the washers (2).
lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-19

Page 407
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(6) Do a bonding test between the main bonding point of the power control
unit and the FPPU flange. The resistance must not be more than 20
milliohms.
(7) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
condition.
(9) Connect the electrical connectors 27CV-A and 27CV-B to the FPPU.
(10) Remove the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) from the track 1 position.
Subtask 27-51-19-865-052
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 27-51-19-740-050
D. Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault

Display-System (CFDS)

002).
(2) Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the Multipurpose
Control Display-Unit (MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-006).
(3) Do a check of the flap PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control
lever position ZERO on the MCDU as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- Push (in) the line key < SFCC 1. - The MCDU shows the SFCC 1 menu.
2. Push (in) the NEXT PAGE button. - The MCDU shows the next page of the
SFCC 1 menu.
3. Push (in) the line key SYSTEM DATA - The MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP
FLP >. SYSTEM DATA menu.
4. Push (in) the line key < PPU. - The MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s):

EFF :

ALL 27-51-19

Page 408
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Refer to Table 1.
NOTE : The APPU and the FPPU synchro

____
angles must not be different by
more than 1.3 deg.
The LH APPU and the RH APPU
synchro angles must not be
different by more than 0.45 deg.

page is shown.
6. De-energize the aircraft

electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-
41-00-862-002).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |
| SFCC 1 |
| PPU DATE (DEG) |
| LH APPU FPPU RH APPU |
| ***.* ***.* ***.* |
| ***HEX ***HEX ***HEX *** |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| OTHER SFCC |
| ***.* ***.* ***.* *** |
| ***HEX ***HEX ***HEX |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| <RETURN PRINT> |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Table 1 |
| PPU DATA (DEG) displayed on the MCDU at the flap position ZERO |
| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-51-19

Page 409
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-51-19-820-050
E. Adjustment
NOTE : The difference between the LH APPU and the FPPU must be in the
____
limit plus or minus 1.3 deg maximum). The difference between the
RH APPU and the FPPU must be in the limits (plus or minus 1.3 deg
maximum). The difference between the LH APPU and the RH APPU is in
the limits (plus or minus 0.45 deg maximum).
(1) If necessary, do an adjustment of the flap drive system (Ref. TASK

27-54-00-820-001).
Subtask 27-51-19-710-050
F. Do the operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-19-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(3) Close the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-19

Page 410
Nov 01/10

LAN
COMPUTER - SLAT AND FLAP CONTROL (SFCC) (21CV,22CV) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________________________________________________
TASK 27-51-34-000-001
Removal of the SFCC (21CV,22CV)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-51-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-34-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 21CV
FOR 22CV

EFF :

ALL 27-51-34

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-51-34-010-050
B. Get Access
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-51-34-991-001)
Subtask 27-51-34-020-050
A. Removal of the SFCC
(1) Loosen the knurled nuts (4).
(2) Pull the SFCC (1) on its rack (3) to disconnect it from the
electrical connectors (2).
(3) Remove the SFCC (1) from its rack (3).
(4) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (2).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-34

Page 402
Feb 01/11

LAN
Slat and Flap Control Computer (SFCC)
Figure 401/TASK 27-51-34-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-51-34

Page 403
May 01/00

LAN
TASK 27-51-34-400-001
Installation of the SFCC (21CV,22CV)
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Flap System)
27-54-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Flap and Slat Systems
(Slat System)
27-51-34-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-34-860-050

position.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-34

Page 404
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-51-34-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR 21CV
R
R
FOR 22CV
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-51-34-991-001)
Subtask 27-51-34-420-050
A. Installation of the SFCC
(1) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2).
(2) Install the SFCC (1) on its rack (3).
(3) Push the SFCC (1) on its rack (3) to connect it to the electrical
connectors (2).
(4) Attach the SFCC (1) to its rack (3) with the knurled nuts (4).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-34

Page 405
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-51-34-865-052
breaker(s):
FOR 21CV
5CV, 6CV, 5PB1, 12PB1, 1CN
FOR 22CV
7CV, 8CV, 5PB2, 12PB2, 2CN
Subtask 27-51-34-710-050
C. Test
(1) If you install a new SFCC:

- After the automatic BITE test, do the operational test of the Flap
and Slat Systems (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-002).
(2) If you interchange or re-rack the SFCC:

- Do the BITE test of the SFCC (21CV, 22CV) (Flap System) (Ref. TASK
27-51-00-740-002).
- Do the BITE test of the SFCC (21CV, 22CV) (Slat System) (Ref. TASK
27-81-00-740-002).
- Do the operational test of the Flap and Slat Systems (Ref. TASK 27-
54-00-710-002).
NOTE : If you must replace the two SFCCs at the same time, do the
____
LAND CAT III capability test (Ref. TASK 22-97-00-710-001).
NOTE : If necessary, adjust the clock (Ref. TASK 31-21-00-750-002).

____
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-34-410-050
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-34

Page 406
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
LEVER - FLAP AND SLAT CONTROL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________
TASK 27-51-43-000-001
Removal of the Flap and Slat Control Lever
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-51-43-000-002 Removal of the Lighted Plate
R **ON A/C 001-025, 028-049, 051-099, 101-120, 122-150, 201-250, 301-399,
27-51-43-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 026-027, 121-121, 151-200, 251-299,
27-51-43-991-001-A Fig. 401A

EFF :

ALL 27-51-43

Page 401
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-43-860-050
Subtask 27-51-43-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-025, 028-049, 051-099, 101-120, 122-150, 201-250, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-51-43-991-001)
R **ON A/C 026-027, 121-121, 151-200, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-51-43-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-51-43

Page 402
May 01/11

LAN
Flap and Slat Control - Lever
Figure 401/TASK 27-51-43-991-001

R

EFF : 001-025, 028-049, 051-099, 101-120,
122-150, 201-250, 301-399,
27-51-43

Page 403
May 01/11

LAN
Flap and Slat Control - Lever
Figure 401A/TASK 27-51-43-991-001-A

R

EFF :

026-027, 121-121, 151-200, 251-299, 27-51-43

Page 404
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-51-43-020-050
A. Removal of the Flap and Slat Control Lever
(1) Remove the lighted plate (Ref. TASK 27-51-43-000-002)
(3) Lift the control lever assembly (9).
(4) Disconnect the electrical connector (8) from the control lever
assembly (9).
(5) Disconnect the electrical connector (7) and (6) from the CSU (5).
(7) Cut and discard the lockwire from the screws (3).
(8) Remove the four screws (3) and the washers (4).
(9) Remove the control lever (9).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-43

Page 405
Feb 01/11

LAN
TASK 27-51-43-400-001
Installation of the Flap and Slat Control Lever
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific corrosion resistant steel lockwire 0.5 mm (0.020

in.) dia.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-51-43-400-002 Installation of the Lighted Plate
R **ON A/C 001-025, 028-049, 051-099, 101-120, 122-150, 201-250, 301-399,
27-51-43-991-001 Fig. 401
R **ON A/C 026-027, 121-121, 151-200, 251-299,
27-51-43-991-001-A Fig. 401A

EFF :

ALL 27-51-43

Page 406
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-43-860-051
Subtask 27-51-43-865-052
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-025, 028-049, 051-099, 101-120, 122-150, 201-250, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-51-43-991-001)
R **ON A/C 026-027, 121-121, 151-200, 251-299,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-51-43-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-51-43

Page 407
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-51-43-420-050
A. Installation of the Flap and Slat Control Lever
(1) Install the control lever (9) on the Command Sensor Unit (CSU) (5).
NOTE : Make sure that the mark on the gear of the CSU (5) aligns with
____
the fixed mark. Correctly engage the gear in the control lever
(9).
(3) Safety the screws (3) with corrosion resistant steel lockwire 0.5 mm
(0.020 in.) dia..
condition.
(6) Connect the electrical connector (8) to the control lever (9).
(7) Connect the electrical connector (7) and (6) to the CSU (5).
(8) Put the control lever assembly (9) on its support.
(10) Install the lighted plate (Ref. TASK 27-51-43-400-002)
Subtask 27-51-43-865-051
breaker(s):
1CN, 2CN, 5CV, 6CV, 7CV, 8CV, 5PB1, 12PB1, 5PB2, 12PB2, 4LF
Subtask 27-51-43-710-050
C. Do the operational test of the flap and slat system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-
710-001).
NOTE : If necessary, adjust the clock(Ref. TASK 31-21-00-750-002).

____

EFF :

ALL 27-51-43

Page 408
Feb 01/11

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-43-860-052
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-43

Page 409
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-51-43-000-002
Removal of the Lighted Plate
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-51-43-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-43-860-053

R

EFF :

ALL 27-51-43

Page 410
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-51-43-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-51-43-991-002)
Subtask 27-51-43-020-052
A. Removal of the Lighted Plate
(1) Remove the screw (13) and the handle (12).
(2) Remove the set screw (14) and the pin (16).
(3) Remove the index (15).
(5) Remove the lighted plate (20).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-43

Page 411
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Lighted Plate of the Flaps and Slats Control Lever
Figure 402/TASK 27-51-43-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-51-43

Page 412
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-51-43-400-002
Installation of the Lighted Plate
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 08-007 USA MIL-R-46082 TYPE II

THREADLOCKER/SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-51-43-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-43-860-054

EFF :

ALL 27-51-43

Page 413
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-51-43-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-51-43-420-052
A. Installation of the Lighted Plate

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-51-43-991-002)
(1) Install the lighted plate (20) on the control lever assembly (19).
(2) Install the screws (11) and tighten.
(3) Install the index (15) on the lever (18).
(4) Install the pin (16) through the levers (17) and (18).
(5) Install the set screw (14) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-007) into the lever (17) and tighten.
(6) Install the handle (12) on the lever (18).
(7) Install the screw (13) with BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No. 08-007) and tighten.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-43

Page 414
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-51-43-865-055
breaker(s):
5CV, 6CV, 7CV, 8CV, 9CV, 10CV, 11CV, 12CV, 4LF, 1CN, 2CN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-43-860-055
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-43

Page 415
Feb 01/11

LAN
STRUT - INTERCONNECTING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________
TASK 27-51-44-000-001
Removal of the Interconnecting Strut
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 401
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Tool (98D27803000000)
27-51-44-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-51-44-991-001)
Subtask 27-51-44-941-059
Subtask 27-51-44-860-052
(1) Extend the flaps to position 1 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008).

480-002).
Subtask 27-51-44-865-059
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 402
Nov 01/10

LAN
R Interconnecting Strut - Location and Detail
Figure 401/TASK 27-51-44-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 403
Nov 01/01

LAN
R
Subtask 27-51-44-010-056
D. Get Access
(1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position:

- for the left wing, below zone 580
- for the right wing, below zone 680.
(2) Remove the lower kink seal, the cushion seals and the upper kink
seals from the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-002).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-51-44-991-001)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-51-44-020-050
A. Removal of the Interconnecting Strut
(1) Remove the electrical connectors (10) and (11) from the connectors
(9) and (8) on the inboard flap.
(3) Remove and discard the cotter pins (7) and (12).
(4) Hold the interconnecting strut (1).
(5) Remove the nuts (6) and (13) and the washers (5) and (14).
(6) Remove the bolts (2) and (15) and remove the interconnecting strut
(1).
(7) Remove the washer (3) and the bush (4).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 404
Nov 01/10

LAN
TASK 27-51-44-400-001
Installation of the Interconnecting Strut
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 405
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 cotter pin 27-51-05 01 -010

12 cotter pin 27-51-05 01 -100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Tool (98D27803000000)
27-51-44-960-001 Replacement of the Flap Interconnecting Strut Rod-End
and Locking Device
27-51-44-991-001 Fig. 401
27-51-44-991-004 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 406
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-44-941-061
Subtask 27-51-44-860-051-A
(1) Make sure that the lower kink seal, the cushion seals and the upper
kink seals are removed from the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-002).
(2) Make sure that the flaps are extended to position 1 (Ref. TASK 27-50-
00-866-008).
(98D27803000000) is on the flap/slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-
00-480-002).
position:
Subtask 27-51-44-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 407
Nov 01/10

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-51-44

Page 408
Nov 01/10

LAN
R **ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-51-44-991-001)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-51-44-420-057
(3) Make sure that the rod-end and the locking device (located between
the locknut and nut) are not worn or damaged. Replace a worn or
dameged rod-end, or a worn or damaged locking device (Ref. TASK 27-
51-44-960-001).
Subtask 27-51-44-420-055
B. Installation of the Interconnecting Strut
(1) Install the washer (3) and the bush (4).
(2) Put the interconnecting strut (1) in the correct position for
installation. Make sure that the position is correct as follows:
(a) The TOP indication on the interconnecting strut (1) is at the

top.
(b) The flanged bush on the interconnecting strut (1) is at the top.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 409
Aug 01/10

LAN
(c) The inspection/setting hole/s is/are at the bottom.
NOTE : The strut can have one or two inspection/setting holes.

____
(3) Install the bolt (2), the washer (5) and the nut (6).
lbf.in).
(6) Install the new cotter pin (7).
lbf.in).
NOTE : It is possible to have a clearance between the flange of the

____
bush and the strut attachment bracket. This is satisfactory.
(8) Install the new cotter pin (12).
(9) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (8), (9),
(10) and (11).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-51-44-991-004)
condition.
(11) Connect the electrical connectors (10) and (11) to their related
connectors (9) and (8) on the inboard flap.
(12) Clean the electrical connectors (10) and (11) with a MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-026).
(13) Apply a continuous layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-

008) to the electrical connectors (10) and (11).
Subtask 27-51-44-820-050-A
C. Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut
(1) Do the adjustment of the interconnecting strut (1) (Ref. TASK 27-51-
44-820-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 410
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Interconnecting Strut - Electrical Connections
Figure 402/TASK 27-51-44-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 411
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-51-44-865-062
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-51-44-420-051
E. Installation of the Interconnecting Strut

- the bolt (2), the nut (6), the washer (5) and the cotter pin (7)
- the bolt (15), the nut (13), the washer (14) and the cotter pin
(12).
Subtask 27-51-44-865-052
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 27-51-44-710-050-A
G. Test

001).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 412
Nov 01/10

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-44-410-055
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the lower kink seal, the cushion seals and the upper kink
seals on the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-006).
Subtask 27-51-44-942-051

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 413
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-51-44-000-002
Removal of the Proximity-Sensor of the Interconnecting Strut
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 414
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-51-44-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-44-941-060
(2) Put the warning notice(s) in position to tell persons not to operate
Subtask 27-51-44-860-060
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

(98D27803000000) on the flap/slat control lever.
Subtask 27-51-44-865-070
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 415
Nov 01/10

LAN
R
Subtask 27-51-44-010-055
D. Get Access

(2) Remove the lower kink seal, the cushion seals and the upper kink
seals from the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-002).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-51-44-991-003)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-51-44-020-051
A. Removal of the Proximity Sensor
(1) Disconnect the applicable electrical connector(s) (11) and/or (12).
(2) Put blanking caps on the applicable electrical connector(s) (10)

and/or (13).
(3) Remove the applicable proximity sensor (1):
(a) FOR 37CV, 38CV
1
2
_ Remove the proximity sensor (1) from the bracket (3).
(4) Remove the applicable proximity sensor (14):
(a) FOR 39CV, 40CV
1

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 416
Nov 01/10

LAN
Details of the Proximity-Sensors 37CV (38CV), 39CV (40CV)
Figure 403/TASK 27-51-44-991-003

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 417
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
2
_ Remove the proximity sensor (14) from the bracket (8).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 418
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-51-44-400-002
Installation of the Proximity-Sensor of the Interconnecting Strut
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR FIN 39CV, 40CV
98D27504031000 1 PIN-SETTING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 419
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Tool (98D27803000000)
27-51-00-710-002 Operational Test of the Flap Interconnecting Strut
and the Flap-Attachment Failure-Detection Sensors
27-51-44-991-003 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-51-44-991-003)
Subtask 27-51-44-941-062
to operate the flap/slat controls.
Subtask 27-51-44-860-061
(2) Make sure that the flaps are extended at position 1 (Ref. TASK 27-50-
00-866-009).
(98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002) is on the flap/slat
control lever.


EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 420
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-51-44-865-071
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-51-44-991-003)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-51-44-420-058
Subtask 27-51-44-420-052
B. Installation of the Proximity Sensor
(1) Put the applicable proximity sensor (1) in position on the bracket
(3):
(a) FOR 37CV, 38CV

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 421
Nov 01/10

LAN
(b) Install the bolts (5), the washers (4) and the nuts (2). Do not
tighten the nuts (2).
(2) Put the applicable proximity sensor (14) in position on the bracket
(8):
(a) FOR 39CV, 40CV
(b) Install the bolts (6), the washers (7) and the nuts (9). Do not
tighten the nuts (9).
(3) Install the PIN-SETTING (98D27504031000) in the interconnecting strut

(15).
(4) Make sure that the dimension X is between 0.3 mm (0.012 in.) and 0.7
mm (0.027 in.).
(5) Tighten the applicable nuts (2) or (9).
(6) Make sure that the dimension X has stayed correct.
(7) Remove the blanking cap from the electrical applicable connector (10)
or (13).
(8) Connect the applicable electrical connector (11) or (12).
(9) Remove the PIN-SETTING from the interconnecting strut (15).
(10) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION

(98D27803000000) from the slat/flap control lever.
Subtask 27-51-44-865-072
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 27-51-44-710-054
D. Test
(1) Do an operational test of the failure detection sensors for the flap
attachment (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-710-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 422
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-44-410-056
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the upper and the lower kink-seals (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-
006).
Subtask 27-51-44-942-055

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 423
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
STRUT - INTERCONNECTING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________
TASK 27-51-44-820-001
Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To adjust the rigged position of the interconnecting strut.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)
98D27504031000 1 PIN-SETTING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 501
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Tool (98D27803000000)
27-51-00-820-003 To do a Check of the Flap Rigged Position (with the
Sharks Fin)
and Locking Device
F/CTL Page
27-51-44-991-005 Fig. 501
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-44-941-063
Subtask 27-51-44-860-064
(2) Make sure that the flaps are extended to position 1 (Ref. TASK 27-50-
00-866-008).
(98D27803000000) is on the flap/slat control lever (Ref. TASK 27-00-
00-480-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 502
Nov 01/10

LAN
(5) Make sure that the rod-end (4), and the locking device located
between the locknut (1) and the nut (2), are not worn or damaged.
Replace a worn or damaged rod-end, or a worn or damaged locking
device (Ref. TASK 27-51-44-960-001).
Subtask 27-51-44-865-074
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-51-44-991-005)
Subtask 27-51-44-820-053
A. Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut
(1) Install the PIN-SETTING (98D27504031000) in the inspection/rigging

hole of the interconnecting strut (3).
NOTE : The interconnecting strut (3) can have one or two

____
inspection/setting holes. If there are two, use the hole that
is not blocked by the aircraft structure.
(2) If necessary, adjust the actuating rod of the interconnecting strut

(3) so that you can install the PIN-SETTING as follows:
_______
(a) If necessary, remove and discard the lockwire from the locknut
(1).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 503
Nov 01/10

LAN
R Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut
Figure 501/TASK 27-51-44-991-005

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 504
May 01/08

LAN
(b) Loosen the locknut (1) sufficiently to let you turn the nut (2).
(c) Adjust the nut (2) until you can install the PIN-SETTING. Make
sure that you can see the threads of the rod-end (4) through the
check hole. If you cannot see the threads of the rod-end (4)
through the check hole, check the flap rigging (Ref. TASK 27-51-
00-820-003).
(d) Torque the locknut (1) to between 5.1 and 5.9 m.daN (37.61 and
43.51 lbf.ft).
(e) Safety the locknut (1) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(3) Remove the PIN-SETTING from the hole in the interconnecting strut
(3).
Subtask 27-51-44-865-075
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-51-44-710-056
C. Test
(1) Get access to the flight controls (F/CTL) page of the MCDU (Ref. TASK
31-32-00-860-006).
(2) Do this test of the flap interconnecting strut and the

flap-attachment failure-detection sensors:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the MCDU: On the MCDU:
1. Push (in) the line key < SFCC 1. - the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 page.
2. Push (in) the line key SYSTEM - the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 SYSTEM
STATUS FLP >. STATUS FLAP page. These subsequent
messages must not occur:

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 505
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- FLP 1 NO SFCC 2 DATA CHECK WIRING &
SFCC 2
- FLP 1 FAULTY FLP 2 DATA CHECK SFCC
1 OR 2
- NO LGCIU 1 DATA CHECK WIRING TO FLP
1
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 1 MISADJUSTMENT
and FLP LH PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO
LGCIU 2
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO
LGCIU 1
LGCIU 2
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 1 MISADJUSTMENT
and FLP RH PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO
LGCIU 2
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO
LGCIU 1
LGCIU 2.
3. Push (in) the line key <RETURN. - the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 page.
4. Push (in) the line key <RETURN. - the MCDU shows the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
PAGE.
SFCC 1
1 OR 2
2
LGCIU 1
LGCIU 1
LGCIU 2

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 506
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LGCIU 1
LGCIU 1
LGCIU 2.
Subtask 27-51-44-710-057
D. Complete Test
flap/slatcontrol lever on panel 114VU.

001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-44-410-057
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the lower kink seal, the cushion seals and the upper kink
seals on the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-006).
Subtask 27-51-44-942-057

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 507
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
STRUT - INTERCONNECTING - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________
TASK 27-51-44-200-001
Detailed Inspection of Interconnecting Strut and Attachments
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 GAGE - SET, FEELER
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
R (4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)
98D27504008000 1 GAGE - GO/NO GO
98D27504031000 1 PIN-SETTING

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 601
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 cotter pin 27-51-05 01 -100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sharks Fin)
R and Locking Device
F/CTL Page
27-51-44-991-002 Fig. 601
27-51-44-991-007 Fig. 602

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 602
Feb 01/10

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-51-44-991-002)
Subtask 27-51-44-941-058

the flap controls.
Subtask 27-51-44-860-059-A
_______
SYSTEM.
installed on the flap/slat control lever.
(3) Remove the applicable upper and lower kink-seals (1) and (2) from the
inboard and the outboard flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-002).
(5) Fully extend the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008).
Subtask 27-51-44-865-068
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 603
Nov 01/10

LAN
R Flap Interconnecting Strut - Inspection/Check
Figure 601/TASK 27-51-44-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 604
Nov 01/03

LAN
R
Subtask 27-51-44-020-054
D. Preparation for Inspection

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-51-44-991-002)
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the flap interconnecting strut
and the flap attachment brackets (5) and (8).
(2) Remove and discard the cotter pin (14).
(4) Disconnect the flap interconnecting strut from the attachment bracket
(8).
(5) Pull the actuating rod out of the flap interconnecting strut until it
touches the internal limit.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-51-44-991-002)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-51-44-210-053
A. inspection of the Interconnecting Strut and Attachments

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 27-51-44-991-007)
(1) Do an inspection of the actuating rod for damage and corrosion.
(2) Do an inspection of the flap interconnecting-strut internal

structure, through the inspection holes (7), for damage and
corrosion.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 605
Nov 01/10

LAN
Flap Interconnecting Strut - Radial Play
Figure 602/TASK 27-51-44-991-007

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 606
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(3) Do an inspection of the flap interconnecting strut for:
- cracks
- damage
- corrosion
- damaged paint and sealant
- correct condition of the electrical plugs (4)
- correct condition of the electrical cables (3)
- correct condition of all the fasteners of the attachment brackets
(5) and (8)
- correct condition of all the safety devices
- correct condition of the bearings of the flap interconnecting
strut, as far as is possible
- correct condition of the bolts (6) and (16) as far as is possible.
(4) Make sure that the rod-end (9) or locking device (11) is not worn or
damaged. Replace a worn or damaged rod-end, or a worn or damaged
locking device (Ref. TASK 27-51-44-960-001).
(5) Make sure that the word TOP on the flap interconnecting strut is at
the top.
(6) Do a check of the radial play of the actuating rod of the

interconnecting strut as follows:
(a) Make sure that the actuating rod is fully extended.
(b) Make sure that the actuating rod is moved until space Y is closed
on the other side of the forward bush.
(c) Use a GAGE - SET, FEELER and make sure that the dimension X
(between the actuating rod and the forward bush) is not more than
0.4 mm (0.0157 in.). If the dimension X is more than 0.4 mm
(0.0157 in.) the interconnecting strut must be replaced.
(7) Do an operational test of the flap interconnecting strut and the

flap-attachment failure-detection sensors (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-710-
002).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 607
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-51-44-991-002, 602/TASK 27-51-44-991-007)
Subtask 27-51-44-420-056
A. Connection of the Interconnecting Strut to the Flap Attachment Bracket
(1) Push the actuating rod in to the flap interconnecting strut until it
(2) Put the interconnecting strut in position in the attachment bracket

(8).
(4) Make sure that the interconnecting strut is correctly set as follows:
(a) Retract the flaps to position 1 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).
NOTE : The GO/NO GO GAGE is installed through the

____
inspection/setting hole and a groove in the actuating rod.
When the strut is set during its initial installation the
inspection/setting hole and the groove align fully. After
flap operation, because of the flap tolerances, the
inspection/setting hole and the actuating rod groove will
not fully align. This is permitted if the check with the
GO/NO GAGE is satisfactory.
If the GO/NO GO GAGE can be installed, the interconnecting

strut is correctly set. If not, the strut is incorrectly
set and must be adjusted.
NOTE : The interconnecting strut can have one or two

____
inspection/setting holes. If there are two, use the hole
that is not blocked by the aircraft structure.
(b) Install the GAGE - GO/NO GO (98D27504008000) in the

inspection/setting hole. The strut is correctly set if the gage
goes fully into the inspection/setting hole.
(c) If the gage does not go fully into the inspection/setting hole:
1
_ Remove the GAGE - GO/NO GO.
2
_ Remove the nut (15), the washer (13), and the bolt (16).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 608
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
3
_ Disconnect the the interconnecting strut from the attachment
bracket (8).
4
_ Do the adjustment of the interconnecting strut given in Para
5.B.
(d) If no adjustment of the interconnecting strut is necessary:
1
_ Remove the GAGE - GO/NO GO.
2
150.44 lbf.in).
3
_ Install a new cotter pin (14).
items.
Subtask 27-51-44-820-054
B. Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut (if necessary)
(1) Install the PIN-SETTING (98D27504031000) in the inspection/setting

hole in the interconnecting strut (1).

____

so that you can install the PIN-SETTING as follows:
WARNING : CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
_______
LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
(a) Align the rod-end (9) with the flap until you can install the
bolt (16).
(b) If necessary, remove and discard the lockwire from the locknut
(10).
(c) Loosen the locknut (10).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 609
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(d) Adjust the nut (12) until you can install the PIN-SETTING. Make
00-820-003).
(e) Tighten the locknut (10).
(f) Install the washer (13) and the nut (15).
(g) Torque the nut (15) to between 1.1 and 1.7 m.daN (97.34 and
150.44 lbf.in).
NOTE : It is possible to have a clearance between the bush and

____
the strut attachment bracket.
(h) Install a new cotter pin (14).
(i) If you loosened the locknut (10), TORQUE it to between 5.1 and
5.9 m.daN (37.61 and 43.51 lbf.ft).
(j) Safety the locknut (10) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(3) Remove the PIN-SETTING from the inspection/setting hole in the

interconnecting strut.

- the head of the bolt (16)
- the nut (15)
- the washer (13)
Subtask 27-51-44-865-069
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 610
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-51-44-710-058
D. Test
31-32-00-860-006).

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SFCC 2
1 OR 2
1
LGCIU 2
LGCIU 1
LGCIU 2
LGCIU 2
LGCIU 1
LGCIU 2.
3. Push (in) the line key <RETURN. - the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 page.
PAGE.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 611
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SFCC 1
1 OR 2
2
LGCIU 1
LGCIU 1
LGCIU 2
LGCIU 1
LGCIU 1
LGCIU 2.
Subtask 27-51-44-860-058-A
(2) Install the upper and lower kink-seals (1) and (2) to the inboard and
the outboard flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-006).
009).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 612
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-51-44-710-053
F. Test

001).
Subtask 27-51-44-942-054
G. Removal of Equipment
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 613
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-51-44-960-001
Replacement of the Flap Interconnecting Strut Rod-End and Locking Device
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
R (4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)
98D27504031000 1 PIN-SETTING

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 614
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 rod end. 27-51-44 01 -010

R
11 locking device 27-51-44 01 -030
14 cotter pin 27-51-05 01 -100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sharks Fin)
F/CTL Page
27-51-44-991-002 Fig. 601

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 615
Nov 01/10

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-51-44-991-002)
Subtask 27-51-44-941-064
(2) Put a warning notice(s) in position to tell persons not to operate

the flap controls.
Subtask 27-51-44-860-066
_______
SYSTEM.
(3) Remove the applicable upper and lower kink-seals (1) and (2) from the
inboard and the outboard flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-002).
(5) Fully extend the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008).
Subtask 27-51-44-865-076
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 616
Nov 01/10

LAN
R
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-51-44-020-056
A. Preparation for Replacement of the Rod-End and Locking Device

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-51-44-991-002)
AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the flap interconnecting strut
and the flap attachment brackets (5) and (8).
(4) Disconnect the flap interconnecting strut from the attachment bracket
(8).
(5) Pull the actuating rod out of the flap interconnecting strut until it
Subtask 27-51-44-960-050
B. Replace the Interconnecting Strut Assembly Rod-End
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the locknut (10).
(2) Loosen the locknut (10).
(3) Remove the rod end (9).
(4) Remove and retain the locking device (11).
(5) Remove the locknut (10) from the rod-end (9). Discard the rod-end
(9).
(6) Install the locknut (10) on the replacement rod-end (9).
(7) Install the locking device (11).
(8) Install the replacement rod end. (9)

(8).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 617
Nov 01/10

LAN
NOTE : You can do this procedure at the same time as you do the
____
procedure to replace the locking device (11).
Subtask 27-51-44-960-051
C. Replace the Interconnecting Strut Assembly Locking Device
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the locknut (10).
(2) Loosen the locknut (10).
(3) Remove the rod end (9).
(4) Remove and discard the locking device (11).
(5) Install the replacement locking device (11) locking device (11).
(6) Install the rod end.

(8).
NOTE : You can do this procedure at the same time as you do the
____
procedure to replace the rod end (9).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-51-44-820-055
A. Adjustment of the Interconnecting Strut (if necessary)
(1) Install the PIN-SETTING (98D27504031000) in the inspection/setting

hole in the interconnecting strut (1).

____

so that you can install the PIN-SETTING as follows:
(a) Align the rod-end (9) with the flap until you can install the
bolt (16).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 618
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(b) If necessary, remove and discard the lockwire from the locknut
(10).
(c) Loosen the locknut (10) sufficiently to let you turn the nut
(12).
(d) Adjust the nut (12) until you can install the PIN-SETTING. Make
00-820-003).
(e) Tighten the locknut (10).
(f) Install the washer (13) and the nut (15).
(g) Torque the nut (15) to between 1.1 and 1.7 m.daN (97.34 and
150.44 lbf.in).
NOTE : It is possible to have a clearance between the bush and

____
the strut attachment bracket.
(h) Install a new cotter pin (14).
(i) If you loosened the locknut (10), TORQUE it to between 5.1 and
5.9 m.daN (37.61 and 43.51 lbf.ft).
(j) Safety the locknut (10) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(3) Remove the PIN-SETTING from the inspection/setting hole in the

interconnecting strut.

- the head of the bolt (16)
- the nut (15)
- the washer (13)
(5) Do an operational test of the flap interconnecting strut and the

flap-attachment failure-detection sensors (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-710-
002).
Subtask 27-51-44-865-077
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 619
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-51-44-710-059
C. Test
31-32-00-860-006)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SFCC 2
- FLP 1 FAULTY FLP 2 DATA CHECK SFCC 1
OR 2
- NO LGCIU 1 DATA CHECK WIRING TO FLP 1
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 1 MISADJUSTMENT and
FLP LH PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 2
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU
1
2
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 1 MISADJUSTMENT and
FLP RH PROX SNSR 2 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 2
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU
1
2.
2.
- the MCDU shows the SFCC 1 page.
PAGE.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 620
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Push (in) the line key < SFCC - the MCDU shows the SFCC 2 page.
2.
SFCC 1
- FLP 2 FAULTY FLP 1 DATA CHECK SFCC 1
OR 2
- NO LGCIU 2 DATA CHECK WIRING TO FLP 2
- FLP LH PROX SNSR 2 MISADJUSTMENT and
FLP LH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 1
1
2
- FLP RH PROX SNSR 2 MISADJUSTMENT and
FLP RH PROX SNSR 1 OR WIRING TO LGCIU 1
1
2.
Subtask 27-51-44-860-067
(2) Install the upper and lower kink-seals (1) and (2) to the inboard and
the outboard flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-006).
009).
Subtask 27-51-44-710-060
E. Test

001).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 621
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-51-44-942-058
F. Removal of Equipment
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-44

Page 622
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
BRAKE - WING TIP (WTB) (33CV,34CV) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________
TASK 27-51-51-000-001
Removal of the Flap Wing-Tip Brake
_______

_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 98D27504030001 2 LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 401
Nov 01/08

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-50-00-400-003 Installation of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and

Slats (98D27504030001)
27-54-45-000-008 Removal of the Torque Shafts
6216CM(6266CM)/6226CM(6276CM)
6224CM(6274CM)/6230CM(6280CM)
27-51-51-991-001 Fig. 401
R FOR FIN 33CV
R FOR FIN 34CV
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-51-51-991-001)
Subtask 27-51-51-941-059
flight controls.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 402
Aug 01/02

LAN
Flap Wing-Tip Brake 33CV(34CV)
Figure 401/TASK 27-51-51-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 403
May 01/00

LAN
Subtask 27-51-51-860-050

29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-
00-864-003).
systems.
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
Subtask 27-51-51-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-51-51-010-051
D. Get Access


EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 404
Nov 01/10

LAN
(2) Remove the access panels:
(a) FOR 33CV

remove 575DB, 575EB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004)
(b) FOR 34CV

remove 675DB, 675EB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).
(3) Put the No. 3 spoiler into the M (Maintenance) position (Ref. TASK
27-60-00-866-002).

servo-control.
Subtask 27-51-51-480-050
E. Installation of Support Equipment
(1) Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) at

these positions (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003):
- for 33CV, on the torque shafts 6226CM and 6230CM
- for 34CV, on the torque shafts 6276CM and 6280CM.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-51-51-991-001)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-51-51-020-052
A. Removal of the Wing-Tip Brake (WTB)
(1) Disconnect the electrical connectors (7) and (10).
(3) Disconnect the hydraulic lines (13), (16), (29) and (34).
(4) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 405
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(5) Remove the nut (6), the washer (5), the bolt (4) and the bonding
strap (2) from the T-piece (3).
(6) At the outboard side of the wing-tip brake (1), remove the nuts (27)
and the bolts (26).
(7) Move the torque shaft:
CAUTION : DO NOT MOVE THE TORQUE SHAFT TOO FAR SIDEWAYS. IT WILL
_______
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE UNIVERSAL JOINT.
(a) Move the flanges of the torque shaft apart and remove the
universal joint (28) from the wing-tip brake (1). If the flanges
will not move apart sufficiently, remove the middle part of the
torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-008) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-
000-011).
(10) Hold the wing-tip brake (1) and remove the nuts (17).
(11) Remove the wing-tip brake (1).
(12) If you are to install a new wing-tip brake (1):
(a) Retain these items:

- the adapters (12), (15), (30) and (35)
- the nuts (23), the washers (24) and (25) and the brake support
(19)
- the T-piece (3).
(13) Discard the related O-rings (11), (14), (31) and (36).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 406
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-51-51-400-001
Installation of the Flap Wing-Tip Brake
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 407
May 01/05

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-018
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-018 USA AMS 3267/3
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 O-ring 29-11-05 07K-060

14 O-ring 27-54-05 41 -050
22 cotter pin 27-54-05 25D-240
22 cotter pin 27-54-05 25F-240
31 O-ring 27-54-05 40 -040
36 O-ring 29-12-05 25B-030

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 408
Nov 01/08

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
R and in the Wings (this does not include the tanks)-
27-50-00-000-003 Removal of the Lock-Torque Shaft - Flaps and Slats
(98D27504030001)
Slats (98D27504030001)
Pressure Off Brake
27-54-45-400-008 Installation of the Torque Shafts
6216CM(6266CM)/6226CM(6276CM)
6224CM(6274CM)/6230CM(6280CM)
Power Supply
27-51-51-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 409
Aug 01/02

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-51-51-991-001)
Subtask 27-51-51-941-060
to pressurize the hydraulic systems.
Subtask 27-51-51-860-053
(1) Make sure that the flaps are extended fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-
008).
R (2) Make sure that the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION is
attached to the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.
002) and (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001).
(5) Make sure that the safety collar from the circuit breakers 10CV and
12CV is removed.

(7) Make sure that the access panels are removed (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-
004):
- for 33CV, panels 575DB, 575EB
- for 34CV, panels 675DB, 675EB.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 410
Aug 01/07

LAN
(8) Make sure that the No. 3 spoiler is in the M (Maintenance) position
(Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).
servo-control.
(10) Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) are installed
at these positions (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003):
- for 33CV, on the torque shafts 6226CM and 6230CM
- for 34CV, on the torque shafts 6276CM and 6280CM.
Subtask 27-51-51-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-51-51-991-001)

_______
EDGE:

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 411
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-51-51-420-056
(1) Clean the component interface and /or the adjacent area with a
Subtask 27-51-51-560-050
B. Preparation of the Replacement Component
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

_______
CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN ONE TYPE OF LUBRICANT.

_______
GREASE AND ASSEMBLY PASTE DO NOT MIX.
(1) Lubricate the new O-rings (11), (14), (31) and (36) with HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).
(2) Install the adaptors (12), (15), (30) and (35) as follows:
(a) Remove the blanking plugs at the positions (32) and (33). Discard
the related O-rings.
(b) Make sure that the blanking plugs (8) and (9) are safetied.
(3) Install the new O-rings as follows:

- the O-ring (11) on the adaptor (12)
- the O-ring (36) on the adaptor (35).
(4) Install the adaptors (12), (15), (30) and (35) at their related
position on the wing-tip brake (1).
(5) Install the T-piece (3) on the wing-tip brake (1).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 412
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(6) Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) and a MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-003) to clean the spline surfaces at each end of the
wing-tip brake (1).
(7) Do one of the steps that follow:

_______
(a) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the
clean spline surfaces.
- or
(b) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-018) to the
clean spline surfaces.
(8) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material No. 09-
019) to the mating face of the inboard side of the wing-tip brake
(1).
Subtask 27-51-51-420-051
C. Installation of the Wing-Tip Brake

_______
(1) Put the wing-tip brake (1) in position on the outboard face of the
rib. Make sure that the locating stud is in the correct position.
(2) Make sure that:

- the torque shaft splines engage correctly in the wing-tip brake (1)
- you cannot see the spline engagement groove.
(3) Hold the wing-tip brake (1) and install the nuts (17).
lbf.in).
019) over the nuts (17) and the locating stud and to the mating face
of the brake.
(6) Adjust the relative position of the brake support (19) and the
wing-tip brake (1) with the washers (25) as necessary:
(a) Install a minimum of 1 and a maximum of 3 washers (25) on each

stud.
(b) Install the remaining washers (25) between the brake support (19)
and the nut (23).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 413
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(7) Install the brake support (19), the washers (24) and the nuts (23).
lbf.in).
019) to the shank of the bolt (18), the nuts (23) and the washers
(24).
lbf.in).
(12) Safety the nut (21) with the cotter pin (22).

_______
- the bolt (18) and the washer (20)

- the nut (21) and the cotter pin (22)
- the remaining studs.
(14) Do one of the steps that follow:

_______
(a) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-022) to the
splines of the universal joint (28).
- or
(b) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-018) to the
splines of the universal joint (28).
(15) Install the universal joint (28) in the wing-tip brake (1) in a
position where the flange bolt holes are aligned.
(16) If the middle part of the torque shaft was removed, install it
(17) Install the bolts (26) and the nuts (27).
lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 414
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
- the bolts (26) and the nuts (27)
- the flanges of the universal joint (28) and the torque shaft.
(20) Remove the blanking plugs from the hydraulic lines (13), (16), (29)
and (34).
(21) Make sure that the hydraulic line end-fittings are clean and in the
correct condition.
(22) Connect the hydraulic lines (13), (16), (29) and (34) to the wing-tip
brake (1) and tighten the end fittings.
(23) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (7) and (10).
(24) Make sure that the electrical connectors (7) and (10) are clean and
in the correct condition.
(25) Connect the electrical connectors (7) and (10) to the wing-tip brake
(1).
(26) Attach the bonding strap (2) to the T-piece (3) with the bolt (4),
the washer (5) and the nut (6) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
Subtask 27-51-51-860-052
R (1) Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) from the torque shafts
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003).
(3) Examine the fluid level in the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic
reservoirs. Fill the reservoirs as necessary (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-
001) and (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002).
items.
Subtask 27-51-51-865-052
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV, 10CV, 12CV.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 415
Nov 01/08

LAN
Subtask 27-51-51-710-050
F. Test
_______
SYSTEM.

_______
(2) Pressurize the Green, Yellow and Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
00-863-003).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THE POWER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM IS COMPLETE BEFORE

_______
YOU DO A PREPARATION FOR TEST OR A TEST.
(a) Do an operational test of the wing-tip brake (1) (Ref. TASK 27-
51-00-710-001).
(3) Examine the wing-tip brake (1) and the related hydraulic connections
for leaks.
(4) Examine the four witness drain holes in the wing-tip brake for leaks.
NOTE : This area is not pressurized during normal operation, so leaks

____
will only show after the operational test.
5. Close-up
________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-51-51-991-001)
Subtask 27-51-51-410-050
A. Close Access
R (1) Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER from the piston rod of the
R servo-control.
(2) Put the No. 3 spoiler in the O (Operation) position (Ref. TASK 27-
60-00-866-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 416
Aug 01/02

LAN
items.
R (5) Install the access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004):

FOR 33CV
install 575DB, 575EB
FOR 34CV
install 675DB, 675EB.
Subtask 27-51-51-865-056
breaker(s):
21CE1, 21CE2, 21CE3, 22CE.
Subtask 27-51-51-942-051

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 417
Aug 01/02

LAN
TASK 27-51-51-000-002
Removal of the Solenoid Valves of the Flap Wing-Tip Brake (WTB)
_______

_______
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 418
Aug 01/02
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
27-51-51-991-002 Fig. 402
FOR FIN 33CV
FOR FIN 34CV
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-51-51-991-002)
Subtask 27-51-51-941-058
(2) Put the warning notices in the cockpit to tell persons not to
flight controls.
Subtask 27-51-51-860-051

002).
R (3) Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION on the


EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 419
Aug 01/07

LAN
Solenoid valve - Flap WTB
Figure 402/TASK 27-51-51-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 420
Aug 01/02
R
LAN
Subtask 27-51-51-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-51-51-864-053
D. Depressurize the Hydraulic Systems
(1) Depressurize the applicable hydraulic systems:
(a) FOR 33CV

depressurize the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003)
(b) FOR 34CV

depressurize the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(2) Depressurize the applicable hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-

614-001):
(a) FOR 33CV

depressurize the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic reservoirs
(b) FOR 34CV

depressurize the Green and the Blue hydraulic reservoirs.
Subtask 27-51-51-010-053
E. Get Access


EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 421
Nov 01/10

LAN
(a) FOR 33CV

remove 575DB, 575EB
(b) FOR 34CV

remove 675DB, 675EB.
(3) Put the No. 3 spoiler into the M (Maintenance) position (Ref. TASK
27-60-00-866-002).

servo-control.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-51-51-991-002)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-51-51-020-051
A. Removal of the Solenoid Valve
(2) Use one of the screws (9) in the hole (8) to help you to remove the
solenoid valve (7).
(3) Remove the screw (9) from the hole (8).
(4) Remove and discard the O-rings (1), (3), (5) and (6), and the back-up
rings (2) and (4).
(5) Put blanking plugs on the disconnected line ends.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 422
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-51-51-400-002
Installation of the Solenoid Valves of the Flap Wing-Tip Brake (WTB)
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 423
Nov 01/08

LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 O-ring 27-51-51 01 -090

R 1 O-ring 27-51-51 01 -090A
2 back-up ring 27-51-51 01 -070
3 O-ring 27-51-51 01 -080
R 3 O-ring 27-51-51 01 -080A
4 back-up ring 27-51-51 01 -060
5 O-ring 27-51-51 01 -040
R 5 O-ring 27-51-51 01 -040A
6 O-ring 27-51-51 01 -050
R 6 O-ring 27-51-51 01 -050A
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Service Cart
External Power
Pressure Off Brake

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 424
Aug 01/07

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Power Supply
27-51-51-991-001 Fig. 401
27-51-51-991-002 Fig. 402
FOR FIN 33CV
FOR FIN 34CV
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-51-51-941-061
(2) Make sure that the warning notices are in the cockpit to tell persons
not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.
Subtask 27-51-51-860-055
(1) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).
008).
(3) Make sure that the safety collar from the circuit breakers 10CV and
12CV are removed.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 425
Aug 01/02
R
LAN
(4) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic systems are depressurized:
(a) FOR 33CV

depressurize the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003)
(b) FOR 34CV

depressurize the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK
29-10-00-864-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).
(5) Make sure that the applicable hydraulic reservoirs are depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-001):
(a) FOR 33CV

depressurize the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic reservoirs
(b) FOR 34CV

depressurize the Green and the Blue hydraulic reservoirs.
applicable solenoid valve.
(7) Make sure that the access panels are removed:

- for 33CV, panels 575DB, 575EB
- for 34CV, panels 675DB, 675EB.
(8) Make sure that the No. 3 spoiler is in the M (Maintenance) position
(Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).
servo-control.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 426
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-51-51-865-054
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-51-51-991-002)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-51-51-420-057

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 427
Nov 01/10

LAN
(5) Lubricate the new O-rings (1),(3),(5) and (6),and the back-up rings
(2) and (4), with HYDRAULIC FLUIDS (Material No. 02-003).
(6) Remove the blanking plugs from the solenoid valve (7) and the wing
tip brake.
(7) Apply a thin layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-007) at

the interface of the solenoid valve (7) and the manifold.
(8) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-007) to all of the bolts
and nuts.
Subtask 27-51-51-420-055
B. Installation of the Solenoid Valve
(1) Install the new O-ring (5) and the new O-ring (6) on the solenoid
valve (7).
(2) Install the new back-up ring (4) and the new O-ring (3) on the
solenoid valve (7). Make sure that the curve on the face of the
back-up ring (4) is against the O-ring (3).
(3) Install the new back-up ring (2) and the new O-ring (1) on the
solenoid valve (7). Make sure that the curve on the face of the
back-up ring (2) is against the O-ring (1).
(4) Install the solenoid valve (7) on the wing tip brake.
NOTE : Solenoid valves 903A0000-01 removed from the PCU valve block
____
(Ref. 27-54-53 and 27-84-53) must not be installed on the
wing-tip brake.
(5) Install the screws (9).
lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 428
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-51-51-860-054
(1) Fill the applicable hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-001)

(Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-002):
(a) FOR 33CV

fill the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic reservoirs
(b) FOR 34CV

fill the Green and the Blue hydraulic reservoirs.
items.
Subtask 27-51-51-865-055
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV, 10CV, 12CV.
Subtask 27-51-51-863-052
(2) Pressurize the applicable hydraulic reservoirs and systems:
_______
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM.
_______
ITEMS THEY OPERATE BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM.
(a) Pressurize the applicable hydraulic reservoirs (Ref. TASK 29-14-

00-614-002):
1
_ FOR 33CV
pressurize the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic system reservoirs

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 429
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
2
_ FOR 34CV
pressurize the Green and the Blue hydraulic system reservoirs.
(b) Pressurize the applicable hydraulic systems (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-

863-001) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-
003):
1
_ FOR 33CV
pressurize the Yellow and the Blue hydraulic systems
2
_ FOR 34CV
pressurize the Green and the Blue hydraulic systems.
(3) Examine the solenoid valve (7) and the interface to the wing tip
brake for leaks.
Subtask 27-51-51-710-052
F. Test
(1) Do an operational test of the flap wing-tip brake (Ref. TASK 27-51-
00-710-001).
(2) Examine the solenoid valve (7) and the interface to the wing tip
brake for leaks.
5. Close-up
________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-51-51-991-001)
Subtask 27-51-51-410-051
A. Close Access
(1) Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER from the piston rod of the
servo-control.
(2) Put the No. 3 spoiler in the O (Operation) position (Ref. TASK 27-
60-00-866-002).
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 430
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(a) FOR 33CV

(b) FOR 34CV

Subtask 27-51-51-866-055
Subtask 27-51-51-942-055

EFF :

ALL 27-51-51

Page 431
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
FLAPS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER TRANSMISSION - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
____________________________________________________________________________
1. General
_______
A hydromechanical Power Control Unit (PCU) in the fuselage supplies the

mechanical power to the flap transmission system. The PCU has two hydraulic
motors. Each motor has a Pressure-Off Brake (POB) and a valve block, which
is electrically controlled.
Torque shafts and gearboxes transmit the mechanical power from the PCU to
the offset gearboxes of the actuators. The offset gearboxes then transmit
the power through their torque limiters to the rotary actuators, which move
the flap transmission system.
The torque limiters control the transmission of torque from the offset
gearboxes to keep the torque in the specified limits. The torque limiters
prevent the mechanical overload of the rotary actuators.
2. __________________
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6201CM POWER CONTROL UNIT 147 734 27-54-51
6202CM TORQUE SHAFT ASSY-TRANSMISSION 147 734 27-54-45
6203CM GEARBOX-RIGHT ANGLE 147 734 27-54-41
6205CM ACTUATOR ASSY 147 734 27-54-49
6206CM TORQUE SHAFT ASSY-TRANSMISSION 572 571AB 27-54-45
6207CM STEADY BEARING ASSY 572 571AB 27-54-44
6209CM LINE GEARBOX 574 573AB 27-54-47
6211CM ACTUATOR ASSY 574 571AB 27-54-49
6213CM STEADY BEARING ASSY 574 573BB 27-54-44
6214CM TORQUE SHAFT ASSY-TRANSMISSION 574 573BB 27-54-45
6215CM STEADY BEARING ASSY 574 573CB 27-54-44
6216CM TORQUE SHAFT ASSY-TRANSMISSION 574 573CB 27-54-45
6217CM BEVEL GEARBOX 575 573CB 27-54-48
6221CM ACTUATOR ASSY 575 573BB 27-54-49

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 1
May 01/00

LAN
Figure 001

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 2
May 01/00

LAN
Steady Bearings and Torque Shafts - Component Location
Figure 002

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 3
May 01/00

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| | | | DOOR | REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6223CM STEADY BEARING ASSY 575 575DB 27-54-44
6224CM TORQUE SHAFT ASSY-TRANSMISSION 575 575DB 27-54-45
6229CM STEADY BEARING ASSY 575 575EB 27-54-44
6230CM TORQUE SHAFT ASSY-TRANSMISSION 575 575EB 27-54-45
6231CM STEADY BEARING ASSY 575 575FB 27-54-44
6232CM TORQUE SHAFT ASSY-TRANSMISSION 575 575FB 27-54-45
6253CM GEARBOX-RIGHT ANGLE 148 744 27-54-41
6255CM ACTUATOR ASSY 148 744 27-54-49
6257CM STEADY BEARING ASSY 672 671AB 27-54-44
6259CM LINE GEARBOX 674 673AB 27-54-47
6261CM ACTUATOR ASSY 674 671AB 27-54-49
6267CM BEVEL GEARBOX 675 673CB 27-54-48
6279CM STEADY BEARING ASSY 675 675EB 27-54-44
6280CM TORQUE SHAFT ASSY-TRANSMISSION 675 675EB 27-54-45
6281CM STEADY BEARING ASSY 675 675FB 27-54-44
6282CM TORQUE SHAFT ASSY-TRANSMISSION 675 675FG 27-54-45

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 4
May 01/00

LAN
3. __________________
System Description
(Ref. Fig. 003)
A. Hydraulic Actuation
Two of the three hydraulic systems supply fluid pressure through a

priority valve to the PCU:
- the GREEN hydraulic system supplies valve block 23CV
- the YELLOW hydraulic system supplies valve block 24CV
- the priority valves are set when the pressure drops below 140 bar (2030
psi).
Each valve block controls the flow of hydraulic fluid to the related
hydraulic motor and its POB.
Each POB stops and holds the output shaft of the related hydraulic motor
when:
- the solenoids of the related valve block are de-energized because of a
normal PCU shutdown sequence
- there is not enough pressure in the related hydraulic system
- one of the failures given in (Ref. 27-51-00) occurs.
A differential gearbox connects the output shafts of the hydraulic motors

and transmits their torque to the power transmission system. If a POB
engages and holds its motor, the remaining motor moves the transmission
system at half speed but at full torque.
B. Power Transmission
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
R **ON A/C 051-099,
R (Ref. Fig. 004)
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 27-1138 For A/C 051-099,
R (Ref. Fig. 004A)
R **ON A/C ALL
R (Ref. Fig. 005)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 5
May 01/06

LAN
PCU Hydraulic System - Schematic
Figure 003

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 6
May 01/00

LAN
R Actuator - Typical Installation
R Figure 004

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-00

Page 7
May 01/06

LAN
Actuator - Typical Installation
R Figure 004A

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 8
May 01/06

LAN
Flap and Flap Track Fairing - Operation
Figure 005

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 9
May 01/06
R
LAN
In each wing, the transmission system includes:
- torque shafts
- a right angle gearbox at the wing root. This changes the drive
alignment through 90 degrees for input to the track 1 actuator
- a line gearbox. This moves the drive path forward onto the rear face of
the false rear spar
- a 19 degree bevel gearbox. This puts the drive into line with the rear
spar
- four actuators. Each actuator consists of an offset gearbox, a torque
limiter and a plug-in rotary actuator
- a Wing Tip Brake (WTB)
- An Asymmetry Position Pick-Off Unit (APPU).
The torque shafts transmit power from the PCU to the gearboxes and
actuators. Universal joints connect the torque shafts and steady bearings
support them.
Each input gearbox has a torque limiter which operates in both

directions. Each torque limiter has a lock-out torque value set as
necessary for its location. The torque limiters protect the wing
structure and the actuators from a torque overload which could occur by a
flap mechanism failure. A mechanical indicator on each actuator latches
if a lock-out occurs. You can set the indicator again when the aircraft
is on the ground.
Drive levers on the actuator output shafts move the flaps through flap
link arms. Bolts attach the flap link arms to the flap bottom surface.
To prevent extension or retraction overtravel each drive lever has

mechanical stops. Engagement of the stops does not occur at a time of
normal operation.
Wing Tip Brakes (WTB) give asymmetry and runaway protection (Ref.
27-51-00).
The offset gearbox of the track 4 actuator drives an Asymmetry Position
Pick-off Unit (APPU) (Ref. 27-51-00).
Carriages, which roll freely on staight tracks, hold each flap. Track
installation is on beams below the wing. Vertical-load rollers and
side-load rollers keep the carriages on the tracks. Each carriage has a
containment device to hold it on the track if a failure occurs.
The carriages, tracks and beams at tracks 2, 3 and 4 are made almost the
same. Attached to the fuselage is track 1, which uses a different
configuration as that at tracks 2, 3 or 4. Attached to the flap bottom
surface at tracks 2, 3 and 4 are brackets. Connected to the brackets is a

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 10
May 01/06
R
LAN
linkage which operates the hinged part of the track fairing during flap
extension and retraction.
At the end of each track are mechanical stops. The stops prevent
retraction overtravel and makes sure that the flap do not disengage at
the end of flap extension. Engagement of the stops does not occur at a
time of normal operation.
4. ____________
Power Supply
Not Applicable
5. Interface
_________
Not Applicable
6. _____________________
(Ref. Fig. 006, 007)

R
R A. Power Control Unit
R (1) Description
R
R The flap PCU is a hydro-mechanical unit. The main body, which is a
R case, contains a differential gearbox.
R
R The Line Replaceable Units (LRUs) of the PCU are as follows:
R - two hydraulic motors
R - two Pressure-Off Brakes (POB)
R - two valve blocks
R - six solenoid valves
R - two inlet filters
R - one Feedback Position Pick-off Unit (FPPU)
R - one Instrumentation Position Pick-off Unit (IPPU).
R
R (a) Hydraulic Motor

R
R (Ref. Fig. 008)
R
R Each multi-piston hydraulic motor receives hydraulic pressure
R from a valve block. The output shaft of the motor is connected to
R a POB. Hydraulic fluid lubricates the motor. The cylinders of the
R motor are connected to two ports, referred to as the extend and
R retract ports.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 11
Nov 01/10

LAN
Power Control Unit
Figure 006

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 12
May 01/06
R
LAN
Power Control Unit - Schematic
Figure 007

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 13
May 01/06
R
LAN
Hydraulic Motor
Figure 008

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 14
May 01/06
R
LAN
R When the valve block supplies hydraulic fluid to the extend port,
R the motor moves in the direction necessary to extend the flaps.
R When hydraulic pressure is supplied to the retract port, the
R motor moves in the opposite direction and the flaps retract.
R (b) Pressure-Off Brake (POB)

R
R (Ref. Fig. 009)
R
R A POB is attached to each hydraulic motor. It holds the output
R shaft of the hydraulic motor when:
R - the hydraulic motors do not operate
R - the related hydraulic system does not supply sufficient
R hydraulic power
R - the WTB stops the flap transmission system because of some
R system failures.
R
R The POB has a multiple friction-disk pack. Splines connect the
R stators to the POB casing and the rotors to the shaft in the
R center of the POB. Springs hold the friction disks together. When
R hydraulic pressure is applied to the POB, the friction disks are
R disengaged (against the pressure of the springs).
R To remove the POB, you must remove the related hydraulic motor
R first.
(c) Valve Block
(Ref. Fig. 010)
The flap PCU has two valve blocks which are electrically
controlled. Each valve block controls the flow of hydraulic fluid
to its related hydraulic motor and POB.
The Linear Variable Differential Transducer (LVDT) is installed

on one end of the valve block. The LVDT supplies a signal to the
SFCC so that the SFCC can monitor the position of the control
valve spool. Installed on the valve block opposite the LVDT are
two directional solenoid valves and one POB solenoid valve. The
directional solenoid valves operate as the extend or the retract
solenoid valves. The POB solenoid valve operates as the brake
solenoid valve.
The valve blocks are interchangeable with those fitted to the

slat PCU. Removal of the valve blocks is possible without the
removal of the PCU from the aircraft.
The primary components of a valve block are:

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 15
Nov 01/10

LAN
Pressure-Off Brake
Figure 009

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 16
May 01/06
R
LAN
Valve Block
Figure 010

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 17
May 01/06
R
LAN
- a main control valve
- an inlet filter
- five restrictors
- two check valves
- a pressure port
- a return port
- an electrical connector.
R (d) Solenoid Valve

R
R (Ref. Fig. 010)
R
R The solenoid valves of the PCU are the same and interchangeable
R with each other and those on the WTB. Their removal is possible
R without the removal of the valve blocks from the PCU.
R
R (e) Filter
R
R The inlet filter is installed at the pressure port. Its removal
R is possible without the removal of the valve block from the PCU.
R
R (f) Differential Gearbox

R
R The differential gearbox contains a reduction and differential
R gear. The reduction and differential gear transmits the movement
R from the hydraulic motors through the PCU output bevel gear to
R the flap transmission system. The casing of the differential
R gearbox also contains the intermediate gear which transmits the
R movement to the IPPU and the FPPU. On the differential gearbox
R casing are primary and secondary load points for the attachment
R of the PCU to the aircraft structure.
R
R (g) Position Pick-Off Units

R
R Two PPUs are installed in the flap PCU:
R - the Instrumentation PPU (IPPU) (Ref. 27-55-00)
R - the Feedback PPU (FPPU) (Ref. 27-51-00).
R They are the same as the Asymmetry PPU (APPU) (Ref. 27-51-00)
R installed in the transmission system at each wing tip. All PPUs
R are interchangeable.
R An intermediate gear transmits the movement from the differential
R gearbox to the IPPU and the FPPU.
R Removal of the PPUs is possible without the removal of the PCU
R from the aircraft.
R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 18
Nov 01/10

LAN
(2) Operation
The Slat/Flap Control Computers (SFCC 1 and SFCC 2) (Ref. 27-51-00)

control the PCU solenoid valves. The SFCC 1 controls and monitors
(through the valve block) the operation of the motor 1 and the SFCC 2
does the same for the motor 2.
The POB, extend and retract solenoid valves, when energized, permit
pressure fluid flow:
- to the POB
- to the chambers at each end of the control valve.
When the spool of the control valve moves away from the neutral
position, the hydraulic system of the aircraft is connected to the
related motor as follows:
- the direction in which the valve spool moves controls the direction
in which the motor turns
- the distance that the valve spool moves controls the speed at which
the motor turns.
During normal operation, the valve blocks and the motors operate at
the same time. They operate at the same time in the static mode, the
normal startup sequence and the normal shutdown sequence. Other
sequences operate when there is a system failure or if the startup
sequence occurs near to the commanded position.
(a) Static Mode
(Ref. Fig. 011)
In the static mode:

- there is no electrical power at all three solenoid valves
- the centering effect of the springs holds the control valve
spool in the neutral position
- the lands on the valve spool seal the main pressure and return
lines
- the chambers at each end of the valve and the line to the POB
are open to return. The return is through the solenoid valves.
(b) Normal Startup Sequence
(Ref. Fig. 012)
During the normal startup sequence:

- the SFCC energizes one of the directional (extend or retract)
solenoid valves
- the applicable end of the control valve gets fluid pressure

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 19
May 01/06
R
LAN
PCU Operation - Static Mode
Figure 011

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 20
May 01/06
R
LAN
PCU Operation - Normal Startup Sequence
Figure 012

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 21
May 01/06
R
LAN
- the valve spool moves in response to the increased fluid
pressure at its applicable end
- the LVDT sends a signal to the SFCC to indicate a movement of
the valve spool
- the movement of the valve spool causes the POB solenoid valve
to get fluid pressure
- when the valve spool reaches the pressure on point, the SFCC
energizes the POB solenoid valve to release the POB
- the hydraulic motor receives fluid flow and starts to turn the
transmission
- with the valve spool fully moved, the motor gets the maximum
available fluid flow and turns at full speed.
(c) Normal Shutdown Sequence
(Ref. Fig. 013)
During the normal shutdown sequence:

- electrical power is removed from the drive-direction solenoid
when the flaps are 6.69 deg. (FPPU) away from the set position.
- the opposite direction solenoid is energized at this time.
- full hydraulic system pressure moves the spool towards the
center position. Restrictors control the speed of this movement
of the spool.
- the drive-direction solenoid is now energized again when the
spool gets to the Low Speed operation position. Spring
pressure now moves the spool, at a slower speed, towards the
center position. A restriction of hydraulic fluid into the
pressure-line upstream of the solenoid valve now controls the
speed of movement of the spool.
- the motor now operates at Low Speed because of the decreased
size of the pressure and pressure-return connections.
- electrical power is removed from the drive-direction solenoid
and the POB solenoid valve when the flaps are 0.177 deg. (FPPU)
away from the set position.
- when the LVDT indicates that the valve spool is 1.5 mm from the
center position the SFCC removes power from the opposite
direction solenoid valve.
- the valve spool moves to the center position and stops.
(d) Pressure Maintaining Function
Emergency or stand-by hydraulic power has a limited flow

capacity. At a time of operation with emergency or stand-by
hydraulic power, it is necessary to prevent a sudden decrease in
supply pressure.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 22
May 01/06
R
LAN
PCU Operation - Normal Shutdown Sequence
Figure 013

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 23
May 01/06
R
LAN
A sudden decrease in supply pressure can occur because of too
much demand by the flap system. This could cause an application
of the POB at any time.
The force and the rate of the spring, together with the port
area/valve movement property, give the function that maintains
the pressure of the valve.
As the supply pressure decreases, the valve closes slowly. This
reduces the flow rate to the motor and thus the work-load on the
pump. This prevents the work-load of the slat/flap system to
cause a sudden decrease of the supply pressure.
(e) Single System Operation
The loss of the hydraulic pressure to one of the two motors

causes the POB to apply and hold the motor output shaft. This
locks one half of the differential gearbox. The serviceable motor
then gives sufficient output torque at half speed, at the gearbox
output shaft.
B. Right Angle Gearbox 6203CM(6253CM)
(Ref. Fig. 014)
A right-angle gearbox is installed in each wing. Their gear ratio is 1:1.

Bolts attach each right-angle gearbox to the structure.
The input and output shafts have splined ends for connection to the
torque shafts of the transmission system. The input and output shafts
have reversed lip seals which make sure that unwanted material does not
get into the gearbox. The gearbox is filled with grease. There are
inspection plugs through which you can examine the lubricant.
C. Line Gearbox 6209CM(6259CM)
(Ref. Fig. 015)
The line gearbox has a ratio of 1:1. Bearings, seals and the procedures
for lubrication and inspection are almost the same as those used on the
right angle gearbox.
D. Bevel Gearbox 6217CM(6267CM)
(Ref. Fig. 016)
The bevel gearbox has a ratio of 1:1. Bearings, seals and the procedures
for lubrication and inspection are almost the same as those used on the
right angle gearbox.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 24
May 01/06
R
LAN
Right Angle Gearbox
Figure 014

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 25
May 01/06
R
LAN
Line Gearbox
Figure 015

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 26
May 01/06
R
LAN
Bevel Gearbox
Figure 016

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 27
May 01/06
R
LAN
E. Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 017)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 017A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 018)
Each torque shaft is a splined/bolted assembly which has, as applicable:

- universal joints
- flexible joints
- a plunging joint.
Universal joints have two forkends connected with a cruciform bearing and
can have splined connections or flanged connections. Flanged connections
are bolted to flanges on the mating torque shaft and the splined
connections connect with mating splines. Splined connections can be one
of two types, the movable type (M), or the fixed type (F). Movable
joints are free to move along the splines. Fixed joints have a pin
installed to stop any movement. The pins are held in position with a
spring clip.
Universal joints let the torque shafts have large angular changes of
alignment as they turn.
The flexible joint is an articulating spline-joint assembly that has a

male splined coupling and a female splined coupling. The couplings are
connected together with a swaged retainer to make a movable joint. The
flexible joints let the torque shafts have small angular changes of
alignment as they turn.
The plunging joint has a universal joint which moves on splines inside a
short drive shaft. The plunging joint gives a flexible joint:
- on the output side of the flap 1 actuator
- on the input side of the line gearbox.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 28
May 01/11

LAN
Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings
Figure 017

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 29
May 01/11

LAN
R Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings
R Figure 017A

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-00

Page 30
May 01/06

LAN
Torque Shafts and Steady Bearings - Details
Figure 018

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 31
May 01/06
R
LAN
Each torque shaft assembly has at least one movable end connection. The
movable end connection has an indicator groove. This goes out of view
when the splines at the connection are correctly engaged.
Steady bearings, which hold the torque shafts, are attached to the
structure with bolts. Two types of steady bearing are installed:
- a self-aligning ball bearing only
- a self-aligning ball bearing and univeral joint assembly.
F. Actuator Track 1 6205CM(6255CM)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 019)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 27-1138 For A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 019A)
**ON A/C ALL
The actuator is an assembly that has:

- an offset gearbox
- a rotary actuator.
R
**ON A/C 051-099,
R (1) Offset Gearbox - Track 1

R
R (Ref. Fig. 020)
R
The offset gearbox casing contains:
- a through shaft
- the torque limiter
- reduction gearing
- the rotary actuator.
The power goes from the through shaft through the torque limiter to
spur gears. The spur gears move the input shaft of the rotary
actuator.
R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 32
Nov 01/10

LAN
R Actuator - Track 1
R Figure 019

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-00

Page 33
May 01/06

LAN
Actuator - Track 1
R Figure 019A

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 34
May 01/06

LAN
R Offset Gearbox
R Figure 020

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-00

Page 35
May 01/06

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 27-1138 For A/C 051-099,
R (1) Offset Gearbox - Track 1

R
R (Ref. Fig. 020A)
R
The offset gearbox has:
- an actuator housing
- a gear cover
- a bevel housing
- a torque limiter.
The actuator housing is a machined casting which contains the rotary

actuator and the torque limiter. The gear cover is bolted to the
actuator housing and seals the input side of the actuator.
The bevel housing is bolted to the gear cover and contains an input
bevel gear. This engages with a bevel gear shaft that passes through
the torque limiter to transmit the output drive to the flap drive
system. An input gear is installed on the bevel gear shaft. The input
gear engages with an idler gear installed between the input gear and
a gear wheel assembly. This gear wheel assembly engages with, and
transmits the drive to, the input gear of the rotary actuator.
The input bevel gear is held by one ball bearing and one taper roller
bearing. Two roller bearings hold the bevel gear shaft.
The actuator assembly (offset gearbox and rotary actuator) is

lubricated with semi-fluid grease and is filled through a vent plug
in the bevel housing.
R **ON A/C 051-099,
R (2) Torque Limiter

R
R (Ref. Fig. 020, 021)
R
R The torque limiter has:
R - a ball ramp device
R - a friction disk pack spline-mounted to release too much torque
R through the gearbox casing into the aircraft structure

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 36
Nov 01/10

LAN
Offset Gearbox
Figure 020A

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 37
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
R Torque Limiter
R Figure 021

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-00

Page 38
May 01/06

LAN
R - a spring disk pack that is set to a limit of a minimum of 120 % of
R the maximum torque for operation
R - an indicator with a spring clip which usually stays in the
R retracted position.
R
R The torque limiter is made to stop the transmission of too much
R torque into the output. It also makes sure that the indication of
R torque peaks, which momentarily engage and release the torque
R limiter, does not occur.
R
(a) Operation
The power input from the torque shaft turns the through shaft of
the torque limiter. The power transmits to the reduction gears,
then the rotary actuator, through the input gear. If the torque
necessary at the input to the rotary actuator is more than the
bevel-gear shaft supplies (so the input gear causes resistance):
- the balls move up the ramp in the ball and ramp coupling
- the input gear moves axially against the spring disks A
- the movement of the input gear compresses the friction disks
against the earthed plates in the friction disk pack
- the compression of the friction disk pack causes the input gear
to lock-out
- the pressure on the spring disks A pushes the spring cup
against the spring disks B
- the spring cup pushes the plunger
- the indicator extends to show that a lock-out torque occured.
The indication of the lock-out torque occurs only:

- when hydraulic-power-given torque is released through the
gearbox casing into the aircraft structure because of too much
load downstream.
The system can be set again by operation in the opposite

direction. The indicator stays extended until it is cancelled
manually.
R

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-00

Page 39
Nov 01/10

LAN
R **ON A/C ALL
R Post SB 27-1138 For A/C 051-099,
R (2) Torque Limiter - Track 1

R
R (Ref. Fig. 020A)
R
R The torque limiter prevents a torque-overload if there is a
R malfunction in the flap drive system. The torque limiter has:
R - a ball ramp device
R - five earthed plates
R - six friction discs
R - two groups of six spring discs
R - a thrust cup
R - a lockout indicator.
R
R The ball ramp device gives axial movement of the input gear when the
R input gear turns at a lower speed than the bevel gear shaft. The
R device is a coupling made by three balls. These are installed between
R the input gear and the bevel gear shaft in machined grooves (ramps).
R
R The earthed plates and the friction discs are installed on the input
R gear. The spring discs and the thrust cup are installed on the bevel
R gear shaft.
R
R The lockout indicator gives a visual indication that the torque
R limiter has operated. It has a lockout indicator arm and a plunger.
R These are operated by movement of the thrust cup.
R
(a) Operation
Input from the torque shaft is transmitted from the input bevel
gear to turn the bevel gear shaft and the input gear through the
ball ramp device. Output from the bevel gear shaft is transmitted
through torque shafts to the line gearbox. Output from the input
gear is transmmitted through the idler gear and the gear wheel
assembly to the rotary acuator.
During usual operation, the bevel gear shaft, the input gear and
the friction discs turn at the same speed. If the torque reaction
at the rotary actuator is too high, it causes the input gear to
turn more slowly than the bevel gear shaft. This difference in
speed causes the input gear to move the balls up the ramps in the
bevel gear shaft and the input gear. When this occurs, the input
gear moves against the pressure of the spring discs. This

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 40
Nov 01/10

LAN
compresses the friction discs against the earthed plates and
causes the unit to lockout.
When the torque limiter is compressed, the thrust cup moves

against the pressure of the spring discs. The thrust cup touches
the plunger which extends the lockout indicator arm. This gives a
visual indication that the torque limiter has operated. The
indicator arm stays extended until it is pushed in manually to
cancel the indication.

direction.
**ON A/C 051-099,
R (3) Rotary Actuator - Track 1

R
R (Ref. Fig. 022)
R
Bolts attach the rotary actuator to the offset gearbox casing. The
gearbox output shaft turns the rotary actuator. A first-stage gear
train transmits input torque from the offset gearbox to the power
stage of the actuator. The power stage includes nine planet gears
held by rings. This gives an equal share of the load between the
driven output carrier drive, and the earth annulus gear. The
differential gear ratio between the planet gears, the earth annulus
gear and the output ring gears gives a high torque/low speed output.
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 27-1138 For A/C 051-099,
R (3) Rotary Actuator - Track 1

R
R (Ref. Fig. 022A)
R The rotary actuator is held in the actuator housing of the offset
R gearbox with two countersunk screws. It is a reduction unit that
gives a high torque/low speed output and has:
- an input end-cover
- an input gear (first stage sun gear)
- a short-flanged hub assembly which has a short-flanged hub and a
rotating ring gear
- first-stage planet gears (three)
- an annulus gear assembly

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 41
Nov 01/10

LAN
R Rotary Actuator - Tracks 1 and 4
R Figure 022

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-00

Page 42
May 01/06

LAN
Rotary Actuator - Typical
R Figure 022A

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 43
May 01/06

LAN
- power-stage planet gears (six)
- a fixed ring gear
- a long-flanged hub assembly which has a long-flanged hub and an
output ring gear
- an output shaft
- an output end-cover.
The input gear and first stage planet gears are installed in bearings
in the1 input end-cover and the short-flanged hub assembly. The
annulus gear and power-stage planet gears are installed inside the
ring gear, between the short-flanged hub and the long-flanged hub
assemblies.
Each planet gear has three gears, front, center and rear. The rear
gear teeth on the first-stage planet gears engage with the annulus
gear. The annulus gear and the rotating ring gear engage with the
front gear teeth on the power-stage planet gears. The center gear
teeth of the power-stage planet gears engage with fixed ring gear.
The rear gear teeth engage with the teeth of the output ring gear.
The output shaft goes through the output end-cover and is splined
into the flanged hub assemblies. A retaining plate is attached to the
output shaft to keep the output shaft and the input gear in position.
The output shaft is connected to the flap drive lever.
R (a) Operation
R
R Input from the offset gear box is transmitted through the input
R gear to first-stage planet gears. The first-stage planet gears
R turn and transmit the input through the annulus gear assembly to
R the power-stage planet gears.
R
R The power-stage planet gears engage with the fixed ring gear, the
R output ring gear and the rotating ring gear. As the fixed ring
R gear is attached to the wing, the power stage planet gears turn
R and move around the fixed ring gear. As a result the output ring
R gear and the rotating ring gear turn. This transmits output
R through the flanged hubs and the output shaft to the flap drive
R lever.
R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 44
Nov 01/10

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
G. Actuator Track 2 6211CM(6261CM)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 023)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 27-1138 For A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 023A)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 024)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 27-1138 For A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 024A)
**ON A/C 051-099,
The actuator is almost the same as the actuator for track 1. Installed on
this actuator is a longer type of rotary actuator.
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 27-1138 For A/C 051-099,

- an offset gearbox
(1) Offset Gearbox - Track 2

- a torque limiter housing
- a torque limiter.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 45
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
R Figure 023

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-00

Page 46
May 01/06

LAN
Actuator - Track 2
R Figure 023A

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 47
May 01/06

LAN
R Offset Gearbox - Track 2
R Figure 024

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-00

Page 48
May 01/06

LAN
Offset Gearbox - Track 2
R Figure 024A

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 49
May 01/06

LAN
actuator.
The torque limiter housing is bolted to the actuator housing. It

contains an input shaft, the torque limiter and the input gears.
An input gear on the input shaft engages with an idler gear installed
between the input gear and a gear wheel assembly. This gear wheel
assembly engages with, and transmits the drive to, the input gear of
the rotary actuator. Two roller bearings hold the input shaft in the
torque limiter housing.

in the actuator housing.
(2) Torque Limiter - Track 2
The torque limiter prevents a torque-overload if there is a

malfunction in the flap drive system. The torque limiter has:
- a ball ramp device
- five earthed plates
- six friction discs
- a group of eight spring discs
- a thrust cup
- a group of six spring discs
- a lockout indicator.
The ball ramp device gives axial movement of the input gear when the
input gear turns at a lower speed than the input shaft. The device is
a coupling made by three balls. These are installed between the input
gear and the input shaft in machined grooves (ramps).
The earthed plates and the friction discs are installed on the input
gear. The spring discs and the thrust cup are installed on the input
shaft.
The lockout indicator gives a visual indication that the torque

limiter has operated. It has a lockout indicator arm and a plunger.
These are operated by movement of the thrust cup.
(a) Operation
Input from the torque shaft is transmitted by the input shaft to

turn the input gear through the ball ramp device.
Output from the input gear is transmmitted through the idler gear
and the gear wheel assembly to the rotary actuator.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 50
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Output from the input shaft is transmitted by torque shafts,
through the bevel gearbox, to the actuator at track 3.
During usual operation, the input shaft, the input gear and the
friction discs turn at the same speed. If the torque reaction at
the rotary actuator is too high, it causes the input gear to turn
more slowly than the input shaft. This difference in speed causes
the input gear to move the balls up the ramps in the input shaft
and the input gear. When this occurs, the input gear moves
against the pressure of the spring discs. This compresses the
friction discs against the earthed plates and causes the unit to
lockout.


direction.
(3) Rotary Actuator - Track 2
(Ref. Fig. 022A)
The description and operation for the track 2 rotary actuator is the
same as that for the rotary actuator at track 1.
**ON A/C ALL
H. Actuator Track 3 6221CM(6271CM)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 025)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 27-1138 For A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 025A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 51
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-54-00

Page 52
Nov 01/10

LAN
R Figure 025

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-00

Page 53
May 01/06

LAN
Actuator - Track 3
R Figure 025A

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 54
May 01/06

LAN
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 026)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 27-1138 For A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 026A)
**ON A/C 051-099,
The actuator is almost the same as the actuator for track 1. The
differences are:
- in the offset gearbox are bevel gears as an alternative to spur gears
- installed on this actuator is a longer type of rotary actuator, the
same as at track 2.
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 27-1138 For A/C 051-099,

- an offset gearbox

- a gear housing
- a bevel gearbox
- a torque limiter.

actuator.
The gear housing is bolted to the actuator housing and contains a

bevel gear assembly and a pinion shaft. The pinion shaft is splined
and has a bevel pinion at each end. At one end the bevel pinion
engages with the bevel gear assembly in the gear housing. At the
other, the pinion engages with a bevel gear in the bevel gearbox. The
bevel gearbox is bolted to the gear housing.

R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 55
Nov 01/10

LAN
Figure 026

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-00

Page 56
Nov 01/10

LAN
Figure 026A

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 57
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
The torque limiter housing contains an input shaft and a torque
limiter and is bolted to the bevel gearbox. The input shaft connects
to the bevel gear in the bevel gearbox. Drive is transmitted from the
input shaft to the bevel gear through six drive-balls.
The torque limiter housing can be installed in one of two positions.

One position is for a LH wing configuration, the other is for a RH
wing configuration.


- a group of eight spring discs
- a thrust cup
- a group of six spring discs
The ball ramp device gives axial movement of the hub when the bevel
gear turns at a lower speed than the input shaft. The device is a
coupling made by three balls. These are installed between the hub and
the input shaft in machined grooves (ramps).
The earthed plates and the friction discs are installed on the hub.
The spring discs and the thrust cup are installed on the input shaft.

(a) Operation
Input from the torque shaft is transmitted through the input

shaft to turn the bevel gear through the ball ramp device.
Output from the bevel gear turns the pinion shaft which operates
the bevel gear assembly and the rotary actuator.
Output from the input drive shaft is transmitted through torque
shafts to the actuator at track 4.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 58
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
During usual operation, the input shaft, the hub, the bevel gear
and the friction discs turn at the same speed. If the torque
reaction at the rotary actuator is too high, it causes the bevel
gear to turn more slowly than the input shaft. This difference in
speed causes the hub to move the balls up the ramps in the input
shaft and the hub. When this occurs, the hub moves against the
pressure of the spring discs. This compresses the friction discs
against the earthed plates and causes the unit to lockout.


direction.
(Ref. Fig. 022A)
**ON A/C ALL
J. Actuator Track 4 6233CM(6283CM)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 004)
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 27-1138 For A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 004A)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 027)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 59
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
R Offset Gearbox - Track 4
R Figure 027

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-00

Page 60
May 01/06

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 27-1138 For A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 027A)
**ON A/C 051-099,
The actuator is almost the same as the actuator for track 1. The
differences are:
- in the offset gearbox are bevel gears as an alternative to spur gears
- attached to the gearbox casing is the APPU. Included in the offset
gearbox is a spur gear to turn the APPU.
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 27-1138 For A/C 051-099,

- an offset gearbox

- a gear housing
- a bevel gearbox
- a torque limiter.

actuator.
The gear housing is bolted to the actuator housing and contains a

bevel gear assembly and a pinion shaft. The bevel gear assembly
includes a spur gear which engages with a spur pinion. This has a
quill drive that engages with the input shaft of the Assymetry
Position Pick-off Unit (APPU). The pinion shaft is splined with a
bevel pinion at each end. At one end the bevel pinion engages with
the bevel gear assembly in the gear housing. At the other, the pinion
engages with a bevel gear in the bevel gearbox. The bevel gearbox is
bolted to the gear housing.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 61
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Figure 027A

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 62
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
The torque limiter housing contains an input shaft and a torque
limiter and is bolted to the bevel gearbox. The input shaft connects
to the bevel gear in the bevel gearbox. Drive is transmitted from the
input shaft to the bevel gear through six drive-balls.
The torque limiter housing can be installed in one of two positions.

One position is for a LH wing configuration, the other is for a RH
wing configuration.


- two groups of six spring discs
- a thrust cup
The ball ramp device gives axial movement of the hub when the bevel
gear turns at a lower speed than the input drive shaft. The device is
a coupling made by three balls. These are installed between the hub
and the input shaft in machined grooves (ramps).
The earthed plates and the friction discs are installed on the hub.
The spring discs and the thrust cup are installed on the input shaft.

(a) Operation
Input from the torque shaft is transmitted from the input shaft
to turn the bevel gear through the ball ramp device.
Output from the bevel gear turns the pinion shaft which operates
the bevel gear assembly and the rotary actuator. The spur gear on
the bevel gear assembly transmits an input through the spur
pinion and the quill drive to the APPU.
During usual operation, the input shaft, the hub, the bevel gear
and the friction discs turn at the same speed. If the torque

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 63
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
reaction at the rotary actuator is too high, it causes the bevel
gear to turn more slowly than the input shaft. This difference in
speed causes the hub to move the balls up the ramps in the input
shaft and the hub. When this occurs, the hub moves against the
pressure of the spring discs. This compresses the friction discs
against the earthed plates and causes the unit to lockout.


direction.
(Ref. Fig. 022A)
**ON A/C ALL
K. Flap Carriages
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 028)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 028A)
**ON A/C ALL
Carriage - Track 1
The carriage at track 1 is machined from aluminium alloy forging. Four

vertical-load and two side-load rollers hold the carriage on its track.
The rollers are lubricated through grease points on the carriage.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 64
May 01/11

LAN
Flap Carriages
Figure 028

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 65
May 01/11

LAN
R Flap Carriages
R Figure 028A

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-00

Page 66
May 01/06

LAN
R
R Carriage - Track 2, 3 and 4
R
R The carriages at tracks 2, 3 and 4 are machined from aluminium alloy
R forgings. All three carriages are almost the same. Six vertical-load and
R four side-load rollers hold each carriage on its track. The rollers are
R lubricated through grease points on the carriage. A fail-safe hook keeps
R the flap on the track if there is a structural failure of the carriage.
R Bolts attach the carriages to the flaps. The bolts have eccentrics which
R let you adjust the flaps.
R
L. Flap and Track Fairing Operating Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 005)
Attached to the flap bottom surface, immediately outboard of each track
position, is a flap link arm. Bolted to the drive lever, on its related
actuator, is the forward end of each link arm. At tracks 1 and 4 are
links arms made of machined aluminium. At tracks 2 and 3 are link arms
made of machined titanium. The link arms transmit the movement from the
rotary actuators to the flap surface.
Attached to the flap bottom surface, at tracks 2, 3 and 4, is an arm

which operates the track fairing. Attached to the operating arm is a
linkage which operates the moveable track fairing during flap extension
and retraction.
7. ________________________________
Operation/Control and Indicating
(Ref. Fig. 003, 010, 012, 013)
A. Hydraulic Actuation
The SFCC 1 controls the valve block of the GREEN hydraulic system and the
related motor on the PCU. The SFCC 2 controls the valve block of the
YELLOW hydraulic system and the related motor on the PCU.
NOTE : The operation of the valve block of the GREEN hydraulic system and
____
the related motor is given. The operation of the valve block of
the YELLOW hydraulic system and the related motor is the same.
NOTE : The operation of the valve block is almost the same for the
____
extension and retraction of the flaps. The extend and retract
solenoid valves control the direction of the movement of the
hydraulic motor.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 67
Feb 01/11

LAN
(1) Flap Extension (Retraction)
(a) When the SFCC 1 receives a command to extend (retract) the flaps,
it energizes the extend (retract) solenoid valve of the PCU valve
block.
(b) The energized extend (retract) solenoid valve lets hydraulic

fluid flow to one end of the spool of the PCU control valve
(referred to as the valve spool).
(c) The valve spool moves from the neutral position and lets
hydraulic fluid flow to:
- the POB solenoid valve
- the extend (retract) side of the motor.
(d) When the valve spool reaches the pressure on point, a signal
from the LVDT causes the SFCC 1 to energize the POB solenoid
valve:
- the POB releases
- the motor starts to turn
- the flaps extend (retract).
(e) As the flaps get near to the commanded position:

- the FPPU sends a signal to the SFCC 1 when the flaps are 6.69
deg. (FPPU) away from the commanded position
- the SFCC 1 energizes the retract (extend) solenoid valve (all
three valves are now energized)
- the opposite end of the valve spool receives fluid pressure
- equal hydraulic forces occur at both ends of the valve spool
- the springs continue to move the valve spool in the direction
of the neutral position
- a restriction of the fluid flow to the motor occurs
- a reduction in the motor speed causes a reduction in the rate
of flap travel.
(f) When the flaps get to the commanded position:

- the FPPU sends a signal to the SFCC 1 when the flaps are 0.177
deg. (FPPU) away from the commanded position
- the SFCC 1 de-energizes the extend (retract) solenoid valve and
the POB solenoid valve
- the POB comes on
- when the LVDT shows that the valve spool is 1.5 mm from the
neutral position, the SFCC 1 de-energizes the retract (extend)
solenoid valve (all three valves are now de-energized)
- the fluid flow to the motor stops
- the motor stops
- the valve spool gets to and stays at the neutral position.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 68
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(g) The flaps stay locked by the POB until the next movement is
commanded.
B. Power Transmission
The PCU differential gearbox moves the flap transmission system in each
wing. The operation of the transmission system is the same for each wing.
Only one wing system is specified.
(1) Flap Extension
(a) The differential gearbox turns the torque shafts, which move the
four actuators at the same time, and at the same speed.
(b) Attached to the actuator output shafts are the drive levers. They
turn rearwards through an arc of 112 degrees to move the flap
link arms.
(c) The flap link arms move the flaps, on their carriages, along the
tracks. At the same time, the flap link arms turn the flaps
around the lateral pivot axis.
(d) As the flaps extend, the hinged section of the track fairing
lowers. This is caused by the effect of the arm which operates
the fairing.
(2) Flap Retraction
(a) The torque shaft movement to retract the flaps is the opposite of
the movement to extend the flaps.
8. BITE
____
Not Applicable

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 69
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
FLAPS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER TRANSMISSION - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________________________________________
TASK 27-54-00-710-001
Operational Test of the Flap System
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
R Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
Power Supply

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 501
May 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-Up
Subtask 27-54-00-941-050
Subtask 27-54-00-860-056

002).

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 502
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-00-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-54-00-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-54-00-710-050
A. Operational Test
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Do the Electronic Instrument System (EIS) start procedure (Ref. TASK
31-60-00-860-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 503
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(2) Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the center pedestal on the On the aircraft:

panel 114VU:
- move the slat and flap control - the flaps move to the set position.
lever to positions 1, 2, 3 and
FULL. Stop at every notch until On the ECAM upper DU:
the flaps stop at each position - the flap position bar moves to the
selected. set position
- the new lever position and the flaps
travel direction are shown.
2. On the panel 114VU: On the aircraft:
- move the slat and flap control - the flaps move to the set position.
lever back to positions 3, 2, 1
and 0. Stop at every notch until On the ECAM upper DU:
the flaps stop at each position - the flap position bar moves to the
selected. set position
- the new lever position and the flaps
travel direction are shown
- no warnings related to the flap
system are shown.
5. Close-Up
________
Subtask 27-54-00-860-057

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 504
Feb 01/11

LAN
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

002).
Subtask 27-54-00-865-051
breaker(s):
5CV, 7CV.
Subtask 27-54-00-942-050
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 505
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-00-710-002
Operational Test of the Flap and Slat Systems
_______
_______
GEAR.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
R 29-10-00-863-001 Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System
Power Supply
R 29-10-00-864-001 Depressurize the Green Hydraulic System

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 506
Aug 01/07

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-00-941-063
Subtask 27-54-00-860-067

_______

002).

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-002).

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003).

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-001).
Subtask 27-54-00-865-078
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 507
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-00-865-068
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-54-00-710-051
A. Operational Test
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Do the Electronic Instrument System (EIS) start procedure (Ref. TASK
31-60-00-860-001).
(2) Do this test:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. On the center pedestal on the On the aircraft:

panel 114VU:
- move the slat and flap control - the flaps and slats move to their set
lever to position 1 and then to positions.
position 2. Stop at both notches
until the flaps and slats are in On the ECAM upper DU:

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 508
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
slats are in their new - the flap and slat position bars move
position. to their set positions
- the new position of the control lever
and the travel direction of the flaps
and slats are shown.
- move the slat and flap control - the flaps move to the set position
lever to the position 3. - the slats do not move.
On the ECAM upper DU:

- the flap position bar moves to the
set position
- the slat position bar does not move
are shown.
lever to the position FULL. positions.

- the flap and slat position bars move
to their set positions
lever back to the position 3. positions.

- the flap and slat position bars move

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 509
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- move the slat and flap control - the flaps move to the set position
lever back to the position 2. - the slats do not move.

- the flap position bar moves to the
set position
- the slat position bar does not move
are shown.
lever back to the positions 1 positions.
and 0. Stop at both notches
until the flaps and slats are On the ECAM upper DU:
in their new position. - the flap and slat position bars move
and slats are shown
- no warnings related to the flap and
slat systems are shown.
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-54-00-860-068

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-002).

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003).

(Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-001).

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 510
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
002).
Subtask 27-54-00-865-079
breaker(s):
14CC1, 14CC2
Subtask 27-54-00-942-069
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 511
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-00-820-001
Adjustment of the Flap Drive System
_______

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98D27504006000 3 PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 512
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-018

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
(98D27504030001)
Slats (98D27504030001)
27-54-00-220-007 Check of the Flap Drive System
F/CTL Page
32-00-00-481-002 Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing
Gear Doors
R 573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 513
May 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB) 573EB(673EB)
on the Ground (for corrective action)
27-51-00-820-001 Manual Adjustment of the Position Pick-Off Units (for
corrective action)
27-54-00-991-038-A Fig. 501
27-54-00-991-039-A Fig. 502
27-54-00-991-040-A Fig. 503
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-00-860-077-A
(1) Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.

the landing gear doors.
(3) Extension of the flaps
_______
(a) Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008).
(b) Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION on the


EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 514
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-54-00-865-080
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-54-00-010-067-A
C. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 27-54-00-991-038-A)
(1) Open the main gear doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(2) Install the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK on the applicable main gear
door-actuator (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(4) Remove the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002) and
(Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004):
For the LH wing, remove the panels:
- 571AB
- 573AB, 573BB, 573CB
- 575AB, 575BB, 575CB, 575DB, 575EB, 575FB and 575GB.
For the RH wing, remove the panels:
- 671AB
- 673AB, 673BB, 673CB
- 675AB, 675BB, 675CB, 675DB, 675EB, 675FB and 675GB.
(5) Clean the rigging pin holes at track 1, 2, 3 and 4.

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-54-00-991-039-A)
(6) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION on the


EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 515
Nov 01/10

LAN
Flap Transmission - Access Panels
Figure 501/TASK 27-54-00-991-038-A

R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 516
May 01/09

LAN
R Installation of the Flap Rigging Pins
Figure 502/TASK 27-54-00-991-039-A

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 517
Aug 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-54-00-865-081
D. Close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
Subtask 27-54-00-866-060-A
E. Retraction of the flaps
(1) Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009). Do not do this
manually.

flap/slat control lever on the panel 114VU.
R (3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on panel 114VU to tell persons not to operate
Subtask 27-54-00-740-052-A
F. Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault

Display System (CFDS)
(1) Do a check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized

Fault Display System (CFDS) as follows:
(a) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-

861-002).
(b) Get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST (F/CTL) page on the

Multipurpose Control Display Unit (MCDU) (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-
006).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 518
Nov 01/10

LAN
(c) Do a check of the flap PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control
lever position FULL on the MCDU as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Push (in) the NEXT PAGE button. - The MCDU shows the subsequent page of
the SFCC 1 menu.
Refer to Table 1.

____
angles must agree in 1.3 deg.
synchro angles must agree in
0.45 deg.
5. Write down the APPU and the FPPU

angles (deg) shown on the display
or push (in) the line key PRINT >
to get a print-out of the screen.
NOTE : You must use these angles

____
that are shown during
removal as a datum. They
will let you compare the
APPU and the FPPU angles
after the adjustment of the
flap drive system.

page is shown.

41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 519
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |
| SFCC 1 |
| PPU DATE (DEG) |
| ***.* ***.* ***.* |
| ***HEX ***HEX ***HEX *** |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| OTHER SFCC |
| ***.* ***.* ***.* *** |
| ***HEX ***HEX ***HEX |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| <RETURN PRINT> |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Table 1 |
| PPU DATA (DEG) shown on the MCDU at the flap position ZERO |
| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-54-00-865-082
G. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 520
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 27-54-00-991-039-A, 503/TASK 27-54-00-991-040-A)
Subtask 27-54-00-820-051-A
A. Adjustment of the Flap Track No. 1
R (1) Install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (2) at the track 1.
R (2) If you cannot install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (2) easily, do
R the steps that follow:
(a) Remove the Torque Shaft 6204CM (6254CM):
1
_ Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)
(98D27504030001) on a flap torque shaft, outboard of the
component that you will remove (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003).
2
_ Remove the nuts (5) and the bolts (6) from the torque shaft
(4). If applicable, remove the spacers.
NOTE : Spacers between the universal joint (3) and the torque
____
shaft (4) adjust the length of the transmission. It is
possible that there are none or more than one spacer(s)
installed.
3
_ Remove the universal joint (3).
(b) Adjustment of the flap drive system (for free rigging pin):
1
_ Loosen the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) as necessary to
turn the torque shafts.
2
_ Turn the torque shaft 6206CM (6256CM) four turns in the
extension direction.
3
_ Turn the torque shaft 6206CM (6256CM) in the retraction
R direction until the rigging pin (2) can be installed easily.
4
_ If the torque shaft 6206CM (6256CM) is accidentally turned too
far in the retraction direction:
R - Do the adjustment procedure again until the rigging pin (2)
R can be installed easily.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 521
Aug 01/10

LAN
Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission

R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 522
May 01/09

LAN

R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 523
May 01/09

LAN

R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 524
May 01/09

LAN
(c) Preparation for Installation

_______
1
_ Use a clean lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-003) and the cleaning agent CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-026) to clean the parts that follow:
- The nuts (5)
- The bolts (6)
- The flange of the universal joint (3)
- The flange of the torque shaft (4).
2
_ Dry the parts with compressed air.
3
_ Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component
are clean and in the correct condition.
4
_ Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
5
_ Lubricate the torque splines as follows:

_______
- Apply a thin layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-

018) to the splines of the torque shaft (4)
022) to the splines of the torque shaft (4).
6
_ Apply a layer of the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-
007) to the parts that follow:
- The nuts (5)
- The bolts (6)
(d) Install the torque shaft 6204CM (6254CM):
1
_ Put the universal joint (3) in the installation position. Make
sure that the flange aligns with the torque shaft (4).
2
_ Install the bolts (6) and the nuts (5). Tighten the nuts (5)
with your hand.
3
_ If necessary install the spacers.

R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 525
May 01/09

LAN
4
109.73 lbf.in).
R (e) Install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (2).
R 1
_ Make sure that you can remove/install the rigging pin (2)
R easily.
R 2
_ If you cannot remove/install the rigging pin (2) easily do the
R adjustment procedure again.
(f) Make sure that:

- You cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable
joint
- The dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the
movable joint.
(g) Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (Ref. TASK 27-50-
00-000-003)
Subtask 27-54-00-820-052-A
B. Adjustment of the Flap Track No. 2
R (1) Install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS (1) at the track 2.
R (2) If you cannot install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS (1) easily, do the steps
R that follow:
1
2
(4).
3
1
turn the torque shafts
2

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 526
Aug 01/10

LAN
a
R direction until the rigging pin (1) can be installed
R easily.
b
_ If the torque shaft 6218CM (6268CM) is accidentally turned
too far in the retraction direction:
R - Do the adjusment procedure again, until the rigging pin
R (1) can be installed easily.
1
- The nuts (5)
- The bolts (6)
2
3
4
5

_______

6
- The nuts (5)
- The bolts (6)
1
_ Put the universal joint (3) in the installation position. Make
sure that the flange aligns with the torque shaft (4).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 527
Aug 01/10

LAN
2
_ Install the bolts (6) and the nuts (5). Tighten the nuts (5)
with your hand.
3
109.73 lbf.in).
R (e) Install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS (1).
R 1
R easily.
R 2
_ If you cannot remove/install the rigging pin (1) easily, do
R the adjustment procedure again.
(f) Make sure that:

joint
movable joint.
00-000-003).
Subtask 27-54-00-820-053-A
C. Adjustment of the Flap Track No. 3
R that follow:
1
2
(10).
3
1

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 528
Aug 01/10

LAN
2
3
R direction until the rigging pin (1) can be installed easily.
4
_ If the torque shaft 6224CM (6274CM) is accidentally turned too
R - Do the adjustment procedure again, until the rigging pin (1)
R can be installed easily.
1
- The nuts (12)
- The bolts (11)
2
3
4
5

_______

Or:
6
- The nuts (12)
- The bolts (11)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 529
Aug 01/10

LAN
1
_ Put the universal joint (13) in the installation position.
Make sure that the flange aligns with the torque shaft (10).
2
_ Install the bolts (11) and the nuts (12). Tighten the nuts
(12) with your hand.
3
109.73 lbf.in).
R (e) Install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS (1).
R 1
R easily.
R 2
R adjustment procedure again.
(f) Make sure that:

joint
movable joint.
00-000-003).
Subtask 27-54-00-820-054-A
D. Adjustment of the Flap Track No. 4
R that follow:
1
2
(20).
3

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 530
Aug 01/10

LAN
1
2
3
R direction until you can install the rigging pin (1) easily.
4
_ If you turn the torque shaft 6232CM (6284CM) accidentally too
R - Do the adjustment procedure again, until you can install the
R rigging pin (1) easily.
1
- The nuts (22)
- The bolts (23)
2
3
4
5

_______

6
- The nuts (22)
- The bolts (23)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 531
Aug 01/10

LAN
1
_ Put the universal joint (21) in the installation position.
Make sure that the flange aligns with the torque shaft (20).
2
_ Install the bolts (23) and the nuts (22). Tighten the nuts
(22) with your hand.
3
109.73 lbf.in).
(e) Install the PIN-RIGGING, FLAPS (1).
1
easily.
2
adjustment procedure again.
(f) Make sure that:

joint
movable joint.
00-000-003).
Subtask 27-54-00-865-083
E. Close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 532
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-54-00-740-050-A
F. Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault


002).
(3) Do a check of the flap PPU angles (deg) at the slat/flap control
lever position ZERO on the MCDU as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SFCC 1 menu.
Refer to Table 1.

____
angles must not be different by
more than 1.3 deg.
synchro angles must not be
different by more than 0.45 deg.

page is shown.

41-00-862-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 533
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-54-00-820-055-A
G. Adjustment After BITE Test
(1) After adjustment of the flap drive system:
(a) Make sure that the FPPU angle values agree with the values that
you recorded before the FPPU was removed (+/- 0.2 deg).
(b) Make sure that the APPU angle values agree with the values that
you recorded before the APPU was removed (+/- 0.2 deg).
(c) Make sure that the APPU/FPPU angles (deg) agree +/- 1.3 deg.
(d) Make sure that the LH APPU and the RH APPU angles agree +/- 0.45
deg.
(2) If the APPU angles are not in the specified limits in relation to the
FPPU angles, do these steps:
(a) Disconnect the APPU and adjust the APPU input shaft (Ref. TASK
27-51-00-820-001).
(b) Do step (2)(a) again until the APPU angles are in the specified
limits in relation to the FPPU angles.
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | |
R | SFCC 1 |
R | PPU DATE (DEG) |
R | DATE:XXX XX UTC:XXXX |
R | LH APPU FPPU RH APPU |
R | ***.* ***.* ***.* |
R | ***HEX ***HEX ***HEX *** |
R |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | OTHER SFCC |
R | LH APPU FPPU RH APPU |
R | ***.* ***.* ***.* *** |
R | ***HEX ***HEX ***HEX |
R |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | <RETURN PRINT> |
R |-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
R | Table 1 |
R | PPU DATA (DEG) displayed on the MCDU at the flap position ZERO |
R | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 534
May 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-54-00-860-078-A
H. Preparation for Test
(1) Remove the rigging pins from the tracks 1, 2, 3 and 4.
(2) Reset the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) of the flap system on the ground if
(3) Extend the flaps on the ground (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008).
(4) Retract the flaps on the ground (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).
(6) Do a check of the flap PPUs on the MCDU as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- Push (in) the NEXT PAGE button. - The MCDU shows the next page of the
SFCC 1 menu.
- Push (in) the line key SYSTEM - The MCDU shows the SFCC 1 FLAP
DATA FLP >. SYSTEM DATA menu.
- Push (in) the line key < PPU. - The MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s):
Refer to Table 1.
- Push the line key < Return

page is shown.
(7) Make sure that the APPU/FPPU angles (deg) agree(+/- 1.3deg).
(8) Make sure that the LH APPU and the RH APPU angles agree (+/-
0.45deg).
(9) If the APPU and FPPU angles are not within the specified limit, do
the steps that follow:
(a) Disconnect the APPU and adjust the APPU input shaft.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 535
Feb 01/11

LAN
(b) Do again step (9)(a) until the APPU angles are in the specified
limits in relation to the FPPU angles
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |
| SFCC 1 |
| PPU DATE (DEG) |
| ***.* ***.* ***.* |
| ***HEX ***HEX ***HEX *** |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| OTHER SFCC |
| ***.* ***.* ***.* *** |
| ***HEX ***HEX ***HEX |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| <RETURN PRINT> |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Table 1 |
| PPU DATA (DEG) shown on the MCDU at the flap position FULL |
| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(10) Do the adjustment of the interconnecting strut (Ref. TASK 27-51-44-

820-001).
Subtask 27-54-00-710-052-A
J. Test
001).
NOTE : Due to system play and PCU tolerances, possibly you cannot
____
install the PINS- RIGGING, FLAPS after the operational test.
This does not indicate an incorrect adjustment.
(2) If it is necessary to examine the system again do the Check of the

Flap Drive System (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-220-007).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 536
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-54-00-860-079-A
A. Close Access
items.
(a) For the LH wing, install these access panels:

- 571AB
- 573AB, 573BB, 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002)
- 575AB, 575BB, 575CB, 575DB, 575EB, 575FB, 575GB (Ref. TASK 57-
51-37-400-004).
(b) For the RH wing, install these access panels:

- 671AB
- 673AB, 673BB, 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002)
51-37-400-004).

R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 537
May 01/09

LAN
FLAPS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER TRANSMISSION - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________________________________________________
TASK 27-54-00-200-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Transmission Assembly (Including Part of the

Transmission in Zone 140)
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 601
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(98D27803000000)
Gears
R 573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
R 573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB) 573EB(673EB)
27-54-00-612-001 Quantity Check of the Semi-Fluid remaining in a Flap
Rotary Actuator (After Leakage) (for corrective
action)
27-54-00-991-006 Fig. 601
27-54-00-991-001 Fig. 602
27-54-00-991-002 Fig. 603

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 602
Nov 01/09

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-54-00-991-006)
Subtask 27-54-00-941-052
(1) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing
gear (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-001).
(2) Put the warning notice in position to tell persons not to pressurize
flight controls.
landing gear doors.
Subtask 27-54-00-860-059
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 603
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Flap Transmission - Access Panels
Figure 601/TASK 27-54-00-991-006

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 604
Aug 01/02
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-00-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-54-00-010-051
D. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below the
applicable wing.
(2) Open the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(3) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is installed on each MLG door
actuating cylinder.
(a) For the LH wing, remove the following panels:

- 571AB
- 573AB, 573BB, 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002)
51-37-000-004).
(b) For the RH wing, remove the following panels:

- 671AB
- 673AB, 673BB, 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002)
51-37-000-004).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 27-54-00-991-001, 603/TASK 27-54-00-991-002)

_______
EDGE:

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 605
Feb 01/11

LAN
Figure 602/TASK 27-54-00-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 606
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Steady Bearings and Torque Shaft - Component Location
Figure 603/TASK 27-54-00-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 607
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 27-54-00-210-050-A
A. Inspection
(1) Examine the Power Control Unit (PCU):
(a) Make sure that the PCU is correctly installed.
(b) Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine

the external surfaces of the PCU for:
- Cracks
- Corrosion
- Signs of leakage
(c) Make sure that the Line Replaceable Units (LRU) are correctly
installed. The LRUs are the:
- Two valve blocks
- Two inlet filters
- Six solenoid valves
- Two hydraulic motors
- Two Pressure-Off Brakes
- Feedback Position Pick-off Unit
- Instrumentation Position Pick-off Unit.
(2) Examine each torque shaft assembly:
(a) Make sure that each torque shaft assembly is correctly installed
and that the spring clip is safetied to the pin correctly.

the torque shafts and the input joints for:
- Distortion
- Dents
- Cracks
- Corrosion
(c) Make sure that the connections between the torque shafts and the
input joints are tight.
(d) Do an inspection of the flange bolts for corrosion protection. If

the corrosion protection is unsatisfactory, apply a new layer of
the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-007).

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-00

Page 608
Feb 01/11

LAN
(3) Examine each steady bearing assembly:
(a) Make sure that each steady bearing assembly is correctly

installed.

each steady bearing assembly for:
- Cracks
- Corrosion
(4) Examine each gearbox assembly:
NOTE : The gearbox assembly is filled with a grease/semi-fluid but it

____
is not a sealed unit. It is usual for this grease/semi-fluid
to have some oil separation. The external surfaces of the
gearbox can be moist with this oil. The oil in the unit that
mixes with the grease/semi-fluid will change back during
operation. The oil separation will decrease during in-service
operation until the lubricant is in a stable condition. This
will not cause damage to the unit.
(a) Make sure that each gearbox assembly is correctly installed.

the external surfaces of each gearbox assembly for:
- Cracks
- Corrosion
- Signs of leakage
(5) Examine each actuator assembly:
NOTE : Each actuator assembly has a rotary actuator and an offset

____
gearbox. The rotary actuator is filled with a
grease/semi-fluid but it is not a sealed unit. It is usual for
this grease/semi-fluid to have some oil separation. The
external surfaces of the actuator assembly can be moist with
this oil. The oil in the unit that mixes with the
grease/semi-fluid will change back during operation. The oil
separation will decrease during in-service operation until the
lubricant is in a stable condition. This will not cause damage
to the unit.
(a) Make sure that each actuator is correctly installed.
(b) Make sure that the items that follow are correctly installed:
- The offset gearbox
- The torque limiter
- The plug-in rotary actuator.

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-00

Page 609
May 01/11
R
LAN
(c) Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine
the external surfaces of the actuators for:
- Cracks
- Corrosion
- Signs of leakage
(d) Make sure that the torque limiter indicator has not operated.
(6) Examine the carriages at the track 1, 2, 3 and 4 positions:
(a) Make sure that the carriages are correctly installed.

the carriages for:
- Cracks
- Corrosion
R (7) Examine the flaplink arm
R (a) Make sure that the flap drive lever and the flap drive arm are
R correctly installed and in good condition.
**ON A/C ALL
Post SB 27-1138 For A/C 051-099,
Subtask 27-54-00-210-050-B
A. Inspection
(1) Examine the Power Control Unit (PCU)
(a) Make sure that the PCU is correctly installed.

the external surfaces of the PCU for:
- Cracks
- Corrosion
- Signs of leakage
(c) Make sure that the Line Replaceable Units (LRU) are correctly
installed. The LRUs are the:
- Two valve blocks
- Two inlet filters

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 610
May 01/11

LAN
- Six solenoid valves
- Two hydraulic motors
- Two Pressure-Off Brakes
- Feedback Position Pick-off Unit
- Instrumentation Position Pick-off Unit.
(2) Examine each torque shaft assembly
(a) Make sure that each torque shaft assembly is correctly installed
and that the spring clip is safetied to the pin correctly.

the torque shafts and the input joints for:
- Distortion
- Dents
- Cracks
- Corrosion
(c) Make sure that the connections between the torque shafts and the
input joints are tight.
(d) Do an inspection of the flange bolts for corrosion protection. If

the corrosion protection is unsatisfactory, apply a new layer of
the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-007).
(3) Examine each steady bearing assembly
(a) Make sure that each steady bearing assembly is correctly

installed.

each steady bearing assembly for:
- Cracks
- Corrosion
(4) Examine each gearbox assembly
NOTE : The gearbox assembly is filled with a grease/semi-fluid but it

____
is not a sealed unit. It is usual for this grease/semi-fluid
to have some oil separation. The external surfaces of the
gearbox can be moist with this oil. The oil in the unit that
mixes with the grease/semi-fluid will change back during
operation until the lubricant is in a stable condition. This
will not cause damage to the unit.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 611
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(a) Make sure that each gearbox assembly is correctly installed.

the external surfaces of each gearbox assembly for:
- Cracks
- Corrosion
- Signs of leakage
(5) Examine each actuator assembly
NOTE : Each actuator assembly has a rotary actuator and an offset

____
gearbox. The rotary actuator is filled with a
grease/semi-fluid but it is not a sealed unit. It is usual for
this grease/semi-fluid to have some oil separation. The
external surfaces of the actuator assembly can be moist with
this oil. The oil in the unit that mixes with the
grease/semi-fluid will change back during operation. The oil
separation will decrease during in-service operation until the
lubricant is in a stable condition. This will not cause damage
to the unit.
(a) Make sure that each actuator is correctly installed.
(b) Make sure that the items that follow are correctly installed:
- The offset gearbox
- The torque limiter
- The plug-in rotary actuator.
(c) Use a FLASHLIGHT and a MIRROR - INSPECTION, FLEXIBLE to examine

the external surfaces of the actuators for:
- Cracks
- Corrosion
- Signs of leakage
(d) If you find a leak, do a check of the quantity of the semi-fluid

in the flap actuator(s) (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-612-001).
(e) Make sure that the torque limiter indicator has not operated.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 612
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(6) Examine the carriages at the track 1, 2, 3 and 4 positions:
(a) Make sure that the carriages are correctly installed.

the carriages for:
- Cracks
- Corrosion
R (7) Examine the flap link arm
R (a) Make sure that the flap drive lever and the flap drive arm are
R correctly installed and in good condition.
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-54-00-410-050
A. Close Access
items.
(a) For the LH wing, install the following panels:

- 571AB
- 573AB, 573BB, 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002)
51-37-400-004).
(b) For the RH wing, install the following panels:

- 671AB
- 673AB, 673BB, 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002)
51-37-400-004).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 613
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-54-00-865-054
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 27-54-00-860-060
00-00-080-002) from the flap/slat control lever.
Subtask 27-54-00-942-053

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 614
May 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-00-210-002
Check of the Integrity of the Flap Transmission System and Inspection of the
Seal Witness Drains of the Wing Tip Brakes
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
NOTE : If you do this task together with MPD-TASK 275100-01, do MPD-TASK

____
275100-01 first.
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific mirror

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 615
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-51-51-000-001 Removal of the Flap Wing-Tip Brake
27-51-51-400-001 Installation of the Flap Wing-Tip Brake
27-54-00-991-006 Fig. 601
27-54-00-991-004 Fig. 604
27-54-00-991-005 Fig. 605
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-54-00-991-006)
Subtask 27-54-00-860-065
(1) Do the extension of the flaps on ground (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008).
Subtask 27-54-00-941-054
B. Safety Precautions
(2) Put the warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
flight controls.
(3) Put the warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear doors.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 616
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-00-865-057
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-54-00-010-054
D. Get Access
R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below the
applicable wing.
actuating cylinder.
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 27-54-00-991-004, 605/TASK 27-54-00-991-005)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-00-210-052
A. Inspection
(1) Examine the torque shaft assemblies.
(a) Use a flashlight and a mirror to examine the torque shaft

assemblies for:
- cracks
- signs of stress
- signs of damage.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 617
Feb 01/11

LAN
Torque Shaft - Steady Bearing Typical Installation
Figure 604/TASK 27-54-00-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 618
Aug 01/06
R
LAN
Seal Witness Drains - Wing Tip Brake
Figure 605/TASK 27-54-00-991-005

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 619
Aug 01/06
R
LAN
(2) Examine the torque shaft flanges.
(a) Use a flashlight and a mirror to examine the torque shaft flanges
and their joints for:
- cracks
- signs of stress
- signs of damage.
(3) Examine the steady bearings.
(a) Use a flashlight and a mirror to examine the steady bearings and
their structural interfaces for:
- cracks
- signs of stress
- signs of damage.
(4) Examine the WTB.
(a) Use a flashlight and a mirror to examine the external surface of

the WTB at the seal witness drains.
(b) The area around the seal witness drains is permitted to be wet
with oil. But, if a drop of hydraulic fluid is found, replace the
WTB (Ref. TASK 27-51-51-000-001) (Ref. TASK 27-51-51-400-001).
NOTE : The area near the seal witness drains, which is wet with
____
oil, must be cleaned.
R 5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-54-00-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
R
R (2) Close the MLG doors (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 620
May 01/09

LAN
Subtask 27-54-00-865-058
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-54-00-860-066
(1) Do the retraction of the flaps on ground (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-

009).
Subtask 27-54-00-942-057

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 621
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-00-200-003
Detailed Dimensional Check - Free Movement at the Trailing Edge of the Flaps
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
To check for flap backlash
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R No specific 1 PIN DIA 3 MM (0,118 IN), LENGHT 100 MM (3,937 IN.)
R ALU
R No specific 1 PIN DIA 5 MM (0,197 IN), LENGHT 100 MM (3,937 IN.)
R ALU
R No specific 2 PIN DIA 10 MM (0,394 IN),LENGHT 100 MM (3,937 IN.)
R ALU
R No specific 1 PIN DIA 20 MM (0,787 IN),LENGHT 100 MM (3,937 IN.)
R ALU
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 622
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
(4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)
B. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 cotter pin 27-54-05 33U-100

1 cotter pin 27-54-05 33U-100A
1 cotter pin 27-54-05 33V-100
1 cotter pin 27-54-05 33V-100A
6 cotter pin 27-54-05 33U-150
6 cotter pin 27-54-05 33U-150A
6 cotter pin 27-54-05 33V-150
6 cotter pin 27-54-05 33V-150A
10 cotter pin 27-54-05 33U-200
10 cotter pin 27-54-05 33V-200
15 cotter pin 27-54-05 33U-030
15 cotter pin 27-54-05 33U-030A
15 cotter pin 27-54-05 33V-030
25 cotter pin 27-54-05 35H-080
26 cotter pin 27-54-05 35H-080
26 cotter pin 27-54-05 35H-130A
176 cotter pin 27-54-05 35H-060
187 cotter pin 27-54-05 33F-025
215 cotter pin 27-54-05 35H-060

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 623
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-51-44-400-001 Installation of the Interconnecting Strut
27-54-46-000-001 Removal of the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages
27-54-46-000-002 Removal of the No.1 Flap Carriage
27-54-46-400-001 Installation of the Nos 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages
27-54-46-400-002 Installation of the No.1 Flap Carriage
27-54-49-000-001 Removal of the Flap Track 1 Actuator 6205CM(6255CM)
27-54-49-400-001 Installation of the Flap Track 1 Actuator
6205CM(6255CM)
6211CM(6261CM)
6221CM(6271CM)
6233CM(6283CM)
27-54-55-000-001 Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Tracks
1 and 2
27-54-55-000-002 Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 3
27-54-55-000-003 Removal of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly - Track 4
27-54-55-400-001 Installation of the Flap-Actuator Lever Assembly -
Tracks 1 and 2
Track 3
Track 4
27-54-61-220-001 Dimensional Check of the Joints that Connect the Flap
Actuator Levers to the Flap Drive Struts (Tracks 1
and 2)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 624
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-54-62-220-001 Dimensional Check of the Joints that connect the Flap

Actuator Levers to the Flap Drive Struts (Tracks 3
and 4)
53-35-11-000-001 Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings
57-51-33-000-001 Removal of the No.1 Flap Track Beam
57-51-33-400-001 Installation of the No.1 Flap Track Beam
57-52-00-220-015 Detailed Dimensional Check of the Joints that Attach
the Flap to the Flap Carriage (Tracks 1 and 2)
57-53-00-220-023 Detailed Dimensional Check of the Joints that Attach
the Flap to the Flap Carriage (Tracks 3 and 4)
ASRM 57-51-33-101 (for corrective action)
**ON A/C 001-010, 051-099,
27-54-00-991-027 Fig. 606
R **ON A/C 011-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-00-991-027-A Fig. 606A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-150, 201-299, 301-399,
27-54-00-991-028 Fig. 607
R **ON A/C 151-200,
R 27-54-00-991-028-A Fig. 607A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-150, 201-299, 301-399,
27-54-00-991-030 Fig. 608

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 625
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 151-200,
R 27-54-00-991-030-A Fig. 608A
R **ON A/C ALL
27-54-00-991-010 Fig. 609
**ON A/C 001-014, 051-099,
27-54-00-991-029 Fig. 610
R **ON A/C 015-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-00-991-029-A Fig. 610A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-150, 201-299, 301-399,
27-54-00-991-031 Fig. 611
R **ON A/C 151-200,
R 27-54-00-991-031-A Fig. 611A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-150, 201-299, 301-399,
27-54-00-991-032 Fig. 612
R **ON A/C 151-200,
R 27-54-00-991-032-A Fig. 612A

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 626
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C ALL
27-54-00-991-026 Fig. 613
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-00-941-059
flight controls.
(4) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the applicable
flap.
Subtask 27-54-00-860-062
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(2) Remove the flap kink-seals (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-002).
(3) Remove the applicable wing to fuselage panels (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-
000-001):
- for the LH flap, remove 193AB
- for the RH flap, remove 194AB.
(4) Fully retract the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).

R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 627
May 01/11

LAN
4. Procedure
_________

_______
EDGE:
**ON A/C 001-010, 051-099,
Subtask 27-54-00-220-050
A. Detailed Dimensional Check - Free Movement at the Trailing Edge of the

Inboard Flap
27-54-00-991-030, 609/TASK 27-54-00-991-010)
(1) At the track 1 position, disconnect the flap drive arm from the
rotary actuator lever-arm:
(c) Remove the bolts (183), the washers (182) and the indicator plate
(181).
(d) Remove the indicator pin (180).
R (e) Remove the shearbolt (179) and install the aluminum pin PIN DIA 3
R MM (0,118 IN), LENGHT 100 MM (3,937 IN.) ALU.
NOTE : The diameter of the aluminum pin is approximately 6.0 mm

____
(0.2362 in.) less than the shearbolt (179) it replaces.
The pin is 100 mm (3.9370 in.) long and is made locally
from LN 1798 3.1354T3511. The pin is temporary and has two
functions:
- it keeps the joint together when you extend/retract the
flaps
- it is easy to remove the pin to disconnect the joint
when the flaps are extended.

R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 628
May 01/11

LAN
(f) Extend the flaps manually (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011) as
follows:
1
_ Slowly extend the flaps until the dimension T at track 2 is
approximately 6.0 mm (0.2362 in.).
2
_ Dimension T can be +/- 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.) but it must be set
during the flap extension procedure. Do not retract the flaps
in small amounts to set the dimension T.
(g) Remove the aluminum pin.
(2) At the track 2 position, measure the total free movement of the flap
trailing edge:
(a) Refer to step 4.A.(1)(f) and make sure the flaps are extended
correctly.
(b) Make sure that the travel ranges are clear.
(c) Apply a down force (by hand) to the trailing edge of the flap.
Apply sufficient force to make the flap move through possible
free movement in the flap system mechanism and joints.
NOTE : Do not apply too much force to cause the system

____
components, mechanism or the aircraft fixed structure to
move or bend.
(d) Hold the flap in this position, measure and record the dimension
Z and then release the flap.
(e) Apply an up force (by hand) to the trailing edge of the flap.

____
move or bend.
(f) Hold the flap in this position, measure and record the dimension
Y and then release the flap.
(g) To find the total free movement, subtract the dimension Z from
the dimension Y.

EFF :

001-010, 051-099, 27-54-00

Page 629
May 01/11
R
LAN
Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive Lever - To Disconnect the Inboard Flap

R

EFF :

001-010, 051-099, 27-54-00

Page 630
May 01/11

LAN

R

EFF :

001-010, 051-099, 27-54-00

Page 631
May 01/11

LAN
Figure 606A/TASK 27-54-00-991-027-A

R

EFF :

011-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 632
May 01/11

LAN
Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure The Free Play (Track 1)
Figure 607/TASK 27-54-00-991-028

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-150, 201-299, 27-54-00

Page 633
May 01/11

LAN
R Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure The Free Play (Track 1)
R Figure 607A/TASK 27-54-00-991-028-A

R

EFF :

151-200, 27-54-00

Page 634
May 01/11

LAN
Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure the Free Play (Track 2)
Figure 608/TASK 27-54-00-991-030

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-150, 201-299, 27-54-00

Page 635
May 01/11

LAN
R Rotary Actuator Drive-Lever - To Measure the Free Play (Track 2)
R Figure 608A/TASK 27-54-00-991-030-A

R

EFF :

151-200, 27-54-00

Page 636
May 01/11

LAN
Flaps Trailing Edge Free Movement - Location and Details of Measurement
Positions
Figure 609/TASK 27-54-00-991-010

EFF :

ALL

27-54-00 Page 637
May 01/11
R
LAN
(3) At the track 1 position, measure the total free movement of the
actuator lever (dimension X):
(a) Apply a down force (by hand) to the actuator lever. Apply
sufficient force to make the actuator lever move through possible
(b) Hold the actuator lever in this position, then measure and record
the dimension T.
(c) Apply an up force (by hand) to the actuator lever. Apply

(d) Hold the actuator lever in this position, then measure and record
the dimension S.
(e) To find the total free movement (dimension X), subtract the
dimension S from the dimension T.
(4) Install the aluminum pin through the joint where you removed the
shearbolt (179).
(5) Manually retract the flaps fully and connect the drive system
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-012).
(6) Remove the aluminum pin.
(7) At the track 1 position, temporarily connect the flap drive arm to
the rotary actuator drive-lever as follows:
(a) Install the shearbolt (179), the washer (178) and the nut (177).
(b) Hand tighten the nut (177).
(c) Install the indicator pin (180), the indicator plate (181), the
washers (182) and the bolts (183).
(d) Hand tighten the bolts (183).

R

EFF :

001-010, 051-099, 27-54-00

Page 638
May 01/11

LAN
R (c) Remove the bolt (184) and install the aluminum pin PIN DIA 10 MM
R (0,394 IN),LENGHT 100 MM (3,937 IN.) ALU.
(d) Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008).
(e) Remove the aluminum pin.
(9) At the inboard end of the flap, measure the total free movement of
the flap trailing edge:
(a) Make sure that the flaps are fully extended, and that the travel
ranges are clear.
(b) Apply a down force (by hand) to the trailing edge of the flap.

____
move or bend.
(c) Hold the flap in this position, measure and record the dimension
(d) Apply an up force (by hand) to the trailing edge of the flap.

____
move or bend.
(e) Hold the flap in this position, measure and record the dimension
(f) To find the total free movement, subtract the dimension Z from
the dimension Y.
the dimension T.

R

EFF :

001-010, 051-099, 27-54-00

Page 639
May 01/11

LAN
the dimension S.
(11) Install the aluminum pin through the joint where you removed the bolt
(184).
(a) Install the bolt (184), the washer (185) and the nut (186).
(15) Compare the measured free movement dimensions:

- the maximum acceptable value of free movement at the inboard flap
trailing edge at tracks 1 and 2 is 10.0 mm (0.3937 in.)
- for the maximum acceptable value of dimension X (free movement of
the lever arm) refer to the table 601.
R **ON A/C 011-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-54-00-220-050-A
A. Detailed Dimensional Check - Free Movement at the Trailing Edge of the

Inboard Flap
R (Ref. Fig. 606A/TASK 27-54-00-991-027-A)
R **ON A/C 011-049, 101-150, 201-299, 301-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 27-54-00-991-028)

R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 640
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 151-200,
R (Ref. Fig. 607A/TASK 27-54-00-991-028-A)
R **ON A/C 011-049, 101-150, 201-299, 301-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 608/TASK 27-54-00-991-030)
R **ON A/C 151-200,
R (Ref. Fig. 608A/TASK 27-54-00-991-030-A)
R **ON A/C 011-049, 101-299, 301-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 609/TASK 27-54-00-991-010)
(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (1) and (6).
(c) Remove the bolt (5) and the locking plate (4).
(d) Remove the nut (7) and the washer (8).
R (e) Remove the bolt (9) and install the PIN DIA 5 MM (0,197 IN),
R LENGHT 100 MM (3,937 IN.) ALU.

____
(0.2362 in.) less than the bolt (9) it replaces. The pin
is 100 mm (3.9370 in.) long and is made locally from LN
1798 3.1354T3511. The pin is temporary and has two
functions:
flaps

R

EFF :

011-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 641
May 01/11

LAN
(f) Extend the flaps manually (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011) as
follows:
1
_ Slowly extend the flaps until the dimension T at track 2 is
approximately 6.0 mm (0.2362 in.).
2
_ Dimension T can be +/- 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.) but it must be set
during the flap extension procedure. Do not retract the flaps
in small amounts to set the dimension T.
trailing edge:
(a) Refer to step 4.A.(1)(f) and make sure the flaps are extended
correctly.
(b) Make sure that the travel ranges are clear.
(c) Apply a down force (by hand) to the trailing edge of the flap.

____
move or bend.
(d) Hold the flap in this position, measure and record the dimension
(e) Apply an up force (by hand) to the trailing edge of the flap.

____
move or bend.
(f) Hold the flap in this position, measure and record the dimension
(g) To find the total free movement, subtract the dimension Z from
the dimension Y.

R

EFF :

011-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 642
May 01/11

LAN
the dimension T.

the dimension S.
(9).
(5) Manually retract the flaps fully and connect the drive system
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-012).
(c) Install the bolt (5), the locking plate (4), the washer (3) and
the nut (2).
(d) Hand tighten the nut (2).

R

EFF :

011-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 643
May 01/11

LAN
R (e) Remove the bolt (18) and install the PIN DIA 10 MM (0,394
R IN),LENGHT 100 MM (3,937 IN.) ALU.
(f) Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008).
(9) At the inboard end of the flap, measure the total free movement of
the flap trailing edge:
ranges are clear.

____
move or bend.
(c) Hold the flap in this position, measure and record the dimension

____
move or bend.
the dimension Y.

R

EFF :

011-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 644
May 01/11

LAN
the dimension T.

the dimension S.
(18).
(c) Install the bolt (14), the locking plate (13), the washer (12)
and the nut (11).

- the maximum acceptable value of free movement at the inboard flap

R

EFF :

011-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 645
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C 001-014, 051-099,
Subtask 27-54-00-220-057
B. Detailed Dimensional Check - Free Movement at the Trailing Edge of the

Outboard Flap
27-54-00-991-031, 612/TASK 27-54-00-991-032)
(1) At the track 3 position, disconnect the outboard flap drive-arm from
the rotary actuator lever-arm:

____
(0.2362 in.) less than the bolt (212) it replaces. The pin
is 100 mm (3.9370 in.) long and is made locally from
material LN 1798 3.1354T3511. The pin is temporary and has
two functions:
flaps
trailing edge:
ranges are clear.

____
move or bend.

R

EFF :

001-014, 051-099, 27-54-00

Page 646
May 01/11

LAN
Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive Lever - To Disconnect the Outboard Flap
Figure 610/TASK 27-54-00-991-029

EFF :

001-014, 051-099, 27-54-00

Page 647
May 01/11
R
LAN
Flap to Rotary Actuator Drive Lever - To Disconnect the Outboard Flap
Figure 610A/TASK 27-54-00-991-029-A

R

EFF :

015-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 648
May 01/11

LAN
Figure 611/TASK 27-54-00-991-031

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-150, 201-299, 27-54-00

Page 649
May 01/11

LAN
R Figure 611A/TASK 27-54-00-991-031-A

R

EFF :

151-200, 27-54-00

Page 650
May 01/11

LAN
Figure 612/TASK 27-54-00-991-032

R

EFF :
301-399,
001-049, 051-099, 101-150, 201-299, 27-54-00

Page 651
May 01/11

LAN
(c) Hold the flap in this position, then measure and and record the
dimension Z.

____
move or bend.
the dimension Y.
the dimension T.

the dimension S.
(212).

R

EFF :

001-014, 051-099, 27-54-00

Page 652
May 01/11

LAN
the rotary actuator drive-lever:
trailing edge:
ranges are clear.

____
move or bend.
dimension Z.

____
move or bend.

R

EFF :

001-014, 051-099, 27-54-00

Page 653
May 01/11

LAN
the dimension Y.
the dimension T.

the dimension S.
(212).

- the maximum acceptable value of free movement at the outboard flap

R

EFF :

001-014, 051-099, 27-54-00

Page 654
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 015-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-54-00-220-057-A
B. Detailed Dimensional Check - Free Movement at the Trailing Edge of the

Outboard Flap
R (Ref. Fig. 609/TASK 27-54-00-991-010, 610A/TASK 27-54-00-991-029-A)
R **ON A/C 015-049, 101-150, 201-299, 301-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 611/TASK 27-54-00-991-031)
R **ON A/C 151-200,
R (Ref. Fig. 611A/TASK 27-54-00-991-031-A)
R **ON A/C 015-049, 101-150, 201-299, 301-399,
R (Ref. Fig. 612/TASK 27-54-00-991-032)
R **ON A/C 151-200,
R (Ref. Fig. 612A/TASK 27-54-00-991-032-A)
R **ON A/C 015-049, 101-299, 301-399,
the rotary actuator lever-arm:

R

EFF :

015-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 655
May 01/11

LAN
R Figure 612A/TASK 27-54-00-991-032-A

R

EFF :

151-200, 27-54-00

Page 656
May 01/11

LAN
R (e) Remove the bolt (20) and install the aluminum pin PIN DIA 10 MM

____
(0.2362 in.) less than the bolt (20) it replaces. The
installation of the pin is temporary and has two
functions:
- It keeps the joint together when you extend/retract the
flaps
- It is easy to remove the pin to disconnect the joint
trailing edge:
ranges are clear.

____
move or bend.
dimension Z.

____
move or bend.
the dimension Y.

R

EFF :

015-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 657
May 01/11

LAN
the dimension T.

the dimension S.
(20).
and the nut (24).
the rotary actuator drive-lever:

R

EFF :

015-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 658
May 01/11

LAN
R (e) Remove the bolt (20) and install the aluminum pin PIN DIA 10 MM
trailing edge:
ranges are clear.

____
move or bend.
dimension Z.

____
move or bend.
the dimension Y.

R

EFF :

015-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 659
May 01/11

LAN
the dimension T.

the dimension S.
(20).
and the nut (24).

- the maximum acceptable value of free movement at the outboard flap

R

EFF :

015-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 660
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 001-049, 051-099, 101-150, 201-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-54-00-220-058
C. Table 601 shows the maximum values for dimension X.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Track Number | Dimension X (maximum) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 1 | 4.00 mm (0.157 in.) |
|--------------------|--------------------------------------------------------|
| 2 | 1.81 mm (0.071 in.) |
|--------------------|--------------------------------------------------------|
| 3 | 1.70 mm (0.067 in.) |
|--------------------|--------------------------------------------------------|
| 4 | 1.42 mm (0.056 in.) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 601
R **ON A/C 151-200,
R Subtask 27-54-00-220-058-A
R C. Table 601 shows the maximum values for dimension X.

R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Track Number | Dimension X (maximum) |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | 1 | 4.00 mm (0.157 in.) |
R |--------------------|--------------------------------------------------------|
R | 2 | 1.51 mm (0.060 in.) |
R |--------------------|--------------------------------------------------------|
R | 3 | 1.79 mm (0.070 in.) |
R |--------------------|--------------------------------------------------------|
R | 4 | 1.37 mm (0.054 in.) |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R Table 601

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 661
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-00-220-056
D. Checks to Identify and Correct too much Free Movement at the Trailing
Edge of the Flaps
(Ref. Fig. 613/TASK 27-54-00-991-026)
(1) General
(a) The flow chart shows the process to find and correct too much
free movement. Use the flow chart as a guide. Each time you make
a correction, do a free movement check until the free movement is
in limits.
(b) When the free movement value is too much, do the checks that
follow to identify the cause. Start at the inboard flap track 2
and then track 1. Subsequently, do the checks at the outboard
flap track 3 and then track 4.
(c) When you look for backlash, move the flap up and down 4 or 5
times to help you see the backlash or wear.
(2) Do the steps that follow only when they are applicable:
(a) Do a general visual inspection:
1
_ Visually inspect the connection joints for backlash or wear
between the flap actuator and the flap track beam and
carriage. Some of the possible causes of too much backlash in
the connection joints are:
- a bearing that has moved to an incorrect position or a
bearing that cannot move
- a loose bush
- a damaged or missing spherical bearing liner
- worn bushes and bolts.
2
_ An indication that the backlash is too much is when a
connection shows more radial or axial movement than an
equivalent adjacent component.
3
_ Make sure that all components are installed correctly.
4
_ Replace components that are unserviceable.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 662
May 01/11

LAN
(b) If the free movement of the lever arm (dimension X) is too much,
remove the unserviceable actuator and install a serviceable
actuator:
1
_ for the flap track 1 actuator (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-000-001) and
(Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-001).
2
(Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-002).
3
(Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-003).
4
(Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-004).
(c) If you have installed a new flap actuator and the free movement
of the lever arm (dimension X) is too much, do a check of the
actuator lever splines:
1
_ Remove the applicable lever:
- for the flap track 1 and 2 lever (Ref. TASK 27-54-55-000-
001)
- for the flap track 3 lever (Ref. TASK 27-54-55-000-002)
- for the flap track 4 lever (Ref. TASK 27-54-55-000-003).
2
_ Do a check for wear of the actuator lever splines.
3
_ Install a serviceable lever:
- for the flap track 1 and 2 lever (Ref. TASK 27-54-55-400-
001)
- for the flap track 3 lever (Ref. TASK 27-54-55-400-002)
- for the flap track 4 lever (Ref. TASK 27-54-55-400-003).
(d) Do a detailed dimensional check of the connection of the joint

between the flap drive arm and the rotary actuator lever-arm:
1
_ Remove the flap sufficiently to allow the flap drive arm to be
disconnected from the rotary actuator lever arm:
- for tracks 1 and 2 (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-001)
- for tracks 3 and 4 (Ref. TASK 27-54-62-000-001).
2
_ Do the detailed dimensional check:
- for tracks 1 and 2 (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-220-001)
- for tracks 3 and 4 (Ref. TASK 27-54-62-220-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 663
May 01/11
R
LAN
Flaps Trailing Edge - Flow Chart to do the Free Movement Checks

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 664
May 01/11
R
LAN

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 665
May 01/11
R
LAN

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 666
May 01/11
R
LAN

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 667
May 01/11
R
LAN

R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 668
May 01/11

LAN

R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 669
May 01/11

LAN
(e) Do a detailed dimensional check of the flap attachments:
1
_ Remove the applicable flap:
- for the inboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-001)
- for the outboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-54-62-000-001).
2
_ Do a detailed dimensional check of the inboard flap
attachments (Ref. TASK 57-52-00-220-015).
3
_ Do a detailed dimensional check of the outboard flap
attachments (Ref. TASK 57-53-00-220-023).
(f) Make sure the free play between the flap track and the top roller
is in limits.
(g) Do a detailed dimensional check of the flap carriage main

rollers, the upper rollers and the pivot pins of lubrication
blocks:
1
_ Remove the applicable flap carriage:
- for the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriages (Ref. TASK 27-54-46-
000-001)
- for the No. 1 flap carriage (Ref. TASK 27-54-46-000-002).
2
_ In the workshop, refer to the applicable CMM and do a detailed
dimensional check:
- for the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriages (Ref. CMM 275446)
- for the No. 1 flap carriage (Ref. CMM 275442).
3
_ Install the applicable serviceable flap carriage:
- for the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriages (Ref. TASK 27-54-46-
400-001)
- for the No. 1 flap carriage (Ref. TASK 27-54-46-400-002).
(h) Do a detailed dimensional check of the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap track

beams (Ref. ASRM 57-51-33-101).
(i) Do a detailed dimensional check of the No. 1 flap track beam:
1
_ Remove the No. 1 flap track beam (Ref. TASK 57-51-33-000-001).
2
_ In the workshop, refer to the CMM and do a detailed
dimensional check of the No 1. flap track beam (Ref. CMM
575132).
3
_ Install a servicable No.1 flap track beam (Ref. TASK 57-51-33-
400-001).

R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 670
May 01/11

LAN
(j) Install a serviceable flap:
- for the inboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-001)
- for the outboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-54-62-400-001).
**ON A/C 001-010, 051-099,
Subtask 27-54-00-420-050
E. Connect the Flap Drive Arms
(a) Connect the flap drive arm to the rotary actuator drive-lever
with the shearbolt (179), the washer (178) and the nut (177).
(b) TORQUE the nut (177) to between 1.6 and 1.8 m.daN (11.79 and
13.27 lbf.ft) and safety with the new cotter pin (176).
(c) Install the indicator pin (180), the indicator plate (181), the
washers (182) and the bolts (183).
(d) TORQUE the bolts (183) to between 0.15 and 0.17 m.daN (13.27 and
15.04 lbf.in).
117.99 lbf.ft) and safety with a new cotter pin (187).
R **ON A/C 011-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-54-00-420-050-A
E. Connect the Flap Drive Arms
(b) TORQUE the nut (7) to between 1.6 and 1.8 m.daN (11.79 and 13.27
lbf.ft) and safety with the new cotter pin (6).

R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 671
May 01/11

LAN
(c) Install the locking plate (4), the bolt (5), the washer (3) and
the nut (2).
lbf.in) and safety with the new cotter pin (1).
(b) TORQUE the nut (16) to between 1.8 and 2.3 m.daN (13.27 and 16.96
lbf.ft) and safety with a new cotter pin (15).
(c) Install the locking plate (13), the bolt (14), the washer (12)
and the nut (11).
(d) TORQUE the nut (11) to between 0.4 and 0.45 m.daN (35.39 and
39.82 lbf.in) and safety with the new cotter pin (10).
**ON A/C 001-014, 051-099,
Subtask 27-54-00-420-051
F. Connect the Flap Drive Arms

R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 672
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 015-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-54-00-420-051-A
F. Connect the Flap Drive Arms
(b) Hand tighten the nut (27) and safety with the new cotter pin
(26).
and the nut (24).
(b) Hand tighten the nut (27) and safety with the new cotter pin
(26).
and the nut (24).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-54-00-860-061
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 673
May 01/11

LAN
(1) If applicable, connect the interconnecting strut (Ref. TASK 27-51-44-
400-001).
(2) If applicable, install the flap kink seals (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-
006).
(3) If applicable, retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).
Subtask 27-54-00-942-065
items.

R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 674
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 001-018, 101-120, 201-250, 301-399,
TASK 27-54-00-220-006-A
Visual Inspection of Inner Flap Drive Trunnion Clamp-Type Steel Rubbing Pads
for Wear
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific spark-proof lamp
No specific 1 LIGHT SOURCE - SPARK-PROOF
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

R

EFF :

001-018, 101-120, 201-250, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 675
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 09-008D USA AMS-S-83318 CLASS B

QUICK REPAIR FUEL TA NK SEALANT TEMPORARY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-008E USA AMS 3277
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-008F USA MIL-S-83430
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-025 USA AMS5687
LOCKWIRE (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-34-24-869-002 Aircraft Grounding for the Maintenance Operations

53-35-11-000-001 Removal of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings
53-35-11-400-001 Installation of the Wing-to-Fuselage Fairings
27-54-00-991-048-B Fig. 614
27-54-00-991-049 Fig. 615

R

EFF :

001-018, 101-120, 201-250, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 676
May 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-00-941-069
flight controls.
landing gear doors.
Subtask 27-54-00-860-085
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

(4) Install the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK on the applicable MLG door actuating
cylinder.
(5) Make sure that the aircraft is electrically grounded (Ref. TASK 12-
34-24-869-002).
Subtask 27-54-00-865-089
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R

EFF :

001-018, 101-120, 201-250, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 677
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-54-00-010-070
D. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 614/TASK 27-54-00-991-048-B)
(1) Put the access platform in position below the zone 581(681).
(2) Remove these wing to fuselage fairings (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-000-001):

- for the LH flap remove fairing 193AB and 193BB.
- for the RH flap remove fairing 194AB and 194BB.
(3) Remove the hook (1) from the sliding panel (3):
(a) Hold the hook (1) and remove the screws (2).
(b) Move the sliding panel (3) away from the flap drive trunnion and
remove the hook (1).
Subtask 27-54-00-110-053
E. Preparation for Inspection
(1) Put the spark-proof lamp adjacent to the inspection area.
(2) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean the flap trunnion.
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-54-00-220-065
A. Visual Inspection of the Flap Drive Trunnions Clamp-Type Steel Rubbing

Pads
(Ref. Fig. 614/TASK 27-54-00-991-048-B, 615/TASK 27-54-00-991-049)
(1) Examine the pads (5) of the clamp assembly (4) for wear marks in AREA
1.
(a) If no wear marks are found or if the depth of the deepest wear
mark is less than 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.), repeat the inspection at
the subsequent scheduled interval.

R

EFF :

001-018, 101-120, 201-250, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 678
May 01/11

LAN
Sliding-Panel Hook Assembly - Access Details
Figure 614/TASK 27-54-00-991-048-B

R

EFF :

001-018, 101-120, 201-250, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 679
May 01/11

LAN
Wear Pad/Clamp Assembly - Installation Details
Figure 615/TASK 27-54-00-991-049

R

EFF :

001-018, 101-120, 201-250, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 680
May 01/11

LAN
(b) If the depth of the wear marks found are equal ore more than 2.0
mm (0.0787 in.), replace the clamp assembly (4) :

_______
1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire from the clamp assembly (4).
2
_ Remove the clamp assembly (4) from the flap drive trunnion.
Discard the clamp assembly (4).
3
_ Use a clean lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003) and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean
all the remaining sealant from the flap drive trunnion.
4
_ Apply new SEALANTS (Material No. 09-008D) or SEALANTS
(Material No. 09-008E) or SEALANTS (Material No. 09-008F) to
the mating surface of the flap drive trunnion and the new
clamp assembly (4).
5
_ Install the new clamp assembly (4) on the flap drive drive
trunnion so that:
- The short end of the pads (5) is in the aft direction
- The long end of the pads (5) is in the forward direction.
6
_ Adjust the position of the clamp assembly (4) so that the
dimension X is between 28.0 mm (1.1023 in.) and 32.0 MM
(1.2598 IN.).
7
_ Safety the clamp assembly (4) on the flap drive trunnion with
the lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-025).
8
_ Use a clean lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003) and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to
carefully remove any unwanted sealant from the flap drive
trunnion/clamp assembly interface.
NOTE : The cure time for the sealant is 24 hours.

____
(2) Examine the hook (1) for wear marks in AREA 2.
(a) If no wear marks are found or if the depth of the deepest wear
mark is less than 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.), repeat the inspection at
the subsequent scheduled interval.

R

EFF :

001-018, 101-120, 201-250, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 681
May 01/11

LAN
(b) If the depth of the wear marks found are equal ore more than 2.0
mm (0.0787 in.), replace the hook (1):
1
_ Discard the hook (1).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-54-00-410-063
A. Close Access
(Ref. Fig. 614/TASK 27-54-00-991-048-B)
(1) Install the hook (1) to the sliding panel (3):
NOTE : The installation procedure for the hook (1) or the

____
installation of a replacement hook (1) is the same.
(a) Put the hook (1) in the correct position on the flap drive
trunnion.
(b) Move the sliding panel (3) to align the holes of the sliding
panel (3) with anchor-nuts of the hook (1).
(c) Install the screws (2).
(d) TORQUE the screws (2) to between 0.80 and 0.90 m.daN (70.79 and
79.64 lbf.in).
(2) Remove the LIGHT SOURCE - SPARK-PROOF from the inspection area.
items.
(4) Install these wing to fuselage fairings (Ref. TASK 53-35-11-400-001):

- For the LH flap install the fairings 193AB and 193BB
- For the RH flap install the fairings 194AB and 194BB.
Subtask 27-54-00-865-090

6CV, 8CV.

R

EFF :

001-018, 101-120, 201-250, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 682
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-54-00-860-086
(3) Do the operational test of the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001).
Subtask 27-54-00-942-075
items.

R

EFF :

001-018, 101-120, 201-250, 301-399, 27-54-00

Page 683
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-54-00-220-007
Check of the Flap Drive System
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27508625000 1 CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 684
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

External Power
on the Ground
F/CTL Page
Gear Doors
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB) 573EB(673EB)
27-51-00-820-001 Manual Adjustment of the Position Pick-Off Units (for
corrective action)
27-54-00-820-001 Adjustment of the Flap Drive System (for corrective
action)
27-54-00-991-043 Fig. 616
27-54-00-991-044 Fig. 617

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 685
May 01/11
R
LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-00-860-080
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate

the landing gear doors.
(3) Extension of the flaps
_______
(a) Extend the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-008).
(b) Install the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION on the

Subtask 27-54-00-865-084
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-54-00-010-068
C. Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 616/TASK 27-54-00-991-043, 617/TASK 27-54-00-991-044)
(2) Install the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK on the applicable main gear
door-actuator (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 686
May 01/11
R
LAN
Check Pin - Access Panels
Figure 616/TASK 27-54-00-991-043

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 687
May 01/11
R
LAN
Installation of the Check Pins
Figure 617/TASK 27-54-00-991-044

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 688
May 01/11
R
LAN
(4) Remove the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002) and
(Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004):
For the LH wing, remove the panels:
- 573BB
- 575CB and 575GB.
For the RH wing, remove the panels:
- 673BB
- 675CB and 675GB.
(5) Clean the rigging pin holes at the track 1, 2, 3 and 4.
(6) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION on the

Subtask 27-54-00-865-085
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-54-00-866-061
E. Retraction of the flaps
(1) Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009). Do not do this
manually.

(3) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on panel 114VU to tell persons not to operate
Subtask 27-54-00-865-086
F. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 689
May 01/11
R
LAN
4. Procedure
_________
Subtask 27-54-00-220-064
A. Installation of the Check Pins

(Ref. Fig. 617/TASK 27-54-00-991-044)
(1) Install the applicable check pin of the tool set CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4
(1) in the track 1 position.
(a) If you cannot insert the check pin of the tool set CHECK-PIN
TRACK 1-4 (1) in the track 1 position easily, do the adjustment
of the flap drive system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-820-001).
TRACK 1-4 (2) in the track 3 position easily , do the adjustment
Subtask 27-54-00-740-051
B. Do a Check of the Position Pick-Off Units (PPUs) on the Centralized Fault


002).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 690
May 01/11
R
LAN
(3) Do a check of the flap PPU angles (deg) in the slat/flap control
lever position 0 on the MCDU as follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| ACTION | RESULT |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SFCC 1 menu.
4. Push (in) the line key < PPU. - the MCDU shows the PPU DATA page(s):
Refer to Table 1.
5. Write down the APPU and the FPPU APPU angle __________________
angles (deg) shown on the display FPPU angle __________________
or
push (in) the line key PRNT > to
get a print out of the screen.

page is shown.

41-00-862-002).
Subtask 27-54-00-820-056
C. Adjustment after BITE Test
(1) After check of the L/H (R/H) flap drive system:
(a) Make sure that the APPU/FPPU angles (deg) agree +/- 1.3 deg. at
flap positions 1, 2, 3 and within +/- 0.9 deg. at flap position
0.
(b) Make sure that the LH APPU and the RH APPU angles agree +/- 0.45
deg.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 691
May 01/11
R
LAN
(2) If the APPU angles are not in the specified limits in relation to the
FPPU angles, do these steps:
(a) Disconnect the APPU and adjust the APPU input shaft (Ref. TASK
27-51-00-820-001).
(b) Do step (2)(a) again until the APPU angles are in the specified
limits in relation to the FPPU angles.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| |
| SFCC 1 |
| PPU DATE (DEG) |
| ***.* ***.* ***.* |
| ***HEX ***HEX ***HEX *** |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| OTHER SFCC |
| ***.* ***.* ***.* *** |
| ***HEX ***HEX ***HEX |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| <RETURN PRINT> |
|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Table 1 |
| PPU DATA (DEG) displayed on the MCDU at the flap position 0 |
| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-54-00-860-082
D. Preparation for Test
(1) Remove the check pins (1) from the tracks 1, 2, 3 and 4.
(2) Reset the Wing Tip Brake (WTB) of the flap system if necessary
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-869-006).
Subtask 27-54-00-710-053
E. Test
(1) Do the Operational Test of the Flap System (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-
001).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 692
May 01/11
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-54-00-860-081
A. Close Access
items.
(a) For the LH wing, install these access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-
400-002) and (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004):
- 573BB
- 575CB, 575GB.
(b) For the RH wing, install these access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-
400-002) and (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004):
- 673BB
- 675CB, 675GB.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 693
May 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-00-612-001
Quantity Check of the Semi-Fluid remaining in a Flap Rotary Actuator (After

Leakage)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Do a check of the quantity of semi-fluid remaining in a flap rotary actuator

(after leakage).
Do this task only on actuators that show a leakage.
NOTE : This task is not applicable for grease filled actuators with these
____
part numbers:
- 791A0000-xx, 792A0000-xx, 793A0000-xx and 794A0000-xx
- 1070B0000-xx, 1071B0000-xx, 1072A0000-xx, 1073A0000-xx and
1074A0000-xx.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 694
May 01/11
R
LAN
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
A685064 1 MEASURING-EQUIPMENT, SEMIFUID
FOR FIN 6205CM, 6255CM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

LUBRICANT, SEMIFLUID (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-115 USA MIL-P-8116B
JOINTING COMPOUND (CONDUCTIVE) (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 695
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6205CM(6255CM)
6211CM(6261CM)
6221CM(6271CM)
6233CM(6283CM)
27-54-00-991-045 Fig. 618
27-54-00-991-046 Fig. 619
27-54-00-991-047 Fig. 620
FOR FIN 6205CM, 6255CM
FOR FIN 6211CM
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB) 573EB(673EB)
FOR FIN 6261CM
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB) 573EB(673EB)
FOR FIN 6221CM
FOR FIN 6271CM
FOR FIN 6233CM

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 696
May 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR FIN 6283CM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-00-941-068
(1) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position in the cockpit to tell persons
not to operate the flight controls and the landing gear doors.
Subtask 27-54-00-860-083
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(2) Extend the spoilers 1 thru 5 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).
Subtask 27-54-00-865-087
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 697
May 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-00-010-069
D. Get Access
(1) FOR 6205CM, 6255CM
(a) Open the applicable Main Landing Gear (MLG) door 734, 744
(Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(b) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position in the
applicable MLG bay.
(2) FOR 6211CM, 6261CM
(a) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the
applicable zone 573 (673).
(b) FOR 6211CM

- Remove the access panel 573AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002).
(c) FOR 6261CM

- Remove the access panel 673AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002).
(3) FOR 6221CM, 6271CM, 6233CM, 6283CM
(a) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE below the
applicable zone 575 (675).
(b) FOR 6221CM

- Remove the access panel 575BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).
(c) FOR 6271CM

- Remove the access panel 675BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).
(d) FOR 6233CM

- Remove the access panel 575FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).
(e) FOR 6283CM

- Remove the access panel 675FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 698
May 01/11
R
LAN
4. Procedure
_________

27-54-00-991-047)
CAUTION : DO NOT GET SEMI-FLUID LUBRICANT ON PLASTIC OR RUBBER MATERIALS.

_______
SEMI-FLUID LUBRICANT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE. REMOVE
UNWANTED SEMI-FLUID LUBRICANT WITH A LINT FREE CLOTH.

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-00-612-050
A. Filling procedure for the Flap Actuators:

- Flap actuator No.1 6205CM (6255CM)
(1) Fill the flap actuator No.1 6205CM (6255CM) with the clean COMMON
GREASE (Material No. 04-025) as follows:
(a) Use a clean lint-free cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003)

and the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean:
- The area around the vent plug (1)
- The area around the drain plug (2).
(b) Remove the vent plug (1) from the flap actuator.
(c) Remove the drain plug (2) from the flap actuator.
NOTE : The drain plug (2) is at the bottom location of the flap
____
actuator.
(d) Use the semi-fluid measuring equipment MEASURING-EQUIPMENT,

SEMIFUID (A685064) to fill the flap actuator as follows:
1
_ Connect one end of the hose to the semi-fluid pump. Connect
the other end of the hose to the tee piece.
2
_ Fill the semi-fluid pump with the COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-025). Bleed the semi-fluid pump before you operate it.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page 699
May 01/11
R
LAN
Flap Actuator - Track 1
Figure 618/TASK 27-54-00-991-045

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page A600
May 01/11
R
LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-54-00

Page A601
May 01/11

LAN
Flap Actuators - Tracks 2 thru 4

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page A602
May 01/11
R
LAN

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page A603
May 01/11
R
LAN

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page A604
May 01/11

LAN
Flap Actuator - Semi-fluid Measuring Equipment
Figure 620/TASK 27-54-00-991-047

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page A605
May 01/11

LAN
3
_ When you have bled the semi-fluid pump, record the volume of
the remaining grease in the semi-fluid pump.
4
_ Install the tee piece and the adaptor into the hole of the
drain plug (2) of the flap actuator. Tighten the adaptor with
your hand.
(e) Operate the semi-fluid pump as follows:
1
_ Loosen the lock screw of one plunger on the semi-fluid pump.
2
_ Operate the plunger to fill the flap actuator with the COMMON
3
_ If one plunger chamber is empty, tighten the plunger lock
screw and continue with the remaining plunger. Do this until
the grease comes out of the vent plug hole of the actuator.
4
_ Calculate and record the volume of grease necessary to fill
the flap actuator.
(f) Remove the semi-fluid pump, the hose, the tee piece and the
adaptor from the flap actuator.
(g) Install (but do not torque tighten) the vent plug (1) in the flap
actuator.
(h) Install (but do not torque tighten) the drain plug (2) in the
flap actuator.
(2) Do the steps (1)(a) thru (1)(h) again for the:

- Flap actuator No.4 6233CM (6283CM).
(3) Torque tighten the vent plug (1) of each flap actuator as follows:
(a) Remove the vent plug (1) from the flap actuator.
(b) Apply the jointing compound SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-
115) to the mating surfaces of the vent plug (1) and the flap
actuator.
(c) Install the vent plug (1) in the flap actuator and TORQUE the
vent plug to between 0.54 and 0.66 m.daN (47.78 and 58.40
lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page A606
May 01/11

LAN
(4) Torque tighten the drain plug (2) of each flap actuator as follows:
(a) Remove the drain plug (2) from the flap actuator.
115) to the mating surfaces of the drain plug (2) and the flap
actuator.
(c) Install the drain plug (2) in the flap actuator and TORQUE the
drain plug as follows:
- Flap actuator No.1 and No.2 to between 0.54 and 0.66 m.daN
(47.78 and 58.40 lbf.in)
(31.85 and 38.93 lbf.in).
(5) Refer to Para 4.C for the permitted volumes of grease to fill the
flap actuator(s).
Subtask 27-54-00-680-050
B. Removal Procedure for Unwanted Semi-fluid from the Flap Actuators:

(1) Operate the flaps through their full range of travel five times
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-011) and (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-012). After
the last operation, make sure that the flaps are in the fully
extended position.
(2) Use the semi-fluid measurement equipment MEASURING-EQUIPMENT,

SEMIFUID (A685064) to remove the unwanted semi-fluid from the flap
actuator No.1 6205CM (6255CM), as follows:
(b) Remove the drain plug (2) from the flap actuator.
NOTE : The drain plug (2) is at the bottom location on the flap
____
actuator.
(c) Install the tee piece and the adaptor into the hole of the vent
plug (1) of the flap actuator. Tighten the adaptor with your
hand.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page A607
May 01/11

LAN
(d) Connect one end of the hose to the air pump. Connect the other
end of the hose to the tee piece.
(e) Install the remaining tee piece, adaptor and hose into the hole
of the drain plug (2) of the flap actuator. Tighten the adaptor
with your hand.
(f) Operate the air pump 15 times to put air into the flap actuator.
This will push out the unwanted semi-fluid through the drain plug
hole. Make sure that you operate the air pump handle through its
full range each time.
(g) Remove the air pump, hose, tee piece and the adaptor from the
hole of vent plug (1).
(h) Remove the hose, tee piece and the adaptor from the hole of the
drain plug (2).
(i) Install (but do not torque tighten) the vent plug (1) in the flap
actuator.
(j) Install (but do not torque tighten) the drain plug (2) in the
flap actuator.
(3) Do the steps (2)(a) thru (2)(j) again and remove the unwanted
semi-fluid from the:
(4) Torque tighten the vent plug (1) of each flap actuator as follows:
115) to the mating surfaces of the vent plug (1) and the flap
actuator.
(c) Install the vent plug (1) in the flap actuator and TORQUE the
vent plug to between 0.54 and 0.66 m.daN (47.78 and 58.40
lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page A608
May 01/11

LAN
(5) Torque tighten the drain plug (2) of each flap actuator as follows:
(a) Remove the drain plug (2) from the flap actuator.
115) to the mating surfaces of the drain plug (2) and the flap
actuator.
(c) Install the drain plug (2) in the flap actuator and TORQUE the
drain plug as follows:
(47.78 and 58.40 lbf.in)
(31.85 and 38.93 lbf.in).
Subtask 27-54-00-200-051
C. Permitted Volumes of Grease
(1) Compare the quantity of grease added to the flap actuator(s) and
recorded in step 4.A.(1)(e)4_, with the maximum values shown on the
table that follows:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Actuator Type | Maximum Volume of Grease permitted (CM3) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| 791C | 320 |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| 792C/D | 460 |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| 793C | 660 |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| 794C | 490 |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| 1070C | 460 |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| 1071C | 460 |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| 1072C/D | 350 |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| 1073C | 660 |
|---------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
| 1074C | 580 |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page A609
May 01/11

LAN
(a) If the volume of grease added to the actuator, is less than the
values in the table:
- The flap actuator is serviceable.
(b) If the volume of grease added to the actuator, is more than the
values in the table, replace the flap actuator before 1200FH:
- for the Flap Track 1 Actuator 6205CM(6255CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-
49-000-001) and (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-001)
49-000-002) and (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-002)
49-000-003) and (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-003)
49-000-004) and (Ref. TASK 27-54-49-400-004).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-54-00-410-062
A. Close Access
items.
(2) FOR 6205CM, 6255CM
(a) Close the applicable MLG door 734, 744 (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-
001).
(a) FOR 6211CM

Install the access panel 573AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002)
(b) FOR 6261CM

Install the access panel 673AB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002)
(c) FOR 6221CM

Install the access panel 575BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004)
(d) FOR 6271CM

Install the access panel 675BB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004)
(e) FOR 6233CM

Install the access panel 575FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page A610
May 01/11

LAN
(f) FOR 6283CM
Install the access panel 675FB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004).
Subtask 27-54-00-865-088
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 27-54-00-860-084
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Retract the spoilers 1 thru 5 (Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).
Subtask 27-54-00-942-074

EFF :

ALL 27-54-00

Page A611
May 01/11

LAN
GEARBOX - RIGHT ANGLE (6203CM,6253CM) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________________________
TASK 27-54-41-000-001
Removal of the Right Angle Gearbox 6203CM,(6253CM)
_______
GEAR.
_______
_______
NOTE : The removal procedure for the right angle gearbox 6203CM is specified.
____
The procedure for the right angle gearbox 6253CM is almost the same. Any
differences in the procedures are specified where applicable.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98D27508625000 1 CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4
FOR FIN 6253CM

EFF :

ALL 27-54-41

Page 401
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Tool (98D27803000000)
27-54-41-991-002 Fig. 401
27-54-41-991-001 Fig. 402
FOR FIN 6253CM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-41-860-051
A. Retraction of the Flaps
(1) Retract the flaps to the 0 degree position (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-
009).

(98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002) on the slat/flap
control lever.
Subtask 27-54-41-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-54-41

Page 402
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-41-010-050
C. Get Access
(1) Open the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
R (2) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at the

opening of the main gear main door.
Subtask 27-54-41-860-050-A

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-41-991-002)

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(2) Install the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) in flap track

position 1 to lock the flap transmission.
(a) FOR 6203CM

lock the left flap transmission.
(b) FOR 6253CM

lock the right flap transmission.
1
_ If you cannot install the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 easily, do the
adjustment of the L/H (R/H) flap drive system (Ref. TASK 27-
54-00-820-001).
(3) Put the WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to


EFF :

ALL 27-54-41

Page 403
Feb 01/11

LAN
R Installation of the Check Pin Track 1-4
R Figure 401/TASK 27-54-41-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-54-41

Page 404
Nov 01/06

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-54-41-991-001)
Subtask 27-54-41-020-050
A. Removal of the Right Angle Gearbox 6204CM (6254CM)
(1) Disconnect the torque shaft 6202CM (6252CM) (9) as follows:
(a) Move the spring (3) and remove the pin (10).
(b) Remove the nuts (7) and the bolts (6) which connect the torque
shaft (9) to the input universal joint (5) of the right angle
gearbox (1).
(c) Disconnect the torque shaft (9) from the input universal joint
(5).
(d) Remove the input universal joint (5) from the right angle gearbox
(1).
(2) Disconnect the torque shaft 6204CM (6254CM) (11) as follows:
(a) Move the spring (3) and remove the pin (10).
(b) Remove the nuts (7) and the bolts (14) which connect the torque
shaft (11) to the input universal joint (18) of the right angle
gearbox (1).
(c) Remove the shim (15).
(d) Disconnect the torque shaft (11) from the input universal joint
(18).
(e) Remove the input universal joint (18) from the right angle
gearbox (1).
(3) Remove the right angle gearbox 6203CM (6253CM) (1) as follows:
(a) Hold the right angle gearbox (1) so that it can not fall.
(b) Remove the bolts (16) and the washers (17) which attach the right
angle gearbox (1) to the support bracket.
(c) Remove the right angle gearbox (1).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-41

Page 405
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Right Angle Gearbox
Figure 402/TASK 27-54-41-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-54-41

Page 406
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-41-400-001
Installation of the Right Angle Gearbox 6203CM,(6253CM)
_______
GEAR.
_______
_______
R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS

_______
R ONLY WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
NOTE : The installation procedure for the right angle gearbox 6203CM is
____
specified. The procedure for the right angle gearbox 6253CM is almost
the same. Any differences in the procedures are specified where
applicable.
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory

EFF :

ALL 27-54-41

Page 407
Nov 01/08

LAN
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98D27508625000 1 CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4
FOR FIN 6253CM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-018

R SEALANT-BRUSH CONSIS TENCY (OBSOLETE) (Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 16-021 F ASNB70720
R FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE (Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-41

Page 408
Nov 01/08

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(98D27803000000)
Tool (98D27803000000)
27-54-41-991-002 Fig. 401
27-54-41-991-001 Fig. 402
FOR FIN 6253CM
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-41-860-053

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-41-991-002)
(1) Make sure that the the flaps are in the the 0 degree position
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).
(98D27803000000) (Ref. TASK 27-00-00-480-002) is installed on the
slat/flap control lever.
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-001)
(4) Make sure that the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 (98D27508625000) is installed
in the flap track position 1 to lock the flap transmission:
(a) FOR 6203CM

lock the left flap transmission.
(b) FOR 6253CM

lock the right flap transmission.
not to pressurize the hydraulic systems.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-41

Page 409
Nov 01/10

LAN
(6) Make sure that the main doors of the main gear are open (Ref. TASK
32-12-00-010-001).
position at the opening of the main gear main door.
Subtask 27-54-41-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-54-41-991-001)
NOTE : The gearbox is a unit filled with grease and is not a hermetically
____
sealed unit. It is normal for this grease to have some oil
separation. The external surface of the gearbox may be moist with
this separated oil as it is not a sealed unit. However, any separated
oil in the unit that touches the grease will be changed back during
operation until the lubricant is in a condition that is stable. This
is normal and will not cause damage to the unit.
Subtask 27-54-41-910-052
(1) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-019) to the face of the right angle
gearbox 6203CM (6253CM) (1) which touches the support bracket.
(2) Make sure that the splined surfaces of the input universal joint (18)
and the shaft (5) are cleaned with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
002).
(3) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-018) to the splines of the input
universal joints (5) and (18).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-41

Page 410
Nov 01/10

LAN
(4) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005) to the heads of the
bolts (16).
Subtask 27-54-41-420-050
B. Installation of the Right Angle Gearbox 6203CM (6253CM)
(1) Install the right angle gearbox (1) as follows:
(2) Put the right angle gearbox (1) in position on the support bracket
and attach it with the bolts (16) and the washers (17).
(3) At the bonding point, seal the bolt (16) with SEALANTS (Material No.
R 09-013) and apply STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-021) (dyed blue)
to the bonding area (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004).
(4) TORQUE the bolts (16 ) to between 0.78 and 0.96 m.daN (69.02 and
84.95 lbf.in).
(5) Install the input universal joint (18) as follows:
(a) Engage the input universal joint (18) of the right angle gearbox
(1) in the input of the right angle gearbox.
(b) Install the pin (10) and safety it with the spring (3).
(6) Install the input universal joint (5) as follows:
(a) Engage the input universal joint (5) of the right angle gearbox
(1) in the input of the right angle gearbox.
(b) Install the pin (10) and safety it with the spring (3).
(7) Install the torque shaft 6204CM (6254CM) (11) as follows:
(a) Put the torque shaft (11) in position.
(b) Make sure that the flange holes of the torque shaft (11) are in
line with the flange holes of the input universal joint (18).
(c) If the flange holes are not in line turn the input universal
joint (18) as necessary to put it in line.
(d) Install the shim (15).
(e) Install the bolts (14) and the nuts (7) to attach the torque
shaft (11) to the input universal joint (18).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-41

Page 411
Nov 01/08

LAN
(8) Measure dimension X. If dimension X is less than 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.),
continue as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts (7) and the bolts (14).
(b) Remove the shim (15).
(c) Install the bolts (14) to connect the torque shaft (11) to the
input universal joint (18).
(d) Install the nuts (7) on the bolts (14).
(9) Make sure that you can not see the indicator groove. If you can see
the indicator groove , continue as follows:
(a) Remove the nuts (7) and the bolts (14).
(b) Install the shim (15) between the torque shaft (11) and the input
universal joint (18).
(c) Install the bolts (14) to connect the torque shaft (11) to the
input universal joint (18).
(d) Install the nuts (7) on the bolts (14).
109.73 lbf.in).
(f) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005) to the bolts (6) or
(14) as assembled and the nuts (7).
(10) Install the torque shaft 6202CM (6252CM) (9) as follows:
(a) Put the torque shaft (9) in position.
(b) Make sure that the flange holes of the torque shaft (9) are in
line with the flange holes of the input universal joint (5).
(11) If the flange holes of the torque shaft (9) are not in line with the
flange holes of the input universal joint (5), continue as follows:
(a) Remove the torque shaft (9) complete with the attached input
universal joint from the input of the Power Control Unit (PCU).
(b) Turn the torque shaft (9) as necessary to put it in line.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-41

Page 412
Nov 01/06
R
LAN
(c) Install the torque shaft (9) complete with the attached input
universal joint in the input of the PCU.
(12) Install the bolts (6) and the nuts (7) to attach the torque shaft (9)
to the input universal joint (5).
(13) Examine the assembly of the input universal joint (5) as follows:
(a) Measure dimension X. Dimension X must be a minimum of 6.5 mm

(0.2559 in.).
(b) Make sure that you can not see the indicator groove.
(14) If you can see the indicator groove continue as follows:
(a) Measure all the related torque shafts, universal joints and
gearboxes and refer to LIEBHERR technical data.
lbf.in).
(16) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-005) to the bolts (6) and
the nuts (7).
Subtask 27-54-41-860-052

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-41-991-002)
(1) Remove the CHECK-PIN TRACK 1-4 from the flap transmission,
FOR 6203CM
from the left flap transmission.
FOR 6253CM
from the right flap transmission.
R (2) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (Ref. TASK 27-
00-00-080-002) from the slat/flap control lever.
Subtask 27-54-41-865-052
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-41

Page 413
Nov 01/08

LAN
Subtask 27-54-41-710-050
E. Do the operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-54-41-410-050
A. Close Access
(2) Close the main doors of the main gear (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-41

Page 414
Nov 01/06

LAN
R _____________________________________________________________________________
STEADY BEARING ASSY (6207CM,6213CM,6215CM,6219CM,6223CM,6225CM,6229CM,6231CM,
R 6257CM,6263CM,6265CM,6269CM,6273CM,6275CM,6279CM...) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________________________
TASK 27-54-44-000-001
Removal of the Steady Bearings FIN 6207CM(6257CM)/6213CM(6263CM)
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 401
Aug 01/02

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Slats (98D27504030001)
27-54-45-000-004 Removal of the Torque Shaft 6208CM(6258CM)
6214CM(6264CM)/6220CM(6270CM)
27-54-44-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-44-991-001)
Subtask 27-54-44-941-052
the landing-gear doors.
Subtask 27-54-44-865-055
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 402
Nov 01/10

LAN
Steady Bearings - Flap Power Transmission
Figure 401/TASK 27-54-44-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 403
May 01/00

LAN
R
Subtask 27-54-44-860-050
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.
Subtask 27-54-44-010-051
D. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position below the applicable torque
shaft.
(2) Remove the applicable torque shaft (1) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-004),
(Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-007):
(a) FOR 6207CM

remove the torque shaft 6208CM
(b) FOR 6257CM

(c) FOR 6213CM

(d) FOR 6263CM

remove the torque shaft 6264CM.
(3) Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)
(98D27504030001) is on the applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-
00-400-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 404
Nov 01/10

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-44-991-001)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-44-020-050
A. Removal of the Steady Bearing Assembly
(2) Remove the nut (10), the bolt (2) and the washers (3).
(3) Remove the nuts (6), the bolts (4) and the steady bearing (5).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 405
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-44-400-001
Installation of the Steady Bearings FIN 6207CM(6257CM)/6213CM(6263CM)
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 406
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 cotter pin 27-54-44 01 -010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Slats (98D27504030001)
6214CM(6264CM)/6220CM(6270CM)
27-54-45-400-004 Installation of the Torque Shaft 6208CM(6258CM)
6214CM(6264CM)/6220CM(6270CM)
27-54-44-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 407
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-44-991-001)
Subtask 27-54-44-941-054
not to operate the landing-gear doors.
(3) Make sure that the warning notice is on panel 114VU to tell persons
Subtask 27-54-44-860-052
(1) Make sure that the access platform is below the applicable torque
shaft.
(2) Make sure that the applicable torque shafts (1) are removed
(Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-004), (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-007):
(a) FOR 6207CM

the torque shaft 6208CM
(b) FOR 6257CM

(c) FOR 6213CM

(d) FOR 6263CM

the torque shaft 6264CM.
installed on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.
(4) Make sure that the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) is installed
on a flap torque-shaft outboard of the removed component (Ref. TASK
27-50-00-400-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 408
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-44-865-050
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-44-991-001)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-44-420-054

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 409
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-54-44-420-052
B. Installation of the Steady Bearing Assembly
(1) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) or SEALANTS (Material

No. 09-019) to:
- the mating faces of the steady bearing (5) and the structure
- the shanks of the bolts (4).
(2) Install the steady bearing (5) on the torque shaft. Attach the steady
bearing (5) to the structure with the bolts (4) and the nuts (6).
(3) Attach the steady bearing (5) to the torque shaft with the bolt (2),
the washers (3) and the nut (10).
lbf.in).
lbf.in).

- the bolts (2) and (4)
- the washers (3) and the cotter pin (9)
- the flange of the steady bearing (5).
Subtask 27-54-44-410-051
C. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the applicable torque shaft (1) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-004),
(Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-007):
(a) FOR 6207CM

install the torque shaft 6208CM

EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 410
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(b) FOR 6257CM
(c) FOR 6213CM

(d) FOR 6263CM

install the torque shaft 6264CM.
Subtask 27-54-44-710-050
D. Test

001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-54-44-942-050

EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 411
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-44-000-002
Removal of the Steady Bearings FIN 6215CM(6265CM)/6219CM(6269CM)/6223CM

(6273CM)/6225CM(6275CM)/6229CM(6279CM)/6231CM(6281CM)
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 412
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Slats (98D27504030001)
6216CM(6266CM)/6226CM(6276CM)
27-54-45-000-009 Removal of Torque Shaft 6218CM(6268CM)
27-54-44-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-44-991-001)
Subtask 27-54-44-941-053
Subtask 27-54-44-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 413
Nov 01/10

LAN
R
Subtask 27-54-44-860-051
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
Subtask 27-54-44-010-050
D. Get Access
(1) Put the access platform in position below the applicable torque
shaft.
(2) Remove the applicable torque shaft (11) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-008),
(Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-009), (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-010),
(Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-012), (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-013):
(a) FOR 6215CM

(b) FOR 6225CM

(c) FOR 6265CM

(d) FOR 6275CM

(e) FOR 6219CM

(f) FOR 6269CM

(g) FOR 6223CM


EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 414
Nov 01/10

LAN
(h) FOR 6273CM
(i) FOR 6229CM

(j) FOR 6279CM

(k) FOR 6231CM

(l) FOR 6281CM

remove the torque shaft 6282CM.
(3) For steady bearings FIN 6231CM (6281CM), remove the applicable access
panel (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004):
(a) FOR 6231CM

remove 575EB
(b) FOR 6281CM

remove 675EB.
(98D27504030001) is on the applicable torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-
00-400-003).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-44-991-001)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-44-020-051
A. Removal of the Steady Bearing Assemblies
(1) Remove the nuts (13), the bolts (12) and the steady bearing (16).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 415
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-54-44

Page 416
Nov 01/10

LAN
TASK 27-54-44-400-002
Installation of the Steady Bearings FIN 6215CM(6265CM)/6219CM(6269CM)/6223CM

(6273CM)/6225CM(6275CM)/6229CM(6279CM)/6231CM(6281CM)
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 417
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Slats (98D27504030001)
6216CM(6266CM)/6226CM(6276CM)
27-54-45-000-009 Removal of Torque Shaft 6218CM(6268CM)
6216CM(6266CM)/6226CM(6276CM)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 418
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-54-44-991-001 Fig. 401
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-44-991-001)
Subtask 27-54-44-941-055
(3) Make sure that the warning notice is on panel 114VU to tell persons
Subtask 27-54-44-860-053
(1) Make sure that the access platform is below the applicable torque
shaft.
(2) Make sure that the flaps are retracted fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-
009).
(3) Make sure that the applicable torque shaft (11) is removed (Ref. TASK
27-54-45-000-008), (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-009), (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-
000-010), (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-012), (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-013):
(a) FOR 6215CM

(b) FOR 6225CM

(c) FOR 6265CM

(d) FOR 6275CM


EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 419
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(e) FOR 6219CM
(f) FOR 6269CM

(g) FOR 6223CM

(h) FOR 6273CM

(i) FOR 6229CM

(j) FOR 6279CM

(k) FOR 6231CM

(l) FOR 6281CM

the torque shaft 6282CM.
(4) Make sure that the applicable access panels 575EB (675EB) have been
removed (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).
(5) Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER
(98D27803500001) is installed on the flap/slat control lever on panel
114VU.
(98D27504030001) is installed on the applicable torque shaft
(Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 420
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-44-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-44-991-001)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-44-420-055

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 421
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-54-44-420-053
B. Installation of the Steady Bearing Assemblies

No. 09-019) to:
- the mating faces of the steady bearing (16) and the structure (15)
- the shanks of the bolts (12).
(2) Install the steady bearing (16) on the torque shaft. Attach the
steady bearing (16) to the structure with the bolts (12) and the nuts
(13). Make sure that the torque shaft is correctly engaged.
lbf.in).

- the bolts (12) and the nuts (13)
- the flange of the steady bearing (16).
Subtask 27-54-44-410-052
C. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the applicable torque shaft (11), (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-
008), (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-009), (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-010),
(Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-012), (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-013):
(a) FOR 6215CM

(b) FOR 6225CM

(c) FOR 6265CM

(d) FOR 6275CM


EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 422
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(e) FOR 6219CM
(f) FOR 6269CM

(g) FOR 6223CM

(h) FOR 6273CM

(i) FOR 6229CM

(j) FOR 6279CM

(k) FOR 6231CM

(l) FOR 6281CM

install the torque shaft 6282CM.
(3) For the torque shafts FIN 6231CM(6281CM), install the applicable
access panel (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004):
(a) FOR 6231CM

install 575EB
(b) FOR 6281CM

install 675EB.
Subtask 27-54-44-710-051
D. Test

001).
Subtask 27-54-44-865-052
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 423
Aug 01/10

LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-54-44-942-051
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-44

Page 424
Aug 01/10

LAN
____________________________________________________________________________
TORQUE SHAFT ASSY - TRANSMISSION (6202CM,6204CM,6206CM,6208CM,6210CM,6212CM,
6214CM,6216CM,6218CM,6220CM,6222CM,6224CM,6226CM...) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________________________
TASK 27-54-45-000-001
Removal of the Torque Shaft 6202CM(6252CM)
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 460005835 2 SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK
R 98D27504030001 1 LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 401
May 01/09

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Slats (98D27504030001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
27-54-45-991-002 Fig. 402

27-54-45-991-005 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 402
May 01/11

LAN
Figure 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-45

Page 403
May 01/11

LAN
R Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission
R Figure 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-45

Page 404
May 01/06

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-050
landing-gear doors.
flap controls.
Subtask 27-54-45-860-050
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
Subtask 27-54-45-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-54-45-010-050
D. Get Access
actuator.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 405
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(3) Put the access platform in the applicable position.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-54-45-991-002, 403/TASK 27-54-45-991-005)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-45-020-050
A. Removal of the Torque Shaft 6202CM(6252CM)
(1) Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on a

flap torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003), outboard of the
component to be removed.
(2) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (101).
(3) Remove the nuts (101), the washers (103) and the U-bolt (102).
(4) Remove the nuts (4) and (8), the bolts (3) and (9) and the torque
shaft (2).
(5) Remove the universal joint (1).
(6) Remove the retaining ring (5), the pin (6) and the universal joint
(7).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 406
May 01/11

LAN
Figure 402/TASK 27-54-45-991-002

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 407
May 01/06
R
LAN
Torque Shaft - Flap Power Transmission
Figure 403/TASK 27-54-45-991-005

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 408
May 01/06
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-45-400-001
Installation of the Torque Shaft 6202CM(6252CM)
_______
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THE LATCH AND HINGE OF THE COUPLING DO NOT TOUCH ADJACENT
_______
COMPONENTS OR COWL DOORS (WHEN CLOSED). DO NOT USE FORCE TO ENGAGE
THE SADDLE WASHER IN THE RECESS OF THE OTHER COUPLING HALF. DAMAGE TO
COMPONENTS CAN OCCUR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 409
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-018

(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(98D27504030001)
Slats (98D27504030001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 410
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
27-54-45-991-002 Fig. 402

27-54-45-991-005 Fig. 403
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-077
to operate the landing-gear doors.
to operate the flap controls.
Subtask 27-54-45-860-063
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
009).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 411
May 01/11

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-54-45

Page 412
Feb 01/11

LAN
(2) Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER is on the
(3) Make sure that the MLG are open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
actuator.
(5) Make sure that the access platform is in the applicable position.
on the flap torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003), outboard of
the removed component.
Subtask 27-54-45-865-059
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-54-45-991-002, 403/TASK 27-54-45-991-005)

_______
EDGE:

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 413
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-420-063
(1) Clean the parts:
(a) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-026) to clean:
- the nuts (4), (8) and (101)
- the washers (103)
- the flanges of the universal joints (1) and (7)
- the flanges of the shaft (2).
(2) Dry the parts.
WARNING : USE A PROTECTIVE EYE SHIELD/GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED

_______
AIR. DEBRIS AND/OR HIGH PRESSURE AIR CAN DAMAGE YOUR EYES.
WARNING : DO NOT PUT COMPRESSED GAS IN CONTACT WITH YOUR SKIN. THE
_______
GAS CAN GO THROUGH THE SKIN AND MAKE BUBBLES IN THE BLOOD.
THIS CONDITION CAN KILL YOU.
(a) Use compressed air to dry the cleaned areas.
(4) Apply a thin layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-018) to the
torque shaft splines.
Subtask 27-54-45-420-050
B. Installation of the Torque Shaft 6202CM(6052CM)
(1) Put the retaining ring (5) temporarily in position on the shaft of
the universal joint (7).
(2) Install the universal joint (7) in the end of the right-angle
gear-box 6203CM(6253CM).
(3) Install the pin (6) and the retaining ring (5).
(4) Install the universal joint (1) and align its flange with the flange
of the universal joint (7).
(5) Install the torque shaft (2) and attach it with the bolts (3) and (9)
and the nuts (4) and (8).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 414
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(6) TORQUE the nuts (4) and (8) to between 1.02 and 1.24 m.daN (90.26 and
109.73 lbf.in).
(7) Put the U-bolt (102) and the washers (103) in position and install
and tighten the nuts (101) by hand.
(8) Measure the clearance between the U-bolt (102) and the torque shaft
(2). This must be 5 mm (0.20 in.).
(9) Safety the nuts (101) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
(10) Make sure that:

- you cannot see the spline engagement groove at the movable joint
- the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) at the movable
joint.
(11) Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) from the flap torque
shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-003).
Subtask 27-54-45-916-050
C. Application of Special Materials

- the nuts (4), (8) and (101)
- the washers (103)
- the flanges of the torque shaft (2).
Subtask 27-54-45-865-060
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 27-54-45-710-050
E. Operational Test of the Flap System
control lever.

001). Make sure that the operation of the torque shafts is
satisfactory.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 415
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-54-45-410-050
A. Close Access
(2) Remove the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK from each MLG door actuator.
Subtask 27-54-45-942-050

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 416
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-45-000-002
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 417
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Slats (98D27504030001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
27-54-45-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 418
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-051
landing-gear doors.
flap/slat controls.
Subtask 27-54-45-860-051
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

(98D27803000000) on the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.
Subtask 27-54-45-865-051
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-54-45-010-051
D. Get Access
actuator.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 419
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-54-45-991-002)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-45-020-051

shaft (2). If applicable, remove the spacers.
NOTE : Spacers between the universal joint (1), the torque shaft (2)
____
and the universal joint (7), adjust the length of the
transmission. It is possible that there are none or more than
one installed.
(7).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 420
May 01/11

LAN
TASK 27-54-45-400-002
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 421
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-018

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(98D27504030001)
Slats (98D27504030001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
27-54-45-991-002 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 422
May 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-078
to operate the landing gear doors.
Subtask 27-54-45-860-064
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
008).
the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.
(3) Make sure that the MLG doors are open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
actuator.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 423
May 01/11

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-54-45

Page 424
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-865-062
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-54-45-991-002)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-45-420-064
(2) Dry the parts:

_______

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 425
Nov 01/10

LAN
_______
Subtask 27-54-45-420-051
(2) Install the universal joint (7) to the right-angle gear box
6203CM(6253CM) and attach it with the pin (6) and the retaining ring
(5).
(4) Install the torque shaft (2) and attach it to the universal joint (1)
with the bolts (9) and the nuts (8). Tighten the nuts (8) by hand.
NOTE : A replacement torque shaft (2) 6204CM(6254CM), has two flange

____
shims and longer bolts (9). Use these (if necessary) in the
worksteps that follow.
(5) Measure the dimension between the torque shaft (2) and the universal
joint (7).
(a) If the dimension is between 6.6 mm (0.2598 in.) and 13.25 mm

(0.5216 in.), do not install a spacer.
(b) If the dimension is between 13.26 mm (0.5220 in.) and 16.75 mm

(0.6594 in.), install one spacer 3.5 mm (0.1377 in.) thick,
between the torque shaft (2) and the universal joint (7). Use the
longer bolts.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 426
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(c) If the dimension is between 16.76 mm (0.6598 in.) and 23.5 mm
(0.9251 in.), install two spacers, each one 3.5 mm (0.1377 in.)
thick:
- one between the torque shaft (2) and the universal joint (1)
- one between the torque shaft (2) and the universal joint (7).
Use the longer bolts.
(6) Attach the torque shaft (2) to the universal joint (7) with the bolts
109.73 lbf.in).
(8) Make sure that:

joint.
(9) Remove the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-
000-003).
Subtask 27-54-45-916-051

Subtask 27-54-45-865-063
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 27-54-45-710-051

satisfactory.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 427
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-54-45-410-051
A. Close Access
Subtask 27-54-45-942-051
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 428
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-45-000-003
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 429
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Slats (98D27504030001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
27-54-45-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 430
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-052
landing-gear doors.
flap controls.
Subtask 27-54-45-860-052
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-052
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-54-45-010-052
D. Get Access
actuator.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 431
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(a) FOR 6206CM

remove 571AB
(b) FOR 6256CM

remove 671AB.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-54-45-991-002)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-45-020-052

(2) Remove the retaining ring (20) and the pin (13).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 432
May 01/11

LAN
(4) Remove the nut (21), the washer (23), the bolt (10) and the washer
(11).
(5) Remove the bolts (24) from the seal base plate (25) and from the
shroud box.
(6) Remove the bolts (19) and the nuts (18).
(7) Compress the plunging joint (15) to permit the removal of the torque
shaft (14). Remove the torque shaft (14) through the seal base plate
(25) at the inboard end of the shroud box.
(8) During the removal, hold the torque shaft (14) through the opening in
the forward face of the shroud box.
(9) Remove the retaining ring (17), the pin (16) and the plunging joint
(15).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 433
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-45-400-003
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 434
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-018

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22 cotter pin 27-54-44 01 -010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(98D27504030001)
Slats (98D27504030001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 435
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
27-54-45-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-079

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 436
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-860-065
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
008).
actuator.

- for 6206CM, panel 571AB
- for 6256CM, panel 671AB.
Subtask 27-54-45-865-065
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 437
Nov 01/10

LAN
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-54-45-991-002)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-45-420-065
(1) Use a clean MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with
- the cotter pin (22)
- the flanges of the torque shaft (14) and the plunging joint (15).
(2) Dry the parts:

_______
_______

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 438
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-420-052
the plunging joint (15).
(2) Install the plunging joint (15) and attach it with the pin (16) and
the retaining ring (17). Make sure that the plunging joint (15) is
fully compressed.
(3) Hold the torque shaft assembly 6208CM(6258CM).
(4) During installation, hold the torque shaft (14) through the opening
in the forward face of the shroud box.
(5) Install the torque shaft (14) through the seal base plate (25), the
shroud box, the steady bearing (12) and into the torque shaft
assembly 6208CM(6258CM).
(6) Make sure that the splines are engaged correctly and the pin holes
are aligned.
(7) Attach the torque shaft (14) with the pin (13) and the retaining ring
(20).
(8) Install the washer (11) with the bolt (10), the washer (23) and the
nut (21).
lbf.in).
(11) Attach the torque shaft (14) to the plunging joint (15) with the
bolts (19) and the nuts (18).
lbf.in).
(13) Loosely attach the seal base plate (25) to the shroud box with the
bolts (24).
(14) Adjust the seal on the seal base plate (25) to give an equal radial
clearance and tighten the bolts (24).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 439
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
000-003).
Subtask 27-54-45-916-052

- the cotter pin (22)
- the flanges of the torque shaft (14) and the plunging joint (15).
Subtask 27-54-45-865-066
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 27-54-45-710-052

satisfactory.
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 440
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(a) FOR 6206CM

install 571AB
(b) FOR 6256CM

install 671AB.
Subtask 27-54-45-942-052

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 441
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-45-000-004
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 442
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Slats (98D27504030001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-003 Fig. 404
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-003-A Fig. 404A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 443
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-053
landing-gear doors.
flap/slat controls.
Subtask 27-54-45-860-053
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 444
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-54-45-991-003)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 27-54-45-991-003-A)
**ON A/C ALL

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-45-020-053

(2) Remove the nuts (39), the bolts (38) and the torque shaft (37).
(42).
(4) Remove the retaining ring (43), the pin (35) and the plunging joint
(36).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 445
May 01/11

LAN
Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-45

Page 446
May 01/11

LAN
Torque Shafts - Flap Pwer Transmission

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-45

Page 447
May 01/11

LAN
R Torque Shafts - Flap Power Transmission
R Figure 404A/TASK 27-54-45-991-003-A

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-45

Page 448
May 01/06

LAN
TASK 27-54-45-400-004
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 449
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-018

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(98D27504030001)
Slats (98D27504030001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-003 Fig. 404

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 450
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-003-A Fig. 404A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-080
Subtask 27-54-45-860-066
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 451
May 01/11

LAN
008).
Subtask 27-54-45-865-069
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-54-45-991-003)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 27-54-45-991-003-A)
**ON A/C ALL

_______
EDGE:

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 452
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-420-066
- the nuts (39)
- the bolts (38)
- the flanges of the plunging joint (36) and the torque shaft
(37)
- the flange of the universal joint (42).
(2) Dry the parts:

_______
_______
Subtask 27-54-45-420-053
the plunging joint (36).
(2) Install the plunging joint (36) in the line gear box 6259CM(6209CM),
and attach it with the pin (35) and the retaining ring (43).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 453
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-54-45

Page 454
Feb 01/11

LAN
(4) Install the universal joint (42) and attach it with the pin (41) and
the retaining ring (40).
(5) Install the torque shaft (37) and attach it with the bolts (38) and
the nuts (39).
lbf.in).
000-003).
Subtask 27-54-45-916-053

- the nuts (39)
- the bolts (38)
- the flanges of the plunging joint (36) and the torque shaft (37)
Subtask 27-54-45-865-070
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 27-54-45-710-053

satisfactory.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 455
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-54-45-942-053
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 456
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-45-000-005
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning sign

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 457
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Slats (98D27504030001)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
27-54-45-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 458
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-054
(2) Put a warning sign in position to tell persons not to operate the
flap/slat controls.
Subtask 27-54-45-860-054
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-054
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-54-45-010-054
D. Get Access
(2) Remove the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002):
(a) FOR 6210CM

remove 573AB

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 459
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(b) FOR 6260CM
remove 673AB.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-54-45-991-002)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-45-020-054
(1) Install a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on a

shaft (2).
(7).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 460
May 01/11

LAN
TASK 27-54-45-400-005
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 461
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-018

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(98D27504030001)
Slats (98D27504030001)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB) 573EB(673EB)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 462
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
27-54-45-991-002 Fig. 402
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-081
Subtask 27-54-45-860-067
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
008).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 463
May 01/11

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-54-45

Page 464
Feb 01/11

LAN
(4) Make sure that the applicable access panel is removed (Ref. TASK 57-
51-37-000-002):
- for 6210CM, panel 573AB
- for 6260CM, panel 673AB.
Subtask 27-54-45-865-071
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-54-45-991-002)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-45-420-067

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 465
Nov 01/10

LAN
(2) Dry the parts:

_______
_______
Subtask 27-54-45-420-054
(2) Install the universal joint (7) in the line gear box 6209CM(6259CM),
and attach it with the pin (6) and the retaining ring (5).
(4) Install the torque shaft (2) and attach it with the bolts (3) and (9)
and the nuts (4) and (8).
109.73 lbf.in).
(6) Make sure that:

joint.
000-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 466
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-916-054

Subtask 27-54-45-865-072
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 27-54-45-710-054

satisfactory.
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 467
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-410-054
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the applicable access panel (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002):
(a) FOR 6210CM

install 573AB
(b) FOR 6260CM

install 673AB.
Subtask 27-54-45-942-054

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 468
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-45-000-006
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 469
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Slats (98D27504030001)
6214CM(6264CM)/6220CM(6270CM)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-003 Fig. 404
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-003-A Fig. 404A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 470
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-074
flap/slat controls.
Subtask 27-54-45-860-055
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-101
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 471
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-010-061
D. Get Access
(a) FOR 6212CM

remove 573BB
(b) FOR 6262CM

remove 673BB.
(3) Remove the torque shaft 6214CM(6264CM) (52) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-
007):
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-54-45-991-003)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 27-54-45-991-003-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 472
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-45-020-055
(1) Install a LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) on a

(3) Remove the nut (50), the washer (51), the bolt (45) and the washer
(46).
(4) Remove the torque shaft (48) through the steady bearing (47).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 473
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-45-400-006
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 474
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-018

(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49 cotter pin 27-54-44 01 -010
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Slats (98D27504030001)
6214CM(6264CM)/6220CM(6270CM)
6214CM(6264CM)/6220CM(6270CM)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB) 573EB(673EB)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 475
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-003 Fig. 404
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-003-A Fig. 404A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 476
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-082
Subtask 27-54-45-860-068
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
008).
51-37-000-002):
- for 6212CM, panel 573BB
- for 6262CM, panel 673BB.
(5) Make sure that the torque shaft(s) 6214CM(6264CM) is/are removed
(Ref. TASK 27-54-45-000-007).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 477
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-865-075
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-54-45-991-003)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 27-54-45-991-003-A)
**ON A/C ALL

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-45-420-068
- the nut (50) and the bolt (45)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 478
May 01/11

LAN
(2) Dry the parts:

_______
_______
Subtask 27-54-45-420-055
(1) Install the torque shaft (48) through the steady bearing (47) and
engage it in the track 2 flap actuator.
(2) Attach the torque shaft (48) through the steady bearing (47) with the
bolt (45), the washers (46) and (51) and the nut (50).
lbf.in).
(5) Install the torque shaft (52) 6214CM(6264CM) (Ref. TASK 27-54-45-400-
007).
400-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 479
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-916-055

- the bolt (45) and the nut (50)
Subtask 27-54-45-865-102
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 27-54-45-710-055

satisfactory.
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 480
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-410-061
A. Close Access
items.
(a) FOR 6212CM

install 573BB
(b) FOR 6262CM

install 673BB.
Subtask 27-54-45-942-055

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 481
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-45-000-007
Removal of the Torque Shafts 6214CM(6264CM)/6220CM(6270CM)
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 482
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-54-44-000-002 Removal of the Steady Bearings FIN
6215CM(6265CM)/6219CM(6269CM)/6223CM
(6273CM)/6225CM(6275CM)/6229CM(6279CM)/6231CM(6281CM)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-003 Fig. 404
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-003-A Fig. 404A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 483
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-075
flap/slat controls.
Subtask 27-54-45-860-056
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-103
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-54-45-010-055
D. Get Access
(a) FOR 6214CM

remove 573BB

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 484
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(b) FOR 6220CM
remove 575BB
(c) FOR 6264CM

remove 673BB
(d) FOR 6270CM

remove 675BB.
(3) Remove the applicable steady bearing (56) (Ref. TASK 27-54-44-000-
002):
(a) FOR 6214CM

remove the steady bearing 6215CM
(b) FOR 6220CM

(c) FOR 6264CM

(d) FOR 6270CM

remove the steady bearing 6269CM.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-54-45-991-003)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 27-54-45-991-003-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 485
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-45-020-056
A. Removal of the Torque Shafts 6214CM(6264CM) and 6220CM(6270CM)
(1) Remove the torque shaft (52).
(2) Remove the retaining ring (54), the pin (55) and then the universal
joint (53).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 486
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-45-400-007
Installation of the Torque Shafts 6214CM(6264CM)/6220CM(6270CM)
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-018


EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 487
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Slats (98D27504030001)
27-54-44-400-002 Installation of the Steady Bearings FIN
6215CM(6265CM)/6219CM(6269CM)/6223CM
(6273CM)/6225CM(6275CM)/6229CM(6279CM)/6231CM(6281CM)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-003 Fig. 404
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-003-A Fig. 404A

FOR FIN 6270CM
Slats (98D27504030001)
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 488
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-083
to operate the slat/flap controls.
Subtask 27-54-45-860-069
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
008).

- for 6270CM, panel 675BB.
on a flap torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003), outboard of the
removed component.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 489
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-865-076
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-54-45-991-003)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 27-54-45-991-003-A)
**ON A/C ALL

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-45-420-069

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 490
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-420-056
B. Installation of the Torque Shafts 6214CM(6264CM)/6220CM(6270CM)
(2) Install the universal joint (53) and attach it with the pin (55) and
the retaining ring (54).
(3) Install the torque shaft (52).
(4) Install the applicable steady bearing (56) (Ref. TASK 27-54-44-400-
002):
(a) FOR 6214CM

install the steady bearing 6215CM
(b) FOR 6220CM

(c) FOR 6264CM

(d) FOR 6270CM

install the steady bearing 6269CM.
(5) Make sure that:

- you cannot see the spline engagement groove on the torque shaft
(52) at the movable joints
- the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) total shaft end
float at the movable joints.
400-003).
Subtask 27-54-45-865-078
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 491
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-710-056
D. Operational Test of the Flap System

satisfactory.
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-410-055
A. Close Access
items.
(a) FOR 6214CM

install 573BB
(b) FOR 6220CM

install 575BB
(c) FOR 6264CM

install 673BB

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 492
May 01/11

LAN
(d) FOR 6270CM
install 675BB.
Subtask 27-54-45-942-056

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 493
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-45-000-008
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 494
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Slats (98D27504030001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-003 Fig. 404
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-003-A Fig. 404A

FOR FIN 6216CM
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
FOR FIN 6226CM
FOR FIN 6266CM
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
FOR FIN 6276CM

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 495
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-055
flap/slat controls.
Subtask 27-54-45-860-057
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 496
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-865-055
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-54-45-010-056
D. Get Access
(a) FOR 6216CM

remove 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002)
(b) FOR 6226CM

remove 575DB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004)
(c) FOR 6266CM

remove 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002)
(d) FOR 6276CM

remove 675DB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).
(3) Put the applicable spoiler in the M (Maintenance) position

(Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).

servo-control.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 497
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-54-45-991-003)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 27-54-45-991-003-A)
**ON A/C ALL

_______
EDGE:
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-54-45-020-057
A. Removal of the Torque Shafts 6216CM(6266CM and 6226CM(6276CM)
(1) Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to a

(3) Remove the plunging joint (57).
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 27-54-45-020-057-A
A. Removal of the Torque Shafts 6216CM(6266CM and 6226CM(6276CM)
(1) Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) (98D27504030001) to a


EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page 498
May 01/11

LAN

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-45

Page 499
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
**ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-54-45-400-008
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A400
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-018

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(98D27504030001)
Slats (98D27504030001)
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB), 573EB(673EB)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A401
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-003 Fig. 404
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-003-A Fig. 404A

FOR FIN 6216CM
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB) 573EB(673EB)
FOR FIN 6226CM
FOR FIN 6266CM
573BB(673BB), 573CB(673CB) 573EB(673EB)
FOR FIN 6276CM
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A402
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-084
to operate the slat/flap controls.
Subtask 27-54-45-860-070
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
008).
(4) Make sure that the applicable spoiler is in the M (Maintenance)
servo-control.

- for 6216CM, panel 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002)
- for 6226CM, panel 575DB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004)
- for 6266CM, panel 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-002)
- for 6276CM, panel 675DB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A403
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-865-079
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-54-45-991-003)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 27-54-45-991-003-A)
**ON A/C ALL

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-45-420-070
- the nuts (59)
- the bolts (60)
- the flanges of the universal joint (57) and the torque shaft
(58).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A404
May 01/11

LAN
(2) Dry the parts:

_______
_______
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-54-45-420-057
(1) Install the plunging joint (57) and align its flange with the flange
of the steady bearing.
the nuts (59).
lbf.in).
(4) Make sure that:

joint.
000-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A405
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 27-54-45-420-057-A
the nuts (59).
lbf.in).
(4) Make sure that:

joint.
000-003).
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-916-056

- the nuts (59)
- the bolts (60)
- the flanges of the universal joint (57) and the torque shaft (58).
Subtask 27-54-45-865-080
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A406
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-710-057

satisfactory.
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-410-056
A. Close Access
items.
servo-control.
(3) Put the applicable spoiler back to the O (Operation) position
(Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A407
May 01/11

LAN
(a) FOR 6216CM

install 573CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002)
(b) FOR 6226CM

install 575DB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004)
(c) FOR 6266CM

install 673CB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-002)
(d) FOR 6276CM

install 675DB (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-400-004).
Subtask 27-54-45-942-057

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A408
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-45-000-009
Removal of Torque Shaft 6218CM(6268CM)
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A409
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Slats (98D27504030001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
27-54-45-991-004 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A410
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-056
flap/slat controls.
Subtask 27-54-45-860-058
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-056
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-54-45-010-057
D. Get Access

(Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).

servo-control.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A411
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(4) Remove the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004):
(a) FOR 6218CM

remove 575AB, 575BB
(b) FOR 6268CM

remove 675AB, 675BB.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-54-45-991-004)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-45-020-058


EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A412
May 01/11

LAN
Torque Shafts- Flap Power Transmission
Figure 405/TASK 27-54-45-991-004

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A413
Aug 01/10
R
LAN

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A414
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-45-400-009
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A415
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-018

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(98D27504030001)
Slats (98D27504030001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A416
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
27-54-45-991-004 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-085
Subtask 27-54-45-860-071
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
008).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A417
May 01/11

LAN
servo-control.
57-51-37-000-004):
- for 6218CM, panels 575AB, 575BB
- for 6268CM, panels 675AB, 675BB.
Subtask 27-54-45-865-083
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-54-45-991-004)

_______
EDGE:

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A418
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-420-071
- the flanges of the torque shafts (71) and (72)
(2) Dry the parts:

_______
_______
Subtask 27-54-45-420-058
the nuts (76).
the nuts (74).
(4) TORQUE the nuts (74) and (76) to between 1.02 and 1.24 m.daN (90.26
and 109.73 lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A419
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(5) Make sure that:
joint.
000-003).
Subtask 27-54-45-916-057

- the flanges of the torque shafts (71) and (72)
Subtask 27-54-45-865-084
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 27-54-45-710-058

satisfactory.
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A420
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-410-057
A. Close Access
items.
servo-control.
(Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).
(a) FOR 6218CM

install 575AB, 575BB
(b) FOR 6268CM

install 675AB, 675BB.
Subtask 27-54-45-942-058

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A421
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-45-000-010
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A422
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Slats (98D27504030001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
27-54-45-991-004 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-54-45-991-004)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A423
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-941-057
flap/slat controls.
Subtask 27-54-45-860-059
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-057
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-54-45-010-058
D. Get Access
(a) FOR 6222CM

remove 575CB
(b) FOR 6272CM

remove 675CB.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A424
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).

servo-control.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-54-45-991-004)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-45-020-059

torque shaft (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003), outboard of the component
to be removed.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A425
May 01/11

LAN
TASK 27-54-45-400-010
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A426
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-018

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(98D27504030001)
Slats (98D27504030001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A427
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL
27-54-45-991-004 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-086
Subtask 27-54-45-860-072
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
008).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A428
May 01/11

LAN
servo-control.
51-37-000-004):
- for 6222CM, panel 575CB
- for 6272CM, panel 675CB.
Subtask 27-54-45-865-087
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-54-45-991-004)

_______
EDGE:

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A429
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-420-072
- the nuts (80)
- the bolts (81)
- the flanges of the torque shaft (78) and the torsion shaft
(79).
(2) Dry the parts:

_______
_______
Subtask 27-54-45-420-059
(1) Install the torsion shaft (79) and align its flange with the flange
the nuts (80).
lbf.in).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A430
Nov 01/10
R
LAN
(4) Make sure that:
joint.
000-003).
Subtask 27-54-45-916-058

- the nuts (80)
- the bolts (81)
- the flanges of the torque shaft (78) and the torsion shaft (79).
Subtask 27-54-45-865-088
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 27-54-45-710-059

satisfactory.
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A431
May 01/11

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-54-45

Page A432
Nov 01/10

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-410-058
A. Close Access
items.
servo-control.
(Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).
(a) FOR 6222CM

install 575CB
(b) FOR 6272CM

install 675CB.
Subtask 27-54-45-942-059

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A433
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-45-000-011
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A434
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-54-44-000-002 Removal of the Steady Bearings FIN
6215CM(6265CM)/6219CM(6269CM)/6223CM
(6273CM)/6225CM(6275CM)/6229CM(6279CM)/6231CM(6281CM)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
27-54-45-991-004 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A435
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-076
flap/slat controls.
Subtask 27-54-45-860-060
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-104
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-54-45-010-062
D. Get Access
(a) FOR 6224CM

remove 575CB

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A436
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(b) FOR 6274CM
remove 675CB
(c) FOR 6230CM

remove 575EB
(d) FOR 6280CM

remove 675EB.

(Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).

servo-control.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-54-45-991-004)

_______
EDGE:

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A437
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-020-060
A. Removal of the Torque Shaft 6224CM(6274CM) and 6230CM(6280CM)
(1) Remove the applicable steady bearing (82) (Ref. TASK 27-54-44-000-
002):
(a) FOR 6224CM

(b) FOR 6230CM

(c) FOR 6274CM

(d) FOR 6280CM

remove the steady bearing 6279CM.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A438
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-45-400-011
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-018


EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A439
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Slats (98D27504030001)
27-54-44-400-002 Installation of the Steady Bearings FIN
6215CM(6265CM)/6219CM(6269CM)/6223CM
(6273CM)/6225CM(6275CM)/6229CM(6279CM)/6231CM(6281CM)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
27-54-45-991-004 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A440
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-087
Subtask 27-54-45-860-073
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
008).
(4) Make sure that the applicable access panels are removed:
- for 6230CM, panel 575EB
- for 6280CM, panel 675EB.
servo-control.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A441
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-865-091
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-54-45-991-004)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-45-420-073

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A442
Nov 01/10

LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-420-060
(1) Install the torque shaft (83).
(2) Install the applicable steady bearing (82) (Ref. TASK 27-54-44-400-
002):
(a) FOR 6224CM

(b) FOR 6230CM

(c) FOR 6274CM

(d) FOR 6280CM

install the steady bearing 6279CM.
(3) Make sure that:

- you cannot see the spline engagement grooves on the shaft (83) at
the movable joints
- the dimension A is a minimum of 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.) total end float
at the movable joint.
Subtask 27-54-45-865-105
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 27-54-45-710-060
D. Operational Test of the Flap System

satisfactory.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A443
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-410-062
A. Close Access
items.
servo-control.
(Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).
(a) FOR 6224CM

install 575CB
(b) FOR 6274CM

install 675CB
(c) FOR 6230CM

install 575EB
(d) FOR 6280CM

install 675EB.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A444
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-942-060

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A445
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-45-000-012
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A446
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Slats (98D27504030001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
27-54-45-991-004 Fig. 405
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A447
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-058
flap/slat controls.
Subtask 27-54-45-860-061
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-54-45-010-059
D. Get Access
(a) FOR 6228CM

remove 575DB, 575EB

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A448
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(b) FOR 6278CM
remove 675DB, 675EB.

(Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).

servo-control.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-54-45-991-004)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-45-020-061

(3) Remove the retaining ring (87) and the pin (85).
(4) Remove the torque shaft (86) and the universal joint (88).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A449
May 01/11

LAN
TASK 27-54-45-400-012
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A450
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-018

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(98D27504030001)
Slats (98D27504030001)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
27-54-45-991-004 Fig. 405

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A451
May 01/11

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-088
Subtask 27-54-45-860-074
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
008).

- for 6228CM, panels 575DB, 575EB
- for 6278CM, panels 675DB, 675EB.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A452
May 01/11

LAN
servo-control.
Subtask 27-54-45-865-092
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-54-45-991-004)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-45-420-074
- the nuts (89)
- the bolts (90)
- the flanges of the torque shafts (84) and (86).
(2) Dry the parts:

_______

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A453
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
_______
Subtask 27-54-45-420-061
(2) Install the universal joint (88) and align the pin hole with the
flange of the steady bearing.
(3) Install the torque shaft (86) and attach it with the pin (85) and the
retaining ring (87).
the nuts (89).
lbf.in).
(6) Make sure that:

joint.
000-003).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A454
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-916-059

- the nuts (89)
- the bolts (90)
- the flanges of the torque shafts (84) and (86).
Subtask 27-54-45-865-093
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 27-54-45-710-061

satisfactory.
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A455
May 01/11

LAN
INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R

27-54-45

Page A456
Feb 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-410-059
A. Close Access
items.
servo-control.
(Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).
(a) FOR 6228CM

(b) FOR 6278CM

Subtask 27-54-45-942-061

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A457
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-45-000-013
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR FIN 6282CM

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A458
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-003 Fig. 404
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-003-A Fig. 404A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A459
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-071
flap/slat controls.
Subtask 27-54-45-860-062
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 27-54-45-865-096
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-54-45-010-060
D. Get Access
(2) Remove the applicable access panels (Ref. TASK 57-51-37-000-004).
(a) FOR 6232CM

remove 575FB, 575GB

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A460
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
(b) FOR 6282CM
remove 675FB, 675GB.

(Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).

servo-control.
Subtask 27-54-45-480-050
E. Installation of Support Equipment
(1) Get access through the applicable access-panel hole:
(a) FOR 6232CM

through 575GB.
(b) FOR 6282CM

through 675GB.
(2) Install the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) (98D27504005000) at the flap

track 1 position only.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-54-45-991-003)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 27-54-45-991-003-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A461
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-45-020-062
(1) Remove the nuts (59), the bolts (60) and then the torque shaft (58).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A462
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-45-400-013
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A463
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Material No. 04-018

(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-001 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-001-A Fig. 401A
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-45-991-003 Fig. 404

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A464
May 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-45-991-003-A Fig. 404A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-941-089
Subtask 27-54-45-860-075
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
009).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A465
May 01/11

LAN
57-51-37-000-004):
- for 6232CM, panels 575FB, 575GB
- for 6282CM, panels 675FB, 675GB.
servo-control.
Subtask 27-54-45-865-097
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-54-45-480-051
D. Support Equipment
(1) Make sure that the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) is installed at the
flap track 1 position.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-54-45-991-003)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 27-54-45-991-003-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A466
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-45-420-075
- the nuts (59)
- the bolts (60)
- the flanges of the universal joint (57) and the torque shaft
(58).
(2) Dry the parts:

_______
_______

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A467
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-420-062
the nuts (59).
lbf.in).
(4) Make sure that:

joint.
Subtask 27-54-45-916-060

- the nuts (59)
- the bolts (60)
- the flanges of the universal joint (57) and the torque shaft (58).
Subtask 27-54-45-080-050
D. Removal of Support Equipment
(1) Remove the PIN RIGGING-FLAPS (TRACK 1) from the track 1 position.
Subtask 27-54-45-865-098
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A468
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-45-710-062
F. Operational Test of the Flap System
control lever.

satisfactory.
5. Close-up
________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-45-991-001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-45-991-001-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-45-410-060
A. Close Access
items.
servo-control.
(Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).
(a) FOR 6232CM

install 575FB, 575GB

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A469
May 01/11

LAN
(b) FOR 6282CM
install 675FB, 675GB.
Subtask 27-54-45-942-062

EFF :

ALL 27-54-45

Page A470
Aug 01/10

LAN
CARRIAGE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________
TASK 27-54-46-000-002
Removal of the No.1 Flap Carriage
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 460005835 2 SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 401
Feb 01/08

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

57-51-33-000-001 Removal of the No.1 Flap Track Beam
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-46-991-003 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-46-991-003-A Fig. 401A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-46-991-003)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-46-991-003-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 402
May 01/11

LAN
No. 1 Flap Carriage
Figure 401/TASK 27-54-46-991-003

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-46

Page 403
May 01/11

LAN
R No. 1 Flap Carriage
R Figure 401A/TASK 27-54-46-991-003-A

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-46

Page 404
May 01/06

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-46-941-058
Subtask 27-54-46-860-054
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
009).
(2) Put the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on
the flap/slat control lever in the cockpit.
Subtask 27-54-46-865-055
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 405
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-46-010-054
D. Get Access
(2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) is on the
applicable MLG door actuating cylinder.
(3) Put the access platform in position at the flap track 1.
(4) Remove the inboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-001).
(5) Remove the flap track beam No.1 (Ref. TASK 57-51-33-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-46-991-003)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-46-991-003-A)
**ON A/C ALL

_______
EDGE:

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 406
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-54-46-020-051
A. Removal of the No.1 Flap Carriage
WARNING : SUPPORT THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY OR IT WILL FALL AND BECOME DAMAGED OR

_______
INJURE PERSONNEL. THE UNIT/ASSEMBLY IS HEAVY.
(1) Hold the bush (5) and remove the bolts (2) and (4).
(2) Remove the bush (5) from the flap track beam (3).
(3) Remove the carriaage No.1 (1) from the flap track beam (3).
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 27-54-46-020-051-A
A. Removal of the No.1 Flap Carriage

_______
(1) Remove the bolts (1) and (2), the washers (3) and (9) from the nuts
(6) and (8).
(2) Remove the stop plate (4) from the flap track beam (7).
(3) Remove the carriage No.1 (5) from the flap track beam (7).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 407
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-54-46-400-002
Installation of the No.1 Flap Carriage
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 408
May 01/06

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 06-011 GB ABR 1-4055
SOLID FILM LUBRICANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Gear Doors
57-51-33-400-001 Installation of the No.1 Flap Track Beam
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-46-991-003 Fig. 401
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-46-991-003-A Fig. 401A

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 409
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-46-991-003)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-46-991-003-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-46-941-061
Subtask 27-54-46-860-056
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
009).
(2) Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER is attached
to the flap/slat control lever on panel 114VU.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 410
May 01/11

LAN
actuating cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(6) Make sure that the safety collar is removed from the circuit breakers
10CV and 12CV.
Subtask 27-54-46-865-056
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 27-54-46-991-003)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 27-54-46-991-003-A)
**ON A/C ALL

_______
EDGE:

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 411
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-54-46-420-054
(2) Make sure that the carriage No.1 (1) is in the correct condition.
Subtask 27-54-46-420-059
B. Installation of the No.1 Flap Carriage

_______
(1) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No. 06-011) to the smooth part of the
bolts (2) and (4).
(2) Carefully put the carriage No.1 (1) on the flap track beam (3).
(3) Install the bolts (2) and (4) together with the bush (5) on the flap
track beam (3).
(4) TORQUE the bolts (2) and (4) to between 1.4 and 2.6 m.daN (10.32 and
19.17 lbf.ft).
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 27-54-46-420-054-A

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 412
May 01/11

LAN
(2) Make sure that the carriage No.1 (5) is in the correct condition.
Subtask 27-54-46-420-059-A
B. Installation of the No.1 Flap Carriage

_______
(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the smooth part of
the bolts (1) and (2).
(2) Carefully put the carriage No.1 (5) on the flap track beam (7).
019) to the interface of the stop plate (4) and the flap track beam
(7).
(4) Put the stop plate (4) in position on the end of the flap track beam
(7).
(5) Install the bolts (1) and (2) together with the washers (3) and (9)
in the nuts (6) and (8).
**ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-54-46-410-052
A. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the flap track beam No. 1 (Ref. TASK 57-51-33-400-001).
(3) Install the inboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-001).
R (4) Remove the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK from the MLG door actuating cylinder.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 413
Feb 01/08

LAN
Subtask 27-54-46-865-057
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV, 10CV, 12CV.
Subtask 27-54-46-860-063
control lever in the cockpit.
Subtask 27-54-46-942-056

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 414
May 01/06
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-46-000-001
Removal of the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-54-46-991-001 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 415
Feb 01/08

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-54-46-991-001)
Subtask 27-54-46-941-050
(1) Put the warning notice in position on the panel 114VU to tell persons
Subtask 27-54-46-860-053
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(2) Put the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION (98D27803000000)

on the flap/slat control lever on the panel 114VU.
Subtask 27-54-46-865-050
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 416
Nov 01/10

LAN
Nos. 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages
Figure 402/TASK 27-54-46-991-001

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 417
May 01/06
R
LAN
R
Subtask 27-54-46-010-050
D. Get Access
(1) Remove the applicable flap:

- for the No. 2 flap carriage, remove the inboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-
54-61-000-001)
- for the Nos. 3 and 4 flap carriages, remove the outboard flap
(Ref. TASK 27-54-62-000-001).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-54-46-991-001)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-46-020-052
A. Removal of the No. 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages

_______
(2) Remove the nuts (11), the washers (12) and the bolts (7).
(3) Remove the end stop (10).
(4) Remove the flap carriage (23).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 418
Nov 01/10

LAN
TASK 27-54-46-400-001
Installation of the Nos 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No specific plastic spatula

(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 419
May 01/06
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 04-024
SYNTHETIC GREASE FOR FLAP & SLAT MECHANISM
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

27-54-46-991-001 Fig. 402

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 420
Nov 01/09

LAN
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-46-941-062
(1) Make sure that the warning notice is in position on the panel 114VU
to tell persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.
(2) Make sure that the safety barriers are in position
Subtask 27-54-46-860-055
(1) Make sure that the flaps are extended fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-
008).
(98D27803000000) is on the flap/slat control lever on the panel
114VU.
(3) Make sure that the safety collar is removed from the circuit breakers
10CV and 12CV.
Subtask 27-54-46-865-051
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 421
Nov 01/10

LAN
R
Subtask 27-54-46-560-050
D. Preparation of a Replacement Component
(1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the lockbolts (18).
(2) Remove the lockbolts (18) from the lockplates (19).
(3) Remove the lockplates (19) from the adjuster screws (14).
(4) Make sure the nuts (17) are hand tight only.
(5) Loosen the adjuster screws (14). The bearing blocks (16) must be free
to turn around the hinge bolts (15).
4. Procedure
_________
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 27-54-46-991-001)

_______
EDGE:
Subtask 27-54-46-420-055

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Use the plastic spatula to remove all unwanted sealant from:
- the end stop (10)
- the flap beam end-stop (10) interface.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 422
Nov 01/10

LAN
(a) Use the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-004) to clean:
- the top and bottom faces of the flap track (4)
- the flap carriage (23)
- the carriage roller greasers (6)
(3) Make an inspection for the correct condition of:

- the top and bottom faces of the flap track (4)
- the flap carriage (23)
- the carriage roller greasers (6)
Subtask 27-54-46-420-053
B. Installation of the No. 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1) Install the flap carriage (23) on the flap track beam (21). Make sure
that the mal-assembly bracket (20) is outboard and the bonding
contacts (24) point forward.
(2) Hold the flap carriage (23) at the forward end of the flap track beam
(21).

No. 09-019) to the mating surfaces of the end stop (10) and the
smooth part of the bolts (7) and (13).
(4) Install the end stop (10) on the flap track beam (21).
(5) Install the bolts (7), the washers (12) and the nuts (11).
lbf.ft).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 423
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
(8) TORQUE the nuts (11) to between 1.35 and 1.58 m.daN (119.46 and
139.82 lbf.in).
(9) Use the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No. 11-004) to remove all unwanted SEALANTS (Material No.
09-018) from the end stop (10) and the flap track beam (21)
Subtask 27-54-46-820-050
C. Adjustment of the Flap Carriage Rollers
NOTE : The dimensions X and Y must be measured near the forward end
____
of the flap track (4) and away from local wear.
(1) Make sure the clearance (dimension Y) between the forward bottom
roller (5) and the flap track (4) is more than 0.05 mm (0.002 in.).
(2) Measure the clearance (dimension X) between the aft bottom roller
(3) and the flap track (4). Dimension X must be between 0.05 mm
(0.002 in.) and 0.075 mm (0.003 in.).
(3) Tighten the aft adjuster screw (14) one-eighth of a turn. The aft top
roller (2) and the aft bottom roller (3) will touch the flap track
(4).
(4) Move the flap carriage (23) along the flap track (4). The full travel
of the flap carriage (23) must be smooth.
(5) Install the lockplate (19) on the aft adjuster screw (14). One of the
holes in the lockplate (19) must align with the hole in the flap
carriage (23). If necessary, tighten the aft adjuster screw (16) to
align the holes.
(6) Install the aft lockbolt (18) through the lockplate (19).
(7) Tighten the forward adjuster screw (14) one-eighth of a turn. The
forward top roller (1) and the forward bottom roller (5) will touch
the flap track (4).
(8) Move the flap carriage (23) along the flap track (4). The full travel
of the flap carriage (23) must be smooth.
(9) Install the forward lockbolt (18) through the lockplate (19).
(10) Safety the forward and aft lockbolts (18) independently with

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 424
Aug 01/10
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-46-420-052
D. Continue the Installation of the No. 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages
(1) Tighten the nuts (17) and safety them independently with
(2) If a new flap carriage (23) has been installed, make sure that the
nuts (22) are hand tight only.
NOTE : The nuts (22) are torque tightened and safetied when the flap
____
is installed.

- the bolts (7) and (13), the nuts (9) and (11), the washers (8) and
(12)
- the forward lockbolt (18) and the aft adjuster screw (14)
- the hinge bolts (15) and the nuts (17).
R (4) Lubricate the flap carriage (23) with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
R 024) or COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) through the carriage
R roller greasers (6).
Subtask 27-54-46-410-050
E. Close Access
items.
(2) Install the applicable flap:

- for the No. 2 carriage, the inboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-
001)
- for the Nos. 3 and 4 carriages, the outboard flap (Ref. TASK 27-54-
62-400-001).
items.
Subtask 27-54-46-865-052
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV, 10CV, 12CV.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 425
Nov 01/08

LAN
Subtask 27-54-46-710-050
G. Operational Test
R (2) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION from the
_______
(a) Retract the flaps fully (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-009).
(3) Do an operational test of the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-710-001).
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-54-46-942-051

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 426
Feb 01/08

LAN
TASK 27-54-46-000-005
Removal of the Pendulum of the No. 1 Flap Track Carriage
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 427
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-50-00-400-002 Installation of the Inboard and Outboard Flap

Hoisting-Sling
Slats (98D27504030001)
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-46-991-004 Fig. 403

27-54-46-991-006 Fig. 404
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-46-991-007 Fig. 405
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-46-941-063
(1) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate
(2) Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in panel 114VU to tell persons not to operate

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 428
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-54-46-860-057
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
009).
(2) Put the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER on the flap/slat
control lever in the cockpit.
Subtask 27-54-46-865-058
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-54-46-010-055
D. Get Access
(1) 0pen the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-010-001).
(2) Make sure that the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is installed on the
applicable MLG door actuator.
flap track 1.
R
4. Procedure
_________

_______
EDGE:

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 429
Feb 01/11

LAN
R
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 27-54-46-020-053-A
A. Removal of the Pendulum of the No.1 Flap Track Carriage

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-54-46-991-004)

_______
(1) Disconnect the inboard flap at track 1 as follows:
(a) Manually extend the flaps to position 3 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-

011).
(b) Install the LOCK-TORQUE SHAFT (FLAPS AND SLATS) on the shaft
6220CM (6270CM) (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-003).
(c) Install the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-400-002).
(d) Carefully lift the sling with the hoist until the hoist holds the
weight of the flap.
(e) Hold the trailing edge of the flap by hand and disconnect the
rotary actuator drive-lever at track 1.
(f) Disconnect the inboard flap from the flap track carriage at the
track 1 position.
(g) Move the pendulum around the carriage axis to disconnect the
pendulum assembly from the flap trunnion.
(2) Move the carriage (6) to get access to the bolt (18) through the
access hole in pocket 5 of the flap track beam (19).
(3) Loosen the bolt (18).
(4) Remove the nut (11), the washer (12) and the lockplate (13) from the
bottom of the carriage (6). Discard the lockplate (13).
(5) Remove the bolt (18) through the access hole in pocket 5.
(6) Remove the roller (14) and the washer (15) through the lower side of
the flap track beam (19).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 430
Feb 01/11

LAN
Flap Carriage and Pendulum (Access Hole in Pocket 5)
Figure 403/TASK 27-54-46-991-004

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-46

Page 431
Feb 01/11

LAN
lower side of the carriage (6). Discard the lockplate (8).
(8) Move the carriage as necessary and remove the bolt (1), the roller
(2) and the washer (3) from the top side of the carriage (6).
(9) Remove the retaining ring (4) and the washer (5) from the bolt (17).
(10) Remove the bolt (17) and the lockplate (16) from the carriage (6)
through the lower side of the flap track beam (19). Discard the
lockplate (16).
(11) Remove the pendulum (7) from the carriage (6).

R
Subtask 27-54-46-020-055
B. Removal of the Pendulum of the No.1 Flap Track Carriage

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-54-46-991-006)

_______
(1) Remove the bolts (21) and the washers (22) from the captive nuts
(24).
(2) Remove the bolt (20), the washer (19) and the nut (26).
(3) Remove the stop plate (23) from the flap track beam (25).
(4) Move the carriage (6) to get access to the bolt (18) through the
access hole in pocket 4 of the flap track beam (25).
R (5) Loosen the bolt (18).
R (6) Remove the nut (11), the washer (12) and the lockplate (13) from the
R bottom of the carriage (6). Discard the lockplate (13).
R (7) Remove the bolt (18) through the access hole in pocket 4.
R (8) Remove the roller (14) and the washer (15) through the lower side of
R the flap track beam (25).
R
R (9) Remove the nut (10), the washer (9) and the lockplate (8) from the
R lower side of the carriage (6). Discard the lockplate (8).

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-46

Page 432
Feb 01/11

LAN
Flap Carriage and Pendulum (Access Hole in Pocket 4)
Figure 404/TASK 27-54-46-991-006

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-46

Page 433
Feb 01/11

LAN
(10) Move the carriage as necessary and remove the bolt (1), the roller
(2) and the washer (3) from the top side of the carriage (6).
lockplate (16).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-54-46-020-056
C. Removal of the Pendulum of the No.1 Flap Track Carriage

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-54-46-991-007)

_______
(1) Move the carriage (6) to get access to the bolt assembly (1) through
the access hole in the flap track beam (18).
(2) Loosen the bolt assembly (1).
bottom of the carriage (6). Discard the lockplate (7).
(4) Remove the bolt assembly (1) through the access hole.
lower side of the carriage (6). Discard the lockplate (13).
(7) Move the carriage as necessary and remove the bolt assembly (19)
through the access hole.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 434
May 01/11

LAN
Flap Carriage and Pendulum
Figure 405/TASK 27-54-46-991-007

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-46

Page 435
May 01/11

LAN
lockplate (17).

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-46

Page 436
May 01/11

LAN
R **ON A/C ALL
TASK 27-54-46-400-003
Installation of the Pendulum of the No. 1 Flap Track Carriage
_______
_______
GEAR.

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 437
Feb 01/11

LAN
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 TAPE - ADHESIVE
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R (4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-024
(Ref. 20-31-00)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 438
Feb 01/11

LAN
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 lockplate 27-54-46 01 -030

7 lockplate 27-54-46 01A-030
7 lockplate 27-54-46 01C-030
8 lockplate 27-54-46 01 -030
8 lockplate 27-54-46 01A-030
8 lockplate 27-54-46 01C-030
13 lockplate 27-54-46 01 -030
13 lockplate 27-54-46 01A-030
13 lockplate 27-54-46 01C-030
16 lockplate 27-54-46 01A-140
16 lockplate 27-54-46 01C-140
17 lockplate 27-54-46 01A-140
17 lockplate 27-54-46 01C-140
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27-50-00-000-002 Removal of the Inboard and Outboard Flap

Hoisting-Sling
27-51-00-740-001 Read-out of Class 3 Faults in the Flap System
Gear Doors
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-46-991-004 Fig. 403

27-54-46-991-006 Fig. 404
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-46-991-007 Fig. 405

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 439
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
Subtask 27-54-46-941-064
(1) Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.
(2) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell
persons not to operate the flap/slat controls.
(3) Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in the cockpit to tell
persons not to operate the landing-gear doors.
Subtask 27-54-46-860-058
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Make sure that the flaps are in position 3 (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-866-
011).
(2) Make sure that the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER is attached
to the flap/slat control lever on the panel 114VU.
(3) Make sure that the applicable MLG door is open (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-
010-001).
(4) Make sure that a SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK is installed on the applicable
actuating cylinder (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(5) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in the
applicable position.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 440
May 01/11
R
LAN
Subtask 27-54-46-865-060
tagged
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. Procedure
_________

_______
EDGE:
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-54-46-420-056-A

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-54-46-991-007)
(2) Make sure that the No.1 flap track carriage is in the correct
condition.
(5) Make sure that the pendulum assembly is in the correct condition,
only install if:
- the pendulum assembly is of new manufacture, or
- it can be demonstrated from data records that the pendulum bearing
has not been replaced or re-swaged since new manufacture.
NOTE : Refer to AD 2009-025 for further information

____

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 441
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C 051-099,
Subtask 27-54-46-420-056

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-54-46-991-004, 404/TASK 27-54-46-991-006)
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(2) Make sure that the No.1 flap track carriage is in the correct
condition.
Subtask 27-54-46-420-057-A
B. Installation of the Pendulum of the No.1 Flap Track Carriage

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 27-54-46-991-004)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

_______

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-46

Page 442
May 01/11

LAN
(1) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-024) or COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-004) to the three part bearing at the top of the pendulum (7).
(2) Put the pendulum (7) in the carriage (6).
No. 04-004) to the bolt (17) and apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013)
to the new lockplate (16).
(4) Install the bolt (17) and the new lockplate (16) through the lower
side of the flap track beam (19).
(5) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the washer (5).
(6) Install the washer (5) and the retaining ring (4) on the bolt (17).
bolts (1) and (18).
(8) Install the washer (3), the roller (2) and the bolt (1) in the
carriage (6).
(9) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the installation surface of

the new lockplate (8).
(10) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No. 06-011) to the thread of the bolt (1).
(11) Install the new lockplate (8), the washer (9) and the nut (10) on the
bolt (1).
lbf.ft).
(13) Safety the nut (10) with the new lockplate (8).
(14) Move the carriage (6) until the access hole through the flap track
beam (19) is in line with the bolt hole in the carriage (6).
(15) Put the washer (15) and the roller (14) through the lower side of the
flap track beam (19), into position above the bolt hole in the
carriage (6).
(16) Install the bolt (18) through the access hole in pocket 5 of the flap
track beam (19), through the roller (14) and the washer (15).


R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-46

Page 443
Feb 01/11

LAN
(18) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No. 06-011) to the thread of the bolt
(18).
(19) Install the new lockplate (13), the washer (12) and the nut (11) on
the bolt (18).
lbf.ft).
No. 04-004) through the lubrication fittings on the bolts (1) and
(18).
(23) Move the carriage (6) away from the end of the flap track beam (19).
R
Subtask 27-54-46-420-058
C. Installation of the Pendulum of the No.1 Flap Track Carriage

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 27-54-46-991-006)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

_______
No. 04-004) to the three part bearing at the top of the pendulum (7).

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-46

Page 444
Feb 01/11

LAN
bolts (1) and (18).
(8) Install the washer (3), the roller (2) and the bolt (1) in the
carriage (6).

(10) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No. 06-011) to the thread of the bolt (1).
(11) Install the new lockplate (8), the washer (9) and the nut (10) on the
bolt (1).
lbf.ft).
carriage (6).
(16) Install the bolt (18) through the access hole in pocket 4 of the flap

(18).
the bolt (18).
lbf.ft).

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-46

Page 445
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
No. 04-004) through the lubrication fittings on the bolts (1) and
(18).
(23) Move the carriage (6) away from the end of the flap track beam (25).
(24) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the installation surfaces of

the stop plate (23).
(25) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the installation

surfaces of the nuts (24) and (26) and the bolts (20) and (21).
(26) Put the stop plate (23) in position at the end of the flap track beam
(25).
(27) Install the bolt (20), the washer (19) and the nut (26) at the end of
(28) Install the washers (22) and the bolts (21).
lbf.in).
(30) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the gap between the flap
track beam (25) and the stop plate (23).
(31) Connect the inboard flap as follows:
(a) Use TAPE - ADHESIVE to keep the eccentric disc in position on the
inboard flap drive trunnion (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-001).
(b) Engage the flap track trunion in the pendulum assembly.
(c) Install the eccentric bush on the flap drive-trunnion. If

necessary carefully move the flap with the hoist and the sling to
let you install the eccentric bush (107) (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-
001).
(d) If applicable (depending on aircraft config). Axis align the

anti-rotation spigot of the eccentric bush with the hole in the
outer diameter of the eccentric disc (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-
001).

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-46

Page 446
Feb 01/11

LAN
(e) Temporarily install the toothplate and the locknut (Ref. TASK 27-
54-61-400-001).
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE SPLINED BUSH IS FULLY ENGAGED WITH
_______
THE SPHERICAL BEARING. THIS PREVENTS DAMAGE TO THE
PARTS.
(f) Connect the Flap Drive Arms to the Rotary Drive-Levers at the
track 1 position (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-001).
(g) Remove the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 27-50-00-000-002).
(h) Adjust the eccentric bearing at track 1, to put the inboard flap
in the correct position (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-740-001).
NOTE : If required, the procedure for the flap rigging and

____
adjustment to its position is (Ref. TASK 27-51-00-740-
001).
(i) At track 1, attach the flap drive arms and flap to the pendulum
assembly connections (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-400-001).
(j) Do an operational test of the flap system (Ref. TASK 27-54-00-

710-001).
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-54-46-420-060
D. Installation of the Pendulum of the No.1 Flap Track Carriage

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 27-54-46-991-007)

_______
DO NOT SMOKE.

_______

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 447
May 01/11

LAN
No. 04-004) to the three part bearing at the top of the pendulum
(10).
bolt assembly (19).
carriage (6).
(10) Install the bolt assembly (19) through the access hole in the flap

(19).
the bolt (19).
lbf.ft).
bolt assembly (1).

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-46

Page 448
May 01/11

LAN
R (17) Move the carriage (6) until the access hole through the flap track
R beam (18) is in line with the bolt hole in the carriage (6).
R (18) Put the washer (5) and the roller (4) through the lower side of the
R flap track beam (18), into position above the bolt hole in the
R carriage (6).
R (19) Install the bolt assembly (1) through the access hole in the flap
R track beam (18), through the roller (4) and the washer (5).
R (20) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the installation surface of

R the new lockplate (7).
R (21) Apply LUBRICANTS (Material No. 06-011) to the thread of the bolt (1).
R (22) Install the new lockplate (7), the washer (8) and the nut (9) on the
R bolt (1).
R (23) Torque the nut (9) to between 4.0 and 4.6 m.daN (29.49 and 33.92
R lbf.ft).
R (24) Safety the nut (9) with the new lockplate (7).
R (25) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-024) or COMMON GREASE (Material
R No. 04-004) through the lubrication fittings on the bolts (1) and
R (19).
R (26) Move the carriage (6) away from the end of the flap track beam (18).
R **ON A/C ALL
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-54-46-410-053
A. Close Access
items.

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 449
Feb 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-54-46-865-059
breaker(s):
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subtask 27-54-46-942-057

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 450
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
CARRIAGE - INSPECTION/CHECK
___________________________
TASK 27-54-46-200-001
Detailed Visual Inspection of the Flap Tracks and Rollers (as far as is
possible)
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific mirror
No specific adjustable access platforms 3.5 m (11 ft. 6 in.)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 601
May 01/02
R
LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-22-27-640-004 Lubricate all Carriage Rollers on all Flap Tracks

Gear Doors
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-46-991-002 Fig. 601
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-46-991-002-A Fig. 601A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-54-46-991-002)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 602
May 01/11

LAN
Flap Tracks 1, 2, 3 and 4
Figure 601/TASK 27-54-46-991-002

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-46

Page 603
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 601A/TASK 27-54-46-991-002-A)
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-46-941-060
flap controls.
landing gear doors.
Subtask 27-54-46-860-051
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
Subtask 27-54-46-865-053
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 604
Nov 01/10

LAN
R Flap Tracks 1, 2, 3 and 4
R Figure 601A/TASK 27-54-46-991-002-A

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-46

Page 605
May 01/06

LAN
Subtask 27-54-46-010-051
D. Get Access
(2) Install the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK (460005835) on the applicable MLG
door actuator (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(3) Put the Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 spoilers to the maintenance position

(Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).
(4) Make sure that the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER is installed on the piston
rod of each servo-control.
(5) Put the adjustable access platforms below the flap tracks 1, 2, 3 and
4.
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 27-54-46-991-002)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 601A/TASK 27-54-46-991-002-A)
**ON A/C ALL

_______
EDGE:

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 606
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-54-46-110-053
A. Preparation for Inspection
(a) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with

- the Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 flap carriages (2) and (4)
- the Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 flap tracks (1) and (3)
- the No. 1 flap carriage rollers (6) and (7)
- the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage rollers (5), (8) and (9).
Subtask 27-54-46-210-052
B. Detailed Visual Inspection of the Flap Tracks and Rollers
(1) Do an inspection of these items for corrosion, damage and the correct
condition. Do the inspection as far as is visually possible and use a
mirror and flashlight where necessary to look at:
- the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage side-rollers (5) and the top and
bottom rollers (8) and (9)
- the Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 flap tracks (1) and (3)
- the attached parts and safety devices of the Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4
flap tracks, flap track carriages and carriage rollers.
NOTE : With the flaps in this position you can see all the surfaces
____
of the flap carriage rollers (5) thru (9), and the flap tracks
(1) and (3).
Subtask 27-54-46-640-051
C. Lubrication
(1) Lubricate the flap track carriage-rollers (Ref. TASK 12-22-27-640-

004).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 607
May 01/06
R
LAN
5. Close-up
________
Subtask 27-54-46-410-051
A. Close Access
items.
R (2) Remove the SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK from the applicable MLG door actuator
(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-481-002).
(3) Close the applicable MLG door (Ref. TASK 32-12-00-410-001).
(4) Remove the COLLAR-SAFETY, SPOILER from the piston rod of each
servo-control.
(5) Put the Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 spoilers to the operation position

(Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).
Subtask 27-54-46-865-054
breaker(s):
6CV, 8CV.
Subtask 27-54-46-860-052
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
R (1) Remove the LOCKING TOOL-FLAP SLAT LEVER,INT. POSITION from the
Subtask 27-54-46-942-053

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 608
Nov 01/08

LAN

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 609
May 01/06
R
LAN
TASK 27-54-46-200-002
Detailed Inspection of the Flap Carriage Rollers for In-Service Wear
_______
_______
GEAR.
_______
1. __________________
Reason for the Job
Self Explanatory
2. ______________________
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R (4.94 to 99.57 lbf.ft)
(15.00 to 150.00 lbf.ft)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 610
Feb 01/11

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-024
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C. Expendable Parts
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 lock plates 27-54-46 01 -030

3 lock plates 27-54-46 01A-030
R 3 lock plates 27-54-46 01C-030
8 lock plates 27-54-46 01 -030
8 lock plates 27-54-46 01A-030
R 8 lock plates 27-54-46 01C-030
9 lock plates 27-54-46 01 -030
9 lock plates 27-54-46 01A-030
R 9 lock plates 27-54-46 01C-030
19 cotter pins 27-54-46 04B-110
20 cotter pins 27-54-46 04B-110

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 611
Nov 01/10

LAN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12-22-27-640-004 Lubricate all Carriage Rollers on all Flap Tracks

20-11-11-911-001 WIRELOCKING
27-54-46-400-001 Installation of the Nos 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages
27-54-46-400-002 Installation of the No.1 Flap Carriage
Gear Doors
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
27-54-46-991-005 Fig. 602
**ON A/C 051-099,
27-54-46-991-005-A Fig. 602A
**ON A/C ALL
3. __________
Job Set-up
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 27-54-46-991-005)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 602A/TASK 27-54-46-991-005-A)

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 612
May 01/11

LAN
**ON A/C ALL
Subtask 27-54-46-941-065
flap controls.
landing gear doors.
Subtask 27-54-46-860-059
_______
AND/OR DAMAGE.
(1) Put the Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 spoilers to the maintenance position

(Ref. TASK 27-60-00-866-002).
(2) Remove the flaps (Ref. TASK 27-54-61-000-001), (Ref. TASK 27-54-62-
000-001).
(3) Put the TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT CTL LEVER (98D27803500001) on
the flap/slat control lever in the cockpit.
Subtask 27-54-46-865-061
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 613
Feb 01/11
R
LAN
Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-46

Page 614
May 01/11

LAN
Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages

R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-46

Page 615
May 01/11

LAN
R Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages
R Figure 602A/TASK 27-54-46-991-005-A12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-46

Page 616
May 01/06

LAN
R Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 4 Flap Carriages
R Figure 602A/TASK 27-54-46-991-005-A22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

051-099, 27-54-46

Page 617
May 01/06

LAN
4. Procedure
_________
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 27-54-46-991-005)
**ON A/C 051-099,
(Ref. Fig. 602A/TASK 27-54-46-991-005-A)
**ON A/C ALL

_______
EDGE:
R **ON A/C 001-049, 101-299, 301-399,
Subtask 27-54-46-020-054
A. Removal of Components for Inspection
(1) For the No. 1 flap carriage center rollers:
(a) Release the lock plates (9) from the nuts (7).
(b) Remove the nuts (7), the washers (8) and the lock plates (9).
Discard the lock plates (9).
(c) Remove the bolt assemblies (12), the rollers (11) and the washers
(10).
(2) For the No. 1 flap carriage side rollers:
(a) Remove the greasers (6) from the bolts (1).
(b) Remove and discard the wirelocking from the lock plates (3) and
the nuts (5).
(c) Release the lock plates (3) from the nuts (5).

EFF :

ALL 27-54-46

Page 618
May 01/11

LAN
(d) Remove the nuts (5), the washers (4) and the lock plates (3).
Discard the lock plates (3).
(e) Remove the bolts (1), the bolt assemblies (14) and the rollers
(2).
(3) For the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage top rollers:
(a) Remove the nuts (28), the washers (29) and the hinge pins (23).
(b) Remove the roller block assemblies (27) from the flap carriage
(30).
(4) Remove the hinge pins (25) and the rollers (26) from the roller block
assemblies (27).
(5) For the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage side rollers:
(a) Remove the nuts (18), the washers (17), the bolt assemblies (15)
and the rollers (16).
(6) For the Nos. 2, 3 and 4 flap carriage bottom rollers:
(a) Remove the cotter pins (20) from the nuts (19). Discard the
cotter pins (20).
(b) Remove the nuts (19), the washers (21), the bolts (24) and the
rollers (22).
Subtask 27-54-46-110-054
B. Preparation for Inspection
(a) Use a MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) made moist with


R

EFF :

001-049, 101-299, 301-399, 27-54-46

Page 619
May 01/11

LAN
Subtask 27-54-46-220-050
C. Detailed Inspection of the Flap Carriage Rollers
(1) Do an inspection of these items for corrosion, damage and the correct
condition:
(2) Do an inspection of the flap carriage rollers (2), (11), (16), (22)
and (26) for in-service wear:
(a) Inspect the outer diameter (OD) of the roller outer case (

30.-ATA 27 Flight Control PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

30.-ATA 27 Flight Control PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

CHAPTER 27

AILERON AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-14-00

AILERON AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-14-00

AILERON AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-14-00

AILERON AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-14-00

RUDDER MECHANICAL CONTROL 27-21-00

RUDDER MECHANICAL CONTROL 27-21-00

RUDDER MECHANICAL CONTROL 27-21-00

RUDDER MECHANICAL CONTROL 27-21-00

RUDDER TRIM ACTUATION 27-22-00

RUDDER TRIM ACTUATION 27-22-00

RUDDER TRIM ACTUATION 27-22-00

ARTIFICIAL FEEL AND RUDDER TRAVEL 27-23-00

ARTIFICIAL FEEL AND RUDDER TRAVEL 27-23-00

ARTIFICIAL FEEL AND RUDDER TRAVEL 27-23-00

RUDDER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-24-00

RUDDER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-24-00

RUDDER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-24-00

RUDDER POSITION INDICATING 27-25-00

RUDDER POSITION INDICATING 27-25-00

YAW DAMPER ACTUATION 27-26-00

YAW DAMPER ACTUATION 27-26-00

YAW DAMPER ACTUATION 27-26-00

ELEVATOR AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-34-00

ELEVATOR AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-34-00

ELEVATOR AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-34-00

ELEVATOR AND HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-34-00

THS MECHANICAL CONTROL 27-41-00

THS MECHANICAL CONTROL 27-41-00

THS MECHANICAL CONTROL 27-41-00

THS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-44-00

THS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-44-00

THS POSITION INDICATING 27-45-00

FLAPS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND MONITORING 27-51-00

FLAPS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND 27-51-00

FLAPS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND 27-51-00

FLAPS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER 27-54-00

FLAPS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER 27-54-00

FLAPS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER 27-54-00

FLAPS POSITION INDICATING 27-55-00

SPOILER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-64-00

SPOILER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-64-00

SPOILER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-64-00

SPOILER HYDRAULIC ACTUATION 27-64-00

SLATS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND MONITORING 27-81-00

SLATS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND 27-81-00

SLATS ELECTRICAL CONTROL AND 27-81-00

SLATS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER 27-84-00

SLATS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER 27-84-00

SLATS HYDRAULIC ACTUATION AND POWER 27-84-00

SLATS POSITION INDICATING 27-85-00

CONTROL INPUTS INTERFACE AND POWER 27-92-00

CONTROL INPUTS INTERFACE AND POWER 27-92-00

ELEVATOR AILERON COMPUTER SYSTEM (ELAC) 27-93-00

ELEVATOR AILERON COMPUTER SYSTEM 27-93-00

ELEVATOR AILERON COMPUTER SYSTEM 27-93-00

ELEVATOR AILERON COMPUTER SYSTEM 27-93-00

SPOILER AND ELEVATOR COMPUTER (SEC) 27-94-00

SPOILER AND ELEVATOR COMPUTER (SEC) 27-94-00

SPOILER AND ELEVATOR COMPUTER (SEC) 27-94-00

FLIGHT CONTROL DATA CONCENTRATOR (FCDC) 27-95-00

MAINTENANCE AND SAFETY TESTS/BITE 27-96-00